diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'tex')
182 files changed, 19919 insertions, 6478 deletions
diff --git a/tex/context/base/colo-ini.tex b/tex/context/base/colo-ini.tex index d7ec042b6..f8bb83543 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/colo-ini.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/colo-ini.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Color Macros} @@ -108,6 +108,21 @@ 11: Farbe wird in Grau umgewandelt \stopmessages +\startmessages czech library: colors + title: barva + 1: system -- je globalne aktivovana + 2: system -- je lokalne activovana + 3: -- neni definovana + 4: system -- je nacten + 5: neznamy system -- + 6: palette -- je k dispozici + 7: palette -- neni k dispozici + 8: (naplatna) specifikace -- v barve -- bude cerna + 9: -- prostor barev neni podporovan + 10: -- prostor barev je podporovan + 11: barva je prevedena na sed +\stopmessages + %D \macros %D {definecolor} %D @@ -452,38 +467,10 @@ \doconvertCMYKtoCMY#3\k#4\to\@@cl@@y \let\@@cl@@k=\@@cl@@z} -%D We already mentioned that colors interfere with building -%D the pagebody. This means that when the page is composed, -%D the colors temporary have to be reset. After the page is -%D shipped out, we have to revive the current color. -%D -%D We use \type{\marks} to keep track of colors across page -%D boundaries. Unfortunately standard \TEX\ supports only one mark, -%D and using this one for color support only would be a waste. -%D We therefore use an adapted version of J.~Fox's multiple mark -%D mechanism as (re|)|implemented in \module{supp-mrk}. - -\doifdefinedelse{newmark} - {\newmark\colormark} - {\def\colormark#1{}} - -%D Using this mark mechanism with lots of colors has one -%D major drawback: \TEX's memory tends to overflow when -%D very colorful text is stored in a global box. Even worse is that -%D the processing time grows considerably. We therefore support -%D local as well as global color switching. -%D -%D Of the next macros, \type{\popcolor} is to be used after -%D the actual \type{\shipout} and \type{\startcolorpage} and -%D \type{\stopcolorpage} are called when entering and leaving -%D the \type{\pagebody} builder. In case of emergencies -%D \type{\pushcolor} can be used to undo the current color, -%D for instance when insertions are appended to the page. - %D Before we present the color macros, we first define the %D setup command. This command takes care of setting up the -%D booleans that control local and global behavior and -%D conversion to other color spaces. +%D booleans that control local and global behavior (more on +%D that later) and conversion to other color spaces. \newif\ifincolor \newif\iflocalcolor @@ -611,8 +598,8 @@ {\xdef\currentcolor{\getvalue{\??cl\the\colorlevel C}}% \global\advance\colorlevel by \@@colorplus1 \setxvalue{\??cl\the\colorlevel C}{#1}% - \debuggerinfo{\m!colors} - {start #1 at level \the\colorlevel}% + %\debuggerinfo{\m!colors} + % {start #1 at level \the\colorlevel}% \doifelsenothing{#1} {\setxvalue{\??cl\the\colorlevel C}{\currentcolor}% \setgvalue{\??cl\the\colorlevel S}{\donoglobalstopcolor}} @@ -638,8 +625,8 @@ \def\donoglobalstopcolor% {\ifnum\colorlevel=0 \else \xdef\currentcolor{\getvalue{\??cl\the\colorlevel C}}% - \debuggerinfo{\m!colors} - {stop \currentcolor\normalspace at level \the\colorlevel}% + %\debuggerinfo{\m!colors} + % {stop \currentcolor\normalspace at level \the\colorlevel}% \global\advance\colorlevel by \@@colorminus1 \fi} @@ -714,32 +701,57 @@ %D \stopkleur %D \stopbuffer %D -%D \startvoorbeeld +%D \startopelkaar %D \haalbuffer -%D \stopvoorbeeld +%D \stopopelkaar %D %D These quotes are typeset by saying: %D %D \typebuffer + +%D We already mentioned that colors interfere with building +%D the pagebody. This means that when the page is composed, +%D the colors temporary have to be reset. After the page is +%D shipped out, we have to revive the current color. +%D +%D We use \type{\marks} to keep track of colors across page +%D boundaries. Unfortunately standard \TEX\ supports only one mark, +%D and using this one for color support only would be a waste. +%D We therefore use an adapted version of J.~Fox's multiple mark +%D mechanism as (re|)|implemented in \module{supp-mrk}. + +\doifdefinedelse{newmark} + {\newmark\colormark} + {\def\colormark#1{}} + +%D Using this mark mechanism with lots of colors has one +%D major drawback: \TEX's memory tends to overflow when +%D very colorful text is stored in a global box. Even worse is that +%D the processing time grows considerably. We therefore support +%D local as well as global color switching. %D +%D Of the next macros, \type{\popcolor} is to be used after +%D the actual \type{\shipout} and \type{\startcolorpage} and +%D \type{\stopcolorpage} are called when entering and leaving +%D the \type{\pagebody} builder. In case of emergencies +%D \type{\pushcolor} can be used to undo the current color, +%D for instance when insertions are appended to the page. +%D %D Out of efficiency we only use marks when needed. The next %D macro tries to find out if indeed a mark should be set. %D This macro uses the boolean \type{\ifinpagebody}, which can %D be defined and set in the module that handles the pagebody. \def\docolormark#1% - {\ifinpagebody \else - \iflocalcolor \else - \dodocolormark{#1}% - \fi - \fi} + {\iflocalcolor \else \ifinpagebody \else \ifinframed \else + \dodocolormark{#1}% + \fi \fi \fi} \let\lastcolormark=\empty \def\dodocolormark#1% {\doifnot{#1}{\lastcolormark} {\xdef\lastcolormark{#1}% - %\expandafter\colormark\expandafter{\lastcolormark}}} \expandafter\setmark\expandafter\colormark\expandafter{\lastcolormark}}} %D \macros @@ -752,26 +764,15 @@ \def\pushcolor% {\stopcolormode} -%\def\popcolor% -% {\doifsomething{\botcolormark} -% {\debuggerinfo{\m!colors}{popping \botcolormark}% -% \startcolormode{\botcolormark}}} -% -%\def\popsplitcolor% -% {\getsplitmarks\colormark % hier wel -% \doifsomething{\botcolormark} -% {\debuggerinfo{\m!colors}{split popping \botcolormark}% -% \startcolormode{\botcolormark}}} - \def\popcolor% {\doifsomething{\getbotmark\colormark} - {\debuggerinfo{\m!colors}{popping \getbotmark\colormark}% + {%\debuggerinfo{\m!colors}{popping \getbotmark\colormark}% \startcolormode{\getbotmark\colormark}}} \def\popsplitcolor% {\getsplitmarks\colormark % hier wel \doifsomething{\getsplitbotmark\colormark} - {\debuggerinfo{\m!colors}{split popping \getsplitbotmark\colormark}% + {%\debuggerinfo{\m!colors}{split popping \getsplitbotmark\colormark}% \startcolormode{\getsplitbotmark\colormark}}} %D \macros @@ -805,8 +806,8 @@ \def\@@colorminus{+}% \let\docolormark=\gobbleoneargument \edef\savedcolorlevel{\the\colorlevel}% - \localstartcolor[black]% - \global\colorlevel=0 } + \global\colorlevel=0 % before \localstartcolor of + \localstartcolor[black]} % course, ugly bug removed \def\stopcolorpage% {\localstopcolor @@ -1515,9 +1516,6 @@ %D We default to the colors defined in \module{colo-rgb} and %D support both \kap{RGB} and \kap{CMYK} output. -\setupcolor - [\v!rgb] - \setupcolors [\c!status=\v!stop, \c!conversie=\v!ja, @@ -1525,6 +1523,9 @@ \c!rgb=\v!ja, \c!cmyk=\v!ja] +\setupcolor + [\v!rgb] + %D As we can see, color support is turned off by default. %D Reduction of gray colors to gray scales is turned on. diff --git a/tex/context/base/colo-rgb.tex b/tex/context/base/colo-rgb.tex index b2e34f93a..445b8ed8e 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/colo-rgb.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/colo-rgb.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. %D Just to give users a start we define some colors. While @@ -141,6 +141,46 @@ \stopinterface +\startinterface czech + + \definecolor [cervena] [red] + \definecolor [zelena] [green] + \definecolor [modra] [blue] + + \definecolor [azurova] [cyan] + \definecolor [fialova] [magenta] + \definecolor [zluta] [yellow] + + \definecolor [bila] [white] + \definecolor [cerna] [black] + + \definecolor [tmavecervena] [darkred] + \definecolor [strednecervena][middlered] + \definecolor [svetlecervena] [lightred] + + \definecolor [tmavezelena] [darkgreen] + \definecolor [strednezelena] [middlegreen] + \definecolor [svetlezelena] [lightgreen] + + \definecolor [tmavemodra] [darkblue] + \definecolor [strednemodra] [middleblue] + \definecolor [svetlemodra] [lightblue] + + \definecolor [tmaveazurova] [darkcyan] + \definecolor [stredneazurova][middlecyan] + + \definecolor [tmavefialova] [darkmagenta] + \definecolor [strednefialova][middlemagenta] + + \definecolor [tmavezluta] [darkyellow] + \definecolor [strednezluta] [middleyellow] + + \definecolor [tmaveseda] [darkgray] + \definecolor [stredneseda] [middlegray] + \definecolor [svetleseda] [lightgray] + +\stopinterface + %D Like colors, we first define the english colorgroups. These %D colorgroups are tuned for distinctive gray scale printing. @@ -299,6 +339,20 @@ \definecolorgroup [gelb*] [yellow*] \stopinterface +\startinterface czech + \definecolorgroup [seda] [gray] + \definecolorgroup [cervena] [red] + \definecolorgroup [zelena] [green] + \definecolorgroup [modra] [blue] + \definecolorgroup [azurova] [cyan] + \definecolorgroup [fialova] [magenta] + \definecolorgroup [zluta] [yellow] + \definecolorgroup [cervena*][red*] + \definecolorgroup [zelena*] [green*] + \definecolorgroup [modra*] [blue*] + \definecolorgroup [zluta*] [yellow*] +\stopinterface + %D The next set of color palets is quite language independant. %D These palets are meant as examples. diff --git a/tex/context/base/cont-cz.tex b/tex/context/base/cont-cz.tex deleted file mode 100644 index f7816ffa5..000000000 --- a/tex/context/base/cont-cz.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ -%D \module -%D [ file=cont-cz, -%D version=1998.12.02, -%D title=\CONTEXT, -%D subtitle=\CONTEXT\ Czech Format Generation, -%D author=Hans Hagen, -%D date=\currentdate, -%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] -%C -%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for -%C details. - -\catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 \def\defaultinterface{english} - -\input context.tex - -\unprotect - -\installlanguage [\s!en] [\c!status=\v!start] -\installlanguage [\s!de] [\c!status=\v!start] - -\installlanguage [\s!cz] [\c!status=\v!start,\s!mapping=il2,\s!encoding=il2] -\installlanguage [\s!sk] [\c!status=\v!start,\s!mapping=il2,\s!encoding=il2] - -\appendtoks \language [\s!cz] \to \everyjob -\appendtoks \mainlanguage [\s!cz] \to \everyjob - -\setupbodyfont [csr,rm,12pt] - -\protect - -\dump - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/cont-de.tex b/tex/context/base/cont-de.tex index e1c373867..eb0ab22c4 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/cont-de.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/cont-de.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 \def\defaultinterface{german} @@ -17,6 +17,10 @@ \unprotect +\setupcurrentlanguage[\s!de] + +\loaduserspecifications + \installlanguage [\s!en] [\c!status=\v!start] \installlanguage [\s!uk] [\c!status=\v!start] \installlanguage [\s!de] [\c!status=\v!start] @@ -26,10 +30,7 @@ \installlanguage [deo] [\c!status=\v!start] -\appendtoks \language [\s!de] \to \everyjob -\appendtoks \mainlanguage [\s!de] \to \everyjob - -\setupbodyfont [cmr,cmx,rm,12pt] +\setupbodyfont [cmr,rm,12pt] \protect diff --git a/tex/context/base/cont-en.tex b/tex/context/base/cont-en.tex index b5fc1eaa1..544876940 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/cont-en.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/cont-en.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 \def\defaultinterface{english} @@ -17,6 +17,10 @@ \unprotect +\setupcurrentlanguage[\s!en] + +\loaduserspecifications + \installlanguage [\s!en] [\c!status=\v!start] \installlanguage [\s!uk] [\c!status=\v!start] \installlanguage [\s!de] [\c!status=\v!start] @@ -24,10 +28,7 @@ \installlanguage [\s!sp] [\c!status=\v!start] \installlanguage [\s!nl] [\c!status=\v!start] -\appendtoks \language [\s!en] \to \everyjob -\appendtoks \mainlanguage [\s!en] \to \everyjob - -\setupbodyfont [cmr,cmx,rm,12pt] +\setupbodyfont [cmr,rm,12pt] \protect diff --git a/tex/context/base/cont-fil.tex b/tex/context/base/cont-fil.tex index 89e9b1f3a..6a81465b8 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/cont-fil.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/cont-fil.tex @@ -8,17 +8,29 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context File Synonyms} -\definefilesynonym [chemie] [chemic] +\definefilesynonym [chemie] [chemic] -\definefilesynonym [unit] [units] -\definefilesynonym [eenheid] [units] -\definefilesynonym [einheit] [units] +\definefilesynonym [unit] [units] +\definefilesynonym [eenheid] [units] +\definefilesynonym [einheit] [units] -\definefilesynonym [finance] [financ] +\definefilesynonym [finance] [financ] + +\definefilesynonym [pre-general] [pre-00] + +\definefilesynonym [pre-original] [pre-01] +\definefilesynonym [pre-green] [pre-02] +\definefilesynonym [pre-funny] [pre-03] +\definefilesynonym [pre-colorful] [pre-04] +\definefilesynonym [pre-fuzzy] [pre-05] +\definefilesynonym [pre-polish] [pre-06] + +\definefilesynonym [abr-pseudocaps] [abr-01] +\definefilesynonym [abr-smallcaps] [abr-02] \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/cont-log.tex b/tex/context/base/cont-log.tex index da24d9ff7..1aecd0efd 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/cont-log.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/cont-log.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context TeX Logos} @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ %D Some placeholders: -\def\eTeX {e-\TEX} +\def\eTeX {\mathematics{\varepsilon}-\TEX} \def\pdfTeX {pdf\TEX} \def\pdfeTeX {pdfe-\TEX} diff --git a/tex/context/base/cont-new.tex b/tex/context/base/cont-new.tex index 93a56deef..d42da211d 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/cont-new.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/cont-new.tex @@ -8,17 +8,528 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. -%D This file is loaded at runtime, thereby providing an -%D excelent place for hacks and new features. +%D This file is loaded at runtime, thereby providing an +%D excellent place for hacks and new features. \unprotect -% \writestatus{\m!systems}{BEWARE: SOMETHING NEW INSERTED!} +\writestatus{\m!systems}{beware: some patches loaded from cont-new.tex!} + +% Speeds up when having a field with thousands of clones, +% which we happen to have -) -% \readfile{syst-eet}{}{} % temporary here +\def\getmainfieldkids#1% + {\let\@@FieldKids\empty + \ifdefinemainfield + \definerawpasslist{fld:#1}% runtime defined by system + \moverawpasslist{fld:#1}\@@FieldKids + \fi} + +%D Let's also support a negative offset. + +\def\dooutlinebox#1\color#2\offset#3\corner#4\radius#5\depth#6\toggle#7\\% + {\vbox % rules on top of box + {\dimen0=#3\relax + \dimen2=\wd#1\advance\dimen2 by 2\dimen0 + \dimen4=\ht#1\advance\dimen4 by \dimen0 + \dimen6=\dp#1\advance\dimen6 by \dimen0\advance\dimen6 by #6\relax +\ifdim\dimen6<\!!zeropoint + \advance\dimen4 by \dimen6 \dimen8=-\dimen6 \dimen6=\!!zeropoint +\else + \dimen8=\!!zeropoint +\fi + \setbox\extraframebox=\hbox + {\dostrokedbox\width\dimen2\height\dimen4\depth\dimen6% + \corner#4\radius#5\toggle#7\\}% + \setbox\extraframebox=\hbox + {\raise\dimen8\vbox{\moveleft#3\box\extraframebox}}% + \wd\extraframebox=\wd#1% + \ht\extraframebox=\ht#1% + \dp\extraframebox=\dp#1% + \hbox + {%\copy#1\hskip-\wd#1% + \box#1\hskip-\wd\extraframebox % faster + \doifelsenothing{#2} % speeds up a little + {\box\extraframebox} + {\color[#2]{\box\extraframebox}}}}} + +%D More chinese: + +\unexpanded\def\uc#1#2% used in tricky situations + {\bgroup + \edef\unicodeone{#1}% + \edef\unicodetwo{#2}% + \futurelet\nextglyph\dohandleucflowglyph} + +\def\dohandleucflowglyph% + {\unicodeposition=\unicodeone\unicodetwo\relax + \handleunicodeglyph + \egroup} + +%D Some adaptions due to active /'s. This goes to supp-lan.tex. + +%D And then came the Polish users, and who can deny them? Like +%D the German \TEX\ users demand an active \type {"}, the +%D Polish cannot do without the \type {/}. The next alternative +%D is a bit slower but far the most robust alternative. As a +%D bonus it also offers \type {|^|} and even \type {|||} which +%D both result in a breakable|^|bar. +%D +%D The trick we use here is to convert the argument to a +%D string and compare this string to string'd tokens. + +\def\activedotextmodediscretionary#1% + {\bgroup + \let\nextnextnext\egroup + \def\handlecompoundcharacter##1% new, needed for polish + {\getvalue{\@nc@\string##1}}% where / is active + \def\next##1#1% + {\def\next{\activedododotextmodediscretionary#1{##1}}% + \futurelet\nextnext\next}% + \next} + +\def\activedododotextmodediscretionary#1#2% + {\convertargument#2\to\discretionarytoken + \def\textmodediscretionary{\getvalue{textmodediscretionary\string#1}}% + \ifx#1\nextnext % takec care of ||| and +++ and ...... + \prewordbreak\discretionary{\hbox{$#1$}}{}{\hbox{$#1$}}% + \allowbreak\postwordbreak + \def\nextnextnext{\afterassignment\egroup\let\next=}% + \else\ifx\discretionarytoken\empty + \checkafterdiscretionary + \bgroup + \checkbeforediscretionary + \prewordbreak\hbox{\textmodediscretionary\nextnext}\allowbreak\postwordbreak + \egroup + \else\convertargument=\to\next\ifx\next\discretionarytoken + \prewordbreak\textmodediscretionary + \else\convertargument~\to\next\ifx\next\discretionarytoken + \prewordbreak\discretionary{-}{}{\thinspace}\postwordbreak + \else\convertargument_\to\next\ifx\next\discretionarytoken + \prewordbreak\discretionary{\textmodediscretionary} + {\textmodediscretionary}{\textmodediscretionary}\prewordbreak + \else\convertargument(\to\next\ifx\next\discretionarytoken + \ifdim\lastskip>\!!zeropoint\relax + (\prewordbreak + \else + \prewordbreak\discretionary{}{(-}{(}\prewordbreak + \fi + \else\convertargument)\to\next\ifx\next\discretionarytoken + \ifx\nextnext\blankspace + \prewordbreak)\relax + \else\ifx\nextnext\space + \prewordbreak)\relax + \else + \prewordbreak\discretionary{-)}{}{)}\prewordbreak + \fi\fi + \else\convertargument'\to\next\ifx\next\discretionarytoken + \prewordbreak\discretionary{-}{}{'}\postwordbreak + \else\convertargument<\to\next\ifx\next\discretionarytoken + \beginofsubsentence\prewordbreak\beginofsubsentencespacing + \else\convertargument>\to\next\ifx\next\discretionarytoken + \endofsubsentencespacing\prewordbreak\endofsubsentence + \else\convertargument^\to\next\ifx\next\discretionarytoken + \prewordbreak\discretionary{\hbox{$|$}}{}{\hbox{$|$}}% + \allowbreak\postwordbreak + \else + \checkafterdiscretionary + \bgroup + \checkbeforediscretionary + \prewordbreak + \discretionary{\hbox{#2}}{}{\hbox{#2}}% + \allowbreak\postwordbreak + \egroup + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi + \nextnextnext} + +%D Since we don't have to bother about active characters any +%D longer, we end up with a pretty simple activating macro: + +\def\enableactivediscretionaries% + {\let\dotextmodediscretionary=\activedotextmodediscretionary} + +\enableactivediscretionaries + +\def\handlecompoundcharacter#1% + {\def\dohandlecompoundcharacter% + {\ifx\next\bgroup + %\def\next{\dodohandlecompoundcharacter#1}% % handle "{ee} -> \"ee + %\let\next\relax % forget "{ee} -> ee + \def\next{\handlecompoundcharacterone#1}% % ignore "{ee} -> "ee + \else\ifx\next\egroup + \def\next{\getvalue{\@nc@\string#1}}% + \else\ifx\next\blankspace + \def\next{\getvalue{\@nc@\string#1}}% + \else + \def\next{\dodohandlecompoundcharacter#1}% + \fi\fi\fi + \next}% + \futurelet\next\dohandlecompoundcharacter} + +%D So far for supp-lan.tex. + +%D For Berend: + +\def\simpledoblanko% + {\doifelse{\currentwitruimte}{\v!geen} + {\blanko[\currentblanko]} + {\blanko[\s!default]}} + +\definieerblanko + [\s!default] + [\v!wit] + +%\definieerblanko +% [\s!default] +% [\v!groot] + +%D Yes or no: + +\def\collectlocalfootnotes% + {\def\localfootinsert##1% was \gdef, but never reset! + {%\message{[local footnote]}% + \global\setbox\localpostponedfootnotes=\vbox\bgroup + \unvbox\localpostponedfootnotes + \let\next}} + +\def\doplaatskoptekst#1#2#3#4% + {\beginheadplacement{#1}% + \setbox0=\hbox + {\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!commando} + {} % no number + {\doattributes + {\??ko#1}\c!letter\c!kleur + {\doattributes + {\??ko#1}\c!tekstletter\c!tekstkleur + {\dontconvertfont + \ifdisplaysectionhead\stelinterliniein +\else + \stelspatieringin +\fi + #2% + \getvalue{\??ko#1\c!voorcommando}% + \getvalue{\??ko#1\c!tekstcommando}% + {\ifdisplaysectionhead + \setstrut\begstrut#3\endstrut +\xdef\localheaddepth{\the\dp\strutbox}% + \else + #3% + \fi}% + \getvalue{\??ko#1\c!nacommando}% + \ifdisplaysectionhead\endgraf\fi}}}}% + \endheadplacement{#1}{#4}} + +\def\doplaatskopnummertekst#1#2#3#4#5% + {\beginheadplacement{#1}% + \setbox0=\hbox + {\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!commando}% + {\doattributes{\??ko#1}\c!letter\c!kleur + {\doattributes{\??ko#1}\c!nummerletter\c!nummerkleur + {\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!voorcommando}% + \getvalue{\??ko#1\c!nummercommando}% + {\ifdisplaysectionhead + \setstrut\begstrut#3\endstrut + \else + #3% + \fi}}}} + {\doattributes{\??ko#1}\c!letter\c!kleur + {\doattributes{\??ko#1}\c!tekstletter\c!tekstkleur + {\dontconvertfont + \ifdisplaysectionhead\stelinterliniein +\else + \stelspatieringin +\fi + #2% + \getvalue{\??ko#1\c!tekstcommando}% + {\ifdisplaysectionhead + \setstrut\begstrut#4\endstrut +\xdef\localheaddepth{\the\dp\strutbox}% + \else + #4% + \fi}% + \getvalue{\??ko#1\c!nacommando}% + \ifdisplaysectionhead\endgraf\fi}}}}% + \endheadplacement{#1}{#5}} + +%D depth + +\def\beginheadplacement#1% + {\bgroup + \gdef\localheaddepth{\dp\strutbox}% + \everypar{}% needed indeed + \noindent % ipv \witruimte elders, na \forgetall ! + \bgroup + \forgetall % now we may forget everything + %\showcomposition + \mindermeldingen + \postponefootnotes + \iflocation\ifdisplaysectionhead\else\noninterferingmarks\fi\fi + \setupinteraction + [\c!letter=, + \c!kleur=, + \c!contrastkleur=]% + \strictouterreferencestrue % tzt instelling + \def\localkopsetup% + {\dolocalkopsetup{#1}}% + \startsynchronisatie} + +\def\endheadplacement#1#2% + {\doifvaluenothing{\??ko#1\c!file}{\locationfalse}% + \ifdisplaysectionhead + \let\headlastlinewidth\!!zeropoint + \snaptogrid\hbox + {\iflocation + \ifautocrossdocument + \naarbox{\box0}[\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!file}::#1]% + \else + \hbox{\box0}% + \fi + \else + \hbox{\box0}% + \fi + \doflushfootnotes}% new + \endgraf + \nointerlineskip + \dosomebreak\nobreak + #2% + \else + \strut + \doflushfootnotes % new + \iflocation + \ifautocrossdocument + \hhboxindent=\ifcontinuoushead\headlastlinewidth\else\!!zeropoint\fi + \unhhbox0\with{\naarbox{\box\hhbox}[\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!file}::#1]}% + \advance\lasthhboxwidth by \numberheaddistance + \xdef\headlastlinewidth{\the\lasthhboxwidth}% + \else + \unhbox0 + \global\let\headlastlinewidth\!!zeropoint + \fi + \else + \unhbox0 + \global\let\headlastlinewidth\!!zeropoint + \fi + #2% + \dimen0=\numberheaddistance + \hskip\dimen0 \!!plus \dimen0 \!!minus .25\dimen0 + \hskip\headsignal\ignorespaces + \fi + \ifdisplaysectionhead + \ifgridsnapping % important, font related depth, see comment + \prevdepth\dp\strutbox + \else + \prevdepth\localheaddepth + \fi + \fi + \stopsynchronisatie + \egroup + \egroup +\doflushfootnotes % new, still needed? + \ifdisplaysectionhead + \doifvalue{\??ko#1\c!springvolgendein}{\v!nee}{\noindentation}% + \else + \nonoindentation % recently added, was a bug + \fi} + +%D Due to polish active /'s we have to deal a bit more +%D robust with filename: + +%D ... + +%D Some day: + +% \definieermarkering[\v!margetitel] +% +% \def\complexmargewoord[#1][#2]#3% +% {\doglobal\increment\margincontent +% \stelinmargein[\margincontent][]% see next macro +% \@EA\setgvalue\@EA{\@EA\??im\@EA\margincontent\@EA}\@EA +% {\@EA\stelinmargein\@EA[\margincontent][]% see next macro +% \flushmargincontent[#1][#2]{#3}% +% \markeer[\v!margetitel]{#3}}} + +%D Table + + +%D New indeed. Undocumented and under development. + +\def\startsimplecolumns% + {\dosingleempty\dostartsimplecolumns} + +\def\dostartsimplecolumns[#1]% + {\bgroup + \getparameters[\??kl][\c!breedte=\hsize,\c!afstand=1em,\c!n=2,#1]% + \setrigidcolumnhsize\@@klbreedte\@@klafstand\@@kln + \setbox\scratchbox=\vbox\bgroup + \forgetall} + +\def\stopsimplecolumns% + {\removelastskip + \egroup + \rigidcolumnbalance\scratchbox + \egroup} + +%D Aha. + +\def\rigidcolumnbalance#1% + {\global\chardef\rigidcolumnbox=#1\relax + \ifnum\rigidcolumns=1 + \ifinner\ifhmode\box\else\unvbox\fi\else\unvbox\fi\rigidcolumnbox + \else + \hbox to \savedrigidhsize % was \hsize + {\vbadness=10000 + \tabskip\!!zeropoint + \setbox\rigidcolumnbox=\vbox + {\unvbox\rigidcolumnbox + \unpenalty\removelastskip}% get rid of \blank's + \splittopskip=\openstrutheight +\splittopskip=\!!zeropoint + %\scratchdimen=\ht\rigidcolumnbox % sensitive for overflow + %\divide\scratchdimen by \rigidcolumns % therefore we need the hack: + \scratchdimen=1pt + \divide\scratchdimen by \rigidcolumns + \expanded{\scratchdimen=\withoutpt{\the\scratchdimen}\ht\rigidcolumnbox}% + \advance\scratchdimen by \ht\strutbox + \valign{##\vfill\cr\dorigidcolumnsplits}}% + \fi} + +%D Is this a better default? + +\def\doverbatimgoodbreak% + {} % instead of {\ifoptimizeverbatim\penalty100\fi} + +%D Hm: + +\def\startgeheel% + {\startregelcorrectie + \insidefloattrue} + +\def\stopgeheel + {\stopregelcorrectie} + +%D Can save lots of mpgraph files when using pdftex: + +\newif\ifrecycleMPslots \recycleMPslotsfalse + +\def\allocateMPslot#1% + {\ifrunMPgraphics + \ifcase\pdfoutput \recycleMPslotsfalse \fi + \else + \recycleMPslotsfalse + \fi + \ifrecycleMPslots + \doloop + {\doifundefined{\recurselevel MP} + {\global\letvalue{\recurselevel MP}=\empty + \global#1=\recurselevel\exitloop}}% + %\message{[MP slot + \number#1]% + \else + \global\advance#1 by 1 + \fi} + +\def\deallocateMPslot#1% + {\ifrunMPgraphics + \ifcase\pdfoutput \recycleMPslotsfalse \fi + \else + \recycleMPslotsfalse + \fi + \ifrecycleMPslots + \global\letbeundefined{\number#1MP}% + %\message{[MP slot - \number#1]}% + \fi} + +%D For Taco and David: (to be documented and added to +%D setupb too). + +\def\definereferenceformat% + {\dodoubleargument\dodefinereferenceformat} + +\def\dodefinereferenceformat[#1][#2]% + {\iffirstargument + \getparameters[\??rf#1] + [\c!links={[}, + \c!rechts={]}, + \c!tekst=, + \c!label=, + \c!commando=\in, + #2]% + \unexpanded\setvalue{#1}{\doexecutereferenceformat{#1}}% + \fi} + +\def\noexecutelabelreferenceformat#1% + {\doifvaluesomething{\??rf#1\c!tekst} + {\gdef\textofreference{\getvalue{\??rf#1\c!tekst}}}% + \getvalue{\??rf#1\c!commando}} + +\def\doexecutelabelreferenceformat#1% + {\getvalue{\??rf#1\c!commando}% + {\leftlabeltext {\getvalue{\??rf#1\c!label}}}% + {\rightlabeltext{\getvalue{\??rf#1\c!label}}}} + +\def\doexecutereferenceformat#1% + {\gdef\leftofreference {\getvalue{\??rf#1\c!links }}% + \gdef\rightofreference{\getvalue{\??rf#1\c!rechts}}% + \global\let\textofreference\empty % otherwise ~ added + \doifelsevaluenothing{\??rf#1\c!label} + {\let\next\noexecutelabelreferenceformat} + {\let\next\doexecutelabelreferenceformat}% + \next{#1}} + +\let\leftofreference \relax +\let\rightofreference\relax +\let\textofreference \relax + +\def\dodododoinatreference#1#2#3[#4]% + {\ifx\next\bgroup + \dododododoinatreference + {\leftofreference#1\ignorespaces#3\rightofreference}{#2}[#4]% + \else + \dododododoinatreference + {\leftofreference#1\rightofreference}{#2#3}[#4]% + \fi} + +\def\dododododoinatreference#1#2[#3]% + {\bgroup + \forgetall + \leaveoutervmode + \doifreferencefoundelse{#3} + {\bgroup + \let\ignorespaces \empty % rather dirty trick, but ok + \let\leftofreference \empty % the same, again ok + \let\rightofreference\empty % and once more + \def\textofreference {#2}% % temporary value + \ifx\textofreference\empty % simple expansion + \doifelsenothing{#1} + {\egroup\dosymbolreference{#1}{\textofreference}[#3]} + {\egroup\dowantedreference{#1}{\textofreference}[#3]}% + \else + \doifelsenothing{#1} + {\egroup\dosymbolreference{#1}{#2}[#3]} + {\egroup\dowantedreference{#1}{#2}[#3]}% + \fi} + {\dounknownreference{#1}{#2}[#3]}% + \referentieinfo{<}{#3}% + \global\let\leftofreference \empty + \global\let\rightofreference\empty + \global\let\textofreference \empty + \egroup} + +%D The next hack is used for some exiting new feature test. + +\def\resetpositions% + {\let\someposition=\gobblesevenarguments} + +\resetpositions + +%D The next line can be uncommented when Taco's extensions to +%D \quote {\TEX\ The Program} are used. + +% \readfile {syst-eet} {} {} + +% I have to scan for \unhbox and use the vbox/hbox trick instead \protect diff --git a/tex/context/base/cont-nl.tex b/tex/context/base/cont-nl.tex index 9544b1a9c..7b64f597e 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/cont-nl.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/cont-nl.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 \def\defaultinterface{dutch} @@ -17,6 +17,10 @@ \unprotect +\setupcurrentlanguage[\s!nl] + +\loaduserspecifications + \installlanguage [\s!en] [\c!status=\v!start] \installlanguage [\s!uk] [\c!status=\v!start] \installlanguage [\s!de] [\c!status=\v!start] @@ -24,10 +28,7 @@ \installlanguage [\s!sp] [\c!status=\v!start] \installlanguage [\s!nl] [\c!status=\v!start] -\appendtoks \language [\s!nl] \to \everyjob -\appendtoks \mainlanguage [\s!nl] \to \everyjob - -\setupbodyfont [cmr,cmx,rm,12pt] +\setupbodyfont [cmr,rm,12pt] \protect diff --git a/tex/context/base/cont-old.tex b/tex/context/base/cont-old.tex index 1c7ea458a..e71f15da1 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/cont-old.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/cont-old.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Old Macros} diff --git a/tex/context/base/cont-sys.rme b/tex/context/base/cont-sys.rme new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0378f95b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/cont-sys.rme @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=cont-sys, +%D version=1995.10.10, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Miscellaneous Macros, +%D subtitle=System Specific Setups, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. + +\unprotect + +% Some examples of missing font sets and font files: +% +% \setupbodyfont [ber] % berry names +% +% \definefilesynonym [font-lbr] [font-cmr] +% +% \definefontsynonym [Courier-Bold] [Courier] +% \definefontsynonym [Courier-BoldOblique] [Courier] +% +% \definefontsynonym [gbhei] [gbsong] +% \definefontsynonym [gbheisl] [gbsong] +% \definefontsynonym [gbheisl] [gbsong] +% +% Setting up a global figure path (beware, \c!gebied may change): +% +% \setupexternalfigures +% [\c!gebied={e:/fig/eps,t:/pragma/metapost/symbols}] +% +% Loading a specific special driver: +% +% \setupoutput +% [dviwindo] +% +% Enabling \CONTEXT\ navigation symbols: +% +% \usesymbols +% [nav] +% +% \setupsymbolset +% [navigation 1] +% +% \stelinteractiein +% [\c!symboolset=navigation 1] +% +% Changing language defaults: +% +% \setuplanguage +% [nl] +% [\c!leftquote=\upperleftsinglesixquote, +% \c!leftquotation=\upperleftdoublesixquote] +% +% \protect +% +% Loading local preferences: +% +% \input prag-gen % company styles +% \input prag-log % more company styles +% +% Enabling run time \METAPOST\ (also enable \write18 in texmf.cnf): + +\runMPgraphicstrue +\recycleMPslotstrue + +% Enabling nested pretty printing: + +\newprettytrue + +% So far. + +\endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/cont-uk.tex b/tex/context/base/cont-uk.tex index c820e23ab..e1bb62d9d 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/cont-uk.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/cont-uk.tex @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ %D \module -%D [ file=cont-en, +%D [ file=cont-uk, %D version=1997.08.19, %D title=\CONTEXT, %D subtitle=\CONTEXT\ English Format Generation, @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 \def\defaultinterface{english} @@ -17,6 +17,10 @@ \unprotect +\setupcurrentlanguage[\s!uk] + +\loaduserspecifications + \installlanguage [\s!en] [\c!status=\v!start] \installlanguage [\s!uk] [\c!status=\v!start] \installlanguage [\s!de] [\c!status=\v!start] @@ -24,10 +28,7 @@ \installlanguage [\s!sp] [\c!status=\v!start] \installlanguage [\s!nl] [\c!status=\v!start] -\appendtoks \language [\s!uk] \to \everyjob -\appendtoks \mainlanguage [\s!uk] \to \everyjob - -\setupbodyfont [cmr,cmx,rm,12pt] +\setupbodyfont [cmr,rm,12pt] \protect diff --git a/tex/context/base/cont-usr.ori b/tex/context/base/cont-usr.ori index 1740129e2..db2526542 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/cont-usr.ori +++ b/tex/context/base/cont-usr.ori @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. %D In this file users can specify what hyphenation patterns @@ -26,24 +26,39 @@ %D Thomas Esser's \TETEX\ distribution.) This list will be %D adapted to the actual situation. +\definefilesynonym [lang-cz.pat] [czhyph.tex] +\definefilesynonym [lang-da.pat] [dkhyph.tex] \definefilesynonym [lang-de.pat] [dehyphn.tex] -\definefilesynonym [lang-deo.pat] [dehypht.tex] -\definefilesynonym [lang-nl.pat] [nehyph2.tex] -\definefilesynonym [lang-nlx.pat] [dutch96.pat] -\definefilesynonym [lang-us.pat] [ushyph1.tex] -\definefilesynonym [lang-uk.pat] [ukhyph.tex] +\definefilesynonym [lang-en.pat] [ushyph1.tex] +\definefilesynonym [lang-fi.pat] [fihyph.tex] \definefilesynonym [lang-fr.pat] [frhyph.tex] -\definefilesynonym [lang-sp.pat] [sphyph.tex] \definefilesynonym [lang-it.pat] [ithyph.tex] -\definefilesynonym [lang-da.pat] [dkhyph.tex] +\definefilesynonym [lang-la.pat] [lahyph7.tex] +\definefilesynonym [lang-nl.pat] [nehyph.tex] +\definefilesynonym [lang-no.pat] [nohyph.tex] +\definefilesynonym [lang-pl.pat] [plhyph.tex] \definefilesynonym [lang-pt.pat] [pthyph.tex] +\definefilesynonym [lang-sk.pat] [skhyph.tex] +\definefilesynonym [lang-sp.pat] [sphyph.tex] \definefilesynonym [lang-sv.pat] [sehyph.tex] -\definefilesynonym [lang-pl.pat] [plhyph.tex] -\definefilesynonym [lang-fi.pat] [fihyph.tex] -\definefilesynonym [lang-no.pat] [nohyph.tex] +\definefilesynonym [lang-hr.pat] [hrhyph.tex] \definefilesynonym [lang-tr.pat] [trhyph.tex] -\definefilesynonym [lang-cz.pat] [czhyph.tex] -\definefilesynonym [lang-sk.pat] [skhyph.tex] +\definefilesynonym [lang-uk.pat] [ukhyphen.tex] +\definefilesynonym [lang-us.pat] [ushyph1.tex] + +%D Pattern files are (can be) encoded! And, alas, not all +%D pattern files are self contained, which is why (for the +%D moment) we specify encodings here. + +\installlanguage [\s!cz] [\s!mapping=il2,\s!encoding=il2] +\installlanguage [\s!sk] [\s!mapping=il2,\s!encoding=il2] +\installlanguage [\s!pl] [\s!mapping=pl0,\s!encoding=pl0] +\installlanguage [\s!hr] [\s!mapping=il2,\s!encoding=il2] % ans ? + +%D Sometimes these are not wanted: + +%\definefilesynonym [lang-deo.pat] [dehypht.tex] % old patterns +%\definefilesynonym [lang-nlx.pat] [dutch96.pat] % new patterns %D Additional languages can be defined here. Beware of %D encoding incompatibilities. Please take a look at the @@ -57,6 +72,7 @@ % \installlanguage [\s!fi] [\c!status=\v!start] % finnish % \installlanguage [\s!fr] [\c!status=\v!start] % french % \installlanguage [\s!it] [\c!status=\v!start] % italian +% \installlanguage [\s!la] [\c!status=\v!start] % latin % \installlanguage [\s!nl] [\c!status=\v!start] % dutch % \installlanguage [\s!no] [\c!status=\v!start] % norwegian % \installlanguage [\s!pl] [\c!status=\v!start] % polish @@ -65,34 +81,32 @@ % \installlanguage [\s!sv] [\c!status=\v!start] % swedish % \installlanguage [\s!tr] [\c!status=\v!start] % turkish % \installlanguage [\s!uk] [\c!status=\v!start] % english uk +% \installlanguage [\s!hr] [\c!status=\v!start] % croatian -% \installlanguage [deo] [\c!status=\v!start] % old german +\installlanguage [deo] [\c!status=\v!start] % old german % \installlanguage [nlx] [\c!status=\v!start] % dutch 8 bit %D The next lines can be used for setting the language to be %D used at startup time. -% \appendtoks \language[\s!af] \to \everyjob -% \appendtoks \language[\s!cz] \to \everyjob -% \appendtoks \language[\s!da] \to \everyjob -% \appendtoks \language[\s!de] \to \everyjob -% \appendtoks \language[\s!en] \to \everyjob -% \appendtoks \language[\s!fi] \to \everyjob -% \appendtoks \language[\s!fr] \to \everyjob -% \appendtoks \language[\s!it] \to \everyjob -% \appendtoks \language[\s!nl] \to \everyjob -% \appendtoks \language[\s!no] \to \everyjob -% \appendtoks \language[\s!pl] \to \everyjob -% \appendtoks \language[\s!pt] \to \everyjob -% \appendtoks \language[\s!sk] \to \everyjob -% \appendtoks \language[\s!sp] \to \everyjob -% \appendtoks \language[\s!sv] \to \everyjob -% \appendtoks \language[\s!tr] \to \everyjob - -%D When one of the current lines is uncommented, please also -%D uncomment the next one. - -% \appendtoks \mainlanguage[\currentlanguage] \to \everyjob +% \setupcurrentlanguage[\s!af] +% \setupcurrentlanguage[\s!cz] +% \setupcurrentlanguage[\s!da] +% \setupcurrentlanguage[\s!de] +% \setupcurrentlanguage[\s!en] +% \setupcurrentlanguage[\s!fi] +% \setupcurrentlanguage[\s!fr] +% \setupcurrentlanguage[\s!it] +% \setupcurrentlanguage[\s!la] +% \setupcurrentlanguage[\s!nl] +% \setupcurrentlanguage[\s!no] +% \setupcurrentlanguage[\s!pl] +% \setupcurrentlanguage[\s!pt] +% \setupcurrentlanguage[\s!sk] +% \setupcurrentlanguage[\s!sp] +% \setupcurrentlanguage[\s!sv] +% \setupcurrentlanguage[\s!tr] +% \setupcurrentlanguage[\s!hr] %D Local font settings can go here. Normally suitable %D defaults are already preloaded, almost certainly the @@ -100,10 +114,9 @@ %D next line is only meant as sample, take a look at the %D format related files first. -% \setupbodyfont[cmr] +% \definefilesynonym [font-cmr] [font-csr] +% \definefilesynonym [font-cmr] [font-plr] %D Don't remove the next few lines. \protect - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/context.tex b/tex/context/base/context.tex index 746f9f301..a55ad272a 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/context.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/context.tex @@ -8,10 +8,12 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. -\def\contextversion{1999.3.31} +\catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 + +\def\contextversion{1999.12.30} %D Welcome to the main module. When this module is ran through %D \type{initex} or \type{tex -i} or \type{whatevertex} using @@ -42,6 +44,11 @@ \input mult-con.tex \input mult-com.tex +%D We also use some third party macros. These are loaded by +%D saying: + +\input thrd-ran.tex + %D Now we're ready for some general support modules. These %D modules implement some basic typesetting functionality. @@ -57,6 +64,7 @@ \input supp-mps.tex \input supp-tpi.tex \input supp-mat.tex +\input supp-ran.tex %D Verbatim typestting is implemented in a separate class of %D modules. The pretty typesetting modules are loaded at run @@ -64,11 +72,6 @@ \input verb-ini.tex % replaces supp-ver -%D We also use some third party macros. These are loaded by -%D saying: - -\input thrd-ran - %D When loading the font, color and special modules, we need a %D bit more advanced file handling as well as some general %D variables, so next we load: @@ -85,7 +88,7 @@ %D just go for the best there is and load \TABLE. Just to be %D sure we do it here, before we redefine \type{|}. -\input thrd-tab.tex % \doinputonce{table} +\input thrd-tab.tex %D Here comes the last support modules. They take care of %D some language specific things. @@ -117,12 +120,13 @@ \input lang-cel.tex \input lang-ger.tex \input lang-grk.tex -\input lang-hnl.tex \input lang-ind.tex \input lang-ita.tex \input lang-sla.tex \input lang-ura.tex +\input lang-vn.tex % vietnamese, will be grouped + %D All kind of symbols are handles in: \input symb-ini.tex @@ -133,13 +137,14 @@ \input core-gen.tex \input core-mak.tex \input core-mat.tex +\input core-dat.tex \input core-grd.tex \input core-ver.tex \input core-vis.tex \input core-con.tex \input core-rul.tex -\input core-tab.tex \input core-new.tex +\input core-tab.tex \input core-nav.tex \input core-ref.tex \input core-obj.tex @@ -148,11 +153,22 @@ \input core-pag.tex \input core-tbl.tex \input core-mis.tex +\input core-mps.tex + +%D A few more languages, that have specifics use core +%D functionality: + +\input lang-chi.tex -%D How about fill||in fields? +%D How about fill||in fields and related stuff? \input java-ini.tex \input core-fld.tex +\input core-hlp.tex + +%D Registers can depend on fields, so we load that now. + +\input core-reg.tex %D Of course we do need fonts. There are no \TFM\ files %D loaded yet, so the format file is independant of their @@ -160,6 +176,7 @@ %D instead of italian. \input font-ini.tex +\input font-uni.tex %D Now we're ready for more core modules. @@ -174,8 +191,8 @@ \input core-01d.tex \input core-01e.tex -\input core-02a.tex -\input core-02b.tex +% core-02a.tex % obsolete, replaced by core-dat.tex +% core-02b.tex % core-02c.tex \input core-02d.tex @@ -240,16 +257,29 @@ \stopinterface +\startinterface czech + +\writestring{Tento balik je zalozen na Plain TeXu. Pouziva prizpusobenou verzi} +\writestring{rozsireneho znackovaciho mechanismu J. Foxe (1987) a nekolik casti} +\writestring{sidefloat mechanismu D. Comenetze (1993). Vetsina prikazu Plain TeXu} +\writestring{D. E. Knutha (\fmtversion) je dostupna a muze byt bez problemu pouzita.} +\writestring{Tento balik pouziva balik TaBlE, ktery vytvoril M. J. Wichura (1988).} +\writestring{Je generovano jen nekolik pomocnych souboru, z nichz nektere musi byt} +\writestring{zpracovany programem TeXUtil (\utilityversion). Aktualni verze} +\writestring{blok-maker je \blockversion.} + +\stopinterface + \edef\copyrightversion% {Copyright 1990-\the\normalyear\normalspace / PRAGMA ADE / J. Hagen - A.F. Otten} \writeline\writestring{\copyrightversion}\writeline -%D Except from english, no hyphenation patterns are loaded -%D yet. Users can specify their needs in the next module: - -\input cont-usr.tex +% %D Except from english, no hyphenation patterns are loaded +% %D yet. Users can specify their needs in the next module: +% +% \input cont-usr.tex %D Let's quit this file when doing a \type {cont-..} generation. @@ -260,7 +290,14 @@ \next %D Unless we're generating a \type {cont-..} format, we also -%D set: +%D do the following. + +%D Except from english, no hyphenation patterns are loaded +%D yet. Users can specify their needs in the next module: + +\loaduserspecifications + +%D Next we default to the same language as the interface. \unprotect @@ -293,10 +330,21 @@ \stopinterface -\setupbodyfont [cmr,rm,12pt] +\startinterface czech + + \installlanguage [\s!cz] [\c!status=\v!start] + + \appendtoks \language [\s!cz] \to \everyjob + \appendtoks \mainlanguage [\s!cz] \to \everyjob + +\stopinterface \protect +%D Finally we load some fonts. + +\setupbodyfont [cmr,rm,12pt] + %D Now dumping the format is all that's left to be done. \dump diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-01a.tex b/tex/context/base/core-01a.tex index 3efa7992a..17b8ea1e9 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-01a.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-01a.tex @@ -8,11 +8,14 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. % nog oplossen: voetnoot setten ivm later veranderde % witruimte; probleem: als lijn graphic + +% The %I etc thing will be replaced by documentation. Some +% years ago they served as helpinfo blocks for our editor. \newevery \everybodyfont \Everybodyfont % just to be sure @@ -25,8 +28,8 @@ \appendtoks \stelblankoin \to \everybodyfont \appendtoks \stelwitruimtein \to \everybodyfont %\appendtoks\setupfootnotes \to \everybodyfont -\appendtoks \stelspatieringin \to \everybodyfont % nieuw -\appendtoks \setdisplayskips \to \everybodyfont % nieuw +\appendtoks \stelspatieringin \to \everybodyfont % nieuw +\appendtoks \setdisplayskips \to \everybodyfont % nieuw % \appendtoks .. \to \everypar % \appendtoks .. \to \everypar @@ -54,11 +57,11 @@ 2: -- geladen 3: probeer LaTeX eens 4: commando -- is al gedefinieerd - 5: macro's uit -- geladen - 6: geen macro's in -- gevonden - 7: macro's uit -- reeds geladen + 5: macro's uit module -- geladen + 6: geen macro's in module -- gevonden + 7: macro's uit module -- reeds geladen 8: nieuwe versie hulpfile, tweede run nodig - 9: -- niet gevonden/geplaatst + 9: -- niet gevonden/geplaatst 10: gebruik geen em in -- 11: aanmaken basale hulpfile 12: de hulpfile is niet gesorteerd, gebruik texutil @@ -85,9 +88,9 @@ 2: -- loaded 3: try LaTeX 4: command -- is already defined - 5: macros of -- loaded - 6: no macros found in -- - 7: macros of -- already loaded + 5: macros of module -- loaded + 6: no macros found in module -- + 7: macros of module -- already loaded 8: new version of utility file, second pass needed 9: -- not found/processed 10: don't use em in -- @@ -116,9 +119,9 @@ 2: -- geladen 3: Versuche LaTeX 4: Befehl -- ist bereits definiert - 5: Makros in -- geladen - 6: Keine Makros in -- gefunden - 7: Makros in -- bereits geladen + 5: Makros aus Modul -- geladen + 6: Keine Makros in Modul -- gefunden + 7: Makros aus Modul -- bereits geladen 8: Neue Version der Hilfsdatei, zweiter Durchlauf benoetigt 9: -- nicht gefunden/verarbeitet 10: Benutzte kein em in -- @@ -141,6 +144,37 @@ 27: Version \stopmessages +\startmessages czech library: systems + title: system + 1: nacteni pomocneho souboru odlozeno (typemode) + 2: -- nacteno + 3: zkuste LaTeX + 4: prikaz -- je jiz definovan + 5: makra z -- nactena + 6: zadna makra v -- nenalezena + 7: makra z -- jsou jiz nactena + 8: nova verze pomocneho souboru, je treba druheho behu + 9: -- nenalezeno/nezpracovano + 10: nepouzivejte em v -- + 11: vytvarim jednoduchy pomocny soubor + 12: pomosny soubor neni setriden, pouzijte texutil + 13: znacka -- definovana -- + 14: vynucena nova stranka v seznamu na -- + 15: uklada se buffer -- + 16: sazi se buffer -- + 17: sazi se doslovny (verbatim) buffer -- + 18: synonymum -- -- neexistuje + 19: vyznam (synonyma) -- nacten + 20: vyznam (trideni) -- nacten + 21: pomocny soubor necten + 22: pouzijte platny pomocny soubor + 23: -- upraveno na -- + 24: plovouci bloky + 25: reference + 26: registry + 27: verze +\stopmessages + \startmessages dutch library: textblocks title: tekstblokken 1: nieuwe versie, tweede run nodig @@ -189,6 +223,22 @@ 12: -- ausgelassen \stopmessages +\startmessages czech library: textblocks + title: textovyblok + 1: nova verze, je treba druhy beh + 2: zapisuji bloky do -- + 3: ctu bloky z -- + 4: je treba druhy beh + 5: -- neni skryto + 6: -- skryto a zpracovano + 7: -- skryto + 8: -- vysazeno + 9: -- nevysazeno + 10: -- nacteno a zpracovano + 11: -- nacteno a vysazeno + 12: -- preskoceno +\stopmessages + \startmessages dutch library: floatblocks title: plaatsblokken 1: -- hernummerd / -- => -- @@ -237,6 +287,22 @@ 12: undefiniert \stopmessages +\startmessages czech library: floatblocks + title: plovouciobjekty + 1: -- precislovano / -- => -- + 2: -- ulozeno + 3: -- presunuto + 4: -- umisteno + 5: poradi prizpusobeno + 6: pocet hornich plovoucich objektu je omezen na -- + 7: pocet spodnich plovoucich objektu je omezen na -- + 8: radku je mene nez -- + 9: poradi naruseno + 10: -- omezeno + 11: nedan zadny blok + 12: nedefinovano +\stopmessages + \startmessages dutch library: layouts title: layout 1: teksthoogte aangepast met -- op pagina -- @@ -282,6 +348,21 @@ 11: Zwischenraum -- nicht im Grittermoduserlau \stopmessages +\startmessages czech library: layouts + title: layout + 1: vyska textu prizpusobena s -- na strane -- + 2: -- krat odlozeny text umisten + 3: -- krat text odlozen + 4: okrajove bloky aktivni + 5: okrajove bloky neaktivni + 6: sada stran -- zpracovana (velikost --) + 7: pocita se misto pro logo + 8: pocita se pozadi + 9: aktualne ne vice nez -- urovne/urovni vyctu + 10: -- a -- nedava dohromady 1.0 + 11: svisla mezera -- neni povolena v pevnem radkovem rejstriku +\stopmessages + \startmessages dutch library: structures title: structuur 1: begin van sectieblok -- @@ -299,6 +380,12 @@ 1: Begin des Abschnittsblock -- 2: Ende des Abschnittsblock -- \stopmessages + +\startmessages czech library: structures + title: struktury + 1: zacatek oddilu (sekce) -- + 2: konec oddilu (sekce) -- +\stopmessages % \CONTEXTtrue % Now we know that we can use ConTeXt commands. @@ -320,6 +407,16 @@ % \message{NEE} % \fi +\def\convertexpanded#1#2#3% watch the double \v!ja expansion ! + {\ExpandFirstAfter\processaction + [\getvalue{#1\c!expansie}] + [ \v!ja=>{{\honorunexpanded\xdef\@@globalexpanded{#2}% + \xdef\@@globalexpanded{\@@globalexpanded}}% + \dodoglobal\convertcommand\@@globalexpanded\to#3}, + \v!commando=>{\dodoglobal\convertcommand #2\to#3}, + \s!default=>{\dodoglobal\convertargument#2\to#3}, + \s!unknown=>{\dodoglobal\convertargument#2\to#3}]} + % om problemen te voorkomen: % % \ascii => \@@ascii@@ @@ -507,23 +604,20 @@ \unexpanded\def\doattributes#1#2#3#4% {\dostartattributes{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}\dostopattributes} -% \dotextprefix{tekst} -% -% als {tekst} niet leeg is: tekst~ - -\def\dotextprefix#1% - {\ConvertToConstant\doifnot{#1}{}{#1~}} - % kan vaker worden toegepast: +\newskip\leftskipadaption + \def\doadaptleftskip#1% - {\processaction[#1] % \ExpandFirstAfter - [\v!standaard=>\advance\leftskip by + {\leftskipadaption\!!zeropoint + \processaction[#1] % \ExpandFirstAfter + [\v!standaard=>\leftskipadaption= \ifdim\voorwit=\!!zeropoint\@@sllinks\else\voorwit\fi, - \v!ja=>\advance\leftskip by + \v!ja=>\leftskipadaption= \ifdim\voorwit=\!!zeropoint\@@sllinks\else\voorwit\fi, \v!nee=>, - \s!unknown=>\advance\leftskip by #1]} + \s!unknown=>\leftskipadaption=#1]% + \advance\leftskip by \leftskipadaption} \def\herhaal {\dorepeat} \def\herhaler {\repeater} @@ -801,7 +895,7 @@ \def\endstrut% {\relax\ifhmode\ifdim\ht\strutbox=\!!zeropoint\else - \unskip + \unskip\unskip\unskip \normalpenalty\!!tenthousand \normalhskip\!!zeropoint \strut @@ -813,15 +907,15 @@ \let\endstrut=\empty \let\begstrut=\empty} -% unsave: +% unsave: % % \def\pseudostrut% % {\bgroup -% \setnostrut -% \normalstrut +% \setnostrut +% \normalstrut % \egroup} % -% try: +% try: % % \startchemie % \chemie[ONE,Z0,SB15,MOV1,SB15,Z0][C,C] @@ -1078,27 +1172,32 @@ \utilitycheckmessage \fi\fi\fi} +% no longer needed, since texutil is now multi platform +% +% \def\checkutilityfile% +% {\doiflocfileelse{\jobname.\f!outputextension} +% {} +% {\doiflocfileelse{\jobname.\f!inputextension} +% {\bgroup +% \showmessage{\m!systems}{11}{}% +% \openout\scratchwrite=\jobname.\f!outputextension +% \openlocin\scratchread{\jobname.\f!inputextension}% +% \def\doprocessline% +% {\ifeof\scratchread +% \def\doprocessline{\closein\scratchread}% +% \else +% \read\scratchread to \ascii +% \convertcommand\ascii\to\ascii +% \expandafter\saveutilityline\ascii\txen +% \fi +% \doprocessline}% +% \doprocessline +% \closeout\scratchwrite +% \egroup} +% {}}} + \def\checkutilityfile% - {\doiflocfileelse{\jobname.\f!outputextension} - {} - {\doiflocfileelse{\jobname.\f!inputextension} - {\bgroup - \showmessage{\m!systems}{11}{}% - \openout\scratchwrite=\jobname.\f!outputextension - \openlocin\scratchread{\jobname.\f!inputextension}% - \def\doprocessline% - {\ifeof\scratchread - \def\doprocessline{\closein\scratchread}% - \else - \read\scratchread to \ascii - \convertcommand\ascii\to\ascii - \expandafter\saveutilityline\ascii\txen - \fi - \doprocessline}% - \doprocessline - \closeout\scratchwrite - \egroup} - {}}} + {} \long\def\doutilities#1#2#3#4#5% % introduceren in utility file {\restorecatcodes @@ -1138,6 +1237,21 @@ \fi \disableinitializevariables \endgroup} + +% Saving the sort vector: + +\def\savesortkeys% + {\setbox\scratchbox=\hbox + \bgroup + \def\flushsortkey##1##2##3##4% + {\convertargument{##1}{##2}{##3}{##4}\to\ascii + \immediatewriteutility{k {\currentlanguage}{\currentencoding}\ascii}}% + \let\definesortkey\flushsortkey + \flushsortkeys + \egroup + \global\let\savesortkeys\relax} + +\prependtoks \savesortkeys \to \everystarttext % Commando's ten behoeve van two-pass lists. In principe % kan alles in een keer worden ingelezen. Omdat de macro's @@ -1153,9 +1267,15 @@ % \iftwopassdatafound % \twopassdata % -% \twopassentry{\s!xxx}{nr}{data} nr alleen voor testdoeleinden +% \twopassentry{\s!xxx}{nr}{data} nr alleen voor testdoeleinden +% +% also: +% +% \definerawpasslist{\s!xxx} +% \moverawpasslist\s!xxx\to\somemacro -\def\alltwopasslists{} +\let\alltwopasslists\empty % with 0,0 -> stepwise commalist +\let\allrawpasslists\empty % without 0,0 -> raw commalist \newif\iftwopassdatafound @@ -1163,13 +1283,16 @@ {\executeifdefined{@@#1\s!pass}\gobbletwoarguments} \def\appendtwopasselement#1#2#3% - {\debuggerinfo{\m!systems}{twopass data #1 - #2 = #3}% - \setxvalue{#1:\s!list}{\getvalue{#1:\s!list}#3,}} + {%\debuggerinfo{\m!systems}{twopass data #1 - #2 = #3}% + \@EA\ifx\csname#1:\s!list\endcsname\empty + \setxvalue{#1:\s!list}{#3}% + \else + \setxvalue{#1:\s!list}{\getvalue{#1:\s!list},#3}% + \fi} \def\dodefinetwopasslist#1% {\doifundefined{#1:\s!list} - {\debuggerinfo{\m!systems}{defining twopass class #1}% - \doglobal\addtocommalist{#1}\alltwopasslists + {%\debuggerinfo{\m!systems}{defining twopass class #1}% \doglobal\addutilityreset{#1\s!pass}% \setgvalue{\s!set#1\s!pass}% {\global\letvalue{\s!set#1\s!pass}\gobbletwoarguments @@ -1179,20 +1302,38 @@ \getvalue{\s!reset#1\s!pass}}} \def\definetwopasslist#1% - {\expanded{\dodefinetwopasslist{#1}}} + {\expanded{\dodefinetwopasslist{#1}}% + \doglobal\addtocommalist{#1}\alltwopasslists} + +\def\definerawpasslist#1% + {\expanded{\dodefinetwopasslist{#1}}% + \doglobal\addtocommalist{#1}\allrawpasslists} \def\doloadtwopassdata#1% {\doifundefined{#1:\s!list} {\global\letvalue{#1:\s!list}\empty \doutilities{#1\s!pass}{\jobname}{}{}{}% - \setxvalue{#1:\s!list}{\getvalue{#1:\s!list}0,0}}} + \ifx\twopassdata\empty\else + \appendtwopasselement{#1}{0}\twopassdata + \fi}} \def\loadtwopassdata% {\ifx\alltwopasslists\empty\else + \def\twopassdata{0,0}% end condition \processcommacommand[\alltwopasslists]\doloadtwopassdata \global\let\alltwopassdata\empty + \fi + \ifx\allrawpasslists\empty\else + \let\twopassdata\empty + \processcommacommand[\allrawpasslists]\doloadtwopassdata + \global\let\allrawpassdata\empty \fi} +\def\moverawpasslist#1#2% erases the old one, like the others do + {\loadtwopassdata + \@EA\let\@EA#2\csname#1:\s!list\endcsname + \@EA\let\csname#1:\s!list\endcsname\empty} + \let\twopassdata=\empty \def\dogettwopassdata[#1,#2]#3% @@ -1206,7 +1347,7 @@ \def\gettwopassdata#1% {\loadtwopassdata \edef\!!stringa{\getvalue{#1:\s!list}}% - \debuggerinfo{\m!systems}{twopass get #1 - \!!stringa}% + %\debuggerinfo{\m!systems}{twopass get #1 - \!!stringa}% \expandafter\dogettwopassdata\expandafter[\!!stringa]{#1}} \def\findtwopassdata% @@ -1215,7 +1356,7 @@ \def\dofindtwopassdata#1#2% {\edef\!!stringa{,\getvalue{#1:\s!list}}% - \debuggerinfo{\m!systems}{twopass find #2 - \!!stringa}% + %\debuggerinfo{\m!systems}{twopass find #2 - \!!stringa}% \def\dodofindtwopassdata[##1,##2#2##3,##4]% {\edef\twopassdata{##3}% \ifx\twopassdata\empty @@ -1620,15 +1761,37 @@ %I %I waarbij de offset betrekking heeft op dubbelzijdig zetten. +\ifx\stelpapierformaatin\undefined + \let\stelpapierformaatin\relax +\fi + +%\def\dodefinieerpapierformaat[#1][#2]% +% {\ifsecondargument +% \getparameters +% [\??pp#1] % geen \c!schaal, scheelt hash ruimte +% [\c!breedte=\@@ppbreedte,\c!hoogte=\@@pphoogte, +% \c!offset=\@@ppoffset,#2]% +% \else +% \definieerpapierformaat[][#1]% +% \stelpapierformaatin +% \fi} + \def\dodefinieerpapierformaat[#1][#2]% - {\getparameters - [\??pp#1] % geen \c!schaal, scheelt hash ruimte - [\c!breedte=\@@ppbreedte,\c!hoogte=\@@pphoogte,#2]} + {\ifsecondargument + \getparameters + [\??pp#1] % geen \c!schaal, scheelt hash ruimte + [\c!breedte=\@@ppbreedte,\c!hoogte=\@@pphoogte, + \c!offset=\@@ppoffset,#2]% + \else + \getparameters[\??pp][#1]% + \stelpapierformaatin + \fi} \def\definieerpapierformaat% - {\dodoubleargument\dodefinieerpapierformaat} + {\dodoubleempty\dodefinieerpapierformaat} -\definieerpapierformaat[][\c!breedte=210mm,\c!hoogte=297mm] +\definieerpapierformaat + [\c!breedte=210mm,\c!hoogte=297mm,\c!offset=0pt] \chardef\papermirror =0 \chardef\printmirror =0 @@ -1659,15 +1822,75 @@ 180=>\gdef#3{180}\gdef#4{0}, 270=>\gdef#3{270}\gdef#4{90}]} +\ifx\calculatepaperoffsets\undefined + + \def\calculatepaperoffsets#1% + {\scratchdimen=\getvalue{\??pp#1\c!offset}% + \global\advance\papierbreedte by -2\scratchdimen + \global\advance\papierhoogte by -2\scratchdimen} + +\fi + +% \def\dostelpapierformaatin[#1][#2]% +% {\ifsecondargument +% \dostelpapierrichtingin{#1}\paperlandscape\paperrotation\paperreverse\papermirror +% \dostelpapierrichtingin{#2}\printlandscape\printrotation\printreverse\printmirror +% \def\docommando##1% +% {\doifsomething{##1}{\doifdefined{\??pp##1\c!breedte} +% {\global\papierbreedte=\getvalue{\??pp##1\c!breedte}% +% \global\papierhoogte=\getvalue{\??pp##1\c!hoogte}% +% \calculatepaperoffsets{##1}% +% \xdef\papierformaat{##1}}}}% +% \processcommalist[#1]\docommando +% \doifdefinedelse{\??pp#1\c!schaal} +% {\edef\papierschaal{\getvalue{\??pp#1\c!schaal}}} +% {\edef\papierschaal{1}}% +% \def\docommando##1% +% {\doifsomething{##1}{\doifdefined{\??pp##1\c!breedte} +% {\global\printpapierbreedte=\getvalue{\??pp##1\c!breedte}% +% \global\printpapierhoogte=\getvalue{\??pp##1\c!hoogte}% +% \xdef\printpapierformaat{##1}}}}% +% \processcommalist[#2]\docommando +% \ifnum\paperlandscape>0 +% \doglobal\swapdimens\papierbreedte\papierhoogte +% \fi +% \ifnum\printlandscape>0 +% \doglobal\swapdimens\printpapierbreedte\printpapierhoogte +% \fi +% \ifdim\papierhoogte>\printpapierhoogte +% \global\printpapierhoogte=\papierhoogte +% \fi +% \ifdim\papierbreedte>\printpapierbreedte +% \global\printpapierbreedte=\papierbreedte +% \fi +% \calculatehsizes +% \calculatevsizes +% \global\newlogostrue +% \global\newbackgroundtrue +% \resetlayout +% \else\iffirstargument +% \stelpapierformaatin[#1][#2]% +% \else\ifx\papierformaat\undefined\else +% \stelpapierformaatin[\papierformaat][\printpapierformaat]% +% \fi\fi\fi} + \def\dostelpapierformaatin[#1][#2]% + {\doifinstringelse{=}{#1} + {\getparameters[\??pp][#1]} + {\doifinstringelse{=}{#2} + {\getparameters[\??pp#1][#2]} + {\dodostelpapierformaatin[#1][#2]}}} + +\def\dodostelpapierformaatin[#1][#2]% {\ifsecondargument \dostelpapierrichtingin{#1}\paperlandscape\paperrotation\paperreverse\papermirror \dostelpapierrichtingin{#2}\printlandscape\printrotation\printreverse\printmirror \def\docommando##1% {\doifsomething{##1}{\doifdefined{\??pp##1\c!breedte} - {\gdef\papierformaat{##1}% - \global\papierbreedte=\getvalue{\??pp##1\c!breedte}% - \global\papierhoogte=\getvalue{\??pp##1\c!hoogte}}}}% + {\global\papierbreedte=\getvalue{\??pp##1\c!breedte}% + \global\papierhoogte=\getvalue{\??pp##1\c!hoogte}% + \calculatepaperoffsets{##1}% + \xdef\papierformaat{##1}}}}% \processcommalist[#1]\docommando \doifdefinedelse{\??pp#1\c!schaal} {\edef\papierschaal{\getvalue{\??pp#1\c!schaal}}} @@ -1675,14 +1898,15 @@ \def\docommando##1% {\doifsomething{##1}{\doifdefined{\??pp##1\c!breedte} {\global\printpapierbreedte=\getvalue{\??pp##1\c!breedte}% - \global\printpapierhoogte=\getvalue{\??pp##1\c!hoogte}}}}% + \global\printpapierhoogte=\getvalue{\??pp##1\c!hoogte}% + \xdef\printpapierformaat{##1}}}}% \processcommalist[#2]\docommando \ifnum\paperlandscape>0 \doglobal\swapdimens\papierbreedte\papierhoogte \fi \ifnum\printlandscape>0 \doglobal\swapdimens\printpapierbreedte\printpapierhoogte - \fi + \fi \ifdim\papierhoogte>\printpapierhoogte \global\printpapierhoogte=\papierhoogte \fi @@ -1696,7 +1920,9 @@ \resetlayout \else\iffirstargument \stelpapierformaatin[#1][#2]% - \fi\fi} + \else\ifx\papierformaat\undefined\else + \stelpapierformaatin[\papierformaat][\printpapierformaat]% + \fi\fi\fi} \def\stelpapierformaatin% {\dodoubleempty\dostelpapierformaatin} @@ -1724,13 +1950,13 @@ \doifelse{\@@lygrid}{\v!ja} {\gridsnappingtrue} {\gridsnappingfalse}% -\ifgridsnapping - \widowpenalty=0 % is gewoon beter - \clubpenalty =0 % zeker bij grids -\else - \widowpenalty=\defaultwidowpenalty - \clubpenalty=\defaultclubpenalty -\fi + \ifgridsnapping + \widowpenalty=0 % is gewoon beter + \clubpenalty =0 % zeker bij grids + \else + \widowpenalty=\defaultwidowpenalty + \clubpenalty=\defaultclubpenalty + \fi \stelwitruimtein \stelblankoin \doifelse{\@@lybreedte}{\v!midden} @@ -1780,7 +2006,10 @@ \calculatehsizes \calculatevsizes \global\newlogostrue - \global\newbackgroundtrue} + \global\newbackgroundtrue + \setMPpagedata} + +\ifx\setMPpagedata\undefined \let\setMPpagedata\relax \fi \def\checklayout% {\doifsomething{\@@lyregels} @@ -1790,22 +2019,27 @@ \newif\ifdoublesidedprint -\def\setcenterpagebox#1#2#3#4% - {\let\leftpagebox =#1% - \let\rightpagebox =#2% - \let\toppagebox =#3% - \let\bottompagebox=#4}% +%\def\setcenterpagebox#1#2#3#4% +% {\let\leftpagebox =#1% +% \let\rightpagebox =#2% +% \let\toppagebox =#3% +% \let\bottompagebox=#4} \def\presetcenterpagebox% in \stellayoutin !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! - {\setcenterpagebox\relax\hss\relax\vss + {%\setcenterpagebox\relax\hss\relax\vss \doublesidedprintfalse \ExpandFirstAfter\processallactionsinset [\@@lyplaats] - [ \v!midden=>\setcenterpagebox\hss\hss\vss\vss, - \v!links=>\setcenterpagebox\relax\hss\toppagebox\bottompagebox, - \v!rechts=>\setcenterpagebox\hss\relax\toppagebox\bottompagebox, - \v!onder=>\setcenterpagebox\leftpagebox\rightpagebox\vss\relax, - \v!boven=>\setcenterpagebox\leftpagebox\rightpagebox\relax\vss, +% [ \v!midden=>\setcenterpagebox\hss\hss\vss\vss, +% \v!links=>\setcenterpagebox\relax\hss\toppagebox\bottompagebox, +% \v!rechts=>\setcenterpagebox\hss\relax\toppagebox\bottompagebox, +% \v!onder=>\setcenterpagebox\leftpagebox\rightpagebox\vss\relax, +% \v!boven=>\setcenterpagebox\leftpagebox\rightpagebox\relax\vss, + [ \v!midden=>{\stelpapierformaatin[\c!links=\hss,\c!rechts=\hss,\c!boven=\vss,\c!onder=\vss]}, + \v!links=>{\stelpapierformaatin[\c!links=,\c!rechts=\hss]}, + \v!rechts=>{\stelpapierformaatin[\c!links=\hss,\c!rechts=]}, + \v!onder=>{\stelpapierformaatin[\c!boven=\vss,\c!onder=]}, + \v!boven=>{\stelpapierformaatin[\c!boven=,\c!onder=\vss]},% \v!dubbelzijdig=>\doublesidedprinttrue, \v!enkelzijdig=>\doublesidedprintfalse]} @@ -2092,6 +2326,7 @@ \def\douitstellen% {\the\everytopofpage \ifinuitstellen\else\ifcase\nofpostponedblocks\else % The \nof-test is + \global\pagetotal\!!zeropoint % recently added \global\inuitstellentrue % definitely needed \dorecurse{\nofpostponedblocks} % else we can loose {\haalbuffer[buf-\recurselevel]} % or disorder floats @@ -2154,8 +2389,7 @@ {\dodoubleargument\dostelnummerin} \def\dodefinieernummer[#1][#2]% ook overal class als localframed - {\makecounter{\s!number#1}% - \getparameters + {\getparameters [\s!number#1] [\s!check=, \c!wijze=\@@nrwijze, @@ -2166,8 +2400,13 @@ \c!conversie=\v!cijfers, \c!start=0, #2]% + \makecounter{\s!number#1}% \setcounter{\s!number#1}{\getvalue{\s!number#1\c!start}}} +% \c!nummer=#1 ; nogal veel copieen nodig +% +% \def\@@thenumber#1{\s!number\getvalue{\s!number#1\c!nummer}} + \def\definieernummer% {\dodoubleempty\dodefinieernummer} @@ -2217,7 +2456,7 @@ {\bgroup \doifinstringelse{.0}{.#2} % waarom \instring en \@koscheider {\doifnot{#3}{\v!per} - {\debuggerinfo{\m!systems}{number #1 #3 becomes \getvalue{\s!number#1\c!wijze}}% + {%\debuggerinfo{\m!systems}{number #1 #3 becomes \getvalue{\s!number#1\c!wijze}}% \setevalue{\s!number#1\c!wijze}% geen \xdef, gaat mis met \subpage {#3}% \dochecknummer{#1}}} % tricky and ugly @@ -2249,18 +2488,38 @@ \fi \egroup} +% \def\domaakvoorafgaandenummer[#1]% +% {\gdef\voorafgaandenummer{}% +% \ifsectienummer +% \doifvalue{\??sb\@@sectieblok\c!nummer}{\v!ja} % toegevoegd +% {\doifvalue{\s!number#1\c!sectienummer}{\v!ja} +% {\edef\currentsection% +% {\getvalue{\??by\getvalue{\s!number#1\c!wijze\c!lokaal}}}% +% \doifnot{\currentsection}{\zerosection} +% {\doifnot{\@@sectionvalue{\currentsection}}{0} +% {\xdef\voorafgaandenummer% +% {\getvalue{\currentsection\c!nummer}.}}}}}% +% \fi} + \def\domaakvoorafgaandenummer[#1]% - {\gdef\voorafgaandenummer{}% + {\bgroup % added + \global\let\voorafgaandenummer\empty \ifsectienummer - \doifvalue{\??sb\@@sectieblok\c!nummer}{\v!ja} % toegevoegd - {\doifvalue{\s!number#1\c!sectienummer}{\v!ja} - {\edef\currentsection% - {\getvalue{\??by\getvalue{\s!number#1\c!wijze\c!lokaal}}}% - \doifnot{\currentsection}{\zerosection} - {\doifnot{\@@sectionvalue{\currentsection}}{0} - {\xdef\voorafgaandenummer% - {\getvalue{\currentsection\c!nummer}.}}}}}% - \fi} + \doifvalue{\??sb\@@sectieblok\c!nummer}{\v!ja} % added + {\doifelsevalue{\s!number#1\c!sectienummer}{\v!ja} + {\donetrue}{\donefalse}% + \doifvalue{\s!number#1\c!sectienummer}{\v!nummer} + {\donetrue\let\@@sectionconversion\gobbleoneargument}% + \ifdone + \edef\currentsection% + {\getvalue{\??by\getvalue{\s!number#1\c!wijze\c!lokaal}}}% + \doifnot{\currentsection}{\zerosection} + {\doifnot{\@@sectionvalue{\currentsection}}{0} + {\xdef\voorafgaandenummer% + {\getvalue{\currentsection\c!nummer}.}}}% + \fi}% + \fi + \egroup} \def\maakvoorafgaandenummer[#1]% {\bgroup @@ -2400,7 +2659,7 @@ \xdef\nofsubpages{0}% \fi} -\def\gotonextsubpage% overlapt behoorlijk met realpage macro +\def\gotonextsubpage% overlapt behoorlijk met realpage macro {\global\let\checksubpages=\relax \ifsubpaging \edef\oldsubpage{\the\subpageno}% @@ -2502,10 +2761,35 @@ \xdef\nextpage{\realfolio}% \setglobalsystemreference\rt!page{\v!pagina}\nextpage \setglobalsystemreference\rt!page{\v!vooruit}\nextpage + \bgroup + \xdef\nextnextpage{\realfolio}% + \ifodd\realpageno + \setglobalsystemreference\rt!page{\v!volgendeonevenpagina}\nextnextpage + \else + \setglobalsystemreference\rt!page{\v!volgendeevenpagina}\nextnextpage + \fi + \advance\realpageno by 1 + \xdef\nextnextpage{\realfolio}% + \ifnum\realpageno>\lastpage\relax + %\ifodd\realpageno + % \setglobalsystemreference\rt!page{\v!volgendeonevenpagina}\lastpage + %\else + % \setglobalsystemreference\rt!page{\v!volgendeevenpagina}\lastpage + %\fi + \else + \ifodd\realpageno + \setglobalsystemreference\rt!page{\v!volgendeonevenpagina}\nextnextpage + \else + \setglobalsystemreference\rt!page{\v!volgendeevenpagina}\nextnextpage + \fi + \fi + \egroup \else \global\let\nextpage=\lastpage \setglobalsystemreference\rt!page{\v!pagina}\firstpage \setglobalsystemreference\rt!page{\v!vooruit}\firstpage + \setglobalsystemreference\rt!page{\v!volgendeonevenpagina}\lastpage + \setglobalsystemreference\rt!page{\v!volgendeevenpagina}\lastpage \fi \setglobalsystemreference\rt!page{\v!volgendepagina}\realfolio \egroup} @@ -2571,14 +2855,14 @@ \newcounter\shippedoutpages \let\pagestoshipout\empty % {1,3,6} -\chardef\whichpagetoshipout=0 % 0=all 1=odd 2=even +\chardef\whichpagetoshipout=0 % 0=all 1=odd 2=even \def\actualshipout#1% - {\doglobal\increment\shippedoutpages + {\doglobal\increment\shippedoutpages \ifx\pagestoshipout\empty \ifcase\whichpagetoshipout\relax \donetrue - \or % 1 + \or % 1 \ifodd\shippedoutpages\relax\donetrue\else\donefalse\fi \or % 2 \ifodd\shippedoutpages\relax\donefalse\else\donetrue\fi @@ -2607,25 +2891,24 @@ \box0}}% \else \message - {[\ifarrangingpages arranged \fi page + {[\ifarrangingpages arranged \fi page \ifarrangingpages\the\arrangeno\else\the\realpageno\fi\normalspace - not flushed]}% + not flushed]}% \setbox0=\hbox{#1}% \deadcycles=0 \fi} - \def\actualarrange#1% {\setbox0=\hbox{\thisisrealpage{\realfolio}#1}% \pusharrangedpage0 - \deadcycles=0} + \deadcycles=0 } \def\goleftonpage% - {\hskip-\linkermargeafstand - \hskip-\linkermargebreedte - \hskip-\paginascheiding - \hskip-\linkerrandafstand - \hskip-\linkerrandbreedte} + {\hskip-\linkermargeafstand + \hskip-\linkermargebreedte + \hskip-\paginascheiding + \hskip-\linkerrandafstand + \hskip-\linkerrandbreedte} \def\doswapmargins% {\let\doswapmargins=\relax % to prevent local swapping @@ -2738,11 +3021,62 @@ % \egroup % \placefootnotes} +% \def\dopagecontents#1#2% \box<n> \unvbox<n> +% {\bgroup% +% \forgetall +% \boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth +% \setbox0=\vbox to \teksthoogte +% {\edef\currentpagedepth{\the\dp#2}% still to be derived from #1 +% \dotopinsertions +% #1#2% \fuzzysnappedbox{#1}{#2}% goes wrong +% \pushcolor +% \ifgridsnapping +% \vskip-\currentpagedepth +% \vskip\openstrutdepth % \dp\strutbox +% \prevdepth\openstrutdepth % \dp\strutbox +% \dobotinsertions +% \vfil +% \else\ifr@ggedbottom +% \vskip-\currentpagedepth +% \vskip\openstrutdepth % \dp\strutbox +% \prevdepth\openstrutdepth % \dp\strutbox +% \dobotinsertions +% \vfil +% \else\ifb@selinebottom +% \kern-\currentpagedepth +% \kern\maxdepth +% \dobotinsertions +% \else +% %\dobotinsertions +% \fi\fi\fi +% \ifdim\ht\footins>\!!zeropoint % beter dan \ifvoid\footins\else +% \kern\skip\footins +% \kern\ht\footins +% \fi}% +% \ifgridsnapping +% \getnoflines\teksthoogte +% \advance\noflines by -1 +% \scratchdimen=\noflines\lineheight +% \advance\scratchdimen by \topskip +% \else +% \scratchdimen=\ht0 +% \fi +% \setbox2=\hbox +% {\ifvoid\savedfootins \else +% \setbox\footins=\box\savedfootins +% \fi +% \lower\scratchdimen\vbox{\placefootnotes}}% +% \smashbox2 +% \ht0=\!!zeropoint +% \vbox to \teksthoogte +% {\box0\box2}% +% \egroup} + \def\dopagecontents#1#2% \box<n> \unvbox<n> {\bgroup \forgetall \boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth - \setbox0=\vbox to \teksthoogte + \setbox0=\vbox \ifbottomnotes to \teksthoogte \fi {\edef\currentpagedepth{\the\dp#2}% still to be derived from #1 \dotopinsertions #1#2% \fuzzysnappedbox{#1}{#2}% goes wrong @@ -2763,13 +3097,12 @@ \kern-\currentpagedepth \kern\maxdepth \dobotinsertions - \else - %\dobotinsertions \fi\fi\fi \ifdim\ht\footins>\!!zeropoint % beter dan \ifvoid\footins\else \kern\skip\footins \kern\ht\footins \fi}% +\ifbottomnotes \ifgridsnapping \getnoflines\teksthoogte \advance\noflines by -1 @@ -2778,15 +3111,20 @@ \else \scratchdimen=\ht0 \fi +\else + \scratchdimen=\!!zeropoint +\fi \setbox2=\hbox {\ifvoid\savedfootins \else \setbox\footins=\box\savedfootins \fi \lower\scratchdimen\vbox{\placefootnotes}}% \smashbox2 - \ht0=\!!zeropoint +\ifbottomnotes + \ht0=\!!zeropoint +\fi \vbox to \teksthoogte - {\box0\box2}% + {\box0\box2\ifbottomnotes\else\vfill\fi}% \egroup} \def\dodummypageskip#1% @@ -2810,7 +3148,7 @@ \def\plaatsboventekstblok {\dodummypageskip\v!boven} \def\plaatsondertekstblok {\dodummypageskip\v!onder} -% kan tzt nog eens als: +% kan tzt nog eens als: % % \newtoks\everyboventekstblok % @@ -2825,7 +3163,7 @@ % % \appendtoks\interactiemenus[\v!boven]\to\everyboventekstblok % -% kan vaker, is namelijk sneller als commalist +% kan vaker, is namelijk sneller als commalist \newtoks\afterpage \newtoks\aftereverypage \newtoks\beforepage \newtoks\beforeeverypage @@ -2884,30 +3222,56 @@ \smashbox0 \box0} -%\def\setpagedisplacement% -% {\global\voffset=\kopoffset -% \global\hoffset=\rugoffset -% \global\advance\voffset by -1in -% \global\advance\hoffset by -1in} - +% \def\setpagedisplacement% +% {\global\voffset=\kopoffset +% \global\hoffset=\rugoffset +% \global\advance\voffset by -1in +% \global\advance\hoffset by -1in} + +% \def\centerpagebox#1% +% {\printpapierbreedte=\papierschaal\printpapierbreedte +% \printpapierhoogte =\papierschaal\printpapierhoogte +% \setbox#1=\vbox to \printpapierhoogte +% {\toppagebox +% \hbox to \printpapierbreedte +% {\ifdoublesidedprint +% \doifbothsides +% \leftpagebox\box#1\rightpagebox +% \orsideone +% \leftpagebox\box#1\rightpagebox +% \orsidetwo +% \rightpagebox\box#1\leftpagebox +% \od +% \else +% \leftpagebox\box#1\rightpagebox +% \fi} +% \bottompagebox}} + \def\centerpagebox#1% {\printpapierbreedte=\papierschaal\printpapierbreedte \printpapierhoogte =\papierschaal\printpapierhoogte \setbox#1=\vbox to \printpapierhoogte - {\toppagebox + {\@@ppboven + %\toppagebox \hbox to \printpapierbreedte {\ifdoublesidedprint \doifbothsides - \leftpagebox\box#1\rightpagebox + %\leftpagebox\box#1\rightpagebox + \@@pplinks\box#1\@@pprechts \orsideone - \leftpagebox\box#1\rightpagebox + %\leftpagebox\box#1\rightpagebox + \@@pplinks\box#1\@@pprechts \orsidetwo - \rightpagebox\box#1\leftpagebox + %\rightpagebox\box#1\leftpagebox + \@@pprechts\box#1\@@pplinks \od \else - \leftpagebox\box#1\rightpagebox - \fi} - \bottompagebox}} + %\leftpagebox\box#1\rightpagebox + \@@pplinks\box#1\@@pprechts + \fi}% + \par + %\bottompagebox + \@@pponder}} \def\offsetprintbox#1% {\dimen0=\wd#1\dimen2=\ht#1\dimen4=\dp#1% @@ -3021,21 +3385,62 @@ {\m!systems}{23} {\the\realpageno.\the\pageno\ifnum\subpageno>0 .\the\subpageno\fi,#1}} +% \def\buildpagebody#1#2% +% {\vbox +% {\beginrestorecatcodes +% \forgetall % igv problemen, check: \boxmaxdepth\maxdimen +% \boxmaxdepth\maxdimen % new +% \mindermeldingen +% \setbox0=\vbox +% {\offinterlineskip +% \ifpagebodyornaments +% \getbackgroundbox +% \getlogobox +% \bgroup % else footnotes get inconsistent font/baseline +% \doconvertfont{\@@lyletter}{}% +% \offinterlineskip +% \gettextboxes +% \egroup +% \fi +% \getmainbox#1#2}% including footnotes +% \buildpagebox0 +% \ifpagebodyornaments +% \addpagebackground0 +% \fi +% \ifarrangingpages \else +% \addpagecutmarks0 +% \replicatepagebox0 +% \scalepagebox0 +% \mirrorpaperbox0 +% \rotatepaperbox0 +% \addpagecolormarks0 +% \centerpagebox0 +% \mirrorprintbox0 +% \rotateprintbox0 +% \offsetprintbox0 +% \negateprintbox0 +% \fi +% \box0 +% \endrestorecatcodes}} + \def\buildpagebody#1#2% {\vbox {\beginrestorecatcodes \forgetall % igv problemen, check: \boxmaxdepth\maxdimen - \boxmaxdepth\maxdimen % new + \boxmaxdepth\maxdimen % new \mindermeldingen \setbox0=\vbox - {\doconvertfont{\@@lyletter}{}% - \offinterlineskip + {\offinterlineskip \ifpagebodyornaments \getbackgroundbox \getlogobox - \gettextboxes + \bgroup % else footnotes get inconsistent font/baseline + \doconvertfont{\@@lyletter}{}% + \offinterlineskip + \gettextboxes + \egroup \fi - \getmainbox#1#2}% + \getmainbox#1#2}% including footnotes \buildpagebox0 \ifpagebodyornaments \addpagebackground0 @@ -3048,6 +3453,7 @@ \rotatepaperbox0 \addpagecolormarks0 \centerpagebox0 +\addprintbackground0 \mirrorprintbox0 \rotateprintbox0 \offsetprintbox0 @@ -3056,6 +3462,15 @@ \box0 \endrestorecatcodes}} +\def\addprintbackground#1% + {\ifsomebackgroundfound\v!papier + \setbox#1=\vbox\localframed + [\??ma\v!papier]% + [\c!offset=\v!overlay,\c!strut=\v!nee, + \c!breedte=\printpapierbreedte,\c!hoogte=\printpapierhoogte]% + {\noindent\box#1}% + \fi} + \def\finishpagebox#1% {\ifarrangingpages \addpagecutmarks#1% @@ -3145,7 +3560,7 @@ \chardef\normalpagebox=255 -\appendtoks \restoreglobalbodyfont \to \everypagebody +\appendtoks \restoreglobalbodyfont \to \everypagebody \appendtoks \restorecolumnsettings \to \everypagebody \def\dopagebody#1#2% @@ -3159,8 +3574,7 @@ \checkmargeblokken \dotoks\beforeeverypage \flushtoks\beforepage - \inpagebodytrue - \buildpagebody#1#2% + \inpagebodytrue\buildpagebody#1#2% \flushtoks\afterpage \dotoks\aftereverypage \resetpagina @@ -3194,7 +3608,7 @@ {\global\subpageno=0} {\global\subpageno=\ruwenummer[\s!subpage]}} -\newtoks\pageboundsettings +\newtoks\pageboundsettings \prependtoks \initializepaper \to \pageboundsettings @@ -3487,7 +3901,7 @@ \egroup \def\space { } -\def\fixedspace {\hskip.5em\relax} +\def\fixedspace {\hskip.5em\relax} \def\nospace {\unskip\ignorespaces} \let\spatie \space @@ -3497,7 +3911,7 @@ \def\opelkaar% {\nointerlineskip} -\def\omlaag[#1]% nog eens mooier, relateren aan blanko +\def\omlaag[#1]% nog eens mooier, relateren aan blanko {\nointerlineskip \vskip#1 } @@ -3685,7 +4099,7 @@ \ifdim\prevdepth=-1000pt % toegevoegd omdat binnen \else % een vbox een extra skip \witruimte % ongewenst is; dit kan -\baselinecorrection %% zie in \plaatsregister[n=1] +\baselinecorrection %% zie in \plaatsregister[n=1] \vskip\noparskipsignal % waarschijnlijk ook in \fi % blanko blokkeer \bgroup @@ -3851,7 +4265,7 @@ \def\simplestelinterliniein% {\localinterlinespacetrue \setfontparameters - \updateraggedskips % funny one here + \updateraggedskips % funny one here \localinterlinespacefalse} \definecomplexorsimple\stelinterliniein @@ -3989,7 +4403,7 @@ \v!geenwit=>\global\blankogeenwittrue, -\v!wit=>\global\advance\blankoskip by -\parskip, \v!blokkeer=>\global\blankoblokkeertrue, - \v!forceer=>\global\blankoforceertrue, + \v!forceer=>\global\blankoforceertrue, \v!regel=>\global\advance\blankoskip by \lineheight, \v!halveregel=>\global\fuzzyvskiptrue\global\advance\blankoskip by .5\lineheight, \s!unknown=>{\herhaalmetcommando[#1]\dosingleblanko}]} @@ -4105,7 +4519,7 @@ {\blanko[\currentblanko]} {\blanko[\currentwitruimte]}} -\def\blanko% % the \relax is definitely needed due to the many \if's +\def\blanko% % the \relax is definitely needed due to the many \if's {\relax\complexorsimple\doblanko} \def\dostelblankoin#1% @@ -4304,152 +4718,6 @@ \wd6=\!!zeropoint\box6\box4\relax \fi}} -%I n=Kapitalen -%I c=\kap,\Kap,\KAP,\Kaps,\Woord,\Woorden,\uitgerekt -%I -%I Kapitalen kunnen in een kleiner letterformaat worden -%I weergegeven met de commando's: -%I -%I \kap{tekst} -%I \Kap{tekst} -%I \KAP{tekst} -%I -%I Bij het eerste commando wordt de hele tekst in kapitalen -%I gezet, bij het tweede alleen de eerste letter en bij het -%I laatste commando de letters die worden voorafgegaan door -%I \\, bijvoorbeeld \KAP{\\Commissie \\Ziezo}. -%I -%I Als de tekst van het laatste commando uit woorden bestaat, -%I kan ook het volgende commando worden gebruikt: -%I -%I \Kaps{tekst tekst tekst} -%I -%I In dat geval zijn geen \\ nodig. -%P -%I Binnen \kap kan \nokap worden gebruikt om een kleine -%I letter af te dwingen: \kap{AM\nokap{v}B}. -%I -%I Een eerste letter(s) van een of meer woorden kunnen worden -%I omgezet in een hoofdletter met het commando -%I -%I \Woord{woord} -%I \Woorden{woord woord woord ...} -%I -%I Een heel woord kan in hoofdletters worden omgezet met: -%I -%I \WOORD{tekst} -%P -%I Woorden kunnen worden uitgerekt over de actuele breedte -%I met: -%I -%I \uitgerekt{tekst} -%I -%I bijvoorbeeld: -%I -%I \hbox to 20em{\uitgerekt{abcdef\\ghijk}} -%I -%I met \\ of {} wordt een spatie afgedwongen. - -%T n=kap -%T m=kap -%T a=k -%T -%T \kap{?} - -%I n=Afbreken -%I c=\stelkoppeltekenin -%I -%I Met streepjes (-, --, ---) verbonden worden alleen afgebroken -%I op de plaats van het streepje. Wil men kunnen afbreken op -%I andere plaatsen, dan moet men de volgende constructie -%I gebruiken: -%I -%I ditiseen|---|heellangwoord|--|hoeweleigenlijkis|-|heteenzin -%I -%I Het is ook mogelijk geen teken mee te geven: -%I -%I ditiseen||heellangwoord -%I -%I In dat geval wordt het ingestelde teken tussengevoegd. Het -%I teken kan worden ingesteld met: -%I -%I \stelkoppeltekenin[teken=] -%I -%I Betekenisvolle waarden zijn: - en --, eventueel kan ~ -%I worden meegegeven. In dat geval wordt een \thinspace -%I geplaatst. -%P -%I Een |~| levert midden in de zin een spatie en aan het -%I eind van de zin een streepje, || is standaard equivalent -%I met |--|. -%I -%I Het koppelteken zelf kan worden opgeroepen met |=|, -%I bijvoorbeeld in alfa|=| en beta||deeltjes. Dit levert -%I dus alfa- en beta-deeltjes of alfa-- en beta--deeltjes. -%I Andere instellingen worden afgevangen. -%I -%I Ook ( en ) worden afgevangen. Hierbij wordt bij het -%I afbreken van voor(na) op de volgende regel (-na) -%I geplaatst. En wat te denken van |<| en |>|. - -% we use module supp-lan.tex - -\installdiscretionaries || \@@kpteken - -\newsignal\subsentencesignal -\newcounter\subsentencelevel -\def\subsentenceskip{.25em\relax} - -\def\stelkoppeltekenin% - {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??kp]} - -\def\beginofsubsentence% - {\ifdim\lastkern=\subsentencesignal - \unskip - \kern\subsentenceskip - \fi - \doglobal\increment\subsentencelevel - \ifnum\subsentencelevel=1 - \leaveoutervmode - \fi - \ifodd\subsentencelevel - \getvalue{\??la\currentlanguage\c!leftsentence}% - \else - \getvalue{\??la\currentlanguage\c!leftsubsentence}% - \fi - \ignorespaces} - -\def\beginofsubsentencespacing% - {\kern\subsentencesignal\ignorespaces} - -\def\endofsubsentence% - {\ifodd\subsentencelevel - \getvalue{\??la\currentlanguage\c!rightsentence}% - \else - \getvalue{\??la\currentlanguage\c!rightsubsentence}% - \fi - \doglobal\decrement\subsentencelevel - \unskip - \kern\subsentencesignal} - -\def\endofsubsentencespacing% - {%\ifdim\lastkern=\subsentencesignal \else - % \unskip - %\fi - \ifdim\lastkern=\subsentencesignal - \unskip - \hskip\subsentenceskip - \ignorespaces - \else - \unskip - \fi} - -% test |<|test |<|test|>| test|>| test \par -% test|<|test|<|test|>|test|>|test \par -% test |<||<|test|>||>| test \par - -\enableactivediscretionaries - %I n=Positioneren %I c=\startpositioneren,\stelpositionerenin %I @@ -4673,6 +4941,9 @@ \doifelsenothing{\@@klhoogte} {\heightencolumnsfalse} {\heightencolumnstrue}% + \doifelse{\@@klrichting}{\v!rechts} + {\reversecolumnsfalse} + {\reversecolumnstrue}% \doifelse{\@@klbalanceren}{\v!ja} {\balancecolumnstrue} {\balancecolumnsfalse}% @@ -4691,7 +4962,7 @@ \savecurrentblanko \savecurrentwitruimte \def\restorecolumnsettings% - {\boxmaxdepth\maxdimen % done elsewhere + {\boxmaxdepth\maxdimen % done elsewhere \restorecurrentblanko \restorecurrentwitruimte}% % @@ -4771,9 +5042,9 @@ \def\tooninstellingB#1#2#3% {#1&#3&\tttf\string#3\cr} -\startinterface dutch +\startinterface dutch -\def\tooninstellingen% +\def\tooninstellingen% {\noindent \vbox {\forgetall @@ -4786,24 +5057,27 @@ \tooninstellingA{papierbreedte} \papierbreedte \tooninstellingA{printpapierhoogte} \printpapierhoogte \tooninstellingA{printpapierbreedte} \printpapierbreedte + \noalign{\blanko} \tooninstellingA{kopwit} \kopwit \tooninstellingA{rugwit} \rugwit \tooninstellingA{hoogte} \zethoogte \tooninstellingA{breedte} \zetbreedte - \tooninstellingA{teksthoogte} \teksthoogte - \tooninstellingA{tekstbreedte} \tekstbreedte + \noalign{\blanko} + \tooninstellingA{boven} \bovenhoogte \tooninstellingC{bovenafstand} \bovenafstand \tooninstellingA{hoofd} \hoofdhoogte \tooninstellingC{hoofdafstand} \hoofdafstand - \tooninstellingA{boven} \bovenhoogte + \tooninstellingA{teksthoogte} \teksthoogte \tooninstellingC{voetafstand} \voetafstand \tooninstellingA{voet} \voethoogte \tooninstellingC{onderafstand} \onderafstand \tooninstellingA{onder} \onderhoogte + \noalign{\blanko} \tooninstellingA{linkerrand} \linkerrandbreedte \tooninstellingC{linkerrandafstand} \linkerrandafstand \tooninstellingA{linkermarge} \linkermargebreedte \tooninstellingC{linkermargeafstand} \linkermargeafstand + \tooninstellingA{tekstbreedte} \tekstbreedte \tooninstellingC{rechtermargeafstand}\rechtermargeafstand \tooninstellingA{rechtermarge} \rechtermargebreedte \tooninstellingC{rechterrandafstand} \rechterrandafstand @@ -4819,9 +5093,9 @@ \stopinterface -\startinterface english +\startinterface english -\def\tooninstellingen% +\def\tooninstellingen% {\noindent \vbox {\forgetall @@ -4834,24 +5108,27 @@ \tooninstellingA{paperwidth} \paperwidth \tooninstellingA{printpaperheight} \printpaperheight \tooninstellingA{printpaperwidth} \printpaperwidth + \noalign{\blanko} \tooninstellingA{topspace} \topspace \tooninstellingA{backspace} \backspace \tooninstellingA{height} \makeupheight \tooninstellingA{width} \makeupwidth - \tooninstellingA{textheight} \textheight - \tooninstellingA{textwidth} \textwidth + \noalign{\blanko} \tooninstellingA{top} \topheight \tooninstellingC{topdistance} \topdistance \tooninstellingA{header} \headerheight \tooninstellingC{headerdistance} \headerdistance + \tooninstellingA{textheight} \textheight \tooninstellingC{footerdistance} \footerdistance \tooninstellingA{footer} \footerheight \tooninstellingC{bottomdistance} \bottomdistance \tooninstellingA{bottom} \bottomheight + \noalign{\blanko} \tooninstellingA{leftedge} \leftedgewidth \tooninstellingC{leftedgedistance} \leftedgedistance \tooninstellingA{leftmargin} \leftmarginwidth \tooninstellingC{leftmargindistance} \leftmargindistance + \tooninstellingA{textwidth} \textwidth \tooninstellingC{rightmargindistance}\rightmargindistance \tooninstellingA{rightmargin} \rightmarginwidth \tooninstellingC{rightedgedistance} \rightedgedistance @@ -4869,7 +5146,7 @@ \startinterface german -\def\tooninstellingen% +\def\tooninstellingen% {\noindent \vbox {\forgetall @@ -4882,24 +5159,27 @@ \tooninstellingA{papierbreite} \papierbreite \tooninstellingA{printpapierhoehe} \printpapierhoehe \tooninstellingA{printpapierbreite} \printpapierbreite + \noalign{\blanko} \tooninstellingA{kopfweite} \kopfweite \tooninstellingA{rumpfweite} \rumpfweite \tooninstellingA{hoehe} \satzhoehe \tooninstellingA{breite} \satzbreite - \tooninstellingA{texthoehe} \texthoehe - \tooninstellingA{textbreite} \textbreite + \noalign{\blanko} \tooninstellingA{oben} \hoeheoben - \tooninstellingC{abstandoben} \abstandoben + \tooninstellingC{abstandoben} \abstandoben \tooninstellingA{kopfzeile} \kopfzeilenhoehe \tooninstellingC{kopfzeilenabstand} \kopfzeilenabstand + \tooninstellingA{texthoehe} \texthoehe \tooninstellingC{fusszeileabstand} \fusszeileabstand \tooninstellingA{fusszeilen} \fusszeilenhoehe \tooninstellingC{abstandunten} \abstandunten \tooninstellingA{hoeheunten} \hoeheunten + \noalign{\blanko} \tooninstellingA{linkerrand} \breitelinkerrand \tooninstellingC{abstandlinkerrand} \abstandlinkerrand \tooninstellingA{linkemarginal} \linkemarginalbreite \tooninstellingC{linkemarginalafstand} \linkemarginalafstand + \tooninstellingA{textbreite} \textbreite \tooninstellingC{rechtemarginalafstand}\rechtemarginalafstand \tooninstellingA{rechtemarginal} \rechtemarginalbreite \tooninstellingC{abstandrechterrand} \abstandrechterrand @@ -4915,6 +5195,54 @@ \stopinterface +\startinterface czech + +\def\tooninstellingen% + {\noindent + \vbox + {\forgetall + \mindermeldingen + \switchtobodyfont[\v!klein] + \tabskip\!!zeropoint + \halign + {\strut##\quad\hss&##\quad\hss&##\quad\hss&##\hss\cr + \tooninstellingA{vyskapapiru} \vyskapapiru + \tooninstellingA{sirkapapiru} \sirkapapiru + \tooninstellingA{vyskatiskpapiru} \vyskatiskpapiru + \tooninstellingA{sirkatiskpapiru} \sirkatiskpapiru + \tooninstellingA{hornimezera} \hornimezera + \tooninstellingA{spodnimezera} \spodnimezera + \tooninstellingA{vyska} \vyskasazby + \tooninstellingA{breite} \sirkasazby + \tooninstellingA{vyskatextu} \vyskatextu + \tooninstellingA{sirkatextu} \sirkatextu + \tooninstellingA{horejsek} \vyskahorejsku + \tooninstellingC{vzdalenosthorejsku} \vzdalenosthorejsku + \tooninstellingA{zahlavi} \vyskazahlavi + \tooninstellingC{vzdalenostzahlavi} \vzdalenostzahlavi + \tooninstellingC{fusszeileabstand} \vzdalenostupati + \tooninstellingA{upati} \vyskaupati + \tooninstellingC{vzdalenostspodku} \vzdalenostspodku + \tooninstellingA{spodek} \vyakaspodku + \tooninstellingA{levyokraj} \sirkalevehookraje + \tooninstellingC{vzdalenostlevehookraje}\vzdalenostlevehookraje + \tooninstellingA{levamarginalie} \sirkalevemarginalie + \tooninstellingC{vzdalenostlevemarginalie}\vzdalenostlevemarginalie + \tooninstellingC{vzdalenostpravemarginalie}\vzdalenostpravemarginalie + \tooninstellingA{pravamarginalie} \sirkapravemarginalie + \tooninstellingC{vzdalenostpravehookraje}\vzdalenostpravehookraje + \tooninstellingA{pravyokraj} \sirkapravehookraje + \noalign{\blanko} + \tooninstellingB{zakladnivelikost} \the \globalbodyfontsize + \noalign{\blanko} + \tooninstellingB{linka} \relax \normallineheight + \tooninstellingB{vyska} \relax \strutheightfactor + \tooninstellingB{hloubka} \relax \strutdepthfactor + \tooninstellingB{topskip} \relax \topskipfactor + \tooninstellingB{maxdepth} \relax \maxdepthfactor}}} + +\stopinterface + \def\toonlayout% interfereert lelijk met een \typefile er na {\bgroup \pagina @@ -5058,7 +5386,6 @@ % NOG [0] voor start op 0 % -\newif\ifsomkolommen \somkolommenfalse \newif\ifsubsom \subsomfalse \newif\ifsymsom \symsomfalse \newif\ifkopsom \kopsomfalse @@ -5068,6 +5395,8 @@ \newif\ifpackeditems \packeditemsfalse \newif\iffirstlist \firstlistfalse +\newcounter \itemcolumndepth + \definetwopasslist{\s!list} \newcounter\noflists @@ -5089,7 +5418,7 @@ \c!letter,\c!marletter,\c!symletter,\c!kopletter, \c!kleur,\c!markleur,\c!symkleur,\c!kopkleur, \c!kopvoor,\c!kopna,\c!voor,\c!tussen,\c!na, - \c!afsluiter,\c!plaatsafsluiter, + \c!afsluiter,\c!plaatsafsluiter,\c!inspringen, \c!n,\c!binnen,\c!symbool,\c!marge]% \makecounter{\s!itemcount#1}% \setvalue{\??op\c!symbool\s!global#1}{#1}}} @@ -5135,6 +5464,7 @@ {\processaction [#2#3#4] [ \v!opelkaar*=>\packitems, + \v!vanelkaar*=>\packeditemsfalse, \v!intro*=>\somintrotrue, \v!autointro*=>\somautointrotrue, \v!ruim*=>{\doassign[\??op#1][\c!factor=1]}, @@ -5217,15 +5547,15 @@ {\def\tempsymbool{}}% \fi} -% PAS OP: ook 'opelkaar' en zo worden getest, nog eens afvangen! +% PAS OP: ook 'opelkaar' en zo worden getest, nog eens afvangen! \def\setitemmark#1% % en pas op: resets \docommando - {\doifsymboldefinedelse{#1} + {\doifsymboldefinedelse{#1} {\setxvalue{\??op\c!symbool\s!global\itemlevel}{#1}% \setgvalue{\??op\c!symbool\s!local\itemlevel}{?}% \def\listitem{\symbol[#1]}% \let\docommando\gobbleoneargument} - {\doifconversiondefinedelse{#1} + {\doifconversiondefinedelse{#1} {\setxvalue{\??op\c!symbool\s!global\itemlevel}{#1}% \setgvalue{\??op\c!symbool\s!local\itemlevel}% {\convertnumber{#1}{\countervalue{\s!itemcount\itemlevel}}}% @@ -5264,9 +5594,11 @@ % \dosetraggedcommand{\@@oouitlijnen}\raggedcommand \fi \dosetraggedcommand{\getvalue{\??op\itemlevel\c!uitlijnen}}\raggedcommand +\doifvaluesomething{\??op\itemlevel\c!inspringen} + {\expanded{\stelinspringenin[\getvalue{\??op\itemlevel\c!inspringen}]}}% \doifinset{\v!kolommen}{#1}% - {\ifbinnenkolommen\else - \global\somkolommentrue + {\ifbinnenkolommen\else\ifnum\itemcolumndepth=0 + \global\let\itemcolumndepth\itemlevel \getvalue{\??op\itemlevel\c!voor}% \processfirstactioninset [#1] @@ -5277,12 +5609,12 @@ \v!vijf=>\!!counta=5\relax, \s!unknown=>\@EA\!!counta\getvalue{\??op\itemlevel\c!n}]% \startkolommen - [\c!n=\!!counta, + [\c!n=\!!counta, % neter \??op\itemlevel\c!n \c!hoogte=, \c!lijn=\v!uit, \c!balanceren=\v!ja, \c!uitlijnen=\v!nee]% - \fi}% + \fi\fi}% \doifinsetelse{\v!intro}{#1} {\somintrotrue} {\somintrofalse}% @@ -5293,12 +5625,12 @@ \subsomfalse \symsomfalse \let\marsymbol=\relax - \let\somdestination=\empty + \global\let\somdestination=\empty \def\symsymbol{}% \def\som% {\dosom}% \def\but[##1]% - {\def\somdestination{##1}% + {\gdef\somdestination{##1}% \dosom}% \def\nop% {\sym{\strut}\strut}% @@ -5345,10 +5677,12 @@ \dostelopsomminginvariable[\itemlevel][#2]} {\dostelopsomminginconstant[\itemlevel][#1]% \dostelopsomminginvariable[\itemlevel][#2]% - \doifinsetelse{\v!verder}{#1}% - {\edef\@@opsymbool{\getvalue{\??op\c!symbool\s!global\itemlevel}}% + \doifinsetelse{\v!verder}{#1}% \moexpand, else problems in non-etex with chinese + %{\edef\@@opsymbool{\getvalue{\??op\c!symbool\s!global\itemlevel}}% + {\edef\@@opsymbool{\noexpand\getvalue{\??op\c!symbool\s!global\itemlevel}}% \getvalue{\??op\v!verder\itemlevel}} - {\edef\@@opsymbool{\getvalue{\??op\itemlevel\c!symbool}}% + %{\edef\@@opsymbool{\getvalue{\??op\itemlevel\c!symbool}}% + {\edef\@@opsymbool{\noexpand\getvalue{\??op\itemlevel\c!symbool}}% \setgvalue{\??op\v!verder\itemlevel}% {\dostelopsomminginconstant[\itemlevel][#1]% \dostelopsomminginvariable[\itemlevel][#2]}}% @@ -5380,13 +5714,11 @@ \def\stopopsomming% {\par - \ifsomkolommen \else - \dolistreference % beware ! - \fi - \endgroup - \ifsomkolommen - \global\somkolommenfalse + \ifnum\itemcolumndepth=0 \dolistreference \fi % beware ! + \iffirstlist \else \endgroup \fi % toegevoegd, eerte \som opent groep + \ifnum\itemcolumndepth=\itemlevel\relax \stopkolommen + \doglobal\newcounter\itemcolumndepth \getvalue{\??op\itemlevel\c!na}% \else \ifnum\itemlevel=1 @@ -5403,21 +5735,18 @@ {\flushfootnotes\penalty-5\relax} % -10 \def\somnobreak% - {\flushfootnotes\penalty+5\ifbinnenkolommen\else00\fi\relax} % +5 + {\flushfootnotes\penalty+5\ifbinnenkolommen\else00\fi\relax} % +5 -\def\dolistitem% +\def\dolistitem% evt aantal items opslaan per niveau, scheelt zoeken {\par \ignorespaces \increment\noflistelements -% \ifnum\noflistelements=1 % als gevolg van nesting -% \findtwopassdata{\s!list}{\noflists:}% % wordt soms de volgorde -% \fi % verstoord, vandaar \find - \ifsomkolommen\else\ifoptimizeitems + \ifnum\itemcolumndepth=0\relax\ifoptimizeitems \ifnum\noflistelements=1 % tgv bv kolommen/nesting \findtwopassdata{\s!list}{\noflists:}% % wordt soms de volgorde - \fi % verstoord, vandaar + \fi % verstoord, vandaar \find \iftwopassdatafound - \ifnum\twopassdata=3 + \ifnum\twopassdata=3 \ifnum\noflistelements>1 \dosomebreak\somnobreak \fi @@ -5449,7 +5778,9 @@ {\doattributes{\??op\itemlevel}\c!letter\c!kleur{\listitem}}% \fi\fi \doifsomething{\somdestination} - {\setbox8=\hbox{\naar{\copy8}[\somdestination]}}% + %{\setbox8=\hbox{\naar{\copy8}[\somdestination]}}% + {\setbox8=\hbox{\naar{\box8}[\somdestination]}}% + \global\let\somdestination=\empty \dimen2=\getvalue{\??op\itemlevel\c!breedte}\relax \ifdim\dimen2<\!!zeropoint\relax \llap{\ifsubsom\llap{+}\fi\box8\hskip\linkermargeafstand}% @@ -5462,7 +5793,8 @@ \llap{\hbox to \dimen0{\ifsubsom\llap{+}\fi\box8\hfill}}% \fi \setevalue{\??op\c!symbool\itemlevel}% - {\getvalue{\??op\c!symbool\s!local\itemlevel}}% + %{\getvalue{\??op\c!symbool\s!local\itemlevel}}% problems with \uchar + {\noexpand\getvalue{\??op\c!symbool\s!local\itemlevel}}% \kopsomfalse \subsomfalse \symsomfalse @@ -5473,15 +5805,15 @@ {\par \ignorespaces \doadvanceitem - \ifsomkolommen\else\ifbinnenkolommen\else % dubbelop - \ifnum\noflistelements>0\relax\dosomebreak\nobreak\fi + \ifnum\itemcolumndepth=0\relax\ifnum\noflistelements>0\relax + \dosomebreak\nobreak \fi\fi \iffirstlist \firstlistfalse \begingroup \ifcase\itemlevel \or % 1 - \ifsomkolommen\else + \ifnum\itemcolumndepth=0\relax \ifsomintro\dosomebreak\nobreak\fi \getvalue{\??op1\c!voor}% \ifsomintro\dosomebreak\nobreak\fi @@ -5492,14 +5824,14 @@ \getvalue{\??op\previtemlevel\c!tussen}% = itemlevel-1 \fi \else - \itemuse{\c!tussen}% + \itemuse\c!tussen \fi \ignorespaces \dolistitem \ifpackeditems \stelwitruimtein[\v!geen]% \fi - \itemuse{\c!binnen}% + \itemuse\c!binnen \marsymbol \let\marsymbol=\relax \doifsomething{#1} @@ -5508,36 +5840,43 @@ \protectconversion \rawreference{\s!lst}{#1}{\itemreference}% \egroup}}% + \strut % added 11-08-99 \ignorespaces} \def\complexsom[#1]#2\par% {\startopsomming[#1] - \complexdosom[]\ignorespaces#2\par + \complexdosom[]\ignorespaces\begstrut#2\unskip\endstrut\par \stopopsomming} \definecomplexorsimpleempty\som \definecomplexorsimpleempty\dosom -%\def\complexdokop[#1]#2\par% -% {\ifpackeditems\else\itemuse{\c!kopvoor}\fi% -% \dosomebreak{\pagina[\v!voorkeur]}% geen \goodbreak ! \allowbreak testen -% \complexdosom[#1]{\doattributes{\??op\itemlevel}\c!kopletter\c!kopkleur -% {\ignorespaces#2}}\par% -% \ifpackeditems\else\itemuse{\c!kopna}\fi% -% \dosomebreak\nobreak} - -\def\complexdokop[#1]#2\par% - {\ifpackeditems\else\itemuse{\c!kopvoor}\fi% - \dosomebreak{\pagina[\v!voorkeur]}% geen \goodbreak ! \allowbreak testen +% \def\complexdokop[#1]#2\par% +% {\ifpackeditems\else\itemuse\c!kopvoor\fi +% \dosomebreak{\pagina[\v!voorkeur]}% geen \goodbreak ! \allowbreak testen +% \complexdosom[#1]{\doattributes{\??op\itemlevel}\c!kopletter\c!kopkleur +% {\ignorespaces#2}}\par +% \ifpackeditems\else\itemuse\c!kopna\fi +% \dosomebreak\nobreak +% \noindentation} + +\def\complexdokop[#1]#2\par% % beter in \complexdosom hangen met een if + {\iffirstlist\else\dosomebreak\allowbreak\fi + \ifpackeditems\else\itemuse\c!kopvoor\fi + \iffirstlist\ifsomintro\else\ifcase\itemlevel % incr in \complexdosom + %\dosomebreak{\pagina[\v!voorkeur]}% geen \goodbreak ! \allowbreak testen + \dosomebreak\allowbreak + \fi\fi\fi \complexdosom[#1]{\doattributes{\??op\itemlevel}\c!kopletter\c!kopkleur - {\ignorespaces#2}}\par% - \ifpackeditems\else\itemuse{\c!kopna}\fi% + {\ignorespaces#2}}\par + \dosomebreak\nobreak + \ifpackeditems\else\itemuse\c!kopna\fi \dosomebreak\nobreak \noindentation} \def\complexkop[#1]#2\par#3\par% {\startopsomming[#1]% - \complexdokop[]\ignorespaces#2\par#3\par% + \complexdokop[]\ignorespaces#2\par#3\par \stopopsomming} \definecomplexorsimpleempty\kop @@ -5637,7 +5976,7 @@ \def\normal@@definitiewoord#1[#2]#3#4% {\doattributes {\??dd#1}\c!kopletter\c!kopkleur - {\getvalue{\??dd#1\c!commando}% + {\getvalue{\??dd#1\c!commando}% NAAR BUITENSTE NIVEAU ! {\begstrut\getvalue{\??dd#1\c!tekst}#4\endstrut}}% \rawreference{\s!def}{#2}{#3}} @@ -5656,24 +5995,52 @@ \s!default=>\let\next=#2]% \next{#1}} +% \def\@@definitielinkspure#1[#2]#3% +% {\@@dostartdefinitie{#1}[#2]{#3}% +% \advance\leftskip by \!!widtha +% \@@makedefinitiepurebox{#1}\raggedright% +% \advance\leftskip by \!!widthb +% \llap +% {\hbox to \leftskip{\copy\@@definitiebox\hss}}% copy ? +% \@@dodefinitie{#1}} +% +% \def\@@definitierechtspure#1[#2]#3% +% {\@@dostartdefinitie{#1}[#2]{#3}% +% \advance\rightskip by \!!widtha +% \@@makedefinitiepurebox{#1}\raggedleft% +% \rlap +% {\hskip\hsize +% \hskip-\leftskip +% \hskip-\rightskip +% \copy\@@definitiebox}% +% \advance\rightskip by \!!widthb +% \@@dodefinitie{#1}} + \def\@@definitielinkspure#1[#2]#3% {\@@dostartdefinitie{#1}[#2]{#3}% + \leftskip\@@leftdefinitieskip + \rightskip\@@rightdefinitieskip \advance\leftskip by \!!widtha - \@@makedefinitiepurebox{#1}\raggedright% + \@@makedefinitiepurebox{#1}\raggedright \advance\leftskip by \!!widthb \llap - {\hbox to \leftskip{\copy\@@definitiebox\hss}}% + {\hbox to \leftskip + {\hskip\@@leftdefinitieskip + \copy\@@definitiebox\hss}}% \@@dodefinitie{#1}} \def\@@definitierechtspure#1[#2]#3% {\@@dostartdefinitie{#1}[#2]{#3}% + \leftskip\@@leftdefinitieskip + \rightskip\@@rightdefinitieskip \advance\rightskip by \!!widtha - \@@makedefinitiepurebox{#1}\raggedleft% + \@@makedefinitiepurebox{#1}\raggedleft \rlap {\hskip\hsize \hskip-\leftskip \hskip-\rightskip - \copy\@@definitiebox}% + \copy\@@definitiebox + \hskip\@@rightdefinitieskip}% \advance\rightskip by \!!widthb \@@dodefinitie{#1}} @@ -5771,6 +6138,7 @@ \def\@@definitieaanelkaarpassend#1[#2]#3% {\@@dostartdefinitie{#1}[#2]{#3}% \unhcopy\@@definitiebox + \hskip\!!widthb % toegevoegd \@@dodefinitie{#1}} \def\@@definitieaanelkaarruim#1[#2]#3% @@ -5783,7 +6151,7 @@ {\@@dostartdefinitie{#1}[#2]{#3}% \hbox to \!!widtha {\unhcopy\@@definitiebox\hss}% - \hskip\!!widthb + \hskip\!!widthb \ignorespaces \@@dodefinitie{#1}} @@ -5796,15 +6164,37 @@ \s!default=>\let\next=\@@definitieaanelkaarruim]% \next{#1}[#2]{#3}} +% \setvalue{@@definitie\v!hangend}#1[#2]#3% +% {\skip0=-\leftskip % uggly trick +% \@@dostartdefinitie{#1}[#2]{#3}% % adds \c!marge to \leftskip +% \advance\skip0 by \leftskip % but useful +% \ifdim\skip0=\!!zeropoint +% \skip0=1.5em % just some default +% \advance\leftskip by \skip0 +% \fi +% \hskip-\skip0 % no hang in the first line +% \unhcopy\@@definitiebox +% \ifdim\!!widthb=\!!zeropoint +% \kern.75em % another default +% \else +% \kern\!!widthb +% \fi +% \ignorespaces +% \@@dodefinitie{#1}} + \setvalue{@@definitie\v!hangend}#1[#2]#3% - {\skip0=-\leftskip % uggly trick - \@@dostartdefinitie{#1}[#2]{#3}% % adds \c!marge to \leftskip - \advance\skip0 by \leftskip % but useful - \ifdim\skip0=\!!zeropoint - \skip0=1.5em % just some default - \advance\leftskip by \skip0 + {\@@dostartdefinitie{#1}[#2]{#3}% % adds \c!marge to \leftskip + \advance\leftskip by -\leftskipadaption + \ifdim\leftskipadaption=\!!zeropoint + \leftskipadaption=1.5em % just some default + \ifnum\insidedefinition=1 \ifdim\leftskip>\!!zeropoint + \leftskipadaption=\leftskip + \fi \fi \fi - \hskip-\skip0 % no hang in the first line + \ifnum\insidedefinition=1 + \advance\leftskip by \leftskipadaption + \fi + \hskip-\leftskipadaption \unhcopy\@@definitiebox \ifdim\!!widthb=\!!zeropoint \kern.75em % another default @@ -5814,6 +6204,48 @@ \ignorespaces \@@dodefinitie{#1}} +% \def\@@dostartdefinitie#1[#2]#3% +% {\getvalue{\??dd#1\c!voor}% +% \begingroup +% \doadaptleftskip{\getvalue{\??dd#1\c!marge}}% +% \showcomposition +% \setbox\@@definitiebox=\hbox +% {\forgetall +% \mindermeldingen +% \def\\{\crcr}% +% % \doattributes +% % {\??dd#1}\c!kopletter\c!kopkleur +% % {\doifelsevalue{\??dd#1\c!plaats}{\v!aanelkaar} +% % {\@@definitiewoord{#1}[#2]{#3}{#3}} +% % {\@@definitiewoord{#1}[#2]{#3}{\vbox{\halign{\strut##\hss\cr#3\crcr}}}}}}% +% \doifelsevalue{\??dd#1\c!plaats}{\v!aanelkaar} +% {\@@definitiewoord{#1}[#2]{#3}{#3}} +% {\@@definitiewoord{#1}[#2]{#3}{\vbox{\halign{\strut##\hss\cr#3\crcr}}}}}% +% \!!widthb=\getvalue{\??dd#1\c!afstand}\relax +% \ifdim\!!widthb=\!!zeropoint\relax +% \doifvalue{\??dd#1\c!breedte}{\v!ruim}{\!!widthb=1em}% +% \fi +% \assignwidth +% {\!!widtha} +% {\getvalue{\??dd#1\c!breedte}} +% {\doifelsevaluenothing{\??dd#1\c!monster} +% {\unhcopy\@@definitiebox} +% {\doattributes +% {\??dd#1}\c!kopletter\c!kopkleur +% {\getvalue{\??dd#1\c!tekst}\getvalue{\??dd#1\c!monster}}}} +% {\!!widthb}% +% %\getvalue{\??dd#1\s!do\c!lokaal}% +% \parindent=\!!zeropoint\relax +% \noindent +% \ignorespaces} + +%D A new key 'titeluitlijnen' in definitions. + +\chardef\insidedefinition=0 + +\let\@@leftdefinitieskip \!!zeropoint +\let\@@rightdefinitieskip\!!zeropoint + \def\@@dostartdefinitie#1[#2]#3% {\getvalue{\??dd#1\c!voor}% \begingroup @@ -5823,11 +6255,9 @@ {\forgetall \mindermeldingen \def\\{\crcr}% - \doattributes - {\??dd#1}\c!kopletter\c!kopkleur - {\doifelsevalue{\??dd#1\c!plaats}{\v!aanelkaar} - {\@@definitiewoord{#1}[#2]{#3}{#3}} - {\@@definitiewoord{#1}[#2]{#3}{\vbox{\halign{\strut##\hss\cr#3\crcr}}}}}}% + \doifelsevalue{\??dd#1\c!plaats}{\v!aanelkaar} + {\@@definitiewoord{#1}[#2]{#3}{#3}} + {\@@definitiewoord{#1}[#2]{#3}{\vbox{\halign{\strut##\hss\cr#3\crcr}}}}}% \!!widthb=\getvalue{\??dd#1\c!afstand}\relax \ifdim\!!widthb=\!!zeropoint\relax \doifvalue{\??dd#1\c!breedte}{\v!ruim}{\!!widthb=1em}% @@ -5843,6 +6273,18 @@ {\!!widthb}% %\getvalue{\??dd#1\s!do\c!lokaal}% \parindent=\!!zeropoint\relax + \doifelsevalue{\??dd#1\c!titeluitlijnen}{\v!nee} + {\edef\@@leftdefinitieskip {\the\leftskip }% + \edef\@@rightdefinitieskip{\the\rightskip}} + {\ifcase\insidedefinition + \edef\@@leftdefinitieskip {\the\leftskip }% + \edef\@@rightdefinitieskip{\the\rightskip}% + \fi}% + \ifcase\insidedefinition + \chardef\insidedefinition=1 + \or + \chardef\insidedefinition=2 + \fi \noindent \ignorespaces} @@ -5992,7 +6434,7 @@ %I \steldoornummerenin[naam][instellingen] \def\showdnpuretext#1% - {\strut\getvalue{\??dd#1\c!tekst} } + {\strut\getvalue{\??dd#1\c!tekst}} % geen spatie \def\showdntext#1% {\doifelsevaluenothing{\??dd#1\c!tekst} @@ -6025,6 +6467,45 @@ % #1=name #2=level #3=\show #4[#5]#6#7=#1[#2]#3#4 van definitie +%\def\special@@definitiewoord#1#2#3#4[#5]#6#7% +% {\strut +% \doifelsevalue{\??dd#1\c!nummer}{\v!nee} +% {\!!doneafalse} +% {\doifelse{#5}{-} +% {\!!doneafalse} +% {\!!doneatrue}}% +% \if!!donea +% \getvalue{\e!volgende#2#1}% +% \iflocation +% \bgroup +% \setvalue{\??dd#1\c!sectienummer}{\v!ja}% +% \protectconversion +% \maakvoorafgaandenummer[#1]% +% \xdef\internaldoornummer{#3{#1}}% +% \rawreference{\s!num}{#1:\internaldoornummer}{}% +% \egroup +% \fi +% \maakvoorafgaandenummer[#1]% +% \hbox +% {\def\kap##1{##1}% \domakednnumer gaat hier fout binnen kap +% \doattributes +% {\??dd#1}\c!kopletter\c!kopkleur +% {\showdntext{#2#1}% +% \domakednnummer#3{#1}% +% \getvalue{\??dd#1\c!afsluiter}}% +% \iflocation +% \edef\localconnection{\getvalue{\??dd#1\c!koppeling}:\internaldoornummer}% +% \doifreferencefoundelse{\localconnection} +% {\in[\localconnection]}{}% genereert > of < +% \fi}% +% \rawreference{\s!num}{#5}{#3{#1}}% +% \else +% \edef\!!stringa{\showdnpuretext{#2#1}}% nog eens testen binnen \expanded +% \expanded{\doattributes{\??dd#1}\noexpand\c!kopletter\noexpand\c!kopkleur +% {\!!stringa}}% +% \rawreference{\s!num}{#5}{}% +% \fi} + \def\special@@definitiewoord#1#2#3#4[#5]#6#7% {\strut \doifelsevalue{\??dd#1\c!nummer}{\v!nee} @@ -6032,36 +6513,59 @@ {\doifelse{#5}{-} {\!!doneafalse} {\!!doneatrue}}% + \chardef\definitiekoppeling=0 + \iflocation + \doifvaluesomething{\??dd#1\c!koppeling} + {\processaction % genereert > of < + [\getvalue{\??dd#1\c!koppelwijze}] + [ \v!lokaal=>\chardef\definitiekoppeling=1, % old: default + \v!globaal=>\chardef\definitiekoppeling=2]}% new: global crosslinking + \fi + \stelnummerin % the number is called indirectly + [\getvalue{\??dd#1\??dd\c!nummer}] + [\c!sectienummer=\getvalue{\??dd#1\c!sectienummer}]% \if!!donea \getvalue{\e!volgende#2#1}% \iflocation \bgroup \setvalue{\??dd#1\c!sectienummer}{\v!ja}% \protectconversion - \maakvoorafgaandenummer[#1]% - \xdef\internaldoornummer{#3{#1}}% - \rawreference{\s!num}{#1:\internaldoornummer}{}% + %\maakvoorafgaandenummer[#1]% + \maakvoorafgaandenummer[\getvalue{\??dd#1\??dd\c!nummer}]% + \ifcase\definitiekoppeling \or + \xdef\internaldoornummer{#3{#1}}% + \rawreference{\s!num}{#1:\internaldoornummer}{}% + \or + \xdef\internaldoornummer{\countervalue{\??dd\c!koppeling#1}}% + \rawreference{\s!num}{#1:\internaldoornummer}{}% + \fi \egroup \fi - \maakvoorafgaandenummer[#1]% + %\maakvoorafgaandenummer[#1]% + \maakvoorafgaandenummer[\getvalue{\??dd#1\??dd\c!nummer}]% +%\getvalue{\??dd#1\c!commando}{% \hbox - {\def\kap##1{##1}% \domakednnumer gaat hier fout binnen kap - \doattributes + {\let\normalkap\relax % sorry, uppercase causes troubles + \doattributes % \nocase primitive needed {\??dd#1}\c!kopletter\c!kopkleur {\showdntext{#2#1}% \domakednnummer#3{#1}% \getvalue{\??dd#1\c!afsluiter}}% - \iflocation + \iflocation\ifcase\definitiekoppeling \else \edef\localconnection{\getvalue{\??dd#1\c!koppeling}:\internaldoornummer}% \doifreferencefoundelse{\localconnection} {\in[\localconnection]}{}% genereert > of < - \fi}% - \rawreference{\s!num}{#5}{#3{#1}}% + %\in[\localconnection]% + \fi\fi}% + \doifnot{#5}{-}{\rawreference{\s!num}{#5}{#3{#1}}}% +%}% \else +%\getvalue{\??dd#1\c!commando}{% \edef\!!stringa{\showdnpuretext{#2#1}}% nog eens testen binnen \expanded \expanded{\doattributes{\??dd#1}\noexpand\c!kopletter\noexpand\c!kopkleur {\!!stringa}}% - \rawreference{\s!num}{#5}{}% + \doifnot{#5}{-}{\rawreference{\s!num}{#5}{}}% +%}% \fi} \def\@@ddresetsubsubsubnummer#1% @@ -6113,7 +6617,8 @@ {\dodoubleempty\dosteldoornummerenin} \def\dododoornummeren#1#2#3[#4][#5]#6% - {\dodoordefinieren[#3#1]% + {\makecounter{\??dd\c!koppeling#1}% new: global cross linking + \dodoordefinieren[#3#1]% [\s!do\c!status=\v!start, \s!do\c!commando=\special@@definitiewoord{#1}{#3}{#6}]% \copyparameters[\??dd#3#1][\??dn] @@ -6125,16 +6630,16 @@ \ConvertToConstant\doifinstringelse{=}{#4} {\getparameters[\??dd#3#1]% [\c!tekst=#1,\??dd\c!nummer=#1,\c!conversie=, - \c!links=,\c!rechts=,\c!koppeling=,#4]}% + \c!links=,\c!rechts=,\c!koppeling=,\c!koppelwijze=\v!lokaal,#4]}% {\doifelsenothing{#4} {\getparameters[\??dd#3#1]% [\c!tekst=#1,\??dd\c!nummer=#1,\c!conversie=, - \c!links=,\c!rechts=,\c!koppeling=,#4]}% + \c!links=,\c!rechts=,\c!koppeling=,\c!koppelwijze=,#4]}% {\copyparameters[\??dd#3#1][\??dd#3#4] [\c!plaats,\c!kopletter,\c!letter,\c!kleur,\c!kopkleur, \c!breedte,\c!nummer,\c!afstand,\c!commando,\c!marge, \c!monster,\c!hang,\c!uitlijnen,\c!voor,\c!tussen,\c!na, - \c!springvolgendein,\c!links,\c!rechts,\c!koppeling]% + \c!springvolgendein,\c!links,\c!rechts,\c!koppeling,\c!koppelwijze]% \getparameters[\??dd#3#1] [\c!tekst=#1,\??dd\c!nummer=#4,\c!conversie=,#5]}}% \ExpandBothAfter\doif{\getvalue{\??dd#3#1\??dd\c!nummer}}{#1} @@ -6153,7 +6658,8 @@ {\dotripleempty\dovolgendedoornummer[#1][#3]}} \def\dovolgendedoornummer[#1][#2]% - {\getvalue{\??dd\c!volgende#2\c!nummer}{#1}}% + {\pluscounter{\??dd\c!koppeling#1}% new: global crosslinking + \getvalue{\??dd\c!volgende#2\c!nummer}{#1}}% \def\doresetdoornummer[#1][#2]% {\getvalue{\??dd\s!reset#2\c!nummer}{#1}}% @@ -6465,27 +6971,27 @@ % \tolerance >= 1500 % was 200 % \raggedness = 2 .. 6\korpsgrootte -\def\leftraggedness {2\korpsgrootte} -\def\rightraggedness {2\korpsgrootte} -\def\middleraggedness {6\korpsgrootte} +\def\leftraggedness {2\bodyfontsize} +\def\rightraggedness {2\bodyfontsize} +\def\middleraggedness {6\bodyfontsize} \def\setraggedness#1% - {\ifnum\tolerance<1500\relax % kleinere waarden - \tolerance=1500\relax % geven ongewenste - \fi % effecten - \spaceskip=2.5\hsize % voorkomt conflict - \xspaceskip=#1\relax % met \dimen0/2 en - \divide\spaceskip by \xspaceskip % deze skips worden - \hyphenpenalty=\spaceskip} % toch al aangepast + {\ifnum\tolerance<1500\relax % small values have + \tolerance=1500\relax % unwanted side effects + \fi % + \spaceskip=2.5\hsize % we misuse these + \xspaceskip=#1\relax % registers for temporary + \divide\spaceskip by \xspaceskip % storage; they are + \hyphenpenalty=\spaceskip} % changed anyway \let\updateraggedskips\relax \def\setraggedskips#1#2#3#4#5#6% never change this name {\def\updateraggedskips% {\dosetraggedskips{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}% - \updateraggedskips} + \updateraggedskips} -\def\dosetraggedskips#1#2#3#4#5#6% +\def\dosetraggedskips#1#2#3#4#5#6% {\leftskip=1\leftskip\!!plus#1\relax % zie: Tex By Topic 8.1.3 \rightskip=1\rightskip\!!plus#2\relax % zie: Tex By Topic 8.1.3 \spaceskip#3\relax @@ -6494,7 +7000,7 @@ \parindent#6\relax} \def\notragged% - {\setraggedskips{0em}{0em}{0em}{0em}{1fil}{\parindent}} % {\voorwit}} + {\setraggedskips{0em}{0em}{0em}{0em}{1fil}{\parindent}} \def\raggedleft% {\setraggedness\leftraggedness @@ -6504,26 +7010,52 @@ {\setraggedness\middleraggedness \setraggedskips{\middleraggedness}{\middleraggedness}{.3333em}{.5em}{0em}{0em}} +%D We used to have: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\raggedright% +%D {\setraggedness\rightraggedness +%D \setraggedskips{0em}{\rightraggedness}{.3333em}{.5em}{0em}{\parindent}} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D However, the next alternative, suggested by Taco, is better. + \def\raggedright% {\setraggedness\rightraggedness - \setraggedskips{0em}{\rightraggedness}{.3333em}{.5em}{0em}{\parindent}} % {\voorwit}} + \setraggedskips{0em}{\rightraggedness}{.3333em}{.5em}{1fil}{\parindent}} \def\veryraggedleft% {\setraggedskips{1fil}{0em}{.3333em}{.5em}{0em}{0em}} +%D When we want the last line to have a natural width: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\veryraggedleft% +%D {\setraggedskips{1fil}{0em}{.3333em}{.5em}{0em}{-1fil}} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D but this one is not accepted by the macros. + \def\veryraggedcenter% {\setraggedskips{1fil}{1fil}{.3333em}{.5em}{0em}{0em}} \def\veryraggedright% - {\setraggedskips{0em}{1fil}{.3333em}{.5em}{0em}{\parindent}} % {\voorwit}} + {\setraggedskips{0em}{1fil}{.3333em}{.5em}{0em}{\parindent}} \def\ttraggedright% {\tttf \setraggedskips{0em}{\rightraggedness}{0em}{0em}{0em}{\parindent}} % {\voorwit}} -\def\dosteluitlijnenin[#1]% - {\doifinsetelse{\v!ruim}{#1}{\!!doneatrue}{\!!doneafalse}% - \processallactionsinset +%D A bonus one: + +\def\raggedwidecenter% + {\setraggedness\middleraggedness + \setraggedskips{.5fil}{.5fil}{.3333em}{.5em}{0em}{0em}} + +\def\dodosteluitlijnenin[#1]% + {\doifinsetelse{\v!ruim} {#1}{\!!doneatrue}{\!!doneafalse}% + \doifinsetelse{\v!breed}{#1}{\!!donebtrue}{\!!donebfalse}% + \ExpandFirstAfter\processallactionsinset [#1] [ \v!regel=>\baselinebottom, \v!onder=>\raggedbottom, @@ -6531,11 +7063,15 @@ \v!breedte=>\notragged, \v!binnen=>\setraggedparagraphmode\raggedleft\raggedright, \v!buiten=>\setraggedparagraphmode\raggedright\raggedleft, - \v!links=>\if!!donea\veryraggedleft\else\raggedleft\fi, - \v!rechts=>\if!!donea\veryraggedright\else\raggedright\fi, - \v!midden=>\if!!donea\veryraggedcenter\else\raggedcenter\fi, + \v!links=>\if!!donea\veryraggedleft \else\raggedleft \fi, + \v!rechts=>\if!!donea\veryraggedright \else\raggedright \fi, + \v!midden=>\if!!doneb\raggedwidecenter\else + \if!!donea\veryraggedcenter\else\raggedcenter\fi\fi, \v!reset=>\notragged\normalbottom]} +\def\dosteluitlijnenin[#1]% + {\expanded{\dodosteluitlijnenin[#1]}} + \def\steluitlijnenin% {\dosingleargument\dosteluitlijnenin} @@ -6562,15 +7098,32 @@ {\strut#1\unhbox\nextbox#2}} \hbox} +% also supporting \\ +% +% \def\doalignline#1#2% +% {\dowithnextbox +% {\noindent\hbox to \hsize +% {\strut#1\unhbox\nextbox#2}} +% \hbox\bgroup +% \def\\{\egroup\par\doalignline#1#2\bgroup}\let\next=} + +\def\doalignline#1#2% + {\bgroup + \def\\{\egroup\par\doalignline#1#2\bgroup}% + \dowithnextbox + {\noindent\hbox to \hsize + {\strut#1\unhbox\nextbox#2}\egroup} + \hbox} + % directe commando's \def\regellinks {\doalignline \relax \hss } \def\regelrechts{\doalignline \hss \relax} \def\regelmidden{\doalignline \hss \hss } -\def\regelbegrensd#1{\limitatetext{#1}{\hsize}{\onbekend}} +\def\regelbegrensd#1{\limitatetext{#1}{\hsize}{\unknown}} -% indirecte commando's +% indirecte commando's \setvalue{regel\v!links }{\doalignline \relax \hss } \setvalue{regel\v!rechts}{\doalignline \hss \relax} @@ -6581,15 +7134,16 @@ \def\dosteltolerantiein[#1]% {\doifinsetelse{\v!vertikaal}{#1}% - {\processfirstactioninset + {\ExpandFirstAfter\processallactionsinset [#1] [\v!zeerstreng=>\def\bottomtolerance{}, \v!streng=>\def\bottomtolerance{.050}, \v!soepel=>\def\bottomtolerance{.075}, \v!zeersoepel=>\def\bottomtolerance{.100}]}% - {\processfirstactioninset + {\ExpandFirstAfter\processallactionsinset [#1] - [\v!zeerstreng=>\tolerance=200, + [ \v!rek=>\emergencystretch=\bodyfontsize, + \v!zeerstreng=>\tolerance=200, \v!streng=>\tolerance=1500, \v!soepel=>\tolerance=3000, \v!zeersoepel=>\tolerance=4500]}} @@ -6905,49 +7459,52 @@ \let\restoreinterlinepenalty=\relax -\def\flushmargincontents% % links + rechts - {\restoreinterlinepenalty - \ifnum\margincontent>0 - \bgroup - \forgetall - \global\marginheight\!!zeropoint - \dorecurse{\margincontent} - {\bgroup - \edef\margetekstafstand {\getvalue{\??im\recurselevel\c!afstand}}% - \edef\margetekstregels {\getvalue{\??im\recurselevel\c!regel}}% - \edef\margetekstscheider{\getvalue{\??im\recurselevel\c!scheider}}% - \let\margetekstnummer=\recurselevel - \getvalue{\??im\recurselevel}% - \global\setvalue{\??im\recurselevel}{}% - \egroup}% - \ifdim\marginheight>\lineheight % This is something real dirty! - \advance\marginheight by \pagetotal - \advance\marginheight by \lineheight % a sort of bonus - \ifdim\marginheight>\pagegoal - \xdef\restoreinterlinepenalty% - {\global\let\restoreinterlinepenalty\relax +\def\flushmargincontents% + {\restoreinterlinepenalty % here? + \ifnum\margincontent>0 % called quite often, so we + \expandafter\doflushmargincontents % speed up the \fi scan by + \fi} % using a \do.. + +\def\doflushmargincontents% % links + rechts + {\bgroup + \forgetall + \global\marginheight\!!zeropoint + \dorecurse{\margincontent} + {\bgroup + \edef\margetekstafstand {\getvalue{\??im\recurselevel\c!afstand}}% + \edef\margetekstregels {\getvalue{\??im\recurselevel\c!regel}}% + \edef\margetekstscheider{\getvalue{\??im\recurselevel\c!scheider}}% + \let\margetekstnummer=\recurselevel + \getvalue{\??im\recurselevel}% + \global\setvalue{\??im\recurselevel}{}% + \egroup}% + \ifdim\marginheight>\lineheight % This is something real dirty! + \advance\marginheight by \pagetotal + \advance\marginheight by \lineheight % a sort of bonus + \ifdim\marginheight>\pagegoal + \xdef\restoreinterlinepenalty% + {\global\let\restoreinterlinepenalty\relax \global\interlinepenalty=\the\interlinepenalty}% - \global\interlinepenalty=10000 - \fi - \else % We need the above because interlinepenalties overrule vadjusted \nobreaks. - %\vadjust - % {\forgetall - % \global\advance\marginheight by \lineheight - % \global\divide\marginheight by \lineheight - % \dorecurse{\number\marginheight} - % {\nobreak\vskip\lineheight}% - % \kern-\number\marginheight\lineheight}% - \vadjust{\nobreak}% + \global\interlinepenalty=10000 \fi - \doglobal\newcounter\margincontent - \egroup - \fi} + \else % We need the above because interlinepenalties overrule vadjusted \nobreaks. + %\vadjust + % {\forgetall + % \global\advance\marginheight by \lineheight + % \global\divide\marginheight by \lineheight + % \dorecurse{\number\marginheight} + % {\nobreak\vskip\lineheight}% + % \kern-\number\marginheight\lineheight}% + \vadjust{\nobreak}% + \fi + \doglobal\newcounter\margincontent + \egroup} \def\complexmargewoord[#1][#2]#3% {\doglobal\increment\margincontent - \stelinmargein[\margincontent][]% see next macro + \stelinmargein[\margincontent][]% see next macro \@EA\setgvalue\@EA{\@EA\??im\@EA\margincontent\@EA}\@EA - {\@EA\stelinmargein\@EA[\margincontent][]% see next macro + {\@EA\stelinmargein\@EA[\margincontent][]% see next macro \flushmargincontent[#1][#2]{#3}}} \def\margewoordpositie[#1]#2% @@ -7156,11 +7713,11 @@ {\getparameters [\??pn] [\c!status=\v!start, + \c!nummer=, #1]% - \doifinstringelse{\c!nummer}{#1} + \doifsomething{\@@pnnummer} {\setnummer[\s!page]{\@@pnnummer}% - \setuserpageno{\ruwenummer[\s!page]}}% - {}} + \setuserpageno{\ruwenummer[\s!page]}}} \def\stelpaginanummerin% {\dosingleargument\dostelpaginanummerin} @@ -7563,7 +8120,7 @@ \def\doteksten#1#2#3#4#5#6% {\bgroup - %\showcomposition % I need to test first + %\showcomposition % I need to test first \convertargument#6\to\ascii \doifsomething{\ascii} {\doattributes{#1#2}#3#4% @@ -7579,8 +8136,8 @@ \def\dodoteksten#1#2#3#4#5#6% {\doifonevenpaginaelse - {\doteksten{#1}{#2}#3{#4}} % #3 => provides three arguments - {\doteksten{#1}{#2}#5{#6}}} % #5 => provides three arguments + {\doteksten{#1}{#2}#3{#4}} % #3 => provides three arguments + {\doteksten{#1}{#2}#5{#6}}} % #5 => provides three arguments \def\dodododoteksten[#1][#2][#3][#4][#5][#6]% {\ifsixthargument @@ -7619,7 +8176,7 @@ {\dodoteksten{\??tk#1}{\v!tekst} {\c!rechterletter\c!rechterkleur\c!rechterbreedte}{#3} {\c!rechterletter\c!rechterkleur\c!rechterbreedte}{#3}}% - \else\ifsecondargument % new + \else\ifsecondargument % new \setvalue{\??tk#1\v!tekst\c!linkertekst}{}% \setvalue{\??tk#1\v!tekst\c!rechtertekst}{}% \setvalue{\??tk#1\v!tekst\c!middentekst}% @@ -7717,11 +8274,11 @@ \def\dodefinieertekst[#1][#2][#3][#4][#5][#6]% {\ifsixthargument - \setvalue{\??tk#2#1}{\dosixtupleempty\dodododoteksten[#2][#3][#4][#5][#6]}% + \setvalue{\??tk#2#1}{\dosixtupleempty\dodododoteksten[#2][#3][#4][#5][#6]}% \else\iffourthargument - \setvalue{\??tk#2#1}{\dosixtupleempty\dodododoteksten[#2][#3][#4]}% + \setvalue{\??tk#2#1}{\dosixtupleempty\dodododoteksten[#2][#3][#4]}% \else - \setvalue{\??tk#2#1}{\dosixtupleempty\dodododoteksten[#2][#3]}% + \setvalue{\??tk#2#1}{\dosixtupleempty\dodododoteksten[#2][#3]}% \fi\fi} % \definieertekst[hoofdstuk][voet][paginanummer] @@ -7748,7 +8305,7 @@ \egroup, \v!normaal=>\doplaatslayoutregel{#1}{#2}, \s!default=>\doplaatslayoutregel{#1}{#2}, - \s!unknown=>\bgroup % new + \s!unknown=>\bgroup % new \setgvalue{\??tk#1\v!tekst\c!status}{\v!normaal}% \getvalue{\??tk#1\commalistelement}% \doplaatslayoutregel{#1}{#2}% @@ -7790,6 +8347,8 @@ \vskip\bovenafstand \plaatshoofdregel \vskip\hoofdafstand +\plaatspositieanchors +\vskip-\teksthoogte \plaatstekstregel \vskip\voetafstand \plaatsvoetregel @@ -7803,6 +8362,10 @@ \box0 \egroup} +\ifx\undefined\plaatspositieanchors + \def\plaatspositieanchors{\vskip\teksthoogte} +\fi + %\def\@@plaatspaginascheider% % {\doif{\@@nmstatus}{\v!start}% % {\@@nmtekstscheider}} @@ -7837,7 +8400,7 @@ \v!opmarge=>\dododosetpagenumberlocation{\v!tekst\c!kantlijntekst}, \v!kantlijn=>\dododosetpagenumberlocation{\v!tekst\c!kantlijntekst}]% \ifdone \else - \dododosetpagenumberlocation{\v!tekst\c!middentekst}% default + \dododosetpagenumberlocation{\v!tekst\c!middentekst}% default \fi \fi} @@ -7876,21 +8439,45 @@ % {\doifvalue{#1##1\c!nummer}{\v!ja} % {\setvalue{#1\getvalue{\??by##1}\c!nummer}{\v!ja}}}% % \processcommacommand[\@@kolijst]\dopreparepaginaprefix} +% +% nog fouter +% +% \def\preparepaginaprefix#1% +% {\def\dopreparepaginaprefix##1% +% {\doifelsevalue{#1##1\v!nummer}{\v!ja} % v +% {\setvalue{#1\getvalue{\??by##1}\v!nummer}{\v!ja}} % v +% {\setvalue{#1\getvalue{\??by##1}\v!nummer}{\v!nee}}}% % v +% \processcommacommand[\@@kolijst]\dopreparepaginaprefix} +% +% best, beware, chapter (yes) can be followed by title (no) \def\preparepaginaprefix#1% {\def\dopreparepaginaprefix##1% - {\doifelsevalue{#1##1\v!nummer}{\v!ja} % v - {\setvalue{#1\getvalue{\??by##1}\v!nummer}{\v!ja}} % v - {\setvalue{#1\getvalue{\??by##1}\v!nummer}{\v!nee}}}% % v + {\setvalue{#1\getvalue{\??by##1}\v!nummer}{\v!nee}}% %v + \processcommacommand[\@@kolijst]\dopreparepaginaprefix + \def\dopreparepaginaprefix##1% + {\doifvalue{#1##1\v!nummer}{\v!ja} %v + {\setvalue{#1\getvalue{\??by##1}\v!nummer}{\v!ja}}}% \processcommacommand[\@@kolijst]\dopreparepaginaprefix} +% \def\dopaginaprefix#1#2% +% {\doifelsevalue{#1#2\v!nummer}{\v!ja} % v +% {\@EA\beforesplitstring\@EA{\postprefix}\at:\to\preprefix +% \@EA\aftersplitstring\@EA{\postprefix}\at:\to\postprefix +% \doifsomething{\preprefix} +% {\doifnot{\preprefix}{0}{\preprefix\@@nmnummerscheider}}}% +% {\@EA\aftersplitstring\@EA{\postprefix}\at:\to\postprefix}} + \def\dopaginaprefix#1#2% - {\doifelsevalue{#1#2\v!nummer}{\v!ja} % v + {\let\normaluchar\uchar\let\uchar\relax % ugly but needed + \doifelsevalue{#1#2\v!nummer}{\v!ja} % \v! and no \c! {\@EA\beforesplitstring\@EA{\postprefix}\at:\to\preprefix \@EA\aftersplitstring\@EA{\postprefix}\at:\to\postprefix + \let\uchar\normaluchar % ugly but needed \doifsomething{\preprefix} {\doifnot{\preprefix}{0}{\preprefix\@@nmnummerscheider}}}% - {\@EA\aftersplitstring\@EA{\postprefix}\at:\to\postprefix}} + {\@EA\aftersplitstring\@EA{\postprefix}\at:\to\postprefix + \let\uchar\normaluchar}} % ugly but needed \def\paginaprefix#1[#2::#3::#4]% kan wat sneller ####1:0: {\bgroup @@ -7901,7 +8488,7 @@ \donexttrackcommando\firstsection \egroup} -\unexpanded\def\@@plaatspaginanummer% called in empty tests +\unexpanded\def\@@plaatspaginanummer% called in empty tests {\doif{\@@nmstatus}{\v!start}% {{\@@nmcommando{\doattributes\??nm\c!letter\c!kleur{\volledigepaginanummer}}}}} @@ -8015,7 +8602,7 @@ \def\dododefinieermarkering[#1][#2]% {\stelmarkeringin[#1] [% \c!expansie=\v!nee, % saves a macro - \c!scheider={ --- }, % watch the spaces + \c!scheider={ --- }, % watch the spaces \c!status=\v!start]% \ontkoppelmarkering[#1]% % no coupling with sections \setevalue{\??mk#1\c!koppeling}{#2}% @@ -8060,12 +8647,12 @@ \def\dohaalmarkering[#1][#2]% {\doifvalue{\??mk#1\c!status}{\v!start} {\bgroup - \def\geenmarkering##1{\onbekend\ }% + \def\geenmarkering##1{\unknown\ }% \processaction [#2] [ \v!beide=>{\fetchtwomarks[#1]}, \v!alles=>{\fetchallmarks[#1]}, - \s!default=>{\fetchmark[#1][\v!eerste]}, + \s!default=>{\fetchmark[#1][\v!eerste]}, \s!unknown=>{\fetchmark[#1][#2]}]% \egroup}} @@ -8080,6 +8667,7 @@ \doifelsevalue{\??mk#1\c!expansie}{\v!ja} {\expandmarkstrue} {\expandmarksfalse}% +% \honorunexpanded % \getvalue{\??mk\hoofdmarkering{#1}}{#2}% \expandafter\setmark\csname\??mk\hoofdmarkering{#1}\endcsname{#2}% \egroup} @@ -8238,23 +8826,26 @@ \let\@@koppeling\empty \makecounter{\??se\v!tekst} + \setevalue{\??se\v!tekst\c!voor}{} -\setevalue{\??se\v!tekst\c!na}{} +\setevalue{\??se\v!tekst\c!na }{} + \setevalue{\v!tekst\c!nummer}{0} \setevalue{\v!tekst\s!format}{} \setevalue{\??sk\v!tekst}{} -\setevalue{\??sk}{} +\setevalue{\??sk }{} -\setvalue{\??by}{\v!tekst} -\setvalue{\??by\v!tekst}{\v!tekst} -\setvalue{\??by\v!alles}{\v!tekst} -\setvalue{\??by\v!per}{\v!tekst} -\setvalue{\??by\v!per\v!tekst}{\v!tekst} -\setvalue{\??by\v!per\v!alles}{\v!tekst} +\setvalue{\??by }{\v!tekst} +\setvalue{\??by\v!tekst }{\v!tekst} +\setvalue{\??by\v!alles }{\v!tekst} +\setvalue{\??by\v!per }{\v!tekst} +\setvalue{\??by\v!per\v!tekst }{\v!tekst} +\setvalue{\??by\v!per\v!alles }{\v!tekst} +\setvalue{\??by\v!per\v!pagina}{\v!tekst} % see footnotes \def\dostelsectiein[#1][#2]% - {\getparameters[\??se#1][#2] + {\getparameters[\??se#1][#2]% \doifelsevalue{\??se#1\c!vorigenummer}{\v!ja} {\setvalue{#1\c!nummer}{\@@longsectionnumber{#1}}} {\setvalue{#1\c!nummer}{\@@shortsectionnumber{#1}}}} @@ -8335,6 +8926,21 @@ \def\@@sectionconversion#1% {\getvalue{\??cv\getvalue{\??se#1\@@sectieblok\c!conversie}}} +% suited for chinese too: + +\def\@@sectionconversion#1#2% a doublure with \@@shortsectionnumber + {\ifnum#2=0 0\else % else troubles with \uchar + \@EA\ifx\csname\??se#1\@@sectieblok\c!conversie\endcsname\relax + \@EA\ifx\csname\??se#1\c!conversie\endcsname\relax + #2% + \else + \getvalue{\??cv\getvalue{\??se#1\c!conversie}}{#2}% + \fi + \else + \getvalue{\??cv\getvalue{\??se#1\@@sectieblok\c!conversie}}{#2}% + \fi + \fi} + \def\@@sectionlevel#1% {\ifundefined{\??se#1\c!niveau}0\else\getvalue{\??se#1\c!niveau}\fi} @@ -8381,7 +8987,7 @@ {\bgroup \doifelse{#1}{\v!vorige} {\global\alllevelstrue - \xdef\currentlevel{}% + \global\let\currentlevel\empty \def\dobacktrackcommando##1% {\ifnum\countervalue{\??se##1}>0 \global\alllevelsfalse @@ -8392,7 +8998,7 @@ \dobacktrackcommando\lastsection} {\doifelse{\getvalue{\??by#1}}{\v!tekst} {\global\alllevelstrue - \xdef\currentlevel{}} + \global\let\currentlevel\empty} {\doifdefinedelse{\??ko#1\c!sectie} % beter alteratief: ook {\edef\@@sectie{\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!sectie}}} % hoofdstuk\c!format {\edef\@@sectie{#1}}% @@ -8400,7 +9006,7 @@ {\global\alllevelsfalse \xdef\currentlevel{\getvalue{\@@sectie\s!format}}} {\global\alllevelstrue - \xdef\currentlevel{}% + \global\let\currentlevel\empty \def\dobacktrackcommando##1% {\@EA\ifx\csname\??se##1\c!start\endcsname\relax \dobacktracklevel{##1}% @@ -8415,6 +9021,8 @@ \dobacktrackcommando\lastsection}}}% \egroup} +\let\currentlevel\empty + \def\doifnextlevelelse[#1::#2]#3#4% {\ifalllevels #3% @@ -8461,14 +9069,24 @@ \@@sectionconversion{#1}{\@@sectionvalue{#1}}% \fi} -\def\dodosetlocalsectieblok[#1#2][#3]% +% suited for chinese too: + +\def\@@shortsectionnumber#1% + {\@EA\ifx\csname\??se#1\@@sectieblok\c!conversie\endcsname\relax + \@EA\ifx\csname\??se#1\c!conversie\endcsname\relax + \@@sectionvalue{#1}% + \else + \@@sectionconversion{#1}{\@@sectionvalue{#1}}% + \fi + \else + \@@sectionconversion{#1}{\@@sectionvalue{#1}}% + \fi} + +\def\dosetlocalsectieblok#1#2#3% {\def\@@sectiontype{#1}% - \def\@@sectieblok{#1#2}% + \def\@@sectieblok{#2}% \def\@@sectieblokken{#3}} -\def\dosetlocalsectieblok#1#2% - {\@EA\dodosetlocalsectieblok\@EA[#1][#2]} - \def\doaroundsectieblok#1% {\doifvaluesomething{\??sb#1\c!pagina} {\ExpandFirstAfter\pagina[\getvalue{\??sb#1\c!pagina}]}% @@ -8478,7 +9096,7 @@ \def\dostartsectieblok#1#2% {\begingroup \doaroundsectieblok{#1}% - \dosetlocalsectieblok{#1}{#2}% + \getvalue{\??sb#1}% \expandafter\csname#2true\endcsname % vervangen door mode \enablemode[#1]% \getvalue{\??sb\@@sectieblok\c!voor}% don't move @@ -8496,6 +9114,11 @@ \def\stelsectieblokin% {\dodoubleargument\dostelsectieblokin} +% We used to use the first char as id, but a counter is +% better, because in english we get a name clash. + +\newcounter\currentsectionblock + \def\dodefinieersectieblok[#1][#2][#3]% {\getparameters [\??sb#1] @@ -8505,8 +9128,9 @@ %\c!na=, #3]% \expandafter\newif\csname if#2\endcsname - \setvalue{\??sb#1}% - {\dosetlocalsectieblok{#1}{#2}}% + \doglobal\increment\currentsectionblock + \setevalue{\??sb#1}% + {\noexpand\dosetlocalsectieblok{\currentsectionblock}{#1}{#2}}% \setvalue{\e!start#2}% {\dostartsectieblok{#1}{#2}}% \setvalue{\e!stop#2}% @@ -8515,33 +9139,24 @@ \def\definieersectieblok% {\dotripleargument\dodefinieersectieblok} -\def\sectiebloklabel#1% - {\@EA\ifx\csname#1\@@sectieblok\c!label\endcsname\relax - \else - \labeltext{\getvalue{#1\@@sectieblok\c!label}}% - \fi} - -% BETER: - -\def\sectiebloklabel#1% +\def\sectiebloklabel#1#2% {\@EA\ifx\csname\??ko#1\@@sectieblok\c!label\endcsname\relax - \labeltext{#1}% + \labeltexts{#1}{#2}% \else - \labeltext{\getvalue{\??ko#1\@@sectieblok\c!label}}% + \labeltexts{\getvalue{\??ko#1\@@sectieblok\c!label}}{#2}% \fi} -\dosetlocalsectieblok{\v!hoofdtekst}{\v!hoofdteksten} +\dosetlocalsectieblok{2}{\v!hoofdtekst}{\v!hoofdteksten} % hm, dirty \def\setsectiontype[#1]% {\getvalue{\??sb#1}} -\def\writesection#1#2#3% +\def\writesection#1#2#3% #3 -> \asciititle {\bgroup - \convertargument#3\to\ascii \edef\!!stringa{#1}% \@EA\writestatus\@EA {\!!stringa} - {\ifsectienummer#2\else(#2)\fi\normalspace\ascii}% + {\ifsectienummer#2\else(#2)\fi\normalspace\asciititle}% \egroup} \def\@@koniveau{1} \def\kopniveau{\@@koniveau} @@ -8580,10 +9195,10 @@ {\doifvaluesomething{\??ko#1\c!hoofd} {\stelhoofdin[\c!status=\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!hoofd}]}}% \doifinset{\getvalue{\??tk\v!voet\v!tekst\c!status}}{\v!normaal,\v!start} - {\doifvaluesomething{\??ko#1\c!voet} % new + {\doifvaluesomething{\??ko#1\c!voet} % new {\stelvoetin[\c!status=\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!voet}]}}}} -\def\dohandelpaginaafX#1% zie doordefinieren / boven +\def\dohandelpaginaafX#1% zie doordefinieren / boven {\bgroup \!!countb=\@@koniveau \advance\!!countb by #1 @@ -8611,11 +9226,21 @@ {\xdef\@@koniveau{\getvalue{\??se\@@sectie\c!niveau}}% \nobreak} +%\def\dolocalkopsetup#1% koppeling met standaard kopcommando / engels +% {\forgetall +% \doifvaluesomething{\??ko#1\c!uitlijnen} +% {\ExpandFirstAfter\steluitlijnenin[\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!uitlijnen}]}% +% \doifvaluesomething{\??ko#1\c!tolerantie} +% {\ExpandFirstAfter\steltolerantiein[\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!tolerantie}]}% +% \def\\{\crlf\strut\ignorespaces}} + \def\dolocalkopsetup#1% koppeling met standaard kopcommando / engels {\forgetall - \doifvaluesomething{\??ko#1\c!uitlijnen} % can be embedded in \framed etc - {\ExpandFirstAfter\steluitlijnenin[\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!uitlijnen}]}% - \def\\{\crlf\strut}} + \doifvaluesomething{\??ko#1\c!uitlijnen} + {\expanded{\steluitlijnenin[\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!uitlijnen}]}}% + \doifvaluesomething{\??ko#1\c!tolerantie} + {\expanded{\steltolerantiein[\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!tolerantie}]}}% + \def\\{\crlf\strut\ignorespaces}} \newif\ifplaatskop \newif\ifverhoognummer @@ -8655,10 +9280,10 @@ \def\dododosomekop#1#2#3#4% {\iffourthargument \def\next% - {\dodododosomekop{#1}[#2]{\sectiebloklabel{#1}}{#3}{#4}}% + {\dodododosomekop{#1}[#2]{#1}{#3}{#4}}% \else \def\next% - {\dodododosomekop{#1}[#2]{\sectiebloklabel{#1}}{\finalsectionnumber}{#3}}% + {\dodododosomekop{#1}[#2]{#1}{\finalsectionnumber}{#3}}% \fi \next} @@ -8699,15 +9324,12 @@ \doifelsevalue{\??ko#1\c!prefix}{+} {\doifelsenothing{#2} {\def\localkopprefix{+}} - {\def\localkopprefix{#2}}} + {\def\localkopprefix{#2}}} % eigenlijk alleen eerste {\edef\localkoprefix{\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!prefix}}}% \fi \doifelsevalue{\??ko#1\c!plaatskop}{\v!ja} {\plaatskoptrue} {\plaatskopfalse}% - %\doifelsevalue{\??ko#1\c!verhoognummer}{\v!ja} - % {\verhoognummertrue} - % {\verhoognummerfalse}% \processaction [\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!verhoognummer}] [ \v!ja=>\verhoognummertrue, @@ -8727,13 +9349,7 @@ \else \kopnummerfalse \fi - %\convertargument#5\to\asciititle - \processaction - [\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!expansie}] - [ \v!ja=>{\edef\asciititle{#5}}, - \v!commando=>{\convertcommand#5\to\asciititle}, - \s!default=>{\convertargument#5\to\asciititle}, - \s!unknown=>{\convertargument#5\to\asciititle}]% + \convertexpanded{\??ko#1}{#5}\asciititle \ifverhoognummer \ifplaatskop \checknexthead\handelpaginaaf{#1}% @@ -8748,17 +9364,16 @@ {#1} {\setsectionlistreference{\@@sectie}{#1}% \ExpandFirstAfter\soortpagina[\@@koppeling]% -% \rawreference{\s!sec}{#2}{#4}% -\rawreference{\s!sec}{#2}{{#4}{\asciititle}}% + \rawreference{\s!sec}{#2}{{#4}{\asciititle}}% \resetsectionmarks[\@@sectie]% -\stellijstin[\@@koppeling][\c!expansie=\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!expansie}]% + \stellijstin[\@@koppeling][\c!expansie=\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!expansie}]% \doschrijfnaarlijst{\@@koppeling}{#4}{#5}{\v!kop}} - {#3#4} + {\sectiebloklabel{#3}{#4}} {#5} - {\marking[#1]{#5}% -\doifelsevalue{\??ko#1\c!eigennummer}{\v!ja} - {\edef\finalsectionnumber{#4}} - {\bepaalkopnummer[#1]}% + {\marking[#1]{#5}% + \doifelsevalue{\??ko#1\c!eigennummer}{\v!ja} + {\edef\finalsectionnumber{#4}} + {\bepaalkopnummer[#1]}% \expanded{\marking[#1\v!nummer]{\finalsectionnumber}}}% \writesection{#1}{#4}{#5}% \else @@ -8766,16 +9381,15 @@ {#1} {\setsectionlistreference{\@@sectie}{#1}% \ExpandFirstAfter\soortpagina[\@@koppeling]% -% \rawpagereference{\s!sec}{#2}% -\rawreference{\s!sec}{#2}{{#4}{\asciititle}}% + \rawreference{\s!sec}{#2}{{#4}{\asciititle}}% \resetsectionmarks[\@@sectie]% -\stellijstin[\@@koppeling][\c!expansie=\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!expansie}]% + \stellijstin[\@@koppeling][\c!expansie=\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!expansie}]% \doschrijfnaarlijst{\@@koppeling}{}{#5}{\v!kop}} {#5} - {\marking[#1]{#5}% -\doifelsevalue{\??ko#1\c!eigennummer}{\v!ja} - {\edef\finalsectionnumber{#4}} - {\bepaalkopnummer[#1]}% + {\marking[#1]{#5}% + \doifelsevalue{\??ko#1\c!eigennummer}{\v!ja} + {\edef\finalsectionnumber{#4}} + {\bepaalkopnummer[#1]}% \expanded{\marking[#1\v!nummer]{\finalsectionnumber}}}% \writesection{#1}{-}{#5}% \fi @@ -8795,25 +9409,23 @@ \setsectionlistreference{\@@sectie}{#1}% \resetsectionmarks[\@@sectie]% \marking[#1]{#5}% -\doifelsevalue{\??ko#1\c!eigennummer}{\v!ja} - {\edef\finalsectionnumber{#4}} - {\bepaalkopnummer[#1]}% + \doifelsevalue{\??ko#1\c!eigennummer}{\v!ja} + {\edef\finalsectionnumber{#4}} + {\bepaalkopnummer[#1]}% \expanded{\marking[#1\v!nummer]{\finalsectionnumber}}% \ExpandFirstAfter\soortpagina[\@@koppeling]% -\bgroup -\stellijstin[\@@koppeling][\c!expansie=\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!expansie}]% + \bgroup + \stellijstin[\@@koppeling][\c!expansie=\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!expansie}]% \ifkopnummer -% \rawreference{\s!sec}{#2}{#4}% -\rawreference{\s!sec}{#2}{{#4}{\asciititle}}% + \rawreference{\s!sec}{#2}{{#4}{\asciititle}}% \doschrijfnaarlijst{\@@koppeling}{#4}{#5}{\v!kop}% \writesection{#1}{#4}{#5}% \else -% \rawpagereference{\s!sec}{#2}% -\rawreference{\s!sec}{#2}{{#4}{\asciititle}}% + \rawreference{\s!sec}{#2}{{#4}{\asciititle}}% \doschrijfnaarlijst{\@@koppeling}{}{#5}{\v!kop}% \writesection{#1}{-}{#5}% \fi -\egroup + \egroup \ifkopprefix \ExpandFirstAfter\setupreferencing[\c!prefix=\localkopprefix]% \fi @@ -8825,8 +9437,7 @@ \getvalue{\??ko#1\c!tussen}% \doplaatskoptekst {#1} -% {\rawpagereference{\s!sec}{#2}} -{\rawreference{\s!sec}{#2}{#4{}{\asciititle}}} + {\rawreference{\s!sec}{#2}{{#4}{\asciititle}}} {#5} {}% \writesection{#1}{-}{#5}% @@ -8845,78 +9456,6 @@ % \onderwerp{test} \strut \input tufte % \onderwerp{test} \plaatslijst[...] -% \def\doplaatskoptekst#1#2#3#4% -% {\bgroup -% \forgetall -% %\showcomposition -% \mindermeldingen -% \postponefootnotes -% \def\localkopsetup% -% {\dolocalkopsetup{#1}}% -% \startsynchronisatie -% \ifdisplaysectionhead\@EA\snaptogrid\@EA\hbox\fi -% {\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!commando} -% {} % no number -% {\doattributes -% {\??ko#1}\c!letter\c!kleur -% {\doattributes -% {\??ko#1}\c!tekstletter\c!tekstkleur -% {\dontconvertfont -% \ifdisplaysectionhead\stelinterliniein\fi -% #2% -% \getvalue{\??ko#1\c!voorcommando}% -% \getvalue{\??ko#1\c!tekstcommando}{\setstrut\begstrut#3\endstrut}% -% \getvalue{\??ko#1\c!nacommando}% -% \ifdisplaysectionhead\endgraf\fi}}}}% -% \ifdisplaysectionhead -% \endgraf -% \nointerlineskip -% \dosomebreak\nobreak -% \fi -% #4% -% \ifdisplaysectionhead -% \prevdepth\openstrutdepth % \dp\strutbox % ivm grid -% \fi -% \stopsynchronisatie -% \egroup -% \doifvalue{\??ko#1\c!springvolgendein}{\v!nee}{\noindentation}} -% -% \def\doplaatskopnummertekst#1#2#3#4#5% -% {\bgroup -% \forgetall -% %\showcomposition -% \mindermeldingen -% \postponefootnotes -% \def\localkopsetup% -% {\dolocalkopsetup{#1}}% -% \startsynchronisatie -% \ifdisplaysectionhead\@EA\snaptogrid\@EA\hbox\fi -% {\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!commando}% -% {\doattributes{\??ko#1}\c!letter\c!kleur -% {\doattributes{\??ko#1}\c!nummerletter\c!nummerkleur -% {\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!voorcommando}% -% \getvalue{\??ko#1\c!nummercommando}{\setstrut\begstrut#3\endstrut}}}} -% {\doattributes{\??ko#1}\c!letter\c!kleur -% {\doattributes{\??ko#1}\c!tekstletter\c!tekstkleur -% {\dontconvertfont -% \ifdisplaysectionhead\stelinterliniein\fi -% #2% -% \getvalue{\??ko#1\c!tekstcommando}{\setstrut\begstrut#4\endstrut}% -% \getvalue{\??ko#1\c!nacommando}% -% \ifdisplaysectionhead\endgraf\fi}}}}% -% \ifdisplaysectionhead -% \endgraf -% \nointerlineskip -% \dosomebreak\nobreak -% \fi -% #5% -% \ifdisplaysectionhead -% \prevdepth\openstrutdepth % \dp\strutbox % important, see comment -% \fi -% \stopsynchronisatie -% \egroup -% \doifvalue{\??ko#1\c!springvolgendein}{\v!nee}{\noindentation}} - \def\doplaatskoptekst#1#2#3#4% {\beginheadplacement{#1}% \setbox0=\hbox @@ -8973,20 +9512,20 @@ \newif\ifcontinuoushead \def\beginheadplacement#1% - {\bgroup + {\bgroup \everypar{}% needed indeed \noindent % ipv \witruimte elders, na \forgetall ! - \bgroup + \bgroup \forgetall % now we may forget everything %\showcomposition \mindermeldingen \postponefootnotes \iflocation\ifdisplaysectionhead\else\noninterferingmarks\fi\fi - \stelinteractiein + \setupinteraction [\c!letter=, \c!kleur=, \c!contrastkleur=]% - \strictouterreferencestrue % tzt instelling + \strictouterreferencestrue % tzt instelling \def\localkopsetup% {\dolocalkopsetup{#1}}% \startsynchronisatie} @@ -8997,54 +9536,59 @@ \let\headlastlinewidth\!!zeropoint \snaptogrid\hbox {\iflocation -\ifautocrossdocument - \naarbox{\box0}[\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!file}::#1]% -\else - \hbox{\box0}% -\fi + \ifautocrossdocument + \naarbox{\box0}[\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!file}::#1]% + \else + \hbox{\box0}% + \fi \else \hbox{\box0}% - \fi}% + \fi + \doflushfootnotes}% new \endgraf \nointerlineskip \dosomebreak\nobreak #2% \else \strut + \doflushfootnotes % new \iflocation -\ifautocrossdocument - \hhboxindent=\ifcontinuoushead\headlastlinewidth\else\!!zeropoint\fi - \unhhbox0\with{\naarbox{\box\hhbox}[\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!file}::#1]}% - \advance\lasthhboxwidth by \numberheaddistance - \xdef\headlastlinewidth{\the\lasthhboxwidth}% -\else - \unhbox0 - \global\let\headlastlinewidth\!!zeropoint -\fi + \ifautocrossdocument + \hhboxindent=\ifcontinuoushead\headlastlinewidth\else\!!zeropoint\fi + \unhhbox0\with{\naarbox{\box\hhbox}[\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!file}::#1]}% + \advance\lasthhboxwidth by \numberheaddistance + \xdef\headlastlinewidth{\the\lasthhboxwidth}% + \else + \unhbox0 + \global\let\headlastlinewidth\!!zeropoint + \fi \else \unhbox0 \global\let\headlastlinewidth\!!zeropoint \fi #2% - \dimen0=\numberheaddistance + \dimen0=\numberheaddistance \hskip\dimen0 \!!plus \dimen0 \!!minus .25\dimen0 \hskip\headsignal\ignorespaces \fi %#2% \ifdisplaysectionhead - \prevdepth\openstrutdepth % \dp\strutbox % important, see comment + \prevdepth\dp\strutbox % important, font related depth, see comment \fi \stopsynchronisatie \egroup \egroup +\doflushfootnotes % new, still needed? \ifdisplaysectionhead \doifvalue{\??ko#1\c!springvolgendein}{\v!nee}{\noindentation}% + \else + \nonoindentation % recently added, was a bug \fi} \def\checknexthead#1#2% nog optioneel {\ifhmode \scratchcounter=\lastpenalty\unpenalty % no beauty in this - \ifdim\lastskip=\headsignal + \ifdim\lastskip=\headsignal \handelpaginaafC{#1}% \global\continuousheadtrue \else @@ -9089,12 +9633,24 @@ \xdef\huidigekopnummer{\@@sectionvalue{\@@sectie}}% \egroup} +%\def\complexkopnummer[#1]% +% {\bgroup +% \setsectieenkoppeling{#1}% +% \xdef\huidigekopnummer{\@@sectionvalue{\@@sectie}}% +% \doifnot{\huidigekopnummer}{0} +% {\finalsectionnumber}% +% \egroup} + \def\complexkopnummer[#1]% {\bgroup - \setsectieenkoppeling{#1}% + \edef\huidigekopnummer{#1}% + \doifinsetelse{-}{#1} + {\removefromcommalist{-}\huidigekopnummer + \setsectieenkoppeling\huidigekopnummer + \stelsectiein[\@@sectie][\c!vorigenummer=\v!nee]}% + {\setsectieenkoppeling\huidigekopnummer}% \xdef\huidigekopnummer{\@@sectionvalue{\@@sectie}}% - \doifnot{\huidigekopnummer}{0} - {\finalsectionnumber}% + \doifnot{\huidigekopnummer}{0}{\finalsectionnumber}% \egroup} \def\simplekopnummer% @@ -9105,6 +9661,9 @@ \def\alinea% {\par} +\def\plaatskopalinea#1#2% + {\vbox{\begstrut\doifsomething{#1}{#1\hskip\numberheaddistance}#2}} + \def\plaatskopnormaal#1#2% {\doifelsenothing{#1} {\vbox @@ -9139,9 +9698,9 @@ \def\plaatskopintekst#1#2% {\bgroup \localkopsetup - \doifsomething{#1}{{#1}\kern\numberheaddistance}% no stretch + \doifsomething{#1}{{#1}\kern\numberheaddistance}% no stretch {\begstrut#2}% - %\hskip\numberheaddistance % naar elders + %\hskip\numberheaddistance % naar elders \egroup} % default == instellingen @@ -9183,21 +9742,21 @@ \c!verhoognummer=\v!ja, \c!variant=\@@kovariant, \c!commando=\@@plaatskop, - \c!uitlijnen=, + \c!uitlijnen=, + \c!tolerantie=, \c!file=, \c!expansie=, #2]% \ConvertToConstant\doifnot{#1}{\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!default}} {\doifsomething{\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!default}} - {%\presetlabeltext[#1=\labeltext{\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!default}}]% - \copyparameters + {\copyparameters [\??ko#1][\??ko\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!default}] [\c!voor,\c!na,\c!commando,\c!file,\c!pagina,\c!doorgaan,\c!hoofd,\c!voet, \c!nummer,\c!eigennummer,\c!plaatskop,\c!verhoognummer, \c!letter,\c!kleur,\c!afstand,\c!variant,\c!springvolgendein, %\c!nummerletter,\c!tekstletter, - %\c!expansie, % njet - \c!uitlijnen,\c!nummercommando,\c!tekstcommando]}}% + %\c!expansie, % njet + \c!uitlijnen,\c!tolerantie,\c!nummercommando,\c!tekstcommando]}}% \getparameters[\??ko#1][#2]% \doifsomething{\getvalue{\??ko#1\c!sectie}} {\doifundefined{\??mk#1} @@ -9209,16 +9768,15 @@ \doifundefined{\??li#1}{\definieerlijst[#1]}} {\ConvertToConstant\doifelse{#1}{#2} {\doifundefined{\??li#1}{\definieerlijst[#1]}} - {%\presetlabeltext[#1=\labeltext{#2}]% - \copyparameters + {\copyparameters [\??ko#1][\??ko#2] [\c!niveau,\c!sectie,\c!koppeling,\c!prefix, \c!voor,\c!na,\c!commando,\c!file,\c!pagina,\c!doorgaan,\c!hoofd,\c!voet, \c!nummer,\c!eigennummer,\c!plaatskop,\c!verhoognummer, \c!letter,\c!kleur,\c!afstand,\c!variant,\c!springvolgendein, %\c!nummerletter,\c!tekstletter, - %\c!expansie, % njet - \c!uitlijnen,\c!nummercommando,\c!tekstcommando]% + %\c!expansie, % njet + \c!uitlijnen,\c!tolerantie,\c!nummercommando,\c!tekstcommando]% \definieermarkering[#1][#2]% \definieermarkering[#1\v!nummer][#2\v!nummer]% \doifundefined{\??li#1}{\definieerlijst[#1][#2]}}}% @@ -9264,6 +9822,7 @@ \v!marge=>\def\@@plaatskop{\plaatskopinmarge}, \v!inmarge=>\def\@@plaatskop{\plaatskopinmarge}, \v!tekst=>\def\@@plaatskop{\plaatskopintekst}\displaysectionheadfalse, + \v!alinea=>\def\@@plaatskop{\plaatskopalinea}, \s!unknown=>\def\@@plaatskop{\plaatskopnormaal}]} \def\dostelkoppenin[#1]% @@ -9279,7 +9838,7 @@ \def\systemsuppliedchapter {\getvalue{\v!hoofdstuk}} \def\systemsuppliedtitle {\getvalue{\v!titel}} -% a left over +% a left over \def\complexbijlage[#1]#2% {\pagina[\v!rechts] @@ -9429,7 +9988,7 @@ \def\startlistreferences#1% {\thisissomeinternal{\s!lst}{#1\currentsectionformat}% - \setxvalue{\s!lst:#1}{\realfolio}% to be sure + \setxvalue{\s!lst:#1}{\realfolio}% to be sure \setxvalue{\s!lst:#1\currentsectionformat}{\realfolio}% \setxvalue{\e!vorigelokale#1}{\s!lst:#1\previoussectionformat}% \setxvalue{\e!huidigelokale#1}{\s!lst:#1\currentsectionformat}% @@ -9559,10 +10118,10 @@ \processaction [\@@rginspringen] [ \v!ja=>\def\@@rgstepyes{\parindent\@@rgparindent}% - \def\@@rgstepno{\parindent\@@rgparindent}, - \v!oneven=>\def\@@rgstepyes{\parindent\!!zeropoint}% - \def\@@rgstepno{\parindent\@@rgparindent}, - \v!even=>\def\@@rgstepno{\parindent\!!zeropoint}% + \def\@@rgstepno {\parindent\@@rgparindent}, + \v!oneven=>\def\@@rgstepyes{\parindent\!!zeropoint }% + \def\@@rgstepno {\parindent\@@rgparindent}, + \v!even=>\def\@@rgstepno {\parindent\!!zeropoint }% \def\@@rgstepyes{\parindent\@@rgparindent}]% \inregelstrue \stelwitruimtein[\v!geen]% @@ -9578,7 +10137,7 @@ {\par \afterfirstobeyedline \ifdim\lastskip>\!!zeropoint - \def\@@rglinesteptoggle{0}% + \gdef\@@rglinesteptoggle{0}% \else \doglobal\increment\@@rglinesteptoggle \fi @@ -9586,9 +10145,17 @@ \@@rgstepyes \else \@@rgstepno - \fi}% + \fi + \futurelet\next\dobetweenthelines}% \GotoPar} +\def\dobetweenthelines% + {\convertcommand \next \to\!!stringa % very ugly and fuzzy + \convertargument\obeyedline\to\!!stringb % but needed anyway + \ifx\!!stringa\!!stringb + \@@rgtussen + \fi} + \def\stopregels% {\endgroup \@@rgna} @@ -9675,14 +10242,23 @@ \def\stopregel[#1]% {\unskip\regelreferentie2[#1]} -\def\inregellabel#1% - {\doifinstringelse{--}{#1} - {\labeltext{\v!regels}} - {\labeltext{\v!regel}}} +% \def\inregellabel#1% +% {\doifinstringelse{--}{#1} +% {\labeltext{\v!regels}} +% {\labeltext{\v!regel}}} +% +% \def\inregel#1[#2]% +% {\doifelsenothing{#1} +% {\in{\inregellabel{\currenttextreference}}[\@@rnprefix#2]} +% {\in{#1}[\@@rnprefix#2]}} +% +% double labels: \def\inregel#1[#2]% {\doifelsenothing{#1} - {\in{\inregellabel{\currenttextreference}}[\@@rnprefix#2]} + {\doifinstringelse{--}{\currenttextreference} + {\in{\leftlabeltext\v!regels}{\rightlabeltext\v!regels}[\@@rnprefix#2]} + {\in{\leftlabeltext\v!regel }{\rightlabeltext\v!regel }[\@@rnprefix#2]}} {\in{#1}[\@@rnprefix#2]}} \def\dostartnummerenPAR% @@ -9704,8 +10280,8 @@ % 1 xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx % 2 xxx yyy yyy yyy yyy yyy yyy <= start y -% 3 yyy yyy yyy yyy yyy yyy yyy -% 4 yyy yyy yyy yyy yyy xxx xxx <= stop y +% 3 yyy yyy yyy yyy yyy yyy yyy +% 4 yyy yyy yyy yyy yyy xxx xxx <= stop y % 5 xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx %\def\regelreferentie#1[#2]% @@ -9738,79 +10314,6 @@ \prewordbreak \egroup} -%\def\dostopnummerenPAR% dp's -> openstrutdepth -% {\endofshapebox -% \checkreferences -% \linestepper=0 -% \reshapebox{\global\advance\linestepper by 1\relax}% -% \global\advance\linenumber by \linestepper -% \doifelse{\@@rnrefereren}{\v!aan} -% {\reshapebox % We are going back! -% {\global\advance\linenumber by -1 -% \dimen0=\dp\shapebox -% \advance\dimen0 by -\dp\strutbox -% \ifdim\dimen0>\!!zeropoint\relax -% % 1=>4 | 2=>4 1=>2 -% % start 1=>(n=y,l=2,p=1) -% % stop 2=>(n=y,l=4,p=2) -% \dostepwiserecurse{1}{\number\dimen0}{1} -% {\setxvalue{lrf:l:\recurselevel}{\the\linenumber}}% -% \fi}% -% \global\advance\linenumber by \linestepper -% \ifnum\linereference>0 % anders vreemde loop in paragraphs+recurse -% \dorecurse{\linereference} -% {\edef\linereferenceplus{\getvalue{lrf:p:\recurselevel}}% -% \ifnum\linereferenceplus=2 % stop -% \edef\linereferencename{\getvalue{lrf:n:\recurselevel}}% -% \edef\linereferenceline{\getvalue{lrf:l:\recurselevel}}% -% % ref y: text = 4 / Kan dit buiten referentie mechanisme om? -% \expanded{\setlocalcrossreference -% {\referenceprefix\linereferencename}{}{}{\linereferenceline}}% -% \fi}% -% \dorecurse{\linereference} -% {\edef\linereferenceplus{\getvalue{lrf:p:\recurselevel}}% -% \ifnum\linereferenceplus<2 % start / lone -% \edef\linereferencename{\getvalue{lrf:n:\recurselevel}}% y -% \edef\linereferenceline{\getvalue{lrf:l:\recurselevel}}% 2 -% \ifnum\linereferenceplus=1 % start -% \getreferenceelements{\linereferencename}% text = 4 -% \ifnum\linereferenceline<0\currenttextreference\relax % 0 prevents error -% \edef\linereferenceline{\linereferenceline--\currenttextreference}% -% \fi -% \fi -% \expanded{\setlocalcrossreference -% {\referenceprefix\linereferencename}{}{}{\linereferenceline}}% -% \fi}% -% \global\let\scratchline=\linenumber % We are going back! -% \reshapebox -% {\doglobal\decrement\scratchline -% \hbox -% {\dorecurse{\linereference} -% {\edef\linereferencename{\getvalue{lrf:n:\recurselevel}}% -% \getreferenceelements{\linereferencename}% -% \beforesplitstring\currenttextreference--\at--\to\firstline -% \ifnum\firstline=\scratchline\relax -% % beter een rawtextreference -% \textreference[\linereferencename]{\currenttextreference}% -% \expanded{\setlocalcrossreference -% {\referenceprefix\linereferencename}{}{}{0}}% ==done -% \fi}% -% \dimen0=\dp\shapebox -% \advance\dimen0 by -\dp\strutbox -% \ifdim\dimen0>\!!zeropoint\relax -% \dp\shapebox=\dp\strutbox -% \fi -% \schrijfregelnummer\box\shapebox}}% -% \else -% \reshapebox{\hbox{\schrijfregelnummer\box\shapebox}}% -% \fi} -% {\reshapebox{\global\advance\linenumber by -1}% -% \global\advance\linenumber by \linestepper -% \reshapebox{\hbox{\schrijfregelnummer\box\shapebox}}}% -% \global\advance\linenumber by \linestepper -% \flushshapebox -% \egroup} - \def\dostopnummerenPAR% dp's -> openstrutdepth {\endofshapebox \checkreferences @@ -9823,7 +10326,7 @@ \dimen0=\dp\shapebox \advance\dimen0 by -\dp\strutbox \ifdim\dimen0>\!!zeropoint\relax - % 1=>4 | 2=>4 1=>2 + % 1=>4 | 2=>4 1=>2 % start 1=>(n=y,l=2,p=1) % stop 2=>(n=y,l=4,p=2) \dostepwiserecurse{1}{\number\dimen0}{1} @@ -9842,9 +10345,9 @@ \fi}% \dorecurse{\linereference} {\getlinereference\recurselevel - \ifnum\linereferenceplus<2 % start / lone - \ifnum\linereferenceplus=1 % start - \getreferenceelements{\linereferencename}% text = 4 + \ifnum\linereferenceplus<2 % start / lone + \ifnum\linereferenceplus=1 % start + \getreferenceelements{\linereferencename}% text = 4 \ifnum\linereferenceline<0\currenttextreference\relax % 0 prevents error \edef\linereferenceline{\linereferenceline--\currenttextreference}% \fi @@ -9871,24 +10374,22 @@ \ifdim\dimen0>\!!zeropoint\relax \dp\shapebox=\dp\strutbox \fi - \schrijfregelnummer\box\shapebox}}% + \schrijfregelnummer\box\shapebox}}% no \strut ! \else - \reshapebox{\hbox{\schrijfregelnummer\box\shapebox}}% + \reshapebox{\hbox{\schrijfregelnummer\box\shapebox}}% no \strut ! \fi} {\reshapebox{\global\advance\linenumber by -1}% \global\advance\linenumber by \linestepper - \reshapebox{\hbox{\schrijfregelnummer\box\shapebox}}}% + \reshapebox{\hbox{\schrijfregelnummer\box\shapebox}}}% no \strut ! \global\advance\linenumber by \linestepper \flushshapebox \egroup} - - \def\crlf% - {\unskip\hfil\break} + {\ifhmode\unskip\else\strut\fi\hfil\break} \def\opeenregel% - {\def\crlf{\unskip\space}\let\\\crlf} + {\def\crlf{\ifhmode\unskip\fi\space}\let\\\crlf} %I n=Opmaak %I c=\definieeropmaak,\testopmaak,\startstandaardopmaak @@ -10179,7 +10680,7 @@ \def\cbox% {\lrcbox\raggedcenter} -\def\dosetraggedvbox#1% +\def\dosetraggedvbox#1% {\processaction [#1] [ \v!links=>\def\raggedbox{\lbox}, @@ -10189,7 +10690,7 @@ \s!default=>\def\raggedbox{\vbox}, \s!unknown=>\def\raggedbox{\vbox}]} -\def\dosetraggedhbox#1% +\def\dosetraggedhbox#1% {\processaction [#1] [ \v!links=>\let\raggedbox\regellinks, @@ -10198,7 +10699,7 @@ \s!default=>\let\raggedbox\hbox, \s!unknown=>\let\raggedbox\hbox]} -\def\dosetraggedcommand#1% ook ruim,rechts en zo +\def\dosetraggedcommand#1% ook ruim,rechts en zo {\processaction [#1] [ \v!links=>\def\raggedcommand{\raggedleft}, @@ -10385,7 +10886,7 @@ \global\insidefloattrue \dowithnextbox {\docompletefloat - {#1}{#3}{#1}{#2}{\labeltext{#1}}{#4} + {#1}{#3}{#1}{#2}{#1}{#4} {\box\nextbox}}% \vbox} @@ -10410,6 +10911,7 @@ \c!kader=\@@bkkader, \c!straal=\@@bkstraal, \c!hoek=\@@bkhoek, + \c!plaats=\@@bkplaats, \c!achtergrond=\@@bkachtergrond, \c!achtergrondraster=\@@bkachtergrondraster, \c!achtergrondkleur=\@@bkachtergrondkleur, @@ -10468,9 +10970,6 @@ \setvalue{\e!leeg#1}% {\doleegblok{#1}}} -%\setvalue{\c!in#1}[##1]% -% {\c!in\normalspace\in{\labeltext{#1}}[##1]}} - \def\definieerplaatsblok% {\dodoubleargument\dodefinieerplaatsblok} @@ -11003,10 +11502,10 @@ \blanko[\@@bknawit]}% \doinsertfloatinfo} -% The number of topinserts also influences the float order, -% in this respect that when a moved float does not fit, but a -% next one does, it is indeed placed. Take for instance a -% sequence of 20 floats, large and small, where a large one +% The number of topinserts also influences the float order, +% in this respect that when a moved float does not fit, but a +% next one does, it is indeed placed. Take for instance a +% sequence of 20 floats, large and small, where a large one % migrates and the next smaller one is inserted. % \loop ...\repeat doesn't work here, but why? @@ -11287,9 +11786,14 @@ \fi}% \setbox\floatbox=\vbox to \floattextheight {\hsize\floatwidth - \box\floatbox - \vfill}% - \setbox\floattext=\vbox to \floattextheight + \doifinsetelse{\v!beide}{#1}% + {\doifinsetelse{\v!laag}{#1} + {\vfill\box\floatbox} + {\doifinsetelse{\v!midden}{#1} + {\vfill\box\floatbox\vfill} + {\box\floatbox\vfill}}} + {\box\floatbox\vfill}}% + \setbox\floattext=\vbox to \floattextheight {\hsize\floattextwidth \doifinsetelse{\v!laag}{#1} {\vfill @@ -11448,6 +11952,7 @@ [\??fl#1] [\c!breedte=\@@bkbreedte, \c!hoogte=\@@bkhoogte, + \c!plaats=\v!normaal, \c!offset=\@@bkoffset]% {\box\floatbox}}} @@ -11457,13 +11962,13 @@ {\mindermeldingen \begstrut\dofloatnummer\dofloattekst\endstrut} -\def\dosetpagfloat#1#2#3#4% +\def\dosetpagfloat#1#2#3#4% \copy wegwerken {\bgroup \forgetall %\showcomposition \putborderedfloat#4\in4\\% \def\locatefloat% - {\doregelplaats\@@bkplaats}% + {\doregelplaats\@@flflplaats}% \ConvertToConstant\doifelse{#3}{\v!geen} {\global\setbox\floatbox=\vbox {\locatefloat{\box4}}} % pas op, nog wd groter dan hsize @@ -11472,9 +11977,7 @@ \setbox\captionbox=\hbox{\putcompletecaption}% \def\putcompletecaption{\unhcopy\captionbox}% % - \setbox2=\hbox - {\forgetall - \putcompletecaption}% + \setbox2=\hbox{\forgetall\putcompletecaption}% \doifinsetelse{\@@kjkjplaats}{\v!hoog,\v!midden,\v!laag} {\dimen0=\hsize \advance\dimen0 by -\wd4\relax @@ -11552,7 +12055,7 @@ \endgraf\@@kjkjtussen \locatefloat{\copy2}, \v!hoog=>\locatefloat - {\doifelse{\@@bkplaats}{\v!links} + {\doifelse{\@@flflplaats}{\v!links} {\copy4 \tfskip \vbox to\ht4{\@@kjkjtussen\copy2\vfill}} @@ -11560,7 +12063,7 @@ \tfskip \copy4}}, \v!laag=>\locatefloat - {\doifelse{\@@bkplaats}{\v!links} + {\doifelse{\@@flflplaats}{\v!links} {\copy4 \tfskip \vbox to\ht4 @@ -11570,7 +12073,7 @@ \tfskip \copy4}}, \v!midden=>\locatefloat - {\doifelse{\@@bkplaats}{\v!links} + {\doifelse{\@@flflplaats}{\v!links} {\copy4 \tfskip \vbox to\ht4{\vfill\copy2\vfill}} @@ -11618,13 +12121,10 @@ \global\setbox\floatbox=\vbox {\processaction [\@@kjkjplaats] - [ \v!boven=>\box2 - \endgraf\@@kjkjtussen - \box4, - \v!onder=>\box4 - \endgraf\@@kjkjtussen - \box2, - \v!geen=>\box4]}}% + [ \v!boven=>\box2\endgraf\@@kjkjtussen\box4, + \v!onder=>\box4\endgraf\@@kjkjtussen\box2, + \v!geen=>\box4, + \s!unknown=>\box4\endgraf\@@kjkjtussen\box2]}}% \egroup} \newif\ifparfloat @@ -11639,16 +12139,17 @@ \ifbinnenkolommen \global\parfloatfalse \fi - \edef\@@kjkjbreedte {\getvalue{\??kj#4\c!breedte}}% - \def \@@kjkjtussen {\getvalue{\??kj#4\c!tussen}}% geen \edef - \edef\@@kjkjplaats {\getvalue{\??kj#4\c!plaats}}% - \edef\@@kjkjuitlijnen {\getvalue{\??kj#4\c!uitlijnen}}% - \ifparfloat + \edef\@@kjkjbreedte {\getvalue{\??kj#4\c!breedte}}% + \def \@@kjkjtussen {\getvalue{\??kj#4\c!tussen}}% geen \edef + \edef\@@kjkjplaats {\getvalue{\??kj#4\c!plaats}}% + \edef\@@kjkjuitlijnen{\getvalue{\??kj#4\c!uitlijnen}}% + \edef\@@flflplaats {\getvalue{\??fl#4\c!plaats}}% + \ifparfloat \dosetparfloat{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}% \else \dosetpagfloat{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}% \fi -\setbox\floatbox=\hbox{\black\box\floatbox}% + \setbox\floatbox=\hbox{\black\box\floatbox}% \global\floatheight=\ht\floatbox \global\advance\floatheight by \dp\floatbox \global\floatwidth=\wd\floatbox @@ -11673,32 +12174,9 @@ \fi \fi} -% \def\dogetfloatbox#1% -% {\ifvisible -% \def\next##1{\global\floatsonpagetrue\def\next{##1}}% -% \processfirstactioninset -% [#1] -% [ \v!hier=>\next{\someelsefloat[#1]}, -% \v!forceer=>\next{\somefixdfloat[#1]}, -% \v!links=>\next{\somesidefloat[#1]}, -% \v!rechts=>\next{\somesidefloat[#1]}, -% \v!tekst=>\next{\sometextfloat[#1]}, -% \v!boven=>\def\next{\someelsefloat[#1]}, % ! -% \v!onder=>\next{\someelsefloat[#1]}, -% \v!marge=>\def\next{\somenextfloat[#1]}, % ! -% \v!pagina=>\next{\somepagefloat[#1]}, -% \v!naast=>\next{\somefacefloat[#1]}, -% \v!inmarge=>\next{\somesidefloat[#1]}, -% \v!inlinker=>\next{\somesidefloat[#1]}, -% \v!inrechter=>\next{\somesidefloat[#1]}, -% \s!default=>\next{\someelsefloat[\v!hier,#1]}, -% \s!unknown=>\next{\someelsefloat[\v!hier,#1]}]% -% \next -% \fi} - \def\dogetfloatbox#1% {\ifvisible -\let\next\relax % ivm eetex + \let\next\relax % ivm eetex \processfirstactioninset [#1] [ \v!hier=>\def\next{\global\floatsonpagetrue\someelsefloat[#1]}, @@ -11740,7 +12218,7 @@ \vss % gets rid of the depth \rawpagereference{\s!flt}{#2}}% \egroup\dofloat{#4}{}{#6}{#1}} - {\convertargument#6\to\asciititle + {\doglobal\convertargument#6\to\asciititle % \asciititle is global \doifelsevalue{\??kj#1\c!nummer}{\v!ja} {\verhoognummer[#1]% \maakhetnummer[#1]% @@ -11748,14 +12226,12 @@ {\unvbox\floatbox % no \vss, keep the depth \dofloatreference \redofloatorder{#1}% -% \rawreference{\s!flt}{#2}{\hetnummer}% -\rawreference{\s!flt}{#2}{{\hetnummer}{\asciititle}}% + \rawreference{\s!flt}{#2}{{\hetnummer}{\asciititle}}% \doschrijfnaarlijst{#3}{\hetnummer}{#6}{#3}}% - \egroup\dofloat{#4}{#5\hetnummer}{#6}{#1}} + \egroup\dofloat{#4}{\labeltexts{#5}{\hetnummer}}{#6}{#1}} {\global\setbox\floatbox=\vbox {\unvbox\floatbox % no \vss, keep the depth -% \rawpagereference{\s!flt}{#2}}% -\rawreference{\s!flt}{#2}{{}{\asciititle}}}% + \rawreference{\s!flt}{#2}{{}{\asciititle}}}% \egroup\dofloat{#4}{}{#6}{#1}}}% \global\insidefloatfalse} @@ -11854,6 +12330,7 @@ \resetnummer[\??si]% \def\floatcaptionsuffix{\nummer[\??si]}% \TABLEcaptionheight=\@@siregels\lineheight +\def\docomplexpagina[##1]{\goodbreak}% \dowithnextbox {\forgetall \mindermeldingen @@ -11950,7 +12427,7 @@ %% -\newconditional\handleformulanumber +\newconditional\handleformulanumber \newconditional\incrementformulanumber \def\dododoformulenummer#1#2#3#4% (#1,#2)=outer(ref,sub) (#3,#4)=inner(ref,sub) @@ -11981,7 +12458,7 @@ \def\dodoformulenummer[#1][#2][#3]% {\doquadruplegroupempty\dododoformulenummer{#1}{#2}{#3}} -\def\doformulenummer% +\def\doformulenummer% {\dotripleempty\dodoformulenummer} % @@ -12011,7 +12488,7 @@ \belowdisplayskip\!!zeropoint \abovedisplayshortskip\!!zeropoint \belowdisplayshortskip\!!zeropoint -\vbox{\strut}\vskip-2\lineheight % Why 2 and not 1? +\vbox{\strut}\vskip-2\lineheight % Why 2 and not 1? $$\def\dostopformula{$$\egroup}} \def\plaatsformule% @@ -12032,7 +12509,7 @@ \futurelet\next\redoplaatsformule} \long\def\xdoplaatsformule[#1]#2#3% #3 gobbles spaces - {\def\redoplaatsformule% + {\def\redoplaatsformule% {\expandafter\ifx\csname\e!start\e!formule\endcsname\next \expandafter\dodoplaatsstartformule \else @@ -12342,15 +12819,10 @@ % \schrijfwegnaarlijst % \endgroup}} -\def\doschrijfnaarlijst#1#2#3#4% +\def\doschrijfnaarlijst#1#2#3#4% {\doifvalue{\??li#1\c!status}{\v!start} {\begingroup - \ExpandFirstAfter\processaction - [\getvalue{\??li#1\c!expansie}] - [ \v!ja=>{\edef\ascii{#3}}, - \v!commando=>{\convertcommand#3\to\ascii}, - \s!default=>{\convertargument#3\to\ascii}, - \s!unknown=>{\convertargument#3\to\ascii}]% + \convertexpanded{\??li#1}{#3}\asciilistentry \makesectionformat \doifelse{\@@nmstatus}{\v!start} {\def\dopaginanummer{\noexpand\pagenumber}} @@ -12379,7 +12851,7 @@ \processcommacommand[\crossdocumentreferences]\docommando \egroup \else - \thisisnextinternal{#1}% + \thisisnextinternal{#1}% \fi \edef\schrijfwegnaarlijst% {\writeutilitycommand% @@ -12387,7 +12859,7 @@ {#1}% {\nextinternalreference}% {#2}% - {\ascii}% + {\asciilistentry}% {\sectionformat::\dopaginanummer}% {\noexpand\realfolio}}}% \schrijfwegnaarlijst @@ -12488,6 +12960,7 @@ \c!titeluitlijnen=, \c!voor=, \c!na=, + \c!tussen=, \c!symbool=, \c!interactie=\v!sectienummer, \v!deel\v!nummer=\v!ja, % nodig ? % v @@ -12504,7 +12977,7 @@ \c!paginaletter,\c!paginacommando,\c!paginakleur, \c!nummerletter,\c!nummerkleur,\c!nummercommando, \c!paginanummer,\c!paginaovergangen,\c!marge,\c!symbool, - \c!titeluitlijnen,\c!voor,\c!na,\v!deel\c!nummer,\c!label]% + \c!titeluitlijnen,\c!voor,\c!na,\c!tussen,\v!deel\c!nummer,\c!label]% \getparameters[\??li#1][#3]}}% \addutilityreset{#1}% \setvalue{\s!set#1}% @@ -12576,12 +13049,12 @@ \vrule\!!width\dimen0\!!height\dimen2\!!depth\dimen4}}, \s!unknown=>\def\listsymbol{\getvalue{\??li#1\c!symbool}}, \s!default=>\doifelsevalue{\??li#1\c!prefix}{\v!nee} - {\aftersplitstring#2\at.\to\splitlistsymbol} - {\def\splitlistsymbol{#2}}% geen \edef ivm enz - \def\listsymbol% - {\doifvalue{\??li#1\c!label}{\v!ja}{\labeltext{#1}}% - \strut\splitlistsymbol - \getvalue{\??li#1\c!scheider}}]} + {\aftersplitstring#2\at.\to\splitlistsymbol} + {\def\splitlistsymbol{#2}}% geen \edef ivm enz + \def\listsymbol% kan iets efficienter met \ifdone + {\doifvalue{\??li#1\c!label}{\v!ja}{\leftlabeltext{#1}}% + \strut\splitlistsymbol\getvalue{\??li#1\c!scheider}% + \doifvalue{\??li#1\c!label}{\v!ja}{\rightlabeltext{#1}}}]} \def\dosomelijstelement#1#2#3{#1 #2 \translatednumber[#3]} @@ -12594,7 +13067,13 @@ \def\dodolijstelementg{\let\dosomelijstelement\dodofixdlijstelementG} \setvalue{dodolijstelement\v!geen}% - {\let\dosomelijstelement\dodofreelijstelement} + {\def\dosomelijstelement{\dodofreevlijstelement}} + +\setvalue{dodolijstelement\v!vertikaal}% + {\def\dosomelijstelement{\dodofreevlijstelement}} + +\setvalue{dodolijstelement\v!horizontaal}% + {\def\dosomelijstelement{\dodofreehlijstelement}} \setvalue{dodolijstelement\v!commando}% {\let\dosomelijstelement\dodocommandlijstelement} @@ -12608,6 +13087,8 @@ % \strippedcsname\dodolijstelement +\def\newlineinlist{\space} + \def\dolijstelement#1#2#3#4#5#6% pas op: wordt ook elders gedefinieerd {\doiftoclevelelse[#5] {\getvalue{dodolijstelement\getvalue{\??li#1\c!variant}}% @@ -12628,22 +13109,21 @@ \def\dolistattributes#1#2#3% {\doifvaluesomething{\??li#1#3} - {\stelinteractiein[\c!kleur=,\c!contrastkleur=]}% + {\setupinteraction[\c!kleur=,\c!contrastkleur=]}% \doattributes{\??li#1}{#2}{#3}} -\def\dodocommandlijstelement#1#2#3#4#5#6% +\def\dodocommandlijstelement#1#2#3#4#5#6% {\doifdefinedelse{\??li#1\c!commando} {\getvalue{\??li#1\c!commando} {#3}{#4}{\paginaprefix\??li#1[#5]\translatednumber[#5]}} {[#1: #3 - #4 - \paginaprefix\??li#1[#5]\translatednumber[#5]]}} -\def\dodofreelijstelement#1#2#3#4#5#6% +\def\dodofreelijstelement#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8% {\def\makelijstelement##1##2% {\hbox {\doifelsevalue{\??li#1\c!interactie}{##1} {\setbox0=\hbox{\showcontrastlocation{\??ia}{#6}{##2}}% - \linklisttoelement{#1}{#2}{#5}{#6}{\copy0}}% - %\gotonextinternal{#1}{#2}{#6}{\copy0}% + \linklisttoelement{#1}{#2}{#5}{#6}{\box0}}%{\copy0}}% {##2}}}% \getvalue{\??li#1\c!voor}% can be \hskip \doifdefinedelse{\??li#1\c!commando} @@ -12653,16 +13133,16 @@ {#4}% geen conversies etc {\paginaprefix\??li#1[#5]% \translatednumber[#5]}}} - {\ifvmode\nointerlineskip\fi % recently added + {#7% \vbox {\forgetall \makelijstelement\v!alles {\makelijstelement\v!sectienummer - {\dolistattributes{#1}\c!nummertekst\c!nummerkleur + {\dolistattributes{#1}\c!nummerletter\c!nummerkleur {\getvalue{\??li#1\c!nummercommando}{\listsymbol}}}% \makelijstelement\v!tekst {\dolistattributes{#1}\c!tekstletter\c!tekstkleur - {\def\\{ }% + {\let\\=\newlineinlist \dontconvertfont \getvalue{\??li#1\c!tekstcommando}{#4}}}% \doifvalue{\??li#1\c!paginanummer}{\v!ja} @@ -12672,27 +13152,35 @@ {\getvalue{\??li#1\c!paginacommando} {\paginaprefix\??li#1[#5]% \translatednumber[#5]}}}}}}}% - \nointerlineskip % anders verkeerde spatiering bij multi-line - \endgraf - \allowbreak} + #8}% \getvalue{\??li#1\c!na}} +\def\dodofreehlijstelement#1#2#3#4#5#6% + {\dodofreelijstelement{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6} + {\noindent}{}} + +\def\dodofreevlijstelement#1#2#3#4#5#6% % \nointerlineskip nodig, + {\dodofreelijstelement{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6} % anders verkeerde spatiering + {\ifvmode\nointerlineskip\fi} % bij multi-line lijsten + {\nointerlineskip\endgraf\allowbreak}} % + \def\dodofixdlijstelementABC#1#2#3#4#5#6% weeden {\endgraf \leftskip=\getvalue{\??li#1\c!marge}% na de \endgraf ! \getvalue{\??li#1\c!voor}% - \doifelsenothing{#3} - {\doifelsevalue{\??li#1\c!titeluitlijnen}{\v!ja} - {\!!widtha=\!!zeropoint} - {\!!widtha=\getvalue{\??li#1\c!breedte}}} - {\!!widtha=\getvalue{\??li#1\c!breedte}}% + \doifelsevalue{\??li#1\c!breedte}{\v!passend} + {\!!widtha=\!!zeropoint} + {\doifelsenothing{#3} + {\doifelsevalue{\??li#1\c!titeluitlijnen}{\v!ja} + {\!!widtha=\!!zeropoint} + {\!!widtha=\getvalue{\??li#1\c!breedte}}} + {\!!widtha=\getvalue{\??li#1\c!breedte}}}% \getvalue{\??li\c!variant\getvalue{\??li#1\c!variant}}% \endgraf \def\makelijstelement##1##2% {\doifelsevalue{\??li#1\c!interactie}{##1} {\setbox0=\hbox{\showcontrastlocation{\??ia}{#6}{##2}}% - \linklisttoelement{#1}{#2}{#5}{#6}{\copy0}}% - %\gotonextinternal{#1}{#2}{#6}{\copy0}% + \linklisttoelement{#1}{#2}{#5}{#6}{\box0}}%{\copy0}}% {\hbox{##2}}}% \doifvalue{\??li#1\c!interactie}{\v!tekst} % not supported {\doassign[\??li#1][\c!interactie=\v!alles]}% @@ -12706,7 +13194,7 @@ \hfill}}% \setbox4=\hbox {\doifvalue{\??li#1\c!paginanummer}{\v!ja} - {\doifsomething{#5} % \lijstwidth is new ; temp hack + {\doifsomething{#5} % \lijstwidth is new ; temp hack {\hbox \ifdim\lijstwidth>\!!zeropoint to \lijstwidth\fi {\hfill \makelijstelement\v!paginanummer @@ -12738,7 +13226,7 @@ \hskip\dimen2 \bgroup \dolistattributes{#1}\c!tekstletter\c!tekstkleur - {\def\\{ }% + {\let\\=\newlineinlist \dontconvertfont \getvalue{\??li#1\c!tekstcommando}{#4}}% \egroup @@ -12763,7 +13251,7 @@ \def\dodofixdlijstelementD#1#2#3#4#5#6% {%\leftskip=\getvalue{\??li#1\c!marge}% \ifvmode - \advance\leftskip\getvalue{\??li#1\c!marge}% AANGEPAST + \advance\leftskip\getvalue{\??li#1\c!marge}% AANGEPAST \fi \bgroup \ifvmode @@ -12776,8 +13264,7 @@ \def\makelijstelement##1##2% {\doifelsevalue{\??li#1\c!interactie}{##1} {\setbox0=\hbox{\showcontrastlocation{\??ia}{#6}{##2}}% - \linklisttoelement{#1}{#2}{#5}{#6}{\copy0}}% - %\gotonextinternal{#1}{#2}{#6}{\copy0}% + \linklisttoelement{#1}{#2}{#5}{#6}{\box0}}%{\copy0}}% {\hbox{##2}}}% \setbox4=\hbox {\doifvalue{\??li#1\c!paginanummer}{\v!ja} @@ -12795,9 +13282,9 @@ \getvalue{\??li#1\c!rechts}% \hskip.5em}% \nobreak - \tolerance3500 % niet zomaar veranderen + \tolerance3500 % niet zomaar veranderen \dolistattributes{#1}\c!tekstletter\c!tekstkleur - {\def\\{ }% + {\let\\=\newlineinlist \dontconvertfont \getvalue{\??li#1\c!tekstcommando}{#4}}% \ifvoid4\else @@ -12816,13 +13303,13 @@ \def\dodofixdlijstelementE#1% {\dodofixdlijstelementEFG - {\stelinteractiein[\c!strut=\v!nee]} + {\setupinteraction[\c!strut=\v!nee]} {\localframed[\??li#1][\c!diepte=\!!zeropoint,\c!kleur=]} {#1}} \def\dodofixdlijstelementF#1% - {\dodofixdlijstelementEFG - {} + {\dodofixdlijstelementEFG + {} {\dosetraggedhbox{\getvalue{\??li#1\c!uitlijnen}}\raggedbox} {#1}} @@ -12835,8 +13322,8 @@ \def\dodofixdlijstelementEFG#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8% {\noindent \hbox - {#1% in case E nils the strut - \def\\={ }% + {#1% in case E nils the strut + \let\\=\newlineinlist \setbox0=\hbox {#2{\showcontrastlocation{\??ia}{#8} {\dostartattributes{\??li#3}\c!letter\c!kleur{}% @@ -12844,16 +13331,16 @@ \begstrut \doifelsenothing{\??li#3\c!maxbreedte} {\getvalue{\??li#3\c!tekstcommando}{#6}} - {\getvalue{\??li#3\c!tekstcommando}{\limitatetext{#6}{\getvalue{\??li#3\c!maxbreedte}}{\onbekend}}}% + {\getvalue{\??li#3\c!tekstcommando}{\limitatetext{#6}{\getvalue{\??li#3\c!maxbreedte}}{\unknown}}}% \endstrut % struts new \dostopattributes}}}% - \linklisttoelement{#3}{#4}{#7}{#8}{\copy0}}% - %\gotonextinternal{#3}{#4}{#8}{\copy0}% - \par} + \linklisttoelement{#3}{#4}{#7}{#8}{\box0}}%{\copy0}}% + \par + \getvalue{\??li#3\c!tussen}} \def\strippedlistentry[#1::#2::#3]{#1::#2}% -\def\linklisttoelement#1#2#3#4#5% % list location format page data +\def\linklisttoelement#1#2#3#4#5% % list location format page data {\ifautocrossdocument \gotodestination{}{}{#1::\strippedlistentry[#3]}{#4}{#5}% \else @@ -12861,7 +13348,7 @@ \fi} \def\schrijfnaarlijst[#1]#2#3% - {\doifsomething{#1} + {\doifsomething{#1} {\convertargument#2\to\firstlistelement \@EA\doschrijfnaarlijst\@EA{#1}{\firstlistelement}{#3}{\v!kop}}} @@ -12892,7 +13379,7 @@ \hbox {\doattributes {\??li##1}\c!tekstletter\c!tekstkleur - {\def\\{ }% + {\let\\=\newlineinlist \dontconvertfont \getvalue{\??li##1\c!tekstcommando}{##4}}}% \global\utilitydonetrue} @@ -12951,10 +13438,11 @@ % algemeen \def\referentiebutton#1[#2]% - {\bgroup - \let\referenceprefix=\empty - \setbox0=\hbox{\ignorespaces#1}% - \naarbox{\copy0}[#2]% + {\hbox\bgroup % the \hbox is needed to bypass + \let\referenceprefix=\empty % \dontleavehmode in \naarbox + \setupinteraction[\c!kleur=,\c!contrastkleur=,\c!strut=]% + \setupreferencing[\c!prefix=]% + \naarbox{\hbox{\ignorespaces#1}}[#2]% \egroup} \newcounter\referencecounter @@ -12999,15 +13487,27 @@ \schrijfwegnaarlijst \endgroup}} -\def\schrijfnaarreferentielijst[#1]#2#3% #1=class #2=data #3=visualization - {\doifelsevalue{\??rl#1\c!status}{\v!start} - {\referentiebutton - {#3% - \doglobal\increment\referencecounter - \pagereference[\r!from\referencecounter]% - \doschrijfnaarreferentielijst{#1}{\referencecounter}{#2}}% - [\r!to\referencecounter]} - {#3}} +%\def\schrijfnaarreferentielijst[#1]#2#3% #1=class #2=data #3=visualization +% {\doifelsevalue{\??rl#1\c!status}{\v!start} +% {\doglobal\increment\referencecounter +% \referentiebutton +% {#3% +% \pagereference[\r!from\referencecounter]% +% \doschrijfnaarreferentielijst{#1}{\referencecounter}{#2}}% +% [\r!to\referencecounter]} +% {#3}} + +\def\schrijfnaarreferentielijst[#1]#2% #1=class #2=data #3=visualization + {\dowithnextbox + {\doifelsevalue{\??rl#1\c!status}{\v!start} + {\doglobal\increment\referencecounter % must be resolved due to #2 + \referentiebutton + {\box\nextbox + \pagereference[\r!from\referencecounter]% + \doschrijfnaarreferentielijst{#1}{\referencecounter}{#2}}% + [\r!to\referencecounter]} + {\box\nextbox}} + \hbox} % \vbox ? \def\referencelistentry#1% {\executeifdefined{#1\c!lijst}\gobblefourarguments} @@ -13106,10 +13606,10 @@ {\begingroup \getparameters[\??ih#1][#2]% \dosettoclevel{\getvalue{\??ih#1\c!criterium}}% - \edef\samengesteldelijst{\getvalue{\??ih#1\c!lijst}}% - \stripspaces\from\samengesteldelijst\to\samengesteldelijst + \edef\samengesteldelijst{\getvalue{\??ih#1\c!lijst}}% + \stripspaces\from\samengesteldelijst\to\samengesteldelijst \doifelsevalue{\??ih#1\c!niveau}{\v!huidige} % criterium=vorige,niveau=huidige - {\!!counta=0\@@koniveau} % hm: \@@koniveau + {\!!counta=0\@@koniveau} % hm: \@@koniveau {\ExpandFirstAfter\doifnumberelse{\getvalue{\??ih#1\c!niveau}}% in verband {\!!counta=\getvalue{\??ih#1\c!niveau}% met de vorige implementatie \advance\!!counta by 1 % accepteren we ook nummers (0==deel) @@ -13241,7 +13741,7 @@ \global\utilitydonetrue \syndef {\doattributes{\??sm#1}\c!tekstletter\c!tekstkleur{#3}} - \ConvertToConstant\doifelse{#4}{}{\onbekend}{#4}\par + \ConvertToConstant\doifelse{#4}{}{\unknown}{#4}\par \egroup} \def\synonymentry#1% @@ -13249,7 +13749,7 @@ \def\dosetsynonym#1% {\doifdefinedelse{\??sm#1\c!commando} - {\setvalue{#1\s!entry}{\getvalue{\??sm#1\c!commando}}} % 3 argumenten + {\setvalue{#1\s!entry}{\getvalue{\??sm#1\c!commando}}} % 3 argumenten {\setvalue{#1\s!entry}{\dohandlesynonymentry{#1}}}} \def\doplaatslijstmetsynoniemen#1#2% @@ -13264,14 +13764,14 @@ [syndef] [\c!plaats=\getvalue{\??sm#1\c!plaats}, \c!breedte=\getvalue{\??sm#1\c!breedte}, - \c!afstand=\getvalue{\??sm#1\c!afstand}, - \c!monster=\getvalue{\??sm#1\c!monster}, - \c!hang=\getvalue{\??sm#1\c!hang}, - \c!uitlijnen=\getvalue{\??sm#1\c!uitlijnen}, - \c!voor=\getvalue{\??sm#1\c!voor}, - \c!tussen=\getvalue{\??sm#1\c!tussen}, - \c!na=\getvalue{\??sm#1\c!na}, - \c!springvolgendein=\getvalue{\??sm#1\c!springvolgendein}, + \c!afstand=\getvalue{\??sm#1\c!afstand}, + \c!monster=\getvalue{\??sm#1\c!monster}, + \c!hang=\getvalue{\??sm#1\c!hang}, + \c!uitlijnen=\getvalue{\??sm#1\c!uitlijnen}, + \c!voor=\getvalue{\??sm#1\c!voor}, + \c!tussen=\getvalue{\??sm#1\c!tussen}, + \c!na=\getvalue{\??sm#1\c!na}, + \c!springvolgendein=\getvalue{\??sm#1\c!springvolgendein}, \c!kopletter=, \c!letter=]% % @@ -13312,18 +13812,9 @@ \def\dowritesynonym#1#2#3#4% {\begingroup % anders in mathmode lege \hbox - \ExpandFirstAfter\processaction - [\getvalue{\??sm#1\c!expansie}] - [ \v!ja=>{\edef\asciiA{#3}\edef\asciiB{#4}}, - \v!commando=>{\convertcommand#3\to\asciiA\convertcommand#4\to\asciiB}, - \s!default=>{\convertargument#3\to\asciiA\convertargument#4\to\asciiB}, - \s!unknown=>{\convertargument#3\to\asciiA\convertargument#4\to\asciiB}]% - %\doifelsevalue{\??sm#1\c!expansie}{\v!ja} - % {\immediatewriteutility{s e {#1} {#2} {#3} {#4}}} - % {\convertargument#3\to\asciiA - % \convertargument#4\to\asciiB - % \immediatewriteutility{s e {#1} {#2} {\asciiA} {\asciiB}}}% - \immediatewriteutility{s e {#1} {#2} {\asciiA} {\asciiB}}% + \convertexpanded{\??sm#1}{#3}\asciisynonym + \convertexpanded{\??sm#1}{#4}\asciimeaning + \immediatewriteutility{s e {#1} {#2} {\asciisynonym} {\asciimeaning}}% \endgroup} \def\preexecutesynonym#1#2#3#4% @@ -13385,13 +13876,13 @@ \c!criterium=, \c!plaats=\v!links, \c!breedte=5em, - \c!afstand=0pt, - \c!monster=, - \c!hang=, - \c!uitlijnen=, - \c!voor=, - \c!tussen=, - \c!na=, + \c!afstand=0pt, + \c!monster=, + \c!hang=, + \c!uitlijnen=, + \c!voor=, + \c!tussen=, + \c!na=, \c!springvolgendein=\v!nee]% \presetheadtext [#2=\Word{#2}]% @@ -13498,7 +13989,7 @@ \global\utilitydonetrue \bgroup \doifdefinedelse{\??so#1\c!commando} - {\getvalue{\??so#1\c!commando}{##2}} % 1 argument + {\getvalue{\??so#1\c!commando}{##2}} % 1 argument {\getvalue{\??so#1\c!voor}% \doattributes{\??so#1}\c!letter\c!kleur{##2}% \getvalue{\??so#1\c!na}}% @@ -13525,17 +14016,8 @@ \def\dowritesort#1#2#3% {\bgroup - %\doifelsevalue{\??so#1\c!expansie}{\v!ja} - % {\immediatewriteutility{s e {#1} {#2} {#3} {}}} - % {\convertargument#3\to\asciiA - % \immediatewriteutility{s e {#1} {#2} {\asciiA} {}}}% - \ExpandFirstAfter\processaction - [\getvalue{\??so#1\c!expansie}] - [ \v!ja=>{\edef\asciiA{#3}}, - \v!commando=>{\convertcommand#3\to\asciiA}, - \s!default=>{\convertargument#3\to\asciiA}, - \s!unknown=>{\convertargument#3\to\asciiA}]% - \immediatewriteutility{s e {#1} {#2} {\asciiA} {}}% + \convertexpanded{\??so#1}{#3}\asciisynonym + \immediatewriteutility{s e {#1} {#2} {\asciisynonym} {}}% \egroup} \def\synonymentry#1% @@ -13547,9 +14029,18 @@ \unexpanded\setgvalue{#2}{\processsort{#1}{#3}{#2}}% \fi} +% \def\executesort#1#2#3% +% {\preexecutesort{#1}{#2}{#3}% +% \processsort{#1}{#3}{#2}} +% +% Better because it catches nested logo's: + \def\executesort#1#2#3% - {\preexecutesort{#1}{#2}{#3}% - \processsort{#1}{#3}{#2}} + {\bgroup + \def\executesort##1##2##3{##3}% Trick needed for nested logo's. + \preexecutesort{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \processsort{#1}{#3}{#2}% + \egroup} \def\doloadsort#1% {\setvalue{#1\s!entry}##1##2##3% @@ -13582,14 +14073,14 @@ \def\dodefinieersorteren[#1][#2][#3]% {\getparameters[\??so#1] - [%\c!commando=, % we test for defined ! + [%\c!commando=, % we test for defined ! \c!status=\v!start, \c!criterium=, \c!letter=, \c!voor=, \c!na=\endgraf]% \presetheadtext[#2=\Word{#2}]% - \setvalue{\e!stel#2\e!in}[##1]% vervalt tzt + \setvalue{\e!stel#2\e!in}[##1]% vervalt tzt {\getparameters[\??so#1][##1]}% \ifthirdargument \def#3##1% @@ -13673,973 +14164,6 @@ %I %I \geendimensie{wiskundige eenheid} -%I n=Registers -%I c=\definieerregister,\stelregisterin -%I c=\volledigregister,\plaatsregister -%I -%I Er kunnen registers worden gedefinieerd met het commando: -%I -%I \definieerregister[naam][namen] -%I -%I Vanaf dat moment zijn de volgende commando's beschikbaar: -%I -%I \naam[ascii]{ingang+ingang+ingang} -%I \zienaam[ascii]{ingang+ingang+ingang}{andere ingang} -%I \plaatsnaam -%I \volledigenaam -%I -%I of -%I -%I \plaatsregister[naam] -%I \volledigregister[naam] -%I -%I De commando's rond de standaard index zijn gedefinieerd -%I met de waarden: [index][indices] -%P -%I In de tekst dient een registerverwijzing voor het woord -%I te staan, dus: we verwijzen naar \index{woord}woord. -%I -%I Bij koppen daarentegen plaatsen we \index na de kop: -%I -%I \subparagraaf{dat is dat} -%I \index{ziezo} -%I -%I ........... tekst ..... -%I -%I of -%I -%I \margewoord{ziezo} -%I \index{ziezo} -%I -%I ........... tekst ..... -%I -%I Ongewenste spaties na \index worden verwijderd! Wil men -%I dus een spatie, dan moet dit worden afgedwongen met \ . -%P -%I Mocht het hierboven beschreven mechanisme interfereren -%I met andere mechanismen, dan kan ook het volgende commando -%I worden gebruikt: -%I -%I \schrijfnaarregister[naam][ascii]{ingang+ingang+ingang} -%I -%I waarbij [ascii] optioneel is. -%P -%I De registers kunnen worden ingesteld met het commando: -%I -%I \stelregisterin[naam][letter=,aanduiding=,n=, -%I balanceren=,uitlijnen=,criterium=,afstand=,symbool=, -%I expansie=] -%I -%I waarbij 'aanduiding' betrekking heeft op het al dan niet -%I plaatsen van een letter ('ja' of 'nee') en 'letter' op de -%I weergave van de letter. -%I -%I Met 'criterium' kan een subindex worden opgeroepen, -%I bijvoorbeeld 'deel' of 'hoofdstuk', of als het niveau -%I onbekend is: 'lokaal'. Standaard wordt een volledige index -%I gegenereerd ('alles'). -%I -%I In plaats van een paginanummer kan een symbool worden -%I gezet: n (1,2,3,..), a (a,b,c,..), 1 (bolletjes) en -%I 2 (rechthoekjes). Een symbool heeft alleen zin bij -%I interactieve teksten. -%I -%I Voor eigen gebruik is \ifregistergeplaatst beschikbaar. -%P -%I In plaats van een + als scheider kan ook & worden -%I gebruikt. Bovendien kan als eerste karakter worden opgegeven -%I wat de scheider is: -%I -%I \index[abcformule]{&formule&$ax^2+bx+c$} -%I -%I Overigens gaat de & voor de +, zodat hier de specificatie -%I niet per se nodig is. Let wel: dit is een kenmerk van -%I texutil, en niet zozeer van ConTeXt. - -% Formaat tex-utility-input-file <jobname.tui>: -% -% i e {tag} {loc} {pure} {entry+..} {p:c:p:sp:ssp=>page} {realpage} -% i s {tag} {loc} {pure} {entry+..} {other entry} -% -% In plaats van + kan een & worden gebruikt. Ook kan als -% eerste karakter worden opgegeven wat de scheider is. -% -% \index {entry} -% \index[key] {entry} -% \index[pageclass::] {entry} -% \index[pageclass::key]{entry} -% \index {textclass::entry} -% \index[key] {textclass::entry} -% \index[pageclass::] {textclass::entry} -% \index[pageclass::key]{textclass::entry} -% -% Deze file wordt met het Perl script TeXUtil omgezet in -% een in te lezen file met de commando's: -% -% \registerentrya {tag} {ingang} -% \registerentryb {tag} {subingang} -% \registerentryc {tag} {subsubingang} -% -% \registerpage {tag} {pag,txt} {volgnummer} {paginanummer} {volgnummer} -% -% \registersee {tag} {pag,txt} {andere ingang} -% -% \registerentry {tag} {letter} - -\def\dostelregisterin[#1][#2][#3]% - {\ifthirdargument - \def\docommando##1% - {\getparameters[\??id##1#2][#3]% - \preparepaginaprefix{\??id##1}}% - \else - \def\docommando##1% - {\getparameters[\??id##1][#2]% - \preparepaginaprefix{\??id##1}}% - \fi - \processcommalist[#1]\docommando} - -\def\stelregisterin% - {\dotripleempty\dostelregisterin} - -\def\getlastregisterentry#1% - {\def\docommando##1% - {\def\!!stringa{##1}}% - \processconcanatedlist[#1][+]\docommando - \!!stringa} - -\def\doprocessregister[#1]#2% - {\begingroup - \thisisnextinternal{\s!ind}% - \ifduplicate\getlastregisterentry{#2}\fi - %\doifelsevalue{\??id\currentregister\c!expansie}{\v!ja} - % {\edef\ascii{#2}} - % {\convertargument#2\to\ascii}% - \ExpandFirstAfter\processaction - [\getvalue{\??id\currentregister\c!expansie}] - [ \v!ja=>{\edef\ascii{#2}}, - \v!commando=>{\convertcommand#2\to\ascii}, - \s!default=>{\convertargument#2\to\ascii}, - \s!unknown=>{\convertargument#2\to\ascii}]% - \makesectionformat - \edef\schrijfwegnaarregister% - {\writeutility% - {r \ifcase\registerpagestatus\space\or e \or f \or t \fi - {\currentregister} % - {\nextinternalreference} % - {#1} % - {\ascii} % - {\sectionformat::\noexpand\pagenumber} % - {\noexpand\realfolio}}}% - \schrijfwegnaarregister - \getfirstcharacter\currentregister - \registerinfo{> \firstcharacter}{#2}% - \endgroup} - -\def\complexdoregister[#1]#2% - {\doprocessregister[#1]{#2}% - \ifvmode\nobreak\fi - \GotoPar} - -%\def\doregister#1% -% {\def\currentregister{#1}% -% \complexorsimpleempty\doregister} - -\def\doregister#1% - {\chardef\registerpagestatus=1 - \def\currentregister{#1}% - \complexorsimpleempty\doregister} - -\def\startregister% - {\dodoubleargument\dostartregister} - -\def\dostartregister[#1][#2]#3% - {\chardef\registerpagestatus=2 - \def\currentregister{#1}% - \setgvalue{\??id#1\??id#2}{\dodostopregister[#1][#2]{#3}}% - \complexdoregister[#2]{#3}} - -\def\stopregister% - {\dodoubleargument\dostopregister} - -\def\dostopregister[#1][#2]% - {\getvalue{\??id#1\??id#2}\setgvalue{\??id#1\??id#2}{}} - -\def\dodostopregister[#1][#2]% - {\chardef\registerpagestatus=3 - \def\currentregister{#1}% - \complexdoregister[#2]} - -\def\complexdozieregister[#1]#2#3% - {\begingroup - \thisisnextinternal{\s!ind}% - \ifduplicate\getlastregisterentry{#2}\fi - %\doifelsevalue{\??id\currentregister\c!expansie}{\v!ja} - % {\edef\ascii{#2}} - % {\convertargument#2\to\ascii}% - \ExpandFirstAfter\processaction - [\getvalue{\??id\currentregister\c!expansie}] - [ \v!ja=>{\edef\ascii{#2}}, - \v!commando=>{\convertcommand#2\to\ascii}, - \s!default=>{\convertargument#2\to\ascii}, - \s!unknown=>{\convertargument#2\to\ascii}]% - \makesectionformat - \edef\schrijfwegnaarregister% - {\writeutility% - {r s % - {\currentregister} % - {\nextinternalreference} % - {#1} % - {\ascii} % - {#3} % - {\sectionformat}}}% - \schrijfwegnaarregister - \endgroup - \registerinfo{> zie}{#2}% - \GotoPar} - -\def\dozieregister#1% - {\def\currentregister{#1}% - \complexorsimpleempty\dozieregister} - -\def\doschrijfnaarregister[#1]% % de twee-traps-aanroep is nodig - {\edef\currentregister{#1}% % om gebruik van \ExpandBothAfter - \doprocessregister} % mogelijk te maken - -\def\schrijfnaarregister% - {\dodoubleempty\doschrijfnaarregister} - -\def\ifregistergeplaatst{\ifutilitydone} - -\newif\iffirstregisterpage - -\def\c!entrya{} -\def\c!entryb{} -\def\c!entryc{} - -\def\nextregisterpage% - {\iffirstregisterpage - \doglobal\newcounter\registerpagenumber - \fi - \doglobal\increment\registerpagenumber} - -\def\doregisterpagelocation#1#2% - {\nextregisterpage - \hbox to 1em{\hss\doregisterpagehowto{#1}{#2}\hss}} - -\def\setregisterpage#1% - {\let\registerpageseparator=\empty - \processaction - [\getvalue{\??id#1\c!symbool}] - [ \c!n=>{\def\doregisterpage##1[##2]% - {\doregisterpagelocation{#1}{\registerpagenumber}\/}}, - \c!a=>{\def\doregisterpage##1[##2]% - {\doregisterpagelocation{#1}{\character{\registerpagenumber}\/}}}, - 1=>{\def\doregisterpage##1[##2]% - {\doregisterpagelocation{#1}{$\bullet$}}}, - 2=>{\def\doregisterpage##1[##2]% - {\doregisterpagelocation{#1}{\vrule\!!width1em\!!height1ex\!!depth\!!zeropoint}}}, - \v!geen=>{\def\doregisterpage##1[##2]{}},% - \s!unknown=>{\def\registerpagesymbol{\getvalue{\??id#1\c!symbool}}% - \def\doregisterpage##1[##2]% - {\doregisterpagelocation{#1}{\registerpagesymbol}}}, - \s!default=>{\def\registerpageseparator% - {,}% - \def\doregisterpage##1[##2]% - {\doregisterpagehowto{##1} - {\strut - \paginaprefix{\??id##1}[##2]% - \translatednumber[##2]}}}]} - -\let\registerpagehowto\empty -\let\registertexthowto\empty - -\def\setregisterhowto[#1,#2]% - {\def\registerpagehowto{#1}% - \def\registertexthowto{#2}}% - -\def\doregistertexthowto#1#2% - {\dostartattributes{\??id#1\registertexthowto}\c!tekstletter\c!tekstkleur{}% - \getvalue{\??id#1\c!tekstcommando}{#2}% - \dostopattributes} - -\def\doregisterpagehowto#1#2% - {\dostartattributes{\??id#1\registerpagehowto}\c!paginaletter\c!paginakleur{}% - \getvalue{\??id#1\c!paginacommando}{#2}% - \dostopattributes} - -\def\registerentry #1{\executeifdefined{#1\s!entry}\gobbleoneargument} -\def\registerentrya#1{\executeifdefined{#1\s!entrya}\gobbleoneargument} -\def\registerentryb#1{\executeifdefined{#1\s!entryb}\gobbleoneargument} -\def\registerentryc#1{\executeifdefined{#1\s!entryc}\gobbleoneargument} -\def\registersee #1{\executeifdefined{#1\s!see}\gobblethrearguments} -\def\registerpage #1{\executeifdefined{#1\s!page}\gobblefourarguments} -\def\registerfrom #1{\executeifdefined{#1\s!from}\gobblefourarguments} -\def\registerto #1{\executeifdefined{#1\s!to}\gobblefourarguments} - -\def\doresetregister#1% - {\letvalue{#1\s!entrya}=\gobbleoneargument - \letvalue{#1\s!entryb}=\gobbleoneargument - \letvalue{#1\s!entryc}=\gobbleoneargument - \letvalue {#1\s!see}=\gobblethreearguments - \letvalue {#1\s!page}=\gobblefourarguments - \letvalue {#1\s!from}=\gobblefourarguments - \letvalue {#1\s!to}=\gobblefourarguments - \letvalue {#1\s!entry}=\gobbleoneargument} - -\newif\iffirstsubentry -\newif\iffirstsubsubentry - -\newcounter\currententrylevel - -\let\c!entryletter=\empty -\let\c!entrya =\relax -\let\c!entryb =\relax -\let\c!entryc =\relax - -% \def\dosetpageregister#1% -% {\dosetreglevel{\getvalue{\??id#1\c!criterium}}% -% \setregisterpage{#1}% -% \setvalue{#1\s!entrya}##1% -% {\edef\currententrylevel{1}% -% \global\let\c!entryb=\relax -% \global\let\c!entryc=\relax -% \gdef\c!entrya% -% {\global\firstregisterpagetrue -% \endgraf -% \hangindent1em\noindent -% \dohandleregisterentry{##1}% -% \global\firstsubentrytrue -% \global\firstsubsubentrytrue}}% -% \setvalue{#1\s!entryb}##1% -% {\edef\currententrylevel{2}% -% \global\let\c!entryc=\relax -% \global\def\c!entryb% -% {\global\firstregisterpagetrue -% \global\let\c!entrya=\relax -% \endgraf -% \iffirstsubentry\nobreak\fi -% \hangindent2em\noindent\hskip1em\relax -% \dohandleregisterentry{##1}% -% \global\firstsubentryfalse -% \global\firstsubsubentrytrue}}% -% \setvalue{#1\s!entryc}##1% -% {\edef\currententrylevel{3}% -% \gdef\c!entryc% -% {\global\firstregisterpagetrue -% \global\let\c!entrya=\relax -% \global\let\c!entryb=\relax -% \endgraf -% \iffirstsubsubentry\nobreak\fi -% \hangindent3em\noindent\hskip2em\relax -% \dohandleregisterentry{##1}% -% \global\firstsubsubentryfalse}}% -% \setvalue{#1\s!page}##1##2##3% -% {\doifreglevelelse[##2] -% {\global\utilitydonetrue -% \c!entryletter -% \def\dohandleregisterentry####1% -% {\bgroup -% \if!!donea % \strut nieuw -% \setbox0=\hbox{\showlocation{\getvalue{\??id#1\c!tekstcommando}{\strut####1}}}% -% \gotonextinternal{\s!ind}{##1}{##3}{\copy0}% -% \else -% \getvalue{\??id#1\c!tekstcommando}{####1}% -% \fi -% \egroup -% \!!doneafalse}% -% \!!doneafalse -% \doifelsevalue{\??id#1\c!interactie}{\v!tekst} -% {\ifcase\currententrylevel -% \or -% \!!doneatrue\c!entrya\c!entryb\c!entryc -% \or -% \c!entrya\!!doneatrue\c!entryb\c!entryc -% \or -% \c!entrya\c!entryb\!!doneatrue\c!entryc -% \fi} -% {\c!entrya\c!entryb\c!entryc}% -% \global\let\c!entrya=\relax -% \global\let\c!entryb=\relax -% \global\let\c!entryc=\relax -% \global\let\c!entryletter=\relax -% \iffirstregisterpage -% \expandafter\hskip\getvalue{\??id#1\c!afstand}\relax -% \else -% \registerpageseparator % || Moet anders -% |\spatie|\relax % \relax needed because | looks ahead -% \fi -% \doifelsevalue{\??id#1\c!interactie}{\v!paginanummer} -% {\bgroup -% \setbox0=\hbox{\showlocation{\doregisterpage{#1}[##2]}}% -% \gotonextinternal{\s!ind}{##1}{##3}{\copy0}% -% \egroup} -% {\hbox{\doregisterpage{#1}[##2]}}% -% \ignorespaces -% \global\firstregisterpagefalse} -% {}}% -% \setvalue{#1\s!see}##1##2% -% {\doifreglevelelse[##2::0] -% {{\global\utilitydonetrue -% \def\dohandleregisterentry####1% dubbelop | \strut nieuw -% {\getvalue{\??id#1\c!tekstcommando}{\strut####1}}% -% \ifcase\currententrylevel % \e!zie must be label -% \getvalue{#1\s!entrya}{\sl\e!zie\space##1}% -% \or -% \getvalue{#1\s!entryb}{\sl\e!zie\space##1}% -% \or -% \getvalue{#1\s!entryc}{\sl\e!zie\space##1}% -% \fi -% \c!entryletter\c!entrya\c!entryb\c!entryc -% \global\let\c!entrya=\relax -% \global\let\c!entryb=\relax -% \global\let\c!entryc=\relax -% \global\let\c!entryletter=\relax -% \global\firstregisterpagefalse}} -% {}}% -% \setvalue{#1\s!entry}##1% -% {\gdef\c!entryletter% -% {\global\let\c!entryletter=\relax -% \global\utilitydonetrue -% \getvalue{\??id#1\c!voor}% -% %\vskip\lineheight\vskip-\lineheight\goodbreak -% \vskip\lineheight\goodbreak\vskip-\lineheight -% \doifelsevalue{\??id#1\c!aanduiding}{\v!ja} -% {\ifhmode\unskip\else\noindent\fi -% \getvalue{\??id#1\c!commando}% % needed -% {\doattributes{\??id#1}\c!letter\c!kleur -% {\doifvalue{\??id#1\c!refereren}{\v!aan} -% {\pagereference[#1:##1]}% -% \strut\ignorespaces##1}}% -% \getvalue{\??id#1\c!na}% -% \par\nobreak} % don't use \string##1, other hack -% {\goodbreak % needed ##1 can be \string... -% \doifvalue{\??id#1\c!refereren}{\v!aan} -% {\pagereference[#1:##1]}}}}} - -\chardef\lastregisterpagestatus=0 - -\def\dosetpageregisterpage#1#2#3#4#5#6% - {\doifreglevelelse[#5] - {\global\utilitydonetrue - \c!entryletter - \setregisterhowto[#3]% - \def\dohandleregisterentry##1% - {\bgroup - \if!!donea % \strut nieuw - \setbox0=\hbox{\showlocation{\doregistertexthowto{#2}{\strut##1}}}% - \gotonextinternal{\s!ind}{#4}{#6}{\copy0}% - \else - \doregistertexthowto{#2}{##1}% - \fi - \egroup - \!!doneafalse}% - \!!doneafalse - \doifelsevalue{\??id#2\c!interactie}{\v!tekst} - {\ifcase\currententrylevel \or - \!!doneatrue\c!entrya\c!entryb\c!entryc \or - \c!entrya\!!doneatrue\c!entryb\c!entryc \or - \c!entrya\c!entryb\!!doneatrue\c!entryc \fi} - {\c!entrya\c!entryb\c!entryc}% - \global\let\c!entrya=\relax - \global\let\c!entryb=\relax - \global\let\c!entryc=\relax - \global\let\c!entryletter=\relax - \iffirstregisterpage - \global\chardef\lastregisterpagestatus=0 - \expandafter\hskip\getvalue{\??id#2\c!afstand}\relax - \donetrue - \else\ifnum#1=3 - |--|\relax % -- ! - \donetrue - \else\ifnum\lastregisterpagestatus=2 - \donefalse % waiting for "to" pagenumber - \else - \registerpageseparator - |\spatie|\relax % \relax needed because | looks ahead - \donetrue - \fi\fi\fi - \ifdone - \doifelsevalue{\??id#2\c!interactie}{\v!paginanummer} - {\bgroup - \setbox0=\hbox - {\showlocation{\doregisterpage{#2}[#5]\ifnum#1=2\/\fi}}% - \gotonextinternal{\s!ind}{#4}{#6}{\copy0}% - \egroup} - {\hbox{\doregisterpage{#2}[#5]\ifnum#1=2\/\fi}}% - \ignorespaces - \global\chardef\lastregisterpagestatus=#1\relax - \fi - \global\firstregisterpagefalse} - {}} - -\def\dosetpageregistersee#1#2#3#4% - {\doifreglevelelse[#4::0] - {{\global\utilitydonetrue - \setregisterhowto[#2]% - \def\dohandleregisterentry##1% dubbelop | \strut nieuw - {\doregistertexthowto{#1}{\strut##1}}% - \getvalue - {#1\ifcase\currententrylevel\s!entrya\or\s!entryb\else\s!entryc\fi}% - {\doregisterpagehowto{#1}{\labeltext\v!zie\space#3}}% - \c!entryletter\c!entrya\c!entryb\c!entryc - \global\let\c!entrya=\relax - \global\let\c!entryb=\relax - \global\let\c!entryc=\relax - \global\let\c!entryletter=\relax - \global\chardef\lastregisterpagestatus=0 - \global\firstregisterpagefalse}} - {}} - -\def\dosetpageregisterletter#1#2% - {\gdef\c!entryletter% - {\global\let\c!entryletter=\relax - \global\utilitydonetrue - \getvalue{\??id#1\c!voor}% - %\vskip\lineheight\vskip-\lineheight\goodbreak - \vskip\lineheight\goodbreak\vskip-\lineheight - \doifelsevalue{\??id#1\c!aanduiding}{\v!ja} - {\ifhmode\unskip\else\noindent\fi - \getvalue{\??id#1\c!commando}% % needed - {\doattributes{\??id#1}\c!letter\c!kleur - {\doifvalue{\??id#1\c!refereren}{\v!aan} - {\pagereference[#1:#2]}% - \strut\ignorespaces#2}}% - \getvalue{\??id#1\c!na}% - \par\nobreak} % don't use \string#2, other hack - {\goodbreak % needed #2 can be \string... - \doifvalue{\??id#1\c!refereren}{\v!aan} - {\pagereference[#1:#2]}}}} - -\def\dosetpageregisterentrya#1#2% - {\edef\currententrylevel{1}% - \global\let\c!entryb=\relax - \global\let\c!entryc=\relax - \gdef\c!entrya% - {\global\firstregisterpagetrue - \endgraf - \hangindent1em\noindent - \dohandleregisterentry{#2}% - \global\firstsubentrytrue - \global\firstsubsubentrytrue}} - -\def\dosetpageregisterentryb#1#2% - {\edef\currententrylevel{2}% - \global\let\c!entryc=\relax - \global\def\c!entryb% - {\global\firstregisterpagetrue - \global\let\c!entrya=\relax - \endgraf - \iffirstsubentry\nobreak\fi - \hangindent2em\noindent\hskip1em\relax - \dohandleregisterentry{#2}% - \global\firstsubentryfalse - \global\firstsubsubentrytrue}} - -\def\dosetpageregisterentryc#1#2% - {\edef\currententrylevel{3}% - \gdef\c!entryc% - {\global\firstregisterpagetrue - \global\let\c!entrya=\relax - \global\let\c!entryb=\relax - \endgraf - \iffirstsubsubentry\nobreak\fi - \hangindent3em\noindent\hskip2em\relax - \dohandleregisterentry{#2}% - \global\firstsubsubentryfalse}} - -\def\dosetpageregister#1% - {\dosetreglevel{\getvalue{\??id#1\c!criterium}}% - \setregisterpage{#1}% - \chardef\lastregisterpagestatus=0 - \setvalue{#1\s!entrya}{\dosetpageregisterentrya {#1}}% - \setvalue{#1\s!entryb}{\dosetpageregisterentryb {#1}}% - \setvalue{#1\s!entryc}{\dosetpageregisterentryc {#1}}% - \setvalue {#1\s!page}{\dosetpageregisterpage{1}{#1}}% - \setvalue {#1\s!from}{\dosetpageregisterpage{2}{#1}}% - \setvalue {#1\s!to}{\dosetpageregisterpage{3}{#1}}% - \setvalue {#1\s!see}{\dosetpageregistersee {#1}}% - \setvalue {#1\s!entry}{\dosetpageregisterletter {#1}}} - -\def\getalllistreferences#1#2% - {\convertargument#2\to\currentregisterentry - \doifdefinedelse{\??id#1\??id\currentregisterentry} - {\edef\alllistreferences% - {\getvalue{\??id#1\??id\currentregisterentry}}% - \beforesplitstring\alllistreferences\at::\to\internallistreference - \aftersplitstring\alllistreferences\at::\to\alllistreferences} - {\let\alllistreferences=\empty - \def\internallistreference{0}}} - -\def\dosetlinkregister#1% is die page reference echt nodig? - {\dosetreglevel{\getvalue{\??id#1\c!criterium}}% - \setregisterpage{#1}% - \setvalue{#1\s!entrya}##1% - {\global\utilitydonetrue - \c!entryletter - \iflocation - \getalllistreferences{#1}{##1}% - \endgraf\hangindent1em\noindent - % - %\thisissomeinternal{\s!lin}{\internallistreference}% - % - \pagereference[\s!lin:\internallistreference]% - % - \getcommacommandsize[\alllistreferences]% - \getfromcommacommand[\alllistreferences][1]% - \ifnum\commalistsize=1 - \let\firstlistreference=\empty - \let\midlistreference=\commalistelement - \let\lastlistreference=\empty - \else - \let\firstlistreference=\commalistelement - \getfromcommacommand[\alllistreferences][\commalistsize]% - \let\lastlistreference=\commalistelement - \ifnum\commalistsize=2 - \let\midlistreference=\empty - \else - \!!counta=\commalistsize - \divide\!!counta by 2 - \getfromcommacommand[\alllistreferences][\!!counta]% - \let\midlistreference=\commalistelement - \fi - \fi - % \hskip-.25em\relax ?????? - \getvalue{\??id#1\c!tekstcommando}{##1}% - \hskip\getvalue{\??id#1\c!afstand}% - \def\dodocommando[####1-####2]% - {\gotonextinternal{\s!ind}{####1}{####2}{\copy0}}% - \def\docommando####1####2% - {\setbox0=\hbox{\showlocation{\hbox to 1em{\hss\symbol[####2]\hss}}}% - \ifx####1\empty - % \hskip\wd0 % (optioneel maken) - \else - \expandafter\dodocommando\expandafter[####1]% - \fi}% - {\docommando\firstlistreference\v!vorige}% - {\docommando\midlistreference\v!ergens}% - {\docommando\lastlistreference\v!volgende}% - \else - ##1% - \fi}% - \setvalue{#1\s!entry}##1% hetzelfde dus gemeenschappelijk - {\gdef\c!entryletter% - {\global\utilitydonetrue - \global\let\c!entryletter=\relax - \getvalue{\??id#1\c!voor}% - %\vskip\lineheight\vskip-\lineheight\goodbreak - \vskip\lineheight\goodbreak\vskip-\lineheight - \doifelsevalue{\??id#1\c!aanduiding}{\v!ja} - {\ifhmode\unskip\else\noindent\fi - \getvalue{\??id#1\c!commando}% % needed - {\doattributes{\??id#1}\c!letter\c!kleur - {\doifvalue{\??id#1\c!refereren}{\v!aan} - {\pagereference[#1:##1]}% - \strut##1}}% - \getvalue{\??id#1\c!na}% - \par\nobreak} % don't use \string##1, other hack - {\goodbreak % needed ##1 can be \string... - \doifvalue{\??id#1\c!refereren}{\v!aan} - {\pagereference[#1:##1]}}}}} - -\def\dosetregister#1% - {\doifelsevalue{\??id#1\c!koppeling}{\v!ja} - {\dosetlinkregister{#1}} - {\dosetpageregister{#1}}} - -\newcounter\internallistreference - -% \def\doloadregisterlinks#1% -% {\dosetreglevel{\getvalue{\??id#1\c!criterium}}% -% \setregisterpage{#1}% -% \setvalue{#1\s!entrya}##1% -% {\global\firstregisterpagetrue -% \doglobal\convertargument##1\to\currentregisterentry % \doglobal nodig? -% \doglobal\increment\internallistreference}% -% \setvalue{#1\s!page}##1##2##3% -% {\doifreglevelelse[##2] -% {\global\utilitydonetrue -% \iffirstregisterpage -% \global\firstregisterpagefalse -% \setxvalue{\??id#1\??id\currentregisterentry}% -% {\internallistreference::##1-##3}% -% \else -% \setxvalue{\??id#1\??id\currentregisterentry}% -% {\getvalue{\??id#1\??id\currentregisterentry},##1-##3}% -% \fi} -% {}}} - -\def\doloadregisterlinks#1% - {\dosetreglevel{\getvalue{\??id#1\c!criterium}}% - \setregisterpage{#1}% - \setvalue{#1\s!entrya}##1% - {\global\firstregisterpagetrue - \doglobal\convertargument##1\to\currentregisterentry % \doglobal nodig? - \doglobal\increment\internallistreference}% - \setvalue{#1\s!from}% - {\getvalue{#1\s!page}}% - \setvalue{#1\s!page}##1##2##3##4% - {\doifreglevelelse[##3] - {\global\utilitydonetrue - \iffirstregisterpage - \global\firstregisterpagefalse - \setxvalue{\??id#1\??id\currentregisterentry}% - {\internallistreference::##2-##4}% - \else - \setxvalue{\??id#1\??id\currentregisterentry}% - {\getvalue{\??id#1\??id\currentregisterentry},##2-##4}% - \fi} - {}}} - -\def\dokoppelregister[#1][#2]% - {\iflocation - \begingroup - \let\dosetregister=\doloadregisterlinks - \stelregisterin[#1][#2]% - \doutilities{#1}{\jobname}{#1}{}{}% - \endgroup - \fi} - -\def\koppelregister% - {\dodoubleempty\dokoppelregister} - -\def\doprocesslinkedregister[#1][#2]#3% - {\hbox - {\doprocessregister[#2]{#3}% - \let\firstlistreference=\empty - \let\lastlistreference=\empty - \let\selflistreference=\empty - \let\prevlistreference=\empty - \let\nextlistreference=\empty - \getalllistreferences{#1}{#3}% - \doifnot{\alllistreferences}{} - {\def\dodocommando[##1-##2]% - {\ifx\firstlistreference\empty - \def\firstlistreference{##1-##2}% - \fi - \def\lastlistreference{##1-##2}% - \ifnum##1<\nextinternalreference\relax - \def\prevlistreference{##1-##2}% - \else\ifnum##1>\nextinternalreference\relax - \def\nextlistreference{##1-##2}% - \def\dodocommando[####1-####2]% - {\def\lastlistreference{####1-####2}}% - \else - \def\selflistreference{##1-##2}% - \fi\fi}% - \def\docommando##1% - {\dodocommando[##1]}% - \processcommacommand[\alllistreferences]\docommando}% - \ifx\prevlistreference\empty - \let\prevlistreference=\lastlistreference - \fi - \ifx\nextlistreference\empty - \let\nextlistreference=\firstlistreference - \fi - \ifx\prevlistreference\selflistreference - \let\prevlistreference=\empty - \let\nextlistreference=\empty - \fi -% -% \def\dodocommando[##1-##2]% -% {\gotonextinternal{\s!ind}{##1}{##2}{\copy0}}% -% \def\docommando##1##2% -% {\setbox0=\hbox to 1em{\hss\showlocation{\symbol[##2]}\hss}% -% \ifx##1\empty -% \hskip\wd0 % (optioneel maken) -% \else -% \expandafter\dodocommando\expandafter[##1]% -% \fi}% -% \bgroup -% \docommando\prevlistreference{\v!vorige}% -% \egroup -% \bgroup -% \doifreferencefoundelse{\s!lin:\internallistreference} -% {\gotosomeinternal -% {\s!lin}{\internallistreference}{\currentrealreference} -% {\showlocation{#3}}} -% {\hbox{#3}}% -% \egroup -% \bgroup -% \docommando\nextlistreference{\v!volgende}% -% \egroup}} -% - \def\dodocommando[##1-##2]% - {\gotonextinternal{\s!ind}{##1}{##2}{\copy0}}% - \def\docommando##1##2% - {\bgroup - \ifx##1\empty - \doifvalue{\??id#1\c!onbekendeverwijzing}{\v!leeg} - {\hskip1em}% - \else - \setbox0=\hbox to 1em{\hss\showlocation{\symbol[##2]}\hss}% - \expandafter\dodocommando\expandafter[##1]% - \fi - \egroup}% - \processaction - [\getvalue{\??id#1\c!plaats}] - [\v!midden=>\docommando\prevlistreference\v!vorige, - \v!links=>\docommando\prevlistreference\v!vorige - \docommando\nextlistreference\v!volgende]% - \doifreferencefoundelse{\s!lin:\internallistreference} - {\gotosomeinternal - {\s!lin}{\internallistreference}{\currentrealreference} - {\showlocation{#3}}} - {\hbox{#3}}% - \processaction - [\getvalue{\??id#1\c!plaats}] - [ \v!midden=>\docommando\nextlistreference\v!volgende, - \v!rechts=>\docommando\prevlistreference\v!vorige - \docommando\nextlistreference\v!volgende]}} - -\def\dodolinkedregister[#1][#2]#3% - {\bgroup - \chardef\registerpagestatus=1 - \def\currentregister{#1}% - \iflocation - \doifelsevalue{\??id#1\c!koppeling}{\v!ja} - {\def\next{\doprocesslinkedregister[#1][#2]{#3}}} - {\def\next{\doprocessregister[#2]{#3}}}% ook hier [#1] - \else - \def\next{\doprocessregister[#2]{#3}}% - \fi - \next - \egroup - \ifvmode\nobreak\fi - \GotoPar} - -\def\dolinkedregister#1% - {\dodoubleempty\dodolinkedregister[#1]} - -\def\complexdoplaatsregister[#1]% - {\begingroup - \stelregisterin[\currentregister][#1]% - \raggedright - \startkolommen - [\c!n=\getvalue{\??id\currentregister\c!n}, - \c!balanceren=\getvalue{\??id\currentregister\c!balanceren}, - \c!uitlijnen=\getvalue{\??id\currentregister\c!uitlijnen}]% - \mindermeldingen - \startopelkaar[\v!blanko]% - \doutilities{\currentregister}{\jobname}{\currentregister}{}{\par}% - \stopopelkaar - \stopkolommen - \endgroup} - -\def\doplaatsregister[#1]% - {\def\currentregister{#1}% - \complexorsimpleempty\doplaatsregister} - -\def\plaatsregister% - {\dosingleargument\doplaatsregister} - -\def\complexdovolledigregister[#1]% \@EA's kunnen weg - {\@EA\plaatsvolledig\@EA{\@EA\systemsuppliedchapter\@EA}% - \@EA{\@EA\currentregister\@EA}% - \@EA{\@EA\headtext\@EA{\currentregister}}% - {\complexdoplaatsregister[#1]}} - -\def\dovolledigregister[#1]% - {\def\currentregister{#1}% - \complexorsimpleempty\dovolledigregister} - -\def\volledigregister% - {\dosingleargument\doplaatsregister} - -\def\dodefinieerregister[#1][#2]% - {\stelregisterin[#1]% - [\c!n=2, - \c!balanceren=\v!ja, % \v!nee komt niet zo vaak voor - \c!uitlijnen=\v!nee, - \c!voor=\blanko, % binnen kolommen: \blanko[\v!regel] - \c!na=, - \c!symbool=, - \c!interactie=\v!paginanummer, - \c!afstand=1em, - \c!letter=\v!vet, - \c!paginaletter=\v!schuin, - \c!aanduiding=\v!ja, - \v!deel\v!nummer=\v!ja, % v - \v!hoofdstuk\c!nummer=\v!nee, - \c!criterium=\v!alles, - \c!commando=, - \c!refereren=\v!aan, - \c!plaats=\v!midden, - \c!onbekendeverwijzing=\v!leeg]% - \presetheadtext[#1=\Word{#1}]% - \setvalue{#1}% - {\doregister{#1}}% - \setvalue{\e!gekoppelde#1}% - {\dolinkedregister{#1}}% - \setvalue{\s!set#1}% - {\dosetregister{#1}}% - \setvalue{\s!reset#1}% - {\doresetregister{#1}}% - \addutilityreset{#1}% - \setvalue{\e!zie#1}% - {\dozieregister{#1}}% - \setvalue{\e!plaats#1}% - {\doplaatsregister[#1]}% - \setvalue{\e!volledige#1}% - {\dovolledigregister[#1]}% - \setvalue{\e!stel#1\e!in}[##1]% - {\getparameters[\??id#1][##1]}} - -\def\definieerregister% - {\dodoubleargument\dodefinieerregister} - -\def\registerlengte {\utilityregisterlength} - -\def\utilityregisterlength {0} - -\def\dobepaalregisterkenmerken[#1][#2]% - {\begingroup - \stelregisterin[#1][#2]% - \dosetreglevel{\getvalue{\??id#1\c!criterium}}% - \setvalue{#1\s!from}% - {\getvalue{#1\s!page}}% - \setvalue{#1\s!page}##1##2##3##4% - {\doifreglevelelse[##3] - {\doglobal\increment\utilitylistlength - \global\utilitydonetrue} - {}}% - \doglobal\newcounter\utilityregisterlength - \setbox0=\vbox - {\doutilities{#1}{\jobname}{#1}{}{}}% - \endgroup - \ifregistergeplaatst\enablemode[\e!register]\else\disablemode[\e!register]\fi} - -\def\bepaalregisterkenmerken% - {\dodoubleempty\dobepaalregisterkenmerken} - -%I n=Index -%I c=\index,\zieindex,\volledigeindex -%I -%I Een ingang naar de index wordt gecreeerd met: -%I -%I \index[ascii]{ingang+ingang+ingang} -%I -%I Een verwijzing wordt gecreerd met: -%I -%I \zieindex[ascii]{ingang+ingang+ingang}{andere ingang} -%I -%I Een index kan (vooralsnog) alleen een eenvoudig -%I zetcommando afhandelen, bijvoorbeeld: \index{\bf{test}} of -%I \index{\kap{anwb}}. Meer is vaak niet nodig. -%I -%I Als een ingang niet goed gesorteerd wordt, dient [ascii] -%I te worden meegegeven: \index[anwb]{\kap{anwb}}. -%I -%I Een index wordt gegenereerd met: -%I -%I \plaatsindex -%I \volledigeindex - -%T n=index -%T m=ind -%T a=i -%T -%T \index{?} - %I n=Buffers %I c=\startbuffer,\haalbuffer,\typebuffer %I @@ -14673,7 +14197,6 @@ %I terwijl voor het eerste woord spaties moeten staan, er %I bewust wel (!) een naam moet worden opgegeven. - % \EveryPar% % {\doglobal\newcounter\NOfLines} % @@ -14713,8 +14236,12 @@ \egroup \getvalue{#3}}% \doifelsenothing{#1} - {\immediate\openout\tmpblocks=\jobname.\f!temporaryextension} - {\immediate\openout\tmpblocks=#1.\f!temporaryextension}% + %{\immediate\openout\tmpblocks=\jobname.\f!temporaryextension} + %{\immediate\openout\tmpblocks=#1.\f!temporaryextension}% + %{\immediate\openout\tmpblocks=\bufferprefix\jobname.\f!temporaryextension} + %{\immediate\openout\tmpblocks=\bufferprefix#1.\f!temporaryextension}% + {\immediate\openout\tmpblocks=\TEXbufferfile{\jobname}} + {\immediate\openout\tmpblocks=\TEXbufferfile{#1}}% \newcounter\nestedbufferlevel \setupcopyblock \let\writeoutblocks\gobbleoneargument @@ -14730,7 +14257,7 @@ % \setbuffer[name]#2\endbuffer : saves to file #1.tmp \def\setbuffer[#1]#2\endbuffer% - {\immediate\openout\tmpblocks=#1.\f!temporaryextension + {\immediate\openout\tmpblocks=\TEXbufferfile{#1}% \convertargument#2\to\ascii \immediate\write\tmpblocks{\ascii}% \immediate\closeout\tmpblocks} @@ -14739,7 +14266,7 @@ {\def\dodobuffer##1% {\showmessage{\m!systems}{#1}{##1}% \beginrestorecatcodes - #3{##1.\f!temporaryextension}{}{}% + #3{\TEXbufferfile{##1}}{}{}% \endrestorecatcodes}% \doifelsenothing{#2} {\dodobuffer\jobname} @@ -14781,7 +14308,7 @@ \fi} \def\dodefinieerbuffer[#1]% - {\iffirstargument % else problems + {\iffirstargument % else problems \doglobal\increment\nofdefinedbuffers \setevalue{\e!start#1}% {\noexpand\dostartbuffer[def-\nofdefinedbuffers][\e!start#1][\e!stop#1]}% @@ -14884,10 +14411,10 @@ % de in de \answer-macro van Knuth gebruikte copieermethode. % Blokken kunnen worden % -% \gehandhaafd : in de tekst worden opgenomen ‚n gecopieerd -% \verborgen : alleen worden gecopieerd -% \gebruikt : later in de tekst worden opgenomen -% \geselecteerd : later selectief in de tekst worden opgenomen +% gehandhaafd : in de tekst worden opgenomen ‚n gecopieerd +% verborgen : alleen worden gecopieerd +% gebruikt : later in de tekst worden opgenomen +% geselecteerd : later selectief in de tekst worden opgenomen % % Ieder blok wordt gecopieerd naar de file 'jobname.tmp'. % Daarnaast wordt een blok tijdelijk opgeslagen in de file @@ -14969,7 +14496,7 @@ \newif\ifoldinbijlagen \def\opentmpblock% - {\immediate\openout\tmpblocks=\f!utilityfilename.\f!temporaryextension} + {\immediate\openout\tmpblocks=\TEXbufferfile{\f!utilityfilename}} \def\closetmpblock% {\immediate\write\tmpblocks{}% een lege regel is handig voor \par commando's @@ -15039,7 +14566,7 @@ {\showmessage{\m!textblocks}{4}{}}% \endrestorecatcodes} -%\def\setupcopyblock% kan vlotter +%\def\setupcopyblock% kan vlotter % {\!!counta=1\relax % \loop % \catcode\!!counta=\@@other @@ -15150,7 +14677,7 @@ \saveblock} \def\loadoneblock% - {\readjobfile{\f!utilityfilename.\f!temporaryextension}{}{}} + {\readjobfile{\TEXbufferfile{\f!utilityfilename}}{}{}} \def\dodefinieerblok[#1]% {\passeerblok[#1]% @@ -15319,11 +14846,11 @@ % \skipblock{#1}}% % \fi % \next} -% +% % \def\dogebruikblok[#1][#2]% % {\setvalue{\s!thisisblock#1}##1[##2]% % {\dodogebruikblok{#1}{##1}{##2}{#2}}} -% +% % \def\dogebruikblokken[#1][#2]% % {\def\docommando##1% % {\dogebruikblok[##1][#2]}% @@ -15332,23 +14859,23 @@ % \doifdefined{\??tb\commalistelement\c!file} % {\loadallblocks{\getvalue{\??tb\commalistelement\c!file}}}% % \endgroup} -% +% % \def\gebruikblokken% % {\begingroup % \doassign[\??bs][\c!criterium=\v!alles]% % \dodoubleempty\dogebruikblokken} -\newconditional\processblockstatus +\newconditional\processblockstatus \newconditional\dummyblockstatus \def\dodogebruikblok#1#2#3#4% {\getblockstatus{#2}% \ifblockpermitted - \setfalse\dummyblockstatus + \setfalse\dummyblockstatus \doifelsenothing{#4} {\edef\bloktitel{#1}} {\doifnotcommon{#3}{#4} - {\ifconditional\processblockstatus + {\ifconditional\processblockstatus \settrue\dummyblockstatus \else \global\blockpermittedfalse @@ -15473,18 +15000,58 @@ \newbox\leftbackground \newbox\rightbackground -\def\doaddpagebackground#1#2% - {\doifvaluesomething{\??ma#1\c!achtergrond} - {\setbox2=\vbox - {\offinterlineskip - \localframed - [\??ma#1] - [\c!breedte=\papierbreedte,\c!hoogte=\papierhoogte]%, \c!offset=\v!overlay] - {\getvalue{\??ma#1\c!commando}}}% - \wd2=\!!zeropoint - \dp2=\!!zeropoint - \setbox#2=\vbox - {\hbox{\box2\box#2}}}} +% \getvalue{\??ma#1\c!commando} is obsolete; replaced by overlay +% +% \def\doaddpagebackground#1#2% +% {\doifvaluesomething{\??ma#1\c!achtergrond} +% {\setbox2=\vbox +% {\offinterlineskip +% \localframed +% [\??ma#1] +% [\c!breedte=\papierbreedte,\c!hoogte=\papierhoogte]%, \c!offset=\v!overlay] +% {\getvalue{\??ma#1\c!commando}}}% +% \wd2=\!!zeropoint +% \dp2=\!!zeropoint +% \setbox#2=\vbox +% {\hbox{\box2\box#2}}}} + +%\def\doaddpagebackground#1#2% +% {\doifvaluesomething{\??ma#1\c!achtergrond} +% {\edef\setpagebackgrounddepth% +% {\dp#2=\the\dp#2}% +% \setbox#2=\vbox\localframed +% [\??ma#1] +% [\c!strut=\v!nee,\c!breedte=\papierbreedte,\c!hoogte=\papierhoogte] +% {\dp#2=\!!zeropoint\box#2}% +% \setpagebackgrounddepth}} + +\def\ifsomebackgroundfound#1% + {\edef\!!stringe{\??ma#1}% + \doifelsevaluenothing{\!!stringe\c!achtergrond} + {\doifelsevalue{\!!stringe\c!kader }\v!aan\!!doneatrue + {\doifelsevalue{\!!stringe\c!linkerkader }\v!aan\!!doneatrue + {\doifelsevalue{\!!stringe\c!rechterkader}\v!aan\!!doneatrue + {\doifelsevalue{\!!stringe\c!bovenkader }\v!aan\!!doneatrue + {\doifelsevalue{\!!stringe\c!onderkader }\v!aan\!!doneatrue + \!!doneafalse}}}}} + \!!doneatrue + \if!!donea} + +\def\doaddpagebackground#1#2% + {\doifelsevaluenothing{\??ma#1\c!achtergrond} + {\doifelsevaluenothing{\??ma#1\c!kader} + {\donefalse} + {\donetrue}} + {\donetrue}% + \ifdone + \edef\setpagebackgrounddepth% + {\dp#2=\the\dp#2}% + \setbox#2=\vbox\localframed + [\??ma#1] + [\c!strut=\v!nee,\c!breedte=\papierbreedte,\c!hoogte=\papierhoogte] + {\dp#2=\!!zeropoint\box#2}% + \setpagebackgrounddepth + \fi} \def\addpagebackground#1% {\doifbothsidesoverruled @@ -15505,32 +15072,8 @@ % #3 = pos % #4 = pos -% \def\dododopagebodybackground#1#2#3#4% -% {\doifelsevaluenothing{\??ma#3#4\c!achtergrond} -% {\doifelsevalue{\??ma#3#4\c!kader}{\v!aan} % niet waterdicht, ook deelkaders -% {\!!doneatrue} -% {\!!doneafalse}} -% {\!!doneatrue}% -% \if!!donea -% \localframed -% [\??ma#3#4] -% [\c!breedte=#1,\c!hoogte=#2,\c!offset=\v!overlay] -% {\getvalue{\??ma#3#4\c!commando}}% -% \else -% \hskip#1% -% \fi} - \def\dododopagebodybackground#1#2#3#4% - {\edef\!!stringe{\??ma#3#4}% - \doifelsevaluenothing{\!!stringe\c!achtergrond } - {\doifelsevalue{\!!stringe\c!kader }\v!aan\!!doneatrue - {\doifelsevalue{\!!stringe\c!linkerkader }\v!aan\!!doneatrue - {\doifelsevalue{\!!stringe\c!rechterkader}\v!aan\!!doneatrue - {\doifelsevalue{\!!stringe\c!bovenkader }\v!aan\!!doneatrue - {\doifelsevalue{\!!stringe\c!onderkader }\v!aan\!!doneatrue - \!!doneafalse}}}}} - \!!doneatrue - \if!!donea + {\ifsomebackgroundfound{#3#4}% \localframed [\??ma#3#4] [\c!breedte=#1,\c!hoogte=#2,\c!offset=\v!overlay] @@ -15588,11 +15131,11 @@ \setbackgroundbox\rightbackground\doswapmargins \fi %\global\newbackgroundfalse -\doifnot{\@@mastatus}{\v!herhaal}{\global\newbackgroundfalse}% + \doifnot{\@@mastatus}{\v!herhaal}{\global\newbackgroundfalse}% \doifelsevaluenothing{\??ma\v!tekst\v!tekst\c!achtergrond} {\global\let\pagebackgroundhoffset=\!!zeropoint \global\let\pagebackgroundvoffset=\!!zeropoint - \global\let\pagebackgrounddepth=\!!zeropoint} + \global\let\pagebackgrounddepth =\!!zeropoint} {\bgroup \dimen0=\getvalue{\??ma\v!pagina\c!offset}% \doifnothing @@ -15601,7 +15144,7 @@ {\xdef\pagebackgroundhoffset{\the\dimen0}}% \doifnothing {\getvalue{\??ma\v!tekst\v!rechterrand\c!achtergrond}% - \getvalue{\??ma\v!tekst\v!linkerrand\c!achtergrond}} + \getvalue{\??ma\v!tekst\v!linkerrand \c!achtergrond}} {\xdef\pagebackgroundvoffset{\the\dimen0}% \dimen0=\getvalue{\??ma\v!pagina\c!diepte}% \xdef\pagebackgrounddepth{\the\dimen0}}% @@ -15625,7 +15168,8 @@ {\def\dodocommando##1##2% {\copylocalframed[\??ma##1##2][\??ma\v!pagina]% \getparameters[\??ma##1##2] - [\c!achtergrond=,\c!kader=,\c!kleur=,\c!raster=]% + [\c!achtergrond=,\c!kader=,\c!kleur=,\c!raster=, + \c!onderkader=,\c!bovenkader=,\c!linkerkader=,\c!rechterkader=]% \copyparameters [\??ma##1##2\c!kader][\??ma##1##2] [\c!kleur,\c!raster]% @@ -15642,20 +15186,49 @@ \def\docheckbackgrounddefinitions% {\global\somebackgroundtrue}}} +% \def\dostelachtergrondenin[#1][#2][#3]% +% {\ifthirdargument +% \docheckbackgrounddefinitions +% \def\docommando##1% +% {\doifinsetelse{##1}{\v!pagina,\v!linkerpagina,\v!rechterpagina} +% {\getparameters[\??ma##1][#3]% +% \dosetpageseparation} +% {\def\dodocommando####1% +% {\getparameters[\??ma##1####1][#3]} +% \processcommalist[#2]\dodocommando}}% +% \processcommalist[#1]\docommando +% \else\ifsecondargument +% \docheckbackgrounddefinitions +% \doifcommonelse{#1}{\v!pagina,\v!linkerpagina,\v!rechterpagina} +% {\def\docommando##1% +% {\getparameters[\??ma##1][#2]}% +% \processcommalist[#1]\docommando +% \dosetpageseparation} +% {\dostelachtergrondenin +% [#1] +% [\v!linkerrand,\v!linkermarge,\v!tekst,\v!rechtermarge,\v!rechterrand] +% [#2]}% +% \else\iffirstargument +% \getparameters[\??ma][#1]% +% \fi\fi\fi +% \doifelse{\@@mastatus}{\v!stop} +% {\global\newbackgroundfalse} +% {\global\newbackgroundtrue}} + \def\dostelachtergrondenin[#1][#2][#3]% {\ifthirdargument \docheckbackgrounddefinitions \def\docommando##1% - {\doifinsetelse{##1}{\v!pagina,\v!linkerpagina,\v!rechterpagina} + {\doifinsetelse{##1}{\v!papier,\v!pagina,\v!linkerpagina,\v!rechterpagina} {\getparameters[\??ma##1][#3]% \dosetpageseparation} {\def\dodocommando####1% - {\getparameters[\??ma##1####1][#3]} + {\getparameters[\??ma##1####1][#3]}% \processcommalist[#2]\dodocommando}}% \processcommalist[#1]\docommando \else\ifsecondargument \docheckbackgrounddefinitions - \doifcommonelse{#1}{\v!pagina,\v!linkerpagina,\v!rechterpagina} + \doifcommonelse{#1}{\v!papier,\v!pagina,\v!linkerpagina,\v!rechterpagina} {\def\docommando##1% {\getparameters[\??ma##1][#2]}% \processcommalist[#1]\docommando @@ -15664,23 +15237,32 @@ [#1] [\v!linkerrand,\v!linkermarge,\v!tekst,\v!rechtermarge,\v!rechterrand] [#2]}% - \else\iffirstargument + \else\iffirstargument \getparameters[\??ma][#1]% \fi\fi\fi \doifelse{\@@mastatus}{\v!stop} {\global\newbackgroundfalse} {\global\newbackgroundtrue}} - + \def\stelachtergrondenin% {\dotripleempty\dostelachtergrondenin} % a lot of setups, including short ones +\presetlocalframed [\??ma\v!papier] \presetlocalframed [\??ma\v!pagina] \presetlocalframed [\??ma\v!linkerpagina] \presetlocalframed [\??ma\v!rechterpagina] \copyparameters + [\??ma\v!papier\c!kader][\??ma\v!pagina] + [\c!offset,\c!diepte,\c!straal,\c!hoek,\c!kleur,\c!raster] + +\copyparameters + [\??ma\v!papier\c!achtergrond][\??ma\v!pagina] + [\c!offset,\c!diepte,\c!straal,\c!hoek,\c!kleur,\c!raster] + +\copyparameters [\??ma\v!pagina\c!kader][\??ma\v!pagina] [\c!offset,\c!diepte,\c!straal,\c!hoek,\c!kleur,\c!raster] @@ -15869,11 +15451,11 @@ % \readlocfile{#1}{}{} % \doglobal\decrement\fileprocesslevel} -\def\processlocalfile#1#2% +\def\processlocalfile#1#2% {\doglobal\increment\fileprocesslevel \setxvalue{\c!file::\fileprocesslevel}{#2}% \@EA\doglobal\@EA\addtocommalist\@EA{#2}\processedfiles - #1{#2}{}{}% #1=\readlocfile|\readsetfile{dir} #2=filename + #1{#2}{}{}% #1=\readlocfile|\readsetfile{dir} #2=filename \doglobal\decrement\fileprocesslevel} \def\processfile#1% @@ -15888,15 +15470,15 @@ \ifdone\expandafter\quitcommalist\fi}% \processcommacommand[.,\allinputpaths]\docommando \ifx\filepath\empty - \processlocalfile{\readlocfile }{#1}% fall back ../../.. + \processlocalfile{\readlocfile }{#1}% fall back ../../.. \else - \processlocalfile{\readsetfile\filepath}{#1}% file found + \processlocalfile{\readsetfile\filepath}{#1}% file found \fi \fi} \let\allinputpaths\empty -\def\usepath[#1]% +\def\usepath[#1]% {\def\docommando##1% {\doifelse{##1}{\v!reset} {\let\allinputpaths\empty} @@ -15939,37 +15521,66 @@ \loadallsystemfiles\f!filfilename \loadallsystemfiles\f!sysfilename} -% +%D Loading of \type {cont-usr.tex} and \type {cont-exe.tex} +%D (the one generated by texexec). + +\def\loaduserspecifications + {\readsysfile{\f!usrfilename} + {\showmessage{\m!systems}{2}{\f!usrfilename}}{}% + \readjobfile{\f!fmtfilename} + {\showmessage{\m!systems}{2}{\f!fmtfilename}}{}} + +%D We don't want multiple jobfiles to interfere. + +\bgroup +\catcode`\%=\@@other +\xdef\texcommentsymbol{%} +\egroup -\def\loadoptionfile% - {\readsysfile{\f!optfilename} - {\showmessage{\m!systems}{2}{\f!optfilename}}{}} +%\def\loadoptionfile% tzt \unlinkfile +% {\readjobfile{\f!optfilename} +% {\showmessage{\m!systems}{2}{\f!optfilename}}% +% {}% +% \doiffileelse{\f!optfilename} +% {\immediate\openout\scratchwrite=\f!optfilename +% \immediate\write\scratchwrite{\texcommentsymbol\space see backup copy}% +% \immediate\closeout\scratchwrite} +% {}} + +\def\loadoptionfile% + {\readjobfile{\jobname.\f!optionextension} + {\showmessage{\m!systems}{2}{\jobname.\f!optionextension}}% + {}} % \newevery \everyjob \EveryJob % \appendtoks ... \to \everyjob -\appendtoks \showcontextbanner \to \everyjob -\appendtoks \loadsystemfiles \to \everyjob -\appendtoks \preloadfonts \to \everyjob -\appendtoks \settopskip \to \everyjob -\appendtoks \preloadspecials \to \everyjob -\appendtoks \openspecialfile \to \everyjob -\appendtoks \checkutilityfile \to \everyjob -\appendtoks \openutilities \to \everyjob -\appendtoks \loadoptionfile \to \everyjob -\appendtoks \loadtwopassdata \to \everyjob -\appendtoks \setupfootnotes \to \everyjob % eigenlijk ergens anders - % hangt af van korps +\prependtoks \showcontextbanner \to \everyjob + +\appendtoks \loadsystemfiles \to \everyjob +\appendtoks \preloadfonts \to \everyjob +\appendtoks \settopskip \to \everyjob +\appendtoks \preloadlanguages \to \everyjob +\appendtoks \preloadspecials \to \everyjob +\appendtoks \openspecialfile \to \everyjob +\appendtoks \checkutilityfile \to \everyjob +\appendtoks \openutilities \to \everyjob +\appendtoks \loadoptionfile \to \everyjob +\appendtoks \loadtwopassdata \to \everyjob +\appendtoks \setupfootnotes \to \everyjob % eigenlijk ergens anders + % hangt af van korps \appendtoks \pagina[\v!laatste] \pagina \ifarrangingpages\poparrangedpages\fi \to \everybye -\appendtoks \registreerfileinfo[end]{\jobname} \to \everybye +\appendtoks \registreerfileinfo[end]{\jobname} \to \everybye \appendtoks \stopcopyingblocks \to \everybye \appendtoks \closeutilities \to \everybye \appendtoks \closespecialfile \to \everybye +\appendtoks \checkreferences \to \everystarttext % nieuw 4-12-1999 + \def\doateverystarttext% - {\the\everystarttext + {\the\everystarttext \global\let\doateverystarttext\relax} \def\starttekst% @@ -16103,8 +15714,8 @@ {\let\next=\skipdeelomgeving}% \next} -\def\startproduct{\startproduct} -\def\stopproduct {\stopproduct} +\def\startproduct{\startprodukt} +\def\stopproduct {\stopprodukt} \def\startproject{\startprojekt} \def\stopproject {\stopprojekt} @@ -16152,7 +15763,7 @@ \ #1: \ascii\ \!!doneatrue}} -\def\plaatsversieaanduiding% nog engels maken +\def\plaatsversieaanduiding% nog engels maken {\ifvoorlopig \vskip\!!sixpoint \hbox to \zetbreedte @@ -16377,7 +15988,7 @@ %I \label{tekst} \def\complexstart[#1]{\bgroup\getvalue{\e!start#1}} -\def\complexstop [#1]{\getvalue{\e!stop #1}\egroup} +\def\complexstop [#1]{\getvalue{\e!stop #1}\egroup} \def\simplestart{\bgroup} \def\simplestop {\egroup} @@ -16446,11 +16057,27 @@ \def\dosetupsystem[#1]% {\getparameters[\??sv][#1]% + \setuprandomize[\@@svwillekeur]% \beforesplitstring\@@svresolutie\at dpi\to\@@svresolutie \let\outputresolution=\@@svresolutie} \def\setupsystem% {\dosingleargument\dosetupsystem} + +\def\setuprandomize[#1]% + {\doifsomething{#1} + {\bgroup + \setrandomseed{-1}% + \processaction + [#1] + [ \v!klein=>\divide\time 900, % 15 taco vragen hoe + \v!middel=>\divide\time 1800, % 30 time werkt; nodig voor + \v!groot=>\divide\time 3600, % 60 random pos deadlock + \v!normaal=>, + \s!default=>, + \s!unknown=>\time=#1]% + \nextrandom + \egroup}} % Default-instellingen (verborgen) @@ -16465,6 +16092,7 @@ \setupsystem [\c!gebied=, \c!resolutie=300dpi, + \c!willekeur=, \c!korps=\normalizedlocalbodyfontsize] % of iets anders % Pas op: @@ -16576,6 +16204,12 @@ \stelpapierformaatin [A4][A4] +\stelpapierformaatin + [\c!boven=, + \c!onder=\vss, + \c!links=, + \c!rechts=\hss] + \stelinterliniein [\c!hoogte=.72, \c!diepte=.28, @@ -16586,6 +16220,7 @@ \stelkolommenin [\c!n=2, \c!commando=, + \c!richting=\v!rechts, \c!lijn=\v!uit, \c!tolerantie=\v!soepel, \c!afstand=1.5\korpsgrootte, % influenced by switching @@ -16887,7 +16522,7 @@ \c!linkerbreedte=\getvalue{\??tk\v!tekst\v!rand\c!breedte}, \c!rechterbreedte=\getvalue{\??tk\v!tekst\v!rand\c!breedte}] -\stelnummeringin % na instellen hoofdteksten ! +\stelnummeringin % na instellen hoofdteksten ! [\c!variant=\v!enkelzijdig, \c!plaats={\v!hoofd,\v!midden}, \c!conversie=\v!cijfers, @@ -16961,19 +16596,19 @@ [\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf] [\c!sectie=\v!sectionlevel-5, %\c!default=\v!paragraaf] - \c!default=\v!sub\v!paragraaf] % nieuw + \c!default=\v!sub\v!paragraaf] % nieuw \definieerkop [\v!sub\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf] [\c!sectie=\v!sectionlevel-6, %\c!default=\v!paragraaf] - \c!default=\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf] % nieuw + \c!default=\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf] % nieuw \definieerkop [\v!sub\v!sub\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf] [\c!sectie=\v!sectionlevel-7, %\c!default=\v!paragraaf] - \c!default=\v!sub\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf] % nieuw + \c!default=\v!sub\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf] % nieuw \definieerkop [\v!titel] @@ -17061,7 +16696,7 @@ \c!voor={\blanko[2*\v!groot]}, \c!na=\blanko] -\stelkopin % nieuw +\stelkopin % nieuw [\v!sub\v!paragraaf] [\c!pagina=] @@ -17142,6 +16777,7 @@ \c!factor=0, \c!afstand=.5em, \c!uitlijnen=\v!normaal, + \c!inspringen=, % untouched if empty \c!kleur=, \c!letter=, % kan tzt weg \c!marletter=\c!type, % \c! ??? @@ -17168,7 +16804,7 @@ \c!kleur=, \c!kopkleur=, \c!breedte=\v!passend, - \c!tekst=\onbekend, + \c!tekst=\unknown, \c!monster=, \c!voor=\blanko, \c!na=\blanko, @@ -17202,12 +16838,12 @@ \stelinmargein [\v!links] [\c!plaats=\v!links] -% \c!uitlijnen=\v!links] % njet +% \c!uitlijnen=\v!links] % njet \stelinmargein [\v!rechts] [\c!plaats=\v!rechts] -% \c!uitlijnen=\v!rechts] % njet +% \c!uitlijnen=\v!rechts] % njet \versie [\v!definitief] @@ -17257,6 +16893,7 @@ \stelregelsin [\c!voor=\blanko, \c!na=\blanko, + \c!tussen=\blanko, \c!inspringen=\v!nee] \steldoordefinierenin @@ -17322,10 +16959,6 @@ \stelspatieringin [\v!opelkaar] -\definieerregister - [\v!index] - [\v!indices] - \definieerplaatsblok [\v!figuur] [\v!figuren] @@ -17393,7 +17026,7 @@ [\c!status=\c!start] \stelachtergrondenin - [\v!pagina,\v!linkerpagina,\v!rechterpagina] + [\v!papier,\v!pagina,\v!linkerpagina,\v!rechterpagina] [\c!kader=\v!uit, \c!straal=.5\korpsgrootte, \c!hoek=\v!recht, @@ -17452,3 +17085,4 @@ \protect \endinput + diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-01b.tex b/tex/context/base/core-01b.tex index cecc58c08..49ffc182f 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-01b.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-01b.tex @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros (b)} @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ %I %I Mogelijke plaatsen zijn links, rechts, onder, boven en %I inmarge. Als breedte wordt de breedte van de totale tekst -%I opgegeven. Het aantal is facultatief, eventueel kan er +%I opgegeven. Het aantal is facultatief, eventueel kan er %I 'onbekend' worden meegegeven. Uitlijnen is 'ja' of 'nee'. %P %I Indien gewenst, kan de instelling direkt achter \item worden @@ -57,19 +57,19 @@ %\def\checkinterlineskip% % {\ifvmode -% \ifdim\lastskip>\!!zeropoint\relax -% \nointerlineskip -% \else\ifdim\lastkern>\!!zeropoint\relax -% \nointerlineskip +% \ifdim\lastskip>\!!zeropoint\relax +% \nointerlineskip +% \else\ifdim\lastkern>\!!zeropoint\relax +% \nointerlineskip % \fi\fi % \fi} -\def\horitems#1#2% #1=breedte #2=commandos +\def\horitems#1#2% #1=breedte #2=commandos {\dimen0=#1\relax \divide\dimen0 by \nofitems \!!counta=0\relax \def\docommando##1% - {\advance\!!counta by 1\relax + {\advance\!!counta by 1\relax \processaction [\@@isuitlijnen] [ \v!links=>\hbox to \dimen0{\strut##1\hss}, @@ -78,11 +78,11 @@ \v!marge=>\ifnum\!!counta=1\hss\else\hfill\fi \strut##1% \ifnum\!!counta=\nofitems\hss\else\hfill\fi, - \s!default=>\hbox to \dimen0{\hss\strut##1\hss}, % midden + \s!default=>\hbox to \dimen0{\hss\strut##1\hss}, % midden \s!unknown=>\hbox to \dimen0{\strut##1\hss}]}% % links \hbox to #1{\hss#2\hss}} -\def\veritems#1#2% #1=breedte #2=commandos +\def\veritems#1#2% #1=breedte #2=commandos {\dimen0=#1\relax \def\docommando##1% {\ifdim\dimen0<\!!zeropoint\relax % the - was a signal @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ \doifdefinedelse{\??cv\@@issymbool} {\def\doitembullet##1{\convertnumber{\@@issymbool}{##1}}} {\doifdefined{\??ss\@@issymbool} - {\def\doitembullet##1{\symbol[\@@issymbool]}}}} + {\def\doitembullet##1{\symbol[\@@issymbool]}}}} \def\makeitemsandbullets#1% {\doifelse{\@@isn}{\v!onbekend} @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ {\forgetall \doifsomething{\@@issymbool} {\doifnot{\@@issymbool}{\v!geen} - {\box2 + {\box2 \@@istussen \nointerlineskip}}% \box0}% @@ -151,18 +151,18 @@ \dostopitems} \setvalue{doitems\v!inmarge}#1% - {\dostartitems{#1}{\veritems}{-1.5em}% - is a signal + {\dostartitems{#1}{\veritems}{-1.5em}% - is a signal \noindent\hbox{\llap{\box2\hskip\linkermargeafstand}\box0}% \dostopitems} \setvalue{doitems\v!links}#1% {\advance\hsize by -1.5em\relax - \dostartitems{#1}{\veritems}{1.5em}% + \dostartitems{#1}{\veritems}{1.5em}% \noindent\hbox{\box2\box0}% \dostopitems} \setvalue{doitems\v!rechts}#1% - {\dostartitems{#1}{\veritems}{0em}% + {\dostartitems{#1}{\veritems}{0em}% \noindent\hbox{\box0\hskip-\wd2\box2}% \dostopitems} @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ {\let\@@isplaats\v!links}% \getvalue{doitems\@@isplaats}} -\definecomplexorsimpleempty\items +\definecomplexorsimpleempty\items %I n=Tabulatie (1) %I c=\definieeralineas,\stelalineasin @@ -196,14 +196,14 @@ %I \startnaam .... \naam .... \naam .... \stopnaam %I %I of (soms verwarrend): -%I +%I %I \naam .... \naam .... \naam .... \naam -%I +%I %I of (lekker kort): -%I +%I %I \naam .... \\ .... \\ .... \\ -%I -%I waarbij het aantal malen .... \naam of \\ gelijk is +%I +%I waarbij het aantal malen .... \naam of \\ gelijk is %I aan n. Naast \naam en \\ is ook \volgendenaam toegestaan. %P %I Het is mogelijk per kolom een en ander in te stellen met @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ % Te zijner tijd [plaats=boven,onder,midden] implementeren, % in dat geval moet eerst de maximale hoogte worden bepaald. -% +% % Overigens kan een en ander mooier met \halign. \def\dodefinieeralineas[#1][#2]% @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ \c!afstand=\getvalue{\??al#1\c!afstand}]}% \stelalineasin[#1][1][\c!afstand=0em]} -% nog monster +% nog monster % %\assignwidth % {\!!widtha} @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ \def\definieeralineas% {\dodoubleargument\dodefinieeralineas} -\def\dostelalineasin[#1][#2][#3]% +\def\dostelalineasin[#1][#2][#3]% {\doifelse{#2}{\v!elk} {\dorecurse {\getvalue{\??al#1\c!n}} @@ -327,15 +327,15 @@ \hsize=\!!widtha % setting \wd afterwards removed \getvalue{\??al#1\the\alteller\c!binnen}% \edef\!!stringa{\getvalue{\??al#1\the\alteller\c!uitlijnen}}% nodig? - \expandafter\steluitlijnenin\expandafter[\!!stringa]% + \expandafter\steluitlijnenin\expandafter[\!!stringa]% \edef\!!stringa{\getvalue{\??al#1\the\alteller\c!tolerantie}}% nodig? \expandafter\steltolerantiein\expandafter[\!!stringa]% \ignorespaces \endgraf \ignorespaces - % - % Nadeel van de onderstaande constructie is dat \everypar - % binnen een groep kan staan en zo steeds \begstruts + % + % Nadeel van de onderstaande constructie is dat \everypar + % binnen een groep kan staan en zo steeds \begstruts % worden geplaatst. Mooi is anders dus moet het anders! % % Hier is \Everypar niet nodig. @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ \fi \getvalue{\??al#1\the\alteller\c!onder}% \egroup - \ifdim\wd0=\!!zeropoint % no data + \ifdim\wd0=\!!zeropoint % no data \wd0=\!!widtha \fi \box0 @@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ \doordefinieren [tab] [\c!kopletter=\@@takopletter, - \c!kopkleur=\@@takleur, + \c!kopkleur=\@@takleur, \c!monster=\@@tamonster, \c!breedte=\@@tabreedte, \c!voor=\@@tavoor, @@ -463,16 +463,16 @@ %I \promille promilage %I \dollar dollar teken %I \sterling pound sterling teken -%I \florijn gulden teken +%I \florijn gulden teken -% The following macro's are derived from PPCHTEX and -% therefore take some LaTeX font-switching into account. +% The following macro's are derived from PPCHTEX and +% therefore take some LaTeX font-switching into account. \newif\ifloweredsubscripts -% Due to some upward incompatibality of LaTeX to LaTeX2.09 -% and/or LaTeX2e we had to force \@@chemieletter. Otherwise -% some weird \nullfont error comes up. +% Due to some upward incompatibality of LaTeX to LaTeX2.09 +% and/or LaTeX2e we had to force \@@chemieletter. Otherwise +% some weird \nullfont error comes up. \doifundefined{@@chemieletter}{\def\@@chemieletter{\rm}} @@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ {\mathematics{^\circ}} \def\inch% - {\hbox{\rm\char125\relax}} + {\hbox{\rm\char125\relax}} \def\breuk#1#2% {\mathematics{#1\over#2}} @@ -562,9 +562,9 @@ \egroup} % \definieeralineas[test][n=3] -% +% % \stelalineasin[test][3][breedte=4cm,uitlijnen=links] -% +% % \startopelkaar % \test hans \\ ton \\ \bedrag{1.000,--} \\ % \test hans \\ ton \\ \bedrag{~.~~1,--} \\ @@ -619,15 +619,15 @@ % for compatibility \def\unknown% - {\punten[3]} + {\dontleavehmode\punten[3]} -% currency +% currency \def\dollar% {\bgroup - \ifnum\fam=\itfam - \sl - \else\ifnum\fam=\bifam + \ifnum\fam=\itfam + \sl + \else\ifnum\fam=\bifam \bs \fi\fi \$% @@ -636,11 +636,11 @@ \def\sterling% {\bgroup \ifnum\fam=\bffam - \bi + \bi \else\ifnum\fam=\bifam - \bi + \bi \else\ifnum\fam=\bsfam - \bi + \bi \else \it \fi\fi\fi @@ -650,11 +650,11 @@ \def\florijn% {\bgroup \ifnum\fam=\bffam - \bi + \bi \else\ifnum\fam=\bifam - \bi + \bi \else\ifnum\fam=\bsfam - \bi + \bi \else \it \fi\fi\fi @@ -672,21 +672,21 @@ %I tekst %I \stopcitaat %I -%I Rond de tekst worden in de marge dubbele quotes -%I geplaatst. Ook bij dit commando kunnen tussen [] maten +%I Rond de tekst worden in de marge dubbele quotes +%I geplaatst. Ook bij dit commando kunnen tussen [] maten %I worden opgegeven: %I %I \startcitaat[2*links,rechts] %I -%I In de lopende tekst kan gebruik worden gemaakt van: +%I In de lopende tekst kan gebruik worden gemaakt van: %I %I \citaat{tekst} %I \citeer{tekst} %I -%I Het eerste commando levert dubbele quotes en het tweede -%I enkele quotes. +%I Het eerste commando levert dubbele quotes en het tweede +%I enkele quotes. %P -%I Er zijn twee varianten (1 en 2) beschikbaar die kunnen +%I Er zijn twee varianten (1 en 2) beschikbaar die kunnen %I worden ingesteld met: %I %I \stelciterenin @@ -724,20 +724,32 @@ \def\startcitaat% {\dosingleempty\dostartcitaat} -\def\handlequotation#1% - {\ifdim\lastkern=\quotationsignal - \unskip - \hskip\quotationskip +% \def\dohandlequotation#1% +% {\ifdim\lastkern=\quotationsignal +% \unskip +% \hskip\quotationskip +% \fi +% \strut % new, needed below +% \getvalue{\??la\currentlanguage#1}% +% \kern\quotationsignal} + +%D Better hyphenation (\prewordbreak look alike added): + +\def\dohandlequotation#1% + {\ifdim\lastskip=\quotationsignal + \unskip\hskip\quotationskip \fi + \penalty\!!tenthousand\hskip\!!zeropoint % == \prewordbreak + \strut % new, needed below \getvalue{\??la\currentlanguage#1}% - \kern\quotationsignal} + \penalty\!!tenthousand\hskip\quotationsignal} % +- \prewordbreak -\def\citaat% +\unexpanded\def\citaat% {\groupedcommand - {\handlequotation\c!leftquotation} - {\handlequotation\c!rightquotation}} + {\dohandlequotation\c!leftquotation} + {\dohandlequotation\c!rightquotation}} -\def\citeer% +\unexpanded\def\citeer% {\doifelse{\@@ciletter}{\v!normaal} {\let\next=\doquotedcite} {\let\next=\doattributedcite}% @@ -745,20 +757,32 @@ \def\doquotedcite% {\groupedcommand - {\handlequotation\c!leftquote} - {\handlequotation\c!rightquote}} + {\dohandlequotation\c!leftquote} + {\dohandlequotation\c!rightquote}} \def\doattributedcite% {\groupedcommand {\dostartattributes\??ci\c!letter\c!kleur} {\dostopattributes}} + +% The previous one fails in \placefloat[left]{}{}, so instead +% we use the next alternative, where the first one is handled +% outside group. Watch the strut. + +\unexpanded\def\citaat% + {\dohandlequotation\c!leftquotation + \groupedcommand{}{\dohandlequotation\c!rightquotation}} + +\def\doquotedcite% + {\dohandlequotation\c!leftquote + \groupedcommand{}{\dohandlequotation\c!rightquote}} -% Tijden horen hier niet thuis en zullen in een aparte +% Tijden horen hier niet thuis en zullen in een aparte % module worden ondergebracht. voorlopig handhaven we ze nog % even. Een implementatie met \doordefinieren zou beter voldoen -% omdat een en ander dan instelbaar wordt. Het is trouwens -% zowieso beter het commando \tijd te reserveren voor de -% systeemtijd. +% omdat een en ander dan instelbaar wordt. Het is trouwens +% zowieso beter het commando \tijd te reserveren voor de +% systeemtijd. % %I n=Tijden % %I c=\tijd,\tijdspan,\activiteit @@ -831,13 +855,13 @@ %I %I \tekstlijn %I \tekstlijn[onder]{} -%I +%I %I Daarnaast zijn beschikbaar: -%I -%I \starttekstlijn{tekst} +%I +%I \starttekstlijn{tekst} %I \stoptekstlijn %I -%I waarbij de plaats dus boven is. +%I waarbij de plaats dus boven is. %P %I Een en ander kan worden ingesteld met het commando: %I @@ -847,7 +871,7 @@ %I De breedte heeft betrekking op de lengte van de lijn voor %I de tekst. Mogelijke plaatsen zijn links en inmarge. -% nog eens \definieertekstlijn +% nog eens \definieertekstlijn \def\steltekstlijnenin% {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??tl]} @@ -895,7 +919,7 @@ \doifelse{#1}{} {\hrule\!!depth\linewidth\!!height\!!zeropoint} {\docomplextekstlijn{#1}}% - \@@tlna + \@@tlna \pagina[\v!voorkeur]} \def\complextekstlijn[#1]#2% @@ -918,7 +942,7 @@ {\dobottomtekstlijn{}% \egroup} -%I n=Invullijnen +%I n=Invullijnen %I c=\invullijnen,\stelinvullijnenin,\invultekst %I %I Ten behoeve van invullijsten is het volgende commando @@ -942,8 +966,8 @@ %I %I \stelinvullijnenin[n=,breedte=,afstand=,letter=,voor=, %I na=,scheider=] -%I -%I De afstand heeft betrekking op de afstand tussen de +%I +%I De afstand heeft betrekking op de afstand tussen de %I scheider en de lijnen. %I %I Het volgende commando plaatst een tekst op een zelfde @@ -965,7 +989,7 @@ {\setbox0=\hbox to \@@ilbreedte} {\doattributes \??il\c!letter\c!kleur - {\strut#3\hfill + {\strut#3\hfill \doifsomething{\@@ilscheider} {\hbox spread \@@ilafstand{\@@ilscheider\hss}}}}% \hangindent=\wd0\relax @@ -1023,15 +1047,15 @@ \stelinvulregelsin[#1]% \advance\rightskip by \@@ivbreedte \parfillskip\!!zeropoint - #2\hfill + #2\hfill \dimen0=\@@ivbreedte \advance\dimen0 by -\@@ivafstand \rlap {\hskip\@@ivafstand \vrule\!!width\dimen0\!!height\linewidth}% - \par % ! + \par % ! \endgroup - \par % ! + \par % ! \@@ilna} \definecomplexorsimpleempty\invulregel @@ -1192,7 +1216,7 @@ %I waarbij mogelijke varianten zijn: normaal apa en normaal. %I Nummeren kan 'ja' of 'nee' zijn; links en rechts %I hebben betrekking op de weergave in de tekst en zijn -%I standaard [ en ]. +%I standaard [ en ]. % Dit wordt: % @@ -1262,15 +1286,15 @@ \def\publicatie#1[#2]% {\@@pblinks\in{#1}[#2]\@@pbrechts} -%I n=Kenmerken +%I n=Kenmerken %I c=\kenmerk,\kenmerkdatum %I %I Er kan een kenmerk worden gezet met het commando: %I %I \kenmerk[bet=,ken=,dat=,van=,aan=,ref=] %I -%I waarbij de verplichte parameters staan voor 'betreft', -%I 'kenmerk' en 'datum' en de optionele voor 'van', 'aan' en +%I waarbij de verplichte parameters staan voor 'betreft', +%I 'kenmerk' en 'datum' en de optionele voor 'van', 'aan' en %I 'referentie'. %I %I Een kenmerk-datum kan worden gezet met het commando: @@ -1287,56 +1311,83 @@ \def\kenmerkdatum% {\currentdate[\v!kenmerk]} +% \def\dokenmerk[#1]% +% {\geenhoofdenvoetregels +% \getparameters +% [\??km] +% [\c!bet=\unknown, +% \c!dat=\unknown, +% \c!ken=\unknown, +% \c!van=, +% \c!aan=, +% \c!ref=, +% #1]% +% \bgroup % moet anders, hoort niet in 01b +% \assigntranslation[nl=referentie,en=reference,du=Referenz,sp=referencia]\to\@@@kmref +% \assigntranslation[nl=van,en=from,du=Von,sp=de]\to\@@@kmvan +% \assigntranslation[nl=aan,en=to,du=An,sp=a]\to\@@@kmaan +% \assigntranslation[nl=betreft,en=concerns,du=Betreff,sp=]\to\@@@kmbet +% \assigntranslation[nl=datum,en=date,du=Datum,sp=fecha]\to\@@@kmdat +% \assigntranslation[nl=kenmerk,en=mark,du=Kennzeichen,sp=]\to\@@@kmken +% \doifelsenothing{\@@kmvan\@@kmaan} +% {\def\@@dokmvanaan{}} +% {\def\@@dokmvanaan{&\omit\cr}}% +% \doifelsenothing{\@@kmvan} +% {\def\@@dokmvan{}} +% {\def\@@dokmvan{\@@@kmvan&\@@kmvan\cr}}% +% \doifelsenothing{\@@kmaan} +% {\def\@@dokmaan{}} +% {\def\@@dokmaan{\@@@kmaan&\@@kmaan\cr}}% +% \doifelsenothing{\@@kmref} +% {\def\@@dokmref{}} +% {\def\@@dokmref{&\omit\cr\@@@kmref&\@@kmref\cr}}% +% \witruimte +% \tabskip=\!!zeropoint +% \noindent\halign +% \bgroup +% ##~&:~##\hfil\cr +% \@@@kmbet&\@@kmbet\cr +% \@@@kmdat&\@@kmdat\cr +% \@@@kmken&\kap{\@@kmken}\cr +% \@@dokmvanaan +% \@@dokmvan +% \@@dokmaan +% \@@dokmref +% \egroup +% \egroup} + \def\dokenmerk[#1]% {\geenhoofdenvoetregels + \bgroup \getparameters [\??km] - [\c!bet=\onbekend, - \c!dat=\onbekend, - \c!ken=\onbekend, - \c!van=, - \c!aan=, - \c!ref=, - #1]% - \bgroup % moet anders, hoort niet in 01b - \assigntranslation[nl=referentie,en=reference,du=Referenz,sp=referencia]\to\@@@kmref - \assigntranslation[nl=van,en=from,du=Von,sp=de]\to\@@@kmvan - \assigntranslation[nl=aan,en=to,du=An,sp=a]\to\@@@kmaan - \assigntranslation[nl=betreft,en=concerns,du=Betreff,sp=]\to\@@@kmbet - \assigntranslation[nl=datum,en=date,du=Datum,sp=fecha]\to\@@@kmdat - \assigntranslation[nl=kenmerk,en=mark,du=Kennzeichen,sp=]\to\@@@kmken - \doifelsenothing{\@@kmvan\@@kmaan} - {\def\@@dokmvanaan{}} - {\def\@@dokmvanaan{&\omit\cr}}% - \doifelsenothing{\@@kmvan} - {\def\@@dokmvan{}} - {\def\@@dokmvan{\@@@kmvan&\@@kmvan\cr}}% - \doifelsenothing{\@@kmaan} - {\def\@@dokmaan{}} - {\def\@@dokmaan{\@@@kmaan&\@@kmaan\cr}}% - \doifelsenothing{\@@kmref} - {\def\@@dokmref{}} - {\def\@@dokmref{&\omit\cr\@@@kmref&\@@kmref\cr}}% - \witruimte - \tabskip=\!!zeropoint - \noindent\halign - \bgroup - ##~&:~##\hfil\cr - \@@@kmbet&\@@kmbet\cr - \@@@kmdat&\@@kmdat\cr - \@@@kmken&\kap{\@@kmken}\cr - \@@dokmvanaan - \@@dokmvan - \@@dokmaan - \@@dokmref - \egroup + [\c!bet=\unknown,\c!dat=\unknown,\c!ken=\unknown, + \c!van=, \c!aan=, \c!ref=, #1]% + % moet anders, hoort niet in 01b + \assigntranslation[nl=referentie,en=reference,du=Referenz, sp=referencia]\to\@@@kmref + \assigntranslation[nl=van, en=from, du=Von, sp=de]\to\@@@kmvan + \assigntranslation[nl=aan, en=to, du=An, sp=a]\to\@@@kmaan + \assigntranslation[nl=betreft, en=concerns, du=Betreff, sp=]\to\@@@kmbet + \assigntranslation[nl=datum, en=date, du=Datum, sp=fecha]\to\@@@kmdat + \assigntranslation[nl=kenmerk, en=mark, du=Kennzeichen,sp=]\to\@@@kmken + % + \definetabulate[\s!dummy][|le|p|] + \startdummy + \NC\@@@kmbet\NC\@@kmbet\NC\NR + \NC\@@@kmdat\NC\@@kmdat\NC\NR + \NC\@@@kmken\NC\kap{\@@kmken}\NC\NR + \doifsomething{\@@kmvan\@@kmaan}{\NC\NC\NC\NR}% + \doifsomething{\@@kmvan}{\NC\@@@kmvan\NC\@@kmvan\NC\NR}% + \doifsomething{\@@kmaan}{\NC\@@@kmaan\NC\@@kmaan\NC\NR}% + \doifsomething{\@@kmref}{\NC\NC\NC\NR\NC\@@@kmref\NC\@@kmref\NC\NR}% + \stopdummy \egroup} \def\kenmerk% {\dosingleargument\dokenmerk} -% NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW -% NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW +% NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW +% NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW \def\??ri{@@ri} @@ -1373,8 +1424,8 @@ boven=, onder=\vfill] -% NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW -% NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW +% NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW +% NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW NIEUW % Standaardinstellingen diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-01c.tex b/tex/context/base/core-01c.tex index 676c06539..a22e76427 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-01c.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-01c.tex @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros (c)} @@ -26,6 +26,10 @@ \startmessages german library: systems 41: Externe Datei -- in Gruppe -- existiert nicht \stopmessages + +\startmessages czech library: systems + 41: externi soubor -- ve skupine -- neexistuje +\stopmessages %I n=Formules+ %I c=\startlegenda,\startgegeven @@ -53,79 +57,11 @@ %I \leg symbool \\ symbool \\ betekenis \\ dimensie \\ %I \stoplegenda -% \newif\ifdoublelegends -% -% \def\legendaspacing% -% {\hskip.5em} -% -% \def\dostartlegenda[#1]% -% {\witruimte -% \blanko -% \bgroup -% \doifelse{#1}{\v!twee} -% {\doublelegendstrue -% \let\leg=\doubleleg} -% {\doublelegendsfalse -% \let\leg=\singleleg}% -% \tabskip=\!!zeropoint -% \halign -% \bgroup -% \hskip\leftskip -% $##$\hfil -% &\hfil\legendaspacing##\legendaspacing\hfil -% &\ifdoublelegends$##$\hfil\fi -% &\ifdoublelegends\hfil\legendaspacing##\legendaspacing\hfil\fi -% &##\unskip\hfil\legendaspacing\legendaspacing -% &$\rm##$\hfill\cr} -% -% \def\singleleg#1\\#2\\#3\\% -% {#1&\doifsomething{#1}{=}& -% && -% #2\unskip& -% #3\cr} -% -% \def\doubleleg#1\\#2\\#3\\#4\\% -% {#1&\doifsomething{#1}{\doifnot{#1}{ }{=}}& -% #2&\doifsomething{#2}{\doifnot{#2}{ }{=}}& -% #3\unskip& -% #4\cr} -% -% \def\startlegenda% -% {\dosingleempty\dostartlegenda} -% -% \def\stoplegenda% -% {\egroup -% \egroup -% \blanko} -% -% % tzt: \crlf == \\ \\ \leg \\ afh kolom -% -% \def\startgegeven% -% {\witruimte -% \blanko -% \bgroup -% \tabskip=\!!zeropoint -% \halign -% \bgroup -% \hskip\leftskip##\unskip\hfil -% &\legendaspacing\legendaspacing\hfil$##$&\hfil\legendaspacing##\legendaspacing\hfil& -% $\rm##$\hfil\cr} -% -% \def\stopgegeven% -% {\egroup -% \egroup -% \blanko} -% -% \def\geg#1\\#2\\#3\\% -% {#1& -% #2&=& -% #3\cr} - \definetabulate - [\e!legenda] - [|emj1|i1|mR|] + [\e!legenda] + [|emj1|i1|mR|] -\setuptabulate +\setuptabulate [\e!legenda] [\c!eenheid=.75em,\c!binnen=\setquicktabulate\leg,EQ={=}] @@ -134,10 +70,10 @@ [|emj1|emk1|i1|mR|] \definetabulate - [\e!gegeven] - [|R|ecmj1|i1mR|] + [\e!gegeven] + [|R|ecmj1|i1mR|] -\setuptabulate +\setuptabulate [\e!gegeven] [\c!eenheid=.75em,\c!binnen=\setquicktabulate\geg,EQ={=}] @@ -150,6 +86,137 @@ % \def\mrm#1% % {$\rm#1$} +%D \macros +%D {setuplegend, placelegend} +%D +%D It makes sense to typeset a legend to a figure in \TEX\ and +%D not in a drawing package. The macro \type {\placelegend} +%D combines a figure (or something else) and its legend. +%D +%D \showsetup{placelegend} +%D +%D The legend is placed according to \type {location}, being +%D \type {bottom} or \type {right}. The macro macro is used as +%D follows. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \placefigure +%D {whow} +%D {\placelegend +%D {\externalfigure[cow]} +%D {\starttabulation +%D \NC 1 \NC head \NC \NR +%D \NC 2 \NC legs \NC \NR +%D \NC 3 \NC tail \NC \NR +%D \stoptabulation}} +%D +%D \placefigure +%D {whow} +%D {\placelegend +%D {\externalfigure[cow]} +%D {\starttabulation[|l|l|l|l|] +%D \NC 1 \NC head \NC 3 \NC tail \NC \NR +%D \NC 2 \NC legs \NC \NC \NC \NR +%D \stoptabulation}} +%D +%D \placefigure +%D {whow} +%D {\placelegend[n=2] +%D {\externalfigure[cow]} +%D {\starttabulation +%D \NC 1 \NC head \NC \NR +%D \NC 2 \NC legs \NC \NR +%D \NC 3 \NC tail \NC \NR +%D \stoptabulation}} +%D +%D \placefigure +%D {whow} +%D {\placelegend[n=2] +%D {\externalfigure[cow]} +%D {head \par legs \par tail}} +%D +%D \placefigure +%D {whow} +%D {\placelegend[n=2] +%D {\externalfigure[cow]} +%D {\startitemize[packed] +%D \item head \item legs \item tail \item belly \item horns +%D \stopitemize}} +%D +%D \placefigure +%D {whow} +%D {\placelegend[n=2,width=.8\hsize] +%D {\externalfigure[cow]} +%D {\startitemize[packed] +%D \item head \item legs \item tail \item belly \item horns +%D \stopitemize}} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D There are a few more parameters: +%D +%D \showsetup{setuplegend} + +\def\setuplegend% + {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??ld]} + +\setuplegend + [\c!n=1, + \c!afstand=1em, + \c!tussen={\blanko[\v!middel]}, + \c!breedte=\hsize, + \c!hoogte=\vsize, + \c!korps=, + \c!plaats=\v!onder] + +\def\placelegend% + {\bgroup + \dosingleempty\doplacelegend} + +\def\doplacelegend[#1]% watch the hsize/vsize tricks + {\setuplegend[#1]% % and don't change them + \dowithnextbox + {\switchtobodyfont[\@@ldkorps]% split under same regime + \scratchdimen=\wd\nextbox + \doifelse{\@@ldplaats}{\v!rechts} + {\vsize=\ht\nextbox + \vsize=\@@ldhoogte + \hsize=\zetbreedte + \advance\hsize by -\scratchdimen + \advance\hsize by -\@@ldafstand + \plaatsnaastelkaar{\box\nextbox}\bgroup} + {\hsize\scratchdimen + \plaatsonderelkaar{\box\nextbox}\bgroup}% + \hsize\@@ldbreedte + \doif{\@@ldplaats}{\v!rechts}{\hskip\@@ldafstand}% + \ifnum\@@ldn>1 + \setrigidcolumnhsize\hsize\@@ldafstand\@@ldn + \fi + \dowithnextbox + {\doifelse{\@@ldplaats}{\v!rechts} + {\vbox to \vsize + {\ifnum\@@ldn>1 + \rigidcolumnbalance\nextbox + \else + \box\nextbox + \fi + \vfill}} + {\vbox + {\@@ldtussen + \ifnum\@@ldn>1 + \rigidcolumnbalance\nextbox + \else + \box\nextbox + \fi}}% + \egroup\egroup}% + \vbox + \bgroup + \forgetall + \tolerantTABLEbreaktrue % hm. + \blanko[\v!blokkeer]% + \everypar{\begstrut}% + \let\next=} + \hbox} + %I n=Combinaties %I c=\startcombinatie,\stelcombinatiesin %I @@ -357,7 +424,7 @@ \def\plaatsondernaastelkaar#1#2% {\bgroup - \def\plaatsonderelkaar% + \def\doplaatsondernaastelkaar% {#2\cr\omit\bgroup#2% \aftergroup#2% \aftergroup\cr @@ -366,7 +433,7 @@ \let\next=}% #1\bgroup##\cr \omit\bgroup#2% - \aftergroup\plaatsonderelkaar + \aftergroup\doplaatsondernaastelkaar \let\next=} \def\plaatsonderelkaar% diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-01d.tex b/tex/context/base/core-01d.tex index 12c7bad42..fe6a6f069 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-01d.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-01d.tex @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros (d)} @@ -39,6 +39,14 @@ 4: keine Seitensynchronisation (--) im hmode \stopmessages +\startmessages czech library: interactions + title: interakce + 1: pomer -- x -- (s x v) + 2: aktivni + 3: neaktivni + 4: zadna strankova synchronizace (--) v hmode +\stopmessages + \startmessages dutch library: versions title: versie 1: er mankeert een @+ @@ -59,9 +67,16 @@ 2: Erstelle Seiten 3: Ausgewaehlte Seiten: -- \stopmessages + +\startmessages czech library: versions + title: verze + 1: postradam @+ + 2: oznacuji se strany + 3: oznacene strany: -- +\stopmessages %I n=Interacteren -%I c=\stelinteractiein,\stelinteractiemenuin +%I c=\setupinteraction,\stelinteractiemenuin %I c=\definieerinteractiemenu,\startinteractiemenu %I c=\blokkeerinteractiemenu,\geefinteractiemenuvrij %I c=\stelinteractieschermin,\scherm @@ -70,7 +85,7 @@ %I voor DVIWINDO en Acrobat betekenisvolle codes. De volgende %I commando's zijn (voorlopig) beschikbaar: %I -%I \stelinteractiein[status=,menu=,letter=,kleur=,strut=, +%I \setupinteraction[status=,menu=,letter=,kleur=,strut=, %I breedte=,hoogte=,diepte=,pagina=] %I %I Hierbij hebben 'letter' en 'kleur' betrekking op in de tekst @@ -127,7 +142,7 @@ %I \raw tekst \\ : ongeformatteerde tekst %I \but[ref] tekst \\ : interactief menu item %I \nop \\ : dummy menu item -%I \txt tekst \\ : niet interactief menu item +%I \txt tekst \\ : niet interactief menu item %I \rul tekst \\ : niet interactief menu item (omlijnd) %I \com commandos \\ : commando's %P @@ -199,7 +214,7 @@ {} %\def\initializepaper% -% {\iflocation % without screen settings +% {\iflocation % without screen settings % \dosetuppaper % {\papierformaat} % {\the\papierbreedte} @@ -247,12 +262,13 @@ \advance\!!heighta by 2\scratchdimen} {\doifelse{\@@schoogte}{\v!max} {\!!heighta=\printpapierhoogte} - {\!!heighta=\@@schoogte}}} + {\!!heighta=\@@schoogte}}% + \doif{\@@scwachttijd}{\v!geen}{\def\@@scwachttijd{0}}} \def\complexstelinteractieschermin[#1]% {\getparameters[\??sc][#1]% \def\initializepaper% - {\bgroup + {\bgroup \berekeninteractiescherm \ifdim \!!widtha>\papierbreedte \papierbreedte=\!!widtha \fi \ifdim \!!heighta>\papierhoogte \papierhoogte=\!!heighta \fi @@ -264,18 +280,26 @@ \def\setupinteractionscreens% met a, b en \number {\bgroup \berekeninteractiescherm - \doifelse{\@@scoptie}{\v!max} - {\doif{\@@lyplaats}{\v!midden} % werkt niet goed - {\scratchdimen=\printpapierhoogte - \advance\scratchdimen by -\papierhoogte - \divide\scratchdimen by 2 - \advance\kopoffset by \scratchdimen - \scratchdimen=\printpapierbreedte - \advance\scratchdimen by -\papierbreedte - \divide\scratchdimen by 2 - \advance\rugoffset by \scratchdimen}% - \!!counte=1} - {\!!counte=0}% + \processaction + [\@@scoptie] + [ \v!max=>\!!counte=1, + \v!bookmark=>\!!counte=2, + \s!unknown=>\!!counte=0, + \s!default=>\!!counte=0]% + %\doifelse{\@@scoptie}{\v!max} + % {%\doif{\@@lyplaats}{\v!midden} % werkt niet goed / bovendien niet gewenst + % % {\scratchdimen=\printpapierhoogte + % % \advance\scratchdimen by -\papierhoogte + % % \divide\scratchdimen by 2 + % % \advance\kopoffset by \scratchdimen + % % \scratchdimen=\printpapierbreedte + % % \advance\scratchdimen by -\papierbreedte + % % \divide\scratchdimen by 2 + % % \advance\rugoffset by \scratchdimen}% + % \!!counte=1} + % {\doifelse{\@@scoptie}{\v!bookmark} + % {\!!counte=2} + % {\!!counte=0}}% \showmessage{\m!interactions}{1} % niet waterdicht {\@EA\withoutpt\the\!!widtha,\@EA\withoutpt\the\!!heighta}% \dosetupscreen @@ -286,7 +310,7 @@ {\@@iatitel} {\@@iasubtitel} {\@@iaauteur} % The next line is not to be removed. Copyright! - {CONTEXT / PRAGMA ADE / HASSELT NL / pragma@wxs.nl / \jobname.tex} + {CONTEXT / www.pragma-ade.nl / \jobname.tex} {\@@iadatum} \egroup}} @@ -301,7 +325,7 @@ %D the existing list mechanisms. That way users can generate %D bookmarks automatically, although its entirely valid to add %D bookmarks by defining alternative ones. These will be added -%D at the appropriate place in the list. +%D at the appropriate place in the list. % \hoofdstuk{het eerste hoofdstuk} % @@ -329,7 +353,7 @@ {\ifx\flushpostponedbookmark\relax \else \bgroup \convertargument#1\to\ascii - \writestatus{system}{clashing bookmarks: \ascii}% ECHTE MESSAGE MAKEN + \writestatus{system}{clashing bookmarks: \ascii}% ECHTE MESSAGE MAKEN \egroup \fi \gdef\flushpostponedbookmark% @@ -380,7 +404,7 @@ {\let\dolijstelement=#2\relax \scratchcounter=0 \def\docommando##1% - {\advance\scratchcounter by 1 + {\advance\scratchcounter by 1 \getlistlevel[##1]\listlevel{\the\scratchcounter}% \setxvalue{\@@bookcount\the\scratchcounter}{1}% \setxvalue{\@@booklevel##1}{\listlevel}}% @@ -402,14 +426,14 @@ \bgroup \!!counta=\previousbookmarklevel \doloop - {\let\bookmarktag=\empty + {\let\bookmarktag=\empty \!!countb=\!!counta \advance\!!countb by -1 - \dorecurse{\!!countb} - {\edef\bookmarktag% + \dorecurse{\!!countb} + {\edef\bookmarktag% {\bookmarktag\getvalue{\@@bookcount\recurselevel}:}}% \edef\bookmarklevelcount% - {\getvalue{\@@bookcount\the\!!counta}}% + {\getvalue{\@@bookcount\the\!!counta}}% \xdef\bookmarklevellist% {\bookmarklevellist/\bookmarktag:\bookmarklevelcount/}% \advance\!!counta by -1 @@ -442,15 +466,15 @@ \else \@EA\doglobal\@EA\increment\csname \@@bookcount\the\previousbookmarklevel\endcsname\relax \fi\fi - \let\bookmarktag=\empty + \let\bookmarktag=\empty \!!countb\currentbookmarklevel - \dorecurse{\!!countb} - {\edef\bookmarktag% + \dorecurse{\!!countb} + {\edef\bookmarktag% {\bookmarktag\getvalue{\@@bookcount\recurselevel}:}}% - \getbookmarklevelcount + \getbookmarklevelcount \iftracebookmarks \bgroup - \par + \par \bookmarktag\quad \dorecurse{\currentbookmarklevel}{\quad}\unskip#1\quad (\bookmarklevelcount)\quad @@ -467,18 +491,18 @@ \def\dogetbookmarkelement#1#2#3#4#5#6% {\doifnot{#1}{\@@bookmark} - {\dodogetbookmarkelement{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}} + {\dodogetbookmarkelement{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}} \def\doputbookmarkelement#1#2#3#4#5#6% {\doifelse{#1}{\@@bookmark} {\localbookmark{#4}} {\flushbookmark - \dodoputbookmarkelement{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}} + \dodoputbookmarkelement{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}} \let\flushbookmark=\relax \let\localbookmark=\gobbleoneargument -\def\insertsomebookmark#1#2#3#4#5% +\def\insertsomebookmark#1#2#3#4#5% {\gdef\flushbookmark% {\doinsertsomebookmark{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{g}}% \gdef\localbookmark##1% @@ -487,7 +511,7 @@ \def\doinsertsomebookmark#1#2#3#4#5#6% {\global\utilitydonetrue \global\let\localbookmark=\gobbleoneargument - \global\let\flushbookmark=\relax + \global\let\flushbookmark=\relax \doifinstringelse{#1}{\openbookmarklist} {\chardef\openbookmark=1} {\chardef\openbookmark=0}% @@ -559,12 +583,14 @@ \edef\locationboxbackground{}% \fi \localframed[#1] - [\c!kader=\locationboxborder,\c!achtergrond=\locationboxbackground,#2] + [\c!kader=\locationboxborder, + \c!achtergrond=\locationboxbackground, + #2] {\dolocationattributes{#1}\c!letter\c!kleur{#3}}}% - \hbox{#4{\copy\locationbox}}} + \hbox{#4{\box\locationbox}}}%{\copy\locationbox}}} \def\setlocationboxyes#1[#2]#3[#4]% - {\ifx\currentouterreference\empty + {\ifx\currentouterreference\empty \ifrealreferencepage\!!doneatrue\else\!!doneafalse\fi %\doifelse{\currentrealreference}{\realfolio} % {\!!doneatrue}{\!!doneafalse}% @@ -572,7 +598,7 @@ \!!doneafalse \fi \if!!donea - \ifcase\getvalue{#1\c!zelfdepagina}\relax + \ifcase0\getvalue{#1\c!zelfdepagina}\relax \bgroup \locationdummytrue \setevalue{#1\c!kleur}{\getvalue{#1\c!contrastkleur}}% @@ -617,7 +643,7 @@ % \unknownreference{#4}}}} \def\setlocationbox#1[#2]#3[#4]% - {\doifreferencepermitedelse{#4}{\getvalue{#1\c!blokkade}} + {\doifreferencepermittedelse{#4}{\getvalue{#1\c!blokkade}} {\setlocationboxyes{#1}[#2]{#3}[#4]} {\setlocationboxnop{#1}[#2]{#3}[#4]}} @@ -670,7 +696,7 @@ \ifskippedmenuitem \else \getvalue{\??am#1#2}% \fi - \egroup + \egroup \ignorespaces}% \def\raw[##1]##2\\% {\@@amboxcommand\naarbox{\ignorespaces##2\unskip}[##1]\\}% @@ -733,7 +759,7 @@ \vskip\getvalue{\??am#3\c!bovenoffset}% \ht0=\!!zeropoint \box0 - \vskip\pagebackgroundvoffset}% overbodig + \vskip\pagebackgroundvoffset}% overbodig \ht0=\teksthoogte \wd0=#2\relax \box0 @@ -761,45 +787,49 @@ {\getvalue{\??am\c!menu#1}} \def\horizontaalinteractiemenu#1#2#3#4% - {\dimen2=\!!zeropoint - \setbox0=\hbox - {\def\docommando##1% - {\doifnotvalue{\??am##1\c!status}{\v!geen} - {\hskip\dimen2 - \setbox2=\hbox to #2 - {\getvalue{\??am##1#3}\interactiemenu[##1]\getvalue{\??am##1#4}}% - \doifelsevalue{\??am##1\c!afstand}{\v!overlay} - {\dimen2=\!!zeropoint - \wd2=\!!zeropoint}% - {\dimen2=\getvalue{\??am##1\c!afstand}}% - \box2}}% - \startinteractie - \processcommacommand[\getvalue{\??am#1}]\docommando - \stopinteractie}% - \wd0=#2\relax - \box0\relax} + {\ifdim#2>\!!zeropoint % new + \dimen2=\!!zeropoint + \setbox0=\hbox + {\def\docommando##1% + {\doifnotvalue{\??am##1\c!status}{\v!geen} + {\hskip\dimen2 + \setbox2=\hbox to #2 + {\getvalue{\??am##1#3}\interactiemenu[##1]\getvalue{\??am##1#4}}% + \doifelsevalue{\??am##1\c!afstand}{\v!overlay} + {\dimen2=\!!zeropoint + \wd2=\!!zeropoint}% + {\dimen2=\getvalue{\??am##1\c!afstand}}% + \box2}}% + \startinteractie + \processcommacommand[\getvalue{\??am#1}]\docommando + \stopinteractie}% + \wd0=#2\relax + \box0\relax + \fi} \def\vertikaalinteractiemenu#1#2#3#4% - {\dimen2=\!!zeropoint - \setbox0=\vbox - {\def\docommando##1% - {\doifnotvalue{\??am##1\c!status}{\v!geen} - {\vskip\dimen2 - \setbox2=\vbox to #2 - {\getvalue{\??am##1#3}\interactiemenu[##1]\getvalue{\??am##1#4}}% - \doifelsevalue{\??am##1\c!afstand}{\v!overlay} - {\dimen2=\!!zeropoint - \offinterlineskip - \dp2=\!!zeropoint - \ht2=\!!zeropoint}% - {\dimen2=\getvalue{\??am##1\c!afstand}}% - \box2}}% - \startinteractie - \processcommacommand[\getvalue{\??am#1}]\docommando - \stopinteractie}% - \ht0=#2\relax - \dp0=\!!zeropoint - \box0\relax} + {\ifdim#2>\!!zeropoint % new + \dimen2=\!!zeropoint + \setbox0=\vbox + {\def\docommando##1% + {\doifnotvalue{\??am##1\c!status}{\v!geen} + {\vskip\dimen2 + \setbox2=\vbox to #2 + {\getvalue{\??am##1#3}\interactiemenu[##1]\getvalue{\??am##1#4}}% + \doifelsevalue{\??am##1\c!afstand}{\v!overlay} + {\dimen2=\!!zeropoint + \offinterlineskip + \dp2=\!!zeropoint + \ht2=\!!zeropoint}% + {\dimen2=\getvalue{\??am##1\c!afstand}}% + \box2}}% + \startinteractie + \processcommacommand[\getvalue{\??am#1}]\docommando + \stopinteractie}% + \ht0=#2\relax + \dp0=\!!zeropoint + \box0\relax + \fi} \def\interactiemenus[#1]% {\iflocation @@ -1079,7 +1109,7 @@ \setvalue{synchronisatie\v!pagina}[#1]% {\bgroup - \stelinteractiein[\c!breedte=\!!zeropoint]% + \setupinteraction[\c!breedte=\!!zeropoint]% \setbox0=\hbox {\localframed[\??ba][]% {\dolocationattributes\??ba\c!letter\c!kleur{\strut\@@batekst}}}% @@ -1095,7 +1125,7 @@ %\gotodestination % {}{#1}{\syncprefix:##1}{} % {\hbox to \dimen0{\color[\locationcolor\@@bakleur]{\onder}}}}% - \naarbox + \naarbox {\hbox to \dimen0{\color[\locationcolor\@@bakleur]{\onder}}}% [#1::\syncprefix:##1]}% \hbox @@ -1125,12 +1155,12 @@ \setvalue{synchronisatie\v!lokaal}[#1]% {\bgroup - \stelinteractiein[\c!breedte=\!!zeropoint]% + \setupinteraction[\c!breedte=\!!zeropoint]% \def\blackrule{\hbox{\vrule\!!height.5em\!!width.5em}}% %\gotodestination % {}{##1}{\syncprefix:#1}{0} % {\color[\locationcolor\@@bakleur]{\blackrule}}% - \naarbox % + \naarbox % {\color[\locationcolor\@@bakleur]{\blackrule}}% [#1::\syncprefix:\synccounter]% \egroup} @@ -1194,7 +1224,7 @@ \def\interactiebalka% {\iflocation \bgroup - \stelinteractiein[\c!breedte=\!!zeropoint]% + \setupinteraction[\c!breedte=\!!zeropoint]% \setupblackrules[\c!hoogte=\v!max,\c!diepte=\v!max]% maten ?? \!!widthb=\@@ibbreedte\relax \advance\!!widthb by -2.75em\relax @@ -1297,7 +1327,7 @@ \ifnum\nofsubpages>1 \hbox \bgroup - \stelinteractiein[\c!breedte=\!!zeropoint]% + \setupinteraction[\c!breedte=\!!zeropoint]% \ifbalksymbool % beter: 3 chars assign en 3*box \setupsymbolset[\@@iasymboolset]% \setbox0=\hbox{\symbol[\v!vorige]}% @@ -1347,7 +1377,7 @@ \ifdim\!!widtha<\@@ibafstand\relax \interactiebalkf \else - \stelinteractiein[\c!breedte=\!!zeropoint]% + \setupinteraction[\c!breedte=\!!zeropoint]% \noindent \hbox to \@@ibbreedte \bgroup @@ -1392,7 +1422,7 @@ \def\interactiebalkf% !! KAN WORDEN GECOMBINEERD MET D !! {\iflocation\ifshowingsubpage \ifnum\nofsubpages>1 - \stelinteractiein[\c!breedte=\!!zeropoint]% + \setupinteraction[\c!breedte=\!!zeropoint]% \noindent \hbox to \@@ibbreedte \bgroup @@ -1413,7 +1443,7 @@ \advance\!!countc by -2 \!!widtha=-\@@ibafstand \!!widtha=\!!countc\!!widtha -\advance\!!widtha by \@@ibbreedte +\advance\!!widtha by \@@ibbreedte \advance\!!countc by 1 \divide\!!widtha by \!!countc \ifbalksymbool @@ -1460,7 +1490,7 @@ \ifnum\teller=\firstsubpage\relax \!!doneatrue \fi \ifnum\teller=\lastsubpage\relax \!!doneatrue \fi \ifnum\teller>\!!countc \ifnum\teller<\!!countd \!!doneatrue \fi\fi - \if!!donea + \if!!donea \ifnum\teller<\realpageno \gotox0% \else\ifnum\teller>\realpageno @@ -1516,7 +1546,7 @@ {\startinteractie \processaction [\@@ibvariant] - [ c=>\checkinteractiebalk\v!max\v!max, + [ c=>\checkinteractiebalk\v!max\v!max, d=>\checkinteractiebalk{.5em}\!!zeropoint, e=>\checkinteractiebalk{.5em}\!!zeropoint, f=>\checkinteractiebalk{.5em}\!!zeropoint, @@ -1586,14 +1616,14 @@ % Als met \getpar wordt gewerkt, dan moet \next worden toegepast. -% TZT initialisatie! +% TZT initialisatie! \def\profilepage{} \let\dosetprofilepage=\relax \let\dogetprofilepage=\relax -\def\processprofile[#1]#2#3% +\def\processprofile#1[#2]% {\iflocation \par % needed for pdftex \bgroup @@ -1604,12 +1634,19 @@ {\doifsomething{##1}{(##1)}}% {\addtocommalist{##2}\processedprofiles ##1\relax - #3{##2}{\hsize}{\profilepage}}}% + \ifcase#1\relax + \dobeginofprofile + {##2} + {\number\papierbreedte}{\number\papierhoogte} + {\profilepage}% + \else + \doendofprofile + \fi}}% \def\processedprofiles{}% \def\doprocessprofile##1% {\doifelse{\@@pfoptie}{\v!test}% {\goodbreak\blanko\nobreak\tt[\spatie - #2 profiel\spatie ##1:\spatie + \ifcase#1\v!start\else\v!stop\fi profiel\spatie ##1:\spatie \doifdefinedelse{\c!profiel!!##1}% {\def\dodoprocessprofile####1% {\processoneprofile @@ -1625,7 +1662,7 @@ {\processoneprofile{}{####1}}% \processcommacommand [\getvalue{\c!profiel!!##1}]\dodoprocessprofile}}}% - \processcommalist[#1]\doprocessprofile + \processcommalist[#2]\doprocessprofile \egroup \par % needed for pdftex \fi} @@ -1635,9 +1672,9 @@ \bgroup \addtocommalist{#1}\actualprofile \def\stopprofiel% - {\processprofile[#1]\v!stop\doendofprofile + {\processprofile1[#1]% \egroup}% - \DoAfterFi\processprofile[#1]\v!start\dobeginofprofile + \DoAfterFi\processprofile0[#1]% \fi} \let\stopprofiel=\relax @@ -1722,7 +1759,7 @@ %I %I Een versienummer mag punten (.) bevatten. Deze worden %I voor het vergelijken niet meegenomen. Oppassen dus: 1.10 -%I wordt 110 en 2.2 wordt 22 en moet +%I wordt 110 en 2.2 wordt 22. %P %I Het is mogelijk alleen de 'recente' wijzigingen te %I verwerken. Dit gaat in twee slagen: @@ -1915,25 +1952,34 @@ \newif\ifrandomtransitions \def\stelpaginaovergangenin% - {\dosingleempty\dostelpaginaovergangenin} - -\def\dostelpaginaovergangenin[#1]% - {\doglobal\newcounter\currentpagetransition - \doifelse{#1}{\v!reset} - {\let\setpagetransition\relax} - {\let\setpagetransition\setsomepagetransition - \doifinsetelse{\v!willekeurig}{#1} - {\randomtransitionstrue}{\randomtransitionsfalse}% - \edef\userpagetransitions{#1}% - \@EA\removefromcommalist\@EA{\v!willekeurig}\userpagetransitions - \ifx\userpagetransitions\empty - \let\userpagetransitions\pagetransitions - \fi}} + {\dosingleempty\dostelpaginaovergangenin} + +\def\dostelpaginaovergangenin[#1]% + {\doifelsenothing{#1} + {\doifnot{\@@scwachttijd}{\v!geen} + {\let\setpagetransition\setsomepagedelay}} + {\doifelse{#1}{\v!start} + {\doifnot{\@@scwachttijd}{\v!geen} + {\let\setpagetransition\setsomepagedelay}} + {\doglobal\newcounter\currentpagetransition + \doifinsetelse{#1}{\v!reset,\v!stop} + {\let\setpagetransition\relax} + {\let\setpagetransition\setsomepagetransition + \doifinsetelse{\v!willekeurig}{#1} + {\randomtransitionstrue}{\randomtransitionsfalse}% + \edef\userpagetransitions{#1}% + \@EA\removefromcommalist\@EA{\v!willekeurig}\userpagetransitions + \ifx\userpagetransitions\empty + \let\userpagetransitions\pagetransitions + \fi}}}} + +\def\setsomepagedelay% + {\expanded{\dosetpagetransition{0}{\@@scwachttijd}}} \def\setsomepagetransition% {\iflocation \ifrandomtransitions - \expanded{\getcommalistsize[\userpagetransitions]}% + \expanded{\getcommalistsize[\userpagetransitions]}% \getrandomnumber{\currentpagetransition}{1}{\commalistsize}% \else \doglobal\increment\currentpagetransition @@ -1943,10 +1989,12 @@ {\expanded{\getfromcommalist[\pagetransitions][\commalistelement]}} {}% \ifx\commalistelement\empty - \doglobal\newcounter\currentpagetransition + \doglobal\newcounter\currentpagetransition \setsomepagetransition \else - \expanded{\dosetpagetransition{\commalistelement}}% + \doifelse{\@@scwachttijd}{\v!geen} + {\expanded{\dosetpagetransition{\commalistelement}{0}}} + {\expanded{\dosetpagetransition{\commalistelement}{\@@scwachttijd}}}% \fi \fi} @@ -2017,41 +2065,50 @@ \setvalue{\e!start\e!commentaar}% the dummy triple gobbles trailing spaces {\dotripleempty\dostartcommentaar} -\def\dostartcommentaar[#1][#2][#3]% +\def\dostartcommentaar[#1][#2][#3]% {\bgroup + \doifassignmentelse{#1} + {\getparameters[\??cc][#1]} + {\getparameters[\??cc][\c!titel=#1,#2]}% + \bgroup \obeylines + \doif{\@@ccspatie}{\v!ja}{\obeyspaces}% \long\def\docommando##1% - {\egroup + {\egroup \global\setbox\commentbox=\hbox - {\getparameters[\??cc][#2]% - \!!widtha=\@@ccbreedte + {\!!widtha=\@@ccbreedte \!!heighta=\@@cchoogte \doinsertcomment - {#1}{\number\!!widtha}{\number\!!heighta}{\@@cckleur}{0}{##1}% + {\@@cctitel}{\number\!!widtha}{\number\!!heighta} + {\@@cckleur}{0}{\@@ccsymbool}{##1}% \hskip\ifvoid\commentbox\@@ccmarge\else\@@ccafstand\fi - \box\commentbox}}% + \box\commentbox + \egroup}}% \grabuntil{\e!stop\e!commentaar}\docommando} -\def\commentaar% +\def\commentaar% {\dodoubleempty\docommentaar} \def\docommentaar[#1][#2]#3% {\bgroup - \getparameters[\??cc][#2]% + \doifassignmentelse{#1} + {\getparameters[\??cc][#1]} + {\getparameters[\??cc][\c!titel=#1,#2]}% \!!widtha=\@@ccbreedte \!!heighta=\@@cchoogte \hbox to \!!zeropoint {\hskip-\@@ccmarge \raise\ht\strutbox\hbox {\doPDFinsertcomment - {#1}{\number\!!widtha}{\number\!!heighta}{\@@cckleur}{0}{#3}}}% + {\@@cctitel}{\number\!!widtha}{\number\!!heighta} + {\@@cckleur}{0}{\@@ccsymbool}{#3}}}% \egroup \ignorespaces} % \startcommentaar % hello beautiful\\world % \stopcommentaar -% +% % \startcommentaar[hallo] % hello \<< \'e\'erste \>> % beautiful @@ -2063,14 +2120,50 @@ % beautiful % world % \stopcommentaar -% +% % \startcommentaar[hallo][kleur=groen,breedte=4cm,hoogte=3cm] % hello \<< \'e\'erste \>> -% +% % beautiful -% +% % world % \stopcommentaar +% +% \startcommentaar[symbool=Balloon] +% Do we want this kind of rubish? And, why isn't this and +% some more features related to text annotations so poorly +% (actually not) documented? Anyhow, by providing this +% functionality we demonstrate that \pdfTeX\ can do it. By +% the way, it's funny that when in Acrobat we scale up the +% text, the symbols scale down. +% \stopcommentaar + +%D \macros +%D {registermenubuttons} +%D +%D A still undocumented macro that generates a clickable +%D alphabet to a register. + +\def\doregistermenubuttons[#1][#2]% [menu id] [register] + {\bgroup + \ifsecondargument + \stelinteractiemenuin + [#1][\c!onbekendeverwijzing=\v!ja,\c!zelfdepagina=\v!ja]% + \def\docommando##1% + {\noindent + \menubutton[#1]{##1}[#2:##1]% + \space}% + \else + \def\docommando##1% + {\noindent + \button[\c!onbekendeverwijzing=\v!ja,\c!zelfdepagina=\v!ja]{##1}[#1:##1]% + \space}% + \fi + \handletokens abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\with\docommando + \egroup} + +\def\registermenubuttons% + {\dodoubleempty\doregistermenubuttons} \definieerinteractiemenu [\v!rechts] @@ -2078,7 +2171,7 @@ [\c!voor=, \c!na=\vfil, \c!tussen=\blanko, - \c!afstand=\bodyfontsize, % 12pt + \c!afstand=\bodyfontsize, % 12pt \c!links=\hss, \c!rechts=\hss, \c!breedte=\rechterrandbreedte, @@ -2090,7 +2183,7 @@ [\c!voor=, \c!na=\vfil, \c!tussen=\blanko, - \c!afstand=\bodyfontsize, % 12pt + \c!afstand=\bodyfontsize, % 12pt \c!links=\hss, \c!rechts=\hss, \c!breedte=\linkerrandbreedte, @@ -2102,7 +2195,7 @@ [\c!voor=\vss, \c!na=\vss, \c!midden=\hfil, - \c!afstand=\bodyfontsize, % 12pt + \c!afstand=\bodyfontsize, % 12pt \c!breedte=\v!passend, \c!hoogte=\v!ruim] @@ -2112,7 +2205,7 @@ [\c!voor=\vss, \c!na=\vss, \c!midden=\hfil, - \c!afstand=\bodyfontsize, % 12pt + \c!afstand=\bodyfontsize, % 12pt \c!breedte=\v!passend, \c!hoogte=\v!ruim] @@ -2163,10 +2256,11 @@ \c!kopoffset=\!!zeropoint, \c!rugwit=\rugwit, \c!kopwit=\kopwit, - \c!optie=\c!min] + \c!optie=\c!min, + \c!wachttijd=\v!geen] \stelbuttonsin - [\c!status=\v!start, + [\c!status=\v!start, \c!breedte=\v!passend, \c!hoogte=\v!ruim, \c!offset=0.25em, @@ -2176,8 +2270,9 @@ \c!achtergrondkleur=, \c!letter=\@@ialetter, \c!kleur=\@@iakleur, + \c!contrastkleur=\@@iacontrastkleur, \c!zelfdepagina=\v!ja, - \c!onbekendeverwijzing=\v!leeg] + \c!onbekendeverwijzing=\v!ja] \stelinteractiebalkin [\c!status=\v!start, @@ -2186,7 +2281,7 @@ \c!breedte=\rechterrandbreedte, \c!hoogte=, % these are taken care \c!diepte=, % of at calling time - \c!afstand=.5em, % beter relateren aan breedte + \c!afstand=.5em, % beter relateren aan breedte \c!stap=1, \c!kleur=\@@iakleur, \c!contrastkleur=\@@iacontrastkleur, @@ -2220,10 +2315,13 @@ [\c!marge=2.5em, \c!afstand=1em, \c!breedte=.3\tekstbreedte, - \c!hoogte=.2\teksthoogte, - \c!kleur=\@@iakleur] + \c!hoogte=.2\teksthoogte, + \c!kleur=\@@iakleur, + \c!titel=, + \c!spatie=\v!nee, + \c!symbool=\v!normaal] -\stelversiesin % beware, @ is made active here, +\stelversiesin % beware, @ is made active here, [\c!nummer=1, % therefore we set this one at the end \c!letter=\ss, \c!kleur=] diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-01e.tex b/tex/context/base/core-01e.tex index 7e3e3ff9e..afb3debef 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-01e.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-01e.tex @@ -8,63 +8,63 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros (e)} \unprotect -% \ifprocesspreviousparagraphs +% \ifprocesspreviousparagraphs % % \nofskippedparagraphs -% \paragraphnumber -% \nofparagraphs -% -% \dosetparagraph -% \doresetparagraph -% \dobeforeparagraph -% \doafterparagraph -% \dobeforeskipparagraph -% \doafterskipparagraph -% -% \pushparagraphs\endcommand alle alineas tot \endcommand laden +% \paragraphnumber +% \nofparagraphs +% +% \dosetparagraph +% \doresetparagraph +% \dobeforeparagraph +% \doafterparagraph +% \dobeforeskipparagraph +% \doafterskipparagraph +% +% \pushparagraphs\endcommand alle alineas tot \endcommand laden % \pushmoreparagraphs\endcommand alle alineas tot \endcommand toevoegen -% \popparagraphs alle alineas oproepen -% \popparagraphs[a,b,c] enkele alineas oproepen [geen] +% \popparagraphs alle alineas oproepen +% \popparagraphs[a,b,c] enkele alineas oproepen [geen] % -% tzt een optionele prefix: +% tzt een optionele prefix: % -% \pushparagraphs[xxx]\endcommand alle alineas tot \endcommand laden -% \popparagraphs[xxx] alle alineas oproepen -% \popparagraphs[xxx][a,b,c] enkele alineas oproepen +% \pushparagraphs[xxx]\endcommand alle alineas tot \endcommand laden +% \popparagraphs[xxx] alle alineas oproepen +% \popparagraphs[xxx][a,b,c] enkele alineas oproepen % % \numberparagraphs % \numberparagraphlines % \resetparagraphlines -\newif\ifprocesspreviousparagraphs % public -\newif\ifprocessallparagraphs % private +\newif\ifprocesspreviousparagraphs % public +\newif\ifprocessallparagraphs % private -\newcounter\totalnofparagraphs % private -\newcounter\globalparagraphnumber % private +\newcounter\totalnofparagraphs % private +\newcounter\globalparagraphnumber % private \newcounter\discardedparagraphs % private \newcounter\mostrecentparagraphtotal % public -\let\dosetparagraph = \relax % public -\let\doresetparagraph = \relax % public -\let\dobeforeparagraph = \relax % public -\let\doafterparagraph = \relax % public -\let\dobeforeskipparagraph = \relax % public -\let\doafterskipparagraph = \relax % public +\let\dosetparagraph = \relax % public +\let\doresetparagraph = \relax % public +\let\dobeforeparagraph = \relax % public +\let\doafterparagraph = \relax % public +\let\dobeforeskipparagraph = \relax % public +\let\doafterskipparagraph = \relax % public -\def\paragraphnumber {} % public -\def\nofparagraphs {} % public -\def\nofskippedparagraphs {} % public +\def\paragraphnumber {} % public +\def\nofparagraphs {} % public +\def\nofskippedparagraphs {} % public -\def\paragraphprefix {paragraph} % private +\def\paragraphprefix {paragraph} % private -% voorlopig, wordt nog class +% voorlopig, wordt nog class \def\resetparagraphlines% {\global\linenumber=1\relax} @@ -72,14 +72,14 @@ \def\numberparagraphs% instelbaar maken en slimmer ivm breedte regelnummer !!!!! {\processpreviousparagraphstrue \def\dosetparagraph% - {\bgroup + {\bgroup \resetparagraphlines \EveryPar {\strut\inlinkermarge{\tf{\tx\paragraphnumber}\kern2em}% \ignorespaces}} \def\doresetparagraph% {\resetparagraphlines - \egroup}} + \egroup}} \def\numberparagraphlines% {\processpreviousparagraphstrue @@ -97,13 +97,13 @@ \def\doafterskipparagraph% {\startregelnummeren[\v!verder]}} -\def\dopushparagraphs#1% +\def\dopushparagraphs#1% {\global\let\mostrecentparagraphtotal=\totalnofparagraphs \ifx#1\undefined \let#1=\relax \fi \convertargument#1\to\asciiA - \convertargument{ }\to\asciiB % lege regel + \convertargument{ }\to\asciiB % lege regel \def\dopushparagraph##1\par% {\convertargument##1\to\asciiC \doifelse{\asciiC}{\asciiA} @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ \ifnum\totalnofparagraphs>0\nofskippedparagraphs\relax \setgvalue{\paragraphprefix\totalnofparagraphs}% {##1}% - \else + \else \setgvalue{\paragraphprefix\totalnofparagraphs}% {\skipparagraph##1\par}% \fi}}% @@ -129,20 +129,20 @@ \def\pushmoreparagraphs% {\dopushparagraphs} -\def\dododopopparagraph#1% no grouping, i.v.m. sidefloats +\def\dododopopparagraph#1% no grouping, i.v.m. sidefloats {\ifnum#1>\totalnofparagraphs\relax \else \let\paragraphnumber=\globalparagraphnumber \decrement(\paragraphnumber,\discardedparagraphs)% \dobeforeparagraph - \ifhmode\indentation\fi\getvalue{\paragraphprefix#1}\par + \ifhmode\indentation\fi\getvalue{\paragraphprefix#1}\par \doafterparagraph \fi} \long\def\skipparagraph#1\par% {\doglobal\increment\discardedparagraphs \ifprocessallparagraphs - \dobeforeskipparagraph + \dobeforeskipparagraph \ifhmode\indentation\fi#1\par \doafterskipparagraph \fi} @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ \def\processpreviousparagraphs[#1]% process previous ones {\ifprocesspreviousparagraphs \bgroup - \getfromcommacommand[#1][1]% tzt snelle \..command.. testen + \getfromcommacommand[#1][1]% tzt snelle \..command.. testen \let\totalnofparagraphs=\commalistelement \decrement\totalnofparagraphs \let\dodopopparagraph=\dodoprocessparagraph @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ \def\dopopparagraphs[#1]% {\doifnotinset{#1}{\v!geen,0} - {\dosetparagraph + {\dosetparagraph \doglobal\newcounter\globalparagraphnumber \doglobal\newcounter\discardedparagraphs \doifelse{#1}{} @@ -214,108 +214,108 @@ % \numberparagraphs % % \def\nofskippedparagraphs{1} -% +% % \pushparagraphs\ThatsIt -% +% % \ruledbaseline eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste % eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste % eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste % eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste % eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste -% eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste -% +% eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste +% % \ruledbaseline eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste % eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste % eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste % eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste % eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste -% eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste -% +% eerste eerste eerste eerste eerste +% % \ruledbaseline tweede tweede tweede tweede tweede tweede % tweede tweede tweede tweede tweede tweede tweede tweede % tweede tweede tweede tweede tweede tweede tweede tweede % tweede tweede tweede tweede tweede tweede tweede tweede % tweede tweede tweede tweede tweede tweede tweede tweede % tweede tweede tweede tweede tweede tweede tweede tweede -% tweede tweede tweede tweede tweede -% +% tweede tweede tweede tweede tweede +% % \skipparagraph \ruledbaseline skipped skipped skipped % skipped skipped skipped skipped skipped skipped skipped % skipped skipped skipped skipped skipped skipped skipped -% skipped skipped -% +% skipped skipped +% % \ruledbaseline derde derde derde derde derde derde derde % derde derde derde derde derde derde derde derde derde derde % derde derde derde derde derde derde derde derde derde derde % derde derde derde derde derde derde derde derde derde derde % derde derde derde derde derde derde derde derde derde derde -% derde derde derde derde derde derde derde derde derde derde -% +% derde derde derde derde derde derde derde derde derde derde +% % \skipparagraph \ruledbaseline skipped skipped skipped % skipped skipped skipped skipped skipped skipped skipped % skipped skipped skipped skipped skipped skipped skipped -% skipped skipped skipped -% +% skipped skipped skipped +% % \ruledbaseline vierde vierde vierde vierde vierde vierde % vierde vierde vierde vierde vierde vierde vierde vierde % vierde vierde vierde vierde vierde vierde vierde vierde -% vierde vierde vierde vierde -% +% vierde vierde vierde vierde +% % \ruledbaseline vijfde vijfde vijfde vijfde vijfde vijfde % vijfde vijfde vijfde vijfde vijfde vijfde vijfde vijfde % vijfde vijfde vijfde vijfde vijfde vijfde vijfde vijfde % vijfde vijfde vijfde vijfde vijfde vijfde vijfde vijfde -% vijfde vijfde vijfde -% +% vijfde vijfde vijfde +% % \skipparagraph \ruledbaseline skipped skipped skipped % skipped skipped skipped skipped skipped skipped skipped % skipped skipped skipped skipped skipped skipped skipped -% skipped skipped skipped -% +% skipped skipped skipped +% % \ThatsIt -% +% % \popparagraphs -% +% % \countparagraphs -% +% % \blanko[2*groot] -% +% % nofparagraphs:~\nofparagraphs -% -% \pagina -% +% +% \pagina +% % \popparagraphs[1] % \popparagraphs[2] % \popparagraphs[3] % \popparagraphs[4] % \popparagraphs[5] -% -% \pagina -% +% +% \pagina +% % \ruledvbox{\popparagraphs[1,2,3,4,5]} -% -% \pagina +% +% \pagina -% PAS OP: VERVALLEN -% +% PAS OP: VERVALLEN +% % \newif\ifprocesspreviousparagraphs % \newif\ifprocessallparagraphs -% +% % \newcounter\nofskippedparagraphs % \newcounter\nofmidskippedparagraphs -% +% % \def\alineanummer {} -% +% % \newcounter\nofalineas -% -% \def\laadalineas#1% alinea = class +% +% \def\laadalineas#1% alinea = class % {\doglobal\newcounter\nofalineas % \doglobal\decrement(\nofalineas,\nofskippedparagraphs)% % \ifx#1\undefined % \let#1=\relax % \fi % \convertargument#1\to\asciiA -% \convertargument{ }\to\asciiB % lege regel +% \convertargument{ }\to\asciiB % lege regel % \def\dolaadalinea##1\par% % {\convertargument##1\to\asciiC % \doifelse{\asciiC}{\asciiA} @@ -327,15 +327,15 @@ % \let\next=\dolaadalinea} % \next}% % \dolaadalinea} -% -% % De constructie \edef\alineanummer{#1} is nodig voor -% % bijvoorbeeld: -% % +% +% % De constructie \edef\alineanummer{#1} is nodig voor +% % bijvoorbeeld: +% % % % \EveryPar{\strut\inlinker{\alineanummer}} % % -% % Laten we dit weg, dan wordt het vorige nummer gebruikt. -% -% \def\dododohaalalinea#1% geen grouping, i.v.m. sidefloats +% % Laten we dit weg, dan wordt het vorige nummer gebruikt. +% +% \def\dododohaalalinea#1% geen grouping, i.v.m. sidefloats % {\edef\localalineanummer{#1}% % \ifnum\localalineanummer>\nofalineas\relax % \else @@ -345,30 +345,30 @@ % \else % \let\alineanummer=\empty % \fi -% \dopreparagraph -% \doeveryparagraph\getvalue{alinea\localalineanummer}\par -% \dopostparagraph +% \dopreparagraph +% \doeveryparagraph\getvalue{alinea\localalineanummer}\par +% \dopostparagraph % \fi} -% +% % \long\def\geenalinea#1\par% % {\ifprocessallparagraphs % \let\alineanummer=\relax -% \dopostparagraph % fool around a bit +% \dopostparagraph % fool around a bit % #1\par -% \dopreparagraph % ugly but effective +% \dopreparagraph % ugly but effective % \fi % \doglobal\increment\nofmidskippedparagraphs} -% +% % \def\dodohaalalinea% % {\dododohaalalinea} -% +% % \def\dodoverwerkalinea#1% % {\ifprocesspreviousparagraphs % \bgroup % \setbox0=\vbox{\dododohaalalinea{#1}}% % \egroup % \fi} -% +% % \def\verwerkvorigealineas[#1]% process previous ones % {\ifprocesspreviousparagraphs % \bgroup @@ -379,16 +379,16 @@ % \haalalineas % \egroup % \fi} -% +% % \let \dosetparagraph = \relax % \let \doresetparagraph = \relax % \let \dopreparagraph = \relax % \let \dopostparagraph = \relax % \let \doeveryparagraph = \relax -% +% % \def\dohaalalineas[#1]% % {\doifnotinset{#1}{\v!geen,0} -% {\dosetparagraph +% {\dosetparagraph % \doglobal\newcounter\globalalineanummer % \doglobal\newcounter\nofmidskippedparagraphs % \doifelse{#1}{} @@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ % {\doglobal\increment\globalalineanummer % \ifnum\globalalineanummer>\nofalineas\relax % \let\dohaalalinea=\relax -% \else +% \else % \ifprocessallparagraphs % \dodohaalalinea\globalalineanummer % \else @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ % \dohaalalinea}% % \dohaalalinea % \doresetparagraph}} -% +% % \def\haalalineas% % {\dosingleempty\dohaalalineas} diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-02a.tex b/tex/context/base/core-02a.tex index 13068c72f..b7f9ac411 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-02a.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-02a.tex @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Extra Macros (a)} @@ -35,24 +35,31 @@ 2: Haupbestand -- 3: Nebenbestand -- \stopmessages + +\startmessages czech library: addresses + title: adresy + 1: -- + 2: primarni baze -- + 3: sekundarni baze -- +\stopmessages %I n=Kontakten %I c=\laadkontakten -%I -%I De onderstaande commando's werken samen met het programma +%I +%I De onderstaande commando's werken samen met het programma %I TeXAdres. %I -%I \laadkontakten[naam,groep,...] +%I \laadkontakten[naam,groep,...] %I -%I Dit commando doorzoekt eerst de file 'texadres.tao' en +%I Dit commando doorzoekt eerst de file 'texadres.tao' en %I vervolgens de file 'texadres.tae' op naam en groep. Bij -%I elk gevonden adres (naam of groepslid) wordt het commando -%I \doemetkontakt{logisch} aangeroepen. +%I elk gevonden adres (naam of groepslid) wordt het commando +%I \doemetkontakt{logisch} aangeroepen. %I %I De waarden van de verschillende velden zijn op te roepen met -%I het commando \kontaktwaarde{veldnaam}. Let op: het in -%I bijvoorbeeld een adres opgenomen commando \\ moet men zelf -%I definieren, bijvoorbeeld: \def\\{\endgraf}. +%I het commando \kontaktwaarde{veldnaam}. Let op: het in +%I bijvoorbeeld een adres opgenomen commando \\ moet men zelf +%I definieren, bijvoorbeeld: \def\\{\endgraf}. %P %I TeXAdres zet alle files op een gebied met de extensie 'tai' %I om in een file met de extensie 'tao' of 'tae'. Een invoerfile @@ -67,12 +74,12 @@ %I \...{...} %I \postadres{...} %I \eindvankontakt{...} -%P -%I De invoerfile bevat zowel definities van kontakten als van -%I groepen. -%I +%P +%I De invoerfile bevat zowel definities van kontakten als van +%I groepen. +%I %I Een kontakt wordt als volgt gedefinieerd: -%I +%I %I < kontakt > %I %I [ logisch ] hagenj @@ -86,26 +93,26 @@ %I [ info ] ach ja %P %I Een groep wordt als volgt gedefinieerd: -%I +%I %I < groep > %I -%I [ logisch ] werkgroep +%I [ logisch ] werkgroep %I [ naam ] %I [ lid ] ottenaf %I [ lid ] hagenj %I [ lid ] jonkerj %I [ lid ] marlecvan -% In eerste instantie leek het werken met % voor te skippen -% regels mij een aardige oplossing. Echter, het opslurpen van -% een heel blok tot \eindvankontakt gaat net zo snel. -% -% Hoewel het mechanisme inmiddels uitstekend is te combineren -% met het tekstblok-mechanisme, wordt vooralsnog deze snelle -% variant gebruikt. +% In eerste instantie leek het werken met % voor te skippen +% regels mij een aardige oplossing. Echter, het opslurpen van +% een heel blok tot \eindvankontakt gaat net zo snel. % -% Om conflicten te voorkomen met reeds gedefinieerde commando's, -% zoals \naam, wordt enkele malen \bgroup..\egroup gebruikt. +% Hoewel het mechanisme inmiddels uitstekend is te combineren +% met het tekstblok-mechanisme, wordt vooralsnog deze snelle +% variant gebruikt. +% +% Om conflicten te voorkomen met reeds gedefinieerde commando's, +% zoals \naam, wordt enkele malen \bgroup..\egroup gebruikt. \newevery \everykontakt \EveryKontakt @@ -136,7 +143,7 @@ \resetkontaktwaarde} \def\skipkontakt% - {\long\def\next##1\eindvankontakt% + {\long\def\next##1\eindvankontakt% {\def\next####1{\egroup}\next}% \next} @@ -152,7 +159,7 @@ \kontaktoktrue} {\kontaktokfalse}% \def\checkkontakt##1% - {\rawdoifinsetelse{##1}{\gevraagdekontakten}{\kontaktoktrue}{}}% + {\rawdoifinsetelse{##1}{\gevraagdekontakten}{\kontaktoktrue}{}}% \def\lidvangroep##1% {\doifsomething{##1} {\rawprocesscommalist[##1]\checkkontakt}% @@ -175,12 +182,12 @@ \else \let\next=\relax \fi - \fi + \fi \next}% \def\eindvankontakt##1% {\relax - \egroup - \the\everykontakt + \egroup + \the\everykontakt \doemetkontakt{##1}}% \showmessage{\m!addresses}{1}{\gevraagdekontakten}% \readsysfile{texadres.tao}{\showmessage{\m!addresses}{2}{(tao)}}{\relax}% diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-02b.tex b/tex/context/base/core-02b.tex index e1acabf34..52428d1ed 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-02b.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-02b.tex @@ -8,17 +8,17 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Extra Macros (b)} \unprotect -%I n=Karakters +%I n=Karakters %I -%I Het is mogelijk bij het definieren van tabellen gebruik -%I te maken van speciale karakters: +%I Het is mogelijk bij het definieren van tabellen gebruik +%I te maken van speciale karakters: %I %I \starttabel[|l|c|r|] %I ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿ @@ -33,12 +33,12 @@ %I %I Eventueel kunnen \starttabel en \stoptabel worden weggelaten. %P -%I Naast \hoog en \laag kunnen (ook in de wiskunde-mode) de +%I Naast \hoog en \laag kunnen (ook in de wiskunde-mode) de %I karakters en worden gebruikt: m2, x{23} enz. %P %I De volgende hoge ascii-karakters worden vertaald: %I -%I Ÿ bedrag geen haakjes nodig, wel spaties +%I Ÿ bedrag geen haakjes nodig, wel spaties \newcount\row \newcount\columns @@ -125,15 +125,15 @@ % \catcode`\Ú=\@@active \defÚ{\firstrow\firstcolumn} % \catcode`\Ã=\@@active \defÃ{\lastrow} % \catcode`\À=\@@active \defÀ{\lastrow} -% +% % \catcode`\¿=\@@active \def¿{\nextcolumn} % \catcode`\´=\@@active \def´{} % \catcode`\Ù=\@@active \defÙ{\endoftable} -% +% % \catcode`\Â=\@@active \defÂ{\nextcolumn} % \catcode`\Å=\@@active \defÅ{} % \catcode`\Á=\@@active \defÁ{} -% +% % \catcode`\³=\@@active \def³{\beginoftable\nextrow} % \catcode`\Ä=\@@active \defÄ{} @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ \catcode`\À=\@@active \defÀ{\ifprocessingverbatim{ }\else\lastrow\fi} \catcode`\¿=\@@active \def¿{\ifprocessingverbatim{ }\else\nextcolumn\fi} -\catcode`\´=\@@active \def´{\ifprocessingverbatim\char`|\else\fi} +\catcode`\´=\@@active \def´{\ifprocessingverbatim\char`|\else\fi} \catcode`\Ù=\@@active \defÙ{\ifprocessingverbatim{ }\else\endoftable\fi}% \catcode`\Â=\@@active \defÂ{\ifprocessingverbatim\char`-\else\nextcolumn\fi} @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ \catcode`\Á=\@@active \defÁ{\ifprocessingverbatim\char`-\else\fi} \catcode`\³=\@@active \def³{\ifprocessingverbatim\char`|\else\beginoftable\nextrow\fi} -\catcode`\Ä=\@@active \defÄ{\ifprocessingverbatim\char`-\else\fi} +\catcode`\Ä=\@@active \defÄ{\ifprocessingverbatim\char`-\else\fi} \catcode`\=\@@active \catcode`\=\@@active diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-02d.tex b/tex/context/base/core-02d.tex index 5123057f0..d667a8079 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-02d.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-02d.tex @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Extra Macros (d)} @@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ {\getparameters [\??fp#1] [\c!file=#1, - \c!voor=, - \c!na=, + \c!voor=, + \c!na=, #2]% \setvalue{\e!start#1}{\dostartfilegroep[#1]}} @@ -37,10 +37,10 @@ \@EA\dolaadfilegroep\@EA[\!!stringa]% \getvalue{\e!start#1#2}} -\def\dolaadfilegroep[#1-#2#3#4#5]% +\def\dolaadfilegroep[#1-#2#3#4#5]% {\readsysfile{#1-#2#3#4}{}{}} -\def\dostopfilegroep[#1][#2]% +\def\dostopfilegroep[#1][#2]% {\getvalue{\e!stop#1#2}% \getvalue{\??fp#1\c!na}} diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-con.tex b/tex/context/base/core-con.tex index bc90481e6..7acd94912 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-con.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-con.tex @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros / Conversion Macros} @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ %D This module deals with all kind of conversions from numbers %D and dates. I considered splitting this module in a support -%D one and a core one, but to keep things simple as well as +%D one and a core one, but to keep things simple as well as %D preserve the overview, I decided against splitting. %D \macros @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ %D \TEX\ primitive \type{\number}. The uppercase alternative is %D only there for compatibility with the other conversion %D macros. We could do without \type{#1} but this way we get -%D rid of unwanted braces. For the savety we also define a -%D non||sence uppercase alternative. +%D rid of unwanted braces. For the savety we also define a +%D non||sence uppercase alternative. %D %D \showsetup{\y!numbers} @@ -61,15 +61,15 @@ %D \macros %D {character,Character} %D -%D Converting a number into a character can of course only -%D be done with numbers less or equal to~26. At the cost of +%D Converting a number into a character can of course only +%D be done with numbers less or equal to~26. At the cost of %D much more macros a faster conversion is possible, using: -%D +%D %D \starttypen %D \setvalue{char1}{a} \def\character#1{\getvalue{char#1}} %D \stoptypen -%D -%D But we prefer a simpel \type{\case}. +%D +%D But we prefer a simpel \type{\case}. %D %D \showsetup{\y!character} %D \showsetup{\y!Character} @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ \def\unknowncharacter{-} % else in lists \relax \def\character#1% - {\ifcase#1\unknowncharacter + {\ifcase#1\unknowncharacter \or a\or b\or c\or d\or e\or f\or g\or h\or i\or j\or k\or l\or m% \or n\or o\or p\or q\or r\or s\or t\or u\or v\or w\or x\or y\or z% \else @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ \fi} \def\Character#1% - {\ifcase#1\unknowncharacter + {\ifcase#1\unknowncharacter \or A\or B\or C\or D\or E\or F\or G\or H\or I\or J\or K\or L\or M% \or N\or O\or P\or Q\or R\or S\or T\or U\or V\or W\or X\or Y\or Z% \else @@ -94,17 +94,17 @@ %D \macros %D {characters,Characters} -%D +%D %D Converting large numbers is supported by the next two %D macros. This time we just count on: $\cdots$~x, y, z, aa, -%D ab, ac~$\cdots$. -%D +%D ab, ac~$\cdots$. +%D %D \showsetup{\y!characters} %D \showsetup{\y!Characters} -\def\doconvertcharacters#1#2% - {\ifnum#2>26 - \bgroup +\def\doconvertcharacters#1#2% + {\ifnum#2>26 + \bgroup \!!counta=#2 \ifnum\!!counta>0 \advance\!!counta by -1 @@ -131,47 +131,47 @@ %D \macros %D {greeknumerals,Greeknumerals} %D -%D Why should we only honour the romans, and not the greek? +%D Why should we only honour the romans, and not the greek? \def\greeknumerals#1% watch the \normalxi {\mathematics - {\ifcase#1\unknowncharacter\or - \alpha\or\beta\or\gamma\or\delta\or\varepsilon\or + {\ifcase#1\unknowncharacter\or + \alpha\or\beta\or\gamma\or\delta\or\varepsilon\or \zeta\or\eta\or\theta\or\iota\or\kappa\or\lambda\or \mu\or\nu\or\normalxi\or o\or\pi\or\varrho\or\sigma\or \tau\or\upsilon\or\phi\or\chi\or\psi\or\omega \else - \unknowncharacter + \unknowncharacter \fi}} \def\Greeknumerals#1% {\mathematics {\ifcase#1\unknowncharacter \or - A\or B\or\Gamma\or\Delta\or E\or Z\or H\or\Theta\or - I\or K\or\Lambda\or M\or N\or\Xi\or O\or\Pi\or P\or + A\or B\or\Gamma\or\Delta\or E\or Z\or H\or\Theta\or + I\or K\or\Lambda\or M\or N\or\Xi\or O\or\Pi\or P\or \Sigma\or T\or\Upsilon\or\Phi\or X\or\Psi\or\Omega \else - \unknowncharacter + \unknowncharacter \fi}} %D \macros %D {protectconversion} %D -%D The previous two commands are not robust enough to be -%D passed to \type{\write} en \type{\message}. That's why we +%D The previous two commands are not robust enough to be +%D passed to \type{\write} en \type{\message}. That's why we %D introduce: \def\protectconversion% - {\def\doconvertcharacters##1{##1}} % was \relax - %{\def\doconvertcharacters##1{\ifcase0##1 0\else##1\fi}} more save + {\def\doconvertcharacters##1{##1}} % was \relax + %{\def\doconvertcharacters##1{\ifcase0##1 0\else##1\fi}} more save %D \macros %D {normaltime,normalyear,normalmonth,normalday} -%D +%D %D The last part of this module is dedicated to converting %D dates. Because we want to use as meaningful commands as %D possible, and because \TEX\ already uses up some of those, -%D we save the original meanings. +%D we save the original meanings. \let\normaltime = \time \let\normalyear = \year @@ -181,15 +181,15 @@ %D \macros %D {month,MONTH} %D -%D Converting the month number into a month name is done -%D using a case statement, abstact values and the label +%D Converting the month number into a month name is done +%D using a case statement, abstact values and the label %D mechanism. This way users can easily redefine a label from -%D for instance german into austrian. -%D +%D for instance german into austrian. +%D %D \starttypen %D \setuplabeltext [de] [january=J\"anner] %D \stoptypen -%D +%D %D Anyhow, the conversion looks like: \def\doconvertmonth#1% @@ -215,17 +215,17 @@ %D out that it would be handy to convert to the day of the %D week. In doing so, we have to calculate the total number of %D days, taking leapyears into account. For those who are -%D curious: -%D +%D curious: +%D %D \startopsomming[opelkaar] %D \som years that can be divided by 4 are leapyears -%D \som exept years that can be divided by 100 +%D \som exept years that can be divided by 100 %D \som unless years can be divided by 400 %D \stopopsomming -%D +%D %D This makes the year 1900 into a normal year and 1996 and %D 2000 into leap years, right? Well, converting to string -%D looks familiar: +%D looks familiar: \def\doconvertday#1% {\labeltext @@ -235,18 +235,18 @@ %D \macros %D {getdayoftheweek, dayoftheweek} -%D +%D %D The conversion algoritm is an old one and a translation from -%D a procedure written in MODULA~2 back in the 80's. I finaly +%D a procedure written in MODULA~2 back in the 80's. I finaly %D found the 4--100-400 rules in some enclopedia. Look at this -%D messy low level routine that takes the day, month and year +%D messy low level routine that takes the day, month and year %D as arguments: \newcount\normalweekday \def\getdayoftheweek#1#2#3% {\bgroup - \!!counta=\ifcase#2\relax + \!!counta=\ifcase#2\relax 0\or 0\or 31\or 59\or 90\or120\or151\or 181\or212\or243\or273\or304\or334\or365\fi \advance\!!counta by #1\relax @@ -285,35 +285,35 @@ {\getdayoftheweek{#1}{#2}{#3}\doconvertday{\normalweekday}} %D Using this macro in -%D +%D %D \startbuffer -%D monday: \dayoftheweek {4} {5} {1992} -%D friday: \dayoftheweek {16} {6} {1995} -%D monday: \dayoftheweek {25} {8} {1997} -%D saturday: \dayoftheweek {30} {8} {1997} -%D tuesday: \dayoftheweek {2} {1} {1996} -%D tuesday: \dayoftheweek {7} {1} {1997} -%D tuesday: \dayoftheweek {13} {1} {1998} -%D friday: \dayoftheweek {1} {1} {2000} +%D monday: \dayoftheweek {4} {5} {1992} +%D friday: \dayoftheweek {16} {6} {1995} +%D monday: \dayoftheweek {25} {8} {1997} +%D saturday: \dayoftheweek {30} {8} {1997} +%D tuesday: \dayoftheweek {2} {1} {1996} +%D tuesday: \dayoftheweek {7} {1} {1997} +%D tuesday: \dayoftheweek {13} {1} {1998} +%D friday: \dayoftheweek {1} {1} {2000} %D \stopbuffer -%D -%D \typebuffer -%D +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D %D gives -%D +%D %D \startvoorbeeld %D \startregels %D \haalbuffer %D \stopregels %D \stopvoorbeeld -%D -%D The macro \type {\getdayoftheweek} can be used to calculate +%D +%D The macro \type {\getdayoftheweek} can be used to calculate %D the number \type {\normalweekday}. %D \macros %D {weekday,WEEKDAY} %D -%D The first one is sort of redundant. It takes the day +%D The first one is sort of redundant. It takes the day %D number argument. %D %D \showsetup{\y!weekday} @@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ %D {weekoftheday} %D %D {\em not yet implemented:} -%D +%D %D \starttypen %D \def\weekoftheday#1#2#3% %D {} @@ -339,20 +339,20 @@ %D {doifleapyearelse, %D getdayspermonth} %D -%D Sometimes we need to know if we're dealing with a +%D Sometimes we need to know if we're dealing with a %D leapyear, so here is a testmacro: %D %D \starttypen %D \doifleapyearelse{year}{yes}{no} %D \stoptypen %D -%D An example of its use can be seen in the macro -%D +%D An example of its use can be seen in the macro +%D %D \starttypen %D \getdayspermonth{year}{month} %D \stoptypen %D -%D The number of days is available in the macro \type +%D The number of days is available in the macro \type %D {\numberofdays}. \def\doifleapyearelse#1#2#3% @@ -367,9 +367,9 @@ \ifnum\!!countb=0 \!!doneatrue \fi \fi \if!!donea - \egroup\def\next{#2}% + \egroup\def\next{#2}% \else - \egroup\def\next{#3}% + \egroup\def\next{#3}% \fi \next} @@ -379,45 +379,45 @@ {\def\numberofdays{28}}% \edef\numberofdays% {\ifcase#2 \or31\or\numberofdays\or31\or30\or - 31\or30\or31\or31\or30\or31\or30\or31\fi}} + 31\or30\or31\or31\or30\or31\or30\or31\fi}} %D \macros %D {currentdate, date} -%D -%D We use these conversion macros in the date formatting -%D macro: -%D +%D +%D We use these conversion macros in the date formatting +%D macro: +%D %D \showsetup{\y!currentdate} -%D -%D This macro takes care of proper spacing and delivers for -%D instance: -%D +%D +%D This macro takes care of proper spacing and delivers for +%D instance: +%D %D \startbuffer %D \currentdate[weekdag,dag,maand,jaar] % still dutch example %D \currentdate[WEEKDAG,dag,MAAND,jaar] % still dutch example %D \stopbuffer -%D +%D %D \startvoorbeeld %D \startregels %D \haalbuffer %D \stopregels %D \stopvoorbeeld -%D +%D %D depending of course on the keywords. Here we gave: -%D -%D \typebuffer -%D +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D %D If needed one can also add non||keywords, like in -%D +%D %D \startbuffer %D \currentdate[dd,--,mm,--,yy] %D \stopbuffer -%D +%D %D \typebuffer -%D +%D %D or typeset: \haalbuffer. %D -%D When no argument is passed, the current date is given as +%D When no argument is passed, the current date is given as %D specified per language (using \type{\installlanguage}). %D %D \showsetup{\y!currentdate} @@ -428,13 +428,13 @@ %D \date[d=12,m=12,y=1998] %D \stopbuffer %D -%D We can also typeset arbitrary dates, using the previous -%D command. +%D We can also typeset arbitrary dates, using the previous +%D command. %D %D \typebyffer %D -%D The date is specified by one character keys. When no date -%D is given, we get the current date. +%D The date is specified by one character keys. When no date +%D is given, we get the current date. %D %D \startregels %D \haalbuffer @@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ \v!MAAND=>\betweendates\MONTH\normalmonth, \v!jaar=>\betweendates\the\normalyear, \v!weekdag=>\betweendates\dayoftheweek\normalday\normalmonth\normalyear, - \v!WEEKDAG=>\betweendates + \v!WEEKDAG=>\betweendates \bgroup \let\labeltext=\LABELTEXT \dayoftheweek\normalday\normalmonth\normalyear @@ -497,16 +497,16 @@ %D Because we're dealing with dates, we also introduce a few %D day loops: -%D +%D %D \starttypen -%D \processmonth{year}{month}{command} +%D \processmonth{year}{month}{command} %D \processyear{year}{command}{before}{after} %D \stoptypen -%D -%D The counters \type {\normalyear}, \type {\normalmonth} and -%D \type{\normalday} can be used for for date manipulations. - -\long\def\processmonth#1#2#3% year month command +%D +%D The counters \type {\normalyear}, \type {\normalmonth} and +%D \type{\normalday} can be used for for date manipulations. + +\long\def\processmonth#1#2#3% year month command {\bgroup \getdayspermonth{#1}{#2}% \dostepwiserecurse{1}{\numberofdays}{1} @@ -516,9 +516,9 @@ #3}% \egroup} -\def\lastmonth{12} % can be set to e.g. 1 when testing +\def\lastmonth{12} % can be set to e.g. 1 when testing -\long\def\processyear#1#2#3#4% year command before after +\long\def\processyear#1#2#3#4% year command before after {\bgroup \dorecurse{\lastmonth} {\normalyear =#1\relax @@ -527,18 +527,18 @@ \egroup} %D \macros -%D {defineconversion, convertnumber} +%D {defineconversion, convertnumber} %D -%D Conversion involves the macros that we implemented earlier -%D in this module. +%D Conversion involves the macros that we implemented earlier +%D in this module. %D -%D \showsetup{\y!defineconversion} -%D \showsetup{\y!convertnumber} +%D \showsetup{\y!defineconversion} +%D \showsetup{\y!convertnumber} %D %D We can feed this command with conversion macros as well as -%D a set of conversion symbols. Both need a bit different +%D a set of conversion symbols. Both need a bit different %D treatment. -%D +%D %D \starttypen %D \defineconversion [roman] [\romannumerals] %D \defineconversion [set 1] [$\star$,$\bullet$,$\ast$] @@ -563,10 +563,10 @@ \def\doifconversiondefinedelse#1% {\doifdefinedelse{\??cv#1}} -%D As longs as symbols are linked to levels or numbers, we can -%D also use the conversion mechanism, but in for instance the -%D itemization macros, we prefer symbols because they can more -%D easier be (partially) redefined. Symbols are implemented +%D As longs as symbols are linked to levels or numbers, we can +%D also use the conversion mechanism, but in for instance the +%D itemization macros, we prefer symbols because they can more +%D easier be (partially) redefined. Symbols are implemented %D in another module. \defineconversion [] [\numbers] % the default conversion @@ -604,35 +604,66 @@ \defineconversion [\v!grieks] [\greeknumerals] \defineconversion [\v!Grieks] [\Greeknumerals] -% Some bonus ones: +% Some bonus ones: \defineconversion [\v!leeg] [\gobbleoneargument] \defineconversion [\v!geen] [\numbers] -\defineconversion - [set 0] - [{\symbool[1]},{\symbool[2]},{\symbool[3]},{\symbool[4]}, - {\symbool[5]},{\symbool[6]},{\symbool[7]},{\symbool[8]}] - -\defineconversion +\defineconversion + [set 0] + [{\symbol[bullet]}, + {\symbol[dash]}, + {\symbol[star]}, + {\symbol[triangle]}, + {\symbol[circle]}, + {\symbol[medcircle]}, + {\symbol[bigcircle]}, + {\symbol[square]}] + +\defineconversion [set 1] - [$\star$,$\star\star$,$\star\star\star$, - $\ddagger$,$\ddagger\ddagger$,$\ddagger\ddagger\ddagger$, - $\ast$,$\ast\ast$,$\ast\ast\ast$] - -\defineconversion - [set 2] - [$*$,$\dag$,$\ddag$, - $**$,$\dag\dag$,$\ddag\ddag$, - $***$,$\dag\dag\dag,$\ddag\ddag\ddag$] - -\defineconversion - [set 3] - [$\star$,$\star\star$,$\star\star\star$, - $\ddagger$,$\ddagger\ddagger$, - $\P$,$\P\P$, - $\S$,$\S\S$, - $\ast$,$\ast\ast$] + [\mathematics{\star}, + \mathematics{\star\star}, + \mathematics{\star\star\star}, + \mathematics{\ddagger}, + \mathematics{\ddagger\ddagger}, + \mathematics{\ddagger\ddagger\ddagger}, + \mathematics{\ast}, + \mathematics{\ast\ast}, + \mathematics{\ast\ast\ast}] + +\defineconversion + [set 2] + [\mathematics{*}, + \mathematics{\dag}, + \mathematics{\ddag}, + \mathematics{**}, + \mathematics{\dag\dag}, + \mathematics{\ddag\ddag}, + \mathematics{***}, + \mathematics{\dag\dag\dag}, + \mathematics{\ddag\ddag\ddag}, + \mathematics{****}, + \mathematics{\dag\dag\dag\dag}, + \mathematics{\ddag\ddag\ddag\ddag}] + +\defineconversion + [set 3] + [\mathematics{\star}, + \mathematics{\star\star}, + \mathematics{\star\star\star}, + \mathematics{\ddagger}, + \mathematics{\ddagger\ddagger}, + \mathematics{\ddagger\ddagger\ddagger}, + \mathematics{\P}, + \mathematics{\P\P}, + \mathematics{\P\P\P}, + \mathematics{\S}, + \mathematics{\S\S}, + \mathematics{\S\S\S}, + \mathematics{\ast}, + \mathematics{\ast\ast}, + \mathematics{\ast\ast\ast}] \protect diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-dat.tex b/tex/context/base/core-dat.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b9f9b594c --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/core-dat.tex @@ -0,0 +1,254 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=core-dat, % was core-02a, +%D version=1999.08.10, % 1997.03.31, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Core Macros, +%D subtitle=Database Support, % 2A +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Database Support} + +\startmessages dutch library: databases + title: database + 1: -- + 2: lokaal bestand -- + 3: globaal bestand -- + 4: onbekend bestand -- +\stopmessages + +\startmessages english library: databases + title: databases + 1: -- + 2: local file -- + 3: global file -- + 4: unknown file -- +\stopmessages + +\startmessages german library: databases + title: Datenbank + 1: -- + 2: lokale Datei -- + 3: globale Datei -- + 4: unbekannte Datei -- +\stopmessages + +\unprotect + +%D This module is a (limited) rewrite of the original \type +%D {core-02a} module, the module that dealt with managing a +%D database of addresses. The principles and methods have not +%D changed; they are only generalized. +%D +%D A database file |<|in most cases such a base is generated +%D from another one|>| is structured as follows: +%D +%D \starttyping +%D \startrecord{tag} +%D \memberofgroup{grouplist} +%D \setrecordentry{name}{...} +%D .... +%D \stoprecord +%D \stoptyping +%D +%D The interface to such a database is defined as follows: +%D +%D \starttyping +%D \definerecord[class][settings] +%D \setuprecord[class][settings] +%D \definerecordentry[class][name] +%D \stoptyping +%D +%D and processed by +%D +%D \starttyping +%D \processrecords[file list][tag and/or group list] +%D \stoptyping +%D +%D The actual processing is done by a macro assigned to \type +%D {command}: +%D +%D \starttyping +%D \setuprecord[class][command=\DoWithRecord] +%D \stoptyping +%D +%D Given that one can ask for a field with +%D +%D \starttyping +%D \getrecordentry{name} +%D \stoptyping +%D +%D such a command can look like: +%D +%D \starttyping +%D \def\DoWithRecord#1% +%D {\startpacked +%D \let\\=\quad +%D name: \getrecordentry{name}~\getrecordentry{family name}\par +%D address: \getrecordentry{postal address}\par +%D \stoppacked} +%D \stoptyping +%D +%D The argument passed is the tag. The database can look like: +%D +%D \starttyping +%D \startrecord{hagenj} +%D \memberofgroup{a,b} +%D \setrecordentry{naam}{Hans} +%D \setrecordentry{family name}{Hagen} +%D \setrecordentry{postal address}{J. Hagen\\Ridderstraat 29\\Hasselt NL} +%D \stoprecord +%D +%D \startrecord{ottenaf} +%D \memberofgroup{a} +%D \setrecordentry{name}{Ton} +%D \setrecordentry{family name}{Otten} +%D \setrecordentry{postal address}{A.F. Otten\\Prinsengracht 17\\Hasselt NL} +%D \stoprecord +%D \stoptyping +%D +%D The definition of this database looks like: +%D +%D \starttyping +%D \definerecord[address][command=\DoWithRecord] +%D +%D \definerecordentry[address][name] +%D \definerecordentry[address][family name] +%D \definerecordentry[address][postal address] +%D \stoptyping +%D +%D The actual processing is now done by (for instance): +%D +%D \starttyping +%D \processrecords[datafile][hagenj] +%D \processrecords[datafile][hagenj,offenaf] +%D \processrecords[datafile][all] +%D \processrecords[datafile][a] +%D \processrecords[datafile][b] +%D \stoptyping +%D +%D Of course one can reassing the command used to handle the +%D records in between. + +% \??kt -> +% \??kw -> + +\def\??db {@@db} +\def\c!velden{velden} + +%\newevery \everyrecord \EveryRecord + +\def\definerecord% + {\dodoubleempty\dodefinerecord} + +\def\dodefinerecord[#1][#2]% + {\getparameters + [\??db#1] + [\c!velden=, + \c!commando=\gobbleoneargument, + #2]} + +\def\setuprecord% + {\dodoubleargument\dosetuprecord} + +\def\dosetuprecord[#1][#2]% + {\getparameters[\??db#1][#2]}% + +\def\definerecordentry[#1][#2]% + {\edef\recordentries{\getvalue{\??db#1\c!velden}}% + \addtocommalist{#2}\recordentries + \letvalue{\??db#1\c!velden}\recordentries} + +%D Watch out: the entries are defined global! While +%D processing a record, no grouping is applied. + +\def\getrecordentry #1{\getvalue{\??db:#1}} +\def\resetrecordentry #1{\global\letvalue{\??db:#1}\empty} +\def\assignrecordentry#1{\setgvalue{\??db:#1}} + +\long\def\skiprecord#1\stoprecord% + {\egroup} + +\newif\ifrecordok + +\newtoks\resetrecordlist + +\def\processrecords% + {\dotripleargument\doprocessrecords} + +\def\doprocessrecords[#1][#2][#3]% + {\bgroup + \ifx\\\undefined\let\\\relax\fi + \def\docommando##1% + {\resetrecordentry{##1}% + \appendtoks\resetrecordentry{##1}\to\resetrecordlist}% + \processcommacommand[\getvalue{\??db#1\c!velden}]\docommando + \let\setrecordentry\skiprecord + \the\resetrecordlist + \doifelse{#2}{\v!alles} % 't Is nu eenmaal alles + {\recordoktrue} + {\doifelsenothing{#2} % of niets + {\recordoktrue} + {\recordokfalse}}% % zullen we maar zeggen. + \ifrecordok + \let\askedrecords\v!alles + \else + \makerawcommalist[#2]\askedrecords + \fi + \def\checkrecord##1% + {\rawdoifinsetelse{##1}{\askedrecords}{\recordoktrue}{}}% + \def\presetrecord##1% + {\let\setrecordentry\assignrecordentry + \let\memberofgroup\gobbleoneargument + \the\resetrecordlist + \def\stoprecord{\dostoprecord{##1}}}% + \def\memberofgroup##1% + {\doifsomething{##1} + {\rawprocesscommalist[##1]\checkrecord}% + \ifrecordok + \presetrecord{##1}% + \else + \expandafter\skiprecord + \fi}% + \def\startrecord##1% + {\bgroup + \ifrecordok + \presetrecord{##1}% + \else + \checkrecord{##1}% + \ifrecordok + \presetrecord{##1}% + \fi + \fi}% + \def\dostoprecord##1% + {\relax + \egroup + %\the\everyrecord + \getvalue{\??db#1\c!commando}{##1}}% + \showmessage{\m!databases}{1}{\askedrecords}% + \def\doprocessrecords##1% + {\readjobfile{##1} + {\showmessage{\m!databases}{2}{(job)}} + {\readsysfile{##1} + {\showmessage{\m!databases}{3}{(sys)}} + {\showmessage{\m!databases}{4}{}}}}% + \processcommalist[#3]\doprocessrecords + \egroup} + +%D While writing the original implementation, I did some +%D experiments with \type {%} before each entry and changing +%D the category code of the comment char. Because \TEX\ scans +%D the line anyway |<|this is needed because the end of line +%D character can be non standard|> this is not faster. +%D +%D Although this mechanism could have been combined with the +%D block moving mechaism, the current implementation is +%D prefered out of speed reasons. + +\protect + +\endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-fig.tex b/tex/context/base/core-fig.tex index 801683dca..5ae559434 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-fig.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-fig.tex @@ -8,15 +8,15 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros / Figure Inclusion} \unprotect % figurefilemode checken -% zowieso alles checken +% zowieso alles checken % movie scanner %D Scanning for illustrations is automated to the max. Right @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ %D \PDFTEX\ started offering \PDF\ inclusion, I felt the need %D to automate dimension detection to a higher degree. %D Fortunately \TEXUTIL\ can scan more types now as well as -%D that we can run \TEXUTIL\ from within \TEX. +%D that we can run \TEXUTIL\ from within \TEX. \startmessages dutch library: figures title: figuren @@ -56,33 +56,44 @@ 9: suffix -- by figure -- is not handled \stopmessages -% TOBIAS: watch my funny german extensions - \startmessages german library: figures - title: figures + title: Abbildungen 1: Abbildung -- kann nicht gefunden werden 2: Abbildung -- wird nicht erstellt - 3: Dimensionen von -- genomen von -- - 4: Dimensionen von -- geladen von Abbildungsdatei selbst - 5: Dimensionen von -- geladen von Abbildungsdatei -- + 3: Dimensionen von -- uebernommen von -- + 4: Dimensionen von -- geladen aus der Abbildungsdatei selbst + 5: Dimensionen von -- geladen aus Abbildungsdatei -- 6: Dimensionen von -- ausgerechnet durch TeXUtil - 7: Sie brauchen eine neu Abbildungsdatei -- zu erstellen - 8: Abbildungobject -- ist herbraucht - 9: suffix -- by figure -- is not handled + 7: Sie muessen eine neue Abbildungsdatei -- erstellen + 8: Abbildungobjekt -- wurde wiederverwandt + 9: Dateiendung -- der Abbildung -- wird nicht unterstuetzt +\stopmessages + +\startmessages czech library: figures + title: obrazy + 1: obraz -- nelze nalezt + 2: obraz -- nepritomen + 3: dimenze obrazu -- vypujceny od -- + 4: dimenze obrazu -- nacteny primo z jeho souboru + 5: dimenze obrazu -- nacteny ze souboru obrazu -- + 6: dimenze obrazu -- spocteny programem TeXUtil + 7: musite znovu vygenerovat soubor obrazu -- + 8: obrazovy objekt -- je znovu pouzit + 9: pripona -- obrazu -- neni uvazovana \stopmessages -%D Due to the mere fact that \DVI/\PDF\ drivers differ in their +%D Due to the mere fact that \DVI|/|\PDF\ drivers differ in their %D needs for figure dimensions, we have to provide the width, %D height, horizontal and vertical scale. Also we want to -%D specify at the user level either width and/or height, scale, +%D specify at the user level either width and|/|or height, scale, %D or a factor related to the current document bodyfont size. %D Even better: we can also specify isometric scaling and %D automatically let \CONTEXT\ calculate the maximum possible %D dimensions. Whatever we calculate, the results will come -%D available in the next registers. +%D available in the next registers. -\newcount \figxsca -\newcount \figysca +\newcount \figxsca +\newcount \figysca \newdimen \fighei \newdimen \figwid @@ -93,67 +104,67 @@ %D such a file, and, as a last resort, trying to use the %D dimensions. Now when things do not work out the way we want, %D we can set a switch and get some information on what takes -%D place. +%D place. \newif\iftraceexternalfigures % \traceexternalfigurestrue \let\traceexternalfigures \traceexternalfigurestrue -%D Another switch tells \CONTEXT\ to locate and calculate a -%D figure, but does not actually insert it. Especially when we -%D use \PDFTEX\ this saves a lot of time on trialruns. (Keep +%D Another switch tells \CONTEXT\ to locate and calculate a +%D figure, but does not actually insert it. Especially when we +%D use \PDFTEX\ this saves a lot of time on trialruns. (Keep %D in mind that \PDFTEX\ is both a \TEX\ pre|| and postcessor.) \newif\ifskipexternalfigures % \skipexternalfigurestrue -%D A last switch inhibits running \TEXUTIL. Lets do it when -%D possible. +%D A last switch inhibits running \TEXUTIL. Lets do it when +%D possible. \newif\ifrunutilityfile % \runutilityfiletrue %D When I ever decide to change the format of the figure %D directory file that \TEXUTIL\ produces, the next number -%D needs to be changed. +%D needs to be changed. \edef\figureversion{1996.06.01} %D We keep track of the current state by setting a variable %D which value is related to the method that provided the -%D dimensions. +%D dimensions. \chardef\figurefilemode=0 -%D The next values are set: -%D +%D The next values are set: +%D %D \startopsomming[opelkaar] %D \sym 0 the dimensions are not found -%D \sym 1 the dimensions are not preset at all +%D \sym 1 the dimensions are not preset at all %D \sym 2 the dimensions are taken from other %D \sym 3 the dimensions are taken from figure %D \sym 4 the dimensions are taken from texutil.tuf %D \sym 5 the dimensions are generated by texutil.tmp %D \stopopsomming %D -%D In our search for the right file, that is, when no -%D filetype is specified, we scan for the next set of files. -%D As one can see, we prefer outlines over bitmaps. +%D In our search for the right file, that is, when no +%D filetype is specified, we scan for the next set of files. +%D As one can see, we prefer outlines over bitmaps. \def\figuretypes% - {\c!eps,\c!mps,\c!pdf,\c!png,\c!jpg,\c!tif} % ,\c!tex,\c!tmp} % \c!mov + {\c!eps,\c!mps,\c!pdf,\c!png,\c!jpg,\c!tif} % ,\c!tex,\c!tmp} % \c!mov %D Instead of using a comma separated list, we could have use a %D faster alternative, but the current implementation is not -%D that slow either. +%D that slow either. %D -%D Sorry for those who want to understand every bit, but I -%D will only sparse comment on the next macros. These macros +%D Sorry for those who want to understand every bit, but I +%D will only sparse comment on the next macros. These macros %D evolved out of the original macros and thereby lost all of -%D their beauty. +%D their beauty. %D %D We save the progess state in a macro. The main reason for %D this is that otherwise the log would end up intermingled %D with \TEX's hard coded file loading messages and launching -%D \TEXUTIL. +%D \TEXUTIL. \def\@@eftrace#1% {\iftraceexternalfigures @@ -177,7 +188,7 @@ %D file, or using \TEXUTIL\ directly, we revert to the second %D method, and make a pass over all utility files. The last %D method scans the utility files for files with the same name, -%D but different type. +%D but different type. \def\doanalyzefigurefiles#1% {\let\dodododoanalyzefigurefiles=#1% @@ -189,35 +200,38 @@ \processcommacommand[\@@ex@@gebied]\dododoanalyzefigurefiles \fi} -\def\dododoanalyzefigurefiles#1% +\def\dododoanalyzefigurefiles#1% {\ifcase\figurestatus \def\@@efcurrentpath{#1}% +\sanitizefilename#1\to\@@efcurrentpath \doiffileinsertionsupportedelse{\@@efcurrenttype} {\edef\@@efcurrentfile% - {\@@efcurrentpath/\@@effilename.\figureextension{\@@efcurrenttype}}% + {\@@efcurrentpath\f!pathseparator\@@effilename.\figureextension{\@@efcurrenttype}}% \dodododoanalyzefigurefiles} {}% \fi} %D Here is our first method: we scan the file directly, parse %D the utility file next, and finaly run \TEXUTIL. The latter -%D two of course only take place when the first scan fails. +%D two of course only take place when the first scan fails. \def\doanalyzefigurefilesA% {\doiffileelse{\@@efcurrentfile} - {\getfiguredimensionsA + {\getfiguredimensionsA \getfiguredimensionsB \getfiguredimensionsC} {}} %D It is possible to let \TEX\ determine the dimensions itself. %D The next macro shows how such a test is implemented. The -%D special driver \type {supp-tpd} shows some more. +%D special driver \type {supp-tpd} shows some more. -%D The check on extension prevente problems when drivers are +%D The check on extension prevents problems when drivers are %D not loaded well, in which case the tex one comes first. +%D +%D Should be a special! -\def\dogetfiguresizetex#1#2#3#4#5% +\def\dogetfiguresizetex#1#2#3#4#5#6% file pagina ... {\ifx\@@efextension\c!tex \else \ifx\@@efextension\c!tmp \else \doifnumberelse{\@@efextension} {\executedfalse} @@ -226,32 +240,37 @@ \fi \fi \ifexecuted \global\setbox\foundexternalfigure=\vbox - {\forgetall + {\insidefloattrue + \forgetall + \blanko[\v!blokkeer] % niet meer weg ! \startreadingfile \readfile{#1}{}{}% - \stopreadingfile}% - \global\setbox\foundexternalfigure=\hbox + \stopreadingfile + \endgraf + \removelastskip}% + \global\setbox\foundexternalfigure=\hbox {\raise\dp\foundexternalfigure\box\foundexternalfigure}% - #2=\!!zeropoint #3=\!!zeropoint - #4=\wd\foundexternalfigure - #5=\ht\foundexternalfigure + #4=\!!zeropoint + #5=\wd\foundexternalfigure + #6=\ht\foundexternalfigure \fi} \let\dogetfiguresizetmp\dogetfiguresizetex -%D Here we start scanning the other types: - +%D Here we start scanning the other types: + \def\getfiguredimensionsA% {\ifcase\figurestatus \@@eftrace{analyzing \@@efcurrentfile\space as \@@efcurrenttype}% \!!widthb=\!!zeropoint - \executeifdefined{dogetfiguresize\@@efcurrenttype}\gobblefivearguments - {\@@efcurrentfile}{\!!widtha}{\!!heighta}{\!!widthb}{\!!heightb}% -% new from here + \executeifdefined{dogetfiguresize\@@efcurrenttype}\gobblesixarguments + {\@@efcurrentfile}{\@@efpagina}% + {\!!widtha}{\!!heighta}{\!!widthb}{\!!heightb}% +% new from here \ifdim\!!widtha=\!!zeropoint\relax\ifdim\!!heighta=\!!zeropoint\relax \ifdim\!!widthb=\!!zeropoint\relax\ifdim\!!heightb=\!!zeropoint\relax - \executedfalse % nothing decent found + \executedfalse % nothing decent found \fi\fi \fi\fi \ifexecuted\ifx\@@efcurrenttype\c!mps\ifcase\EPScreator @@ -263,7 +282,7 @@ \ifx\@@efcurrenttype\c!eps \ifcase\EPScreator \@@eftrace{found}% - \else + \else \let\@@efcurrenttype\c!mps \@@eftrace{mps found}% \fi @@ -281,13 +300,18 @@ \fi \fi} -\def\dogetfiguresizepdf{\dogetPDFmediabox} -\def\dogetfiguresizeeps{\dogetEPSboundingbox} -\def\dogetfiguresizemps{\dogetEPSboundingbox} +\def\dogetfiguresizepdf#1#2#3#4#5#6% + {\dogetPDFmediabox{#1}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}} + +\def\dogetfiguresizeeps#1#2#3#4#5#6% + {\dogetEPSboundingbox{#1}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}} + +\def\dogetfiguresizemps% + {\dogetfiguresizeeps} \def\getfiguredimensionsB% {\ifcase\figurestatus\ifcase\figurefilemode\else - \def\@@efloadname{\@@efcurrentpath/\@@exfile}% + \def\@@efloadname{\@@efcurrentpath\f!pathseparator\@@exfile}% \edef\@@effilenametype{\@@effilename.\@@efcurrenttype}% \@@eftrace{analyzing \@@efloadname\space on \@@effilenametype}% \pushendofline @@ -311,19 +335,21 @@ \def\getfiguredimensionsC% {\ifcase\figurestatus\ifrunutilityfile\ifcase\figurefilemode\else - \doiffileelse{\@@efcurrentfile} - {\edef\@@effilenametype{\@@effilename.\@@efcurrenttype}% - \@@eftrace{running texutil on \@@effilenametype}% - \def\@@efloadname{\f!utilityfilename.\f!temporaryextension}% - \executesystemcommand - {texutil --fig --out=\@@efloadname\space\@@effilenametype}% - \@@eftrace{analyzing \@@efloadname\space on \@@effilenametype}% - \pushendofline - \let\presetfigure=\presetfigureB - \readsetfile{.}{\@@efloadname}\relax\relax - \popendofline - \@@eftrace{\ifcase\figurestatus not \fi found}} - {}% + \ifx\@@efcurrenttype\c!tex\else + \doiffileelse{\@@efcurrentfile} + {\edef\@@effilenametype{\@@effilename.\@@efcurrenttype}% + \@@eftrace{running texutil on \@@effilenametype}% + \def\@@efloadname{\f!utilityfilename.\f!temporaryextension}% + \executesystemcommand + {texutil --fig --out=\@@efloadname\space\@@effilenametype}% + \@@eftrace{analyzing \@@efloadname\space on \@@effilenametype}% + \pushendofline + \let\presetfigure=\presetfigureB + \readsetfile{.}{\@@efloadname}\relax\relax + \popendofline + \@@eftrace{\ifcase\figurestatus not \fi found}} + {}% + \fi \fi\fi\fi} \def\presetfigureB[#1][#2]% @@ -333,11 +359,11 @@ \let\@@effullname\@@efcurrentfile} %D The second pass over types and directories uses the -%D utilility files. +%D utilility files. \def\doanalyzefigurefilesB% - {\ifcase\figurestatus\ifcase\figurefilemode\else - \def\@@efloadname{\@@efcurrentpath/\@@exfile}% + {\ifcase\figurestatus\ifcase\figurefilemode\else + \def\@@efloadname{\@@efcurrentpath\f!pathseparator\@@exfile}% \edef\@@effilenametype{\@@effilename.\figureextension{\@@efcurrenttype}}% \@@eftrace{analyzing \@@efloadname\space on \@@effilenametype}% \pushendofline @@ -360,11 +386,11 @@ \fi} %D The last and third pass mainly differs from the second in -%D being more tolerant. +%D being more tolerant. \def\doanalyzefigurefilesC% {\ifcase\figurestatus\ifcase\figurefilemode\else - \def\@@efloadname{\@@efcurrentpath/\@@exfile}% + \def\@@efloadname{\@@efcurrentpath\f!pathseparator\@@exfile}% \@@eftrace{analyzing \@@efloadname\space on \@@effilename.* surrogate}% \pushendofline \let\presetfigure=\presetfigureD @@ -389,7 +415,7 @@ %D While loading the utlity file (often \type {texutil.tuf}) %D the next command (when present) aborts reading when the -%D versions don't match. +%D versions don't match. \def\thisisfigureversion#1% {\doifnot{\figureversion}{#1} @@ -401,7 +427,7 @@ %D specified width and height reflect the right aspect ratio. %D Nevertheless, when one does not want any scanning done, one %D can disable \type{preset}. When no preset is needed, we only -%D locate the file. +%D locate the file. \def\locatepresetfigurefiles% {\processcommacommand[\@@eftype]\dolocatepresetfigurefiles} @@ -414,7 +440,7 @@ {\ifcase\figurestatus \doiffileinsertionsupportedelse{\@@efcurrenttype} {\edef\@@efcurrentfile% - {#1/\@@effilename.\figureextension{\@@efcurrenttype}}% + {#1\f!pathseparator\@@effilename.\figureextension{\@@efcurrenttype}}% \@@eftrace{only searching for \@@efcurrentfile}% \doiffileelse{\@@efcurrentfile} {\chardef\figurestatus=1 @@ -425,17 +451,17 @@ \fi} %D All these macros are in some way called by the macro \type -%D {\analyzefigurefiles}, which in turn is called by the next -%D macro. +%D {\analyzefigurefiles}, which in turn is called by the next +%D macro. -% bools gebruiken +% bools gebruiken \def\setnaturalfiguresize% {\doifsomething{\@@efbreedte} {\figwid=\@@efbreedte}% - \doifsomething{\@@efhoogte} - {\fighei=\@@efhoogte}% - \doifsomething{\@@efschaal} + \doifsomething{\@@efhoogte} + {\fighei=\@@efhoogte}% + \doifsomething{\@@efschaal} {\figxsca=\@@efschaal \figysca=\@@efschaal}} @@ -515,7 +541,7 @@ {\scratchcounter=3 } {\doifelsenothing{\@@exfile} {\scratchcounter=3 } - {\scratchcounter=0 + {\scratchcounter=0 \ExpandBothAfter\doifinset{\v!lokaal}{\@@explaats} {\advance\scratchcounter by 1 }% \ExpandBothAfter\doifinset{\v!globaal}{\@@explaats} @@ -603,11 +629,26 @@ \ifx\@@efbreedte\empty\def\@@breedte{4cm}\fi \ifx\@@efhoogte \empty\def\@@hoogte {3cm}\fi} +% The page number (frame) is passed as first option. + +\newcounter\forcedMPSobject % better something \every<type> + +%D We have arrived at one of the main macros, the one that +%D tries to analyze the figure, preloads it when possible, and +%D scales is according to the specifications. This macro is +%D quite unreadable, for which I appologize. The main +%D complication is that we have to catch all kind of border +%D cases, like \METAPOST\ graphics and buffers. + \def\calculateexternalfigure[#1][#2][#3][#4][#5][#6]% {\mindermeldingen \global\setbox\foundexternalfigure=\box\voidb@x \beforesplitstring#3\at.\to\@@effilename \aftersplitstring #3\at.\to\@@efextension +\doifelse{\@@effilename}{mprun} + {\edef\@@effilepref{\bufferprefix}} + {\let \@@effilepref\empty}% +\edef\@@effilename{\@@effilepref\@@effilename}% \restorecatcodes % recently added; we presume local use \def\@@eflabel{#2}% \global\let\externalfigurelog\empty @@ -620,24 +661,34 @@ \getparameters [\??ef] [\c!type=\s!unknown,\c!methode=\@@eftype,\c!symbool=\v!nee, - \c!object=\@@exobject,\c!preset=\v!ja,\c!preview=\v!nee, - \c!schaal=,\c!breedte=,\c!hoogte=, + \c!object=\@@exobject,\c!preset=\v!ja, + \c!pagina=0,\c!preview=\v!nee,\c!herhaal=\v!nee, + \c!schaal=,\c!breedte=,\c!hoogte=,\c!scherm=, \c!factor=,\c!hfactor=,\c!bfactor=, \c!achtergrond=,\c!achtergrondkleur=,\c!achtergrondraster=\@@rsraster, \c!hoek=,\c!straal=.5\korpsgrootte,\c!kader=\v!uit]% \ifx\@@efextension\c!mov \presetfiguremov \fi #1[#4][#5][#6]% + \ifx\@@eftype\c!mov \presetfiguremov \fi + \ifx\@@eftype\v!buffer + \ifx\@@efextension\empty + \let\@@efextension\c!tmp + \fi + \let\@@eftype\c!tex + \fi \processaction [\@@efextension] - [\c!tex=>\let\@@eftype\c!tex, - \c!tmp=>\let\@@eftype\c!tex, - \c!mov=>\presetfiguremov]% -\edef\figuretypes{\figuretypes,\c!tex}% + [ \c!tex=>\let\@@eftype\c!tex, + \c!tmp=>\let\@@eftype\c!tex + \edef\@@effilepref{\bufferprefix}% + \edef\@@effilename{\@@effilepref\@@effilename}, + \c!mov=>\presetfiguremov]% + \edef\figuretypes{\figuretypes,\c!tex}% \doifelse{\@@efobject}{\v!nee} {\donefalse} {\doifspecialavailableelse\dostartscaling {\doifobjectssupportedelse - {\edef\@@efobjectname{#3-\@@eftype}% + {\edef\@@efobjectname{\@@effilename-\@@eftype-\@@efextension-\@@efpagina}% \doifobjectfoundelse{FIG}{\@@efobjectname}{\donetrue}{\donefalse}} {\donefalse}} {\donefalse}}% @@ -654,11 +705,11 @@ [\c!x=\!!zeropoint,\c!y=\!!zeropoint, \c!w=\objectwidth,\c!h=\objectheight]% \chardef\figurestatus=5 - \def\@@effullname{#3}% + \edef\@@effullname{\@@effilepref#3}% \else \doifelse{#2}{\s!figurepreset} {\def\figureextension##1{\@@efextension}% - \edef\@@effullname{#3}}% + \edef\@@effullname{\@@effilepref#3}}% {\ifx\@@efextension\empty \dogetcommacommandelement1\from\@@eftype\to\commalistelement \edef\@@effullname{\@@effilename.\commalistelement}% @@ -670,13 +721,13 @@ \def\figureextension##1{\@@efextension}% \fi}% \ifcase\figurefilemode - \def\@@ex@@gebied{.}% + \let\@@ex@@gebied\f!currentpath \or - \def\@@ex@@gebied{.}% + \let\@@ex@@gebied\f!currentpath \or \let\@@ex@@gebied\@@exgebied \or - \edef\@@ex@@gebied{.\ifx\@@exgebied\empty\else,\fi\@@exgebied}% + \edef\@@ex@@gebied{\f!currentpath\ifx\@@exgebied\empty\else,\fi\@@exgebied}% \fi \doifelse{\@@efpreset}{\v!nee} {\doifelse{\@@eftype}{\s!unknown} @@ -696,7 +747,7 @@ \fi \doifelse{#2}{\s!figurepreset} {\chardef\figurestatus=4 - \def\@@efloadname{./\@@exfile}% + \def\@@efloadname{\f!currentpath\f!pathseparator\@@exfile}% \let\@@eftype=\@@epe} {\chardef\figurestatus=0 \analyzefigurefiles}}% @@ -725,8 +776,12 @@ \ifdim\@@eph=\!!zeropoint \chardef\figurestatus=1 \fi \ifnum\figurestatus=1 % unknown dimensions, take width or height or scale \setnaturalfiguresize +\xdef\naturalfigurewidth{\the\figwid}% +\xdef\naturalfigureheight{\the\fighei}% \let\@@efkader=\v!uit \else +\global\let\naturalfigurewidth\@@epw +\global\let\naturalfigureheight\@@eph \setfactorfiguresize \setscalefiguresize \setdimensionfiguresize @@ -744,13 +799,23 @@ \doif{\@@exoptie}{\v!leeg} {\skipexternalfigurestrue \let\@@efkader=\v!uit}% - \doifelse{\@@efpreview}{\v!ja} - {\def\@@efpreview{1}} - {\def\@@efpreview{0}}% - \doifelse{\@@efobject}{\v!nee} +\doifelsenothing{\@@efpagina} % NIEUW + {\let\@@efoptions\empty} + {\let\@@efoptions\@@efpagina}% + \doif{\@@efpreview}{\v!ja} + {\addtocommalist\v!preview\@@efoptions}% + \doif{\@@efherhaal}{\v!ja} + {\addtocommalist\v!herhaal\@@efoptions}% +\ifx\@@eftype\c!mps\ifcase\EPSspecial\else\ifinobject\else + \@@eftrace{special mps, object forced}% + \doglobal\increment\forcedMPSobject + \edef\@@efobjectname{\c!mps::\forcedMPSobject}% + \let\@@efobject\v!ja +\fi\fi\fi +\global\let\lastfigureobjectname\@@efobjectname + \doifelse{\@@efobject}{\v!nee} {\donefalse} - {\doifobjectssupportedelse - {\donetrue}{\donefalse}}% + {\doifobjectssupportedelse{\donetrue}{\donefalse}}% \ifdone \doifobjectfoundelse{FIG}{\@@efobjectname} {} @@ -770,8 +835,8 @@ {100}{100} {\@@epx}{\@@epy} {\@@epw}{\@@eph} - {\@@efpreview}% - \else\ifskipexternalfigures + {\@@efoptions}% + \else\ifskipexternalfigures \ruledhbox{\fakebox\foundexternalfigure} \else \box\foundexternalfigure @@ -780,76 +845,83 @@ \setobject{FIG}{\@@efobjectname}\vbox{\box0}% \egroup}% \fi + \xdef\figurewidth {\the\figwid}% + \xdef\figureheight{\the\fighei}% \global\setbox\foundexternalfigure=\vbox to \fighei {\vfill \hsize\figwid \ifdone \dimen0=\scax pt\divide\dimen0 by 100\edef\scax{\@EA\withoutpt\the\dimen0}% \dimen0=\scay pt\divide\dimen0 by 100\edef\scay{\@EA\withoutpt\the\dimen0}% - \schaal[sx=\scax,sy=\scay]{\getobject{FIG}{\@@efobjectname}}% + \schaal[sx=\scax,sy=\scay]{\dowithfigure{\getobject{FIG}{\@@efobjectname}}}% + \else\ifdim\wd\foundexternalfigure=\!!zeropoint + \dowithfigure + {\doinsertfile + {\@@eftype,\@@efmethode}{\@@effullname,\@@eflabel} + {\scax}{\scay} + {\figx}{\figy} + {\number\figwid}{\number\fighei} + {\@@efoptions}}% \else - \ifdim\wd\foundexternalfigure=\!!zeropoint - \doinsertfile - {\@@eftype,\@@efmethode}{\@@effullname,\@@eflabel} - {\scax}{\scay} - {\figx}{\figy} - {\number\figwid}{\number\fighei} - {\@@efpreview}% - \else - \dimen0=\scax pt\divide\dimen0 by 100\edef\scax{\@EA\withoutpt\the\dimen0}% - \dimen0=\scay pt\divide\dimen0 by 100\edef\scay{\@EA\withoutpt\the\dimen0}% - \schaal[sx=\scax,sy=\scay]{\box\foundexternalfigure}% - \fi - \fi}} - -\let\figureheight=\!!zeropoint -\let\figurewidth =\!!zeropoint + \dimen0=\scax pt\divide\dimen0 by 100\edef\scax{\@EA\withoutpt\the\dimen0}% + \dimen0=\scay pt\divide\dimen0 by 100\edef\scay{\@EA\withoutpt\the\dimen0}% + \schaal[sx=\scax,sy=\scay]{\dowithfigure{\box\foundexternalfigure}}% + \fi\fi}% + \global\wd\foundexternalfigure=\figwid} + +%D In \PDF\ one can specify an alternative graphic. This means +%D that for instance a low resolution graphic can be used for +%D viewing and a high res one for printing. Because this +%D feature depends much on the driver, here we only take care +%D of perparations. It is up to the special driver to handle +%D the inclusion. The driver routines can change the content of +%D box \type {\foundexternalfigure} if suitable. +%D +%D One complication is for instance that an alternative may +%D not itself have an alternative, and these kind of situations +%D are best handled by the driver. + +\let\lastfigureobjectname\empty + +\def\calculateexternalscreenfigure[#1][#2][#3][#4][#5][#6]% + {\ifx\@@efscherm\empty\else\ifx\@@efobject\v!nee\else + \doifobjectssupportedelse + {\doifspecialavailableelse\doregisterfigure + {\bgroup + #1[#4][#5][#6]% + \doregisterfigure{FIG}{\lastfigureobjectname}% + \let\@@ef@@scherm\@@efscherm + \calculateexternalfigure[#1][\@@ef@@scherm][\@@ef@@scherm][#4,\c!scherm=][#5][#6]% + \egroup} + {}} + {}% + \fi\fi} + +\let\dowithfigure\relax + +\let\naturalfigureheight=\!!zeropoint +\let\naturalfigurewidth =\!!zeropoint +\let\figureheight =\!!zeropoint +\let\figurewidth =\!!zeropoint \def\getfiguredimensions% {\dodoubleempty\dogetfiguredimensions} \def\dogetfiguredimensions[#1][#2]% - {{\setbox0=\hbox{\externalfigure[#1][#2,\c!object=\v!nee]}}} + {{\let\immediate\relax % very dirty but prevents flushing + \setbox0=\hbox{\externalfigure[#1][#2,\c!scherm=,\c!object=\v!nee]}}} \presetlocalframed[\??ef] -% \def\doplaceexternalfigure#1[#2][#3][#4][#5]% -% {\bgroup -% \setupexternalfigures -% \calculateexternalfigure#1[#2][#3][#4][#5]% -% \xdef\figurewidth {\the\figwid}% -% \xdef\figureheight{\the\fighei}% -% \ifskipexternalfigures -% \localframed -% [\??ef] -% [\c!breedte=\figwid, -% \c!hoogte=\fighei, -% \c!kader=\v!aan] -% {\ttx name: #2 \\ file: #3 \\ skipped}% -% \else\ifcase\figurestatus -% \localframed -% [\??ef] -% [\c!breedte=\figwid, -% \c!hoogte=\fighei, -% \c!kader=\v!aan] -% {\ttx name: #2 \\ file: #3 \\ unknown}% -% \else -% \localframed -% [\??ef] -% [\c!breedte=\figwid, -% \c!hoogte=\fighei, -% \c!offset=\v!overlay] -% {\vfilll\box\foundexternalfigure}% -% \fi\fi -% \egroup} - -\def\doplaceexternalfigure% used direct and indirect +\def\doplaceexternalfigure% used direct and indirect {\dosixtupleempty\dodoplaceexternalfigure} \def\dodoplaceexternalfigure[#1][#2][#3][#4][#5][#6]% {\bgroup \setupexternalfigures \calculateexternalfigure[#1][#2][#3][#4][#5][#6]% + \setupexternalfigures + \calculateexternalscreenfigure[#1][#2][#3][#4][#5][#6]% \xdef\figurewidth {\the\figwid}% \xdef\figureheight{\the\fighei}% \ifskipexternalfigures @@ -879,45 +951,25 @@ \def\getexternalfigure#1% {\getvalue{\??ef\??ef#1}} -% \def\dopresetfigure[#1][#2]% -% {\getparameters[\??ef][#1]% -% \getparameters[\??ep][#2]} -% -% \def\doprecopfigure[#1][#2]% -% {\def\doplaceexternalfigure##1[##2][##3][##4][##5]% -% {\getparameters[\??ef][##4]% -% \getparameters[\??ep][##5,#2]}% -% \getvalue{\??ef\??ef#1}} - \def\dopresetfigure[#1][#2][#3]% {\getparameters[\??ef][#1,#3]% \getparameters[\??ep][#2]} \def\doprecopfigure[#1][#2][#3]% {\def\doplaceexternalfigure[##1][##2][##3][##4][##5]% - {\getparameters[\??ef][##4,#2,#3]% + {\getparameters[\??ef][##4,#2,#3]% \getparameters[\??ep][##5]}% \getvalue{\??ef\??ef#1}} -% \def\dosetuseexternalfigure[#1][#2][#3][#4]% -% {\doifinstringelse{=}{#3} -% {\setvalue{\??ef\??ef#1}{\doplaceexternalfigure\dopresetfigure[#1][#2][#3][#4]}} -% {\setvalue{\??ef\??ef#1}{\doplaceexternalfigure\doprecopfigure[#1][#2][#3][#4]}}% -% \doifundefined{#1}{\setvalue{#1}{\getexternalfigure{#1}}}} % upward compatible -% -% \def\douseexternalfigure[#1][#2][#3][#4]% -% {\doifelsenothing{#1} -% {\doifsomething{#2} -% {\dosetuseexternalfigure[#2][#2][#3][#4]}} -% {\doifelsenothing{#2} -% {\dosetuseexternalfigure[#1][#1][#3][#4]} -% {\dosetuseexternalfigure[#1][#2][#3][#4]}}} +\def\getnumberoffigurepages#1% + {\gdef#1{1}% the default + \dogetnofinsertpages#1} % \useexternalfigure[alpha][koe] % \useexternalfigure[beta] [koe] [breedte=1cm] % \useexternalfigure[gamma][koe][alpha] % \useexternalfigure[delta][koe][alpha][breedte=2cm] -% +% % volle breedte: \externalfigure[koe] \par % 3cm breed: \externalfigure[koe] [breedte=3cm] \par % volle breedte: \externalfigure[alpha] \par @@ -944,30 +996,23 @@ \def\useexternalfigure% {\doquadrupleempty\douseexternalfigure} -% \def\doexternalfigure[#1][#2][#3]% -% {\bgroup -% \doifundefinedelse{\??ef\??ef#1} -% {\useexternalfigure[\s!dummy][#1][#2][#3]% -% \getexternalfigure{\s!dummy}} -% {\getexternalfigure{#1}}% -% \egroup} - \def\doexternalfigure[#1][#2][#3]% {\bgroup - \doifundefinedelse{\??ef\??ef#1} - {\useexternalfigure[\s!dummy][#1][#2][#3]% - \getexternalfigure{\s!dummy}[#3]} - {\getexternalfigure{#1}[#2]}% + \doifelsenothing{#1} + {\framed[\c!breedte=4cm,\c!hoogte=3cm]{external\\figure}} + {\doifundefinedelse{\??ef\??ef#1} + {\useexternalfigure[\s!dummy][#1][#2][#3]% + \getexternalfigure{\s!dummy}[#3]} + {\getexternalfigure{#1}[#2]}}% \egroup} \unexpanded\def\externalfigure% {\dotripleempty\doexternalfigure} -%D Two alternatives, more settings needed. +%D Two alternatives, more settings needed. \def\showexternalfigurea% {\bgroup - \setupcolors[\c!status=\v!start]% to prevent mps color conversion \mindermeldingen \def\presetfigure[##1][##2]% {\useexternalfigure @@ -985,6 +1030,7 @@ \def\docommando####1% {\beforesplitstring####1\at=\to\asciia \aftersplitstring ####1\at=\to\asciib + \convertcommand\asciib\to\asciib \doifsomething{\asciib} {\hsmash{\hbox to .75em{\asciia\hss}: \asciib}\endgraf}}% \processcommalist[##2]\docommando @@ -992,16 +1038,15 @@ \endgraf \getvalue{\e!stop\v!figuur\e!tekst}}% \pushendofline - \readjobfile{\@@exfile}{}{}% was \readlocfile + \readjobfile{\@@exfile}{}{}% was \readlocfile \popendofline \egroup} -\def\showexternalfigureb% instelbaar maken +\def\showexternalfigureb% instelbaar maken {\bgroup \def\total{5}% \global\let\allfigures=\empty \doglobal\newcounter\figurecounter - \setupcolors[\c!status=\v!start]% to prevent mps color conversion \mindermeldingen \def\docommando##1{##1&}% \def\figurecaptions% @@ -1037,9 +1082,47 @@ \popendofline \egroup} +\def\showexternalfigurec% + {\bgroup + \def\presetfigure[##1][##2]{\pagefigure[##1]} + \pushendofline + \readjobfile{\@@exfile}{}{} + \popendofline + \egroup} + +\def\pagefigure% + {\dodoubleempty\dopagefigure} + +\def\dopagefigure[#1][#2]% + {\bgroup + \pagina + \getfiguredimensions + [#1][#2] + \scratchdimen=\@@exoffset + \dimen0=\figurewidth \advance\dimen0 2\scratchdimen\edef\figurewidth {\the\dimen0} + \dimen0=\figureheight\advance\dimen0 2\scratchdimen\edef\figureheight{\the\dimen0} + \definieerpapierformaat + [\s!dummy][\c!breedte=\figurewidth,\c!hoogte=\figureheight] + \stelpapierformaatin + [\s!dummy][\s!dummy] + \setupcolors + [\c!status=\v!start] + \stellayoutin + [\c!kopwit=\@@exoffset, \c!rugwit=\@@exoffset, + \c!hoofd=\!!zeropoint, \c!voet=\!!zeropoint, + \c!hoogte=\v!midden, \c!breedte=\v!midden] + \externalfigure + [#1] + [#2,\c!breedte=\textwidth,\c!hoogte=\textheight] + \pagina + \egroup} + +% \starttext \pagefigure[two.1] \stoptext + \def\doshowexternalfigures[#1]% {\bgroup - \getparameters[\??ex][\c!variant=a,#1]% + \setupcolors[\c!status=\v!start]% to prevent mps color conversion + \getparameters[\??ex][\c!variant=a,\c!offset=\!!zeropoint,#1]% \getvalue{showexternalfigure\@@exvariant}% \egroup} @@ -1064,7 +1147,7 @@ \divide\dimen0 by \efysteps \edef\@@exxmax{\number\dimen0}% \else - \efxsteps=\figurewidth \divide\efxsteps by \@@exxmax + \efxsteps=\figurewidth \divide\efxsteps by \@@exxmax \efysteps=\figureheight \divide\efysteps by \@@exymax \fi} @@ -1101,7 +1184,7 @@ \setnostrut \framed [\c!breedte=#1\efxsteps, - \c!hoogte=#2\efysteps, + \c!hoogte=#2\efysteps, \c!offset=\!!zeropoint, \c!kader=#3] {#4}% @@ -1124,7 +1207,7 @@ {\advance\efreference by 1 \hbox {\quad - \thisissomeinternal{\s!vwb}{#8}% + \thisissomeinternal{\s!vwb}{#8}% \gotosomeinternal {\s!vwa}{#8}{\realfolio} {\hbox to 1.5em{\the\efreference\presetgoto\hfill}}% @@ -1151,12 +1234,12 @@ {\hskip2em\box\colorbarbox}% \global\wd\colorbarbox=\!!zeropoint} -\def\placestartfigure[#1][#2][#3]#4\placestopfigure% +\def\placestartfigure[#1][#2][#3]#4\placestopfigure[#5]% {\hbox {\setbox0=\hbox - {\useexternalfigure[\s!dummy][#2][#3]% + {\useexternalfigure[\s!dummy][#2][#3,#5]% \externalfigure[\s!dummy]}% - \calculateefsteps + \calculateefsteps \startpositioneren \def\referring(##1,##2)##3(##4,##5)##6[##7]% {\positioneer(##1,##2) @@ -1187,6 +1270,15 @@ \stoppositioneren \box\colorbarbox}} +\def\dodostartfigure[#1][#2][#3]#4\stopfigure% + {\doifelse{\@@exoptie}{\v!test} + {\teststartfigure[#1][#2][#3]#4\teststopfigure + \def\@@exhokjes{\v!aan}} + {\def\@@exhokjes{\v!uit}}% + \setvalue{\??ef\??ef#1}% + {\dosingleempty{\placestartfigure[#1][#2][#3]#4\placestopfigure}}% + \doifundefined{#1}{\setvalue{#1}{\getexternalfigure{#1}}}} + % De onderstaande macro mag niet zondermeer worden aangepast % en is afgestemd op gebruik in de handleiding. @@ -1212,10 +1304,10 @@ {\box0}% \positioneer(0,0) {\rooster - [\c!nx=\@@exxmax, - \c!dx=\withoutpt{\the\efxsteps}, - \c!ny=\@@exymax, - \c!dy=\withoutpt{\the\efysteps}, + [\c!nx=\@@exxmax, + \c!dx=\withoutpt{\the\efxsteps}, + \c!ny=\@@exymax, + \c!dy=\withoutpt{\the\efysteps}, \c!xstap=1, \c!ystap=1, \c!schaal=1, @@ -1224,7 +1316,7 @@ \stelpositionerenin% [\c!eenheid=pt, \c!xschaal=\withoutpt{\the\efxsteps}, - \c!yschaal=\withoutpt{\the\efysteps}, + \c!yschaal=\withoutpt{\the\efysteps}, \c!factor=1]% \linewidth=1pt \ignorespaces#4\relax @@ -1250,7 +1342,7 @@ \ht0=\ht2 \fi \hbox - {\hskip3em + {\hskip3em \vtop{\vskip12pt\box0\vskip6pt}% \vtop{\vskip12pt\box2\vskip6pt}}% \endgroup} @@ -1261,7 +1353,7 @@ \def\@@exhokjes{\v!aan}} {\def\@@exhokjes{\v!uit}}% \setvalue{\??ef\??ef#1}% - {\placestartfigure[#1][#2][#3]#4\placestopfigure}% + {\dosingleempty{\placestartfigure[#1][#2][#3]#4\placestopfigure}}% \doifundefined{#1}{\setvalue{#1}{\getexternalfigure{#1}}}} \long\def\dostartfigure#1% @@ -1270,10 +1362,134 @@ \def\startfigure% {\grabuntil{\e!stop\v!figuur}\dostartfigure} +%D \macros +%D {clip, setupclipping} +%D +%D Although related to figures, clipping can be applied to +%D arbitrary content. We can use \METAPOST\ to provide a non +%D rectangular clipping path. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \startMPclip{fun} +%D clip currentpicture to fullcircle +%D shifted (.5,.5) xscaled \width yscaled \height ; +%D \stopMPclip +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D We get a rectangular piece of the figure when we say: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \clip[x=2,y=1]{\externalfigure[photo]} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D When we want to clip to the oval we defined a few lines ago, +%D we say: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \clip[nx=1,ny=1,x=1,y=1,mp=fun]{\externalfigure[photo]} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The general characteristics of clipping can be set up with +%D +%D \showsetup{setupclipping} + +% \def\doclip[#1]% nb top->bottom left->right +% {\bgroup +% \getparameters[\??cp][#1]% +% \dowithnextbox +% {\ifdim\@@cpbreedte>\!!zeropoint +% \dimen0=\@@cpbreedte +% \dimen4=\@@cphoffset +% \else +% \dimen0=\wd\nextbox +% \divide\dimen0 \@@cpnx +% \dimen4=\@@cpx\dimen0 +% \advance\dimen4 -\dimen0 +% \fi +% \relax % sure +% \ifdim\@@cphoogte>\!!zeropoint +% \dimen2=\@@cphoogte +% \dimen6=\ht\nextbox +% \advance\dimen6 by -\@@cpvoffset +% \advance\dimen6 by -\dimen2 +% \else +% \dimen2=\ht\nextbox +% \divide\dimen2 \@@cpny +% \dimen6=-\@@cpy\dimen2 +% \advance\dimen6 \ht\nextbox +% \fi +% \setbox\nextbox=\hbox +% {\hskip-\dimen4\lower\dimen6\box\nextbox}% +% \wd\nextbox=\!!zeropoint +% \ht\nextbox=\!!zeropoint +% \dp\nextbox=\!!zeropoint +% \setbox\nextbox=\hbox +% {\dostartclipping{\@@cpmp}{\number\dimen0}{\number\dimen2}% +% \box\nextbox +% \dostopclipping}% +% \wd\nextbox=\dimen0 +% \ht\nextbox=\dimen2 +% \dp\nextbox=\!!zeropoint +% \box\nextbox +% \egroup}% +% \hbox} + +\def\doclip[#1]% nb top->bottom left->right + {\bgroup + \getparameters[\??cp][#1]% + \dowithnextbox + {\ifdim\@@cpbreedte>\!!zeropoint + \dimen0=\@@cpbreedte + \dimen4=\@@cphoffset + \else + \dimen0=\wd\nextbox + \divide\dimen0 \@@cpnx + \dimen4=\@@cpx\dimen0 + \advance\dimen4 -\dimen0 + \dimen0=\@@cpsx\dimen0 + \fi + \relax % sure + \ifdim\@@cphoogte>\!!zeropoint + \dimen2=\@@cphoogte + \dimen6=\ht\nextbox + \advance\dimen6 by -\@@cpvoffset + \advance\dimen6 by -\dimen2 + \else + \dimen2=\ht\nextbox + \divide\dimen2 \@@cpny + \dimen6=-\@@cpy\dimen2 + \advance\dimen6 -\@@cpsy\dimen2 + \advance\dimen6 \dimen2 + \dimen2=\@@cpsy\dimen2 + \advance\dimen6 \ht\nextbox + \fi + \setbox\nextbox=\hbox + {\hskip-\dimen4\lower\dimen6\box\nextbox}% + \wd\nextbox=\!!zeropoint + \ht\nextbox=\!!zeropoint + \dp\nextbox=\!!zeropoint + \setbox\nextbox=\hbox + {\dostartclipping{\@@cpmp}{\number\dimen0}{\number\dimen2}% + \box\nextbox + \dostopclipping}% + \wd\nextbox=\dimen0 + \ht\nextbox=\dimen2 + \dp\nextbox=\!!zeropoint + \box\nextbox + \egroup}% + \hbox} + +\def\clip{\dosingleempty\doclip} + +\def\setupclipping% + {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??cp]} + \appendtoks \setupexternalfigures[\c!optie=\v!leeg] \to \everyfastmode \appendtoks \runMPgraphicsfalse \to \everyfastmode \appendtoks \insertMPgraphicsfalse \to \everyfastmode +\appendtoks \flushMPgraphics \to \everylastshipout + \setupexternalfigures [\c!optie=, \c!object=\v!ja, @@ -1291,8 +1507,15 @@ \c!xmax=] \useexternalfigure - [buffer] [\jobname.\c!tmp] [\c!type=\c!tex,\c!object=\v!nee] + [buffer] [\jobname] [\c!type=\v!buffer,\c!object=\v!nee] + +\setupclipping + [\c!nx=2,\c!x=1,\c!sx=1, + \c!ny=2,\c!y=1,\c!sy=1, + \c!breedte=\!!zeropoint,\c!hoogte=\!!zeropoint, + \c!hoffset=\!!zeropoint,\c!voffset=\!!zeropoint, + mp=] \protect - + \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-fil.tex b/tex/context/base/core-fil.tex index 3f47d7528..987fcb2c7 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-fil.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-fil.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros / File Support} @@ -34,6 +34,11 @@ 1: Dateisynonym -- wird bereits fuer -- benutzt \stopmessages +\startmessages czech library: files + title: soubory + 1: synonymum souboru -- je jiz pouzito pro -- +\stopmessages + %D \macros %D {definefilesynonym} %D @@ -67,7 +72,9 @@ {\doifdefined{\??fs#1} {\doifnotvalue{\??fs#1}{#2} {\showmessage{\m!files}{1}{#1 (#2),\getvalue{\??fs#1}}}}% - \setevalue{\??fs#1}{#2}} + \doifelse{#1}{#2} + {\letbeundefined{\??fs#1}{#2}} + {\setevalue{\??fs#1}{#2}}} %D \macros %D {truefilename} @@ -107,7 +114,7 @@ %D %D Most of \CONTEXT is preloaded in the format file. Some very %D domain specific typesetting topics are however dealt with in -%D separate modules, e.g. typesettingof chemical structure +%D separate modules, e.g. typesetting of chemical structure %D formulas. These modules are loaded by: %D %D \showsetup{\y!usemodule} @@ -115,21 +122,31 @@ %D More information on the specific modules can be found in %D their dedicated manuals. +\newconditional\moduleisloaded + \def\dododousemodules#1#2% - {\makeshortfilename[#1\truefilename{#2}]% - \doifundefinedelse{\shortfilename\v!aan} - {\setgvalue{\shortfilename\v!aan}{}% - \startreadingfile - \readsysfile{\shortfilename}% - {\showmessage{\m!systems}{5}{#1#2}}% - {\showmessage{\m!systems}{6}{#1#2}}% - \stopreadingfile} - {\showmessage{\m!systems}{7}{#2}}} + {\ifconditional\moduleisloaded\else + \makeshortfilename[#1\truefilename{#2}]% + \doifundefinedelse{\shortfilename\v!aan} + {\setgvalue{\shortfilename\v!aan}{}% + \startreadingfile + \readsysfile{\shortfilename}% + {\showmessage{\m!systems}{5}{#2}% + \settrue\moduleisloaded}% + {}% + \stopreadingfile} + {\showmessage{\m!systems}{7}{#2}% + \settrue\moduleisloaded}% + \fi} \def\dodousemodules#1% - {\dododousemodules\f!moduleprefix {#1}% + {\setfalse\moduleisloaded + \dododousemodules\f!moduleprefix {#1}% \dododousemodules\f!styleprefix {#1}% - \dododousemodules\f!privateprefix{#1}} + \dododousemodules\f!privateprefix{#1}% + \ifconditional\moduleisloaded\else + \showmessage{\m!systems}{6}{#1}% + \fi} \def\dousemodules[#1]% {\doifsomething{#1}{\processcommalist[#1]\dodousemodules}% @@ -146,6 +163,32 @@ % %D The definition shows that the language specific settings % %D are activated after loading all the modules specified. +%D \macros +%D {ifprotectbuffers, bufferprefix, +%D TEXbufferfile, MPgraphicfile} +%D +%D The next switch enables protection of temporary filenames, +%D which is needed when we process more files on one path at +%D the same time. + +\newif\ifprotectbuffers + +\def\bufferprefix% + {\ifprotectbuffers\jobname-\fi} + +% also + +\def\TEXbufferfile#1% + {\bufferprefix#1.\f!temporaryextension} + +%D We also redefine: + +\def\MPgraphicfile% + {\bufferprefix mp\ifMPrun run\else graph\fi} + +\def\convertMPcolorfile% + {\bufferprefix metacmyk.tmp} + \protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-fld.tex b/tex/context/base/core-fld.tex index bd4a70a07..2d1b0b7eb 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-fld.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-fld.tex @@ -8,9 +8,11 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. +% \appendtocommalist versus \addtocommalist + \writestatus{loading}{Context Field Macros} % messages @@ -118,7 +120,8 @@ \@@fdformatteer,\@@fdvalideer,\@@fdbereken}} \def\presetpushfield% - {\presetfieldsymbols[\@@FieldValues]% + {\edef\@@FieldValues{{\@@FieldValues}}% makes sure {a,b,c} is passed + \presetfieldsymbols[\@@FieldValues]% \dopresetpushfield {\@@FieldName} {\@@FieldWidth} @@ -277,7 +280,8 @@ \doloop {\gettwopassdata{fld:#1}% \iftwopassdatafound - \addtocommalist\twopassdata\@@FieldKids + %\addtocommalist\twopassdata\@@FieldKids + \appendtocommalist\twopassdata\@@FieldKids \else \exitloop \fi}% @@ -431,7 +435,8 @@ \writestatus{fields}{unknown field #1}% \else \let\@@FieldMode=\fieldparentmode - \def\docommando##1{\addtocommalist{##1}\@@FieldKids}% + %\def\docommando##1{\addtocommalist{##1}\@@FieldKids}% + \def\docommando##1{\appendtocommalist{##1}\@@FieldKids}% \processcommalist[#2]\docommando \changefield{#1}% \let\@@FieldAutoParent=\@@FieldAuto @@ -464,7 +469,8 @@ \writestatus{fields}{unknown field #1}% \else \let\@@FieldMode=\fieldparentmode - \def\docommando##1{\addtocommalist{##1}\@@FieldKids}% + %\def\docommando##1{\addtocommalist{##1}\@@FieldKids}% + \def\docommando##1{\appendtocommalist{##1}\@@FieldKids}% \processcommalist[#2]\docommando \changefield{#1}% \let\@@FieldAutoParent=\@@FieldAuto @@ -542,7 +548,8 @@ \fi \ifdone \let\@@FieldParent=\@@FieldName - \addtocommalist\@@FieldParent\@@FieldKids + %\addtocommalist\@@FieldParent\@@FieldKids + \appendtocommalist\@@FieldParent\@@FieldKids \dosetfieldstatus\@@FieldMode\@@FieldParent\@@FieldKids\@@FieldRoot \iflocation\getvalue{preset\@@FieldType field}\fi \let\@@FieldMode=\fieldchildmode @@ -622,7 +629,9 @@ {\presetlocalframed[\??fd]% \processallactionsinset [#2] - [ \v!label=>\ShowFieldLabeltrue, + [ \v!reset=>\ShowFieldLabelfalse\ShowFieldFramefalse + \HorizontalFieldfalse\VerticalFieldfalse, + \v!label=>\ShowFieldLabeltrue, \v!kader=>\ShowFieldFrametrue, \v!horizontaal=>\HorizontalFieldtrue, \v!vertikaal=>\VerticalFieldtrue]% @@ -640,21 +649,23 @@ \fi\fi \getparameters[\??fd] [\c!n=,\c!voor=,\c!na=\vss,\c!letter=,\c!kleur=,#3]% - \reshapeframeboxfalse - \ifShowFieldFrame - \localframed[\??fd][\c!strut=\v!nee]\bgroup + \reshapeframeboxfalse % else ugly spacing + \ifShowFieldFrame + \localframed[\??fd][\c!strut=\v!nee,\c!uitlijnen=]\bgroup \else \vbox\bgroup \fi \mindermeldingen \ifShowFieldLabel \setbox0=\hbox - {\framed + {\reshapeframeboxtrue % else wrong dimensions + \framed [\c!letter=,\c!kleur=,\c!uitlijnen=\c!rechts,#4] {\@@FieldLabel}}% \fi \setbox2=\hbox - {\ifVerticalField + {\reshapeframeboxtrue % else wrong dimensions + \ifVerticalField \setupframed[\c!hoogte=6ex,\c!breedte=\hsize]% \else\ifHorizontalField \setupframed[\c!hoogte=\vsize,\c!breedte=20em]% @@ -665,7 +676,7 @@ [\c!uitlijnen=\v!rechts,\c!strut=\v!nee,#5] {\getparameters [\??fd] - [\c!kleur=,\v!letter=,\c!uitlijnen=\v!rechts,\c!optie=, + [\c!kleur=,\c!letter=,\c!uitlijnen=\v!rechts,\c!optie=, \c!klikin=,\c!klikuit=,\c!gebiedin=,\c!gebieduit=, \c!natoets=,\c!formatteer=,\c!valideer=,\c!bereken=, \c!veldoffset=\!!zeropoint,\c!veldachtergrondkleur=, @@ -677,8 +688,10 @@ \vss}}% \ifShowFieldLabel \ifVerticalField - \copy0 - \@@fdtussen + \vbox + {\copy0 + \@@fdtussen + \copy2}% \else \hbox {\vbox \ifdim\ht2>\ht0 to \ht2 \fi @@ -700,7 +713,7 @@ {\presetlocalframed[\??fd]% \localframed [\??fd] - [\c!strut=\v!nee,\c!kleur=,\v!letter=,\c!optie=, + [\c!n=1,\c!strut=\v!nee,\c!kleur=,\c!letter=,\c!optie=, \c!klikin=,\c!klikuit=,\c!gebiedin=,\c!gebieduit=, \c!natoets=,\c!formatteer=,\c!valideer=,\c!bereken=, \c!veldoffset=\!!zeropoint,\c!veldachtergrondkleur=, @@ -830,7 +843,8 @@ \definefield[#1:\stackedfieldnumber][check][#1][##1,\v!leeg][\v!leeg]% \fi}% \processcommalist[#2]\dododofieldstack - \setupfield[#1][#3,\c!optie=\v!alleenleesbaar]% + \setupfield[#1][\v!reset]% added + \setupfield[#1][\c!optie=\v!alleenleesbaar,#3]% #3 swapped \newcounter\stackedfieldnumber \def\dododofieldstack##1% {\doglobal\increment\stackedfieldnumber diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-fnt.tex b/tex/context/base/core-fnt.tex index b9ac85b80..b6c11dbd3 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-fnt.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-fnt.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros / Font Support} @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ \uppercase{#1}% \egroup} -\def\Word#1% +\unexpanded\def\Word#1% {\doWord#1} \def\doprocesswords#1 #2\od% @@ -201,19 +201,21 @@ \def\processwords#1% {\doprocesswords#1 \od\unskip} -\def\Words% +\unexpanded\def\Words% {\let\processwords=\Word \processwords} -\def\WORD#1% +\unexpanded\def\WORD#1% {\bgroup \the\everyuppercase - \def\kap#1{#1}% - \edef\next{#1}% - \uppercase\expandafter{\next}% - \egroup} - -\def\WORDS#1% + \def\kap##1{##1}% + \def\WORD##1{##1}% + \uppercase{#1}% No expansion here, otherwise \getvalue problems! +% \edef\next{#1}% +% \uppercase\expandafter{\next}% + \egroup} + +\unexpanded\def\WORDS#1% {\WORD{#1}} %D \macros @@ -298,12 +300,12 @@ %D \showsetup{\y!setupunderbar} %D %D The alternatives show up as -%D {\setupunderbar [variant=a]\underbar{alternative a}, -%D {\setupunderbar [variant=b]\underbar{alternative b}, -%D {\setupunderbar [variant=c]\underbar{alternative c} +%D {\setupunderbar [variant=a]\underbar{alternative a}}, +%D {\setupunderbar [variant=b]\underbar{alternative b}}, +%D {\setupunderbar [variant=c]\underbar{alternative c}} %D and -%D {\setupunderbar [lijndikte=1pt]\underbar{1pt width}, -%D {\setupunderbar [lijndikte=2pt]\underbar{2pt width}, +%D {\setupunderbar [lijndikte=1pt]\underbar{1pt width}}, +%D {\setupunderbar [lijndikte=2pt]\underbar{2pt width}}, %D or whatever. Because \type{\overstrike} uses the same %D method, the settings also apply to that macro. diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-gen.tex b/tex/context/base/core-gen.tex index 03f402973..9ecded535 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-gen.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-gen.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros / General} diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-grd.tex b/tex/context/base/core-grd.tex index d50259817..e1dcd4b9d 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-grd.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-grd.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros / Grid Snapping} @@ -65,6 +65,9 @@ %D %D {\showbaselinecorrection\haalbuffer[2]} +\definecolor[GridLineColor][red] +\definecolor[GridTextColor][blue] + \def\setbaselinecorrections% {\setbox0=\hbox{\setstrut\strut}% \setbox2=\hbox{(}% @@ -265,7 +268,7 @@ \llap {\infofont \doglobal\increment\currentsnap - \color[red]{\vl\presnapskip + \color[GridLineColor]{\vl\presnapskip \vl\presnap \vl\postsnap \vl\ifcase\@@extrasnap @@ -526,7 +529,7 @@ \global\advance\fuzzymarker by \ifodd\fuzzymarker#1\else#2\fi \nobreak \ifshowfuzzyskips - \hbox{\color[blue] + \hbox{\color[GridTextColor] {\llap{\infofont#3\vl\the\fuzzymarker}\nobreak \vrule\!!width\hsize\!!height.1\lineheight}} \nobreak @@ -607,7 +610,7 @@ \iffuzzysnapped \iftracegridsnapping \gdef\presnapcorrection% - {\color[red]{\hrule\!!height.5\openlineheight\!!width\hsize}}% + {\color[GridLineColor]{\hrule\!!height.5\openlineheight\!!width\hsize}}% \else \gdef\presnapcorrection{\kern.5\openlineheight}% \fi diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-hlp.tex b/tex/context/base/core-hlp.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5a7a22d8d --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/core-hlp.tex @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=core-hlp, +%D version=1998.10.10, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Core Macros, +%D subtitle=Help (Experimental), +%D author={Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. + +%D This is an experimental and private module, so the interface +%D and functionality can change. Pieces of code will be moved +%D to other modules. More features are possible but will be +%D interfaces later. See m-chart for an application. + +\unprotect + +\defineframedtext + [\e!helptext] + +\setupframedtexts + [\e!helptext] + [\c!breedte=.75\textwidth, + \c!uitlijnen=\v!normaal, + \c!kader=\v!uit, + \c!achtergrond=\v!raster] + +\newcounter \nofhelpdataentries +\newconditional \somehelpdatadefined + +\appendtoks \getpagehelpdata \to \beforeeverypage +\appendtoks \resetpagehelpdata \to \aftereverypage + +\def\getpagehelpdata% + {\iflocation + \let\pagehelpdata\empty + \ifconditional\somehelpdatadefined + \definetwopasslist{hlp:\realfolio}% + \doloop + {\gettwopassdata{hlp:\realfolio}% + \iftwopassdatafound + \addtocommalist\twopassdata\pagehelpdata + \else + \exitloop + \fi}% + \fi + \ifx\pagehelpdata\empty \else + \useJSscripts[fld]% + \definereference[HideHelp][JS(Hide_Fields)]% for the moment + \fi + \fi} + +\def\setpagehelpdata#1% + {\iflocation\expanded{\dosetpagehelpdata{#1}}\fi} + +\def\dosetpagehelpdata#1% + {\doglobal\increment\nofhelpdataentries + \writeutilitycommand + {\twopassentry% + {hlp:\realfolio}% + {\nofhelpdataentries}% + {#1}}} + +\def\resetpagehelpdata% + {\global\let\pagehelpdata\empty + \definereference[HideHelp][]} + +\setvalue{\e!start\e!helptext}[#1]% + {\iflocation + \global\settrue\somehelpdatadefined + \setvalue{\e!stop\e!helptext}% + {\definesymbol[helpinfo:#1][\helptext{\getbuffer[\e!helptext]}]% + \dopresetfieldsymbol{helpinfo:#1}}% + \else + \letvalue{\e!stop\e!helptext}\relax + \fi + \dostartbuffer[\e!helptext][\e!start\e!helptext][\e!stop\e!helptext]} + +\def\dohelpdata#1% + {\setbox0=\hbox + {\startoverlay + {\box0} + {\definemainfield[help:#1][check][helpsetup][helpinfo:#1][helpinfo:#1]% + \fitfield[help:#1]} + \stopoverlay}} + +\def\helpdata% + {\iflocation + \bgroup + %\getpagehelpdata + \ifx\pagehelpdata\empty \else + \setupfields[\v!reset]% + \setupfield + [helpsetup] + [\c!breedte=\v!passend, + \c!hoogte=\v!passend, + \c!kader=\v!uit, + \c!optie={\v!alleenleesbaar,\v!verborgen}]% + \setbox0=\box\voidb@x + \processcommacommand[\pagehelpdata]\dohelpdata + \box0 + \fi + \egroup + \fi} + +\def\dohelpbutton[#1][#2]% + {\iflocation + \ifsecondargument + \setpagehelpdata{#2}\button[#1]{}[JS(Vide_Fields{help:#2})]% + \else + \setpagehelpdata{#1}\button {}[JS(Vide_Fields{help:#1})]% + \fi + \fi} + +\def\helpbutton% + {\dodoubleempty\dohelpbutton} + +\def\doifhelpinfo#1#2% + {\iflocation\doifsymboldefinedelse{helpinfo:#1}{#2}{}\fi} + +\protect + +\endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-int.tex b/tex/context/base/core-int.tex index 594345203..74377e35a 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-int.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-int.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. %D Still to be done properly. @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ \fi \iflocation \hbox - {\stelinteractiein[\c!breedte=\!!zeropoint]% + {\setupinteraction[\c!breedte=\!!zeropoint]% \doganaareenpagina\??lk\gotobegincharacter\firstlink\hss \ifnum\noflinks>2 \hskip\@@lkafstand @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ \fi \iflocation \hbox - {\stelinteractiein[\c!breedte=\!!zeropoint]% + {\setupinteraction[\c!breedte=\!!zeropoint]% % % \doganaareenpagina\??lk\gotobegincharacter\firstlink\hss % \ifnum\noflinks>2 diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-mak.tex b/tex/context/base/core-mak.tex index 568cee03f..63f69a90e 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-mak.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-mak.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros / General Makeup Commands} @@ -28,6 +28,7 @@ \c!rechts=\hss, \c!regelcorrectie=\v!uit, \c!dieptecorrectie=\v!uit, + \c!marge=\v!standaard, %\c!voor=, %\c!na=, #2]% @@ -46,6 +47,7 @@ \getparameters[#1][#2]% \getvalue{#1\c!voor}% \doifvalue{#1\c!regelcorrectie} {\v!aan} {\startbaselinecorrection}% + \doifinset{\getvalue{#1\c!marge}}{\v!standaard,\v!ja}{\noindent}% \hbox to \localhsize {\getvalue{#1\c!links}% \box\nextbox diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-mat.tex b/tex/context/base/core-mat.tex index 386ceeb4c..1cc32fcb6 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-mat.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-mat.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros / Math Fundamentals} @@ -75,9 +75,9 @@ \catcode`\_=\@@active \gdef\enablesupersub% {\catcode`\^=\@@active - \def^{\ifmmode\expandafter\super\else\expandafter\normalsuper\fi}% + \def^{\ifmmode\expandafter\super\else\expandafter\donormalsuper\fi}% \catcode`\_=\@@active - \def_{\ifmmode\expandafter\sub \else\expandafter\normalsub \fi}} + \def_{\ifmmode\expandafter\sub \else\expandafter\donormalsub \fi}} \egroup %D \macro @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ %D %D This is another one Tobias asked for. It replaces the %D primitive \type {\over}. We also take the opportunity to -%D handle math style restorin, which makes sure units and +%D handle math style restoring, which makes sure units and %D chemicals come out ok. \def\frac#1#2% @@ -130,6 +130,9 @@ $\frac{#1}{#2}$% \fi} +\def\frac#1#2% + {\relax\mathematics{{{\mathstyle{#1}}\over{\mathstyle{#2}}}}} + %D The next macro, \type {\ch}, is \PPCHTEX\ aware. In %D formulas one can therefore best use \type {\ch} instead of %D \type {\chemical}, especially in fractions. @@ -147,6 +150,19 @@ \doresetsubscripts \fi} +%D \macros +%D {/} +%D +%D Just to be sure, we restore the behavior of some typical +%D math characters. + +\bgroup + +\catcode`\/=\@@other \global \let\normalforwardslash/ +\catcode`\/=\@@active \doglobal\appendtoks\let/\normalforwardslash\to\everymath + +\egroup + \protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-mis.tex b/tex/context/base/core-mis.tex index f291ff4ac..a3594a9a7 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-mis.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-mis.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros / Misc Commands} diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-mps.tex b/tex/context/base/core-mps.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c92aee271 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/core-mps.tex @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=core-mps, +%D version=1999.07.10, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Core Macros, +%D subtitle=\METAPOST\ Connectivity, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros / MetaPost Connectivity} + +\unprotect + +%D Let's first load the auxiliary file. + +\appendtoks input mp-tool ;\to \MPinitializations + +%D The next few macros tell \METAPOST\ how the \CONTEXT\ +%D pagebody looks. + +\def\writeMPpagedata% + {\bgroup + \def\writeMPpagedata ##1 ##2% + {\scratchdimen=##2% + \immediate\write\scratchwrite{##1 := \the\scratchdimen;}}% + \immediate\openout\scratchwrite=\TEXbufferfile{mp-state}\relax + \writeMPpagedata PaperHeight \papierhoogte + \writeMPpagedata PaperWidth \papierbreedte + \writeMPpagedata PrintPaperHeight \printpapierhoogte + \writeMPpagedata PrintPaperWidth \printpapierbreedte + \writeMPpagedata TopSpace \kopwit + \writeMPpagedata BackSpace \rugwit + \writeMPpagedata MakeupHeight \zethoogte + \writeMPpagedata MakeupWidth \zetbreedte + \writeMPpagedata TopHeight \bovenhoogte + \writeMPpagedata TopDistance \bovenafstand + \writeMPpagedata HeaderHeight \hoofdhoogte + \writeMPpagedata HeaderDistance \hoofdafstand + \writeMPpagedata TextHeight \teksthoogte + \writeMPpagedata FooterDistance \voetafstand + \writeMPpagedata FooterHeight \voethoogte + \writeMPpagedata BottomDistance \onderafstand + \writeMPpagedata BottomHeight \onderhoogte + \writeMPpagedata LeftEdgeWidth \linkerrandbreedte + \writeMPpagedata LeftEdgeDistance \linkerrandafstand + \writeMPpagedata LeftMarginWidth \linkermargebreedte + \writeMPpagedata LeftMarginDistance \linkermargeafstand + \writeMPpagedata TextWidth \tekstbreedte + \writeMPpagedata RightMarginDistance \rechtermargeafstand + \writeMPpagedata RightMarginWidth \rechtermargebreedte + \writeMPpagedata RightEdgeDistance \rechterrandafstand + \writeMPpagedata RightEdgeWidth \rechterrandbreedte + \writeMPpagedata PageOffset {\getvalue{\??ma\v!pagina\c!offset}}% + \writeMPpagedata PageDepth {\getvalue{\??ma\v!pagina\c!diepte}}% + \immediate\closeout\scratchwrite + \egroup} + +\prependtoks \flushMPpagedata \to \everyMPgraphic + +\let\flushMPpagedata\relax + +\def\setMPpagedata% + {\gdef\flushMPpagedata{\writeMPpagedata\global\let\flushMPpagedata\relax}} + +%D We have to make sure that the right page data is loaded, +%D especially when we run multiple jobs on one path. + +\prependtoks \prepareMPpagedata \to \everyMPgraphic + +\def\prepareMPpagedata% + {\appendtoks + input mp-page ; + def LoadPageState = + scantokens "input \TEXbufferfile{mp-state}" ; + enddef ; + \to \MPinitializations + \let\prepareMPpagedata\relax} + +\protect + +\endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-mul.tex b/tex/context/base/core-mul.tex index 0c93ddf8a..ae8055f98 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-mul.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-mul.tex @@ -8,13 +8,23 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros / Multi Column Output} \unprotect +% check \count<insert> multiplications + +% some day try this in balancing routine +% +% \ifdim\pagetotal>\pagegoal +% \eject +% \else +% \goodbreak +% \fi + %D The following macro's implement a multi||column output %D routine. The original implementation was based on Donald %D Knuth's implementation, which was adapted by Craig Platt to @@ -70,10 +80,27 @@ 9: Ausrichtung ueberpruefen 10: (weniger als) 1 Zeile uebrig 11: Gleitobjekt zu breit fuer Spalte - 12: Gleitobjekt in naechste Zeile verschoben / -- + 12: Gleitobjekt in naechste Zeile verschoben / -- 13: breites Gleitobjekt an den Anfang der Spalten verschoben \stopmessages +\startmessages czech library: columns + title: sloupce + 1: je mozno pouze -- sloupcu + 2: pouzijte \string\filbreak\space jako alternativu + 3: problem, vypina se vyvazovani + 4: horni plovouci objekt jeste neni podporovan + 5: spodni plovouci objekt jeste neni podporovan + 6: -- plovouci objekt(y) odlozeny + 7: vyvazovani ukonceno po 100 krocich + 8: vyvazeno v -- krocich + 9: kontrola nerovnost + 10: zbyl (mene nez) 1 radek + 11: plovouci objekt je pro sloupec prilis siroky + 12: plovouci objekt je presunut do nasledujiciho sloupce / -- + 13: siroky plovouci objekt je presunut nad sloupce +\stopmessages + %D This completely new implementation can handle enough %D situations for everyday documents, but is still far from %D perfect. While at the moment the routine doesn't support @@ -136,6 +163,9 @@ %D \interface \type{\ifnormalbottom} \\ %D put the bottom line at the baseline \\ %D +%D \interface \type{\ifreversecolumns} \\ +%D reverse the order in wich columns are flushed \\ +%D %D \interface \type{\usercolumnwidth} \\ %D the calculated width of a column \\ %D \interface \type{\columntextwidth} \\ @@ -205,16 +235,16 @@ % %D In fact, the column height and width are set by means of % %D two macro's. One can change their meaning if needed: -% +% % \def\setcolumntextheight% % {\def\columntextheight{\teksthoogte}} -% -% \def\setcolumntextwidth% +% +% \def\setcolumntextwidth% % {\def\columntextwidth{\zetbreedte}} %D Both macros are redefined in \CONTEXT\ when backgrounds -%D are applied to columns. The final values are used when -%D flushing the columns. +%D are applied to columns. The final values are used when +%D flushing the columns. \newcount\nofcolumns \nofcolumns=2 @@ -279,25 +309,43 @@ %D \type{\firstcolumnbox} and \type{\lastcolumnbox} are handled %D outside these macro's. -\def\dohandlemidcolumns#1% - {\dorecurse - {\nofcolumns} - {\ifnum\recurselevel>1 - \ifnum\recurselevel<\nofcolumns\relax - \edef\currentcolumnbox{\getvalue{\@@txtcol\recurselevel}}% - \edef\currenttopcolumnbox{\getvalue{\@@topcol\recurselevel}}% - \let\currentcolumn=\recurselevel - #1\relax - \fi - \fi}} +%\def\dohandlemidcolumns#1% +% {\dorecurse +% {\nofcolumns} +% {\ifnum\recurselevel>1 +% \ifnum\recurselevel<\nofcolumns\relax +% \edef\currentcolumnbox{\getvalue{\@@txtcol\recurselevel}}% +% \edef\currenttopcolumnbox{\getvalue{\@@topcol\recurselevel}}% +% \let\currentcolumn=\recurselevel +% #1\relax +% \fi +% \fi}} +% +%\def\dohandleallcolumns#1% +% {\dorecurse +% {\nofcolumns} +% {\edef\currentcolumnbox{\getvalue{\@@txtcol\recurselevel}}% +% \edef\currenttopcolumnbox{\getvalue{\@@topcol\recurselevel}}% +% \let\currentcolumn=\recurselevel +% #1\relax}} + +\def\dohandlecolumn#1% + {\edef\currentcolumnbox {\getvalue{\@@txtcol\recurselevel}}% + \edef\currenttopcolumnbox{\getvalue{\@@topcol\recurselevel}}% + \let\currentcolumn=\recurselevel + #1\relax} \def\dohandleallcolumns#1% - {\dorecurse - {\nofcolumns} - {\edef\currentcolumnbox{\getvalue{\@@txtcol\recurselevel}}% - \edef\currenttopcolumnbox{\getvalue{\@@topcol\recurselevel}}% - \let\currentcolumn=\recurselevel - #1\relax}} + {\dorecurse{\nofcolumns}{\dohandlecolumn{#1}}} + +\def\dohandlerevcolumns#1% + {\dostepwiserecurse{\nofcolumns}{1}{-1}{\dohandlecolumn{#1}}} + +\def\dohandlemidcolumns#1% + {\dohandleallcolumns + {\ifnum\recurselevel>1\relax\ifnum\recurselevel<\nofcolumns\relax + \dohandlecolumn{#1}% + \fi\fi}} %D Going to a new columns is done by means of a %D \type{\ejectcolumn}. The following definition does not @@ -352,8 +400,8 @@ {#1=\!!zeropoint \def\doaddinsertionheight##1% {\ifvoid##1\else - \advance#1 by \skip##1 - \advance#1 by \ht##1 + \advance#1 by 1\skip##1 + \advance#1 by \ht##1 \fi}% \doaddinsertionheight\topins \doaddinsertionheight\botins @@ -376,9 +424,9 @@ \advance\localcolumnwidth by -\nofcolumns\intercolumnwidth \advance\localcolumnwidth by \intercolumnwidth \divide\localcolumnwidth by \nofcolumns -\dimen0=\columntextoffset -\multiply\dimen0 by 2 -\advance\localcolumnwidth by -\dimen0 + \dimen0=\columntextoffset + \multiply\dimen0 by 2 + \advance\localcolumnwidth by -\dimen0 \usercolumnwidth=\localcolumnwidth \hsize=\localcolumnwidth} % we don't do it \global @@ -389,9 +437,9 @@ \def\setcolumnvsize% {%\global\vsize=\columntextheight -\global\vsize=-\columntextoffset -\global\multiply\vsize by 2 -\global\advance\vsize by \columntextheight + \global\vsize=-\columntextoffset + \global\multiply\vsize by 2 + \global\advance\vsize by \columntextheight \ifdim\partialpageheight>\!!zeropoint \global\advance\vsize by -\partialpageheight \fi @@ -466,11 +514,7 @@ \global\savedpagetotal=\pagetotal \global\singlecolumnout=\output \global\output={\global\setbox\partialpage=\vbox{\unvbox\normalpagebox}}% - \bgroup - \holdinginserts=1 - \eject - \egroup -% \holdinginserts=0 + \eject % no \holdinginserts=1, can make footnote disappear ! \global\partialpageheight=\ht\partialpage \global\output={\continuousmulticolumnsout}% \setcolumnfloats @@ -501,7 +545,8 @@ \def\endmulticolumns% {%\par \vskip\lineheight\vskip-\lineheight % take footnotes into account - \dontshowcomposition + \dontshowcomposition +\doflushcolumnfloat % added recently \doflushcolumnfloats % added recently \flushfootnotes \par @@ -532,21 +577,18 @@ \def\checkbegincolumnfootnotes% {\ifcleverfootnotes - \doflushfootnotes - \ifdim\ht\footins>\!!zeropoint + \doflushfootnotes + \ifdim\ht\footins>\!!zeropoint % hm, actually unknown \global\setbox\savedfootins=\box\footins \else \global\setbox\savedfootins=\box\voidb@x \fi - \global\skip\savedfootins=\skip\footins - \global\count\savedfootins=\count\footins - \setupfootnotes \else - \global\skip\savedfootins=\skip\footins \global\setbox\savedfootins=\box\voidb@x - \global\count\savedfootins=\count\footins - \setupfootnotes - \fi} + \fi + \global\skip\savedfootins=\skip\footins + \global\count\savedfootins=\count\footins + \setupfootnotes} \def\checkendcolumnfootnotes% {\ifcleverfootnotes\ifvoid\savedfootins\else @@ -567,7 +609,7 @@ \topskip=1\topskip \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth - \boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth % dangerous + \boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth % dangerous \emergencystretch=\!!zeropoint\relax} % sometimes needed ! %D Flushing the page comes to pasting the columns together and @@ -606,6 +648,70 @@ \edef\maxcolumndepth{\the\dp\currentcolumnbox}% \fi}} +% \def\flushcolumnedpage% +% {\bgroup +% \forgetall +% \setmulticolumnsout +% \showcomposition +% \setmaxcolumndimensions +% \postprocesscolumns +% \dohandleallcolumns % \hbox i.v.m. \showcomposition +% {\global\setbox\currentcolumnbox=\hbox to \localcolumnwidth +% {\box\currentcolumnbox +% \global\wd\currentcolumnbox=\localcolumnwidth +% \ifheightencolumns +% \global\ht\currentcolumnbox=\fixedcolumnheight +% \fi}}% +% \setmaxcolumndimensions +% \overlaycolumnfootnotes +% \setbox0=\vbox +% {\hbox to \finalcolumntextwidth +% {\dohandleallcolumns +% {\finishcolumnbox{\hbox +% {\ifx\finishcolumnbox\relax\else\strut\fi +% \box\currentcolumnbox}}% +% \ifnum\currentcolumn<\nofcolumns +% \hfil +% \fi}}}% +% \scratchdimen=\!!zeropoint +% \dohandleallcolumns +% {\ifdim-\ht\currenttopcolumnbox<\scratchdimen +% \scratchdimen=-\ht\currenttopcolumnbox +% \fi +% \global\setbox\currenttopcolumnbox=\box\voidb@x}% +% \advance\scratchdimen by \ht0 +% \setbox2=\hbox to \columntextwidth +% {\vrule\!!width\!!zeropoint\!!height\scratchdimen\!!depth\dp0 +% \dostepwiserecurse{2}{\nofcolumns}{1}{\hfil\betweencolumns}\hfil}% +% \setbox0=\hbox +% {\box0\hskip-\columntextwidth\color[black]{\box2}}% +% \ifvoid\partialpage \else +% \ifgridsnapping % do you believe this junk? +% \scratchdimen=\savedpagetotal +% \advance\scratchdimen by -\ht\partialpage +% \advance\scratchdimen by -\dp\partialpage +% \advance\scratchdimen by -\topskip +% \box\partialpage +% \kern\scratchdimen +% \else +% \unvbox\partialpage +% \fi +% \fi +% \global\partialpageheight=\!!zeropoint +% \setvsize +% \dosomebreak\nobreak +% \ifgridsnapping \else +% \dimen0=\topskip +% \advance\dimen0 by -\openstrutheight +% \nointerlineskip +% \vskip-\dimen0 +% \fi +% \prevdepth\openstrutdepth +% \nointerlineskip +% \dp0=\!!zeropoint +% \box0 +% \egroup} + \def\flushcolumnedpage% {\bgroup \forgetall @@ -624,13 +730,16 @@ \overlaycolumnfootnotes \setbox0=\vbox {\hbox to \finalcolumntextwidth - {\dohandleallcolumns + {\ifreversecolumns + \@EA\dohandlerevcolumns + \else + \@EA\dohandleallcolumns + \fi {\finishcolumnbox{\hbox {\ifx\finishcolumnbox\relax\else\strut\fi \box\currentcolumnbox}}% - \ifnum\currentcolumn<\nofcolumns - \hfil - \fi}}}% + \hfil}% + \unskip}}% \scratchdimen=\!!zeropoint \dohandleallcolumns {\ifdim-\ht\currenttopcolumnbox<\scratchdimen @@ -639,14 +748,14 @@ \global\setbox\currenttopcolumnbox=\box\voidb@x}% \advance\scratchdimen by \ht0 \setbox2=\hbox to \columntextwidth - {\vrule\!!width\!!zeropoint\!!height\scratchdimen\!!depth\dp0 + {\vrule\!!width\!!zeropoint\!!height\scratchdimen\!!depth\dp0 \dostepwiserecurse{2}{\nofcolumns}{1}{\hfil\betweencolumns}\hfil}% \setbox0=\hbox {\box0\hskip-\columntextwidth\color[black]{\box2}}% \ifvoid\partialpage \else - \ifgridsnapping % do you believe this junk? - \scratchdimen=\savedpagetotal - \advance\scratchdimen by -\ht\partialpage + \ifgridsnapping % do you believe this junk? + \scratchdimen=\savedpagetotal + \advance\scratchdimen by -\ht\partialpage \advance\scratchdimen by -\dp\partialpage \advance\scratchdimen by -\topskip \box\partialpage @@ -664,7 +773,7 @@ \nointerlineskip \vskip-\dimen0 \fi - \prevdepth\openstrutdepth + \prevdepth\openstrutdepth \nointerlineskip \dp0=\!!zeropoint \box0 @@ -672,7 +781,7 @@ %D In case one didn't notice, finaly \type{\finishcolumnbox} is %D applied to all boxes. One can use these hooks for special -%D purposes. But there is more: +%D purposes. %D %D Once upon a time I wanted to manipulate the individual lines %D in a column. This feature is demonstrated in the two examples @@ -750,6 +859,15 @@ \let\postprocesscolumnline=\undefined \let\postprocesscolumnbox =\undefined +%D \macros +%D {reversecolumnstrue} +%D +%D We can force the macro that takes care of combining +%D the columns, to flush them in the revere order. Of +%D course, by default we don't reverse. + +\newif\ifreversecolumns + %D Here comes the simple splitting routine. It's a bit %D longer than expected because of ragging bottoms or not. %D This part can be a bit shorter but I suppose that I will @@ -865,8 +983,8 @@ \ifcleverfootnotes \ifnum#1=\lastcolumnbox \ifdim\ht\footins>\!!zeropoint - \vskip\skip\footins - \vskip\ht\footins + \vskip1\skip\footins % remove stretch and shrink + \kern\ht\footins % a \vskip would be is discarded! \fi \fi \fi} @@ -912,7 +1030,7 @@ \def\continuousmulticolumnsout% {\bgroup -\forgetall + \forgetall \setmulticolumnsout \dontshowcomposition \dimen0=\columntextheight @@ -930,15 +1048,22 @@ {\splitcurrentcolumn from \box\normalpagebox to \dimen0} \setbox\restofpage=\vbox{\unvbox\normalpagebox}% \ifinheritcolumns - \ifr@ggedbottom + \ifr@ggedbottom % vreemd +%\ifbottomnotes % can better be a state \dohandleallcolumns - {\global\setbox\currentcolumnbox=\vbox to \dimen0 + {\global\setbox\currentcolumnbox=\vbox to \ht\firstcolumnbox {\dimen0=\dp\currentcolumnbox \unvbox\currentcolumnbox \vskip-\dimen0 \vskip\openstrutdepth % \dp\strutbox \prevdepth\openstrutdepth % \dp\strutbox \vfill}}% +%\else +% \dimen0=\ht\firstcolumnbox +%\fi +\ifbottomnotes \else + \dimen0=\ht\firstcolumnbox +\fi \fi \ifn@rmalbottom \advance\dimen0 by \maxdepth @@ -970,6 +1095,8 @@ % \penalty\outputpenalty % gaat gruwelijk mis in opsommingen \egroup} + + %D And this is the balancing stuff. Again, part of the routine %D is dedicated to handling ragged bottoms, but here we also %D see some handling concerning the stretching of columns. @@ -1010,12 +1137,14 @@ \setbox2=\vbox{\unvcopy\firstcolumnbox}% \dimen4=\!!zeropoint \dohandleallcolumns - {\setbox4=\vbox{\unvcopy\currentcolumnbox -% rather new, test this on pdftex-z.tex -\unpenalty\unskip\unpenalty\unskip}% maybe better in main splitter -%\writestatus{balance}{\the\currentcolumnbox: \the\ht4}% - \dimen6=\ht4 - \ifdim\dimen6>\dimen4 \dimen4=\dimen6 \fi}% + {\setbox4=\vbox + {\unvcopy\currentcolumnbox + %rather new, test this on pdftex-z.tex + \unpenalty\unskip\unpenalty\unskip}% maybe better in main splitter + %\writestatus{balance}{\the\currentcolumnbox: \the\ht4}% + \dimen6=\ht4 + \ifdim\dimen6>\dimen4 \dimen4=\dimen6 \fi}% +\advance\dimen4 by -.0005pt % get rid of accurracy problem, pretty new \ifnum\count255>100\relax \donefalse \else\ifdim\dimen4>\ht2 @@ -1154,7 +1283,8 @@ \let\flushcolumnfloats=\noflushcolumnfloats} \def\setlocalcolumnfloats% - {\everypar={\flushfootnotes\flushcolumnfloat\flushmargincontents\checkindentation} + {\everypar= + {\flushfootnotes\flushcolumnfloat\flushmargincontents\checkindentation}% \let\flushcolumnfloat=\doflushcolumnfloat \let\doroomfloat=\docolumnroomfloat \let\flushcolumnfloats=\doflushcolumnfloats @@ -1262,13 +1392,13 @@ \else \bgroup \getcolumnstatus\column\count255\total\dimen0\goal\dimen2\\% - \advance\dimen0 by 2\openlineheight % nog nodig ? + \advance\dimen0 by 2\openlineheight % nog nodig ? %\ifnum\count255=\nofcolumns % \getinsertionheight % %\message{\insertionheight}\wait -% \advance\dimen0 by \insertionheight +% \advance\dimen0 by \insertionheight %\fi - \setbox\scratchbox=\vbox + \setbox\scratchbox=\vbox % tricky met objecten ? {\blanko[\@@bkvoorwit] \snaptogrid\vbox{\copy\floatbox}}% \advance\dimen0 by \ht\scratchbox @@ -1303,11 +1433,14 @@ \ifdim\wd\floatbox>\hsize \doresavefloat \else +% \setbox2=\vbox +% {\blanko[\@@bkvoorwit] +% \snaptogrid\vbox{\copy\floatbox}% +% \blanko[\@@bknawit] \setbox2=\vbox {\blanko[\@@bkvoorwit] - \snaptogrid\vbox{\copy\floatbox}% - \blanko[\@@bknawit]}% - \advance\dimen0 by \ht2 + \snaptogrid\vbox{\copy\floatbox}}% + \advance\dimen0 by \ht2 \ifdim\dimen0>\dimen2 \ifnum\count255<\nofcolumns \advance\count255 by 1 @@ -1336,7 +1469,9 @@ \par \ifdim\prevdepth<\!!zeropoint\relax % anders bovenaan kolom witruimte \else +\nobreak \blanko[\@@bkvoorwit] +\nobreak \fi \flushfloatbox \blanko[\@@bknawit] @@ -1383,6 +1518,8 @@ \advance\dimen0 by \intercolumnwidth \dimen2=\hsize \advance\dimen2 by \intercolumnwidth +\advance\dimen0 by .5pt +\advance\dimen2 by .5pt \divide\dimen0 by \dimen2 \count0=\dimen0 \advance\count0 by 1 @@ -1394,7 +1531,12 @@ \advance\dimen0 by \count0\intercolumnwidth \advance\dimen0 by -\intercolumnwidth \global\setbox\floatbox=\hbox to \dimen0 - {\hss\hbox{\copy\floatbox}\hss}% + %{\hss\hbox{\copy\floatbox}\hss}% + {\processaction[\@@bkplaats] % how easy to forget + [ \v!links=>\copy\floatbox\hss, + \v!rechts=>\hss\copy\floatbox, + \s!default=>\hss\copy\floatbox\hss, + \s!unknown=>\hss\copy\floatbox\hss]}% \fi \showmessage{\m!columns}{13}{}% \else @@ -1438,3 +1580,13 @@ \protect \endinput + +% border case, should fit on one page +% +% \startkolommen +% +% 1 \input tufte \par \plaatsfiguur{}{\omlijnd[breedte=\hsize,hoogte=3cm]{1}} +% 2 \input tufte \par \plaatsfiguur{}{\omlijnd[breedte=\hsize,hoogte=3cm]{2}} +% 3 \input tufte \par \plaatsfiguur{}{\omlijnd[breedte=\hsize,hoogte=3cm]{3}} +% +% \stopkolommen diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-nav.tex b/tex/context/base/core-nav.tex index 55a5b5a44..49f7f9794 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-nav.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-nav.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros / Navigation} @@ -40,16 +40,16 @@ %D %D The other settings are: %D -%D \showsetup{\y!stelinteractiein} +%D \showsetup{\y!setupinteraction} %D %D In the special driver modules we introduced a switch that %D forces page destinations (instead of named ones). We set %D this switch here. -\def\stelinteractiein% - {\dosingleargument\dostelinteractiein} +\def\setupinteraction% + {\dosingleargument\dodosetupinteraction} -\def\dostelinteractiein[#1]% +\def\dodosetupinteraction[#1]% % \dosetupinteraction == special {\getparameters[\??ia][#1]% \dosetuppageview{\@@iascherm}% \doifelse{\@@iastatus}{\v!start} @@ -61,9 +61,17 @@ \showmessage{\m!interactions}{3}{\ifusepagedestinations\space(PAGE)\fi}% \global\locationfalse \fi}% + \doifsomething{\@@iabereken} + {\doregistercalculationset\@@iabereken}% \doifelse{\@@iastrut}{\v!ja} {\locationstruttrue} {\locationstrutfalse}% + \doifelse{\@@iaklik}{\v!ja} + {\highlighthyperlinkstrue} + {\highlighthyperlinksfalse}% + \doifelse{\@@iascherm}{\v!nieuw} + {\gotonewwindowtrue} + {\gotonewwindowfalse}% \doifelse{\@@iapagina}{\v!ja} {\global\usepagedestinationstrue} {\global\usepagedestinationsfalse}} @@ -73,7 +81,7 @@ \def\dolocationstartup% {\iflocation \dosetupinteraction - \handlereferenceactions\@@iaopenactie\dosetupopenaction + \handlereferenceactions\@@iaopenactie \dosetupopenaction \handlereferenceactions\@@iasluitactie\dosetupcloseaction \setupinteractionscreens \global\let\dolocationstartup=\relax @@ -81,6 +89,14 @@ \appendtoks \dolocationstartup \to \everyshipout +\def\dolocationpagecheck% + {\iflocation + \handlereferenceactions\@@iaopenpaginaactie \doPDFsetupopenpageaction + \handlereferenceactions\@@iasluitpaginaactie\doPDFsetupclosepageaction + \fi} + +\appendtoks \dolocationpagecheck \to \everyshipout + %D The next few macros are really horrible. For proper %D navigation a in||line hypertext fragment must have %D comfortable properties, so we must force some minimal @@ -292,15 +308,20 @@ % % \definereference [AtOpenInitializeForm] [\v!geen] -\stelinteractiein % start fit page and reset form +\setupinteraction % start fit page and reset form [\c!status=\v!stop, \c!pagina=\v!nee, + \c!klik=\v!ja, + \c!scherm=, %\c!openactie={\v!eerstepagina,AtOpenInitializeForm}, \c!openactie={\v!eerstepagina,\v!ResetForm}, \c!sluitactie=, + \c!openpaginaactie=, + \c!sluitpaginaactie=, \c!scherm=\v!passend, \c!menu=\v!uit, \c!letter=\v!vet, + \c!bereken=, \c!strut=\v!ja, \c!kleur=interactioncolor, \c!contrastkleur=interactioncontrastcolor, diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-new.tex b/tex/context/base/core-new.tex index 2b8b9eb0e..6e02e0144 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-new.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-new.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros / New Ones} @@ -31,6 +31,8 @@ % \startnotmode [list] % \stopnotmode +% to be implemented: mode naar texutil/scherm + message + \let\currentmode=\empty \def\enablemode[#1]% @@ -68,7 +70,128 @@ \long\def\dostartnotmode[#1]#2\stopnotmode% {\dodoifnotmode{#1}{#2}} - + +% actually this is pretty old, but temporary moved here + +\installdiscretionaries || \@@kpteken + +\newsignal\subsentencesignal +\newcounter\subsentencelevel +\def\subsentenceskip{.25em\relax} + +\def\stelkoppeltekenin% + {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??kp]} + +\def\beginofsubsentence% + {\ifdim\lastkern=\subsentencesignal + \unskip + \kern\subsentenceskip + \fi + \doglobal\increment\subsentencelevel + \ifnum\subsentencelevel=1 + \leaveoutervmode + \fi + \ifodd\subsentencelevel + \getvalue{\??la\currentlanguage\c!leftsentence}% + \else + \getvalue{\??la\currentlanguage\c!leftsubsentence}% + \fi + \ignorespaces} + +\def\beginofsubsentencespacing% + {\kern\subsentencesignal\ignorespaces} + +\def\endofsubsentence% + {\ifodd\subsentencelevel + \getvalue{\??la\currentlanguage\c!rightsentence}% + \else + \getvalue{\??la\currentlanguage\c!rightsubsentence}% + \fi + \doglobal\decrement\subsentencelevel + \unskip + \kern\subsentencesignal} + +\def\endofsubsentencespacing% + {%\ifdim\lastkern=\subsentencesignal \else + % \unskip + %\fi + \ifdim\lastkern=\subsentencesignal + \unskip + \hskip\subsentenceskip + \ignorespaces + \else + \unskip + \fi} + +% test |<|test |<|test|>| test|>| test \par +% test|<|test|<|test|>|test|>|test \par +% test |<||<|test|>||>| test \par + +\enableactivediscretionaries + +%D new and beta + +\def\defineshortcut% + {\dodoubleargument\dodefineshortcut} + +\bgroup + + \catcode`\<=\@@active + + \gdef\dodefineshortcut[#1][#2]% + {\ifsecondargument + \catcode`\<=\@@active + \def<{\ifmmode\expandafter\normalless\else\expandafter\doshortcut\fi}% + \getparameters[\??te#1][\c!commandos=,\c!commando=,\c!letter=,\c!kleur=,#2]% + \else + \defineshortcut[][#1]% + \fi} + +\egroup + +\def\doshortcut% + {\bgroup + \catcode`\>=\@@other + \dodoshortcut} + +\def\dodoshortcut#1>% + {\def\shortcut{#1}% + \dododoshortcut#1:\end} + +\def\dododoshortcut#1:#2\end + {\doifelsenothing{#2} + {\doifundefinedelse{\??te\c!commandos} + {\shortcut} + {\@EA\dodododoshortcut\@EA\??te\@EA:\shortcut:\end}} + {\doifundefinedelse{\??te#1\c!commandos} + {\shortcut} + {\dodododoshortcut\??te#1:#2\end}}% + \egroup} + +\def\dodododoshortcut#1:#2:\end + {\getvalue{#1\c!commandos}% + \doattributes{#1}\c!letter\c!kleur{\getvalue{#1\c!commando}{#2}}} + +%D \defineshortcut [\c!letter=\v!type] +%D \defineshortcut [b] [\c!letter=\v!vet] +%D \defineshortcut [e] [\c!letter=\em] +%D \defineshortcut [t] [\c!letter=\v!type] +%D \defineshortcut [c] [\c!letter=\v!kap] +%D \defineshortcut [k] [\c!letter=\v!kap] +%D \defineshortcut [u] [\c!letter=\v!type,\c!commando=\hyphenatedurl] +%D +%D test <ziezo> test \par +%D test test <t:ziezo> \par +%D test test <b:ziezo> \par +%D test test <w:ziezo> \par +%D zus<>zo zus<:>zo zus<::>zo \par +%D test test <t:ziezo> dat (ziezo) \par +%D test test <t::ziezo> dat (:ziezo) \par +%D test test <t:ziezo:> dat (ziezo:) \par +%D test test <t:zi:ezo:> dat (zi:ezo:) \par +%D well, <u:http://www.pragma-ade.nl> looks fuzzy \par +%D $10<20$ + \protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-not.tex b/tex/context/base/core-not.tex index ed923b4ee..3bf022fed 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-not.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-not.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros / Footnote Handling} @@ -18,6 +18,8 @@ \unprotect +% splitskips setten + %D Footnotes are can be characterized by three components: %D %D \startopsomming[opelkaar] @@ -61,7 +63,8 @@ %D rearanged paragraph, typeset by the algoritms on pages 398 %D and~389. We definitely did not reinvent that wheel. -\newif\ifendnotes \endnotesfalse +\newif\ifendnotes \endnotesfalse +\newif\ifbottomnotes \bottomnotestrue %D The footnoterule can be a graphic and therefore calling this %D setup macro at every skipswitch is tricky (many many MP @@ -94,22 +97,29 @@ \def\setupfootnotes% {\dosingleempty\dosetupfootnotes} +\def\dodofootnoterule% + {\color + [\@@vnlijnkleur] + {\hrule\!!width.2\hsize\!!height\@@vnlijndikte\!!depth\!!zeropoint} + \kern\strutdepth} + \def\dosetupfootnotes[#1]% {\getparameters[\??vn][#1]% \processaction [\@@vnlijn] - [ \v!aan=>\def\footnoterule{\hrule \!!width .2\hsize}, - \v!uit=>\let\footnoterule=\relax, - \s!unknown=>\let\footnoterule=\@@vnlijn]% + [ \v!aan=>\let\dofootnoterule=\dodofootnoterule, + \v!uit=>\let\dofootnoterule=\relax, + \s!default=>\let\dofootnoterule=\relax, + \s!unknown=>\let\dofootnoterule=\@@vnlijn]% \setbox0=\vbox {\forgetall \@@vnvoor - \footnoterule + \dofootnoterule \@@vnna}% \skip\footins=\ht0 \count\footins=1000 \setbox0=\box\voidb@x % \somehow \box0 is used - \doifelse{\@@vnplaats}{\v!kolommen} + \ExpandBothAfter\doifinsetelse{\v!kolommen}{\@@vnplaats} {\cleverfootnotestrue % global ? \ifnum\@@kln=0 \scratchcounter=1 @@ -118,6 +128,7 @@ %\divide\count\footins by \scratchcounter \fi \global\endnotesfalse + \global\bottomnotestrue \setcleverfootnotes} {\cleverfootnotesfalse \ifnum\@@vnn=0 @@ -128,9 +139,13 @@ \scratchcounter=\@@vnn\relax \divide\count\footins by \scratchcounter \fi - \doifelse{\@@vnplaats}{\v!pagina} - {\global\endnotesfalse} + \ExpandBothAfter\doifinsetelse{\v!pagina}{\@@vnplaats} + {\global\endnotesfalse + \ExpandBothAfter\doifinsetelse{\v!hoog}{\@@vnplaats} + {\global\bottomnotesfalse} + {\global\bottomnotestrue}} {\global\endnotestrue + \global\bottomnotestrue \postponefootnotes}}% \dimen\footins=\@@vnhoogte \multiply\dimen\footins by \scratchcounter} @@ -247,15 +262,58 @@ %D \stoptypen %D %D which can be handy while for instance typesetting tables -%D of contents. +%D of contents. The pagewise footnote numbering is dedicated +%D to Han The Thanh, who needed it first. + +%\newif\iffootnotesenabled \footnotesenabledtrue +% +%\def\dofootnote#1% +% {\iffootnotesenabled +% \doifelse{#1}{-} +% {\let\footnotenumber=\empty} +% {\verhoognummer[\v!voetnoot]% +% \maakhetnummer[\v!voetnoot]% +% \rawtextreference{\s!fnt}{#1}{\hetnummer}% +% \let\footnotenumber=\hetnummer}% +% \expandafter\dostartfootnote +% \else +% \expandafter\gobbleoneargument +% \fi} \newif\iffootnotesenabled \footnotesenabledtrue +\newconditional\pagewisefootnotes % saves two hash entries + +\def\lastfootnotepage{1} + +\def\domovednote#1#2% + {\ifconditional\pagewisefootnotes + \doifreferencefoundelse{\s!fnt:t:\internalfootreference} + {\let\savedrealreference\currentrealreference + \doifreferencefoundelse{\s!fnt:f:\internalfootreference} + {\ifnum\savedrealreference<\currentrealreference\relax\symbol[#1]\else + \ifnum\savedrealreference>\currentrealreference\relax\symbol[#2]\fi\fi} + {}} + {} + \fi} + \def\dofootnote#1% {\iffootnotesenabled + \doglobal\increment\internalfootreference + \doifelse{\@@vnwijze}{\v!per\v!pagina} + {\settrue\pagewisefootnotes} + {\setfalse\pagewisefootnotes}% \doifelse{#1}{-} {\let\footnotenumber=\empty} - {\verhoognummer[\v!voetnoot]% + {\ifconditional\pagewisefootnotes + \doifreferencefoundelse{\s!fnt:t:\internalfootreference} + {\ifnum\currentrealreference>\lastfootnotepage\relax + \global\let\lastfootnotepage\currentrealreference + \resetnummer[\v!voetnoot]% + \fi} + {}% + \fi + \verhoognummer[\v!voetnoot]% \maakhetnummer[\v!voetnoot]% \rawtextreference{\s!fnt}{#1}{\hetnummer}% \let\footnotenumber=\hetnummer}% @@ -295,34 +353,45 @@ \hoog{\kern\@@vnafstand}% gets the font right, hack ! \fi \ignorespaces - \doglobal\increment\internalfootreference \nobreak \iflocation - \naarbox{\hoog{\footnotenumber}}[\s!fnt:t:\internalfootreference]% + \naarbox + {\hoog{\tx\footnotenumber\domovednote\v!vorigepagina\v!volgendepagina}} + [\s!fnt:t:\internalfootreference]% \rawreference{\s!fnt}{\s!fnt:f:\internalfootreference}{}% \else - \hoog{\footnotenumber}% + \hoog{\tx\footnotenumber\domovednote\v!vorigepagina\v!volgendepagina}% + \ifconditional\pagewisefootnotes + \rawreference{\s!fnt}{\s!fnt:f:\internalfootreference}{}% + \fi \fi \localfootinsert\footins\bgroup \forgetall \setfootnotebodyfont \redoconvertfont % to undo \undo calls in in headings etc - \interlinepenalty=\interfootnotelinepenalty \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % not actually needed here \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox % not actually needed here \def\linkermargeafstand{\@@vnmargeafstand}% \def\rechtermargeafstand{\@@vnmargeafstand}% + \ifcase\@@vnn\relax % new 31-07-99 ; always ? + \doifnotinset{\@@vnbreedte}{\v!passend,\v!ruim}{\hsize\@@vnbreedte}% + \fi \startpushfootnote {\ifx\footnotenumber\empty \else \iflocation - \naarbox{\@@vnnummercommando\footnotenumber}[\s!fnt:f:\internalfootreference]% + \naarbox{\@@vnnummercommando + {\footnotenumber\domovednote\v!volgendepagina\v!vorigepagina}}% + [\s!fnt:f:\internalfootreference]% \else - \@@vnnummercommando\footnotenumber + \@@vnnummercommando + {\footnotenumber\domovednote\v!volgendepagina\v!vorigepagina}% \fi \fi \iflocation \rawreference{\s!fnt}{\s!fnt:t:\internalfootreference}{}% - \fi}% + \else\ifconditional\pagewisefootnotes + \rawreference{\s!fnt}{\s!fnt:t:\internalfootreference}{}% + \fi\fi}% \bgroup \aftergroup\dostopfootnote \begstrut @@ -349,7 +418,7 @@ {\iffootnotesenabled \bgroup \unskip - \naarbox{\hoog{\currenttextreference}}[#1]% + \naarbox{\hoog{\tx\currenttextreference}}[#1]% \egroup \fi} @@ -361,27 +430,56 @@ \let\startpopfootnotes = \relax \let\stoppopfootnotes = \relax +% \def\placefootnoteinserts% +% {%\ifvoid\footins \else % unsafe, strange +% \ifdim\ht\footins>\!!zeropoint\relax +% \ifendnotes \else +% \@@vnvoor +% \dofootnoterule % alleen in ..mode +% \bgroup +% \setfootnotebodyfont +% \localframed +% [\??vn] +% [\c!breedte=\v!passend, +% \c!hoogte=\v!passend, +% \c!strut=\v!nee, +% \c!offset=\v!overlay] +% {\startpopfootnotes % == \vbox +% \ifdim\dp\footins=\!!zeropoint % this hack is needed because \vadjust +% \hbox{\lower\dp\strutbox\box\footins}% % in margin number placement +% \else % hides the (always) present depth +% \box\footins +% \fi +% \stoppopfootnotes}% +% \egroup +% \@@vnna +% \fi +% \fi} + \def\placefootnoteinserts% {%\ifvoid\footins \else % unsafe, strange \ifdim\ht\footins>\!!zeropoint\relax \ifendnotes \else \@@vnvoor - \footnoterule % alleen in ..mode + \dofootnoterule % alleen in ..mode \bgroup \setfootnotebodyfont + \setbox0=\hbox + {\startpopfootnotes + \setfootnotebodyfont + \ifcase\@@vnn\unvbox\else\box\fi\footins + \stoppopfootnotes}% \localframed [\??vn] [\c!breedte=\v!passend, \c!hoogte=\v!passend, \c!strut=\v!nee, - \c!offset=\v!overlay] - {\startpopfootnotes % == \vbox - \ifdim\dp\footins=\!!zeropoint % this hack is needed because \vadjust - \hbox{\lower\dp\strutbox\box\footins}% % in margin number placement - \else % hides the (always) present depth - \box\footins - \fi - \stoppopfootnotes}% + \c!offset=\v!overlay] + {\ifdim\dp0=\!!zeropoint % this hack is needed because \vadjust + \hbox{\lower\dp\strutbox\box0}% % in margin number placement + \else % hides the (always) present depth + \box0 + \fi}% \egroup \@@vnna \fi @@ -439,16 +537,24 @@ \unvbox\postponedfootnotes \gobbletwoarguments}} -\def\doflushfootnotes% - {\bgroup - \scratchdimen=\pagegoal - \advance\scratchdimen by -\pagetotal - \ifdim\scratchdimen<\ht\postponedfootnotes - \message{[moved footnote]}% - \fi - \egroup - \global\let\localfootinsert=\insert - \insert\footins\bgroup\unvbox\postponedfootnotes\egroup} +\def\doflushfootnotes% also called directly, \ifvoid is needed ! + {\ifendnotes \else + \ifvoid\postponedfootnotes + \global\let\localfootinsert=\insert + \else + \bgroup + \ifdim\ht\postponedfootnotes>\!!zeropoint + \scratchdimen=\pagegoal + \advance\scratchdimen by -\pagetotal + \ifdim\scratchdimen<\ht\postponedfootnotes + \message{[moved footnote]}% + \fi + \fi + \egroup + \global\let\localfootinsert=\insert + \insert\footins\bgroup\unvbox\postponedfootnotes\egroup + \fi + \fi} \def\flushfootnotes% {\ifinpagebody \else \ifinner \else @@ -478,7 +584,7 @@ \endofshapebox \reshapebox{\hbox{\unhbox\shapebox}}% \vbox{\flushshapebox}}}% - \localframed + \localframed [\??vn] [\c!breedte=\v!passend, \c!hoogte=\v!passend, @@ -502,6 +608,8 @@ %D \showsetup{\y!startlocalfootnotes} %D \showsetup{\y!placelocalfootnotes} +\def\defaultfootnotewidth{\zetbreedte} + \newbox\localpostponedfootnotes \def\collectlocalfootnotes% @@ -514,6 +622,8 @@ \def\dostartlocalfootnotes[#1]% {\let\autopostponefootnotes=\postponefootnotes \let\postponefootnotes=\collectlocalfootnotes + \def\defaultfootnotewidth% + {\ifdim\hsize<\zetbreedte\hsize\else\zetbreedte\fi}% \setupfootnotes[#1]% \savenumber[\v!voetnoot]% \resetnummer[\v!voetnoot]% @@ -616,7 +726,8 @@ %D we already used a footnote specific font setting macro. \def\setfootnotebodyfont% - {\restoreglobalbodyfont + {\let\setfootnotebodyfont\relax + \restoreglobalbodyfont \switchtobodyfont[\@@vnkorps]} %D The footnote mechanism defaults to a traditional one @@ -634,11 +745,15 @@ \c!letter=, \c!kleur=, \c!na=, + \c!lijnkleur=, + \c!lijndikte=\linewidth, \c!kader=\v!uit, \c!margeafstand=.5em, \c!kolomafstand=1em, \c!afstand=.125em, - \c!breedte=\zetbreedte, + %\c!breedte=\zetbreedte, + %\c!breedte=\ifdim\hsize<\zetbreedte\hsize\else\zetbreedte\fi, + \c!breedte=\defaultfootnotewidth, \c!hoogte=\teksthoogte, \c!nummercommando=\hoog, \c!n=1] diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-obj.tex b/tex/context/base/core-obj.tex index 3b886d33f..8c6d0e079 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-obj.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-obj.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros / Object Handling} @@ -30,6 +30,14 @@ 31: doppeltes Object -- \stopmessages +\startmessages czech library: references + 30: neznamy objekt -- + 31: duplicitni object -- +\stopmessages + +%D \macros +%D {setobject,getobject,ifinobject} +%D %D Boxes can be considered reuable objects. Unfortunaltely once %D passed to the \DVI\ file, such objects cannot be reused. In %D \PDF\ however, reusing is possible and sometimes even a @@ -37,8 +45,7 @@ %D %D During the \TEX\ processing run, boxes can serve the purpose %D of objects, and the \DVI\ driver module implements objects -%D using boxes. Only when \ETEX\ is widespread, and therefore -%D the limit on 256 boxes is removed, this becomes useful. +%D using packed boxes. %D %D The \PDF\ and \PDFTEX\ driver modules implement objects %D using \PDF\ forms. There is no (real) restriction on the @@ -53,9 +60,16 @@ %D \setobject{class}{name}\somebox{} %D \getobject{class}{name} %D \stoptypen -%D -%D Here \type{\somebox} can be whatever box specification -%D suits \TEX. +%D +%D Here \type{\somebox} can be whatever box specification suits +%D \TEX. We save the dimensions of an object, although some +%D drivers will do so themselves. This means that when for +%D instance using \PDFTEX\ we could save a hash entry plus some +%D 20+ memory locations per object by delegating this +%D housekeeping to the driver. The current approach permits +%D us to keep the box characteristic too. + +\newif\ifinobject \def\presetobject#1#2% {\doifundefined{\r!object#1::#2} @@ -71,26 +85,33 @@ {#1}{#2}} \def\dosetobject#1#2% - {\dowithnextbox + {\bgroup + \inobjecttrue + \dowithnextbox {\bgroup \dontshowcomposition % rather fuzzy in \setxvalue ... \hbox \setxvalue{\r!object#1::#2}% {\noexpand\dohandleobject{#1}{#2} {\ifhbox\nextbox\hbox\else\vbox\fi} - {\the\wd\nextbox}{\the\ht\nextbox}{\the\dp\nextbox}}% - \dostartobject{#1}{#2} + %{\the\wd\nextbox}{\the\ht\nextbox}{\the\dp\nextbox}}% + {\number\wd\nextbox}{\number\ht\nextbox}{\number\dp\nextbox}}% + \dostartobject + {#1}{#2} {\number\wd\nextbox}{\number\ht\nextbox}{\number\dp\nextbox}% \box\nextbox \dostopobject + \egroup \egroup}} \def\dogetobject#1#2#3#4#5#6% {\initializepaper \bgroup \dontshowcomposition - \setbox0=\vbox to #5{\vfill\doinsertobject{#1}{#2}}% +% \setbox0=\vbox to #5{\vfill\doinsertobject{#1}{#2}}% + \setbox0=\vbox to #5sp{\vfill\doinsertobject{#1}{#2}}% \setbox0=#3{\box0}% - \wd0=#4\ht0=#5\dp0=#6\relax +% \wd0=#4\ht0=#5\dp0=#6\relax + \wd0=#4sp\ht0=#5sp\dp0=#6sp% \box0 \egroup} @@ -104,13 +125,16 @@ %D \getobjectdimensions{class}{name} %D \stoptypen %D -%D The results are reproted in \type {\objectwidth}, \type +%D The results are reported in \type {\objectwidth}, \type %D {\objectheight} and \type {\objectdepth}. \def\dogetobjectdimensions#1#2#3#4#5#6% - {\def\objectwidth {#4}% - \def\objectheight{#5}% - \def\objectdepth {#6}} +% {\def\objectwidth {#4}% +% \def\objectheight{#5}% +% \def\objectdepth {#6}} + {\def\objectwidth {#4sp}% + \def\objectheight{#5sp}% + \def\objectdepth {#6sp}} \def\getobjectdimensions#1#2% {\let\dohandleobject\dogetobjectdimensions @@ -119,9 +143,13 @@ \let\objectdepth \!!zeropoint \getvalue{\r!object#1::#2}} -%D We keep track of object references by means of the cross -%D reference mechanism. Normally, objects are defined before -%D they are used, but forward referencing sometimes occurs. +%D Apart from this kind of objects, that have typeset content, +%D we can have low level driver specific objects. Both types +%D can have references to internal representations, hidden for +%D the user. We keep track of such references by means of a +%D dedicated cross reference mechanism. Normally, objects are +%D defined before they are used, but forward referencing +%D sometimes occurs. %D %D \starttypen %D \dosetobjectreference {class} {identifier} {reference value} @@ -181,7 +209,7 @@ \def\setreferenceobject% {\global\objectreferencingtrue\normalsetobject} -%D \macro +%D \macros %D {doifobjectfoundelse,doifobjectreferencefoundelse} %D %D To prevent redundant definition of objects, one can use @@ -199,7 +227,7 @@ {\checkobjectreferences \doifundefinedelse{\r!driver#1::#2}{#4}{#3}} -%D \macro +%D \macros %D {doifobjectssupportedelse} %D %D Starting with reuse of graphics, we will implement object diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-pag.tex b/tex/context/base/core-pag.tex index 9e6ba430d..68d94c50d 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-pag.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-pag.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros / Pagebody Building} @@ -23,74 +23,182 @@ \newif\ifmirrorarranged \newif\ifdoublearranged +\newif\ifarrangingdisabled + \def\arrangedrotationO{0} \def\arrangedrotationE{0} \newcounter\arrangedpageN + \chardef\arrangedpageT=1 +\chardef\arrangedpageX=1 +\chardef\arrangedpageY=1 + +\def\calculatepaperoffsets#1% + {\scratchdimen=\getvalue{\??pp#1\c!offset}% + \divide\scratchdimen by \arrangedpageX + \global\advance\papierbreedte by -2\scratchdimen + \scratchdimen=\getvalue{\??pp#1\c!offset}% + \divide\scratchdimen by \arrangedpageY + \global\advance\papierhoogte by -2\scratchdimen} \def\stelarrangerenin[#1]% - {\global\negatearrangedfalse - \global\mirrorarrangedfalse - \global\doublearrangedfalse - \gdef\arrangedrotationO{0}% - \gdef\arrangedrotationE{180}% - \global\arrangingpagestrue - \processallactionsinset - [#1] - [ \v!gespiegeld=>\global\mirrorarrangedtrue, - \v!dubbelzijdig=>\global\doublearrangedtrue, - \v!negatief=>\global\negatearrangedtrue, - \v!geroteerd=>\gdef\arrangedrotationO{90}\gdef\arrangedrotationE{270}, - 90=>\gdef\arrangedrotationO{90}\gdef\arrangedrotationE{270}, - 180=>\gdef\arrangedrotationO{180}\gdef\arrangedrotationE{0}, - 270=>\gdef\arrangedrotationO{270}\gdef\arrangedrotationE{90}, - 2*8=>\global\chardef\arrangedpageX=4 - \global\chardef\arrangedpageY=2 - \global\chardef\arrangedpageT=8 - \global\chardef\horizontalcutmarks=5 - \global\chardef\verticalcutmarks=3 - \global\let\pusharrangedpage=\pusharrangedpageSIXTEEN - \global\let\poparrangedpages=\poparrangedpagesAB, - 2*4=>\global\chardef\arrangedpageX=2 - \global\chardef\arrangedpageY=2 - \global\chardef\arrangedpageT=4 - \global\chardef\horizontalcutmarks=3 - \global\chardef\verticalcutmarks=3 - \global\let\pusharrangedpage=\pusharrangedpageEIGHT - \global\let\poparrangedpages=\poparrangedpagesAB, - 2*2=>\global\chardef\arrangedpageX=2 - \global\chardef\arrangedpageY=1 - \global\chardef\arrangedpageT=2 - \global\chardef\horizontalcutmarks=3 - \global\chardef\verticalcutmarks=2 - \global\let\pusharrangedpage=\pusharrangedpageFOUR - \global\let\poparrangedpages=\poparrangedpagesAB, - 2UP=>\global\chardef\arrangedpageX=2 - \global\chardef\arrangedpageY=1 - \global\chardef\arrangedpageT=4 - \global\chardef\horizontalcutmarks=3 - \global\chardef\verticalcutmarks=2 - \global\let\handlearrangedpage=\handlearrangedpageTWOUP - \global\let\pusharrangedpage=\pusharrangedpageTWO - \global\let\poparrangedpages=\poparrangedpagesTWO, - 2DOWN=>\global\chardef\arrangedpageX=1 - \global\chardef\arrangedpageY=2 - \global\chardef\arrangedpageT=4 - \global\chardef\horizontalcutmarks=2 - \global\chardef\verticalcutmarks=3 - \global\let\handlearrangedpage=\handlearrangedpageTWODOWN - \global\let\pusharrangedpage=\pusharrangedpageTWO - \global\let\poparrangedpages=\poparrangedpagesTWO, - \s!reset=>\global\arrangingpagesfalse, - \s!unknown=>\global\arrangingpagesfalse, - \s!default=>\global\arrangingpagesfalse]% - \doifcommonelse{#1}{90,270,\v!geroteerd} - {\swapmacros\horizontalcutmarks\verticalcutmarks}{}% ugly solution - \ifarrangingpages - \abortutilitygeneration + {\ifarrangingdisabled \else + \doifelse{#1}{\v!blokkeer} + {\global\arrangingdisabledtrue} + {\global\arrangingdisabledfalse}% + \global\arrangingpagestrue + \global\negatearrangedfalse + \global\mirrorarrangedfalse + \global\doublearrangedfalse + \gdef\arrangedrotationO{0}% + \gdef\arrangedrotationE{180}% + \processallactionsinset + [#1] + [ \v!gespiegeld=>\global\mirrorarrangedtrue, + \v!dubbelzijdig=>\global\doublearrangedtrue, + \v!negatief=>\global\negatearrangedtrue, + \v!geroteerd=>\gdef\arrangedrotationO {90}\gdef\arrangedrotationE{270}, + 90=>\gdef\arrangedrotationO {90}\gdef\arrangedrotationE{270}, + 180=>\gdef\arrangedrotationO{180}\gdef\arrangedrotationE{0}, + 270=>\gdef\arrangedrotationO{270}\gdef\arrangedrotationE{90}, + 2*16=>\global\chardef\arrangedpageX=8 + \global\chardef\arrangedpageY=4 + \global\chardef\arrangedpageT=16 + \global\chardef\horizontalcutmarks=5 + \global\chardef\verticalcutmarks=5 + \global\let\pusharrangedpage=\pusharrangedpageTHIRTYTWO + \global\let\poparrangedpages=\poparrangedpagesAB, + 2*8=>\global\chardef\arrangedpageX=4 + \global\chardef\arrangedpageY=2 + \global\chardef\arrangedpageT=8 + \global\chardef\horizontalcutmarks=5 + \global\chardef\verticalcutmarks=3 + \global\let\pusharrangedpage=\pusharrangedpageSIXTEEN + \global\let\poparrangedpages=\poparrangedpagesAB, + 2*4=>\global\chardef\arrangedpageX=2 + \global\chardef\arrangedpageY=2 + \global\chardef\arrangedpageT=4 + \global\chardef\horizontalcutmarks=3 + \global\chardef\verticalcutmarks=3 + \global\let\pusharrangedpage=\pusharrangedpageEIGHT + \global\let\poparrangedpages=\poparrangedpagesAB, + 2*2=>\global\chardef\arrangedpageX=2 + \global\chardef\arrangedpageY=1 + \global\chardef\arrangedpageT=2 + \global\chardef\horizontalcutmarks=3 + \global\chardef\verticalcutmarks=2 + \global\let\pusharrangedpage=\pusharrangedpageFOUR + \global\let\poparrangedpages=\poparrangedpagesAB, + 2SIDE=>\global\chardef\arrangedpageX=2 + \global\chardef\arrangedpageY=1 + \global\chardef\arrangedpageT=2 + \global\chardef\horizontalcutmarks=3 + \global\chardef\verticalcutmarks=2 + \global\let\pusharrangedpage=\pusharrangedpageSIDE + \global\let\poparrangedpages=\poparrangedpagesAB, + 2UP=>\global\chardef\arrangedpageX=2 + \global\chardef\arrangedpageY=1 + \global\chardef\arrangedpageT=4 + \global\chardef\horizontalcutmarks=3 + \global\chardef\verticalcutmarks=2 + \global\let\handlearrangedpage=\handlearrangedpageTWOUP + \global\let\pusharrangedpage=\pusharrangedpageTWO + \global\let\poparrangedpages=\poparrangedpagesTWO, + 2DOWN=>\global\chardef\arrangedpageX=1 + \global\chardef\arrangedpageY=2 + \global\chardef\arrangedpageT=4 + \global\chardef\horizontalcutmarks=2 + \global\chardef\verticalcutmarks=3 + \global\let\handlearrangedpage=\handlearrangedpageTWODOWN + \global\let\pusharrangedpage=\pusharrangedpageTWO + \global\let\poparrangedpages=\poparrangedpagesTWO, + \s!reset=>\global\arrangingpagesfalse, + \s!unknown=>\global\arrangingpagesfalse, + \s!default=>\global\arrangingpagesfalse]% + \doifcommonelse{#1}{90,270,\v!geroteerd} + {\swapmacros\horizontalcutmarks\verticalcutmarks}{}% ugly solution + \stelpapierformaatin + \ifarrangingpages + \abortutilitygeneration + \fi \fi} - + +% cleaner, but unchecked +% +% \def\dostelarrangereninXY#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8% +% {\global\chardef\arrangedpageX =#1% +% \global\chardef\arrangedpageY =#2% +% \global\chardef\arrangedpageT =#3% +% \global\chardef\horizontalcutmarks=#4% +% \global\chardef\verticalcutmarks =#5% +% \global\let \pusharrangedpage =#6% +% \global\let \poparrangedpages =#7% +% \global\let \handlearrangedpage=#8} +% +% \def\dostelarrangereninOE#1#2% +% {\gdef\arrangedrotationO{#1}% +% \gdef\arrangedrotationE{#2}} +% +% \def\stelarrangerenin[#1]% +% {\ifarrangingdisabled \else +% \doifelse{#1}{\v!blokkeer} +% {\global\arrangingdisabledtrue} +% {\global\arrangingdisabledfalse}% +% \global\arrangingpagestrue +% \global\negatearrangedfalse +% \global\mirrorarrangedfalse +% \global\doublearrangedfalse +% \gdef\arrangedrotationO{0}% +% \gdef\arrangedrotationE{180}% +% \processallactionsinset +% [#1] +% [ \v!gespiegeld=>\global\mirrorarrangedtrue, +% \v!dubbelzijdig=>\global\doublearrangedtrue, +% \v!negatief=>\global\negatearrangedtrue, +% \v!geroteerd=>\dostelarrangereninOE{90}{270}, +% 90=>\dostelarrangereninOE{90}{270}, +% 180=>\dostelarrangereninOE{180}{0}, +% 270=>\dostelarrangereninOE{270}{90}, +% 2*16=>\dostelarrangereninXY{8}{4}{16}{5}{5} +% \pusharrangedpageTHIRTYTWO +% \poparrangedpagesAB +% \relax, +% 2*8=>\dostelarrangereninXY{4}{2}{8}{5}{3} +% \pusharrangedpageSIXTEEN +% \poparrangedpagesAB +% \relax, +% 2*4=>\dostelarrangereninXY{2}{2}{4}{3}{3} +% \pusharrangedpageEIGHT +% \poparrangedpagesAB +% \relax, +% 2*2=>\dostelarrangereninXY{2}{1}{2}{3}{2} +% \pusharrangedpageFOUR +% \poparrangedpagesAB +% \relax, +% 2SIDE=>\dostelarrangereninXY{2}{1}{2}{3}{2} +% \pusharrangedpageSIDE +% \poparrangedpagesAB +% \relax, +% 2UP=>\dostelarrangereninXY{2}{1}{4}{3}{2} +% \pusharrangedpageTWO +% \poparrangedpagesTWO, +% \handlearrangedpageTWOUP, +% 2DOWN=>\dostelarrangereninXY{1}{2}{4}{2}{3} +% \pusharrangedpageTWO +% \poparrangedpagesTWO +% \handlearrangedpageTWODOWN, +% \s!reset=>\global\arrangingpagesfalse, +% \s!unknown=>\global\arrangingpagesfalse, +% \s!default=>\global\arrangingpagesfalse]% +% \doifcommonelse{#1}{90,270,\v!geroteerd} +% {\swapmacros\horizontalcutmarks\verticalcutmarks}{}% ugly solution +% \stelpapierformaatin +% \ifarrangingpages +% \abortutilitygeneration +% \fi +% \fi} + \def\filluparrangedpages% beware: \realpageno is 1 ahead {\ifarrangingpages \scratchcounter=-\realpageno @@ -145,7 +253,7 @@ \actualshipout{\box#1}% \egroup} -% 16/8/4 +% 32/16/8/4/SIDE \def\poparrangedpagesAB% {\ifnum\arrangedpageN>0 @@ -157,41 +265,80 @@ \doglobal\newcounter\arrangedpageN \fi} -\def\pusharrangedpageSIXTEEN#1% +\def\pusharrangedpageTHIRTYTWO#1% taco's challenge {\doglobal\increment\arrangedpageN \reportarrangedpage\arrangedpageN \ifcase\arrangedpageN - \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1}{180}{0}{1}\arrangedpageA % 1 - \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1}{180}{3}{1}\arrangedpageB % 2 - \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1}{180}{0}{1}\arrangedpageB % 3 - \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1}{180}{3}{1}\arrangedpageA % 4 - \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1} {0}{3}{0}\arrangedpageA % 5 - \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1} {0}{0}{0}\arrangedpageB % 6 - \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1} {0}{3}{0}\arrangedpageB % 7 - \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1} {0}{0}{0}\arrangedpageA % 8 - \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1} {0}{1}{0}\arrangedpageA % 9 - \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1} {0}{2}{0}\arrangedpageB % 10 - \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1} {0}{1}{0}\arrangedpageB % 11 - \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1} {0}{2}{0}\arrangedpageA % 12 - \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1}{180}{2}{1}\arrangedpageA % 13 - \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1}{180}{1}{1}\arrangedpageB % 14 - \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1}{180}{2}{1}\arrangedpageB % 15 - \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1}{180}{1}{1}\arrangedpageA % 16 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1} {0}{3}{3}\arrangedpageA % 1 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1} {0}{0}{3}\arrangedpageB % 2 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1}{180}{0}{0}\arrangedpageB % 3 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1}{180}{3}{0}\arrangedpageA % 4 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1}{180}{0}{0}\arrangedpageA % 5 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1}{180}{3}{0}\arrangedpageB % 6 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1} {0}{3}{3}\arrangedpageB % 7 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1} {0}{0}{3}\arrangedpageA % 8 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1}{180}{0}{2}\arrangedpageA % 9 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1}{180}{3}{2}\arrangedpageB % 10 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1} {0}{3}{1}\arrangedpageB % 11 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1} {0}{0}{1}\arrangedpageA % 12 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1} {0}{3}{1}\arrangedpageA % 13 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1} {0}{0}{1}\arrangedpageB % 14 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1}{180}{0}{2}\arrangedpageB % 15 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1}{180}{3}{2}\arrangedpageA % 16 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1}{180}{2}{2}\arrangedpageA % 17 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1}{180}{1}{2}\arrangedpageB % 18 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1} {0}{1}{1}\arrangedpageB % 19 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1} {0}{2}{1}\arrangedpageA % 20 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1} {0}{1}{1}\arrangedpageA % 21 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1} {0}{2}{1}\arrangedpageB % 22 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1}{180}{2}{2}\arrangedpageB % 23 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1}{180}{1}{2}\arrangedpageA % 24 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1} {0}{1}{3}\arrangedpageA % 25 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1} {0}{2}{3}\arrangedpageB % 26 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1}{180}{2}{0}\arrangedpageB % 27 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1}{180}{1}{0}\arrangedpageA % 28 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1}{180}{2}{0}\arrangedpageA % 29 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1}{180}{1}{0}\arrangedpageB % 30 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1} {0}{1}{3}\arrangedpageB % 31 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1} {0}{2}{3}\arrangedpageA % 32 \poparrangedpages \fi} -\def\pusharrangedpageEIGHT#1% +\def\pusharrangedpageSIXTEEN#1% changed to match the official way of doing {\doglobal\increment\arrangedpageN \reportarrangedpage\arrangedpageN \ifcase\arrangedpageN - \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1}{180}{0}{1}\arrangedpageA % 1 - \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1}{180}{1}{1}\arrangedpageB % 2 - \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1} {0}{0}{0}\arrangedpageB % 3 - \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1} {0}{0}{0}\arrangedpageA % 4 - \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1} {0}{1}{0}\arrangedpageA % 5 - \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1} {0}{1}{0}\arrangedpageB % 6 - \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1}{180}{0}{1}\arrangedpageB % 7 - \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1}{180}{1}{1}\arrangedpageA % 8 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1} {0}{3}{1}\arrangedpageA % 1 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1} {0}{0}{1}\arrangedpageB % 2 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1} {0}{3}{1}\arrangedpageB % 3 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1} {0}{0}{1}\arrangedpageA % 4 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1}{180}{0}{0}\arrangedpageA % 5 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1}{180}{3}{0}\arrangedpageB % 6 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1}{180}{0}{0}\arrangedpageB % 7 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1}{180}{3}{0}\arrangedpageA % 8 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1}{180}{2}{0}\arrangedpageA % 9 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1}{180}{1}{0}\arrangedpageB % 10 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1}{180}{2}{0}\arrangedpageB % 11 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1}{180}{1}{0}\arrangedpageA % 12 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1} {0}{1}{1}\arrangedpageA % 13 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1} {0}{2}{1}\arrangedpageB % 14 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1} {0}{1}{1}\arrangedpageB % 15 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1} {0}{2}{1}\arrangedpageA % 16 + \poparrangedpages + \fi} + +\def\pusharrangedpageEIGHT#1% changed to match the official way of doing + {\doglobal\increment\arrangedpageN + \reportarrangedpage\arrangedpageN + \ifcase\arrangedpageN + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1} {0}{1}{1}\arrangedpageA % 1 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1} {0}{0}{1}\arrangedpageB % 2 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1}{180}{0}{0}\arrangedpageB % 3 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1}{180}{1}{0}\arrangedpageA % 4 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1}{180}{0}{0}\arrangedpageA % 5 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1}{180}{1}{0}\arrangedpageB % 6 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1} {0}{1}{1}\arrangedpageB % 7 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1} {0}{0}{1}\arrangedpageA % 8 \poparrangedpages \fi} @@ -206,6 +353,17 @@ \poparrangedpages \fi} +\def\pusharrangedpageSIDE#1% not ok yet + {\doglobal\increment\arrangedpageN + \reportarrangedpage\arrangedpageN + \ifcase\arrangedpageN + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1}{0}{0}{0}\arrangedpageA % 1 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1}{0}{1}{0}\arrangedpageA % 2 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1}{0}{0}{0}\arrangedpageB % 3 + \or \handlearrangedpageXY{#1}{0}{1}{0}\arrangedpageB % 4 + \poparrangedpages + \fi} + % 2UP/2DOWN / 1pt prevents overflow \def\splitoffarrangedpagesTWO% @@ -279,6 +437,267 @@ \dp#1=\!!zeropoint \vbox{\box#1}}} +%D One can (mis)use this mechanism, in close cooperation +%D with \PDFTEX\ to arrange pages of already produced files. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \insertpages[file.pdf][1,3][n=30,width=18cm] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The pages are inserted in the text area, and even pages +%D are repositioned according to the width. In this example +%D empty pages are added after page 1 and 3. +%D +%D Selecting pages can be accomplished by: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \filterpages[file.pdf][1,3,5][n=30,width=18cm] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D One may pass \type {odd} or \type {even} instead of a +%D comma separated list. A third alternative is: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \copypages[file.pdf][n=30,scale=950] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This macros inserts the page, according to the settings +%D provided. + +\def\insertpages% + {\dotripleempty\doinsertpages} + +\def\doinsertpages[#1][#2][#3]% + {\doifassignmentelse{#2} + {\dodoinsertpages[#1][][#2]} + {\dodoinsertpages[#1][#2][#3]}} + +\def\dodoinsertpages[#1][#2][#3]% + {\bgroup + \mindermeldingen + \getparameters[\??ip][\c!n=\noffigurepages,\c!breedte=\!!zeropoint,#3]% + \dorecurse{\@@ipn} + {\dofilterpage{#1}{\recurselevel}% + \doifinsetelse{\recurselevel}{#2}{\null\pagina}{}}% + \egroup} + +\def\filterpages% + {\dotripleempty\dofilterpages} + +\def\dofilterpages[#1][#2][#3]% + {\bgroup + \mindermeldingen + \getparameters[\??ip][\c!n=\noffigurepages,\c!breedte=\!!zeropoint,#3]% + \doifelse{#2}{\v!even} + {\dorecurse{\@@ipn} + {\ifodd\recurselevel\relax\else\dofilterpage{#1}{\recurselevel}\fi}} + {\doifelse{#2}{\v!oneven} + {\dorecurse{\@@ipn} + {\ifodd\recurselevel\relax\dofilterpage{#1}{\recurselevel}\fi}} + {\def\docommando##1{\ifnum##1>\@@ipn\else\dofilterpage{#1}{##1}\fi}% + \processcommalist[#2]\docommando}}% + \egroup} + +\def\dofilterpage#1#2% + {\hbox to \tekstbreedte + {\ifdubbelzijdig\ifdim\@@ipbreedte>\!!zeropoint\relax\ifodd\realpageno\else + \hfill + \def\dowithfigure{\hskip-\@@ipbreedte}% + \fi\fi\fi + \setbox0=\hbox + {\externalfigure[#1][\c!pagina=#2,\c!hoogte=\teksthoogte]}% + \wd0=\!!zeropoint + \box0} + \pagina} + +\def\copypages% + {\dodoubleempty\docopypages} + +\def\docopypages[#1][#2]% + {\getparameters[\??ip][\c!n=\noffigurepages,#2]% + \dorecurse{\@@ipn} + {\vbox to \teksthoogte + {\hsize=\tekstbreedte + \centeredbox{\externalfigure[#1][\c!pagina=\recurselevel,#2]}} + \pagina}} + +%D \macros +%D {combinepages} +%D +%D Yet another way of postprocessing is handles by \type +%D {\combinepages}. This macro builds a matrix of pages from a +%D file, for example: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \setuppapersize +%D [A4][A4] % or [A4,landscape][A4,landscape] +%D +%D \setuplayout +%D [header=0pt,footer=1cm, +%D backspace=1cm,topspace=1cm, +%D width=middle,height=middle] +%D +%D \setupfootertexts +%D [presentation---\currentdate\space---\space\pagenumber] +%D +%D \starttext +%D \combinepages[slides][nx=2,ny=3,frame=on] +%D \stoptext +%D \starttypen +%D +%D One can influence the way the pages are combined. (This +%D will be explained some time.) + +\def\combinepages% + {\dodoubleempty\docombinepages} + +\def\docombinepages[#1][#2]% + {\bgroup + \def\noffigurepages{1}% + \getparameters + [\??ip] + [\c!n=\noffigurepages,\c!nx=2,\c!ny=2, + \c!afstand=\bodyfontsize, + \c!onder=\vfill,\c!boven=\vss, + \c!links=\hss,\c!rechts=\hss, + \c!voor=\pagina,\c!na=\pagina,\c!kader=, + #2]% + \@@ipvoor + \doglobal\newcounter\combinedpagescounter + \doloop + {\vbox to \teksthoogte + {\mindermeldingen + \hsize=\tekstbreedte + \scratchdimen=\@@ipafstand + \!!widtha=\hsize + \advance\!!widtha by -\@@ipnx\scratchdimen + \advance\!!widtha by \scratchdimen + \divide \!!widtha by \@@ipnx + \!!heighta=\vsize + \advance\!!heighta by -\@@ipny\scratchdimen + \advance\!!heighta by \scratchdimen + \divide \!!heighta by \@@ipny + \dorecurse{\@@ipny} + {\hbox to \hsize + {\dorecurse{\@@ipnx} + {\doglobal\increment\combinedpagescounter + \vbox to \!!heighta + {\hsize=\!!widtha + \vsize=\!!heighta + \@@ipboven + \hbox to \hsize + {\@@iplinks + \ifnum\combinedpagescounter>\@@ipn \else + \externalfigure[#1][\c!pagina=\combinedpagescounter,\c!factor=\v!max,\c!kader=\@@ipkader]% + \getnumberoffigurepages\noffigurepages + \fi + \@@iprechts} + \@@iponder}% + \hfil}% + \hfilneg} + \vfil} + \vfilneg} + \pagina + \ifnum\combinedpagescounter<\@@ipn \else\exitloop\fi} + \@@ipna + \egroup} + +%D \macros +%D {setuppagecomment,startpagecomment} +%D +%D This command is not yet documented. Usage: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \setuppagecomment[state=start,location=right] +%D +%D \startpagecomment +%D \input knuth +%D \stoppagecomment +%D \stoptypen + +\def\setuppagecomment% + {\dosingleempty\dosetuppagecomment} + +\def\dosetuppagecomment[#1]% + {\getparameters[\??pc][#1]% + \doifelse{\@@pcstatus}{\v!start} + {\doifinsetelse{\@@pcplaats}{\v!onder,\v!boven} + {\stelpapierformaatin[\c!links=\hskip\@@pcoffset]% + \adddimenmacro\papierhoogte\@@pcoffset\@@pcoffset\@@pcafstand\@@pchoogte\to\@@pcpaperheight + \adddimenmacro\papierbreedte\@@pcoffset\@@pcoffset\to\@@pcpaperwidth + \definieeroverlay[pagecomment][\placepagecommentTB]} + {\stelpapierformaatin[\c!boven=\vskip\@@pcoffset]% + \adddimenmacro\papierhoogte\@@pcoffset\@@pcoffset\to\@@pcpaperheight + \adddimenmacro\papierbreedte\@@pcoffset\@@pcoffset\@@pcafstand\@@pcbreedte\to\@@pcpaperwidth + \definieeroverlay[pagecomment][\placepagecommentLR]}% + \processaction + [\@@pcplaats] + [ \v!onder=>{\stelpapierformaatin[\c!onder =\vss,\c!boven =\vskip\@@pcoffset]}, + \v!boven=>{\stelpapierformaatin[\c!boven =\vss,\c!onder =\vskip\@@pcoffset]}, + \v!links=>{\stelpapierformaatin[\c!links =\hss,\c!rechts=\hskip\@@pcoffset]}, + \v!rechts=>{\stelpapierformaatin[\c!rechts=\hss,\c!links =\hskip\@@pcoffset]}]% + \definieerpapierformaat + [commentedpage] + [\c!hoogte=\@@pcpaperheight, + \c!breedte=\@@pcpaperwidth]% + \let\@@pcprintpaperformat\printpapierformaat + \stelpapierformaatin[\papierformaat][commentedpage]% + \stelachtergrondenin[\v!papier][\c!achtergrond=pagecomment]} + {\doif{\@@pcstatus}{\v!stop} % else initialization invokes backgrounds + {% this should be tested first + % \expanded{\stelpapierformaatin[\papierformaat][\@@pcprintpaperformat]}% + \stelachtergrondenin[\v!papier][\c!achtergrond=]}}} + +\def\@@pcprintpaperformat{\printpapierformaat} + +\def\placepagecommentTB% + {\vbox to \printpapierhoogte + {\forgetall + \hsize\printpapierbreedte + \vskip\@@pcoffset + \doifelse{\@@pcplaats}{\v!onder}{\vskip\papierhoogte\vskip\@@pcafstand}{\vss} + \hskip\@@pcoffset + \vbox to \@@pchoogte + {\forgetall + \hsize\papierbreedte + \ifpagecomment + \haalbuffer[pagecomm] + \global\pagecommentfalse + \fi}% + \hfill + \doifelse{\@@pcplaats}{\v!onder}{\vss}{\vskip\papierhoogte\vskip\@@pcafstand} + \vskip\@@pcoffset}} + +\def\placepagecommentLR% + {\hbox to \printpapierbreedte + {\hskip\@@pcoffset + \doifelse{\@@pcplaats}{\v!rechts}{\hskip\papierbreedte\hskip\@@pcafstand}{\hss}% + \vbox to \printpapierhoogte + {\forgetall + \vskip\@@pcoffset + \hsize\@@pcbreedte + \ifpagecomment + \haalbuffer[pagecomm] + \global\pagecommentfalse + \fi + \vss}% + \doifelse{\@@pcplaats}{\v!rechts}{\hss}{\hskip\papierbreedte\hskip\@@pcafstand}% + \hskip\@@pcoffset}} + +\newif\ifpagecomment + +\setvalue{\e!start\e!pagecomment}% + {\global\pagecommenttrue + \dostartbuffer[pagecomm][\e!start\e!pagecomment][\e!stop\e!pagecomment]} + +\setuppagecomment + [\c!status=, % \v!stop would invoke background calculation + \c!plaats=\v!onder, + \c!offset=.5cm, + \c!afstand=.5cm, + \c!hoogte=5cm, + \c!breedte=10cm] + \protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-ref.tex b/tex/context/base/core-ref.tex index e4a88d63b..6996d6ead 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-ref.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-ref.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros / Cross Referencing} @@ -76,6 +76,17 @@ 23: Obskure Referenz -- (Prefix=--) \stopmessages +\startmessages czech library: references + title: reference + 1: neznama reference -- + 2: duplicitni reference -- na strane -- + 3: neznamy typ reference -- + 4: nedovolena reference -- + 21: dokument -- nacten + 22: dokument -- neni interaktivni + 23: obskurni (nejasna) reference -- (prefix=--) +\stopmessages + %D This module deals with referencing. In \CONTEXT\ referencing %D is one of the core features, although at a first glance %D probably nobody will notice. This is good, because @@ -161,6 +172,14 @@ \newevery \everyreference \relax +%D This is really needed, since for instance Polish has a +%D different alphabet and needs accented entries in registers. + +\appendtoks + \def\dohandleaccent #1#2{\string#1\string#2}% + \def\dohandlecommand #1{\string#1}% +\to\everyreference + %D Why do we have to write down references? \TEX, and therefore %D \CONTEXT\ is a batch processing system. During the %D typesetting process, pages are shipped out, which means that @@ -433,24 +452,6 @@ \newif\ifforwardreference -%\def\dogetreferenceelements#1#2#3#4#5% -% {\chardef\currentreferencetype=\ifx#1\relax0\else#1\fi\relax -% \ifnum\currentreferencetype<2 -% \def\currentpagereference{\referencepagenumber[#2]}% -% \edef\currentrealreference{#3}% -% \def\currenttextreference{#4}% -% \ifnum0#5>\crossreferencenumber -% \forwardreferencetrue -% \else -% \forwardreferencefalse -% \fi -% \else -% \def\currentdatareference{#2}% -% \edef\currentrealreference{#3}% -% \def\currenttextreference{#4}% -% \forwardreferencefalse -% \fi} - \newif\ifrealreferencepage \def\docheckrealreferencepage#1% @@ -468,7 +469,7 @@ \def\currentpagereference{\referencepagenumber[#2]}% \edef\currentrealreference{#3}% \settextreferences#4\end - \ifnum0#5>\crossreferencenumber + \ifnum0#5<\crossreferencenumber \forwardreferencetrue \else \forwardreferencefalse @@ -781,7 +782,6 @@ \def\dodoifreferencefoundelse#1#2#3% {\checkreferences \bgroup - \the\everyreference \let\unharmedreferenceprefix=\referenceprefix \bgroup \splitofffullreference{#1}% @@ -851,7 +851,6 @@ \def\dodoifreferencefoundelse#1#2#3% {\checkreferences \bgroup - \the\everyreference \let\unharmedreferenceprefix=\referenceprefix \bgroup \splitofffullreference{#1}% @@ -953,25 +952,26 @@ \def\doifreferencefoundelse#1#2#3% {\doresetgotowhereever \global\secondaryreferencefalse - \xdef\primaryreference{#1}% + {\the\everyreference\xdef\primaryreference{#1}}% \global\nofsecondaryreferences=0 \def\dopreprocessreference##1,% {\if]##1\else \ifsecondaryreference \ifenablereferencechains \iflocation + {\the\everyreference\xdef\secondaryreference{##1}}% %\global\advance\nofsecondaryreferences by 1 - \dodoifreferencefoundelse{##1} + \@EA\dodoifreferencefoundelse\@EA{\secondaryreference} {\global\advance\nofsecondaryreferences by 1 #2} {%\global\advance\nofsecondaryreferences by -1 - \dostartnoto#3\dostopnoto}% #3}% + \dostartnoto#3\dostopnoto}% \fi \fi \else - \xdef\primaryreference{##1}% + {\the\everyreference\xdef\primaryreference{##1}}% \global\secondaryreferencetrue \fi \expandafter\dopreprocessreference - \fi}% + \fi}% \dopreprocessreference#1,],% \global\secondaryreferencefalse \@EA\dodoifreferencefoundelse\@EA{\primaryreference}{#2}{#3}% @@ -1194,22 +1194,22 @@ \def\checkpredefinedreference#1#2#3#4% #3 can expand tricky {{#1}{#2}{#4}} -\def\doifpredefinedreferenceelse#1#2% +\def\doifpredefinedreferenceelse#1#2% \referenceprefix added {\bgroup \let\rt!cross\checkpredefinedreference - \doifelse{\getvalue{\r!cross\predefinedreference}}{{}{}{}} + \doifelse{\getvalue{\r!cross\referenceprefix\predefinedreference}}{{}{}{}} {\egroup#1}{\egroup#2}} %D Sometimes we want to temporary put a reference out of %D order. An example can be found in the menu macros. %D %D \starttypen -%D \doifreferencepermitedelse{reference}{set}{true}{false} +%D \doifreferencepermittedelse{reference}{set}{true}{false} %D \stoptypen %D %D The second argument can be a comma seperated list. -\def\doifreferencepermitedelse#1#2#3#4% ref set found notfound +\def\doifreferencepermittedelse#1#2#3#4% ref set found notfound {\doifreferencefoundelse{#1} {\ifx\currentinnerreference\empty \ifx\currentouterreference\empty @@ -1304,6 +1304,7 @@ \data {#5}% \start + \the\everyreference % we are (have to be) grouped ! \dostartgotolocation {\number\buttonwidth}{\number\buttonheight} {#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}% @@ -1331,6 +1332,25 @@ {#4}% \fi} +%D \macros +%D {setreferencefilename} +%D +%D This command can be used in the special drivers to +%D uppercase filenames. This is needed when one wants to +%D produce \CDROM's conforming to ISO9660. We consider is the +%D savest to enable this feature by default. We cannot handle +%D uppercase here, since the suffix is handled in the special +%D driver. COnversion is taken care of by: +%D +%D \startypen +%D \setreferencefilename somefilename\to\SomeFileName +%D \stoptypen + +\def\setreferencefilename#1\to#2% + {\doifelsevalue{\??rf\c!converteerfile}{\v!ja} % boolean is sneller + {\uppercasestring#1\to#2} + {\edef#2{#1}}} + %D Internal references can best be set using the next few %D macros. Setting such references to unique values is %D completely up to the macros that call them. @@ -1539,6 +1559,7 @@ \setglobalsystemreference \rt!exec \v!ViewerHelp {help} \setglobalsystemreference \rt!exec \v!HideField {hide} \setglobalsystemreference \rt!exec \v!ShowField {show} +\setglobalsystemreference \rt!exec \v!GotoPage {gotopage} %D Executing the command looks alike the previous goto macros. @@ -1583,6 +1604,8 @@ %D document). By setting the \type{interaction} variable, one %D can influences the way interactive references are set. +% \newif\ifreferencestrut % some day an option + \def\setupreferencing% {\dosingleargument\dosetupreferencing} @@ -1600,6 +1623,9 @@ \v!label=>\let\dowantedreference=\dolabelonlyreference, \v!tekst=>\let\dowantedreference=\dotextonlyreference, \v!symbool=>\let\dowantedreference=\dosymbolreference]% + %\doifelse{\@@rfstrut}{\v!ja} % some day an option + % {\referencetruttrue} + % {\referencestrutfalse}% \ifx\@@rfprefix\s!unknown % retain the current value \else\ifx\@@rfprefix\empty @@ -1607,10 +1633,10 @@ \else\ifx\@@rfprefix\incrementreferenceprefix \advance\prefixcounter by 1 \edef\referenceprefix{\the\prefixcounter:}% -\let\@@rfprefix\s!unknown + \let\@@rfprefix\s!unknown \else\ifx\@@rfprefix\decrementreferenceprefix \let\referenceprefix=\empty -\let\@@rfprefix\s!unknown + \let\@@rfprefix\s!unknown \else \edef\referenceprefix{\@@rfprefix:}% \fi\fi\fi\fi} @@ -1724,10 +1750,11 @@ \fi} \unexpanded\def\dospecialover[#1]% - {\bgroup + {\dontleavehmode + \bgroup \def\thecurrentsubtextreference% {\limitatetext{\currentsubtextreference}{\@@rfbreedte}{...}}% - \leaveoutervmode + %\leaveoutervmode \@@rflinks \doifreferencefoundelse{#1} {\let\crlf\space @@ -1798,13 +1825,16 @@ %D among the several representations. \def\dododododoinatreference#1#2[#3]% - {\bgroup + {\dontleavehmode + \bgroup \forgetall - \leaveoutervmode + %\leaveoutervmode \doifreferencefoundelse{#3} - {\doifelsenothing{#1} - {\dosymbolreference{#1}{#2}[#3]} - {\dowantedreference{#1}{#2}[#3]}} + {\bgroup + \let\ignorespaces\empty % rather dirty but ok + \doifelsenothing{#1} + {\egroup\dosymbolreference{#1}{#2}[#3]} + {\egroup\dowantedreference{#1}{#2}[#3]}} {\dounknownreference{#1}{#2}[#3]}% \referentieinfo{<}{#3}% \egroup} @@ -1823,19 +1853,19 @@ \ifx\currentreferencespecial\empty \ifx\currentouterreference\empty \ifnum0\currentrealreference=0 - \ifhmode\strut$^{\symbol[\v!nergens]}$\fi + \ifhmode\strut\hoog{\symbol[\v!nergens]}\fi \else\ifnum0\currentrealreference>\realpageno - \dodosymbolreference{#2}{$^{\symbol[\v!volgende]}$}% + \dodosymbolreference{#2}{\hoog{\symbol[\v!volgende]}}% \else\ifnum0\currentrealreference<\realpageno - \dodosymbolreference{#2}{$^{\symbol[\v!vorige]}$}% + \dodosymbolreference{#2}{\hoog{\symbol[\v!vorige]}}% \else - \ifhmode\strut$^{\symbol[\v!nergens]}$\fi + \ifhmode\strut\hoog{\symbol[\v!nergens]}\fi \fi\fi\fi \else - \gotoouterlocation{#3}{\showlocation{$^{\symbol[\v!ergens]}$}}% + \gotoouterlocation{#3}{\showlocation{\hoog{\symbol[\v!ergens]}}}% \fi \else - \gotospeciallocation{#3}{\showlocation{$^{\symbol[\v!ergens]}$}}% + \gotospeciallocation{#3}{\showlocation{\hoog{\symbol[\v!ergens]}}}% \fi \egroup} @@ -1849,12 +1879,12 @@ \def\dounknownreference#1#2[#3]% {\unknownreference{#3}\dotextprefix{#2}\dummyreference}% -\def\docompletereference#1#2[#3]% - {\doifsomespaceelse{#2} - {\doifsomething{#2}{\donaarspace{#2}[#3]~}\donaarfixed{#1}[#3]} - {\donaarfixed{\dotextprefix{#2}#1}[#3]}} - -% VEEL BETER: +% \def\docompletereference#1#2[#3]% +% {\doifsomespaceelse{#2} +% {\doifsomething{#2}{\donaarspace{#2}[#3]~}\donaarfixed{#1}[#3]} +% {\donaarfixed{\dotextprefix{#2}#1}[#3]}} +% +% better: \def\docompletereference#1#2[#3]% {\doifsomespaceelse{#2} @@ -1871,10 +1901,41 @@ \let\dowantedreference=\docompletereference -%D --- OF MEER, OF ANDERS: --- - -\def\dotextprefix#1% - {\ConvertToConstant\doifnot{#1}{}{#1~}} +%D [ref] here when ok + +% \chapter[a]{first} +% +% \placeformula[b] \startformula a = b + c \stopformula +% +% \placeformula[for:c] \startformula a = b + c \stopformula +% +% \blank +% +% \in{chapter}[a] and \in{formula}[b] and \in{formula}[for:c] \par +% \at{page}[a] and \at{page}[b] and \at{page}[for:c] +% +% \definereferenceformat[informula] +% +% \informula[b] and \informula[for:c] \par +% the \informula{formulas}[b] \informula{en}[for:c] +% +% \definereferenceformat[informula][left=(,right=)] +% +% \informula[b] en \informula[for:c] \par +% the \informula{formulas}[b] \informula{and}[for:c] +% +% \definereferenceformat[informula] [left=(,right=),text=formula] +% \definereferenceformat[informulas] [left=(,right=),text=formulas] +% \definereferenceformat[andformula] [left=(,right=),text=and] +% \definereferenceformat[andformulas][left=(,right=),text=and] +% +% \informula[b] and \informula[for:c] \par +% the \informula{formulas}[b] \informula{and}[for:c] \par +% the \informulas{formulas}[b] \informula{and}[for:c] \par +% the \informulas[b] \informula{en}[for:c] \par +% the \informulas[b] \andformula[for:c] \par +% +% Instead of a text, one can specify a label. %D In interactive documents going to a specific location is not %D bound to cross references. The \type{\goto} commands can be @@ -1893,7 +1954,8 @@ %D prevented, long references can cross line endings. %\unexpanded\def\naar#1[#2]% -% {\leaveoutervmode +% {\dontleavehmode +% %\leaveoutervmode % \doifreferencefoundelse{#2} % {\doifelsenothing{#1} % {\dosymbolreference{}{}[#2]} @@ -1902,7 +1964,8 @@ % \referentieinfo{<}{#2}} \def\donaar#1[#2]% - {\leaveoutervmode + {\dontleavehmode + %\leaveoutervmode \doifreferencefoundelse{#2} {\doifelsenothing{#1} {\dosymbolreference{}{}[#2]} @@ -1946,9 +2009,10 @@ %D --- NOG IN HANDLEIDING --- \unexpanded\def\naarbox#1[#2]% - {\bgroup + {\dontleavehmode + \bgroup \locationstrutfalse - \leaveoutervmode + %\leaveoutervmode \doifreferencefoundelse{#2} {\donaarfixed{#1}[#2]} {\hbox{\unknownreference{#2}#1}}% @@ -2037,7 +2101,7 @@ \def\gebruikURL% {\bgroup - \catcode`\#=12\catcode`\%=12 + \catcode`\#=12\catcode`\%=12\catcode`\/=12 \catcode`\_=12\catcode`\~=12 \dodoubleempty\dogebruikURL} @@ -2331,7 +2395,7 @@ %D %D Here location is a keyword like \type{nextpage}. %D -%D \showsetup{\y!ganaarpagina} +%D \showsetup{\y!naarpagina} \def\dodefinieerpagina[#1][#2]% {\setvalue{\v!pagina:::#1}{#2}} @@ -2359,7 +2423,32 @@ %D Because we combine both methods, we have to take care of %D the \type{file::page(n)} as well as \type{page(file::n)}. -\definespeciallocation\v!pagina#1#2% +% \definespeciallocation\v!pagina#1#2% +% {\iflocation +% \ifx\currentouterreference\empty +% \splitoffreference\currentreferenceoperation +% \else +% \let\currentinnerreference=\currentreferenceoperation +% \fi +% \ifx\currentouterreference\empty +% \doifnonzeropositiveelse{\currentinnerreference} +% {} +% {\edef\currentinnerreference{1}}% +% \gotorealpage{}{}{\currentinnerreference}{#2}% +% \else +% \setouterlocation\currentouterreference +% \doifnonzeropositiveelse{\currentinnerreference} +% {} +% {\doifdefinedelse{\v!pagina:::\currentinnerreference} +% {\edef\currentinnerreference{\getvalue{\v!pagina:::\currentinnerreference}}} +% {\edef\currentinnerreference{1}}}% +% \gotorealpage{\otherURL}{\otherfile}{\currentinnerreference}{#2}% +% \fi +% \else +% {#2}% +% \fi} + +\definespeciallocation\v!pagina#1#2% page(n) page(+n) page(-n) {\iflocation \ifx\currentouterreference\empty \splitoffreference\currentreferenceoperation @@ -2367,6 +2456,15 @@ \let\currentinnerreference=\currentreferenceoperation \fi \ifx\currentouterreference\empty + \doifinstringelse{+}{\currentinnerreference} + {\scratchcounter=\realpageno + \advance\scratchcounter by \currentinnerreference + \edef\currentinnerreference{\the\scratchcounter}} + {\doifinstringelse{-}{\currentinnerreference} + {\scratchcounter=\realpageno + \advance\scratchcounter by \currentinnerreference + \edef\currentinnerreference{\the\scratchcounter}} + {}}% \doifnonzeropositiveelse{\currentinnerreference} {} {\edef\currentinnerreference{1}}% @@ -2401,8 +2499,9 @@ %D support, also suitable for references to floating bodies. -\unexpanded\def\dosomewhere#1#2#3[#4]% #3 gobbles space around #2 - {\leaveoutervmode +\unexpanded\def\somewhere#1#2#3[#4]% #3 gobbles space around #2 + {\dontleavehmode + %\leaveoutervmode \doifreferencefoundelse{#4} {\ifforwardreference \doifelsenothing{#1} @@ -2417,7 +2516,8 @@ \referentieinfo{<}{#4}} \unexpanded\def\atpage[#1]% - {\leaveoutervmode + {\dontleavehmode + %\leaveoutervmode \doifreferencefoundelse{#1} {\ifrealreferencepage \ifforwardreference @@ -2426,10 +2526,10 @@ \donaarfixed{\labeltext{\v!hieronder}}[#1]% \fi \else - \donaarfixed{\labeltext{\v!oppagina}~\currentpagereference}[#1]% + \donaarfixed{\labeltexts{\v!oppagina}{\currentpagereference}}[#1]% \fi} {\unknownreference{#1}% - \v!pagina~\dummyreference}% + \labeltexts{\v!pagina}{\dummyreference}}% \referentieinfo{<}{#1}} %D We can cross link documents by using: @@ -2529,31 +2629,47 @@ \presetlocalframed[\??bt] \def\docomplexbutton#1[#2]#3#4% get rid of possible space before [#4] - {\dodocomplexbutton#1[#2]{#3}#4} % #4 == [ + {\dodocomplexbutton#1[#2]{#3}#4} % #4 == [ -\def\dodocomplexbutton#1[#2]#3[#4]% +% \def\dodocomplexbutton#1[#2]#3[#4]% +% {\bgroup +% \doifvalue{#1\c!status}{\v!stop}{\locationfalse}% +% \iflocation +% \resetgoto +% \ConvertConstantAfter\doifelse{#3}{\v!geen} +% {\!!doneafalse} +% {\!!doneatrue}% +% \doifelsenothing{#4} % in handleiding, is soort dummy +% {\if!!donea\hbox\else\hphantom\fi +% {\localframed[#1][#2]{#3}}}% +% {\doifreferencefoundelse{#4} +% {\setbox0=\if!!donea\hbox\else\hphantom\fi +% {\localframed[#1][#2] +% {\checkcontrastreference{#1}% +% \dolocationattributes{#1}\c!letter\c!kleur{\ignorespaces#3}}}% +% \startinteractie +% %\hbox{\gotolocation{#4}{\copy0}}% +% \hbox{\gotolocation{#4}{\box0}}% +% \stopinteractie} +% {\unknownreference{#4}% +% \if!!donea\hbox\else\hphantom\fi +% {\localframed[#1][#2] +% {\ignorespaces#3}}}}% !!!!!!!!!! +% \fi +% \egroup} + +\def\dodocomplexbutton#1[#2]#3[#4]% #3 can contain [] -> {#3} later {\bgroup \doifvalue{#1\c!status}{\v!stop}{\locationfalse}% \iflocation \resetgoto - \ConvertConstantAfter\doifelse{#3}{\v!geen} - {\!!doneafalse} - {\!!doneatrue}% - \doifelsenothing{#4} % in handleiding, is soort dummy - {\if!!donea\hbox\else\hphantom\fi - {\localframed[#1][#2]{#3}}}% - {\doifreferencefoundelse{#4} - {\setbox0=\if!!donea\hbox\else\hphantom\fi - {\localframed[#1][#2] - {\checkcontrastreference{#1}% - \dolocationattributes{#1}\c!letter\c!kleur{\ignorespaces#3}}}% - \startinteractie - \hbox{\gotolocation{#4}{\copy0}}% - \stopinteractie} - {\unknownreference{#4}% - \if!!donea\hbox\else\hphantom\fi - {\localframed[#1][#2] - {\ignorespaces#3}}}}% + \ConvertConstantAfter\doifelse{#3}{\v!geen}{\hphantom}{\hbox} + {\doifelsenothing{#4} + {\setlocationboxnop#1[#2]{#3}[#4]} + {\doifreferencefoundelse{#4} + {\setlocationboxyes#1[#2]{#3}[#4]} + {\unknownreference{#4}% + \setlocationboxnop#1[#2]{#3}[#4]}}}% \fi \egroup} @@ -2592,7 +2708,7 @@ \localframed[\??ib][]{\symbol[\v!vorigepagina]}}% \!!heighta=\ht2 \stelinteractiebalkin[#1,\c!strut=\v!nee]% - \stelinteractiein[\c!breedte=\!!zeropoint]% + \setupinteraction[\c!breedte=\!!zeropoint]% %\!!counta=1 \!!counta=0 % new \processallactionsinset @@ -2643,6 +2759,62 @@ \egroup \fi} +%D \macros +%D {overlaybutton} +%D +%D For converience we provide: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \overlaybutton[reference] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This command can be used to define overlays an/or can be +%D used in the whatevertext areas, like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \defineoverlay[PrevPage][\overlaybutton{PrevPage}] +%D \setupbackgrounds[page][background=PrevPage] +%D \setuptexttexts[\overlaybutton{NextPage}] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D For practical reasons, this macro accepts square brackets +%D as well as braces. + +\definecomplexorsimple\overlaybutton + +\def\simpleoverlaybutton#1% + {\complexoverlaybutton[#1]} + +\def\complexoverlaybutton% no text, next argument is [reference] + {\button + [\c!kader=\v!uit,\c!achtergrond=, + \c!breedte=\overlaywidth,\c!hoogte=\overlayheight]% + {}} + +%D \macros +%D {dotextprefix} +%D +%D In previous macros we used \type {\dotextprefix} to +%D generate a space between a label and a number. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \dotextprefix{text} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Only when \type {text} is not empty, a space is inserted. + +\def\dotextprefix#1% + {\bgroup + \global\labeltextdonefalse % this is an ugly dependancy, + \setbox\scratchbox=\hbox{#1}% to be solved some day + \ifdim\wd\scratchbox>\!!zeropoint + \unhbox\scratchbox + \iflabeltextdone\else\@@rfscheider\fi + \else + \unhbox\scratchbox + \fi + \egroup} + %D In the next settings we see some variables that were not %D used here and that concern the way the pagenumbers refered %D to are typeset. @@ -2652,14 +2824,17 @@ \v!deel\c!nummer=\v!ja, \v!hoofdstuk\c!nummer=\v!nee, \c!interactie=\v!alles, -% \c!urlvariant=\v!beide, -% \c!urlspatie=\v!nee, -% \c!urlletter=, -% \c!urlkleur=, + %\c!urlvariant=\v!beide, + %\c!urlspatie=\v!nee, + %\c!urlletter=, + %\c!urlkleur=, + \c!converteerfile=\v!ja, + %\c!strut=\v!nee, % some day an option \c!prefix=, \c!breedte=.75\zetbreedte, \c!links=\citaat\bgroup, - \c!rechts=\egroup] + \c!rechts=\egroup, + \c!scheider=~] \setupurl [\c!variant=\v!beide, @@ -2681,7 +2856,7 @@ % \c!letter=\@@ialetter, % \c!kleur=\@@iakleur, % \c!zelfdepagina=\v!ja, -% \c!onbekendeverwijzing=\v!leeg] +% \c!onbekendeverwijzing=\v!ja] \protect diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-reg.tex b/tex/context/base/core-reg.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6b58ae107 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/core-reg.tex @@ -0,0 +1,873 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=core-reg, +%D version=1999.12.27, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Core Macros, +%D subtitle=Register Management, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros / Register Management} + +\newif \ifautoregisterhack % for the moment a private hack + +% for the moment \e!register ipv #1 (evt nog \v!register) + +\unprotect + +%D Isolated but still indocumented. + +% Formaat tex-utility-input-file <jobname.tui>: +% +% i e {tag} {loc} {pure} {entry+..} {p:c:p:sp:ssp=>page} {realpage} +% i s {tag} {loc} {pure} {entry+..} {other entry} +% +% In plaats van + kan een & worden gebruikt. Ook kan als +% eerste karakter worden opgegeven wat de scheider is. +% +% \index {entry} +% \index[key] {entry} +% \index[pageclass::] {entry} +% \index[pageclass::key]{entry} +% \index {textclass::entry} +% \index[key] {textclass::entry} +% \index[pageclass::] {textclass::entry} +% \index[pageclass::key]{textclass::entry} +% +% Deze file wordt met het Perl script TeXUtil omgezet in +% een in te lezen file met de commando's: +% +% \registerentrya {tag} {ingang} +% \registerentryb {tag} {subingang} +% \registerentryc {tag} {subsubingang} +% +% \registerpage {tag} {pag,txt} {volgnummer} {paginanummer} {volgnummer} +% +% \registersee {tag} {pag,txt} {andere ingang} +% +% \registerentry {tag} {letter} + +\def\dostelregisterin[#1][#2][#3]% + {\ifthirdargument + \def\dodostelregisterin##1% + {\getparameters[\??id##1#2][#3]% + \preparepaginaprefix{\??id##1}}% + \else + \def\dodostelregisterin##1% + {\getparameters[\??id##1][#2]% + \doifvalue{\??id##1\c!koppeling}{\v!ja} + {\appendtoks\koppelregister[##1][#2]\to\everystarttext}% + \preparepaginaprefix{\??id##1}}% + \fi + \processcommalist[#1]\dodostelregisterin} + +\def\stelregisterin% + {\dotripleempty\dostelregisterin} + +\def\getlastregisterentry#1% + {\def\docommando##1% + {\def\!!stringa{##1}}% + \processconcanatedlist[#1][+]\docommando + \!!stringa} + +\def\doprocesspageregister[#1]#2% + {\begingroup + \thisisnextinternal{\s!ind}% + \ifduplicate\getlastregisterentry{#2}\fi + \convertexpanded{\??id\currentregister}{#2}\asciiregisterentry + \makesectionformat + \edef\schrijfwegnaarregister% + {\writeutility% + {r \ifcase\registerpagestatus\space\or e \or f \or t \fi + {\currentregister} % + {\nextinternalreference} % + {#1} % + {\asciiregisterentry} % + {\sectionformat::\noexpand\pagenumber} % + {\noexpand\realfolio}}}% + \schrijfwegnaarregister + \getfirstcharacter\currentregister + \registerinfo{> \firstcharacter}{#2}% + \endgroup} + +\def\complexdoregister[#1]#2% + {\doprocesspageregister[#1]{#2}% + \ifvmode\nobreak\fi + \GotoPar} + +%\def\doregister#1% +% {\def\currentregister{#1}% +% \complexorsimpleempty\doregister} + +\def\doregister#1% + {\chardef\registerpagestatus=1 + \def\currentregister{#1}% + \complexorsimpleempty\doregister} + +\def\startregister% + {\dodoubleargument\dostartregister} + +\def\dostartregister[#1][#2]#3% + {\chardef\registerpagestatus=2 + \def\currentregister{#1}% + \setgvalue{\??id#1\??id#2}{\dodostopregister[#1][#2]{#3}}% + \complexdoregister[#2]{#3}} + +\def\stopregister% + {\dodoubleargument\dostopregister} + +\def\dostopregister[#1][#2]% + {\getvalue{\??id#1\??id#2}\setgvalue{\??id#1\??id#2}{}} + +\def\dodostopregister[#1][#2]% + {\chardef\registerpagestatus=3 + \def\currentregister{#1}% + \complexdoregister[#2]} + +\def\complexdozieregister[#1]#2#3% + {\begingroup + \thisisnextinternal{\s!ind}% + \ifduplicate\getlastregisterentry{#2}\fi + \convertexpanded{\??id\currentregister}{#2}\asciiregisterentry + \makesectionformat + \edef\schrijfwegnaarregister% + {\writeutility% + {r s % + {\currentregister} % + {\nextinternalreference} % + {#1} % + {\asciiregisterentry} % + {#3} % + {\sectionformat}}}% + \schrijfwegnaarregister + \endgroup + \registerinfo{> zie}{#2}% + \GotoPar} + +\def\dozieregister#1% + {\def\currentregister{#1}% + \complexorsimpleempty\dozieregister} + +\def\doschrijfnaarregister[#1]% % de twee-traps-aanroep is nodig + {\edef\currentregister{#1}% % om gebruik van \ExpandBothAfter + \doprocesspageregister} % mogelijk te maken + +\def\schrijfnaarregister% + {\dodoubleempty\doschrijfnaarregister} + +\def\ifregistergeplaatst{\ifutilitydone} + +\newif\iffirstregisterpage + +\def\c!entrya{} +\def\c!entryb{} +\def\c!entryc{} + +\def\nextregisterpage% + {\iffirstregisterpage + \doglobal\newcounter\registerpagenumber + \fi + \doglobal\increment\registerpagenumber} + +\def\doregisterpagelocation#1#2% + {\nextregisterpage + \hbox to 1em{\hss\doregisterpagehowto{#1}{#2}\hss}} + +\def\setregisterpage#1% + {\let\registerpageseparator=\empty + \processaction + [\getvalue{\??id#1\c!symbool}] + [ \c!n=>{\def\doregisterpage##1[##2]% + {\doregisterpagelocation{#1}{\registerpagenumber}\/}}, + \c!a=>{\def\doregisterpage##1[##2]% + {\doregisterpagelocation{#1}{\character{\registerpagenumber}\/}}}, + 1=>{\def\doregisterpage##1[##2]% + {\doregisterpagelocation{#1}{$\bullet$}}}, + 2=>{\def\doregisterpage##1[##2]% + {\doregisterpagelocation{#1}{\vrule\!!width1em\!!height1ex\!!depth\!!zeropoint}}}, + \v!geen=>{\def\doregisterpage##1[##2]{}},% + \s!unknown=>{\def\registerpagesymbol{\getvalue{\??id#1\c!symbool}}% + \def\doregisterpage##1[##2]% + {\doregisterpagelocation{#1}{\registerpagesymbol}}}, + \s!default=>{\def\registerpageseparator% + {,}% + \def\doregisterpage##1[##2]% + {\doregisterpagehowto{##1} + {\strut + \paginaprefix{\??id##1}[##2]% + \translatednumber[##2]}}}]} + +\let\registerpagehowto\empty +\let\registertexthowto\empty + +\def\setregisterhowto[#1,#2]% + {\def\registerpagehowto{#1}% + \def\registertexthowto{#2}}% + +\def\doregistertexthowto#1#2% + {\dostartattributes{\??id#1\registertexthowto}\c!tekstletter\c!tekstkleur{}% + \getvalue{\??id#1\c!tekstcommando}{#2}% + \dostopattributes} + +\def\doregisterpagehowto#1#2% + {\dostartattributes{\??id#1\registerpagehowto}\c!paginaletter\c!paginakleur{}% + \getvalue{\??id#1\c!paginacommando}{#2}% + \dostopattributes} + +\def\registerentry #1{\executeifdefined{#1\s!entry}\gobbleoneargument} +\def\registerentrya#1{\executeifdefined{#1\s!entrya}\gobbleoneargument} +\def\registerentryb#1{\executeifdefined{#1\s!entryb}\gobbleoneargument} +\def\registerentryc#1{\executeifdefined{#1\s!entryc}\gobbleoneargument} +\def\registersee #1{\executeifdefined{#1\s!see}\gobblethrearguments} +\def\registerpage #1{\executeifdefined{#1\s!page}\gobblefourarguments} +\def\registerfrom #1{\executeifdefined{#1\s!from}\gobblefourarguments} +\def\registerto #1{\executeifdefined{#1\s!to}\gobblefourarguments} + +\def\doresetregister#1% + {\letvalue{#1\s!entrya}=\gobbleoneargument + \letvalue{#1\s!entryb}=\gobbleoneargument + \letvalue{#1\s!entryc}=\gobbleoneargument + \letvalue {#1\s!see}=\gobblethreearguments + \letvalue {#1\s!page}=\gobblefourarguments + \letvalue {#1\s!from}=\gobblefourarguments + \letvalue {#1\s!to}=\gobblefourarguments + \letvalue {#1\s!entry}=\gobbleoneargument} + +\newif\iffirstsubentry +\newif\iffirstsubsubentry + +\newcounter\currententrylevel + +\let\c!entryletter =\empty +\let\c!entryreference=\empty +\let\c!entrya =\relax +\let\c!entryb =\relax +\let\c!entryc =\relax + +\chardef\lastregisterpagestatus=0 + +\def\limitedregisterentry#1#2% + {\getvalue{\??id#1\c!tekstcommando}% + {\doifelsenothing{\??id#1\c!maxbreedte} + {#2} + {\limitatetext{#2}{\getvalue{\??id#1\c!maxbreedte}}{\unknown}}}} + +\def\dosetpageregisterpage#1#2#3#4#5#6% + {\doifreglevelelse[#5] + {\global\utilitydonetrue + \c!entryletter + \setregisterhowto[#3]% + \def\dohandleregisterentry##1% + {\bgroup + \if!!donea % \strut nieuw + \setbox0=\hbox{\showlocation{\doregistertexthowto{#2} + {\strut\limitedregisterentry{#2}{##1}}}}% + \gotonextinternal{\s!ind}{#4}{#6}{\box0}% + \else + \doregistertexthowto{#2}{##1}% + \fi + \egroup + \!!doneafalse}% + \!!doneafalse + \doifelsevalue{\??id#2\c!interactie}{\v!tekst} + {\ifcase\currententrylevel \or + \!!doneatrue\c!entrya\c!entryb\c!entryc \or + \c!entrya\!!doneatrue\c!entryb\c!entryc \or + \c!entrya\c!entryb\!!doneatrue\c!entryc \fi} + {\c!entrya\c!entryb\c!entryc}% + \global\let\c!entrya=\relax + \global\let\c!entryb=\relax + \global\let\c!entryc=\relax + \global\let\c!entryletter=\relax + \global\let\c!entryreference=\relax + \iffirstregisterpage + \global\chardef\lastregisterpagestatus=0 + \expandafter\hskip\getvalue{\??id#2\c!afstand}\relax + \donetrue + \else\ifnum#1=3 + |--|\relax % -- ! + \donetrue + \else\ifnum\lastregisterpagestatus=2 + \donefalse % waiting for "to" pagenumber + \else + \registerpageseparator + |\spatie|\relax % \relax needed because | looks ahead + \donetrue + \fi\fi\fi + \ifdone + \doifelsevalue{\??id#2\c!interactie}{\v!paginanummer} + {\bgroup + \setbox0=\hbox + {\showlocation{\doregisterpage{#2}[#5]\ifnum#1=2\/\fi}}% + \gotonextinternal{\s!ind}{#4}{#6}{\box0}%{\copy0}% + \egroup} + {\hbox{\doregisterpage{#2}[#5]\ifnum#1=2\/\fi}}% + \ignorespaces + \global\chardef\lastregisterpagestatus=#1\relax + \fi + \global\firstregisterpagefalse} + {}} + +\def\dosetpageregistersee#1#2#3#4% + {\doifreglevelelse[#4::0] + {{\global\utilitydonetrue + \setregisterhowto[#2]% + \def\dohandleregisterentry##1% dubbelop | \strut nieuw + {\doregistertexthowto{#1}{\strut\limitedregisterentry{#1}{##1}}}% + \getvalue + {#1\ifcase\currententrylevel\s!entrya\or\s!entryb\else\s!entryc\fi}% + {\doregisterpagehowto{#1}{\labeltexts{\v!zie}{#3}}}% + \c!entryletter\c!entrya\c!entryb\c!entryc + \global\let\c!entrya=\relax + \global\let\c!entryb=\relax + \global\let\c!entryc=\relax + \global\let\c!entryletter=\relax + \global\let\c!entryreference=\relax + \global\chardef\lastregisterpagestatus=0 + \global\firstregisterpagefalse}} + {}} + +\def\dosetpageregisterletter#1#2% + {\gdef\c!entryreference% + {\global\let\c!entryreference=\relax + \doifvalue{\??id#1\c!refereren}{\v!aan} + {\pagereference[#1:#2]}}% + \gdef\c!entryletter% + {\global\let\c!entryletter=\relax + \global\utilitydonetrue + \getvalue{\??id#1\c!voor}% + \vskip\lineheight\goodbreak\vskip-\lineheight + \doifelsevalue{\??id#1\c!aanduiding}{\v!ja} + {\ifhmode\unskip\else\noindent\fi + \getvalue{\??id#1\c!commando}% % needed + {\doattributes{\??id#1}\c!letter\c!kleur{\strut\ignorespaces#2}}% + \getvalue{\??id#1\c!na}% + \par\nobreak} % don't use \string#2, other hack + {\goodbreak}}} % needed #2 can be \string... + +\def\dosetpageregisterentrya#1#2% + {\edef\currententrylevel{1}% + \global\let\c!entryb=\relax + \global\let\c!entryc=\relax + \gdef\c!entrya% + {\global\firstregisterpagetrue + \endgraf + \hangindent1em\noindent\c!entryreference + \dohandleregisterentry{#2}% + \global\firstsubentrytrue + \global\firstsubsubentrytrue}} + +\def\dosetpageregisterentryb#1#2% + {\edef\currententrylevel{2}% + \global\let\c!entryc=\relax + \global\def\c!entryb% + {\global\firstregisterpagetrue + \global\let\c!entrya=\relax + \endgraf + \iffirstsubentry\nobreak\fi + \hangindent2em\noindent\c!entryreference\hskip1em\relax + \dohandleregisterentry{#2}% + \global\firstsubentryfalse + \global\firstsubsubentrytrue}} + +\def\dosetpageregisterentryc#1#2% + {\edef\currententrylevel{3}% + \gdef\c!entryc% + {\global\firstregisterpagetrue + \global\let\c!entrya=\relax + \global\let\c!entryb=\relax + \endgraf + \iffirstsubsubentry\nobreak\fi + \hangindent3em\noindent\c!entryreference\hskip2em\relax + \dohandleregisterentry{#2}% + \global\firstsubsubentryfalse}} + +\def\dosetpageregister#1% + {\dosetreglevel{\getvalue{\??id#1\c!criterium}}% + \global\let\currentregisterentry\empty + \global\firstsubentrytrue + \global\firstsubsubentrytrue + \setregisterpage{#1}% + \chardef\lastregisterpagestatus=0 + \setvalue{#1\s!entrya}{\dosetpageregisterentrya {#1}}% + \setvalue{#1\s!entryb}{\dosetpageregisterentryb {#1}}% + \setvalue{#1\s!entryc}{\dosetpageregisterentryc {#1}}% + \setvalue {#1\s!page}{\dosetpageregisterpage{1}{#1}}% + \setvalue {#1\s!from}{\dosetpageregisterpage{2}{#1}}% + \setvalue {#1\s!to}{\dosetpageregisterpage{3}{#1}}% + \setvalue {#1\s!see}{\dosetpageregistersee {#1}}% + \setvalue {#1\s!entry}{\dosetpageregisterletter {#1}}} + +\def\getalllistreferences#1#2% + {\doglobal\convertexpanded{\??id#1}{#2}\currentregisterentry + \doifdefinedelse{\??id#1\??id\currentregisterentry} + {\edef\alllistreferences% + {\getvalue{\??id#1\??id\currentregisterentry}}% + \beforesplitstring\alllistreferences\at::\to\internallistreference + \aftersplitstring\alllistreferences\at::\to\alllistreferences} + {\let\alllistreferences=\empty + \def\internallistreference{0}}} + +\def\dosetlinkregister#1% is die page reference echt nodig? + {\dosetreglevel{\getvalue{\??id#1\c!criterium}}% + \setregisterpage{#1}% + \global\let\currentregisterentry\empty + \global\firstsubentrytrue % not needed + \global\firstsubsubentrytrue % not needed too + \setvalue{#1\s!entrya}##1% + {\dosetlinkregisterentrya{#1}{##1}}% + \setvalue{#1\s!entry}##1% + {\dosetpageregisterletter{#1}{##1}}} + +\def\dosetlinkregisterentrya#1#2% + {\global\utilitydonetrue + \c!entryletter + \iflocation + \getalllistreferences{#1}{#2}% + \endgraf\hangindent1em\noindent\c!entryreference + % + %\thisissomeinternal{\s!lin}{\internallistreference}% + % + \pagereference[-:\s!lin:\internallistreference]% -: added + % + \getcommacommandsize[\alllistreferences]% + \getfromcommacommand[\alllistreferences][1]% + \ifnum\commalistsize=1 + \let\firstlistreference=\empty + \let\midlistreference=\commalistelement + \let\lastlistreference=\empty + \else + \let\firstlistreference=\commalistelement + \getfromcommacommand[\alllistreferences][\commalistsize]% + \let\lastlistreference=\commalistelement + \ifnum\commalistsize=2 + \let\midlistreference=\empty + \else + \!!counta=\commalistsize + \divide\!!counta by 2 + \getfromcommacommand[\alllistreferences][\!!counta]% + \let\midlistreference=\commalistelement + \fi + \fi + % aangepast + \def\dodocommando[####1-####2]% + {\gotonextinternal{\s!ind}{####1}{####2}{\box0}}% + \doifelsevalue{\??id#1\c!interactie}{\v!paginanummer} + {\limitedregisterentry{#1}{#2}} % paginanummer + {{\setbox0=\hbox{\limitedregisterentry{#1}{\begstrut#2}}% + \ifx\firstlistreference\empty % tekst,alles + \ifx\midlistreference\empty + \box0 + \else + \expandafter\dodocommando\expandafter[\midlistreference]% + \fi + \else + \expandafter\dodocommando\expandafter[\firstlistreference]% + \fi}}% + \doifvalue{\??id#1\c!nummer}{\v!ja} + {\hskip\getvalue{\??id#1\c!afstand}(\commalistsize)}% + \doifnotvalue{\??id#1\c!interactie}{\v!tekst} % paginanummer,alles + {\def\docommando####1####2% + {{\setbox0=\hbox{\showlocation{\hbox to 1em{\hss\symbol[####2]\hss}}}% + \ifx####1\empty + % \hskip\wd0 % (optioneel maken) + \else + \expandafter\dodocommando\expandafter[####1]% + \fi}}% + \hskip\getvalue{\??id#1\c!afstand}% + \docommando\firstlistreference\v!vorige + \docommando\midlistreference\v!ergens + \docommando\lastlistreference\v!volgende}% + % tot hier + \else + \endgraf\noindent\c!entryreference + \limitedregisterentry{#1}{#2}% + \fi} + +%\def\dosetregister#1% +% {\doifelsevalue{\??id#1\c!koppeling}{\v!ja} +% {\dosetlinkregister{#1}} +% {\dosetpageregister{#1}}} + +\def\dosetregister#1% + {\doifelsevalue{\??id#1\c!koppeling}{\v!ja} + {\ifautoregisterhack + \dosetautoregister{#1}% + \else + \dosetlinkregister{#1}% + \fi} + {\dosetpageregister{#1}}} + +\newcounter\internallistreference + +\def\doloadregisterlinks#1% + {\dosetreglevel{\getvalue{\??id#1\c!criterium}}% + \setregisterpage{#1}% + \global\let\currentregisterentry\empty + \global\firstregisterpagetrue + \setvalue{#1\s!entrya}##1% + {\global\firstregisterpagetrue + \doglobal\convertargument##1\to\currentregisterentry % \doglobal nodig? + \doglobal\increment\internallistreference}% + \setvalue{#1\s!from}% + {\getvalue{#1\s!page}}% + \setvalue{#1\s!page}##1##2##3##4% + {\doifreglevelelse[##3] + {\global\utilitydonetrue + \iffirstregisterpage + \global\firstregisterpagefalse +\ifautoregisterhack + \setxvalue{\??id#1\??id\currentregisterentry}% + {\internallistreference::##4}% +\else + \setxvalue{\??id#1\??id\currentregisterentry}% + {\internallistreference::##2-##4}% +\fi + \else % catches errors in index +\ifautoregisterhack % binnen doif + \doifdefined{\??id#1\??id\currentregisterentry} + {\setxvalue{\??id#1\??id\currentregisterentry}% + {\getvalue{\??id#1\??id\currentregisterentry},##4}}% +\else + \doifdefined{\??id#1\??id\currentregisterentry} + {\setxvalue{\??id#1\??id\currentregisterentry}% + {\getvalue{\??id#1\??id\currentregisterentry},##2-##4}}% +\fi + \fi} + {}}} + +%\def\dokoppelregister[#1][#2]% +% {\iflocation +% \begingroup +% \let\dosetregister=\doloadregisterlinks +% \stelregisterin[#1][#2]% +% \doutilities{#1}{\jobname}{#1}{}{}% +% \endgroup +% \fi} + +\def\dokoppelregister[#1][#2]% + {\iflocation + \ifcase0\countervalue{autolink:#1}\relax % only once + \begingroup + \let\dosetregister=\doloadregisterlinks + \stelregisterin[#1][#2]% + \doutilities{#1}{\jobname}{#1}{}{}% + \endgroup + \ifautoregisterhack + \doinitializeautoregister{#1}% + \else + \doinitializelinkregister{#1}% + \fi + \fi + \fi} + +\def\koppelregister% + {\dodoubleempty\dokoppelregister} + +\def\doprocesslinkregister[#1][#2]#3% + {\hbox + {\doprocesspageregister[#2]{#3}% + \let\firstlistreference=\empty + \let\lastlistreference=\empty + \let\selflistreference=\empty + \let\prevlistreference=\empty + \let\nextlistreference=\empty + \getalllistreferences{#1}{#3}% + \doifnot{\alllistreferences}{} + {\def\dodocommando[##1-##2]% + {\ifx\firstlistreference\empty + \def\firstlistreference{##1-##2}% + \fi + \def\lastlistreference{##1-##2}% + \ifnum##1<\nextinternalreference\relax + \def\prevlistreference{##1-##2}% + \else\ifnum##1>\nextinternalreference\relax + \def\nextlistreference{##1-##2}% + \def\dodocommando[####1-####2]% + {\def\lastlistreference{####1-####2}}% + \else + \def\selflistreference{##1-##2}% + \fi\fi}% + \def\docommando##1% + {\dodocommando[##1]}% + \processcommacommand[\alllistreferences]\docommando}% + \ifx\prevlistreference\empty + \let\prevlistreference=\lastlistreference + \fi + \ifx\nextlistreference\empty + \let\nextlistreference=\firstlistreference + \fi + \ifx\prevlistreference\selflistreference + \let\prevlistreference=\empty + \let\nextlistreference=\empty + \fi + \def\dodocommando[##1-##2]% + {\gotonextinternal{\s!ind}{##1}{##2}{\box0}}%{\copy0}}% + \def\docommando##1##2% + {\bgroup + \ifx##1\empty + \doifvalue{\??id#1\c!onbekendeverwijzing}{\v!leeg} + {\hskip1em}% + \else + \setbox0=\hbox to 1em{\hss\showlocation{\symbol[##2]}\hss}% + \expandafter\dodocommando\expandafter[##1]% + \fi + \egroup}% + \processaction + [\getvalue{\??id#1\c!plaats}] + [\v!midden=>\docommando\prevlistreference\v!vorige, + \v!links=>\docommando\prevlistreference\v!vorige + \docommando\nextlistreference\v!volgende]% + \doifreferencefoundelse{\s!lin:\internallistreference} + {\gotosomeinternal + {\s!lin}{\internallistreference}{\currentrealreference} + {\showlocation{\limitedregisterentry{#1}{#3}}}} + {\hbox{\limitedregisterentry{#1}{#3}}}% + \processaction + [\getvalue{\??id#1\c!plaats}] + [ \v!midden=>\docommando\nextlistreference\v!volgende, + \v!rechts=>\docommando\prevlistreference\v!vorige + \docommando\nextlistreference\v!volgende]}} + +\def\dodolinkedregister[#1][#2]#3% page auto link + {\bgroup + \chardef\registerpagestatus=1 + \def\currentregister{#1}% + \iflocation + \ifautoregisterhack + \def\next{\doprocessautoregister[#1][#2]{#3}}% + \else + \def\next{\doprocesslinkregister[#1][#2]{#3}}% + \fi + \else + \def\next{\doprocesspageregister[#2]{#3}}% + \fi + \next + \egroup + \ifvmode\nobreak\fi + \GotoPar} + +\def\dolinkedregister#1% + {\dodoubleempty\dodolinkedregister[#1]} + +\def\dosetautoregister#1% + {\makecounter{autolink:#1}% + \dosetreglevel{\getvalue{\??id#1\c!criterium}}% + \setregisterpage{#1}% + \global\let\currentregisterentry\empty + \global\firstsubentrytrue % not needed + \global\firstsubsubentrytrue % not needed too + \setvalue{#1\s!entrya}##1% + {\dosetautoregisterentrya{#1}{##1}}% + \setvalue{#1\s!entry}##1% + {\dosetpageregisterletter{#1}{##1}}} + +\def\dosetautoregisterentrya#1#2% for the moment \e!register ipv #1 + {\global\utilitydonetrue + \c!entryletter + \iflocation + \getalllistreferences{#1}{#2}% + \endgraf\hangindent1em\noindent\c!entryreference + \pagereference[-:\s!lin:\internallistreference]% + \pluscounter{autolink:#1}% + \bgroup + \setupinteraction[\c!kleur=,\c!contrastkleur=,\c!letter=]% kan sneller + \naarbox + {\limitedregisterentry{#1}{\begstrut#2}}% + [JS(SetRegisterEntry{\e!register,\countervalue{autolink:#1},#2,{\alllistreferences}})]% + \egroup + \else + \endgraf\noindent\c!entryreference + \limitedregisterentry{#1}{#2}% + \fi} + +\def\doprocessautoregister[#1][#2]#3% + {\hbox + {\doprocesspageregister[#2]{#3}% + \doifreferencefoundelse{\s!lin:\internallistreference} + {\gotosomeinternal + {\s!lin}{\internallistreference}{\currentrealreference} + {\showlocation{\limitedregisterentry{#1}{#3}}}} + {\hbox{\limitedregisterentry{#1}{#3}}}}} + +% \appendmacro aan openpaginaactie (in shipout) + +%D The first implementation used one main field with clones. +%D In a 2500 page document this resulted in a rather (anoying) +%D long start||up time. This \quote {every page its own field} +%D solution, combined with a \quote {page open action}, works +%D much faster, but is conceptually pretty weak. + +\def\complexregisterfield[#1]% + {\definefield[#1:\realfolio][line][\e!register]% + \field[#1:\realfolio]} + +\def\simpleregisterfield% + {\complexregisterfield[\e!register]} + +\definecomplexorsimple\registerfield + +\setupfield + [\e!register] + [\c!breedte=10em, + \c!hoogte=3ex, + \c!uitlijnen=\v!midden, + \c!optie=\v!alleenleesbaar, + \c!plaats=\v!laag] + +\def\doinitializeautoregister#1% for the moment \e!register ipv #1 + {\useJSscripts[reg]% + \useJSpreamblenow{LinkedRegisters}% + \setupinteraction[\c!openpaginaactie=JS(UpdateRegisterField{\e!register})]% + \definereference[\v!reset \e!register][JS(ResetRegisterEntry{\e!register})]% + \definereference[\v!eerste \e!register][JS(GotoFirstRegisterEntry{\e!register})]% + \definereference[\v!vorige \e!register][JS(GotoPreviousRegisterEntry{\e!register})]% + \definereference[\v!volgende\e!register][JS(GotoNextRegisterEntry{\e!register})]% + \definereference[\v!laatste \e!register][JS(GotoLastRegisterEntry{\e!register})]} + +\def\doinitializelinkregister#1% + {} + +\def\complexdoplaatsregister[#1]% + {\begingroup + \stelregisterin[\currentregister][#1]% + \raggedright + \startkolommen + [\c!n=\getvalue{\??id\currentregister\c!n}, + \c!balanceren=\getvalue{\??id\currentregister\c!balanceren}, + \c!uitlijnen=\getvalue{\??id\currentregister\c!uitlijnen}]% + \mindermeldingen + \startopelkaar[\v!blanko]% + \doutilities{\currentregister}{\jobname}{\currentregister}{}{\par}% + \stopopelkaar + \stopkolommen + \endgroup} + +\def\doplaatsregister[#1]% + {\def\currentregister{#1}% + \complexorsimpleempty\doplaatsregister} + +\def\plaatsregister% + {\dosingleargument\doplaatsregister} + +\def\complexdovolledigregister[#1]% \@EA's kunnen weg + {\@EA\plaatsvolledig\@EA{\@EA\systemsuppliedchapter\@EA}% + \@EA{\@EA\currentregister\@EA}% + \@EA{\@EA\headtext\@EA{\currentregister}}% + {\complexdoplaatsregister[#1]}} + +\def\dovolledigregister[#1]% + {\def\currentregister{#1}% + \complexorsimpleempty\dovolledigregister} + +\def\volledigregister% + {\dosingleargument\doplaatsregister} + +\def\dodefinieerregister[#1][#2]% + {\stelregisterin[#1]% + [\c!n=2, + \c!balanceren=\v!ja, % \v!nee komt niet zo vaak voor + \c!uitlijnen=\v!nee, + \c!voor=\blanko, % binnen kolommen: \blanko[\v!regel] + \c!na=, + \c!symbool=, + \c!interactie=\v!paginanummer, + \c!afstand=1em, + \c!letter=\v!vet, + \c!paginaletter=\v!schuin, + \c!aanduiding=\v!ja, + \v!deel\v!nummer=\v!ja, % v + \v!hoofdstuk\c!nummer=\v!nee, + \c!criterium=\v!alles, + \c!commando=, + \c!refereren=\v!aan, + \c!plaats=\v!midden, + \c!maxbreedte=, + \c!nummer=\v!nee, + \c!onbekendeverwijzing=\v!leeg]% + \presetheadtext[#1=\Word{#1}]% + \setvalue{#1}% + {\doregister{#1}}% + \setvalue{\e!gekoppelde#1}% + {\dolinkedregister{#1}}% + \setvalue{\s!set#1}% + {\dosetregister{#1}}% + \setvalue{\s!reset#1}% + {\doresetregister{#1}}% + \addutilityreset{#1}% + \setvalue{\e!zie#1}% + {\dozieregister{#1}}% + \setvalue{\e!plaats#1}% + {\doplaatsregister[#1]}% + \setvalue{\e!volledige#1}% + {\dovolledigregister[#1]}% + \setvalue{\e!stel#1\e!in}[##1]% + {\getparameters[\??id#1][##1]}} + +\def\definieerregister% + {\dodoubleargument\dodefinieerregister} + +\def\registerlengte {\utilityregisterlength} + +\def\utilityregisterlength {0} + +\def\dobepaalregisterkenmerken[#1][#2]% + {\begingroup + \stelregisterin[#1][#2]% + \dosetreglevel{\getvalue{\??id#1\c!criterium}}% + \setvalue{#1\s!from}% + {\getvalue{#1\s!page}}% + \setvalue{#1\s!page}##1##2##3##4% + {\doifreglevelelse[##3] + {\doglobal\increment\utilitylistlength + \global\utilitydonetrue} + {}}% + \doglobal\newcounter\utilityregisterlength + \setbox0=\vbox + {\doutilities{#1}{\jobname}{#1}{}{}}% + \endgroup + \ifregistergeplaatst\enablemode[\e!register]\else\disablemode[\e!register]\fi} + +\def\bepaalregisterkenmerken% + {\dodoubleempty\dobepaalregisterkenmerken} + +\definieerregister + [\v!index] + [\v!indices] + +% \stelregisterin[index][koppeling=ja] +% +% \stelveldenin +% [register][achtergrond=raster,kader=uit] +% +% \stelvoettekstenin +% [{\field[index]}] +% +% \stelhoofdtekstenin +% [{\naar {first}[eersteindex]\quad +% \naar{previous}[vorigeindex]\quad +% \naar {next}[volgendeindex]\quad +% \naar {last}[laatsteindex]\quad\quad +% \naar {index}[index]}] +% +% \starttekst +% +% oeps~~~\gekoppeldeindex{oeps} \blanko +% flop~~~\gekoppeldeindex{flop} \blanko +% test~~~\gekoppeldeindex{test} \pagina +% flop~~~\gekoppeldeindex{flop} \blanko +% test~~~\gekoppeldeindex{test} \pagina +% oeps~~~\gekoppeldeindex{oeps} \blanko +% test~~~\gekoppeldeindex{test} \pagina +% flop~~~\gekoppeldeindex{flop} \blanko +% oeps~~~\gekoppeldeindex{oeps} \pagina +% +% \volledigeindex + +\protect + +\endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-rul.tex b/tex/context/base/core-rul.tex index d87cfc1d4..b790ff1dd 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-rul.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-rul.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros / Ruled Stuff Handling} @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ %D \macros %D {defineoverlay, %D overlaywidth, overlayheight, overlaydepth, -%D overlaycolor} +%D overlaycolor, overlaylinecolor, overlaylinewidth} %D %D Before we define the macro that actually takes card of the %D backgrounds, we introduce overlays. An overlay is something @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ %D \defineoverlay %D [fancy] %D [{\externfiguur -%D [gene-011] +%D [mp-cont.502] %D [breedte=\overlaywidth, %D hoogte=\overlayheight]}] %D \stopbuffer @@ -287,9 +287,14 @@ %D %D The resulting box is lowered to the right depth. -\def\overlaywidth {\the\vsize} % We preset the variables -\def\overlayheight{\the\hsize} % to some reasonable default -\def\overlaydepth {\!!zeropoint} % values. +\def\overlaywidth {\the\vsize} % We preset the variables +\def\overlayheight {\the\hsize} % to some reasonable default +\let\overlaydepth \!!zeropoint % values. The attributes +\let\overlaycolor \empty % of the frame can be (are) +\let\overlaylinewidth \!!zeropoint % set somewhere else. +\let\overlaylinecolor \empty % + +\newtoks\everyoverlay \def\defineoverlay% {\dodoubleargument\dodefineoverlay} @@ -302,17 +307,17 @@ \long\def\executedefinedoverlay#1\\#2\\#3#4#5#6#7#8#9% {\bgroup \scratchdimen=#3% - \edef\overlaywidth {\the\scratchdimen}% + \edef\overlaywidth{\the\scratchdimen}% \scratchdimen=#4% \advance\scratchdimen by #5% \edef\overlayheight{\the\scratchdimen}% \scratchdimen=#5% - \edef\overlaydepth {\the\scratchdimen}% + \edef\overlaydepth{\the\scratchdimen}% \edef\overlaycolor{#6}% %\writestatus % {overlay} % {#1\space w=\overlaywidth/h+d=\overlayheight/d=\overlaydepth]}% - \setbox0=\hbox{\lower\overlaydepth\hbox{#2}}% + \setbox0=\hbox{\lower\overlaydepth\hbox{\the\everyoverlay#2}}% \dimen0=\wd0 \advance\dimen0 by -\overlaywidth \dimen2=\ht0 \advance\dimen2 by -#4% not \overlayheight \wd0=\overlaywidth @@ -360,10 +365,10 @@ {\dimen2}{\dimen4}{\dimen6}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}% \setbox\extraframebox=\hbox {\vbox{\moveleft\dimen0\box\extraframebox}}% - \wd\extraframebox=\wd#2% - \ht\extraframebox=\ht#2% - \dp\extraframebox=\dp#2% - \box\extraframebox\hskip-\wd#2% + \wd\extraframebox=\backgroundwidth + \ht\extraframebox=\backgroundheight + \dp\extraframebox=\backgrounddepth + \box\extraframebox\hskip-\backgroundwidth \egroup} \def\dobackgroundbox#1\background#2\color#3\raster#4\offset#5\corner @@ -377,8 +382,17 @@ \def\docommando##1% {\dodobackgroundbox{##1}{#1}{#3}{#4}{#6}{#7}}% \hbox - {\expanded{\rawprocesscommalist[#2]\noexpand\docommando}% - \box#1}}} + {\edef\backgroundwidth {\the\wd#1}% + \edef\backgroundheight{\the\ht#1}% + \edef\backgrounddepth {\the\dp#1}% + \edef\foregroundbox{\box#1}% + \expanded{\rawprocesscommalist[#2]\noexpand\docommando}% + \box#1}}} + +%D One can explictly insert the foreground box. For that +%D purpose we introduce the overlay \tyupe {foreground}. + +\defineoverlay[\v!voorgrond][\foregroundbox] %D We can specify overlays as a comma separated list of %D overlays, a sometimes handy feature. @@ -403,7 +417,8 @@ \ht\extraframebox=\ht#1% \dp\extraframebox=\dp#1% \hbox - {\copy#1\hskip-\wd#1% + {%\copy#1\hskip-\wd#1% + \box#1\hskip-\wd\extraframebox % faster \doifelsenothing{#2} % speeds up a little {\box\extraframebox} {\color[#2]{\box\extraframebox}}}}} @@ -524,8 +539,8 @@ [\c!breedte,\c!hoogte,\c!offset,\c!leeg, \c!straal,\c!hoek,\c!diepte,\c!kader,\c!kaderkleur, \c!bovenkader,\c!onderkader,\c!linkerkader,\c!rechterkader, - \c!lijndikte,\c!kaderoffset,\c!achtergrondoffset, - \c!achtergrond,\c!achtergrondraster,\c!achtergrondkleur, + \c!lijndikte,\c!kaderoffset,\c!achtergrond, + \c!achtergrondoffset,\c!achtergrondraster,\c!achtergrondkleur, \c!uitlijnen,\c!onder,\c!boven,\c!strut,\c!plaats]% \copyparameters[#1\c!achtergrond][#1] [\c!straal,\c!hoek,\c!diepte]% @@ -535,16 +550,23 @@ \def\setupframed% {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??oi]} +%D \macros +%D {ifinframed} +%D %D The normal case first presets all parameters and next starts %D looking for the user supplied ones. The first step is %D omitted in the local case, because these are preset at %D declaration time and keep their values unless explictly %D changed. By presetting the variables everytime the normal %D command is called, we can use this command nested, without -%D the unwanted side effect of inheritance. +%D the unwanted side effect of inheritance. The boolean is +%D used to speed up the color stack. + +\newif\ifinframed \def\localframed% {\bgroup + \inframedtrue \dodoubleargument\startlocalframed} %D Before we go into details, we present (and implement) the @@ -554,15 +576,10 @@ %D dimensions and specific settings concerning aligment and %D offsets. -%\let\backgroundcolor\empty -%\let\framecolor \empty - \def\startlocalframed[#1][#2]% {\bgroup \edef\@@framed{#1}% \getparameters[\@@framed][#2]% - %\edef\backgroundcolor{\getvalue{\@@framed\c!achtergrondkleur}}% - %\edef\framecolor {\getvalue{\@@framed\c!kaderkleur}}% \edef\localoffset{\getvalue{\@@framed\c!offset}}% \edef\localwidth{\getvalue{\@@framed\c!breedte}}% \edef\localheight{\getvalue{\@@framed\c!hoogte}}% @@ -715,7 +732,10 @@ \ifboxisoverlaid \else \dolocateframebox \fi - \doframedbox + \doifelsevalue{\@@framed\c!kader}{\v!overlay} + {\edef\overlaylinecolor{\getvalue{\@@framed\c!kaderkleur}}% + \edef\overlaylinewidth{\the\linewidth}}% + {\doframedbox}% \doifvaluesomething{\@@framed\c!achtergrond} {\dobackedbox}% \doifelsevalue{\@@framed\c!plaats}{\v!laag} @@ -1188,7 +1208,7 @@ %D frame as well as the background an additional offset and %D even a bit more depth. The blue outline is the frame, the %D red box is the background and the small black outline is the -%D vsiualization of the resulting box, that is, we applied +%D visualization of the resulting box, that is, we applied %D \type{\ruledhbox} to the result. %D \startuitstellen @@ -1489,12 +1509,9 @@ \def\dodrawmarginrule% {\setbox0=\hbox - {\vrule - \!!height\strutheight - \!!depth\strutdepth - \!!width\@@kadikte}% - \vsmashbox0 - \box0} + {\vrule\!!depth\strutdepth\!!height\strutheight\!!width\@@kadikte}% + \smashbox0 % no \vsmash !!! + \box0} \def\drawmarginrule% {\strut\inlinker{\dodrawmarginrule}} @@ -1835,7 +1852,8 @@ \c!achtergrond=, \c!achtergrondkleur=, \c!achtergrondraster=\@@rsraster, - \c!regelcorrectie=\v!aan, + \c!regelcorrectie=\v!aan, + \c!marge=\v!standaard, #2]% \setvalue{\e!start#1}{\dostartframedtext[#1]}% \setvalue{\e!stop#1}{\dostopframedtext[#1]} @@ -2309,7 +2327,8 @@ %D adding a dummy line. \def\dostartbackground% - {\bgroup + {\endgraf + \bgroup \setbox0=\vbox\bgroup \vbox to \lineheight{}\vskip\!!zeropoint \blanko[\v!blokkeer] @@ -2389,7 +2408,8 @@ \pagina \fi \ifdim\ht0>\!!zeropoint \repeat - \egroup} + \egroup + \endgraf} %D As a bonus we also have a short command, that is of not %D much use, but kept there for historic reasons. @@ -2462,7 +2482,7 @@ \c!raster=0.95] \setupblackrules - [\c!n=1, + [\c!n=3, \c!breedte=1em, \c!hoogte=1ex, \c!diepte=\!!zeropoint, @@ -2519,9 +2539,9 @@ \c!straal=.5\bodyfontsize, \c!hoek=\v!recht, \c!kader=\v!uit, + \c!kleur=, \c!diepte=\!!zeropoint, \c!achtergrond=\v!raster, - \c!kleur=, \c!achtergrondkleur=\@@agkleur, \c!raster=\@@rsraster] diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-tab.tex b/tex/context/base/core-tab.tex index c8a088df5..a8370143d 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-tab.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-tab.tex @@ -8,17 +8,16 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros / TaBlE Embedding} % e-tex: reverse rows or vadjust or ... in tables % \ifalign % \xhrule : calls for 'special' with width - -% BUG: -% +% BUG: +% % \starttabel[|l|l|] % \HL % \RL\FR \VL Head 1 \VL Head 2 \VL\FR @@ -64,7 +63,6 @@ % THIS RENEWED MODULE WORKS OK BUT STILL LOOKS BAD - %D We felt no need to write our own table building macros, %D simply because Michael Wichura made a terrific one. This %D package is quite complete and well documented. In \CONTEXT\ @@ -92,7 +90,7 @@ \newif\ifsplittables %D \macros -%D {iftracetable} +%D {iftracetables} %D %D When I documented this module, I felt the need for tracing %D options. After implementing this feature, I also added @@ -414,60 +412,85 @@ %D To keep things verbose, as well as to show what \TABLE\ %D commands we affect, we show some meanings. -\def\normalTABLEshortrule {\!ttShortHrule} % \- -\def\normalTABLElongrule {\!ttLongHrule} % \= -\def\normalTABLEfullrule {\!ttFullHrule} % \_ -\def\normalTABLEendofrow {\!ttEndOfRow} % \\ -\def\normalTABLEsimplebar {\unskip\!ttRightGlue&&} % | +\def\normalTABLEshortrule {\!ttShortHrule} % \- +\def\normalTABLElongrule {\!ttLongHrule} % \= +\def\normalTABLEfullrule {\!ttFullHrule} % \_ +\def\normalTABLEendofrow {\!ttEndOfRow} % \\ +\def\normalTABLEsimplebar {\unskip\!ttRightGlue&&} % | \def\normalTABLEcomplexbar {\unskip\!ttRightGlue&\omit\!ttAlternateVrule} % \| -\def\normalTABLEquote {\unskip\!ttRightGlue&\omit&} % " +\def\normalTABLEquote {\unskip\!ttRightGlue&\omit&} % " \def\normalTABLElineformat {\normalTABLEendofrow+} \def\normalTABLElineending {\normalTABLEendofrow0 } \def\normalTABLEsinglerule {&\normalTABLElongrule&} \def\normalTABLEmultirule#1{&\use{#1}\normalTABLElongrule&} -%D The next hack is dedicated to Tobias, who found out that -%D paragraph entries don't break well. +%D The next hack is dedicated to Tobias, who found out that +%D paragraph entries don't break well. \def\TABLEhack{\hskip\!!zeropoint} -%D The first attemp to solve this problem was: +%D The first attemp to solve this problem was: %D %D \starttypen %D \def\normalTABLEquote% %D {\unskip\TABLEhack\!ttRightGlue&\omit&\TABLEhack} %D \stoptypen %D -%D But, as usual, this interfered with \type {\omit}. -%D -%D The next attempt is redefining some core \TABLE\ macro: - -\def\!tfAdjoinPriorColumn% - {\ifnum\!taColumnNumber=0 - \!taPreamble=\!taRuleColumnTemplate - \ifnum\TracingFormats>0 \!tfShowRuleTemplate\fi - \else - \ifx\!tfRowOfWidths\empty \else \!tfUpdateRowOfWidths\fi - \!thToksEdef\!taDataColumnTemplate= - {\the\!taLeftGlue \the\!taDataColumnTemplate \the\!taRightGlue}% - \ifnum\TracingFormats>0 \!tfShowTemplates\fi - \!thToksEdef\!taPreamble= - {\the\!taPreamble&\the\!taDataColumnTemplate&\the\!taRuleColumnTemplate}% - \fi - \advance\!taColumnNumber 1 - \if!taOnceOnlyTabskip - \!thToksEdef\!taDataColumnTemplate= - {\TABLEhack####\TABLEhack\tabskip\the\!taLastRegularTabskip} - \else - \!taDataColumnTemplate{\TABLEhack##\TABLEhack}% - \fi - \!taRuleColumnTemplate{}% - \!taLeftGlue{\hfil}% - \!taRightGlue{\hfil}% - \!taMinimumColumnWidth=0pt - \def\!tfWidthText{}% - \!taOnceOnlyTabskipfalse - \ReadFormatKeys} +%D But, as usual, this interfered with \type {\omit}. +%D +%D The next attempt is redefining some core \TABLE\ macro:. +%D This works ok, but breaks for instance the~\type{b} +%D key handling. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\!tfAdjoinPriorColumn% +%D {\ifnum\!taColumnNumber=0 +%D \!taPreamble=\!taRuleColumnTemplate +%D ... +%D \if!taOnceOnlyTabskip +%D \!thToksEdef\!taDataColumnTemplate= +%D {\TABLEhack####\TABLEhack\tabskip\the\!taLastRegularTabskip} +%D \else +%D \!taDataColumnTemplate{\TABLEhack##\TABLEhack}% +%D \fi +%D ... +%D \ReadFormatKeys} +%D \stoptypen + +% \def\BeginTableParBox#1% +% {\vtop\bgroup +% \hsize=#1 +% \normalbaselines +% \let~=\!ttTie +% \let\-=\!ttDH +% \the\EveryTableParBox +% \begstrut} % added +% +% \def\EndTableParBox% +% {\endstrut % added +% \MakeStrut{0pt}{\StrutDepthFactor\StrutUnit}% +% \egroup} + +\newdimen\TABLEparheight + +\def\BeginTableParBox#1% + {\setbox\scratchbox=\vtop\bgroup % \setbox added + \hsize=#1 + \normalbaselines + \let~=\!ttTie + \let\-=\!ttDH + \blanko[\v!blokkeer] % added + \the\EveryTableParBox} + +\def\EndTableParBox% + {\removelastskip % added + %\MakeStrut{0pt}{\StrutDepthFactor\StrutUnit} % removed + \egroup % finishes the \vtop begun by \BeginTableParbox + \getboxheight\scratchdimen\of\box\scratchbox\relax % added + \ifdim\scratchdimen>\TABLEparheight % added + \global\TABLEparheight=\scratchdimen % added + \fi % added + \box\scratchbox} %D To give an impression of what the (well documented) source %D of \TABLE\ looks like, we first implement an alternative for @@ -649,22 +672,52 @@ %D \NC C{identifier} \NC column entry color \NC\AR %D \HL %D \stoptabel + +%D To be compatible with the tabulate environment, we also +%D support the \type {l}, \type {c} and \type {r} keys for +%D paragraph entries. + +\letvalue{!tk<\string l>}=\undefined +\letvalue{!tk<\string c>}=\undefined +\letvalue{!tk<\string r>}=\undefined +\letvalue{!tk<\string x>}=\undefined % not that needed + +\NewFormatKey c% + {\prependtoks\raggedcenter\to\!taDataColumnTemplate + \ReadFormatKeys \LeftGlue\hfil \RightGlue\hfil} + +\NewFormatKey l% + {\prependtoks\raggedright\to\!taDataColumnTemplate + \ReadFormatKeys \LeftGlue{} \RightGlue\hfil} + +\NewFormatKey r% + {\prependtoks\raggedleft\to\!taDataColumnTemplate + \ReadFormatKeys \LeftGlue\hfil \RightGlue{}} + +\NewFormatKey x% + {\prependtoks\notragged\to\!taDataColumnTemplate + \ReadFormatKeys \LeftGlue\hfil \RightGlue{}} + +\appendtoks \TABLEparalignment \to \EveryTableParBox %D Later on, we're going to implement multiple page table %D support, therefore the next \TABLE\ macro needs to be -%D slightly adapted, i.c. the penalty is removed. +%D slightly adapted, i.c. the penalty is removed. We also +%D add basic color support. \def\!ttFullHruleA% {\!ttGetHalfRuleThickness + \startglobalTABLEcolor % added \hrule\!thHeight\dimen0\!thDepth\dimen0 - %\penalty0 + \stopglobalTABLEcolor % added + %\penalty0 % removed \egroup} %D We'll see that when we want to give a vertical rule a color, %D we have to set and reset states. After heavy testing it %D proved most useful to extend a \TABLE\ primitive with some %D hooks. One thing to keep in mind is that \type{&} keeps -%D assignments local. +%D assignments local. Again, we add basic color support. \let\TABLEbeforebar=\empty \let\TABLEafterbar =\empty @@ -672,6 +725,7 @@ \def\!ttInsertVrule% {\hfil \TABLEbeforebar % added + \startglobalTABLEcolor % added \vrule \!thWidth \ifnum\!tgCode=1 \ifx\!tgValue\empty @@ -683,11 +737,45 @@ \else \!tgValue \fi + \stopglobalTABLEcolor % added \TABLEafterbar % added \hfil &} -%D We already shows the next one, but here we slightly adapt +%D The next two macros are only adapted to basis rule +%D color support. + +\def\!tfSetVrule% + {\!thToksEdef\!taRuleColumnTemplate= + {\noexpand\hfil + \noexpand\startglobalTABLEcolor % added + \noexpand\vrule + \noexpand\!thWidth + \ifnum\!tgCode=1 + \ifx\!tgValue\empty + \the\LineThicknessFactor + \else + \!tgValue + \fi + \!taLTU + \else + \!tgValue + \fi + ####% + \noexpand\hfil + \noexpand\stopglobalTABLEcolor % added + \the\!taRuleColumnTemplate} + \!tfAdjoinPriorColumn} + +\def\!ttShortHruleA% + {\!ttGetHalfRuleThickness + \startglobalTABLEcolor % added + \leaders\hrule\!thHeight\dimen0\!thDepth\dimen0\hfill + \stopglobalTABLEcolor % added + \null + \ignorespaces} + +%D We already showed the next one, but here we slightly adapt %D the macro by adding an \type{\expandafter}. The space after %D \type{#1} is crucial! @@ -838,16 +926,18 @@ %D The optional third and fourth arguments define which table %D head and tail to use. %D -%D \starttype +%D \starttypen %D \definetabletemplate[test][|||][before][after] %D \stoptypen %D %D This also means that one can define table heads and tails %D by name! %D +%D \starttypen %D \starttablehead[before] %D \HL \VL first \VL second \VL \SR \HL %D \stoptablehead +%D \stoptypen %D %D Templates defined this way get protected names, that cannot %D conflict with existing commands. @@ -1074,7 +1164,7 @@ % \def\dosetTABLEtail[#1]#2\end{\setvalue{@@TABLEtail#1}{#2}} %D The second argument is a dummy one, by scanning for it, we -%D get rid of interfering spaces. +%D get rid of interfering spaces. \def\setTABLEhead{\dodoubleempty\dosetTABLEhead} \def\setTABLEtail{\dodoubleempty\dosetTABLEtail} @@ -1164,8 +1254,8 @@ \def\complexorsimpleTable#1#2% {\getvalue{\if[\noexpand#2\s!complex\else\s!simple\fi\c!Table#1}#2} -%D The next one is used in \type{\VL} cum suis and honours -%D the next grouping. +%D The next one is used in \type{\VL} cum suis and honours +%D the next grouping. \def\docomplexorsimpleTable#1#2% {\ifx\next\bgroup\@EA#2\else\@EA\dodocomplexorsimpleTable\@EA#1\@EA#2\fi} @@ -1325,7 +1415,7 @@ \def\TableMR% {\ifTABLEgrayline \else \ifnum\TABLEaction=\TABLErule - \writestatus{TABLE}{change \string\MR\space into \string\FR/\string\SR}% + \writestatus{TABLE}{change \string\MR\space into \string\FR/\string\SR}% \else\ifnum\TABLEaction=\TABLElastrow \writestatus{TABLE}{change \string\MR\space into \string\FR}% \fi\fi @@ -1438,6 +1528,10 @@ {\ifsplittables \setbox0=\hbox{\AugmentedTableStrut{#1}{#2}}% \getboxheight\dimen0\of\box0\relax + \ifdim\TABLEparheight>\dimen0 % new + \dimen0=\TABLEparheight % new + \global\TABLEparheight=\!!zeropoint % new + \fi % new \ifTABLEgrayline \else \global\advance\TABLEheight by \dimen0 \fi @@ -1480,7 +1574,7 @@ \fi} %D When tables are split, the spacing before and after a -%D horizontal rule is corrected according to whet we expect. +%D horizontal rule is corrected according to what we expect. \def\endofTABLEline[#1][#2->#3]#4#5% {\ifx#2#3\else @@ -1587,7 +1681,8 @@ {\getvalue{eVL\the\currentTABLEcolumn}% \global\letvalue{eVL\the\currentTABLEcolumn}=\empty}% \edef\@@tiVLwidth{\getvalue{wVL\the\currentTABLEcolumn}}% - \expanded{\normalTABLEcomplexbar{\@@tiVLwidth}}} + \expanded{\normalTABLEcomplexbar\@@tiVLwidth\space}}% \relax breaks \use + \def\resetVLvalues% {\dostepwiserecurse{0}{\maxTABLEcolumn}{1} @@ -1890,6 +1985,7 @@ \else \TABLEnoalign\bgroup \global\let\nextTABLEgrayline=\executeTABLEgrayline + \global\let\TABLEgrayline\empty % new \let\BL=\doTableBL \let\BC=\doTableBC \expandafter\doTableBC @@ -1902,6 +1998,7 @@ \def\TableBL% {\TABLEnoalign\bgroup \global\let\nextTABLEgrayline=\executeTABLEgrayline + \global\let\TABLEgrayline\empty % new \let\BL=\doTableBL \let\CL=\doTableCL \let\RL=\doTableRL @@ -1968,6 +2065,7 @@ \def\TableCL% {\TABLEnoalign\bgroup \global\let\nextTABLEgrayline=\executeTABLEgrayline + \global\let\TABLEgrayline\empty % new \let\BL=\doTableBL \let\CL=\doTableCL \let\RL=\doTableRL @@ -1977,7 +2075,7 @@ \def\doTableCL% {\complexorsimpleTable{CL}} -\def\simpleTableCL% nog eens \"e\"en lijn van maken +\def\simpleTableCL% nog eens \'e\'en lijn van maken {\BL[\the\maxTABLEcolumn,c,\lastTABLEc]} \def\complexTableCL[#1]% @@ -1987,6 +2085,7 @@ \def\TableRL% {\TABLEnoalign\bgroup \global\let\nextTABLEgrayline=\executeTABLEgrayline + \global\let\TABLEgrayline\empty % new \let\BL=\doTableBL \let\CL=\doTableCL \let\RL=\doTableRL @@ -2113,13 +2212,13 @@ \fi} \def\gobbleTableBCL#1% - {\ifx#1\BC \let\next=\doTableBC \else - \ifx#1\BL \let\next=\doTableBL \else - \ifx#1\SR \setTableBCL\SR\SR \let\next=\egroup \else - \ifx#1\FR \setTableBCL\FR\FR \let\next=\egroup \else - \ifx#1\MR \setTableBCL\MR\MR \let\next=\egroup \else - \ifx#1\LR \setTableBCL\LR\LR \let\next=\egroup \else - \setTableBCL#1\SR \let\next=\egroup + {\ifx#1\BC \let\next=\doTableBC \else + \ifx#1\BL \let\next=\doTableBL \else + \ifx#1\SR \setTableBCL\SR\SR \let\next=\egroup \else + \ifx#1\FR \setTableBCL\FR\FR \let\next=\egroup \else + \ifx#1\MR \setTableBCL\MR\MR \let\next=\egroup \else + \ifx#1\LR \setTableBCL\LR\LR \let\next=\egroup \else + \setTableBCL #1\SR \let\next=\egroup \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \next} @@ -2177,7 +2276,6 @@ \global\chardef\TABLEendofrowheight=\TABLErowzero \global\chardef\TABLEendofrowdepth =\TABLErowfactor \fi} - \def\defineTABLEshorthands% {\def\TWO {\use{2}}% @@ -2215,6 +2313,13 @@ \def\dosteltabellenin[#1]% {\getparameters[\??ti][#1]% + \processaction + [\@@tiuitlijnen] + [ \v!rechts=>\def\TABLEparalignment{\raggedright}, + \v!links=>\def\TABLEparalignment{\raggedleft}, + \v!midden=>\def\TABLEparalignment{\raggedcenter}, + \s!default=>\def\TABLEparalignment{\notragged}, + \s!unknown=>\def\TABLEparalignment{\notragged}]% \assignalfadimension{\@@tiVL}{\@@tiVLwidth} {2}{4}{6}% \assignalfadimension{\@@tiHL}{\@@tiHLheight}{2}{4}{6}} @@ -2227,11 +2332,107 @@ \NormalTLTU ={.1pt}% \NormalTSU ={\normalbaselineskip\divide\StrutUnit by 12 }% \NormalTableUnits} + +%D And then I wrote the tabulate environment. That +%D alternative supports setting the rule thickness and color, +%D so here is the table alternative. + +\let\startglobalTABLEcolor\empty +\let\stopglobalTABLEcolor \empty + +\def\localTABLEsetup% + {\@@ticommandos\relax + % bodyfont + \expanded{\switchtobodyfont[\@@tikorps]}% + % linecolor + \doifsomething{\@@tilijnkleur} + {\def\startglobalTABLEcolor{\localstartcolor[\@@tilijnkleur]}% + \def\stopglobalTABLEcolor {\localstopcolor}}% + % linethickness + \LineThicknessFactor=4 + \scratchdimen=\@@tilijndikte + \divide\scratchdimen by \LineThicknessFactor + \expanded{\NormalTLTU={\the\scratchdimen}}% + % spacing, was depth=4 height=8 (counters, sigh, now macros) + \doifelse{\@@tihoogte}{\v!strut} + {\let\StrutHeightFactor\@@ithoogte} + {\let\StrutHeightFactor\@@tihoogte}% + \doifelse{\@@tidiepte}{\v!strut} + {\let\StrutDepthFactor\@@itdiepte} + {\let\StrutDepthFactor\@@tidiepte}% + \scratchdimen=\StrutHeightFactor pt \multiply\scratchdimen by 10 + \edef\StrutHeightFactor{\@EA\withoutpt\the\scratchdimen}% + \scratchdimen=\StrutDepthFactor pt \multiply\scratchdimen by 10 + \edef\StrutDepthFactor{\@EA\withoutpt\the\scratchdimen}% + % units + \NormalTSU={\normalbaselineskip\divide\StrutUnit by 12 }% + \NormalTableUnits} + +\def\OpenUp#1#2% + {\scratchdimen=\StrutHeightFactor pt \advance\scratchdimen by #1pt + \edef\StrutHeightFactor{\@EA\withoutpt\the\scratchdimen}% + \scratchdimen=\StrutDepthFactor pt \advance\scratchdimen by #2pt + \edef\StrutDepthFactor{\@EA\withoutpt\the\scratchdimen}} + +%D As one can see, we didn't only add color, but also more +%D control over spacing. +%D +%D \startbuffer[a] +%D \starttabel[|c|] +%D \HL +%D \VL \strut test \VL \FR +%D \VL \strut test \VL \MR +%D \VL \strut test \VL \MR +%D \VL \strut test \VL \LR +%D \HL +%D \stoptabel +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \startbuffer[b] +%D \starttabulatie[|c|] +%D \HL +%D \NC test \NC \NR +%D \NC test \NC \NR +%D \NC test \NC \NR +%D \NC test \NC \NR +%D \HL +%D \stoptabulatie +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D In the next example, the first table is defined as: +%D +%D \typebuffer[a] +%D +%D and the second one as: +%D +%D \typebuffer[b] +%D +%D The first table is typeset using the default height and +%D depth factors .8 and .4. The second table has both factors +%D set to \type {strut}, and the third table shows what +%D happens when we set the values to zero. The rightmost table +%D is typeset using the tabulate environment. +%D +%D \startcombinatie +%D {$\vcenter{\haalbuffer[a]}$} +%D {h=.8 d=.4} +%D {\steltabellenin[hoogte=strut,diepte=strut]$\vcenter{\haalbuffer[a]}$} +%D {h=d=\type{strut}} +%D {\steltabellenin[hoogte=0,diepte=0]$\vcenter{\haalbuffer[a]}$} +%D {h=d=0} +%D {$\vcenter{\haalbuffer[b]}$} +%D {tabulate} +%D \stopcombinatie \steltabellenin [HL=\v!middel, VL=\v!middel, NL=\v!klein, + \c!uitlijnen=\v!rechts, + \c!diepte=.40, % \v!strut + \c!hoogte=.80, % \v!strut + \c!lijndikte=\linewidth, + \c!lijnkleur=, \c!afstand=\v!middel, \c!korps=\the\bodyfontsize, \c!commandos=, diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-tbl.tex b/tex/context/base/core-tbl.tex index e1680f70e..a1ec0887b 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-tbl.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-tbl.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros / Tabulation} @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ \appendtoks\fi \to\!!toksa \appendtoks \bgroup\ignorespaces\to\!!toksa \appendtoks \tabulatehook##\to\!!toksa - \appendtoks \unskip\unskip\egroup\to\!!toksa + \appendtoks \unskip\unskip\endgraf\egroup\to\!!toksa \appendtoks\ifnum\tabulatetype=1 \else \to\!!toksa \@EA\appendtoks \the\tabulateafter\to\!!toksa \@EA\appendtoks \the\tabulateemath\to\!!toksa @@ -162,7 +162,9 @@ \let\nextnext\relax \else \let\nextnext\settabulatepreamble - \ifx l\next + \ifx x\next + \chardef\tabulatealign=0 + \else\ifx l\next \chardef\tabulatealign=1 \else\ifx r\next \chardef\tabulatealign=2 @@ -210,7 +212,7 @@ \appendtoks\fixedspaces\to\tabulatesettings \else \message{unknown preamble key [\meaning\next]}% - \fi\fi \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi + \fi\fi\fi \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \fi \nextnext} @@ -260,7 +262,7 @@ {\tabulatefont{#1}% \settabulatepreamble} -\def\gettabulatewidth% +\def\gettabulatewidth% why was this split = 0 {\chardef\tabulatemodus=0 \doifnextcharelse{(} {\chardef\tabulatedimen=0 @@ -268,6 +270,13 @@ {\chardef\tabulatedimen=0 \settabulatepreamble}} +%D So: + +\def\gettabulatewidth% + {\chardef\tabulatemodus=0 + \chardef\tabulatedimen=0 + \doifnextcharelse(\dogettabulatewidth\settabulatepreamble} + \def\gettabulateparagraph% {\doifnextcharelse{(} {\chardef\tabulatemodus=1 @@ -290,10 +299,11 @@ \def\tabulateraggedright {\ifnum\tabulatetype=1 \else\raggedright \fi} \def\tabulateraggedcenter{\ifnum\tabulatetype=1 \else\raggedcenter\fi} \def\tabulateraggedleft {\ifnum\tabulatetype=1 \else\raggedleft \fi} +\def\tabulatenotragged {\ifnum\tabulatetype=1 \else\notragged \fi} \def\tabulatehss {\ifnum\tabulatetype=1 \else\hss \fi} \def\nexttabulate#1|% - {\chardef\tabulatealign=0 + {\chardef\tabulatealign=\@@tabulatealign \chardef\tabulatemodus=0 \chardef\tabulatedimen=0 \tabulatebefore{}% @@ -333,8 +343,8 @@ \def\splitofftabulatebox% {\mindermeldingen - \@EA\setbox\@EA\tabulatebox\@EA\vsplit\csname\@@tabbox@@\tabulatecolumn\endcsname - to \lineheight + \@EA\global\@EA\setbox\@EA\tabulatebox\@EA + \vsplit\csname\@@tabbox@@\tabulatecolumn\endcsname to \lineheight \setbox\tabulatebox=\vbox{\unvbox\tabulatebox}% \setbox\tabulatebox=\hbox to \wd\tabulatebox {\hss\dotabulatehook{\box\tabulatebox}\hss}% @@ -357,11 +367,13 @@ {\ifthirdargument \doifundefined{\??tt#1::\c!eenheid} {\copyparameters - [\??tt#1::][\??tt\e!tabulate::] - [\c!eenheid,\c!voor,\c!na,\c!binnen,\c!inspringen,EQ]}% + [\??tt#1::][\??tt\e!tabulate::]% + [\c!eenheid,\c!voor,\c!na,\c!binnen,\c!inspringen, + \c!uitlijnen,\c!lijnkleur,\c!lijndikte,EQ]}% \copyparameters [\??tt#1::#2][\??tt#1::]% - [\c!eenheid,\c!voor,\c!na,\c!binnen,\c!inspringen,EQ]% + [\c!eenheid,\c!voor,\c!na,\c!binnen,\c!inspringen, + \c!uitlijnen,\c!lijnkleur,\c!lijndikte,EQ]% \setvalue{\e!start#1::#2}{\dofinalstarttabulate[#1][#2][#3]}% \setvalue{\e!start#1}{\bgroup\dosubstarttabulate[#1]}% \else\ifsecondargument @@ -377,11 +389,10 @@ {\getvalue{\e!start#1::\ifundefined{\e!start#1::#2}\else#2\fi}} \setvalue{\e!start\e!tabulate}% - {\dodoubleempty\donormalstarttabulate} + {\bgroup\dodoubleempty\donormalstarttabulate} \def\donormalstarttabulate[#1][#2]% - {\bgroup - \ifsecondargument + {\ifsecondargument \getparameters[\??tt\e!tabulate::][#2]% \fi \iffirstargument @@ -458,13 +469,57 @@ {\let#1=\tabulateautocolumn \let\\=\tabulateautocolumn} -\def\processtabulate[|#1|]% +%\def\tabulateruleseperator +% {\vskip\dp\strutbox} + +\def\tabulateruleseperator% + {\bgroup + \def\factor{1}% + \scratchskip=\dp\strutbox + \ExpandFirstAfter\processallactionsinset + [\getvalue{\??tt\currenttabulate\c!afstand}] + [ \v!blanko=>\scratchskip=\bigskipamount, + \v!diepte=>\scratchskip=\dp\strutbox, + \v!klein=>\def\factor{.25}, + \v!middel=>\def\factor{.5}, + \v!groot=>, + \v!geen=>\scratchskip=\!!zeropoint\def\factor{0}, + \s!unknown=>\scratchskip=\commalistelement]% + \scratchdimen=\factor\scratchskip + \vskip\scratchdimen\relax + \egroup} + +\def\tabulaterule% + {\color + [\getvalue{\??tt\currenttabulate\c!lijnkleur}] + {\scratchdimen=\getvalue{\??tt\currenttabulate\c!lijndikte}% + \hrule\!!height.5\scratchdimen\!!depth.5\scratchdimen}} + +%D When set to true, no (less) break optimization is done. + +\newif\iftolerantTABLEbreak + +%D + +\def\processtabulate[|#1|]% in the process of optimizing {\tabulateunit=\getvalue{\??tt\currenttabulate\c!eenheid}% + \ExpandFirstAfter\processaction + [\getvalue{\??tt\currenttabulate\c!uitlijnen}] + [ \v!rechts=>\def\@@tabulatealign{1}, + \v!links=>\def\@@tabulatealign{2}, + \v!midden=>\def\@@tabulatealign{3}, + \s!default=>\def\@@tabulatealign{0}, + \s!unknown=>\def\@@tabulatealign{0}]% + \dorecurse\noftabcolumns % NEW + {\@EA\global\@EA\setbox\csname\@@tabbox@@\recurselevel\endcsname + =\box\voidb@x}% \let\pretabskip\!!zeropoint \def\postabskip{.5\tabulateunit}% \doglobal\newcounter\tabulatecolumns \doglobal\newcounter\nofautotabulate \doglobal\newcounter\noftabulatelines + \let\totalnoftabulatelines\noftabulatelines + \let\minusnoftabulatelines\noftabulatelines \global\tabulatepwidth=\!!zeropoint \global\tabulateequalfalse \def\NC{\tabulatenormalcolumn0}% @@ -473,17 +528,23 @@ \def\EQ{\tabulateequalcolumn 0}% \def\RQ{\tabulateequalcolumn 1}% \def\HQ{\tabulateequalcolumn 2}% - \def\NR% next row + \def\NR% next row {\doglobal\increment\noftabulatelines - \global\tabulateequalfalse + \global\tabulateequalfalse \xdef\tabulatecolumn{0}% - \unskip\unskip\crcr\flushtabulated}% - \let\HL\empty - \let\FL\empty - \let\ML\empty - \let\LL\empty + \unskip\unskip\crcr\flushtabulated + \TABLEnoalign + {\iftolerantTABLEbreak\else + \ifnum\noftabulatelines=1 \noalign{\nobreak}% + \else\ifnum\noftabulatelines=\minusnoftabulatelines\noalign{\nobreak}% + \fi\fi + \fi}}% + \let\HL\empty \let\SR\NR \let\AR\NR + \let\FL\empty \let\FR\NR + \let\ML\empty \let\MR\NR + \let\LL\empty \let\LR\NR \global\let\flushtabulated\empty - \let\savedbar=|\let|\nexttabulate + \let\savedbar=|\let|=\nexttabulate \tabskip\!!zeropoint \!!toksa{&\hbox to \tabulateindent{}##\strut&##}% \tabulatewidth\!!zeropoint @@ -496,22 +557,24 @@ {\setbox\tabulatebox=\vbox\bgroup \global\let\tabulatehook\empty}% \def\eskip - {\egroup + {\par\egroup \global\let\tabulatehook\dotabulatehook}% \let|\savedbar \global\let\tabulatehook\dotabulatehook \doifvalue{\??tt\currenttabulate\c!inspringen}{\v!nee} - {\forgetparindent}% - \ifinsidefloat + {\forgetparindent}% + \ifinsidefloat \let\tabulateindent\!!zeropoint - \else - \setlocalhsize \hsize=\localhsize + \else + \setlocalhsize \hsize=\localhsize \fi \mindermeldingen \forgetall + \setbox0=\vbox % outside if because of line counting + {\footnotesenabledfalse + \let\tabulateindent\!!zeropoint + \@EA\halign\@EA{\the\!!toksa\cr\tabulatecontent\crcr}}% \ifnum\nofautotabulate>0 - \setbox0=\ruledvbox - {\let\tabulateindent\!!zeropoint\@EA\halign\@EA{\the\!!toksa\cr\tabulatecontent\crcr}}% \tabulatewidth\hsize \advance\tabulatewidth by -\wd0 \advance\tabulatewidth by -\tabulatepwidth @@ -534,10 +597,10 @@ \bgroup \global\let\tabulatehook\empty \ifautotabulate\hsize\tabulatewidth\fi - %\begstrut % interferes with pre-\pars + %\begstrut % interferes with pre-\pars \ignorespaces \def\eskip% - {\egroup + {\par\egroup \global\let\tabulatehook\dotabulatehook \splitofftabulatebox}% \else @@ -559,12 +622,14 @@ \def\bskip% {\vtop\bgroup \ifautotabulate\hsize\tabulatewidth\fi - %\begstrut % interferes with pre-\pars + %\begstrut % interferes with pre-\pars \ignorespaces}% \def\eskip% - {\egroup}% + {\par\egroup}% \fi \let\totalnoftabulatelines\noftabulatelines + \let\minusnoftabulatelines\noftabulatelines + \decrement\minusnoftabulatelines \doglobal\newcounter\noftabulatelines \def\HL{\TABLEnoalign {\ifnum\noftabulatelines=0 \FL @@ -579,34 +644,35 @@ \baselinecorrection}% \def\FL{\TABLEnoalign {\ifinsidefloat\else - \doifvaluenothing{\??tt\currenttabulate\c!voor} + \doifemptyvalue{\??tt\currenttabulate\c!voor\endcsname} % no expansion {\tablebaselinecorrection}% \fi - \hrule \!!height .2pt \!!depth .2pt + \tabulaterule \nobreak - \vskip\dp\strutbox + \tabulateruleseperator + \prevdepth\dp\strutbox \nobreak}}% \def\ML{\TABLEnoalign - {\vskip\dp\strutbox - \hrule \!!height .2pt \!!depth .2pt - \vskip\topskip\allowbreak\vskip-\topskip\vskip-.4pt - \hrule \!!height .2pt \!!depth .2pt - \vskip\dp\strutbox}}% + {\tabulateruleseperator + \tabulaterule + \ifnum\noftabulatelines>1 \ifnum\noftabulatelines<\minusnoftabulatelines + \vskip\topskip\allowbreak\vskip-\topskip\vskip-.4pt + \tabulaterule + \fi\fi + \tabulateruleseperator}}% \def\LL{\TABLEnoalign {\nobreak - \vskip\dp\strutbox + \tabulateruleseperator \nobreak - \hrule \!!height .2pt \!!depth .2pt + \tabulaterule \ifinsidefloat\else - \doifvaluenothing{\??tt\currenttabulate\c!na} + \doifemptyvalue{\??tt\currenttabulate\c!na\endcsname} % no expansion {\vskip\dp\strutbox \vbox{\strut} \vskip-\lineheight}% \fi}}% - %\def\FL{\dotoptextrule {}}% - %\def\ML{\domiddletextrule{}}% - %\def\LL{\dobottomtextrule {}}% \@EA\halign\@EA{\the\!!toksa\cr\tabulatecontent\crcr}% + \prevdepth\dp\strutbox % nog eens beter, temporary hack \egroup \ifinsidefloat \else \getvalue{\??tt\currenttabulate\c!na}% @@ -628,9 +694,13 @@ \setuptabulate [\c!eenheid=1em, EQ={:}, + \c!lijnkleur=, + \c!lijndikte=\linewidth, \c!binnen=, \c!voor=\blanko, \c!na=\blanko, + \c!afstand={\v!diepte,\v!middel}, + \c!uitlijnen=\v!normaal, \c!inspringen=\v!nee] \protect diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-var.tex b/tex/context/base/core-var.tex index 1f0a56d17..d42f57784 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-var.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-var.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros / Variables} @@ -38,6 +38,11 @@ {\fastmodetrue \the\everyfastmode} +\def\silentmode% ook hier \everysilentmode net als \fastmode + {\showmessagesfalse + \showwarningsfalse + \let\writestatus\gobbletwoarguments} + %D \macros %D {pdfoutput} %D diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-ver.tex b/tex/context/base/core-ver.tex index a334948c1..5b2e0a8c3 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-ver.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-ver.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Core Macros / Verbatim} @@ -28,6 +28,11 @@ 1: Datei -- existiert nicht \stopmessages +\startmessages czech library: verbatims + title: verbatim + 1: soubor -- neexistuje +\stopmessages + \unprotect % \type{ <crlf> char} geeft bagger @@ -51,7 +56,9 @@ {\def\prettyidentifier{MP}} {\doifinstringelse{\prettyidentifier}{javascript,js,java,jv,JAVASCRIPT,JS,JAVA,JV} {\def\prettyidentifier{JV}} - {\def\prettyidentifier{TEX}}}}}% + {\doifinstringelse{\prettyidentifier}{sql,SQL} + {\def\prettyidentifier{SQL}} + {\def\prettyidentifier{TEX}}}}}}% \doifundefined{setuppretty\prettyidentifier type}% {\bgroup \setbox0=\hbox % get rid of spaces when in-line \newpretty loading @@ -65,22 +72,26 @@ {\def\setupprettytype{\getvalue{setuppretty\prettyidentifier type}}} {\let\setupprettytype=\relax}} -\installnewpretty M {\setupprettiesintype{MP}\setupprettytype} -\installnewpretty P {\setupprettiesintype{PL}\setupprettytype} +\installnewpretty M {\setupprettiesintype {MP}\setupprettytype} +\installnewpretty P {\setupprettiesintype {PL}\setupprettytype} \installnewpretty T {\setupprettiesintype{TEX}\setupprettytype} -\installnewpretty J {\setupprettiesintype{JV}\setupprettytype} +\installnewpretty J {\setupprettiesintype {JV}\setupprettytype} +\installnewpretty S {\setupprettiesintype{SQL}\setupprettytype} \def\setupcommonverbatim#1% - {\def\verbatimfont {\tttf}% - \def\prettyidentifierfont {\ttsl}% - \def\prettyvariablefont {}% - \def\prettyidentifier {TEX}% - \doifvalue{#1\c!spatie}{\v!aan} - {\def\obeyspaces{\setcontrolspaces}}% - \doifvalue{#1\c!tab}{\v!aan} - {\def\obeytabs{\settabskips}}% - \doifvalue{#1\c!pagina}{\v!nee} - {\def\obeypages{\ignorepages}}% + {\def\verbatimfont{\tttf}% + \def\prettyidentifier{TEX}% + % + \doifelsevalue{#1\c!tekst}{\v!ja} + {\naturaltextexttrue}{\naturaltextextfalse}% + \def\prettyidentifierfont{\getvalue{#1\c!icommando}}% + \def\prettyvariablefont {\getvalue{#1\c!vcommando}}% + \def\prettynaturalfont {\getvalue{#1\c!ccommando}}% + % + \doifvalue{#1\c!spatie}{\v!aan}{\def\obeyspaces{\setcontrolspaces}}% + \doifvalue{#1\c!tab} {\v!aan}{\def\obeytabs {\settabskips}}% + \doifvalue{#1\c!pagina}{\v!nee}{\def\obeypages {\ignorepages}}% + % \ExpandFirstAfter\processaction [\getvalue{#1\c!optie}] [ \v!geen=>\let\obeycharacters=\relax, @@ -142,6 +153,7 @@ \unexpanded\def\type% {\bgroup + \getvalue{\getvalue{\??ty\c!kleur}}% hm, assumes \somecolor \catcode`\<=\@@other \catcode`\>=\@@other \futurelet\next\dotype} @@ -326,11 +338,13 @@ \let\next=\relax \else\ifx\next\bgroup \let\next=\relax + \else\ifx\next\egroup % takes care of \type{} + \let\next=\relax \else\ifx\next\activeleftargument \let\next=\relax \else \let\next=\string - \fi\fi\fi + \fi\fi\fi\fi \next} \egroup @@ -348,13 +362,21 @@ %D \macros %D {setuptype} -%D {} %D %D Some characteristics of \type{\type} can be set up by: \def\setuptype% {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??ty]} +%D The setups for inline verbatim default to: + +\setuptype + [\c!spatie=\v!uit, + \c!kleur=, + \c!pagina=\v!nee, + \c!tab=\v!nee, + \c!optie=\v!normaal] + %D \macros %D {typ,obeyhyphens} %D @@ -380,7 +402,6 @@ %D \macros %D {tex,arg,mat,dis} -%D {} %D %D Sometimes, for instance when we pass verbatim text as an %D argument, the fixed \CATCODES\ interfere with our wishes. An @@ -506,15 +527,74 @@ \def\dostarttyping#1% {\getvalue{\??tp#1\c!voor}% \startopelkaar % includes \bgroup + \startcolor[\getvalue{\??tp#1\c!kleur}]% \initializetyping{#1}% \expandafter\processdisplayverbatim\expandafter{\s!stop#1}} \def\dostoptyping#1% - {\stopopelkaar % includes \egroup + {\stopcolor + \stopopelkaar % includes \egroup \getvalue{\??tp#1\c!na}% \doifvalue{\??tp#1\c!springvolgendein}{\v!nee}{\noindentation}} %D \macros +%D {setuptyping} +%D +%D The setup of typing accepts two arguments. The optional +%D first one identifies the user defined ones. If only one +%D argument is given, the values apply to both the standard +%D command \type{\starttyping} and \type{\typefile}. + +%\indirect\def\setuptyping\dodoubleempty[#1][#2]% +% {\iffirstargument +% \getparameters[\??tp#1][#2]% +% \else +% \getparameters[\??tp][#1]% +% \fi} +% +%\doubleemptied\def\setuptyping[#1][#2]% +% {\iffirstargument +% \getparameters[\??tp#1][#2]% +% \else +% \getparameters[\??tp][#1]% +% \fi} + +\def\dosetuptyping[#1][#2]% + {\ifsecondargument + \getparameters[\??tp#1][#2]% + \else + \getparameters[\??tp][#1]% + \fi} + +\def\setuptyping% + {\dodoubleempty\dosetuptyping} + +%D The setups for display verbatim and file verbatim are +%D shared. One can adapt the extra defined typing environments, +%D but they also default to the values below. Watch the +%D alternative escape character. + +\setuptyping + [ \c!voor=\blanko, + \c!na=\blanko, + \c!kleur=, + \c!spatie=\v!uit, + \c!pagina=\v!nee, + \c!tab=\v!aan, + \c!optie=\v!geen, + \c!palet=colorpretty, + \c!tekst=\v!nee, + \c!icommando=\ttsl, + \c!vcommando=, + \c!ccommando=\tf, + \c!springvolgendein=\v!ja, + \c!marge=\!!zeropoint, + \c!evenmarge=\!!zeropoint, + \c!onevenmarge=\!!zeropoint, + \c!blanko=\v!regel, + \c!escape=/] + +%D \macros %D {definetyping} %D %D For most users the standard \type{\start}||\type{\stop}||pair @@ -534,7 +614,8 @@ \def\presettyping[#1][#2]% {\copyparameters [\??tp#1][\??tp] - [\c!voor,\c!na,\c!spatie,\c!pagina,\c!tab, + [\c!voor,\c!na,\c!spatie,\c!pagina,\c!tab,\c!kleur, + \c!tekst,\c!icommando,\c!vcommando,\c!ccommando, \c!optie,\c!palet,\c!marge,\c!evenmarge,\c!onevenmarge, \c!springvolgendein,\c!blanko,\c!escape]% \getparameters @@ -556,40 +637,9 @@ \definetyping[PM] [\c!optie=PL] \definetyping[JS] [\c!optie=JS] \definetyping[JV] [\c!optie=JV] +\definetyping[SQL][\c!optie=SQL] \definetyping[TEX][\c!optie=TEX] -%D \macros -%D {setuptyping} -%D -%D The setup of typing accepts two arguments. The optional -%D first one identifies the user defined ones. If only one -%D argument is given, the values apply to both the standard -%D command \type{\starttyping} and \type{\typefile}. - -%\indirect\def\setuptyping\dodoubleempty[#1][#2]% -% {\iffirstargument -% \getparameters[\??tp#1][#2]% -% \else -% \getparameters[\??tp][#1]% -% \fi} -% -%\doubleemptied\def\setuptyping[#1][#2]% -% {\iffirstargument -% \getparameters[\??tp#1][#2]% -% \else -% \getparameters[\??tp][#1]% -% \fi} - -\def\dosetuptyping[#1][#2]% - {\ifsecondargument - \getparameters[\??tp#1][#2]% - \else - \getparameters[\??tp][#1]% - \fi} - -\def\setuptyping% - {\dodoubleempty\dosetuptyping} - %D We use the \CONTEXT\ color system for switching to and from %D color mode. We can always redefine these colors afterwards. @@ -631,6 +681,8 @@ \definepalet [JVgraypretty] [graypretty] \definepalet [JScolorpretty] [colorpretty] \definepalet [JSgraypretty] [graypretty] +\definepalet [SQLcolorpretty] [colorpretty] +\definepalet [SQLgraypretty] [graypretty] %D We can use some core color commands. These are faster than %D the standard color switching ones and work ok on a line by @@ -641,9 +693,98 @@ \def\beginofpretty[#1]{\startcolormode{\prettypalet:#1}} \def\endofpretty {\stopcolormode} +%D In the verbatim module, there are some examples given of +%D the more obscure features of the verbatim environments. +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \startTEX +%D \def\mathematics#1% % usage: \type {\mathematics{x^2}} +%D {\ifmmode#1\else$#1$\fi} % becomes: \mathematics{x^2} +%D \stopTEX +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D This gives, as can be expected: +%D +%D \haalbuffer +%D +%D When we want to see some typeset \TEX\ too, we can say: +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \startTEX +%D \def\mathematics#1% %%\ N usage: \type {\mathematics{x^2}} +%D {\ifmmode#1\else$#1$\fi} %%\ N becomes: \mathematics{x^2} +%D \stopTEX +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D or: +%D +%D \haalbuffer +%D +%D In a similar way: +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \startSQL +%D select * -- indeed, here we {\em do} select +%D from tableA +%D where 1 = 2 +%D \stopSQL +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D gives: +%D +%D \haalbuffer +%D +%D The next examples sow how we can directly call for natural +%D \TEX\ comments: +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \setuptyping +%D [TEX] +%D [tekst=ja] +%D +%D \startTEX +%D \def\mathematics#1% % usage: \type {\mathematics{x^2}} +%D {\ifmmode#1\else$#1$\fi} % becomes: \mathematics{x^2} +%D \stopTEX +%D +%D \setuptyping +%D [SQL] +%D [tekst=ja,palet=,icommando=\bf,vcommando=,ccommando=\it] +%D +%D \startSQL +%D select * -- indeed, here we {\em do} select +%D from tableA +%D where 1 = 2 +%D \stopSQL +%D +%D \setuptyping +%D [SQL] +%D [ccommando=\tf\underbar] +%D +%D \startSQL +%D select * -- indeed, here we {\em do} select +%D from tableA +%D where 1 = 2 +%D \stopSQL +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D Now watch: +%D +%D \haalbuffer +%D +%D The natural \TEX\ typesetting was introduced when Tobias +%D and Berend started using verbatim \JAVASCRIPT\ and \SQL. + %D \macros %D {EveryPar, EveryLine, iflinepar} -%D {} %D %D One of the features of these commands is the support of %D \type{\EveryPar}, \type{\EveryLine} and \type{\iflinepar}. @@ -665,6 +806,7 @@ {\getvalue{\??tp\v!file\c!voor}% \doiffileelse{#1} {\startopelkaar % includes \bgroup + \startcolor[\getvalue{\??tp\v!file\c!kleur}]% \doifinset{\getvalue{\??tp\v!file\c!optie}}{\v!commandos,\v!schuin,\v!normaal} {\setuptyping[\v!file][\c!optie=\v!geen]}% \doifvalue{\??tp\v!file\c!optie}{\v!kleur} @@ -672,6 +814,7 @@ \letvalue{\??tp\v!file\c!optie}=\prettyidentifier}% \initializetyping\v!file \processfileverbatim{#1}% + \stopcolor \stopopelkaar} % includes \egroup {{\tttf[\makemessage{\m!verbatims}{1}{#1}]}% \showmessage{\m!verbatims}{1}{#1}}% @@ -690,36 +833,9 @@ \def\filename#1{{\tttf\hyphenatedfile{#1}}} -%D The setups for inline verbatim default to: - -\setuptype - [\c!spatie=\v!uit, - \c!pagina=\v!nee, - \c!tab=\v!nee, - \c!optie=\v!normaal] - -%D The setups for display verbatim and file verbatim are -%D shared. One can adapt the extra defined typing environments, -%D but they also default to the values below. Watch the -%D alternative escape character. - -\setuptyping - [ \c!voor=\blanko, - \c!na=\blanko, - \c!spatie=\v!uit, - \c!pagina=\v!nee, - \c!tab=\v!aan, - \c!optie=\v!geen, - \c!palet=colorpretty, - \c!springvolgendein=\v!ja, - \c!marge=\!!zeropoint, - \c!evenmarge=\!!zeropoint, - \c!onevenmarge=\!!zeropoint, - \c!blanko=\v!regel, - \c!escape=/] +%D This leaves some settings: \permitshiftedendofverbatim - \optimizeverbatimtrue \protect diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-vis.tex b/tex/context/base/core-vis.tex index bb5f9aba9..d39482ee6 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-vis.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/core-vis.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. %D This module adds some more visualization cues to the ones @@ -188,10 +188,14 @@ %D \egroup %D %D These examples also demonstrate the visualization of -%D \type{\leftskip} and \type{\rightskip}. +%D \type {\leftskip} and \type {\rightskip}. The macro +%D \type {\nofruledbaselines} determines the number of lines +%D shown. \newcounter\ruledbaselines +\def\nofruledbaselines{3} + \def\debuggertext#1% {\ifx\ttxx\undefined $\scriptscriptstyle#1$% @@ -204,7 +208,7 @@ \bgroup \dontinterfere \doglobal\increment\ruledbaselines - \scratchdimen=3\baselineskip + \scratchdimen=\nofruledbaselines\baselineskip \setbox\scratchbox=\normalvbox to 2\scratchdimen {\leaders \normalhbox diff --git a/tex/context/base/enco-ans.tex b/tex/context/base/enco-ans.tex index 3bc177013..55ffd06e9 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/enco-ans.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/enco-ans.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright=J. Hagen] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. %D This is \YandY's texnansi encoding vector, which combines @@ -116,22 +116,36 @@ \defineaccent " {\dotlessi} 239 \defineaccent ^ {\dotlessi} 238 -\definecharacter ae 230 -\definecharacter oe 156 -\definecharacter o 248 +\defineaccent ` {\i} 236 +\defineaccent ' {\i} 237 +\defineaccent " {\i} 239 +\defineaccent ^ {\i} 238 + +\defineaccent c C 199 +\defineaccent c c 231 + \definecharacter AE 198 +\definecharacter ae 230 \definecharacter OE 140 +\definecharacter oe 156 \definecharacter O 216 +\definecharacter o 248 \definecharacter ss 223 +\definecharacter SS 223 \definecharacter aa 229 \definecharacter AA 197 -\definecharacter cc 231 -\definecharacter CC 199 +%D Some accents are positioned somewhere else. + +\defineaccentcommand . 5 +\defineaccentcommand H 6 %D The next piece of code is rather ugly: +\defineaccentcommand b {\texnansiencodedb} +\defineaccentcommand c {\texnansiencodedc} + \def\texnansiencodedb#1% {\oalign{#1\crcr\hidewidth\vbox to.2ex{\hbox{\char175}\vss}\hidewidth}} @@ -139,9 +153,6 @@ {\setbox0\hbox{#1}\ifdim\ht0=1ex\accent184 #1\else {\ooalign{\hidewidth\char184\hidewidth\crcr\unhbox0}}\fi} -\definecommand b {\texnansiencodedb} -\definecommand c {\texnansiencodedc} - %D We still have to take care of: %D %D \starttypen diff --git a/tex/context/base/enco-chi.tex b/tex/context/base/enco-chi.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b5c5161c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/enco-chi.tex @@ -0,0 +1,183 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=enco-chi, +%D version=1999.12.02, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Encoding Macros, +%D subtitle=Traditional and Simplified Chinese, +%D author={Wang Lei \& Hans Hagen}, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright=Hans Hagen] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. + +%D This is an experimental definition. Since we are dealing +%D with unicode's, the registered values are not saved, so +%D actually we're dealing with an pseudo encoding. The digits +%D on the other hand are encoding specific. + +% chinese classes: left=1|right=2|center=3 + +\startencoding[big5] + +\defineuclass 1 161 93 +\defineuclass 1 161 95 +\defineuclass 1 161 97 +\defineuclass 1 161 99 +\defineuclass 1 161 101 +\defineuclass 1 161 103 +\defineuclass 1 161 105 +\defineuclass 1 161 107 +\defineuclass 1 161 111 +\defineuclass 1 161 111 +\defineuclass 1 161 113 +\defineuclass 1 161 115 +\defineuclass 1 161 117 +\defineuclass 1 161 119 +\defineuclass 1 161 121 +\defineuclass 1 161 123 +\defineuclass 1 161 125 +\defineuclass 1 161 161 +\defineuclass 1 161 163 +\defineuclass 1 161 165 +\defineuclass 1 161 167 +\defineuclass 1 161 169 +\defineuclass 1 161 171 + +\defineuclass 3 161 69 +\defineuclass 3 161 75 +\defineuclass 3 161 76 + +\defineuclass 2 161 65 +\defineuclass 2 161 66 +\defineuclass 2 161 67 +\defineuclass 2 161 68 +\defineuclass 2 161 70 +\defineuclass 2 161 71 +\defineuclass 2 161 72 +\defineuclass 2 161 73 +\defineuclass 2 161 74 +\defineuclass 2 161 77 +\defineuclass 2 161 78 +\defineuclass 2 161 79 +\defineuclass 2 161 80 +\defineuclass 2 161 81 +\defineuclass 2 161 82 +\defineuclass 2 161 83 +\defineuclass 2 161 84 +\defineuclass 2 161 88 +\defineuclass 2 161 94 +\defineuclass 2 161 96 +\defineuclass 2 161 98 +\defineuclass 2 161 100 +\defineuclass 2 161 102 +\defineuclass 2 161 104 +\defineuclass 2 161 106 +\defineuclass 2 161 108 +\defineuclass 2 161 110 +\defineuclass 2 161 112 +\defineuclass 2 161 114 +\defineuclass 2 161 116 +\defineuclass 2 161 118 +\defineuclass 2 161 120 +\defineuclass 2 161 122 +\defineuclass 2 161 124 +\defineuclass 2 161 126 +\defineuclass 2 161 162 +\defineuclass 2 161 164 +\defineuclass 2 161 166 +\defineuclass 2 161 168 +\defineuclass 2 161 170 +\defineuclass 2 161 172 +\defineuclass 2 161 196 +\defineuclass 2 161 227 +\defineuclass 2 162 88 +\defineuclass 2 163 223 + +\defineudigit 0 185 115 +\defineudigit 1 164 64 +\defineudigit 2 164 71 +\defineudigit 3 164 84 +\defineudigit 4 165 124 +\defineudigit 5 164 173 +\defineudigit 6 164 187 +\defineudigit 7 164 67 +\defineudigit 8 164 75 +\defineudigit 9 164 69 +\defineudigit 10 164 81 +\defineudigit 100 166 202 +\defineudigit 1000 164 100 +\defineudigit 10000 201 69 +\defineudigit 100000000 187 245 + +\stopencoding + +\startencoding[gbk] + +\defineuclass 1 161 174 +\defineuclass 1 161 176 +\defineuclass 1 161 178 +\defineuclass 1 161 180 +\defineuclass 1 161 182 +\defineuclass 1 161 184 +\defineuclass 1 161 186 +\defineuclass 1 161 188 +\defineuclass 1 161 190 +\defineuclass 1 163 168 +\defineuclass 1 163 219 +\defineuclass 1 163 224 +\defineuclass 1 163 251 + +\defineuclass 3 161 164 +\defineuclass 3 161 167 +\defineuclass 3 161 173 +\defineuclass 3 163 190 + +\defineuclass 2 161 162 +\defineuclass 2 161 163 +\defineuclass 2 161 170 +\defineuclass 2 161 171 +\defineuclass 2 161 175 +\defineuclass 2 161 177 +\defineuclass 2 161 179 +\defineuclass 2 161 181 +\defineuclass 2 161 183 +\defineuclass 2 161 185 +\defineuclass 2 161 187 +\defineuclass 2 161 189 +\defineuclass 2 161 191 +\defineuclass 2 161 203 +\defineuclass 2 161 227 +\defineuclass 2 161 228 +\defineuclass 2 161 229 +\defineuclass 2 163 161 +\defineuclass 2 163 162 +\defineuclass 2 163 167 +\defineuclass 2 163 169 +\defineuclass 2 163 172 +\defineuclass 2 163 174 +\defineuclass 2 163 186 +\defineuclass 2 163 187 +\defineuclass 2 163 191 +\defineuclass 2 163 221 +\defineuclass 2 163 253 + +\defineudigit 0 193 227 +\defineudigit 1 210 187 +\defineudigit 2 182 254 +\defineudigit 3 200 253 +\defineudigit 4 203 196 +\defineudigit 5 206 229 +\defineudigit 6 193 249 +\defineudigit 7 198 223 +\defineudigit 8 176 203 +\defineudigit 9 190 197 +\defineudigit 10 202 174 +\defineudigit 100 176 217 +\defineudigit 1000 199 167 +\defineudigit 10000 205 242 +\defineudigit 100000000 210 218 + +\stopencoding + +\endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/enco-ec.tex b/tex/context/base/enco-ec.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5a377e54b --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/enco-ec.tex @@ -0,0 +1,236 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=enco-ec, +%D version=1999.16.7, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Encoding Macros, +%D subtitle=\LATEX\ EC Encoding, +%D author=Taco Hoekwater, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={Hans Hagen \& Taco Hoekwater}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. + +%D This is \LATEX2e's T1 encoding vector. All standard \LATEX\ +%D accents will work, including \type{\k}. The only accent that +%D does not work is \type{\t} (there is no tie in T1 encoding). +%D +%D Annoyingly, most \POSTSCRIPT\ fonts do not have \type +%D {\dotlessj}, and T1 encoding does not make the various +%D prebuilts with \type {j} available. +%D +%D There is hardly a point in supporting TS1 encoding. + +\startmapping[ec] + +%D The case mappings are fairly simple. + +\definecasemaps 128 to 156 lc 0 uc 0 + +%D 157 Idotaccent +%D 158 dcroat (with bar) +%D 159 sectionmark + +\definecasemaps 160 to 188 lc +32 uc 0 + +%D 189 exclamdown +%D 190 questiondown +%D 191 sterling pound + +\definecasemaps 192 to 255 lc 0 uc -32 + +%D So far for the mapping. + +\stopmapping + +\startencoding[ec] + +\defineaccent u A 128 +\defineaccent v C 131 +\defineaccent v D 132 +\defineaccent v E 133 +\defineaccent u G 135 +\defineaccent v l 137 % Lcaron +\defineaccent v N 140 +\defineaccent H O 142 +\defineaccent v R 144 +\defineaccent v S 146 +\defineaccent v T 148 +\defineaccent H U 150 +\defineaccent r U 151 +\defineaccent v Z 154 +\defineaccent . Z 155 +\defineaccent . I 157 +\defineaccent = d 158 + +\defineaccent u a 160 +\defineaccent v c 163 +\defineaccent v d 164 +\defineaccent v e 165 +\defineaccent u g 167 +\defineaccent v l 169 +\defineaccent v n 172 +\defineaccent H o 174 +\defineaccent v r 176 +\defineaccent v s 178 +\defineaccent v t 180 +\defineaccent H u 182 +\defineaccent r u 183 +\defineaccent v z 186 +\defineaccent . z 187 + +\defineaccent ' C 130 +\defineaccent ' L 136 +\defineaccent ' N 139 +\defineaccent ' R 143 +\defineaccent ' S 145 +\defineaccent " Y 152 +\defineaccent ' Z 153 +\defineaccent ' c 162 +\defineaccent ' l 168 +\defineaccent ' n 171 +\defineaccent ' r 175 +\defineaccent ' s 177 +\defineaccent " y 184 +\defineaccent ' z 185 +\defineaccent ` A 192 +\defineaccent ' A 193 +\defineaccent ^ A 194 +\defineaccent ~ A 195 +\defineaccent " A 196 +\defineaccent r A 197 +\defineaccent ` E 200 +\defineaccent ' E 201 +\defineaccent ^ E 202 +\defineaccent " E 203 +\defineaccent ` I 204 +\defineaccent ' I 205 +\defineaccent ^ I 206 +\defineaccent " I 207 +\defineaccent ~ N 209 +\defineaccent ` O 210 +\defineaccent ' O 211 +\defineaccent ^ O 212 +\defineaccent ~ O 213 +\defineaccent " O 214 +\defineaccent ` U 217 +\defineaccent ' U 218 +\defineaccent ^ U 219 +\defineaccent " U 220 +\defineaccent ' Y 221 +\defineaccent ` a 224 +\defineaccent ' a 225 +\defineaccent ^ a 226 +\defineaccent ~ a 227 +\defineaccent " a 228 +\defineaccent r a 229 +\defineaccent ` e 232 +\defineaccent ' e 233 +\defineaccent ^ e 234 +\defineaccent " e 235 +\defineaccent ` i 236 +\defineaccent ' i 237 +\defineaccent ^ i 238 +\defineaccent " i 239 +\defineaccent ~ n 241 +\defineaccent ` o 242 +\defineaccent ' o 243 +\defineaccent ^ o 244 +\defineaccent ~ o 245 +\defineaccent " o 246 +\defineaccent ` u 249 +\defineaccent ' u 250 +\defineaccent ^ u 251 +\defineaccent " u 252 +\defineaccent ' y 253 + +\defineaccent ` {\dotlessi} 236 +\defineaccent ' {\dotlessi} 237 +\defineaccent " {\dotlessi} 239 +\defineaccent ^ {\dotlessi} 238 + +\defineaccent ` {\i} 236 +\defineaccent ' {\i} 237 +\defineaccent " {\i} 239 +\defineaccent ^ {\i} 238 + +%D These are special, see below. + +\defineaccent k A 129 +\defineaccent k E 134 +\defineaccent k a 161 +\defineaccent k e 166 +\defineaccent c T 149 +\defineaccent c S 147 +\defineaccent c C 199 +\defineaccent c c 231 +\defineaccent c s 179 +\defineaccent c t 181 + +\definecharacter ae 230 +\definecharacter AE 198 +\definecharacter oe 247 +\definecharacter OE 215 +\definecharacter o 248 +\definecharacter O 216 +\definecharacter ss 255 +\definecharacter SS 223 + +\definecharacter th 254 +\definecharacter TH 222 + +\definecharacter ng 173 +\definecharacter NG 141 + +\definecharacter ij 188 +\definecharacter IJ 156 + +%D These two are strictly unneeded: + +\definecharacter aa 229 +\definecharacter AA 197 + +\definecharacter l 170 +\definecharacter L 138 + +\definecharacter i 25 +\definecharacter j 26 + +%D Next come the accent||commands. + +\defineaccentcommand ` 0 +\defineaccentcommand ' 1 +\defineaccentcommand ^ 2 +\defineaccentcommand ~ 3 +\defineaccentcommand " 4 +\defineaccentcommand H 5 +\defineaccentcommand r 6 +\defineaccentcommand v 7 +\defineaccentcommand u 8 +\defineaccentcommand = 9 +\defineaccentcommand . 10 + +%D The ogonek does not normally exist in \CONTEXT. + +% The rather weird construction that follows is needed because +% otherwise (using \type {\definecommand}) the pre||built +% chars are never used. + +\defineaccentcommand b {\ecencodedb} +\defineaccentcommand c {\ecencodedc} +\defineaccentcommand k {\ecencodedk} + +\def\ecencodedb#1% + {\oalign{#1\crcr\hidewidth\vbox to.2ex{\hbox{\char9}\vss}\hidewidth}} + +\def\ecencodedc#1% + {\setbox0\hbox{#1}\ifdim\ht0=1ex\accent11 #1\else + {\ooalign{\hidewidth\char11\hidewidth\crcr\unhbox0}}\fi} + +\def\ecencodedk#1% + {\setbox0\hbox{#1}\ifdim\ht0=1ex\accent12 #1\else + {\ooalign{\hidewidth\char12\hidewidth\crcr\unhbox0}}\fi} + +\stopencoding + +\endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/enco-ibm.tex b/tex/context/base/enco-ibm.tex index f155cd782..28d84d4fa 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/enco-ibm.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/enco-ibm.tex @@ -2,61 +2,62 @@ %D [ file=enco-ibm, %D version=1995.1.1, %D title=\CONTEXT\ Encoding Macros, -%D subtitle=IBM Keys, +%D subtitle=The Good Old MSDOS IBM codepage, %D author=Hans Hagen, %D date=\currentdate, %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. %D This module activates the \kap{IBM PC} high \ASCII\ %D characters, such as ‰ and á. -\unprotect +\startregime [ibm] -\catcode`\‰=\@@active \unexpanded\def‰{\"e} -\catcode`\‚=\@@active \unexpanded\def‚{\'e} -\catcode`\Š=\@@active \unexpanded\defŠ{\`e} -\catcode`\ˆ=\@@active \unexpanded\defˆ{\^e} +\defineactivecharacter ‰ {\"e} +\defineactivecharacter ‚ {\'e} +\defineactivecharacter Š {\`e} +\defineactivecharacter ˆ {\^e} -\catcode`\„=\@@active \unexpanded\def„{\"a} -\catcode`\ =\@@active \unexpanded\def {\'a} -\catcode`\…=\@@active \unexpanded\def…{\`a} -\catcode`\ƒ=\@@active \unexpanded\defƒ{\^a} +\defineactivecharacter „ {\"a} +\defineactivecharacter {\'a} +\defineactivecharacter … {\`a} +\defineactivecharacter ƒ {\^a} -\catcode`\”=\@@active \unexpanded\def”{\"o} -\catcode`\¢=\@@active \unexpanded\def¢{\'o} -\catcode`\•=\@@active \unexpanded\def•{\`o} -\catcode`\“=\@@active \unexpanded\def“{\^o} +\defineactivecharacter ” {\"o} +\defineactivecharacter ¢ {\'o} +\defineactivecharacter • {\`o} +\defineactivecharacter “ {\^o} -\catcode`\‹=\@@active \unexpanded\def‹{\"\dotlessi} -\catcode`\¡=\@@active \unexpanded\def¡{\'\dotlessi} -\catcode`\=\@@active \unexpanded\def{\`\dotlessi} -\catcode`\Œ=\@@active \unexpanded\defŒ{\^\dotlessi} +\defineactivecharacter ‹ {\"\dotlessi} +\defineactivecharacter ¡ {\'\dotlessi} +\defineactivecharacter {\`\dotlessi} +\defineactivecharacter Œ {\^\dotlessi} -\catcode`\=\@@active \unexpanded\def{\"u} -\catcode`\£=\@@active \unexpanded\def£{\'u} -\catcode`\—=\@@active \unexpanded\def—{\`u} -\catcode`\–=\@@active \unexpanded\def–{\^u} +\defineactivecharacter {\"u} +\defineactivecharacter £ {\'u} +\defineactivecharacter — {\`u} +\defineactivecharacter – {\^u} -\catcode`\=\@@active \unexpanded\def{\'E} -\catcode`\Ž=\@@active \unexpanded\defŽ{\"A} -\catcode`\š=\@@active \unexpanded\defš{\"U} +\defineactivecharacter {\'E} +\defineactivecharacter Ž {\"A} +\defineactivecharacter š {\"U} -\catcode`\‡=\@@active \unexpanded\def‡{\c c} -\catcode`\€=\@@active \unexpanded\def€{\c C} +\defineactivecharacter ‡ {\c c} +\defineactivecharacter € {\c C} -\catcode`\¤=\@@active \unexpanded\def¤{\~n} +\defineactivecharacter ¤ {\~n} -\catcode`\á=\@@active \unexpanded\defá{\SS} +\defineactivecharacter á {\SS} -\catcode`\®=\@@active -\catcode`\¯=\@@active +\defineactivecharacter ® {\ifvmode\leavevmode\fi\leftguillemot\prewordbreak} +\defineactivecharacter ¯ {\prewordbreak\rightguillemot} -\unexpanded\def®{\ifvmode\leavevmode\fi\leftguillemot\prewordbreak} -\unexpanded\def¯{\prewordbreak\rightguillemot} +\stopregime + +\enableregime[windows] %D The next section will be changed as soon as we get grip on %D the other encodings. @@ -102,6 +103,4 @@ %D \appendtoks\lccode`¯=`<\to\everysanitize %D \stoptypen -\protect - \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/enco-il2.tex b/tex/context/base/enco-il2.tex index a06999d44..f2e6986ad 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/enco-il2.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/enco-il2.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright=J. Hagen] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. %D This Czech/Slovak encoding is dedicated to Han The Thanh. @@ -17,6 +17,8 @@ \startmapping[il2] +\definecasemap 127 to 255 % we map them all to themselves + \definecasemap 165 181 165 \definecasemap 169 185 169 \definecasemap 171 187 171 \definecasemap 174 190 174 \definecasemap 181 181 165 \definecasemap 185 185 169 @@ -89,52 +91,56 @@ \defineaccent r u ^^f9 \defineaccent r U ^^d9 -\def\csencodedrA% - {\leavevmode\setbox0\hbox{h}\dimen@\ht0\advance\dimen@-1ex% - \rlap{\raise.67\dimen@\hbox{\char'27}}A} +\defineaccent r A {\ilencodedrA} - \defineaccent r A {\csencodedrA} +\def\ilencodedrA% + {\leavevmode\hbox\bgroup + \setbox0\hbox{h}% + \dimen0=\ht0 + \advance\dimen0 by -1ex + \rlap{\raise.67\dimen0\hbox{\char'27}}A% + \egroup} \definecharacter ae 26 \definecharacter AE 29 \definecharacter oe 27 \definecharacter OE 30 \definecharacter o 28 \definecharacter O 31 \definecharacter i 16 -\definecharacter j 17 - \definecharacter SS 25 +\definecharacter j 17 \definecharacter SS 25 %D Some rather \PLAIN\ \TEX\ redefinitions. -\def\csencodedb#1 - {\oalign{\null#1\crcr\hidewidth\sh@ft{29}% - \vbox to.2ex{\hbox{\char22}\vss}\hidewidth}} +\defineaccentcommand b {\ilencodedb} +\defineaccentcommand c {\ilencodedc} +\defineaccentcommand d {\ilencodedd} + +\def\ilencodedb#1 + {\oalign% + {\null#1\crcr\hidewidth\sh@ft{29}% + \vbox to.2ex{\hbox{\char22}\vss}\hidewidth}} -\def\csencodedc#1 +\def\ilencodedc#1 {\setbox\z@\hbox{#1}\ifdim\ht\z@=1ex\accent24 #1\else {\ooalign{\unhbox\z@\crcr\hidewidth\char24\hidewidth}}\fi} -\def\csencodedd#1% +\def\ilencodedd#1% {\oalign{\null#1\crcr\hidewidth\sh@ft{08}.\hidewidth}} -\definecommand b {\csencodedb} -\definecommand c {\csencodedc} -\definecommand d {\csencodedd} - %D Some less \PLAIN\ ones: -\redefinecommand l -\redefinecommand L +\definecharacter l {\ilencodedl} +\definecharacter L {\ilencodedL} -\def\csencodedl% +\def\ilencodedl% {{\char32l}} -\def\csencodedL% I don't like the \leavevmode here, better \enterhmode - {\leavevmode\setbox0\hbox{L}\hbox to\wd0{\hss\char32L}} - -\definecommand l {\csencodedl} -\definecommand L {\csencodedL} +\def\ilencodedL% I don't like the \leavevmode here, better \enterhmode + {\leavevmode\hbox\bgroup + \setbox0\hbox{L}% + \hbox to\wd0{\hss\char32L}% + \egroup} \stopcoding - + % \everyuppercase, font/language specifics ? % \uccode152=152 \lccode152=184 @@ -177,3 +183,4 @@ % \defineaccent " u '374 \defineaccent " U '334 % \defineaccent r u '371 \defineaccent r U '331 +\endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/enco-ini.tex b/tex/context/base/enco-ini.tex index af7ffcc8c..0ff61d384 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/enco-ini.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/enco-ini.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. % \everyuppercase @@ -75,12 +75,119 @@ 3: Unbekannte Kodierung -- \stopmessages -%D First we define a few local constants. +\startmessages czech library: encodings + title: kodovani + 1: kodovani -- + 2: je nacteno kodovani -- + 3: nezname kodovani -- +\stopmessages + +%D First we define a few local or not yet initialized constants. + +\def\@map@{@m@ap@} % mapping prefix +\def\@reg@{@r@eg@} % regime prefix -\def\@map@ {@m@ap@} % mapping prefix -\def\@plain@ {@e@pl@} % plain TeX encoding vector +\ifx\currentlanguage\undefined \let\currentlanguage\s!en \fi %D \macro +%D {protectregime} +%D +%D The next boolean is used later on to prevent unwanted +%D catcode changes. Use it with care. + +\newif\ifprotectregime \protectregimetrue + +\def\setregimecode#1#2% + {\ifprotectregime\ifnum\catcode#1=\active\else + \catcode#1=#2\relax + \fi\else + \catcode#1=#2\relax + \fi} + +%D \macros +%D {startregime, enableregime} +%D +%D Sometimes it makes sense to activate the characters in the +%D upper half of the character table. Such a bundle of +%D characters can be packages in a regime. Later we will see +%D encodings (that links characters slots to glyphs) and +%D mappings (that take care of hyphenation and case changes). +%D +%D When character~231 is of category code letter, it +%D directly maps to glyph~231 (unless of course some virtual +%D font is used). By making character~231 active, we can map +%D it onto for instance the glyph in slot 233. This mapping +%D can in itself be indirect, in the sense that it is for +%D instance handled by an accent command. +%D +%D Regimes are implemented roughly the same as mappings, but +%D enabled under different circumstances. In the future, the +%D low level implementation may change. + +\def\startregime[#1]% + {\pushmacro\characterregime + \edef\characterregime{@#1@}% + \doifundefined{\@reg@\characterregime} + {\expanded{\newtoks\csname\@reg@\characterregime\endcsname}}} + +\def\stopregime% + {\popmacro\characterregime} + +%\long\def\startregime[#1]#2\stopregime{} + +\def\setregimetoks% + {\@EA\let\@EA\regimetoks\csname\@reg@\characterregime\endcsname} + +\let\enabledregime\empty + +\def\enableregime[#1]% + {\edef\characterregime{@#1@}% + \ifx\enabledregime\characterregime \else + \doifdefined{\@reg@\characterregime} + {\the\csname\@reg@\characterregime\endcsname}% + \let\enabledregime\characterregime + \fi} + +%D \macros +%D {defineactivedecimal, defineactivedecimals, defineactivetoken} +%D +%D The following commands are rather ugly ones. It makes a +%D character active and assigns it a value. When expanded, +%D the decimal number of the character is passed as first +%D argument. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\decimalcharacter#1{\message{#1 is now active}} +%D +%D \defineactivedecimal 122 {\decimalcharacter} +%D +%D \defineactivedecimals 128 to 255 as {\decimalcharacter} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This command is typically used in coding definitions, +%D like the \UNICODE\ one. + +\def\dodefineactivedecimal#1#2% + {\catcode#1=\active % maybe \protectregimetrue + \scratchcounter=\the\uccode`~ + \uccode`~=#1\relax + \uppercase{\unexpanded\edef~{\noexpand#2{\number#1}}}% + \uccode`~=\scratchcounter} + +\def\defineactivedecimal#1 #2 % + {\setregimetoks + \appendtoks\dodefineactivedecimal{#1}{#2}\to\regimetoks} + +\def\defineactivedecimals#1 to #2 as #3 % + {\setregimetoks + \dostepwiserecurse{#1}{#2}{1} + {\@EA\appendtoks\@EA\dodefineactivedecimal\@EA{\recurselevel}{#3}\to\regimetoks}} + +\def\defineactivetoken #1 #2% + {\setregimetoks + \appendtoks\defineactivecharacter#1 {#2}\to\regimetoks} + +%D \macros %D {useencoding} %D %D Encodings things are defined in separate files and are @@ -102,7 +209,7 @@ {\processcommalist[#1]\douseencoding} %D \macros -%D {startmapping,usemapping} +%D {startmapping,enablemapping} %D %D In order to process patterns, convert from lower to %D uppercase and vise versa and some more, we provide a @@ -122,11 +229,11 @@ %D \stoptypen %D %D So, character 165 becomes 181 in uppercase and 165 in -%D lowercase. A mapping is activated with \type {\usemapping}. +%D lowercase. A mapping is activated with \type {\enablemapping}. \def\startmapping[#1]% {\pushmacro\charactermapping - \def\charactermapping{#1}% + \edef\charactermapping{@#1@}% \doifundefined{\@map@\charactermapping} {\expanded{\newtoks\csname\@map@\charactermapping\endcsname}}} @@ -138,11 +245,40 @@ \def\definecasemap #1 #2 #3 % code lower upper {\setmappingtoks - \appendtoks\setcasemap #1 #2 #3 \to\mappingtoks + \doifelse{#2}{to} + {\appendtoks\presetcaserange{#1}{#3}\to\mappingtoks} + {\appendtoks\setcasemap #1 #2 #3 \to\mappingtoks}% \ignorespaces} +%D Watch the \type {\definecasemap 127 to 255} option! +%D Dedicated to Taco there is also: + +\def\definecasemaps #1 to #2 lc #3 uc #4 % from to lc+ uc+ + {\dostepwiserecurse{#1}{#2}{1} + {\!!counta=\recurselevel\advance\!!counta by #3\relax + \!!countb=\recurselevel\advance\!!countb by #4\relax + \expanded{\definecasemap + \recurselevel\space\the\!!counta\space\the\!!countb\space}}% + \ignorespaces} + +%D This can be used like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \definecasemaps 128 to 156 lc 32 uc 0 +%D \definecasemaps 160 to 188 lc -32 uc 0 +%D \definecasemaps 192 to 255 lc 32 uc 0 +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D and saves a lot of typing (copying). + +\def\presetcaserange#1#2% + {\dostepwiserecurse{#1}{#2}{1} + {\setregimecode\recurselevel\@@letter + \lccode \recurselevel=\recurselevel + \uccode \recurselevel=\recurselevel}} + \def\setcasemap #1 #2 #3 % - {\catcode#1=\@@letter + {\setregimecode{#1}\@@letter \lccode #1=#2 \uccode #1=#3 } @@ -152,7 +288,7 @@ \ignorespaces} \def\setspacemap #1 #2 % - {\catcode#1=\@@other + {\setregimecode{#1}\@@other \lccode #1=0 \uccode #1=0 \sfcode #1=#2 } @@ -172,8 +308,22 @@ \def\setcasecom#1#2{\def#1{#2}} -\def\usemapping[#1]% - {\doifdefined{\@map@#1}{\the\csname\@map@#1\endcsname}} +\let\enabledmapping\empty % indirect, needed to handle default too + +\def\enablemapping[#1]% + {\edef\charactermapping{@#1@}% + \ifx\enabledmapping\charactermapping \else + \doifdefined{\@map@\charactermapping} + {\the\csname\@map@\charactermapping\endcsname}% + \enablelanguagespecifics[\currentlanguage]% new + \edef\enabledmapping{\charactermapping\currentlanguage}% + \fi} + +%D This macro wil be implemented in \type {lang-ini.tex}. + +\ifx\enablelanguagespecifics\undefined + \def\enablelanguagespecifics[#1]{} +\fi %D Further on we have to take some precautions when dealing %D with special characters like~\type{~}, \type{_} @@ -189,11 +339,6 @@ \catcode`_=\@@letter \catcode`^=\@@letter\relax} -% \def\unprotectfontcharacters% -% {\catcode`\~=\@@active -% \catcode`\_=\@@subscript -% \catcode`\^=\@@superscript\relax}} - %D The completeness of the Computer Modern Roman typefaces %D makes clear how incomplete other faces are. To honour 7~bit %D \ASCII, these fonts were designed using only the first 127 @@ -270,22 +415,38 @@ %D contain the current and default encoding vectors and both %D default to the \PLAIN\ one. -\let\characterencoding = \@plain@ -\let\nocharacterencoding = \@plain@ -\let\charactermapping = \@plain@ +\edef\characterencoding {@\s!default @} +\edef\nocharacterencoding {@\s!default @} +\edef\charactermapping {@\s!default @} +\edef\characterregime {@\s!default @} %D \macros -%D {startcoding, setcoding} +%D {startcoding, reducetocoding} %D %D Before we can redefine accents and special characters, we %D have to tell \CONTEXT\ what encoding is in force. The next %D command is responsible for doing this and also takes care of %D the definition of the recoding commands. We use the \type %D {\start}||\type {\stop}||commands for definitions and the -%D \type {\set}||command for local switching. +%D \type {\reduceto}||command for local switching to +%D simplified commands. -\def\donthandleaccent#1#2% - {\getvalue{\characterencoding#1\string#2}} +\def\donthandleaccent#1#2% \empty makes #2={} save % no \unexpanded + {\ifundefined{\characterencoding#1\string#2\empty}% + #2% + \else + \getvalue{\characterencoding#1\string#2\empty}% + \fi} + +\def\donthandlecommand#1% % no \unexpanded, otherwise pdfdoc will fail + {\ifundefined{\characterencoding#1}% + #1% + \else + \getvalue{\characterencoding#1}% + \fi} + +\def\enablecoding[#1]% + {\edef\characterencoding{@#1@}} \def\startcoding[#1]% {\doifelsenothing{#1} @@ -293,27 +454,77 @@ {%\protectfontcharacters % problematic in language loading \showmessage{\m!encodings}{1}{#1}% \pushmacro\dohandleaccent + \pushmacro\dohandlecommand + \pushmacro\definesortkey \let\dohandleaccent\donthandleaccent - \def\characterencoding{@#1@}% + \let\dohandlecommand\donthandlecommand + \let\definesortkey\savesortkey + \enablecoding[#1]% \def\stopcoding% - {\popmacro\dohandleaccent - \let\characterencoding=\@plain@ + {\popmacro\definesortkey + \popmacro\dohandlecommand + \popmacro\dohandleaccent + \enablecoding[\s!default]% \unprotectfontcharacters}}} % ?? -\def\setcoding[#1]% use grouped! +\def\reducetocoding[#1]% use grouped! {\doifsomething{#1} {\let\dohandleaccent\donthandleaccent - \def\characterencoding{@#1@}% + \let\dohandlecommand\donthandlecommand + \enablecoding[#1]% \enablelanguagespecifics[\currentlanguage]}} -\def\startencoding{\startcoding} -\def\stopencoding {\stopcoding} -\def\setencoding {\setcoding} +\def\startencoding {\startcoding} +\def\stopencoding {\stopcoding} +\def\enableencoding{\enablecoding} %D The use of these macros are not limited to font %D definition files, but may also be used when loading %D patterns. +%D \macros +%D {definesortkey,flushsortkeys,flushsortkey} +%D +%D Yet another definition concerns sorting of indexes and +%D lists. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \definesortkey {\'e} {e} {a} {\'e} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The first argument denotes the string to be treated. The +%D second argument is the raw replacement, while the second +%D argument determines the sort order given the replacement. +%D The last argument is used as entry in the index (a, b, etc). +%D +%D The keys can be flished using \type {\flushsortkeys} +%D which in turn results in a sequence of calls to \type +%D {\flushsortkey}, a macro taking 4~arguments. +%D +%D This mechanism is currently being tested and subjected to +%D changes! + +\def\savesortkey#1#2#3#4% + {\let\flushsortkey\relax % important + \edef\!!stringa{sort:\characterencoding}% + \ifundefined\!!stringa + \let\!!stringb\empty + \else + \@EA\def\@EA\!!stringb\@EA{\csname\!!stringa\endcsname}% + \fi + \convertargument#1\to\asciiA \convertargument#2\to\asciiB + \convertargument#3\to\asciiC \convertargument#4\to\asciiD + \setevalue{\!!stringa}{\!!stringb\flushsortkey{\asciiA}{\asciiB}{\asciiC}{\asciiD}}} + +\def\definesortkey#1#2#3#4% + {} + +\def\flushsortkeys% + {\enablelanguagespecifics[\currentlanguage]% + \getvalue{sort:\characterencoding}} + +\let\flushsortkey\relax + %D \macros %D {defineaccent, definecharacter, definecommand} %D @@ -329,20 +540,23 @@ \dododefineaccent#1 #2 } \def\dododefineaccent#1 #2 #3 % - {\doifnumberelse{#3} + {\redefineaccent #1 % just to be sure + \doifnumberelse{\string#3} {\setvalue{\characterencoding#1\string#2}{\char#3}} {\setvalue{\characterencoding#1\string#2}{#3}}% \unprotectfontcharacters} \def\definecharacter#1 #2 % - {\doifnumberelse{#2} + {\redefinecharacter #1 % just to be sure + \doifnumberelse{\string#2} {\setvalue{\characterencoding\string#1}{\char#2}} {\setvalue{\characterencoding\string#1}{#2}}} %D Instead of numbers, a command may be entered. \def\definecommand#1 #2 % - {\setvalue{\characterencoding\string#1}{#2}} + {\redefinecommand #1 % just to be sure + \setvalue{\characterencoding\string#1}{#2}} %D Here we see that redefining accents is characters is more %D or less the same as redefining commands. We also could have @@ -385,7 +599,8 @@ {\def\!!stringa{\nocharacterencoding\string#1}% \doifundefined{\!!stringa} {\@EA\letvalue\@EA\!!stringa\@EA=\csname\string#1\endcsname}% - \setvalue{\string#1}{\dohandleaccent#1}% + % no \unexpanded, else pdfdoc fails + \setvalue{\string#1}{\dohandleaccent#1}% \unprotectfontcharacters} %D \macros @@ -411,50 +626,72 @@ {\protectfontcharacters \dodefineaccentcommand} -\def\dodefineaccentcommand#1 #2 % - {\doifnumberelse{#2} +\def\dodefineaccentcommand#1 #2 % \string toegevoegd + {\doifnumberelse{\string#2} {\setvalue{\characterencoding\string#1}##1{{\accent#2 ##1}}} {\setvalue{\characterencoding\string#1}##1{{#2##1}}}% \unprotectfontcharacters} -%D We don't have to define them for the default \PLAIN\ case. Commands -%D may be used instead of character codes. +%D We don't have to define them for the default \PLAIN\ case. +%D Commands may be used instead of character codes. %D \macros %D {normalaccent} %D -%D The next (in fact three) macros to take care of \type{\"e} -%D as well as \type{\"{e}} situations. The latter one is always -%D handled by \TEX's \type{\accent} primitive, but the former -%D one can put the accents on top of characters as well as use -%D \type{\char} to call for a character directly. - -% kan met minder def's en \expandafter... +%D +%D Accents are either placed by \TEX's \type {\accent} +%D primitive, or part of the glyph. By default the former +%D method is used, unless overruled in the encoding +%D definitions. \let\normalaccent=\accent -\unexpanded\def\dohandleaccent#1% - {\def\dodohandleaccent% - {\ifx\next\bgroup - \def\next{\getvalue{\nocharacterencoding#1}}% - \else - \def\next{\dododohandleaccent#1}% - \fi - \next}% - \futurelet\next\dodohandleaccent} - -\def\dododohandleaccent#1#2% - {\bgroup - \ifundefined{\characterencoding#1\string#2}% - \def\\{\getvalue{\nocharacterencoding#1}#2\egroup}% +\beginETEX \ifcsname + +\unexpanded\def\dohandleaccent#1#2% + {\def\glyph{#2}% + \ifx\glyph\empty + \dohandleaccent#1\relax + \else\ifx\glyph\space + \dohandleaccent#1\relax + \else\ifcsname\characterencoding#1\string#2\empty\endcsname + \csname\characterencoding#1\string#2\endcsname + \else\ifcsname\characterencoding#1\endcsname + \csname\characterencoding#1\endcsname#2% \else - \def\\{\getvalue{\characterencoding#1\string#2}\egroup}% - \fi - \\} + \csname\nocharacterencoding#1\endcsname#2% + \fi\fi\fi\fi + \relax} % prevents further reading + +\endETEX + +\beginTEX + +\unexpanded\def\dohandleaccent#1#2% + {\def\glyph{#2}% + \ifx\glyph\empty + \dohandleaccent#1\relax + \else\ifx\glyph\space + \dohandleaccent#1\relax + \else\expandafter\ifx\csname\characterencoding#1\string#2\empty\endcsname\relax + \expandafter\ifx\csname\characterencoding#1\endcsname\relax + \csname\nocharacterencoding#1\endcsname#2% + \else + \csname\characterencoding#1\endcsname#2% + \fi + \else + \csname\characterencoding#1\string#2\endcsname + \fi\fi\fi + \relax} % prevents further reading + +\endTEX %D The trick with \type{\\} is needed to prevent spaces from %D being gobbled after the accented character, should we have -%D \type{\next}, we should have ended up with gobbled spaces. +%D used \type{\next}, we should have ended up with gobbled +%D spaces. The \type {\empty} after \type {#2} takes care of +%D empty arguments, so that we can savely say~\type{\"{}} +%D and alike. %D \macros %D {redefinecommand} @@ -478,7 +715,9 @@ \def\redefinecommand#1 % {\def\!!stringa{\nocharacterencoding#1}% \doifundefined{\!!stringa} - {\@EA\letvalue\@EA\!!stringa\@EA=\csname#1\endcsname}% + {\doifundefined{#1}{\letvalue{#1}\relax}% + \@EA\letvalue\@EA\!!stringa\csname#1\endcsname}% + % no \unexpanded, else pdfdoc fails \setvalue{#1}{\dohandlecommand{#1}}}% \unexpanded\def\dohandlecommand#1% @@ -503,6 +742,64 @@ \let\redefinecharacter=\redefinecommand +%D \macros +%D {currentencoding, currentmapping, showencoding} +%D +%D Encoding is a tricky business. Therefore we provide a +%D macro that show most of the characters involved. The next +%D two tables show the result of \type {\showencoding}. +%D +%D \plaatstabel +%D {The special glyphs in default encoding.} +%D {\showencoding} +%D +%D \plaatstabel +%D {The special glyphs in texnansi encoding.} +%D {\switchtobodyfont[lbr]\showencoding} + +\def\currentencoding% + {\expandafter\docurrentencoding\characterencoding} + +\def\currentmapping% + {\expandafter\docurrentencoding\charactermapping} + +\def\docurrentencoding @#1@% + {#1} + +\def\showencoding% + {\bgroup + \setupcolors[\c!status=\v!lokaal] + \starttextrule{\currentencoding:\ {\red accent}\ {\blue char}\ hardcoded} + \let\normalaccent=\accent + \def\accent% + {\red\normalaccent} + \let\normalchar =\char + \def\char% + {\bgroup + \def\char{\blue\normalchar\scratchcounter\egroup}% + \afterassignment\char\scratchcounter=}% + \def\do##1% + {\def\dodo####1% + {\hbox spread .5em{\hss##1####1\hss}}% + \hbox + {\hbox to 2em{\tttf\string##1\hss}% + \handletokens abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz\i\j\with\dodo} + \par + \hbox + {\hskip2em + \handletokens ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ\i\j\with\dodo} + \par} + \do\'\do\`\do\^\do\~\do\" + \do\H\do\r\do\v\do\u\do\= + \do\.\do\b\do\d\do\k\do\c + \def\do##1{\hbox spread .5em{\hss##1\hss}} + \hbox + {\hskip2em + \handletokens\ae\AE\oe\OE\o\O\SS\aa\AA\cc\CC\i\j\with\do} + \par + \stoptextrule + \egroup} + %D \macros %D {everyuppercase, EveryUppercase, %D everyuppercase, EveryUppercase} @@ -534,9 +831,6 @@ \appendtoks\let\setuppercasecom\setcasecom\to\everyuppercase \appendtoks\let\setlowercasecom\setcasecom\to\everylowercase -\appendtoks\usemapping[\charactermapping]\to\everyuppercase -\appendtoks\usemapping[\charactermapping]\to\everylowercase - %D \macros %D {everysanitize, EverySanitize} %D @@ -569,6 +863,14 @@ \repeat \fi} +%D \macros +%D {cc,CC} +%D +%D Hm, not in plain at all, those \cc's and \CC's. + +\def\CC{\c{C}} +\def\cc{\c{c}} + %D \macros %D {dotlessi,dotlessj} %D @@ -579,6 +881,20 @@ \let\dotlessi=\i \let\dotlessj=\j +%D \macros +%D {defineuclass,defineudigit,udigit} +%D +%D The next few macros are experimental and needed for unicoded +%D chinese characters. + +\def\defineuclass #1 #2 #3 {\setvalue{uc#2#3}{#1}} +\def\defineudigit #1 #2 #3 {\setvalue{\characterencoding uc#1}{\uchar{#2}{#3}}} + +%D It may look strange, but for the moment, we want the encoding +%D to be part of the digit specification. This may change! + +\unexpanded\def\udigit#1#2{\getvalue{@#1@uc\number#2}} + %D Here come the definitions. \redefineaccent ' % grave @@ -592,6 +908,11 @@ \redefineaccent H % hungarumlaut \redefineaccent t % ........ \redefineaccent r % ........ +\redefineaccent = +\redefineaccent b +\redefineaccent c +\redefineaccent d +\redefineaccent k \redefinecharacter ae % ae \redefinecharacter AE % AE @@ -603,15 +924,19 @@ \redefinecharacter SS % germandbls \redefinecharacter aa % aring \redefinecharacter AA % Aring -\redefinecharacter cc % ccedilla -\redefinecharacter CC % Ccedilla -\redefinecommand b -\redefinecommand c -\redefinecommand d +\redefinecharacter th +\redefinecharacter TH +\redefinecharacter ng +\redefinecharacter NG +\redefinecharacter ij +\redefinecharacter IJ + +\redefinecharacter i \redefinecharacter dotlessi +\redefinecharacter j \redefinecharacter dotlessj -\redefinecommand i % \definecharacter i "10 -\redefinecommand j % \definecharacter j "11 +\redefinecharacter l +\redefinecharacter L \defineaccent " i {\"\i} \defineaccent " j {\"\j} \defineaccent ^ i {\^\i} \defineaccent ^ j {\^\j} @@ -621,7 +946,7 @@ %D Some more: -\startmapping[\nocharacterencoding] +\startmapping[\s!default] \defineuppercasecom \i {I} \defineuppercasecom \j {J} @@ -641,7 +966,7 @@ %D We preload several encodings: -\useencoding[ans,il2,pdf] +\useencoding[mis,ans,il2,ec,x5,pol,pdf,uni] \protect diff --git a/tex/context/base/enco-lat.tex b/tex/context/base/enco-lat.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..49f7485ea --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/enco-lat.tex @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=enco-lat, +%D version=1999.11.16, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Encoding Macros, +%D subtitle=Pseudo Latin 2, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright=Hans Hagen] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. + +%D This file maps \ISO~latin~2 characters onto standard +%D \ASCII\ characters. Some more definitions will be added. + +\startregime[latin2] + +\defineactivecharacter è {\v{c}} +\defineactivecharacter È {\v{C}} +\defineactivecharacter æ {\'{c}} +\defineactivecharacter Æ {\'{C}} +\defineactivecharacter ¹ {\v{s}} +\defineactivecharacter © {\v{S}} +\defineactivecharacter ¾ {\v{z}} +\defineactivecharacter ® {\v{Z}} +\defineactivecharacter ð {\pseudoencodeddj} +\defineactivecharacter Ð {\pseudoencodedDJ} + +\stopregime + +\endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/enco-mis.tex b/tex/context/base/enco-mis.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9de15de2e --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/enco-mis.tex @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=enco-mis, +%D version=1999.11.11, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Encoding Macros, +%D subtitle=Missing Glyphs, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. + +%D In this file we collect some definitions that construct +%D pseudo characters. Some day we will move some definitions +%D from \type {plain.tex} to this file. Some definitions are +%D derived from definitions in the \LATEX\ distribution, +%D especially Johannes Braams' Babel system. + +\startmapping[\s!default] + +\defineuppercasecom \dj \DJ +\defineuppercasecom \Dj \dj +\defineuppercasecom \DJ \dj + +\stopmapping + +\definecharacter dj {\pseudoencodeddj} +\definecharacter Dj {\pseudoencodedDJ} +\definecharacter DJ {\pseudoencodedDJ} + +\unprotect + +\def\pseudoencodeddj% like in babel + {\leavevmode\hbox\bgroup + \setbox0=\hbox{d}% + \dimen0=\ht0 + \advance\dimen0 by 1ex + \dimen0=.45\dimen0 + \dimen2\expandafter\withoutpt\the\fontdimen1\font\dimen0 + \advance\dimen2 by .5ex + \rlap{\raise\dimen0\hbox{\kern\dimen2\vbox{\hrule\!!height0.1ex\!!width0.3em}}}% + \box0 + \egroup} + +\def\pseudoencodedDJ% like in babel + {\leavevmode + \hbox\bgroup + \setbox0=\hbox{D}% + \dimen0=.55\ht0 + \dimen2\expandafter\withoutpt\the\fontdimen1\font\dimen0 + \advance\dimen2 by .15ex + \advance\dimen2 by -.15\fontdimen7\font + \dimen4\expandafter\withoutpt\the\fontdimen7\font\dimen0 + \rlap{\raise\dimen0\hbox{\kern\dimen2\vbox{\hrule\!!height0.1ex\!!width0.33em}}}% + \box0 + \egroup} + +\protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/enco-pdf.tex b/tex/context/base/enco-pdf.tex index 2dfb5137c..5b3729660 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/enco-pdf.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/enco-pdf.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright=J. Hagen] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. %D This is the \PDF\ document encoding. @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ \defineaccent ' u ^^fa \defineaccent ' Y ^^dd \defineaccent ' y ^^fd - + \defineaccent ^ A ^^c2 \defineaccent ^ a ^^e2 \defineaccent ^ E ^^ca @@ -69,19 +69,39 @@ \defineaccent ~ O ^^d5 \defineaccent ~ o ^^f5 -\defineaccent , C ^^c7 -\defineaccent , c ^^e7 - -\defineaccent < < ^^ab -\defineaccent > > ^^bb - +\defineaccent c c ^^e7 +\defineaccent C C ^^c7 + +\defineaccent ' c c % c acute +\defineaccent ' C C % C acute +\defineaccent ' n n % n acute +\defineaccent ' N N % N acute +\defineaccent ' S S % S acute +\defineaccent ' s s % s acute +\defineaccent ' Z Z % Z acute +\defineaccent ' z z % z acute + +\defineaccent . Z Z % Z dot +\defineaccent . z z % z dot + +\defineaccent k a a % a ogonek +\defineaccent k A A % A ogonek +\defineaccent k e e % e ogonek +\defineaccent k E E % E ogonek + \definecharacter AE ^^c6 \definecharacter ae ^^e6 -\definecharacter oA ^^c5 +\definecharacter OA ^^c5 \definecharacter oa ^^e5 \definecharacter oe ^^9c \definecharacter ss ^^df - +\definecharacter SS ^^df + +\definecharacter leftguillemot ^^ab +\definecharacter rightguillemot ^^bb +\definecharacter leftsubguillemot ^^ab +\definecharacter rightsubguillemot ^^bb + \stopencoding \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/enco-pol.tex b/tex/context/base/enco-pol.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..40c9dfa86 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/enco-pol.tex @@ -0,0 +1,254 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=enco-pol, +%D version=1999.28.8, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Encoding Macros, +%D subtitle=Polish Mixed Encoding, +%D author=Taco Hoekwater, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright=Hans Hagen] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. + +%D Polish native encoding. + +\startmapping[pl0] + +\definecasemap 161 185 165 % a ogonek +\definecasemap 162 230 198 % c acute +\definecasemap 166 234 202 % e ogonek +\definecasemap 170 179 163 % l crossed +\definecasemap 171 241 209 % n acute +\definecasemap 243 243 211 % o acute +\definecasemap 177 156 140 % s acute +\definecasemap 185 159 143 % z acute +\definecasemap 187 191 175 % z dot + +\definecasemap 129 165 185 % A ogonek +\definecasemap 130 198 230 % C accute +\definecasemap 134 202 234 % E ogonek +\definecasemap 138 163 179 % L crossed +\definecasemap 139 209 241 % N accute +\definecasemap 211 211 243 % O acute +\definecasemap 145 140 156 % S acute +\definecasemap 153 143 159 % Z acute +\definecasemap 155 175 191 % Z dot + +\stopmapping + +\startmapping[pl0] + +\definespacemap 129 999 % A ogonek +\definespacemap 130 999 % C acute +\definespacemap 134 999 % E ogonek +\definespacemap 138 999 % L crossed +\definespacemap 139 999 % N acute +\definespacemap 211 999 % O acute +\definespacemap 145 999 % S acute +\definespacemap 153 999 % Z acute +\definespacemap 155 999 % Z dot + +\stopmapping + +\startencoding[pl0] + +\defineaccent k a 161 % a ogonek +\defineaccent ' c 162 % c acute +\defineaccent k e 166 % e ogonek +\definecharacter l 170 % l crossed +\defineaccent ' n 171 % n acute +\defineaccent ' o 243 % o acute +\defineaccent ' s 177 % s acute +\defineaccent ' z 185 % z acute +\defineaccent . z 187 % z dot +\defineaccent k A 129 % A ogonek +\defineaccent ' C 130 % C accute +\defineaccent k E 134 % E ogonek +\definecharacter L 138 % L crossed +\defineaccent ' N 139 % N accute +\defineaccent ' O 211 % O acute +\defineaccent ' S 145 % S acute +\defineaccent ' Z 153 % Z acute +\defineaccent . Z 155 % Z dot + +\stopencoding + +\startencoding[pl0] + +\definecharacter leftguillemot 174 % ok ? +\definecharacter rightguillemot 175 % ok ? +\definecharacter leftsubguillemot 174 % ok ? +\definecharacter rightsubguillemot 175 % ok ? + +\stopencoding + +\startencoding[pl0] + +\definesortkey {161} {a}{a}{\k a} \definesortkey {129} {a}{a}{\k a} +\definesortkey {162} {c}{a}{\'c} \definesortkey {130} {c}{a}{\'c} +\definesortkey {166} {e}{a}{\k e} \definesortkey {134} {e}{a}{\k e} +\definesortkey {170} {l}{a}{\l } \definesortkey {138} {l}{a}{\l } +\definesortkey {171} {n}{a}{\'n} \definesortkey {139} {n}{a}{\'n} +\definesortkey {177} {s}{a}{\'s} \definesortkey {145} {s}{a}{\'s} +\definesortkey {185} {z}{a}{\'z} \definesortkey {153} {z}{a}{\'z} +\definesortkey {187} {z}{b}{\.z} \definesortkey {155} {z}{b}{\.z} +\definesortkey {243} {o}{a}{\'o} \definesortkey {211} {o}{a}{\'o} + +\definesortkey {\'c} {c}{a}{\'c} \definesortkey {\'C} {c}{a}{\'c} +\definesortkey {\'n} {n}{a}{\'n} \definesortkey {\'N} {n}{a}{\'n} +\definesortkey {\'o} {o}{a}{\'o} \definesortkey {\'O} {o}{a}{\'o} +\definesortkey {\'s} {s}{a}{\'s} \definesortkey {\'S} {s}{a}{\'s} +\definesortkey {\'z} {z}{a}{\'z} \definesortkey {\'Z} {z}{a}{\'z} +\definesortkey {\.z} {z}{b}{\.z} \definesortkey {\.Z} {z}{b}{\.z} +\definesortkey {\k a}{a}{a}{\k a} \definesortkey {\k A}{a}{a}{\k a} +\definesortkey {\k e}{e}{a}{\k e} \definesortkey {\k E}{e}{a}{\k e} +\definesortkey {\l } {l}{a}{\l} \definesortkey {\L } {l}{a}{\l} + +\stopencoding + +%D Polish CP-1250 encoding. + +\startmapping[pl1] + +\definecasemap 185 185 165 % a ogonek +\definecasemap 230 230 198 % c acute +\definecasemap 234 234 202 % e ogonek +\definecasemap 179 179 163 % l crossed +\definecasemap 241 241 209 % n acute +\definecasemap 243 243 211 % o acute +\definecasemap 156 156 140 % s acute +\definecasemap 159 159 143 % z acute +\definecasemap 191 191 175 % z dot + +\definecasemap 165 165 185 % A ogonek +\definecasemap 198 198 230 % C accute +\definecasemap 202 202 234 % E ogonek +\definecasemap 163 163 179 % L crossed +\definecasemap 209 209 241 % N accute +\definecasemap 211 211 243 % O acute +\definecasemap 140 140 156 % S acute +\definecasemap 143 143 159 % Z acute +\definecasemap 175 175 191 % Z dot + +\stopmapping + +\startmapping[pl1] + +\definespacemap 165 999 % A ogonek +\definespacemap 198 999 % C acute +\definespacemap 202 999 % E ogonek +\definespacemap 163 999 % L crossed +\definespacemap 209 999 % N acute +\definespacemap 211 999 % O acute +\definespacemap 140 999 % S acute +\definespacemap 143 999 % Z acute +\definespacemap 175 999 % Z dot + +\stopmapping + +\startencoding[pl1] + +\defineaccent k a 185 % a ogonek +\defineaccent ' c 230 % c acute +\defineaccent k e 234 % e ogonek +\definecharacter l 179 % l crossed +\defineaccent ' n 241 % n acute +\defineaccent ' o 243 % o acute +\defineaccent ' s 156 % s acute +\defineaccent ' z 159 % z acute +\defineaccent . z 191 % z dot +\defineaccent k A 165 % A ogonek +\defineaccent ' C 198 % C accute +\defineaccent k E 202 % E ogonek +\definecharacter L 163 % L crossed +\defineaccent ' N 209 % N accute +\defineaccent ' O 211 % O acute +\defineaccent ' S 140 % S acute +\defineaccent ' Z 143 % Z acute +\defineaccent . Z 175 % Z dot + +\stopencoding + +\startencoding[pl1] + +\definecharacter leftguillemot 174 % ok ? +\definecharacter rightguillemot 175 % ok ? +\definecharacter leftsubguillemot 174 % ok ? +\definecharacter rightsubguillemot 175 % ok ? + +\stopencoding + +%D Polish ISO-8859-2 encoding. + +\startmapping[pl2] + +\definecasemap 177 177 161 % a ogonek +\definecasemap 230 230 198 % c acute +\definecasemap 234 234 202 % e ogonek +\definecasemap 179 179 163 % l crossed +\definecasemap 241 241 209 % n acute +\definecasemap 243 243 211 % o acute +\definecasemap 182 182 166 % s acute +\definecasemap 188 188 172 % z acute +\definecasemap 191 191 175 % z dot + +\definecasemap 161 161 177 % A ogonek +\definecasemap 198 198 230 % C accute +\definecasemap 202 202 234 % E ogonek +\definecasemap 163 163 179 % L crossed +\definecasemap 209 209 241 % N accute +\definecasemap 211 211 243 % O acute +\definecasemap 166 166 182 % S acute +\definecasemap 172 172 188 % Z acute +\definecasemap 175 175 191 % Z dot + +\stopmapping + +\startmapping[pl2] + +\definespacemap 161 999 % A ogonek +\definespacemap 198 999 % C acute +\definespacemap 202 999 % E ogonek +\definespacemap 163 999 % L crossed +\definespacemap 209 999 % N acute +\definespacemap 211 999 % O acute +\definespacemap 166 999 % S acute +\definespacemap 172 999 % Z acute +\definespacemap 175 999 % Z dot + +\stopmapping + +\startencoding[pl2] + +\defineaccent k a 177 % a ogonek +\defineaccent ' c 230 % c acute +\defineaccent k e 234 % e ogonek +\definecharacter l 179 % l crossed +\defineaccent ' n 241 % n acute +\defineaccent ' o 243 % o acute +\defineaccent ' s 182 % s acute +\defineaccent ' z 188 % z acute +\defineaccent . z 191 % z dot +\defineaccent k A 161 % A ogonek +\defineaccent ' C 198 % C accute +\defineaccent k E 202 % E ogonek +\definecharacter L 163 % L crossed +\defineaccent ' N 209 % N accute +\defineaccent ' O 211 % O acute +\defineaccent ' S 166 % S acute +\defineaccent ' Z 172 % Z acute +\defineaccent . Z 175 % Z dot + +\stopencoding + +\startencoding[pl2] + +\definecharacter leftguillemot 174 % ok ? +\definecharacter rightguillemot 175 % ok ? +\definecharacter leftsubguillemot 174 % ok ? +\definecharacter rightsubguillemot 175 % ok ? + +\stopencoding + +\endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/enco-uni.tex b/tex/context/base/enco-uni.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2b749967f --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/enco-uni.tex @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=enco-uni, +%D version=1998.10.18, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Encoding Macros, +%D subtitle=Unicode, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. + +%D This module activates all characters in the upper range +%D and sets them to the basic unicodehandler. + +\startregime[unicode] + +\defineactivedecimals 128 to 255 as {\handleunicodeflowglyph} + +\stopregime + +\endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/enco-vis.tex b/tex/context/base/enco-vis.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..38ac6b0af --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/enco-vis.tex @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ +% temporary module + +\startregime[viscii] + +\defineactivecharacter 2 {\h{uA}} +\defineactivecharacter 5 {\~{uA}} +\defineactivecharacter 6 {\~{^A}} +\defineactivecharacter 20 {\h{Y}} +\defineactivecharacter 23 {\h{Y}} +\defineactivecharacter 24 {\d{Y}} +\defineactivecharacter 25 {\~{Y}} +\defineactivecharacter 30 {\d{Y}} + +\defineactivecharacter 128 {\d{A}} +\defineactivecharacter 129 {\'{uA}} +\defineactivecharacter 130 {\`{uA}} +\defineactivecharacter 131 {\d{uA}} +\defineactivecharacter 132 {\'{^A}} +\defineactivecharacter 133 {\`{^A}} +\defineactivecharacter 134 {\h{^A}} +\defineactivecharacter 135 {\d{^A}} +\defineactivecharacter 136 {\~{E}} +\defineactivecharacter 137 {\d{E}} +\defineactivecharacter 138 {\'{^E}} +\defineactivecharacter 139 {\`{^E}} +\defineactivecharacter 140 {\h{^E}} +\defineactivecharacter 141 {\~{^E}} +\defineactivecharacter 142 {\d{^E}} +\defineactivecharacter 143 {\'{^O}} + +\defineactivecharacter 144 {\`{^O}} +\defineactivecharacter 145 {\h{^O}} +\defineactivecharacter 146 {\~{^O}} +\defineactivecharacter 147 {\d{^O}} +\defineactivecharacter 148 {\d{hO}} +\defineactivecharacter 149 {\'{hO}} +\defineactivecharacter 150 {\`{hO}} +\defineactivecharacter 151 {\h{hO}} +\defineactivecharacter 152 {\d{I}} +\defineactivecharacter 153 {\h{O}} +\defineactivecharacter 154 {\d{O}} +\defineactivecharacter 155 {\h{I}} +\defineactivecharacter 156 {\h{U}} +\defineactivecharacter 157 {\~{U}} +\defineactivecharacter 158 {\d{U}} +\defineactivecharacter 159 {\`{Y}} + +\defineactivecharacter 160 {\~{O}} +\defineactivecharacter 161 {\'{ua}} +\defineactivecharacter 162 {\`{ua}} +\defineactivecharacter 163 {\d{ua}} +\defineactivecharacter 164 {\'{^a}} +\defineactivecharacter 165 {\`{^a}} +\defineactivecharacter 166 {\h{^a}} +\defineactivecharacter 167 {\d{^a}} +\defineactivecharacter 168 {\~{e}} +\defineactivecharacter 169 {\d{ e}} +\defineactivecharacter 170 {\'{^e}} +\defineactivecharacter 171 {\`{^e}} +\defineactivecharacter 172 {\h{^e}} +\defineactivecharacter 173 {\~{^e}} +\defineactivecharacter 174 {\d{^e}} +\defineactivecharacter 175 {\'{^o}} + +\defineactivecharacter 176 {\`{^o}} +\defineactivecharacter 177 {\h{^o}} +\defineactivecharacter 178 {\~{^o}} +\defineactivecharacter 179 {\~{hO}} +\defineactivecharacter 180 {\h{O}} +\defineactivecharacter 181 {\d{^o}} +\defineactivecharacter 182 {\`{ho}} +\defineactivecharacter 183 {\h{ho}} +\defineactivecharacter 184 {\d{i}} +\defineactivecharacter 185 {\d{hU}} +\defineactivecharacter 186 {\'{hU}} +\defineactivecharacter 187 {\`{hU}} +\defineactivecharacter 188 {\h{hU}} +\defineactivecharacter 189 {\h{o}} +\defineactivecharacter 190 {\'{ho}} +\defineactivecharacter 191 {\h{U}} + +\defineactivecharacter 192 {\`{A}} +\defineactivecharacter 193 {\'{A}} +\defineactivecharacter 194 {\^{A}} +\defineactivecharacter 195 {\~{A}} +\defineactivecharacter 196 {\h{A}} +\defineactivecharacter 197 {\u{A}} +\defineactivecharacter 198 {\h{ua}} +\defineactivecharacter 199 {\~{ua}} +\defineactivecharacter 200 {\`{E}} +\defineactivecharacter 201 {\'{E}} +\defineactivecharacter 202 {\^{E}} +\defineactivecharacter 203 {\h{E}} +\defineactivecharacter 204 {\`{I}} +\defineactivecharacter 205 {\'{I}} +\defineactivecharacter 206 {\~{I}} +\defineactivecharacter 207 {\`{y}} + +\defineactivecharacter 208 {\DJ} +\defineactivecharacter 209 {\'{hu}} +\defineactivecharacter 210 {\`{O}} +\defineactivecharacter 211 {\'{O}} +\defineactivecharacter 212 {\^{O}} +\defineactivecharacter 213 {\d{a}} +\defineactivecharacter 214 {\h{y}} +\defineactivecharacter 215 {\`{hu}} +\defineactivecharacter 216 {\h{hu}} +\defineactivecharacter 217 {\`{U}} +\defineactivecharacter 218 {\'{U}} +\defineactivecharacter 219 {\~{y}} +\defineactivecharacter 220 {\d{y}} +\defineactivecharacter 221 {\'{Y}} +\defineactivecharacter 222 {\~{ho}} +\defineactivecharacter 223 {\h{u}} + +\defineactivecharacter 224 {\`{a}} +\defineactivecharacter 225 {\'{a}} +\defineactivecharacter 226 {\^{a}} +\defineactivecharacter 227 {\~{a}} +\defineactivecharacter 228 {\h{a}} +\defineactivecharacter 229 {\u{a}} +\defineactivecharacter 230 {\~{hu}} +\defineactivecharacter 231 {\~{^a}} +\defineactivecharacter 232 {\`{e}} +\defineactivecharacter 233 {\'{e}} +\defineactivecharacter 234 {\^{e}} +\defineactivecharacter 235 {\h{e}} +\defineactivecharacter 236 {\`{i}} +\defineactivecharacter 237 {\'{i}} +\defineactivecharacter 238 {\~{i}} +\defineactivecharacter 239 {\h{i}} + +\defineactivecharacter 240 {\dj} +\defineactivecharacter 241 {\d{hu}} +\defineactivecharacter 242 {\`{o}} +\defineactivecharacter 243 {\'{o}} +\defineactivecharacter 244 {\^{o}} +\defineactivecharacter 245 {\~{o}} +\defineactivecharacter 246 {\h{o}} +\defineactivecharacter 247 {\d{o}} +\defineactivecharacter 248 {\d{u}} +\defineactivecharacter 249 {\`{u}} +\defineactivecharacter 250 {\'{u}} +\defineactivecharacter 251 {\~{u}} +\defineactivecharacter 252 {\h{u}} +\defineactivecharacter 253 {\'{y}} +\defineactivecharacter 254 {\d{ho}} +\defineactivecharacter 255 {\~{hU}} + +\stopregime + +\enableregime[viscii] + +\endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/enco-win.tex b/tex/context/base/enco-win.tex index bdef12c7e..73140490c 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/enco-win.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/enco-win.tex @@ -1,124 +1,122 @@ -%D \module
-%D [ file=enco-win,
-%D version=1997.08.29,
-%D title=\CONTEXT\ Encoding Macros,
-%D subtitle=Windows 1252 ANSI keys,
-%D author=Hans Hagen / Tobias Burnus,
-%D date=\currentdate,
-%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}]
-%C
-%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is
-%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for
-%C details.
-
-%D This module activates the (western) \kap{windows} high \ANSI\
-%D characters, such as ë and á.
-
-\unprotect
-
-\catcode`\À=\@@active \unexpanded\defÀ{\`A}
-\catcode`\Á=\@@active \unexpanded\defÁ{\'A}
-\catcode`\Â=\@@active \unexpanded\defÂ{\^A}
-\catcode`\Ã=\@@active \unexpanded\defÃ{\~A}
-\catcode`\Ä=\@@active \unexpanded\defÄ{\"A}
-\catcode`\Å=\@@active \unexpanded\defÅ{\AA}
-\catcode`\Æ=\@@active \unexpanded\defÆ{\AE}
-
-\catcode`\à=\@@active \unexpanded\defà{\`a}
-\catcode`\á=\@@active \unexpanded\defá{\'a}
-\catcode`\â=\@@active \unexpanded\defâ{\^a}
-\catcode`\ã=\@@active \unexpanded\defã{\~a}
-\catcode`\ä=\@@active \unexpanded\defä{\"a}
-\catcode`\å=\@@active \unexpanded\defå{\aa}
-\catcode`\æ=\@@active \unexpanded\defæ{\ae}
-
-\catcode`\Ç=\@@active \unexpanded\defÇ{\c C}
-\catcode`\ç=\@@active \unexpanded\defç{\c c}
-
-\catcode`\È=\@@active \unexpanded\defÈ{\`E}
-\catcode`\É=\@@active \unexpanded\defÉ{\'E}
-\catcode`\Ê=\@@active \unexpanded\defÊ{\^E}
-\catcode`\Ë=\@@active \unexpanded\defË{\"E}
-
-\catcode`\è=\@@active \unexpanded\defè{\`e}
-\catcode`\é=\@@active \unexpanded\defé{\'e}
-\catcode`\ê=\@@active \unexpanded\defê{\^e}
-\catcode`\ë=\@@active \unexpanded\defë{\"e}
-
-\catcode`\Ì=\@@active \unexpanded\defÌ{\`I}
-\catcode`\Í=\@@active \unexpanded\defÍ{\'I}
-\catcode`\Î=\@@active \unexpanded\defÎ{\^I}
-\catcode`\Ï=\@@active \unexpanded\defÏ{\"I}
-
-\catcode`\ì=\@@active \unexpanded\defì{\`i}
-\catcode`\í=\@@active \unexpanded\defí{\'i}
-\catcode`\î=\@@active \unexpanded\defî{\^i}
-\catcode`\ï=\@@active \unexpanded\defï{\"i}
-
-\catcode`\Ñ=\@@active \unexpanded\defÑ{\~N}
-\catcode`\ñ=\@@active \unexpanded\defñ{\~n}
-
-\catcode`\Ò=\@@active \unexpanded\defÒ{\`O}
-\catcode`\Ó=\@@active \unexpanded\defÓ{\'O}
-\catcode`\Ô=\@@active \unexpanded\defÔ{\^O}
-\catcode`\Õ=\@@active \unexpanded\defÕ{\~O}
-\catcode`\Ö=\@@active \unexpanded\defÖ{\"O}
-\catcode`\Œ=\@@active \unexpanded\defŒ{\OE}
-\catcode`\Ø=\@@active \unexpanded\defØ{\O}
-
-\catcode`\ò=\@@active \unexpanded\defò{\`o}
-\catcode`\ó=\@@active \unexpanded\defó{\'o}
-\catcode`\ô=\@@active \unexpanded\defô{\^o}
-\catcode`\õ=\@@active \unexpanded\defõ{\~o}
-\catcode`\ö=\@@active \unexpanded\defö{\"o}
-\catcode`\œ=\@@active \unexpanded\defœ{\oe}
-\catcode`\ø=\@@active \unexpanded\defø{\o}
-
-\catcode`\Š=\@@active \unexpanded\defŠ{\v{S}}
-\catcode`\š=\@@active \unexpanded\defš{\v{s}}
-\catcode`\ß=\@@active \unexpanded\defß{\SS}
-
-\catcode`\Ù=\@@active \unexpanded\defÙ{\`U}
-\catcode`\Ú=\@@active \unexpanded\defÚ{\'U}
-\catcode`\Û=\@@active \unexpanded\defÛ{\^U}
-\catcode`\Ü=\@@active \unexpanded\defÜ{\"U}
-
-\catcode`\ù=\@@active \unexpanded\defù{\`u}
-\catcode`\ú=\@@active \unexpanded\defú{\'u}
-\catcode`\û=\@@active \unexpanded\defû{\^u}
-\catcode`\ü=\@@active \unexpanded\defü{\"u}
-
-\catcode`\Ý=\@@active \unexpanded\defÝ{\'Y}
-\catcode`\ý=\@@active \unexpanded\defý{\'y}
-\catcode`\ÿ=\@@active \unexpanded\defÿ{\"y}
-
-\catcode`\¿=\@@active \unexpanded\def¿{?`}
-\catcode`\¡=\@@active \unexpanded\def¡{!`}
-\catcode`\†=\@@active \unexpanded\def†{\dag}
-\catcode`\‡=\@@active \unexpanded\def‡{\ddag}
-\catcode`\¶=\@@active \unexpanded\def¶{\P}
-\catcode`\§=\@@active \unexpanded\def§{\S}
-\catcode`\–=\@@active \unexpanded\def–{--}
-\catcode`\—=\@@active \unexpanded\def—{---}
-\catcode`\…=\@@active \unexpanded\def…{\dots}
-\catcode`\©=\@@active \unexpanded\def©{\copyright}
-\catcode`\£=\@@active \unexpanded\def£{\pounds}
-
-\catcode`\„=\@@active \unexpanded\def„{\char44\kern-.1em\char44}
-\catcode`\“=\@@active \unexpanded\def“{\char96\kern-.1em\char96}
-\catcode`\”=\@@active \unexpanded\def”{\char34}
-\catcode`\‘=\@@active \unexpanded\def‘{\upperleftsinglesixquote}
-\catcode`\’=\@@active \unexpanded\def’{\char39}
-\catcode`\›=\@@active \unexpanded\def›{\rightsubguillemot}
-\catcode`\‹=\@@active \unexpanded\def‹{\leftsubguillemot}
-
-\catcode`\«=\@@active
-\catcode`\»=\@@active
-
-\unexpanded\def«{\ifvmode\leavevmode\fi\leftguillemot\prewordbreak}
-\unexpanded\def»{\prewordbreak\rightguillemot}
-
-\protect
-
-\endinput
-
\ No newline at end of file +%D \module +%D [ file=enco-win, +%D version=1997.08.29, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Encoding Macros, +%D subtitle=Windows 1252 ANSI keys, +%D author=Hans Hagen / Tobias Burnus, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. + +%D This module activates the (western) \MSWINDOWS\ high \ANSI\ +%D characters, such as ë and á. + +\startregime [windows] + +\defineactivecharacter À {\`A} +\defineactivecharacter Á {\'A} +\defineactivecharacter  {\^A} +\defineactivecharacter à {\~A} +\defineactivecharacter Ä {\"A} +\defineactivecharacter Å {\AA} +\defineactivecharacter Æ {\AE} + +\defineactivecharacter à {\`a} +\defineactivecharacter á {\'a} +\defineactivecharacter â {\^a} +\defineactivecharacter ã {\~a} +\defineactivecharacter ä {\"a} +\defineactivecharacter å {\aa} +\defineactivecharacter æ {\ae} + +\defineactivecharacter Ç {\c C} +\defineactivecharacter ç {\c c} + +\defineactivecharacter È {\`E} +\defineactivecharacter É {\'E} +\defineactivecharacter Ê {\^E} +\defineactivecharacter Ë {\"E} + +\defineactivecharacter è {\`e} +\defineactivecharacter é {\'e} +\defineactivecharacter ê {\^e} +\defineactivecharacter ë {\"e} + +\defineactivecharacter Ì {\`I} +\defineactivecharacter Í {\'I} +\defineactivecharacter Î {\^I} +\defineactivecharacter Ï {\"I} + +\defineactivecharacter ì {\`i} +\defineactivecharacter í {\'i} +\defineactivecharacter î {\^i} +\defineactivecharacter ï {\"i} + +\defineactivecharacter Ñ {\~N} +\defineactivecharacter ñ {\~n} + +\defineactivecharacter Ò {\`O} +\defineactivecharacter Ó {\'O} +\defineactivecharacter Ô {\^O} +\defineactivecharacter Õ {\~O} +\defineactivecharacter Ö {\"O} +\defineactivecharacter Œ {\OE} +\defineactivecharacter Ø {\O} + +\defineactivecharacter ò {\`o} +\defineactivecharacter ó {\'o} +\defineactivecharacter ô {\^o} +\defineactivecharacter õ {\~o} +\defineactivecharacter ö {\"o} +\defineactivecharacter œ {\oe} +\defineactivecharacter ø {\o} + +\defineactivecharacter Š {\v{S}} +\defineactivecharacter š {\v{s}} +\defineactivecharacter ß {\SS} + +\defineactivecharacter Ù {\`U} +\defineactivecharacter Ú {\'U} +\defineactivecharacter Û {\^U} +\defineactivecharacter Ü {\"U} + +\defineactivecharacter ù {\`u} +\defineactivecharacter ú {\'u} +\defineactivecharacter û {\^u} +\defineactivecharacter ü {\"u} + +\defineactivecharacter Ý {\'Y} +\defineactivecharacter ý {\'y} +\defineactivecharacter ÿ {\"y} + +\defineactivecharacter ¿ {?`} +\defineactivecharacter ¡ {!`} +\defineactivecharacter † {\dag} +\defineactivecharacter ‡ {\ddag} +\defineactivecharacter ¶ {\P} +\defineactivecharacter § {\S} +\defineactivecharacter – {--} +\defineactivecharacter — {---} +\defineactivecharacter … {\dots} +\defineactivecharacter © {\copyright} +\defineactivecharacter £ {\pounds} + +\defineactivecharacter „ {\char44\kern-.1em\char44} +\defineactivecharacter “ {\char96\kern-.1em\char96} +\defineactivecharacter ” {\char34} +\defineactivecharacter ‘ {\upperleftsinglesixquote} +\defineactivecharacter ’ {\char39} +\defineactivecharacter › {\rightsubguillemot} +\defineactivecharacter ‹ {\leftsubguillemot} + +\defineactivecharacter « {\ifvmode\leavevmode\fi\leftguillemot\prewordbreak} +\defineactivecharacter » {\prewordbreak\rightguillemot} + +\stopregime + +\enableregime[windows] + +\endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/enco-x5.tex b/tex/context/base/enco-x5.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f654be0ec --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/enco-x5.tex @@ -0,0 +1,235 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=enco-x5, +%D version=1999.12.12, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Encoding Macros, +%D subtitle=Vietnamese Encoding, +%D author=J. Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright=J. Hagen] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. + +%D This module is derived from the some files Han The Thanh +%D prepared for \LATEX. The dual accent support is still +%D preliminary, but works ok. + +\startencoding[x5] + +\defineaccentcommand ` 0 +\defineaccentcommand ' 1 +\defineaccentcommand ^ 2 +\defineaccentcommand ~ 3 +\defineaccentcommand " 4 +\defineaccentcommand d 5 +\defineaccentcommand r 6 +\defineaccentcommand v 7 +\defineaccentcommand u 8 +\defineaccentcommand = 9 +\defineaccentcommand . 10 + +\defineaccentcommand h 12 + +\defineaccent ` A 128 +\defineaccent ' A 129 +\defineaccent ~ A 130 +\defineaccent h A 131 +\defineaccent d A 132 +\defineaccent ^ A 133 +\defineaccent ` ^A 134 +\defineaccent ' ^A 135 +\defineaccent ~ ^A 136 +\defineaccent h ^A 137 +\defineaccent d ^A 138 +\defineaccent u A 139 +\defineaccent ` uA 140 +\defineaccent ' uA 141 +\defineaccent ~ uA 142 +\defineaccent h uA 143 +\defineaccent d uA 144 +\defineaccent ` E 145 +\defineaccent ' E 146 +\defineaccent ~ E 147 +\defineaccent h E 148 +\defineaccent d E 149 +\defineaccent ^ E 150 +\defineaccent ` ^E 151 +\defineaccent ' ^E 152 +\defineaccent ~ ^E 153 +\defineaccent h ^E 154 +\defineaccent d ^E 155 +\defineaccent ` I 156 +\defineaccent ' I 157 +\defineaccent ~ I 158 +\defineaccent h I 159 +\defineaccent d I 192 +\defineaccent ` O 193 +\defineaccent ' O 194 +\defineaccent ~ O 195 +\defineaccent h O 196 +\defineaccent d O 197 +\defineaccent ^ O 198 +\defineaccent ` ^O 199 +\defineaccent ' ^O 200 +\defineaccent ~ ^O 201 +\defineaccent h ^O 202 +\defineaccent d ^O 203 +\defineaccent h O 204 +\defineaccent ` hO 205 +\defineaccent ' hO 206 +\defineaccent ~ hO 207 +\defineaccent h hO 208 +\defineaccent d hO 209 +\defineaccent ` U 210 +\defineaccent ' U 211 +\defineaccent ~ U 212 +\defineaccent h U 213 +\defineaccent d U 214 +\defineaccent h U 215 +\defineaccent ` hU 216 +\defineaccent ' hU 217 +\defineaccent ~ hU 218 +\defineaccent h hU 219 +\defineaccent d hU 220 +\defineaccent ` Y 221 +\defineaccent ' Y 222 +\defineaccent ~ Y 223 +\defineaccent h Y 26 +\defineaccent d Y 28 +\defineaccent ` a 160 +\defineaccent ' a 161 +\defineaccent ~ a 162 +\defineaccent h a 163 +\defineaccent d a 164 +\defineaccent ^ a 165 +\defineaccent ` ^a 166 +\defineaccent ' ^a 167 +\defineaccent ~ ^a 168 +\defineaccent h ^a 169 +\defineaccent d ^a 170 +\defineaccent u a 171 +\defineaccent ` ua 172 +\defineaccent ' ua 173 +\defineaccent ~ ua 174 +\defineaccent h ua 175 +\defineaccent d ua 176 +\defineaccent ` e 177 +\defineaccent ' e 178 +\defineaccent ~ e 179 +\defineaccent h e 180 +\defineaccent d e 181 +\defineaccent ^ e 182 +\defineaccent ` ^e 183 +\defineaccent ' ^e 184 +\defineaccent ~ ^e 185 +\defineaccent h ^e 186 +\defineaccent d ^e 187 +\defineaccent ` i 188 +\defineaccent ' i 189 +\defineaccent ~ i 190 +\defineaccent h i 191 +\defineaccent d i 224 +\defineaccent ` o 225 +\defineaccent ' o 226 +\defineaccent ~ o 227 +\defineaccent h o 228 +\defineaccent d o 229 +\defineaccent ^ o 230 +\defineaccent ` ^o 231 +\defineaccent ' ^o 232 +\defineaccent ~ ^o 233 +\defineaccent h ^o 234 +\defineaccent d ^o 235 +\defineaccent h o 236 +\defineaccent ` ho 237 +\defineaccent ' ho 238 +\defineaccent ~ ho 239 +\defineaccent h ho 240 +\defineaccent d ho 241 +\defineaccent ` u 242 +\defineaccent ' u 243 +\defineaccent ~ u 244 +\defineaccent h u 245 +\defineaccent d u 246 +\defineaccent h u 247 +\defineaccent ` hu 248 +\defineaccent ' hu 249 +\defineaccent ~ hu 250 +\defineaccent h hu 251 +\defineaccent d hu 252 +\defineaccent ` y 253 +\defineaccent ' y 254 +\defineaccent ~ y 255 +\defineaccent h y 27 +\defineaccent d y 29 + +\definecharacter i 25 +\definecharacter DJ 30 +\definecharacter dj 31 + +\definecommand b {\xfiveencodedb} +\definecommand c {\xfiveencodedc} +\definecommand aa {\xfiveencodeda} +\definecommand AA {\xfiveencodedaa} + +\stopencoding + +\def\xfiveencodedb#1% + {\o@lign + {\relax + #1% + \crcr + \hidewidth + \sh@ft{29}% + \vbox to.2ex{\hbox{\char9}\vss}% + \hidewidth}} + +\def\xfiveencodedc#1% + {\leavevmode + \setbox\z@\hbox{#1}% + \ifdim\ht\z@ = 1ex + \accent11 #1 + \else + {\ooalign{\hidewidth\char11\hidewidth\crcr\unhbox\z@}}% + \fi} + +\def\xfiveencodedaa% + {\accent23a} + +\def\xfiveencodedAA% + {\leavevmode + \setbox\z@\hbox{h}% + \dimen@\ht\z@ + \advance\dimen@ -1ex + \rlap{\raise.67\dimen@\hbox{\char23}}A} + +\endinput + +% \quotesinglbase 13 +% \guilsinglleft 14 +% \guilsinglright 15 +% \textquotedblleft 16 +% \textquotedblright 17 +% \quotedblbase 18 +% \guillemotleft 19 +% \guillemotright 20 +% \textendash 21 +% \textemdash 22 +% \textcompwordmark 23 +% \textperthousand \% \char 24 +% \textpertenthousand \%\char 24\char 24 +% \textvisiblespace 32 +% \textquotedbl `\" +% \textdollar `\$ +% \textquoteright `\' +% \textless `\< +% \textgreater `\> +% \textbackslash `\ +% \textasciicircum `\^ +% \textunderscore 95 +% \textquoteleft `\` +% \textbraceleft `\{ +% \textbar `\| +% \textbraceright `\} +% \textasciitilde `\~ diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-ant.tex b/tex/context/base/font-ant.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b3e41e1d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/font-ant.tex @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=font-ant, +%D version=1998.8.25, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Font Macros, +%D subtitle=AntykwaTorunska, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. + +%D The Antikwa Torunska font family is a rather nice +%D and subtle one. Although primary meant for the polish +%D language, it can be used for other languages as well. + +\definefontsynonym [Serif] [AntykwaTorunska-Regular] +\definefontsynonym [SerifBold] [AntykwaTorunska-Bold] +\definefontsynonym [SerifItalic] [AntykwaTorunska-Italic] +\definefontsynonym [SerifSlanted] [AntykwaTorunska-Italic] +\definefontsynonym [SerifBoldItalic] [AntykwaTorunska-Bold] +\definefontsynonym [SerifBoldSlanted] [AntykwaTorunska-Bold] +\definefontsynonym [SerifCaps] [AntykwaTorunska-Regular] + +\definebodyfont [14.4pt,12pt,11pt,10pt,9pt,8pt,7pt] [rm] [default] + +\endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-arb.tex b/tex/context/base/font-arb.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2303381e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/font-arb.tex @@ -0,0 +1,327 @@ +% I still need to hook in some features into the setup +% macro. I also have to (re)define farsi etc. in ways +% similar to arab, so that we have dedicated environments. +% +% keywords needed: vocalize transscribe +% +% \startarabic[option=vocalize] % or vocalize=yes +% ...... +% \stoparabic + +%D \module +%D [ file=font-arb, +%D version=1999.11.06, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Font Macros, +%D subtitle=Arabic, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Font Macros / ArabTeX support} + +%D At the \NTG\ 10\hoog{th} anniversary meeting Klaus Lagally +%D introduced the audience to arabic typesetting, and after +%D that I knew that some day I really had to look into his +%D generic package. And then, sort of simultaniously Maarten +%D Wisse and Imran Ahsan Nyazee asked me if \CONTEXT\ could +%D support \ARABTEX, a package that provides right to left +%D typesetting of (several variants of) arab and hebrew. +%D Having implemented support for chinese a few weeks before, +%D I could not resist to build in support for arab and hebrew +%D too. Writing support for languages that don't give me any +%D cue on how to pronounce their script, is kind of special. + +%D This is a beta version, since I still have to take care of some +%D macros that conflict with existing stuff. + +\unprotect + +\definesystemvariable{ARABTEX} + +%D This will go to into font-ini.tex (moved from font-uni.tex): + +\def\fontstylesuffix% + {\ifnum\fam=\tffam \s!Regular \else + \ifnum\fam=\bffam \s!Bold \else + \ifnum\fam=\slfam \s!Slanted \else + \ifnum\fam=\itfam \s!Italic \else + \ifnum\fam=\bsfam \s!BoldSlanted \else + \ifnum\fam=\bifam \s!BoldItalic \else + \s!Regular \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} + +%D A few (maybe too) simple hooks into the font mechanism. The +%D hook into the language module is not yet done. + +\unexpanded\def\setarabicfont#1% + {\scratchdimen=1.2\bodyfontsize + \font\arbfont=\truefontname{Arabic#1} at \currentfontscale\scratchdimen +\setx@skels +\newfonttrue + \arbfont} + +%D Just to be compatible with Arab\TEX\ we define: + +\unexpanded\def\nash {\setarabicfont\s!Regular} +\unexpanded\def\nashbf {\setarabicfont\s!Bold } +\unexpanded\def\pnash {\setarabicfont\s!Regular} +\unexpanded\def\pnashbf {\setarabicfont\s!Bold } +\unexpanded\def\xnash {\setarabicfont\s!Regular} +\unexpanded\def\xnashbf {\setarabicfont\s!Bold } + +%D The display arabic environment (will be an installable +%D object) uses a few conditionals. Let's do it the +%D \CONTEXT\ way and define an anvironment that we later can +%D adapt. + +\newif\if@ignore +\newif\if@endpe + +\def\setupARABTEXalternative[#1]% + {\dodoubleempty\getparameters[\??ARABTEX#1]} + +\def\defineARABTEXalternative% + {\dodoubleempty\dodefineARABTEXalternative} + +\def\dodefineARABTEXalternative[#1][#2]% + {\iffirstargument % \startarab is defined but used already + \getparameters + [\??ARABTEX#1] + [\c!voor=,\c!na=,\c!binnen=\setarab, + \c!letter=\setarabfont{Arabic\fontstylesuffix}, % evt ArabicRegular + #2]% + \expandafter\all@wcmd\csname\e!stop#1\endcsname + \setvalue{\e!start#1}% + {\dodoubleempty\dostartARABTEXalternative[#1]}% + \unexpanded\setvalue{#1}##1% + {{\initializeARABTEXinternals{#1}\a@RL{##1}}}% + \unexpanded\def\RL{\getvalue{#1}}% + \unexpanded\def\LR{\a@LR}% + \let\R=\RL + \let\L=\LR + \else + \defineARABTEXalternative[arabic]% + \fi} + +\def\initializeARABTEXinternals#1% + {\getvalue{\??ARABTEX#1\c!binnen}% + \let \\=\ARABTEXbreakA + \let \|=\ARABTEXbreakB + \let \cap=\ARABTEXcap + \let \sh@ft=\ARABTEXsh@ft + \let \b=\ARABTEXb + \let \d=\ARABTEXd + \let |=\ARABTEXbar + \let \,=\ARABTEXcomma + \let\protect=\ARABTEXprotect + \let\normaltx \tx \def\tx {\normaltx \setarabicfont\fontstylesuffix}% + \let\normaltxx\txx\def\txx{\normaltxx\setarabicfont\fontstylesuffix}} + +\def\dostartARABTEXalternative[#1][#2]% + {\begingroup + \getparameters[\??ARABTEX#1][#2]% + \ifnum1<0\getvalue{\??ARABTEX#1\c!n}\relax + \startkolommen + \else + \getvalue{\??ARABTEX#1\c!voor}% + \fi + \initializeARABTEXinternals{#1}% + \initializeARABTEXend{#1}% + \arabtext + \initializeARABTEXalternative{#1}} + +\def\initializeARABTEXalternative#1% + {\getvalue{\??ARABTEX#1\c!letter}} + +\def\initializeARABTEXend#1% \CONTEXT\ does use \end quite differently + {\long\def\end##1% + {\endarabtext + \ifnum1<0\getvalue{\??ARABTEX#1\c!n}\relax + \stopkolommen + \else + \getvalue{\??ARABTEX#1\c!na}% + \fi + \endgroup}% + \let\a@l@end\end + \letvalue{\e!stop#1}=\end + \long\def\end##1% + {\endarabtext + \endgroup + \if@ignore\global\@ignorefalse\expandafter\ignorespaces\fi}} + +%D Arabic verbatim. + +\def\typearab{\a@@verb} + +%D Some \LATEX\ macros. + +\def \makeatletter {\unprotect} +\def \makeatother {\protect} +\def \typeout #1{\writestatus{arabtex}{#1}} + +%D We have to save some macros. + +\let\ARABTEXversion=\empty + +\def\startloadingARABTEX% ugly hacks + {\catcode`!=12 + \catcode`?=12 + \pushmacro\output \let \output \scratchtokens + \pushmacro\LaTeX \let \LaTeX \undefined + \pushmacro\CJK \let \CJK \undefined + \pushmacro\year \let \year \normalyear + \pushmacro\month \let \month \normalmonth + \pushmacro\day \let \day \normalday + \pushmacro\input \def \input ##1 {\normalinput ##1 } + \pushmacro\linewidth + \pushmacro\datum \def\datum {\toks0} + \pushmacro\version \def\version {\toks2} + \pushmacro\theversion \let\theversion \ARABTEXversion + \pushmacro\emphasize + \pushmacro\cap} + +\def\stoploadingARABTEX% + {\catcode`!=11 + \catcode`?=11 + \popmacro\cap + \popmacro\emphasize + \popmacro\theversion + \popmacro\version + \popmacro\datum + \popmacro\linewidth + \popmacro\input + \popmacro\day + \popmacro\month + \popmacro\year + \popmacro\CJK + \popmacro\LaTeX + \popmacro\output} + +%D We save some macros: + +\startloadingARABTEX + +%D When loading \ARABTEX\ we have to set back the~! and~?. + +\input arabtex.sty + +%D Since \ARABTEX\ has its own \type {\cap}, we save the +%D new meaning. We also redefine some \PLAIN\ macros, which +%D happen to have a different meaning in \LATEX. + +\let\ARABTEXversion=\theversion + +\let\ARABTEXcap=\cap + +\def\ARABTEXsh@ft#1% + {\dimen@.00#1ex + \multiply\dimen@\fontdimen1\font + \kern-.0156\dimen@} + +\def\ARABTEXd#1% + {{\o@lign{\relax#1\crcr\hidewidth\sh@ft{10}% + .\hidewidth}}} + +\def\ARABTEXb#1% + {{\o@lign{\relax#1\crcr\hidewidth\sh@ft{29}% + \vbox to.2ex{\hbox{\char22}\vss}\hidewidth}}} + +%D A few internals: + +\def \ARABTEXcomma {\relax\ifmmode\mskip\thinmuskip\else\thinspace\fi} +\def \ARABTEXbreakA {\hfill\break} +\def \ARABTEXbreakB {\break} +\edef\ARABTEXbar {\string|} +\let \ARABTEXprotect \relax + +%D Now we can pop the saved macros. + +\stoploadingARABTEX + +%D Ah, we have to get rid of some \type {\protect} stuff but +%D to permit testing we add it in the \CONTEXT\ way. + +\bgroup +\catcode`\<=\@other +\unexpanded\gdef\a@ins% + {\ifmmode + \expandafter<% + \else + \leavevmode \bgroup + \arab@codes \set@arabfont \@waslafalse \@wasfalse + \expandafter\arab@insert + \fi} +\unexpanded\gdef\<{\a@ins} +\catcode`\<=\active +\global\let<=\a@ins +\egroup + +%D We also need to register a few macros: + +\all@w@ne\initializeARABTEXalternative % one argument, internal command +\all@wcmd\tx % no argument, small font +\all@wcmd\txx % no argument, smaller font + +%D The main definitions are: + +\definefontsynonym [ArabicRegular] [xnsh14] +\definefontsynonym [ArabicBold] [xnsh14bf] + +\defineARABTEXalternative + [arabic] + [\c!binnen=\setarab, + \c!letter=\setarabfont\fontstylesuffix] + +\defineARABTEXalternative + [farsi] + [\c!binnen=\setfarsi, + \c!letter=\setarabfont\fontstylesuffix] + +\defineARABTEXalternative + [urdu] + [\c!binnen=\seturdu, + \c!letter=\setarabfont\fontstylesuffix] + +\defineARABTEXalternative + [maghribi] + [\c!binnen=\setmaghribi, + \c!letter=\setarabfont\fontstylesuffix] + +%D Apart from such definitions, one can adapt the settings +%D using \type {\setupARABTEXalternative}. +%D +%D A few years ago at the Holland Festivities, I attended {\em +%D The Cave}, one of the most impressive combinations of music +%D and video I know. This composition of Steve Reich (music) +%D and .. (video) concentrates on the common grounds of arabs +%D and jews: their ancestor Abram. Listening to the \CDROM's +%D of {\em The Cave}, provided me the right ambiance for +%D filling in the details of this module. In {\em The Cave}, +%D interviews, music, and |<|believe it or not|>| rhythmic +%D typography are the cornerstones. Remembering those big +%D screens, it strikes me that like music, \TEX\ too is a +%D perfect instrument to cross cultural and linguistic +%D borders. So, let's: + +\protect + +%D those macros, + +\endinput + +%D and use them! + +% \defineconversion [abjad] [\abj@d] +% +% voetnoten verbatim lijsten indexen tabellen uitlijnen +% +% \v!hoofdstuk=al-fa.slu +% \v!inhoud=al-mu.htawayAtu +% \v!figuren=qA'imaTu al-.suwaru +% \v!tabellen=qA'imaTu al-^gadAwilu +% \v!grafieken=qA'imaTu al-rusUmu +% \v!index=al-fihrisu +% \v!bijlage=al-mul.haqu diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-ber.tex b/tex/context/base/font-ber.tex index 74fc271d8..f18bdd868 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/font-ber.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/font-ber.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ %D \module %D [ file=font-ber, -%D version=1998.4.11, +%D version=1998.7.16, %D title=\CONTEXT\ Font Macros, %D subtitle=Karl Berry Font Names, %D author=Hans Hagen, @@ -8,26 +8,34 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. -\definefontsynonym [Baskerville] [mbvr8a] -\definefontsynonym [Baskerville-Italic] [mbvri8a] -\definefontsynonym [Baskerville-Bold] [mbvb8a] -\definefontsynonym [Baskerville-BoldItalic] [mbvbi8a] -\definefontsynonym [Baskerville-SemiBold] [mbvs8a] -\definefontsynonym [Baskerville-SemiBoldItalic] [mbvsi8a] +\definefontsynonym [Baskerville] [mbvr8t] [encoding=ec] +\definefontsynonym [Baskerville-Italic] [mbvri8t] [encoding=ec] +\definefontsynonym [Baskerville-Bold] [mbvb8t] [encoding=ec] +\definefontsynonym [Baskerville-BoldItalic] [mbvbi8t] [encoding=ec] +\definefontsynonym [Baskerville-SemiBold] [mbvs8t] [encoding=ec] +\definefontsynonym [Baskerville-SemiBoldItalic] [mbvsi8t] [encoding=ec] -\definefontsynonym [Courier] [pcrr] -\definefontsynonym [Courier-Oblique] [pcrro] -\definefontsynonym [Helvetica] [phvr] -\definefontsynonym [Helvetica-Oblique] [phvro] -\definefontsynonym [Helvetica-Bold] [phvb] -\definefontsynonym [Helvetica-BoldOblique] [phvbo] -\definefontsynonym [Times-Roman] [ptmr] -\definefontsynonym [Times-Italic] [ptmri] -\definefontsynonym [Times-Bold] [ptmb] -\definefontsynonym [Times-BoldItalic] [ptmbi] +\definefontsynonym [Courier] [pcrr8t] [encoding=ec] +\definefontsynonym [Courier-Bold] [pcrb8t] [encoding=ec] +\definefontsynonym [Courier-Oblique] [pcrro8t] [encoding=ec] +\definefontsynonym [Courier-BoldOblique] [pcrbo8t] [encoding=ec] + +\definefontsynonym [Helvetica] [phvr8t] [encoding=ec] +\definefontsynonym [Helvetica-Oblique] [phvro8t] [encoding=ec] +\definefontsynonym [Helvetica-Bold] [phvb8t] [encoding=ec] +\definefontsynonym [Helvetica-BoldOblique] [phvbo8t] [encoding=ec] + +\definefontsynonym [Times-Roman] [ptmr8t] [encoding=ec] +\definefontsynonym [Times-Italic] [ptmri8t] [encoding=ec] +\definefontsynonym [Times-Bold] [ptmb8t] [encoding=ec] +\definefontsynonym [Times-BoldItalic] [ptmbi8t] [encoding=ec] + +\definefontsynonym [AntykwaTorunska-Regular] [zatr8t] [encoding=ec] +\definefontsynonym [AntykwaTorunska-Italic] [zatri8t] [encoding=ec] +\definefontsynonym [AntykwaTorunska-Bold] [zatb8t] [encoding=ec] \definefontsynonym [AvantGarde] [pag] \definefontsynonym [BookmanLight] [pbk] diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-chi.tex b/tex/context/base/font-chi.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..25fafaa82 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/font-chi.tex @@ -0,0 +1,943 @@ +% still to be implemented: +% +% - columns left right touch +% - distance = (hsize-n*bodyfontsize)/(n-1) +% - char grids +% - char tables +% - all kind of rotated combinations +% - hanging puctuation +% - a few more encodings +% - rotation list +% +% currently under testing: big5 +% +% misschien een andere suffix: tux of tuc + +%D \module +%D [ file=font-chi, +%D version=1999.10.10, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Font Macros, +%D subtitle=Chinese, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D suggestions=Wang Lei, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Font Macros / Chinese} + +%M \stelkorpsin[chi] +%M +%M \def\WangLei% +%M {\purechinese{\uchar{205}{245}\uchar{192}{218}}} + +\useencoding[chi] + +%D When \WangLei\ sent me a mail asking if \CONTEXT\ was able +%D to support Chinese, I wasn't sure if the answer could be +%D yes. I knew that those languages, rich of glyphs, were +%D typeset by \TEX, so in principle it should be possible. I +%D asked or some more input and was told that there were +%D \LATEX\ styles regarding those languages. When I unzipped +%D the accompanying files, it became clear that I had to +%D implement support for Chinese from scratch. There was a +%D multitude of font, with rather unfamiliar encodings, a +%D large collection of files with |<|at least for me|>| +%D unknown purposes, and worse, the documentation was mainly +%D in Chinese. +%D +%D So, \WangLei\ and I started exchanging some emails and it +%D soon became clear that supporting Chinese was not that +%D complicated at all. It mostly came to dealing with handling +%D \UNICODE\ fonts. It also became clear that everything +%D Chinese took place in the upper region of the eight bit +%D character set. I wrote some macros that could process the +%D small \type {Hello World} file \WangLei\ had send me, and +%D after some bug fixes real Chinese came out. I started to +%D like the look and fel of Chinese glyphs, so on we went. +%D +%D The first comments concerned spacing. The mix of English +%D and Chinese demands some rather deliberate handling of +%D spacing. Breaking lines was not so much a problem, and +%D could be solved by adding some glue between Chinese glyphs. +%D +%D In the meantime had asked \WangLei\ for some language bound +%D labels and texts, and implementing these was rather +%D straightforward. But, there were still some issues to deal +%D with: conversion of numbers, date handling and index +%D sorting. +%D +%D I consider(ed) writing Chinese support to be a nice puzzle, +%D since I have to act on chinese \CONTEXT\ code, where I only +%D understand the \CONTEXT\ part. The drawings \WangLei\ made +%D me (in drawing packages) were of great help. Since I write +%D these modules from scratch, although I fall back on some +%D basic encoding and font modules, I consider them to be +%D rather clean. This cannot be said of all \CONTEXT\ font +%D modules \type {-)}. + +\unprotect + +%D Because Chinese glyphs have more height than the average +%D Latin glyph, and at the same time don't have much depth, +%D we adapt the scale. +%D +%D Before and after the glyph we have to deal with Chinese +%D spacing. Special attention is given to punctuation. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D [some short nice chinese text with () and english] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D We insert a bit of stretch and introduce a signal to +%D keep track of previous characters. + +%D \macros +%D {chineseunicodescale, chineseinterglyphskip, +%D chineseunicodeheight, chineseunicodedepth, chinesespace} +%D +%D There are a few variables, that can be (re|)|set +%D depending on the current font. They default to: + +\def\chineseunicodescale {1.00} % not smaller than .85 +\def\chineseunicodeheight {1.00} +\def\chineseunicodedepth {1.00} +\def\chineseinterglyphskip{0pt plus .05em minus .01em} +\def\chinesesurroundskip {.25em plus .15em minus .05em} + +%D We define a few signals. (Another examples of using +%D such signals can be found in the module \type {m-units}.) + +\newsignal\chineseLsignal % left boundary character +\newsignal\chineseRsignal % right boundary character +\newsignal\chineseSsignal % any other character (symbol) + +\chardef\chineseBstatus=0 % 0=unknown 1=left 2=right 3=chinese 4=nospace +\chardef\chineseAstatus=0 % 0=unknown 1=left 2=right 3=space +\chardef\chineseSstatus=0 % 0=unknown 1=left 2=right + +\sfcode`(=2000 % a temporary hack + +\def\chinesenobreak% + {\relax + \iftracechinese + \nobreak + \kern-.5pt\color[red]{\vrule\!!width1pt}\kern-.5pt + \nobreak + \else + \nobreak + \fi} + +\newif\ifcorrectchineseboundarychars + +\def\chineseunskip% + {\unskip\unskip\unskip\unskip} + +\def\insertchineseglyph% + {\iftracechinese\tracedchineseglyph\else\insertunicodeglyph\fi} + +\newif\ifverticalchinese + +\def\handlechineseunicodeglyph% + {\ifinpagebody + \horizontalchineseunicodeglyph + \else\ifverticalchinese + \verticalchineseunicodeglyph + \else + \horizontalchineseunicodeglyph + \fi\fi} + +% This is a previous, very encoding specific, attempt. The +% current implementation is more versatile. +% +% \starttypen +% \def\chineseleftglyph {\chardef\chineseSstatus=1 } +% \def\chineserightglyph {\chardef\chineseSstatus=2 } +% \def\chinesecenterglyph {\chardef\chineseSstatus=3 } +% +% \def\analyzechineseunicodeglyph% +% {% left +% \ifnum\unicodeposition=161174 \chineseleftglyph \else +% \ifnum\unicodeposition=161176 \chineseleftglyph \else +% \ifnum\unicodeposition=161178 \chineseleftglyph \else +% \ifnum\unicodeposition=161180 \chineseleftglyph \else +% \ifnum\unicodeposition=161182 \chineseleftglyph \else +% \ifnum\unicodeposition=161184 \chineseleftglyph \else +% \ifnum\unicodeposition=161186 \chineseleftglyph \else +% \ifnum\unicodeposition=161188 \chineseleftglyph \else +% \ifnum\unicodeposition=161190 \chineseleftglyph \else +% \ifnum\unicodeposition=163168 \chineseleftglyph \else +% \ifnum\unicodeposition=163219 \chineseleftglyph \else +% \ifnum\unicodeposition=163224 \chineseleftglyph \else +% \ifnum\unicodeposition=163251 \chineseleftglyph \else +% % right +% \ifnum\unicodeposition=161162 \chineserightglyph \else +% \ifnum\unicodeposition=161163 \chineserightglyph \else +% \ifnum\unicodeposition=161175 \chineserightglyph \else +% \ifnum\unicodeposition=161177 \chineserightglyph \else +% \ifnum\unicodeposition=161179 \chineserightglyph \else +% \ifnum\unicodeposition=161181 \chineserightglyph \else +% \ifnum\unicodeposition=161183 \chineserightglyph \else +% \ifnum\unicodeposition=161185 \chineserightglyph \else +% \ifnum\unicodeposition=161187 \chineserightglyph \else +% \ifnum\unicodeposition=161189 \chineserightglyph \else +% \ifnum\unicodeposition=161191 \chineserightglyph \else +% \ifnum\unicodeposition=161227 \chineserightglyph \else +% \ifnum\unicodeposition=161228 \chineserightglyph \else +% \ifnum\unicodeposition=161229 \chineserightglyph \else +% \ifnum\unicodeposition=163161 \chineserightglyph \else +% \ifnum\unicodeposition=163162 \chineserightglyph \else +% \ifnum\unicodeposition=163167 \chineserightglyph \else +% \ifnum\unicodeposition=163169 \chineserightglyph \else +% \ifnum\unicodeposition=163172 \chineserightglyph \else +% \ifnum\unicodeposition=163174 \chineserightglyph \else +% \ifnum\unicodeposition=163186 \chineserightglyph \else +% \ifnum\unicodeposition=163187 \chineserightglyph \else +% \ifnum\unicodeposition=163191 \chineserightglyph \else +% \ifnum\unicodeposition=163221 \chineserightglyph \else +% \ifnum\unicodeposition=163253 \chineserightglyph \else +% % center +% \ifnum\unicodeposition=161164 \chinesecenterglyph \else +% \ifnum\unicodeposition=161167 \chinesecenterglyph \else +% \ifnum\unicodeposition=161173 \chinesecenterglyph \else +% \ifnum\unicodeposition=163190 \chinesecenterglyph \else +% % unknown +% \chardef\chineseSstatus=0 +% \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \fi +% \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \fi} +% \stoptypen +% +% chinese classes: left=1|right=2|center=3 + +\def\analyzechineseunicodeglyph% + {\chardef\chineseSstatus=0\getvalue{uc\the\unicodeposition}\relax} + +\def\analyzechineseunicodeenviroment% + {% left + \ifx (\nextglyph \chardef\chineseAstatus=1 \else + \ifx [\nextglyph \chardef\chineseAstatus=1 \else + % right + \ifx ,\nextglyph \chardef\chineseAstatus=2 \else + \ifx .\nextglyph \chardef\chineseAstatus=2 \else + \ifx ?\nextglyph \chardef\chineseAstatus=2 \else + \ifx ;\nextglyph \chardef\chineseAstatus=2 \else + \ifx :\nextglyph \chardef\chineseAstatus=2 \else + \ifx !\nextglyph \chardef\chineseAstatus=2 \else + \ifx )\nextglyph \chardef\chineseAstatus=2 \else + \ifx ]\nextglyph \chardef\chineseAstatus=2 \else + % space + \ifx\nextglyph\blankspace \chardef\chineseAstatus=3 \else + \ifx\nextglyph\space \chardef\chineseAstatus=3 \else + \chardef\chineseAstatus=0 + % unknown + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \fi\fi + % maybe save the last skip? + \chardef\chineseBstatus=\ifdim\lastskip=\!!zeropoint 4 \else0 \fi + \ifdim\lastskip=\chineseLsignal \chardef\chineseBstatus=1 \else + \ifdim\lastskip=\chineseRsignal \chardef\chineseBstatus=2 \else + \ifdim\lastskip=\chineseSsignal \chardef\chineseBstatus=3 \else + \scratchskip=\lastskip \unskip + \ifdim\lastskip=\chineseLsignal \chardef\chineseBstatus=1 \else + \ifdim\lastskip=\chineseRsignal \chardef\chineseBstatus=2 \else + \ifdim\lastskip=\chineseSsignal \chardef\chineseBstatus=3 \else + \space\scratchskip=\lastskip \unskip + \setbox\scratchbox=\hbox\bgroup + (\space + \ifdim\lastskip=\scratchskip + \egroup \chardef\chineseBstatus=1 + \else + \egroup + \ifdim\scratchskip=\!!zeropoint \chardef\chineseBstatus=4 \fi + \fi + \fi\fi\fi + \fi\fi\fi} + +\def\horizontalchineseunicodeglyph + {\relax + \ifprocessingverbatim + \insertunicodeglyph + \else + \ifhmode\else\dontleavehmode\fi % added + \setunicodescale\chineseunicodescale + \setunicodestrut\chineseunicodeheight\chineseunicodedepth + \analyzechineseunicodeglyph + \analyzechineseunicodeenviroment + \ifcase\chineseSstatus\relax + \ifcase\chineseBstatus\relax + \chineseunskip + \hskip\chinesesurroundskip % unknown + \or + \chineseunskip + \chinesenobreak % left + \or + \ifcorrectchineseboundarychars\else\chineseunskip\fi + \hskip\chineseinterglyphskip % right + \or + \chineseunskip + \hskip\chineseinterglyphskip % chinese + \or + % whatever + \fi + \insertchineseglyph + \ifcase\chineseAstatus\relax + \hskip\chineseinterglyphskip % unknown + \hskip\chinesesurroundskip + \ifcase\chineseSstatus + \hskip\chineseSsignal + \or + \hskip\chineseLsignal + \else + \hskip\chineseRsignal + \fi + \or + \hskip\chineseinterglyphskip % left + \chinesenobreak + \hskip\chineseLsignal + \or + \chinesenobreak % right + \hskip\chineseinterglyphskip + \chinesenobreak + \hskip\chineseRsignal + \or + \hskip\chineseinterglyphskip % space + \hskip\chinesesurroundskip + \hskip\chineseSsignal + \fi + \or % left + \ifcorrectchineseboundarychars + \let\unicodecharcommand\chineseleftcharcommand + \fi + \chineseunskip + \insertchineseglyph + \chinesenobreak + \hskip\chineseLsignal + \or % right + \ifcorrectchineseboundarychars + \let\unicodecharcommand\chineserightcharcommand + \fi + \chineseunskip + \chinesenobreak + \insertchineseglyph + \hskip\chineseRsignal + \else % center + \chineseunskip + \chinesenobreak + \insertchineseglyph + \hskip\chineseinterglyphskip + \hskip\chineseRsignal + \fi + \aftergroup\ignorespaces % watch this + \fi} + +\def\verticalchineseunicodeglyph% + {\relax + \ifprocessingverbatim + \insertunicodeglyph + \else + \setunicodescale\chineseunicodescale + \setunicodestrut\chineseunicodeheight\chineseunicodedepth + \analyzechineseunicodeglyph + \setbox\scratchbox=\hbox to \hsize + {\hss + \ifcase\chineseSstatus\relax + \insertchineseglyph + \else % left / right + \setbox\scratchbox=\hbox{\insertchineseglyph}% + \rotate[\c!rotatie=270]{\box\scratchbox}% + \fi + \hss}% + \ht\scratchbox=\unicodeheight\ht\strutbox + \dp\scratchbox=\unicodedepth \dp\strutbox + \nointerlineskip + \ifcase\prevchineseSstatus\relax + \ifnum\chineseSstatus=2\nobreak\else\allowbreak\fi + \or % left + \nobreak + \or % right + \ifnum\chineseSstatus=2\nobreak\else\allowbreak\fi + \fi + \global\chardef\prevchineseSstatus=\chineseSstatus % pagebody ... + \box\scratchbox + \aftergroup\ignorespaces % watch this + \fi} + +%D \macros +%D {setupchinese,startvertical,nochinese} +%D +%D The previous macros implement horizontal as well as +%D vertical typesetting. Vertical typesetting is implemented +%D on top of the multi||column routines. + +\def\setupchinese% + {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??vt]} + +\def\startvertical% + {\dosingleempty\dostartvertical} + +\def\dostartvertical[#1]% + {\bgroup + \def\maxnofcolumns{25}% + \verticalchinesetrue + \global\chardef\prevchineseSstatus=0 + \let\nochinese=\nochineseinvertical + \startkolommen + [\c!richting=\@@vtrichting, + \c!balanceren=\@@vtbalanceren, + \c!afstand=\@@vtafstand, + \c!n=\@@vtn, + #1]} + +\def\stopvertical% + {\stopkolommen + \egroup} + +\setupchinese + [\c!richting=\v!links, + \c!balanceren=\v!nee, + \c!n=12, + \c!afstand=1.5\bodyfontsize] + +%D We can set up vertical typesetting with \type +%D {\setupchinese}. + +%D \macros +%D {nochineseinvertical} +%D +%D English (non chinese) text is typeset rotated: + +\def\nochineseinvertical#1% + {\par + \setbox\scratchbox=\hbox{\strut#1} + \getnoflines{\wd\scratchbox} + \setbox\scratchbox=\hbox to \noflines\openlineheight + {\hss\box\scratchbox\hss} + \hbox to \hsize + {\hss + \rotate + [\c!rotatie=270] + {\vbox to \ht\scratchbox{\vss\box\scratchbox\vss}}% + \hss} + \par} + +%D \macros +%D {correctchineseboundarychars} +%D +%D Careful reading of the previous macro learns that we +%D treat left and right glyphs differently. When we say +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \correctchineseboundarycharstrue +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D For the moment correction in on by default. + +\correctchineseboundarycharstrue + +\def\chineserightcharcommand#1% + {\iftracechinese\ruledhbox\else\hbox\fi \!!to .5em{#1\hss}% + \hskip.25em\!!plus .25em\relax}% + +\def\chineseleftcharcommand#1% + {\ifnum\chineseBstatus<4 \hskip.25em \!!plus .25em\relax\fi + \iftracechinese\ruledhbox\else\hbox\fi \!!to .5em{\hss#1}}% + +% \def\chineserightcharcommand#1% +% {\setbox\scratchbox=\hbox{#1}% +% \scratchdimen=.5em +% \ifdim\wd\scratchbox>\scratchdimen +% \iftracechinese\ruledhbox\else\hbox\fi \!!to \scratchdimen +% {\box\scratchbox\hss}% +% \hskip.5\scratchdimen\!!plus.5\scratchdimen\relax +% \else +% \box\scratchbox +% \fi} + +% \def\chineseleftcharcommand#1% +% {\setbox\scratchbox=\hbox{#1}% +% \scratchdimen=.5em +% \ifdim\wd\scratchbox>\scratchdimen +% \ifnum\chineseBstatus<4 +% \hskip.5\scratchdimen\!!plus.5\scratchdimen\relax +% \fi +% \iftracechinese\ruledhbox\else\hbox\fi \!!to \scratchdimen +% {\hss\box\scratchbox}% +% \else +% \box\scratchbox +% \fi} + +%D The long list of numbers in the previous macro identify the +%D characters where special care is needed for breaking lines. +%D A linebreak is not permitted before: +%D +%D \def\DoIt #1 #2 % +%D {\hbox{\hbox to 2em{\uchar{#1}{#2}\hss}#1 #2}\par} +%D +%D \startcolumns[n=5] +%D \DoIt 161 162 \DoIt 161 163 \DoIt 161 164 \DoIt 161 167 \DoIt 161 173 +%D \DoIt 161 175 \DoIt 161 177 \DoIt 161 179 \DoIt 161 181 \DoIt 161 183 +%D \DoIt 161 185 \DoIt 161 187 \DoIt 161 189 \DoIt 161 191 \DoIt 161 227 +%D \DoIt 161 228 \DoIt 161 229 \DoIt 163 161 \DoIt 163 162 \DoIt 163 167 +%D \DoIt 163 169 \DoIt 163 172 \DoIt 163 174 \DoIt 163 186 \DoIt 163 187 +%D \DoIt 163 190 \DoIt 163 191 \DoIt 163 221 \DoIt 163 253 +%D \stopcolumns +%D +%D A linebreak is not permitted after the following glyphs: +%D +%D \startcolumns[n=5] +%D \DoIt 161 174 \DoIt 161 176 \DoIt 161 178 \DoIt 161 180 \DoIt 161 182 +%D \DoIt 161 184 \DoIt 161 186 \DoIt 161 188 \DoIt 161 190 \DoIt 163 168 +%D \DoIt 163 219 \DoIt 163 224 \DoIt 163 251 +%D \stopcolumns + +%D \macros +%D {tracechinesetrue, showchinesetracelegend} +%D +%D When we say \type {\tracechinesetrue}, we get some +%D insight in the way \CONTEXT\ handles the Chinese glyphs. +%D The symbols and color used represent: +%D +%D \showchinesetracelegend + +\newif\iftracechinese + +\def\showchinesetracelegend% + {\starttabulate[|c|l|l|l|] + \HL \NC \bf key \NC \bf meaning \NC \bf glyph \NC \bf keys \NC \NR \HL + \NC u \NC unknown character type \NC \color[green]{current} \NC u l r \NC\NR + \NC l \NC left boundary character \NC \color[red]{previous} \NC u l r c n \NC\NR + \NC r \NC right boundary character \NC \color[blue]{next} \NC u l r s \NC\NR + \NC c \NC chinese character \NC \NC \NC\NR + \NC s \NC following space \NC \NC \NC\NR + \NC n \NC no preceding space \NC \NC \NC\NR \HL + \stoptabulate} + +\def\tracedchineseglyph% + {\leavevmode + \ruledhbox + {\setbox\scratchbox=\hbox{\insertunicodeglyph}% + \hbox to \wd\scratchbox + {\localcolortrue + \copy\scratchbox + \infofont + \hskip-\wd\scratchbox + \hbox to \wd\scratchbox + {\hss + \color[green] + {\ifcase\chineseSstatus\relax u\or l\or r\fi}% + \hss}% + \hskip-\wd\scratchbox + \lower\dp\scratchbox\hbox to \wd\scratchbox + {\hss + \color[red] + {\ifcase\chineseBstatus\relax u\or l\or r\or c\or n\fi}% + \hss + \color[blue] + {\ifcase\chineseAstatus\relax u\or l\or r\or s\fi}% + \hss}}}} + +%D The following example shows how tracing works. +%D +%D \start \tracechinesetrue +%D ÔÚÕâÒ»´Î¸üÐÂÖÐÎÒÃǽ«½éÉܶÔÖÐÎĵÄÖ§³Ö¡£µ±±¾ÎĵÄÖÐÎÄÒëÕßÍõÀÚ +%D ѯÎÊÎÒ \nochinese{\CONTEXT} ÊÇ·ñÄÜ´¦ÀíººÓïʱ£¬ËûÒѾ³¢ÊÔ¹ý +%D ÔËÐÐÏÖÓеĺ꼯£¬µ«ÊÇûÓеõ½½á¹û¡£ÕâÒâζ×ŶÔÖÐÎĵÄÖ§³Ö»¹Ã» +%D ÓÐʵÏÖ¡£ +%D +%D ÔÚÕâÒ»(´Î¸üÐÂ)ÖÐÎÒÃÇ (½«½é) ÉܶÔÖÐÎĵÄÖ§³Ö¡£µ±±¾ÎĵÄÖÐÎÄÒë, +%D ÕßÍõÀÚѯÎÊÎÒ\nochinese{\CONTEXT}ÊÇ·ñÄÜ´¦ÀíººÓïʱ£¬ËûÒѾ³¢ +%D ÊÔ¹ýÔËÐÐÏÖÓеĺ꼯£¬µ«ÊÇûÓеõ½½á¹û¡£ÕâÒâζ×ŶÔÖÐÎĵÄÖ§³Ö +%D »¹Ã»ÓÐʵÏÖ¡£. +%D \stop + +%D Because fonts are defined each time a \UNICODE\ is +%D encountered |<|which is less inefficient than one would +%D imagine, because \TEX\ is optimized quite well in this +%D repect|>| we can define macros like this to take care of +%D font switches. When available, one can add definitions +%D for italic, slanted, bold fonts and combinations of these. + +%D \macros +%D {chinesenumber} +%D +%D The chinese numbering systems rather straightforward. First +%D there are the digits: +%D +%D \starttabulatie[|c|c|c|c|c|c|c|c|c|c|] +%D \NC 0 \NC 1 \NC 2 \NC 3 \NC 4 \NC 5 \NC 6 \NC 7 \NC 8 \NC 9 \NC\NR +%D \NC \chinesenumber{0} \NC \chinesenumber{1} \NC \chinesenumber{2} +%D \NC \chinesenumber{3} \NC \chinesenumber{4} \NC \chinesenumber{5} +%D \NC \chinesenumber{6} \NC \chinesenumber{7} \NC \chinesenumber{8} +%D \NC \chinesenumber{9} \NC\NR +%D \stoptabulatie +%D +%D Apart from these numbers, we have dedicated representations +%D of some powers of~$10$. +%D +%D \starttabulatie[|c|c|c|c|c|] +%D \NC 10 \NC 100 \NC 1000 \NC 10000 \NC 100000000 \NC\NR +%D \NC \chinesenumber{10} \NC \chinesenumber{100} +%D \NC \chinesenumber{1000} \NC \chinesenumber{10000} +%D \NC \chinesenumber{100000000} \NC\NR +%D \stoptabulatie +%D +%D The number~12 is a combination of $1\times10+2$, or: +%D \chinesenumber {12}, while~22 becomes \chinesenumber {22}. +%D The numbers below 20 are treated a bit different, just like +%D numbers with series of $0$'s. So $2\times10$ comes out as +%D two glyphs, but $1\times10$ as one, because in the latter +%D case the~$1$ is redundant. The same is true for the powers +%D of~10. +%D +%D \starttabulatie[|r|r|r|r|r|r|] +%D \NC 1 \NC \chinesenumber {1} \NC +%D 9 \NC \chinesenumber {9} \NC +%D 4 \NC \chinesenumber {4} \NC\NR +%D \NC 11 \NC \chinesenumber {11} \NC +%D 99 \NC \chinesenumber {99} \NC +%D 16 \NC \chinesenumber {16} \NC\NR +%D \NC 111 \NC \chinesenumber {111} \NC +%D 999 \NC \chinesenumber {999} \NC +%D 256 \NC \chinesenumber {256} \NC\NR +%D \NC 1111 \NC \chinesenumber {1111} \NC +%D 9999 \NC \chinesenumber {9999} \NC +%D 65536 \NC \chinesenumber {65536} \NC\NR +%D \stoptabulatie +%D +%D The implementation is rather simple. For internal purposes, +%D we let zero expand to~0. The digits $0-9$ and numbers $10$, +%D $100$, $1000$, $10000$ and $100000000$ are hard coded. + +% This was the first implementation, before \WangLei\ asked +% me to look into Big Five encoding, so, like everthing in +% \TEX, things become a bit more complicated, but also more +% versatile. +% +% \starttypen +% \def\chinesedigit#1% +% {\ifnum #1=100000000 \uchar{210}{218}% 100000000 +% \else\ifnum #1=10000 \uchar{205}{242}% 10000 +% \else\ifnum #1=1000 \uchar{199}{167}% 1000 +% \else\ifnum #1=100 \uchar{176}{217}% 100 +% \else\ifnum #1=10 \uchar{202}{174}% 10 +% \else\ifcase#1 \uchar{193}{227}% 0 +% \or \uchar{210}{187}% 1 +% \or \uchar{182}{254}% 2 +% \or \uchar{200}{253}% 3 +% \or \uchar{203}{196}% 4 +% \or \uchar{206}{229}% 5 +% \or \uchar{193}{249}% 6 +% \or \uchar{198}{223}% 7 +% \or \uchar{176}{203}% 8 +% \or \uchar{190}{197}% 9 +% \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} +% \stoptypen + +\def\chinesedigit#1% + {\udigit{\chineseencoding}{\number#1}} + +\def\chinesenumber#1% + {\expandafter\dochinesenumber\number#1\relax} + +\def\dochinesenumber#1#2\relax + {\ifnum#1#2<10 % 1-10 + \chinesedigit{#1}% + \else\ifnum#1#2<20 % 11-99 + \chinesedigit{10}% + \dodochinesenumberA#2\relax + \else + \dodochinesenumber#1#2\relax + \fi\fi} + +\def\dodochinesenumber#1#2\relax + {\ifnum#1=0 + \chinesedigit{0}% + \dododochinesenumber0#2\relax + \else\ifnum#1#2<10 % 1-10 + \chinesedigit{#1#2}% + \dodochinesenumberA#2\relax + \else\ifnum#1#2<100 % 11-99 + \dodochinesenumber#1\relax + \chinesedigit{10}% + \dodochinesenumberA#2\relax + \else\ifnum#1#2<1000 % 100-999 + \dodochinesenumber#1\relax + \chinesedigit{100}% + \dodochinesenumberA#2\relax + \else\ifnum#1#2<10000 % 1000-9999 + \dodochinesenumber#1\relax + \chinesedigit{1000}% + \dodochinesenumberA#2\relax + \else\ifnum#1#2<100000 % 10000-99999 + \dodochinesenumber#1\relax + \chinesedigit{10000}% + \dodochinesenumberA#2\relax + \else\ifnum#1#2<1000000 % 100000-999999 + \dodochinesenumberB#1#2\relax + \else\ifnum#1#2<10000000 % 1000000-9999999 + \dodochinesenumberC#1#2\relax + \else\ifnum#1#2<100000000 % 10000000-99999999 + \dodochinesenumberD#1#2\relax + \else\ifnum#1#2<1000000000 % 10000000-99999999 + \dochinesenumber#1\relax + \chinesedigit{100000000}% + \dododochinesenumber#2\relax + \else + \dodochinesenumberE#1#2\relax + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} + +\def\dododochinesenumber#1#2\relax + {\ifnum#1=0 + \ifnum0#2>0 \dododochinesenumber#2\relax \fi + \else + \dodochinesenumber#1#2\relax + \fi} + +\def\dodochinesenumberA#1\relax + {\ifcase0#1 \else\dodochinesenumber#1\relax\fi} + +\def\dodochinesenumberB#1#2#3\relax + {\dochinesenumber#1#2\relax + \chinesedigit{10000}% + \dododochinesenumber#3\relax} + +\def\dodochinesenumberC#1#2#3#4\relax + {\dochinesenumber#1#2#3\relax + \chinesedigit{10000}% + \dododochinesenumber#4\relax} + +\def\dodochinesenumberD#1#2#3#4#5\relax + {\dochinesenumber#1#2#3#4\relax + \chinesedigit{10000}% + \dododochinesenumber#5\relax} + +\def\dodochinesenumberE#1#2#3\relax + {\dochinesenumber#1#2\relax + \chinesedigit{100000000}% + \dododochinesenumber#3\relax} + +%D The next gtable demonstates the correctness of the +%D conversion macro. +%D +%D \starybuffer +%D \starttable[|l|l|l|l|l|l|] +%D \HL +%D \NC number \NC converter \NC hard coded \NC +%D number \NC converter \NC hard coded\NC \SR +%D \HL +%D \NC 1 \NC \chinesenumber{1} \NC Ò» \NC +%D 0 \NC \chinesenumber{0} \NC Áã \NC\FR +%D \NC 11 \NC \chinesenumber{11} \NC ʮһ \NC +%D 10 \NC \chinesenumber{10} \NC Ê® \NC\MR +%D \NC 111 \NC \chinesenumber{111} \NC Ò»°Ùһʮһ \NC +%D 100 \NC \chinesenumber{100} \NC Ò»°Ù \NC\MR +%D \NC 101 \NC \chinesenumber{101} \NC Ò»°ÙÁãÒ» \NC +%D 120 \NC \chinesenumber{120} \NC Ò»°Ù¶þÊ® \NC\MR +%D \NC 1111 \NC \chinesenumber{1111} \NC һǧһ°Ùһʮһ \NC +%D 1000 \NC \chinesenumber{1000} \NC һǧ \NC\MR +%D \NC 1001 \NC \chinesenumber{1001} \NC һǧÁãÒ» \NC +%D 1020 \NC \chinesenumber{1020} \NC һǧÁã¶þÊ® \NC\MR +%D \NC 11111 \NC \chinesenumber{11111} \NC Ò»Íòһǧһ°Ùһʮһ \NC +%D 10000 \NC \chinesenumber{10000} \NC Ò»Íò \NC\MR +%D \NC 10001 \NC \chinesenumber{10001} \NC Ò»ÍòÁãÒ» \NC +%D 10200 \NC \chinesenumber{10200} \NC Ò»ÍòÁã¶þ°Ù \NC\LR +%D \HL +%D \NC 111111 \NC \chinesenumber{111111} \NC ʮһÍòһǧһ°Ùһʮһ \NC +%D 100000 \NC \chinesenumber{100000} \NC Ê®Íò \NC\FR +%D \NC 1111111 \NC \chinesenumber{1111111} \NC Ò»°ÙһʮһÍòһǧһ°Ùһʮһ \NC +%D 1000000 \NC \chinesenumber{1000000} \NC Ò»°ÙÍò \NC\MR +%D \NC 11111111 \NC \chinesenumber{11111111} \NC һǧһ°ÙһʮһÍòһǧһ°Ùһʮһ \NC +%D 10000000 \NC \chinesenumber{10000000} \NC һǧÍò \NC\MR +%D \NC 111111111 \NC \chinesenumber{111111111} \NC Ò»ÒÚһǧһ°ÙһʮһÍòһǧһ°Ùһʮһ \NC +%D 100000000 \NC \chinesenumber{100000000} \NC Ò»ÒÚ \NC\MR +%D \NC 1111111111 \NC \chinesenumber{1111111111} \NC ʮһÒÚһǧһ°ÙһʮһÍòһǧһ°Ùһʮһ \NC +%D 1000000000 \NC \chinesenumber{1000000000} \NC Ê®ÒÚ \NC\LR +%D \HL +%D \stoptable +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \plaatstabel{Some Chinese number examples.}{\getbuffer} + +%D Although the conversion can be hooked into most commands +%D that deal with numbers |<|those familiar with \TEX\ macro +%D programming will notice that the macro if fully +%D expandable|>| in many cases Chinese documents use western +%D digits. So, in practice, the change that the next example +%D shows up, is minimal. +%D +%D \starttabulatie[|r|r|c|] +%D \NC 2546 \NC \chinesenumber {2546} \NC \NC\NR +%D \NC 9258 \NC \chinesenumber {9258} \NC $+$ \NC\NR +%D \HL +%D \NC 11804 \NC \chinesenumber {11804} \NC \NC\NR +%D \stoptabulatie +%D +%D While in arabic arithmics addition leads to more digits, in +%D Chinese the number of glyphs can (temporary) decrease. +%D Given that the number of people dealing with Chinese is +%D considerably larger than the number of latin speaking +%D people, a successor of \TEX\ definitely must provide a +%D \type {\chinesenumeral} primitive. + +\defineconversion[c] [\chinesenumber] +\defineconversion[chinese][\chinesenumber] + +%D \macros +%D {SimChi, TraChi} +%D +%D These components enable us to construct dedicated Chinese +%D font switches, like: + +\setupunicodefont + [chinese] + [ \c!schaal=\chineseunicodescale, + \c!hoogte=\chineseunicodeheight, + \c!diepte=\chineseunicodedepth, + \c!conversie=\chinesenumber, + \c!commandos=\setchineseencoding, % needed for digits + \c!commando=\handlechineseunicodeglyph] + +\defineunicodefont [SimChi] [SimplifiedChinese] [chinese] +\defineunicodefont [TraChi] [TraditionalChinese] [chinese] + +%D For the moment, this encoding is implemented rather ugly. The +%D trick is to move the encoding value from the current font +%D definition to the \type {\chineseencoding} macro. + +\def\setchineseencoding% normally SomeChineseRegular + {\getfontfileparameters\unicodestyle + \ifx\currentfontfileencoding\undefined \else + \let\chineseencoding\currentfontfileencoding + \fi} + +%D We could have said: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \defineunicodefont +%D [SimChi] +%D [SimplifiedChinese] +%D [ \c!schaal=\chineseunicodescale, +%D \c!hoogte=\chineseunicodeheight, +%D \c!diepte=\chineseunicodedepth, +%D \c!conversie=\chinesenumber, +%D \c!commandos=\setchineseencoding, % needed for digits +%D \c!commando=\handlechineseunicodeglyph] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D However, the former definitions is more general. Next we +%D map a few fonts: + +\definefontsynonym [SimplifiedChineseRegular] [gbsong] [encoding=gbk] +\definefontsynonym [SimplifiedChineseSlanted] [gbsongsl] [encoding=gbk] +\definefontsynonym [SimplifiedChineseItalic] [gbsongsl] [encoding=gbk] +\definefontsynonym [SimplifiedChineseBold] [gbhei] [encoding=gbk] +\definefontsynonym [SimplifiedChineseBoldSlanted] [gbheisl] [encoding=gbk] +\definefontsynonym [SimplifiedChineseBoldItalic] [gbheisl] [encoding=gbk] + +% Yet to be defined: + +\definefontsynonym [TraditionalChineseRegular] [b5ming] [encoding=big5] +\definefontsynonym [TraditionalChineseSlanted] [b5mingsl] [encoding=big5] +\definefontsynonym [TraditionalChineseItalic] [b5mingsl] [encoding=big5] +\definefontsynonym [TraditionalChineseBold] [b5hei] [encoding=big5] +\definefontsynonym [TraditionalChineseBoldSlanted] [b5heisl] [encoding=big5] +\definefontsynonym [TraditionalChineseBoldItalic] [b5heisl] [encoding=big5] + +%D We default to these so called Simplified Chinese fonts. + +\SimChi + +%D \macros +%D {purechinese} +%D +%D Use this macro to suppress spacing around Chinese text. + +\def\purechinese#1% evt geen rek + {\hskip\chineseSsignal\relax + #1\unskip\unskip\unskip + \hskip\chineseSsignal\relax} + +%D \macros +%D {stillchinese} +%D +%D Use the next macro when you want the next item to be put +%D tight to the previous chinese character. + +\def\stillchinese% + {\hskip\chineseSsignal\relax} + +%D \macros +%D {nochinese} +%D +%D When we want to be sure of non||Chinese inline text, +%D we can package the for instance english text in \type +%D {\nochinese}. + +\def\nochinese#1% + {\unskip\unskip\unskip + \hskip\chinesesurroundskip + \hskip\chineseinterglyphskip\relax + #1% + \hskip\chineseinterglyphskip\relax + \hskip\chinesesurroundskip + \ignorespaces} + +%D Now it's time for some real Chinese. This example +%D also shows that font switching is supported. +%D +%D \startnarrower +%D \midalligned{\bfb Ë®µ÷¸èÍ·} +%D \blank +%D \midaligned{\sl ±û³½ÖÐÇ»¶Òû´ïµ©£¬´ó×í×÷´Ëƪ£¬¼æ»³×ÓÓÉ¡£} +%D \blank +%D \midaligned{\bs ËÕéø} +%D \blank +%D Ã÷Ô¼¸Ê±ÓУ¿°Ñ¾ÆÎÊÇàÌì¡£²»ÖªÌìÉϹ¬ãÚ£¬½ñϦÊǺÎÄꣿÎÒÓû³Ë·ç¹éÈ¥ +%D £¬ÓÖ¿ÖÇíÂ¥ÓñÓ¸ß´¦²»Ê¤º®¡£ÆðÎèŪÇåÓ°£¬ºÎËÆÔÚÈ˼䣿 +%D \blank +%D תÖì¸ó£¬µÍ»§£¬ÕÕÎÞÃß¡£²»Ó¦Óкޣ¬ºÎÊÂÆ«Ïò±ðʱԲ£¿ÈËÓб¯»¶ÀëºÏ£¬ +%D ÔÂÓÐÒõÇçԲȱ£¬´ËʹÅÄÑÈ«¡£µ«Ô¸È˳¤¾Ã£¬Ç§Àﹲ濾ꡣ +%D \stopnarrower +%D +%D The english translation is: +%D +%D \startnarrower +%D \midaligned{\slb Tune: Prelude to the Melody of Water} +%D \blank +%D \midaligned{\sl On the night of the Mid||Autumn Festival of +%D 1076, I drank happily till dawn and wrote this in my cups +%D while thinking of Zi||you.} +%D \blank +%D \midaligned{\bf Su Shi} +%D \blank +%D How long will the bright moon appear? Wine||cup in hand, I +%D ask the sky. I do not know waht time of year it would be +%D tonight in the palace on high. Riding the wind, there I +%D would fly, yet I fear the crystal palace would be far too +%D high and cold for me. I rise and dance, with my shadow I +%D play. On high as on earth, would it be as gay? +%D \blank +%D The moon goes round the mansion red though gauze||draped +%D windows soft to shed her light upon the sleepless bed. +%D Against man she should have no spite. Why then when people +%D part is she oft full and bright? Men have sorrow and joy, +%D they part or meet again; The moon may be bright or dim, she +%D may wax or wane. There has been nothing perfect since the +%D olden days. So let us wish that man will live long as he +%D can! Though miles apart, we'll share the beauty she +%D displays. +%D \stopnarrower + +%D This package is written in the city of Hasselt, a pretty +%D small town in the |<|compare to China real small|>| +%D Netherlands. Like most dutch cities, even this small one +%D has a chinese restaurant, run by chinese, speaking chinese, +%D and |<|indeed|>| writing chinese. Eating there will never +%D be the same, since now I can at least pretend to know the +%D glyphs all around the place. The numbers should pose me no +%D problems, but I fear I will never manage to recognize those +%D scribles they draw on their pads when thay take your order. + +\protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-cmr.tex b/tex/context/base/font-cmr.tex index 30fef6e13..8927b08f2 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/font-cmr.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/font-cmr.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. %D The Computer Modern Roman is derived from the Monotype~8a @@ -402,8 +402,8 @@ mi=cmmi10 at 4pt, sy=cmsy10 at 4pt] -%D We also define some large alternatives that can be used for -%D titlepages and section headings. +%D At the cost of some more memory we preload a few more +%D fonts. \definebodyfont [12pt] [rm] [bfa=cmbx12 scaled \magstep1, @@ -543,4 +543,51 @@ slc=cmsltt10 scaled \magstep3, sld=cmsltt10 scaled \magstep4] +%D Small is beautiful, but sometimes large is needed. We +%D therefore define some rather large Computer Modern Roman +%D bodyfont sizes, that can be used in for instance headings. + +%D We can use \type{sa} here because there are no genuine +%D design sizes larger than 12pt (exept from cmr17). + +\definebodyfont [14.4pt,17.3pt,20.7pt] [rm] + [tf=cmr12 sa 1, + bf=cmbx12 sa 1, + it=cmti12 sa 1, + sl=cmsl12 sa 1, + bi=cmbxti10 sa 1, + bs=cmbxsl10 sa 1, + tfa=cmr12 sa 1.200, + tfb=cmr12 sa 1.440, + tfc=cmr12 sa 1.728, + tfd=cmr12 sa 2.074, + sc=cmcsc10 sa 1.200] + +\definebodyfont [14.4pt,17.3pt,20.7pt] [ss] + [tf=cmss12 sa 1, + bf=cmssbx10 sa 1, + it=cmssi12 sa 1, + sl=cmssi12 sa 1, + bi=cmssbx10 sa 1, + bs=cmssbx10 sa 1, + tfa=cmss12 sa 1.200, + tfb=cmss12 sa 1.440, + tfc=cmss12 sa 1.728, + tfd=cmss12 sa 2.074, + sc=cmss12 sa 1] + +\definebodyfont [14.4pt,17.3pt,20.7pt] [tt] + [tf=cmtt12 sa 1, + sl=cmsltt10 sa 1, + it=cmitt10 sa 1, + tfa=cmtt12 sa 1.200, + tfb=cmtt12 sa 1.440, + tfc=cmtt12 sa 1.728, + tfd=cmtt12 sa 2.074] + +\definebodyfont [14.4pt,17.3pt,20.7pt] [mm] + [ex=cmex10 sa 1, + mi=cmmi12 sa 1, + sy=cmsy10 sa 1] + \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-cmx.tex b/tex/context/base/font-cmx.tex deleted file mode 100644 index c4fd4649d..000000000 --- a/tex/context/base/font-cmx.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,98 +0,0 @@ -%D \module -%D [ file=font-cmx, -%D version=1996.11.10, -%D title=\CONTEXT\ Font Macros, -%D subtitle=Large Computer Modern, -%D author=J. Hagen, -%D date=\currentdate, -%D copyright=J. Hagen] -%C -%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for -%C details. - -%D Small is beautiful, but sometimes large is needed. We -%D therefore define some rather large Computer Modern Roman -%D bodyfont sizes, that cna be used in for instance headings. -%D -%D First we define some bodyfont environments. This enables us -%D to typeset lerge math. - -\unprotect - -\definebodyfontenvironment - [14.4pt] - [ \s!text=14.4pt, - \s!script=11pt, - \s!scriptscript=9pt, - \c!x=12pt, - \c!xx=10pt, - \c!groot=17.3pt, - \c!klein=12pt] - -\definebodyfontenvironment - [17.3pt] - [ \s!text=17.3pt, - \s!script=12pt, - \s!scriptscript=10pt, - \c!x=14.4pt, - \c!xx=12pt, - \c!groot=20.7pt, - \c!klein=14.4pt] - -\definebodyfontenvironment - [20.7pt] - [ \s!text=20.7pt, - \s!script=14.4pt, - \s!scriptscript=12pt, - \c!x=17.3pt, - \c!xx=14.4pt, - \c!groot=20.7pt, % !!!! - \c!klein=17.3pt] - -\protect - -%D We can use \type{sa} here because there are no genuine design -%D sizes larger than 12pt (exept from cmr17). - -\definebodyfont [14.4pt,17.3pt,20.7pt] [rm] - [tf=cmr12 sa 1, - bf=cmbx12 sa 1, - it=cmti12 sa 1, - sl=cmsl12 sa 1, - bi=cmbxti10 sa 1, - bs=cmbxsl10 sa 1, - tfa=cmr12 sa 1.200, - tfb=cmr12 sa 1.440, - tfc=cmr12 sa 1.728, - tfd=cmr12 sa 2.074, - sc=cmcsc10 sa 1.200] - -\definebodyfont [14.4pt,17.3pt,20.7pt] [ss] - [tf=cmss12 sa 1, - bf=cmssbx10 sa 1, - it=cmssi12 sa 1, - sl=cmssi12 sa 1, - bi=cmssbx10 sa 1, - bs=cmssbx10 sa 1, - tfa=cmss12 sa 1.200, - tfb=cmss12 sa 1.440, - tfc=cmss12 sa 1.728, - tfd=cmss12 sa 2.074, - sc=cmss12 sa 1] - -\definebodyfont [12pt,17.3pt,20.7pt] [tt] - [tf=cmtt12 sa 1, - sl=cmsltt10 sa 1, - it=cmitt10 sa 1, - tfa=cmtt12 sa 1.200, - tfb=cmtt12 sa 1.440, - tfc=cmtt12 sa 1.728, - tfd=cmtt12 sa 2.074] - -\definebodyfont [14.4pt,17.3pt,20.7pt] [mm] - [ex=cmex10 sa 1, - mi=cmmi12 sa 1, - sy=cmsy10 sa 1] - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-con.tex b/tex/context/base/font-con.tex index 23aefec21..4f180904b 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/font-con.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/font-con.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. %D The Concrete Modern Roman is just an alternative Computer diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-csr.tex b/tex/context/base/font-csr.tex index 48e8dad24..c9149f666 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/font-csr.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/font-csr.tex @@ -8,45 +8,104 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. %D For Than. -\definefontsynonym [Serif] [csr10] [encoding=il2] -\definefontsynonym [SerifBold] [csbx10] [encoding=il2] -\definefontsynonym [SerifItalic] [csti10] [encoding=il2] -\definefontsynonym [SerifSlanted] [cssl10] [encoding=il2] -\definefontsynonym [SerifBoldItalic] [csbxti10] [encoding=il2] -\definefontsynonym [SerifBoldSlanted] [csbxsl10] [encoding=il2] -\definefontsynonym [SerifCaps] [csr10] [encoding=il2] +% \definefontsynonym [Serif] [csr10] [encoding=il2] +% \definefontsynonym [SerifBold] [csbx10] [encoding=il2] +% \definefontsynonym [SerifItalic] [csti10] [encoding=il2] +% \definefontsynonym [SerifSlanted] [cssl10] [encoding=il2] +% \definefontsynonym [SerifBoldItalic] [csbxti10] [encoding=il2] +% \definefontsynonym [SerifBoldSlanted] [csbxsl10] [encoding=il2] +% \definefontsynonym [SerifCaps] [csr10] [encoding=il2] +% +% \definefontsynonym [Sans] [csss10] [encoding=il2] +% \definefontsynonym [SansBold] [csssbx10] [encoding=il2] +% \definefontsynonym [SansItalic] [csssi10] [encoding=il2] +% \definefontsynonym [SansSlanted] [csssi10] [encoding=il2] +% \definefontsynonym [SansBoldItalic] [csssbx10] [encoding=il2] +% \definefontsynonym [SansBoldSlanted] [csssbx10] [encoding=il2] +% \definefontsynonym [SansCaps] [csss10] [encoding=il2] +% +% \definefontsynonym [Mono] [cstt10] [encoding=il2] +% \definefontsynonym [MonoBold] [cstt10] [encoding=il2] +% \definefontsynonym [MonoItalic] [csitt10] [encoding=il2] +% \definefontsynonym [MonoSlanted] [cssltt10] [encoding=il2] +% \definefontsynonym [MonoBoldItalic] [cstt10] [encoding=il2] +% \definefontsynonym [MonoBoldSlanted] [cstt10] [encoding=il2] +% \definefontsynonym [MonoCaps] [cstt10] [encoding=il2] +% +% \definefontsynonym [MathRoman] [csr10] [encoding=il2] +% \definefontsynonym [MathExtension] [cmex10] +% \definefontsynonym [MathItalic] [cmmi10] +% \definefontsynonym [MathSymbol] [cmsy10] +% +% \definefontsynonym [OldStyle] [MathItalic] +% +% \definebodyfont +% [14.4pt,12pt,11pt,10pt,9pt,8pt,7pt,6pt,5pt] +% [rm,ss,tt,mm] +% [default] -\definefontsynonym [Sans] [csss10] [encoding=il2] -\definefontsynonym [SansBold] [csssbx10] [encoding=il2] -\definefontsynonym [SansItalic] [csssi10] [encoding=il2] -\definefontsynonym [SansSlanted] [csssi10] [encoding=il2] -\definefontsynonym [SansBoldItalic] [csssbx10] [encoding=il2] -\definefontsynonym [SansBoldSlanted] [csssbx10] [encoding=il2] -\definefontsynonym [SansCaps] [csss10] [encoding=il2] - -\definefontsynonym [Mono] [cstt10] [encoding=il2] -\definefontsynonym [MonoBold] [cstt10] [encoding=il2] -\definefontsynonym [MonoItalic] [csitt10] [encoding=il2] -\definefontsynonym [MonoSlanted] [cssltt10] [encoding=il2] -\definefontsynonym [MonoBoldItalic] [cstt10] [encoding=il2] -\definefontsynonym [MonoBoldSlanted] [cstt10] [encoding=il2] -\definefontsynonym [MonoCaps] [cstt10] [encoding=il2] - -\definefontsynonym [MathRoman] [csr10] [encoding=il2] -\definefontsynonym [MathExtension] [cmex10] -\definefontsynonym [MathItalic] [cmmi10] -\definefontsynonym [MathSymbol] [cmsy10] - -\definefontsynonym [OldStyle] [MathItalic] - -\definebodyfont - [14.4pt,12pt,11pt,10pt,9pt,8pt,7pt,6pt,5pt] - [rm,ss,tt,mm] - [default] +\input font-cmr.tex +\definefontsynonym [cmr10] [csr10] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmr12] [csr12] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmr17] [csr17] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmr9] [csr9] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmr8] [csr8] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmr7] [csr7] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmr6] [csr6] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmr5] [csr5] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmbx10] [csbx10] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmbx12] [csbx12] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmbx9] [csbx9] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmbx8] [csbx8] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmbx7] [csbx7] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmbx6] [csbx6] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmbx5] [csbx5] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmb10] [csb10] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmti10] [csti10] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmti12] [csti12] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmti9] [csti9] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmti8] [csti8] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmti7] [csti7] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmtt10] [cstt10] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmtt12] [cstt12] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmtt9] [cstt9] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmtt8] [cstt8] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmsltt10] [cssltt10] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmvtt10] [csvtt10] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmss10] [csss10] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmss12] [csss12] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmss17] [csss17] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmss9] [csss9] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmss8] [csss8] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmssi10] [csssi10] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmssi12] [csssi12] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmssi17] [csssi17] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmssi9] [csssi9] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmssi8] [csssi8] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmsl10] [cssl10] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmsl12] [cssl12] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmsl9] [cssl9] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmsl8] [cssl8] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmssq8] [csssq8] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmssqi8] [csssqi8] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmssdc10] [csssdc10] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmssbx10] [csssbx10] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cminch] [csinch] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmdunh10] [csdunh10] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmbxsl10] [csbxsl10] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmff10] [csff10] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmfib8] [csfib8] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmbxti10] [csbxti10] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmitt10] [csitt10] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmu10] [csu10] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmfi10] [csfi10] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmcsc10] [cscsc10] [encoding=il2] +\definefontsynonym [cmtcsc10] [cstcsc10] [encoding=il2] + \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-eul.tex b/tex/context/base/font-eul.tex index a35157a8b..0d8b747cc 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/font-eul.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/font-eul.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. %D The Euler Fonts are designed by Herman Zapf and can be diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-fil.tex b/tex/context/base/font-fil.tex index f19289f60..3a71f9529 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/font-fil.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/font-fil.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \definefontsynonym [ComputerModern] [cmr10] @@ -42,10 +42,14 @@ \definefontsynonym [Courier] [com] [encoding=texnansi] \definefontsynonym [Courier-Oblique] [coo] [encoding=texnansi] +\definefontsynonym [Courier-Bold] [cob] [encoding=texnansi] +\definefontsynonym [Courier-BoldOblique] [cobo] [encoding=texnansi] + \definefontsynonym [Helvetica] [hv] [encoding=texnansi] \definefontsynonym [Helvetica-Oblique] [hvo] [encoding=texnansi] \definefontsynonym [Helvetica-Bold] [hvb] [encoding=texnansi] \definefontsynonym [Helvetica-BoldOblique] [hvbo] [encoding=texnansi] + \definefontsynonym [Times-Roman] [tir] [encoding=texnansi] \definefontsynonym [Times-Italic] [tii] [encoding=texnansi] \definefontsynonym [Times-Bold] [tib] [encoding=texnansi] @@ -97,6 +101,15 @@ \definefontsynonym [AntykwaTorunska-Regular] [anttr] \definefontsynonym [AntykwaTorunska-Italic] [anttri] +\definefontsynonym [AntykwaTorunska-Regular] [zatr8t] +[encoding=ec] +\definefontsynonym [AntykwaTorunska-Italic] [zatri8t] +[encoding=ec] +\definefontsynonym [AntykwaTorunska-Bold] [zatb8t] +[encoding=ec] + \definefontsynonym [ContextNavigation] [contnav] +\definefontsynonym [RalfSmithFormalScript] [rsfs10] + \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-heb.tex b/tex/context/base/font-heb.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..573189618 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/font-heb.tex @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +\input font-arb.tex + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Font Macros / Hebrew (ArabTeX) support} + +%D This module is build on top of \ARABTEX\ and arabic +%D support. I dedicate this module to my father Hein Hagen, +%D who did not live long enough to become a user. His huge +%D library contains math, science, history, english literature, +%D philisophy and theology books, but his most favoured ones +%D were those traditional hebrew printings. I must admit +%D that some of those make clear that traditonal typesetting +%D can still beat \TEX. Those nested multicolumn documents with +%D complicated can give even the experienced macro writer a +%D rather persistent headache. + +\unprotect + +%D A few fonts. + +\unexpanded\def\sethebrewfont#1% strange font dimensions / scale + {\scratchdimen=10\bodyfontsize + \font\hebfont=\truefontname{Hebrew#1} at \currentfontscale\scratchdimen + \fontdimen5\hebfont=.8\fontdimen2\hebfont + \fontdimen6\hebfont=3\fontdimen5\hebfont + \hebfont} + +\let \setheb \sethebrew + +\unexpanded\def\pheb {\sethebrewfont\s!Regular} +\unexpanded\def\phebbf{\sethebrewfont\s!Bold} + +\startloadingARABTEX + +\input hebtex.sty +\input apatch.sty +\input hepatch.sty + +\stoploadingARABTEX + +%D The main definition is: + +\definefontsynonym [HebrewRegular] [hclassic] +\definefontsynonym [HebrewBold] [hcaption] + +\defineARABTEXalternative + [hebrew] + [\c!binnen=\sethebrew, + \c!letter=\sethebrewfont{\fontstylesuffix}] + +\protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-ini.tex b/tex/context/base/font-ini.tex index ce8fe5ca2..61ee1b90b 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/font-ini.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/font-ini.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Font Macros (ini)} @@ -57,6 +57,20 @@ 10: unbekanntes Font -- \stopmessages +\startmessages czech library: fonts + title: zakladnifont + 1: kodovani -- + 2: varianta -- je nactena + 3: neznama varianta -- + 4: zakladni font -- neni definovan + 5: styl -- neni definovan + 6: -- je nacten + 7: neznamy format -- + 8: styl -- definovan + 9: mapovani -- je nacteno + 10: neznamy font -- +\stopmessages + %D This module is one of the oldest modules of \CONTEXT. The %D macros below evolved out of the \PLAIN\ \TEX\ macros and %D therefore use a similar naming scheme (\type{\rm}, @@ -557,9 +571,8 @@ %D numbers, so we have to convert the \type{\fam}'s value. \def\hexnumber#1% - {\ifcase#1 - 0\or1\or2\or3\or4\or5\or6\or7\or8\or9\or A\or B\or C\or D\or E\or F% - \fi} + {\ifcase#1 0\or 1\or 2\or 3\or 4\or 5\or 6\or 7\or + 8\or 9\or A\or B\or C\or D\or E\or F\fi} \edef\hexmrfam {\hexnumber\mrfam} \edef\hexbsfam {\hexnumber\bsfam} \edef\hexmifam {\hexnumber\mifam} \edef\hexbifam {\hexnumber\bifam} @@ -571,6 +584,47 @@ \edef\hexnnfam {\hexnumber\nnfam} +%D \macros +%D {lchexnumber,uchexnumber,lchexnumbers} +%D +%D In addition to the uppercase hex conversion, we +%D occasionally need a lowercase one, for instance when we +%D want to compose gbsong fontnames. + +\def\lchexnumber#1% + {\ifcase#1 0\or 1\or 2\or 3\or 4\or 5\or 6\or 7\or + 8\or 9\or a\or b\or c\or d\or e\or f\fi} + +\let\uchexnumber=\hexnumber + +\def\lchexnumbers#1% + {\ifcase#1 + 00\or 01\or 02\or 03\or 04\or 05\or 06\or 07\or 08\or 09\or 0a\or 0b\or 0c\or 0d\or 0e\or 0f\or + 10\or 11\or 12\or 13\or 14\or 15\or 16\or 17\or 18\or 19\or 1a\or 1b\or 1c\or 1d\or 1e\or 1f\or + 20\or 21\or 22\or 23\or 24\or 25\or 26\or 27\or 28\or 29\or 2a\or 2b\or 2c\or 2d\or 2e\or 2f\or + 30\or 31\or 32\or 33\or 34\or 35\or 36\or 37\or 38\or 39\or 3a\or 3b\or 3c\or 3d\or 3e\or 3f\or + 40\or 41\or 42\or 43\or 44\or 45\or 46\or 47\or 48\or 49\or 4a\or 4b\or 4c\or 4d\or 4e\or 4f\or + 50\or 51\or 52\or 53\or 54\or 55\or 56\or 57\or 58\or 59\or 5a\or 5b\or 5c\or 5d\or 5e\or 5f\or + 60\or 61\or 62\or 63\or 64\or 65\or 66\or 67\or 68\or 69\or 6a\or 6b\or 6c\or 6d\or 6e\or 6f\or + 70\or 71\or 72\or 73\or 74\or 75\or 76\or 77\or 78\or 79\or 7a\or 7b\or 7c\or 7d\or 7e\or 7f\or + 80\or 81\or 82\or 83\or 84\or 85\or 86\or 87\or 88\or 89\or 8a\or 8b\or 8c\or 8d\or 8e\or 8f\or + 90\or 91\or 92\or 93\or 94\or 95\or 96\or 97\or 98\or 99\or 9a\or 9b\or 9c\or 9d\or 9e\or 9f\or + a0\or a1\or a2\or a3\or a4\or a5\or a6\or a7\or a8\or a9\or aa\or ab\or ac\or ad\or ae\or af\or + b0\or b1\or b2\or b3\or b4\or b5\or b6\or b7\or b8\or b9\or ba\or bb\or bc\or bd\or be\or bf\or + c0\or c1\or c2\or c3\or c4\or c5\or c6\or c7\or c8\or c9\or ca\or cb\or cc\or cd\or ce\or cf\or + d0\or d1\or d2\or d3\or d4\or d5\or d6\or d7\or d8\or d9\or da\or db\or dc\or dd\or de\or df\or + e0\or e1\or e2\or e3\or e4\or e5\or e6\or e7\or e8\or e9\or ea\or eb\or ec\or ed\or ee\or ef\or + f0\or f1\or f2\or f3\or f4\or f5\or f6\or f7\or f8\or f9\or fa\or fb\or fc\or fd\or fe\or ff\fi} + +%D \macros +%D {uchar} +%D +%D This macro prepares \CONTEXT\ for \UNICODE\ support. By +%D defining it here, we have at least an safeguard for utility +%D file reading. + +\unexpanded\def\uchar#1#2{[#1,#2]} + %D We define some (very private) constants to improve speed, %D memory usage and consistency. @@ -717,11 +771,11 @@ \scaledfont=#4\relax \def\somefontspec{ at \fontscale\scaledfont}% \fi - \edef\fontfile{\truefontname{\somefontname}}% + \edef\fontfile{\truefontname\somefontname}% \ifx\fontfile\s!unknown \let\fontfile\defaultfontfile \else - \edef\fontdata{\truefontdata{\somefontname}}% + \edef\fontdata{\truefontdata\somefontname}% \ifx\fontdata\empty \else %\@EA\getparameters\@EA[\@EA\fontfile\@EA]\@EA[\fontdata]% \@EA\rawgetparameters\@EA[\@EA\fontfile\@EA]\@EA[\fontdata]% @@ -798,6 +852,26 @@ \fi} %D \macros +%D {getfontfileparameters} +%D +%D For special purposes, one can use the next macro to +%D access font file characteristics, for instance: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \getfontfileparameters{Regular} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D can result in: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\currentfontfileencoding{texnansi} +%D \stoptypen + +\def\getfontfileparameters#1% + {\edef\fontdata{\truefontdata{#1}}% + \expanded{\getparameters[currentfontfile][\fontdata]}} + +%D \macros %D {definefont} %D %D Before we implement the main definition macro, we first show @@ -843,13 +917,12 @@ \def\dodoloadfont#1#2#3#4% {\edef\calculatedfont{\csname\??ft#1#2#3\endcsname\space}% \expandafter\docalculatefont\calculatedfont sa sa*#1*#2#3*% - \@EA\ifx\csname#1#2\s!hyphenchar\endcsname\relax - \@EA\hyphenchar\csname#1#2#3\endcsname= - #4\relax - \else - \@EA\hyphenchar\csname#1#2#3\endcsname= - \csname#1#2\s!hyphenchar\endcsname\relax - \fi + \@EA\hyphenchar\csname#1#2#3\endcsname= + \@EA\ifx\csname\??ft#1#2\s!hyphenchar\endcsname\relax + #4% + \else + \csname\??ft#1#2\s!hyphenchar\endcsname + \fi\relax \csname#1#2#3\endcsname} \endTEX @@ -859,13 +932,12 @@ \def\dodoloadfont#1#2#3#4% {\edef\calculatedfont{\csname\??ft#1#2#3\endcsname\space}% \expandafter\docalculatefont\calculatedfont sa sa*#1*#2#3*% - \ifcsname#1#2\s!hyphenchar\endcsname - \@EA\hyphenchar\csname#1#2#3\endcsname= - \csname#1#2\s!hyphenchar\endcsname\relax - \else - \@EA\hyphenchar\csname#1#2#3\endcsname= - #4\relax - \fi + \@EA\hyphenchar\csname#1#2#3\endcsname= + \ifcsname\??ft#1#2\s!hyphenchar\endcsname + \csname\??ft#1#2\s!hyphenchar\endcsname + \else + #4% + \fi\relax \csname#1#2#3\endcsname} \endETEX @@ -874,11 +946,11 @@ %D care of fixed width teletype fonts. \def\doloadfont#1#2#3% - {\debuggerinfo{\m!fonts}{loaded #1#2#3}% + {%\debuggerinfo{\m!fonts}{loaded #1#2#3}% \dodoloadfont{#1}{#2}{#3}{45}} \def\doloadttfont#1#2#3% - {\debuggerinfo{\m!fonts}{loaded fixed #1#2#3}% + {%\debuggerinfo{\m!fonts}{loaded fixed #1#2#3}% \dodoloadfont{#1}{#2}{#3}{-1}} %D \macros @@ -902,14 +974,14 @@ \beginTEX \def\currentfontscale% - {\@EA\ifx\csname\??ft\s!default\fontsize\endcsname\relax + {\@EA\ifx\csname\??ft\s!default\xfontsize\endcsname\relax \@EA\ifx\csname\??ft\s!default\s!text\endcsname\relax 1% \else \csname\??ft\s!default\s!text\endcsname \fi \else - \csname\??ft\s!default\fontsize\endcsname + \csname\??ft\s!default\xfontsize\endcsname \fi} \endTEX @@ -917,8 +989,8 @@ \beginETEX \def\currentfontscale% - {\ifcsname\??ft\s!default\fontsize\endcsname - \csname\??ft\s!default\fontsize\endcsname + {\ifcsname\??ft\s!default\xfontsize\endcsname + \csname\??ft\s!default\xfontsize\endcsname \else\ifcsname\??ft\s!default\s!text\endcsname \csname\??ft\s!default\s!text\endcsname \else @@ -927,6 +999,19 @@ \endETEX +%D Both alternatives use \type {\xfontsize}, a macro that +%D expands to the current size in terms of \type {a} \unknown +%D \type {d}, nothing, or \type {x} \unknown \type {xx}. + +\def\xfontsize{\ifcase\currentxfontsize\fontsize\or\c!x\else\c!xx\fi} + +%D A typical use of this command is in commands that switch +%D to another font bypassing the font mechanism: +%D +%D \starttyping +%D \font\myfont=\truefontname{MyFont} at \currentfontscale\bodyfontsize +%D \stoptyping + %D Now we enter the area of font switching. The switching %D mechanism has to take care of several situations, like: %D @@ -989,15 +1074,34 @@ \def\definebodyfontenvironment% {\dodoubleempty\dodefinebodyfontenvironment} +\newcount\@@fontdefhack + +\def\@@beginfontdef% + {\ifcase\@@fontdefhack + \let\k!savedtext =\k!text \let\k!text =\s!text + \let\k!k!savedtext =\k!k!text \def\k!k!text {1}% + \let\k!saveddefault =\k!default \let\k!default =\s!default + \let\k!k!saveddefault=\k!k!default \def\k!k!default {1}% + \fi + \advance\@@fontdefhack by 1 } + +\def\@@endfontdef% + {\advance\@@fontdefhack by -1 + \ifcase\@@fontdefhack + \let\k!k!default=\k!k!saveddefault + \let\k!default =\k!saveddefault + \let\k!k!text =\k!k!savedtext + \let\k!text =\k!savedtext + \fi} + \def\dodefinebodyfontenvironment[#1][#2]% - {\let\c!savedtext=\c!text - \let\c!text=\s!text + {\@@beginfontdef \doifelse{#1}{\s!default} {\getparameters[\??ft\s!default][#2]} {\normalizebodyfontsize#1\to\tempbodyfontsize \addtocommalist\tempbodyfontsize\bodyfontenvironmentlist \@EA\dododefinebodyfontenvironment\@EA[\tempbodyfontsize][#2]}% - \let\c!text=\c!savedtext} + \@@endfontdef} \def\dododefinebodyfontenvironment[#1][#2]% {\doifundefined{\??ft#1\s!text} @@ -1012,14 +1116,18 @@ \copyparameters [\??ft#1][\??ft\s!default] [\c!interlinie,\c!em]}% + \@@beginfontdef \getparameters[\??ft#1][#2]% + \@@endfontdef \setvalue{\@size@#1}{\docompletefontswitch[#1]}} \def\setupbodyfontenvironment% {\dodoubleargument\dosetupbodyfontenvironment} -\def\dosetupbodyfontenvironment[#1]% - {\getparameters[\??ft#1]} +\def\dosetupbodyfontenvironment[#1][#2]% + {\@@beginfontdef + \getparameters[\??ft#1][#2]% + \@@endfontdef} %D We default all parameters to the main bodyfont size (begin %D \type{#1}), so the next setup is valid too: @@ -1137,7 +1245,7 @@ %D definitions like \type{\tfw} or \type{\bfq} for real large %D alternatives. -\def\dodododefinebodyfont[#1][#2][#3]% +\def\dodododefinebodyfont[#1][#2][#3]% er kan wat naar buiten {\doifelse{#1}{\s!default} {\setvalue{\s!default#2}##1{\definebodyfont[##1][#2][#3]}} {\geteparameters[\??ft#1#2][#3]% We expand them! @@ -1153,7 +1261,7 @@ {\getvalue{##1##2}\getvalue{##1##2\c!x}}% \unexpanded\setvalue{##1##2\c!xx}% {\getvalue{##1##2}\getvalue{##1##2\c!xx}}}% - \doifsomething{##3} + \doifsomething{##3} {\unexpanded\setvalue{#2##3}% eg: \rma, \ssa {\switchtofontstyle{#2}{##3}}% \unexpanded\setvalue{##1##2##3}% eg: \tfa, \bfa @@ -1163,14 +1271,15 @@ \def\dododododefinebodyfont##1% {\doifnot{##1}{\s!hyphenchar} {\doifdefined{\??ft#1#2##1} - {\letvalue{@#1#2##1@}=\characterencoding + {%\letvalue{@#1#2##1@}=\characterencoding + \setevalue{@#1#2##1@}{\currentencoding}% strips @ \doifelse{#2}{\c!tt} {\unexpanded\setvalue{#1#2##1}{\doloadttfont{#1}{#2}{##1}}} {\unexpanded\setvalue{#1#2##1}{\doloadfont{#1}{#2}{##1}}}% \bgroup \let\relax=\empty - \debuggerinfo - {\m!fonts}{\getvalue{\??ft#1#2##1} defined as #1 #2 ##1}% + %\debuggerinfo + % {\m!fonts}{\getvalue{\??ft#1#2##1} defined as #1 #2 ##1}% \egroup}% \doifnot{#2}{\c!mm} % new! {\expandafter\doiffamily##1\\}}}% @@ -1369,7 +1478,7 @@ \def\doreadfontdefinitionfile#1% {\doifundefined{\c!file\f!fontprefix#1}% {\setvalue{\c!file\f!fontprefix#1}{}% - \makeshortfilename[\f!fontprefix\truefontname{#1}]% + \makeshortfilename[\truefilename{\f!fontprefix#1}]% \startreadingfile \readsysfile{\shortfilename} {\showmessage{\m!fonts}{2}{#1}} @@ -1684,19 +1793,19 @@ {\@EA\ifx\csname#5\c!mm#2\endcsname\relax \@EA\ifx\csname#5#1#2\endcsname\relax \@EA\ifx\csname#5#1\c!tf\endcsname\relax - \debuggerinfo{\m!fonts}{not defined #5#1#2}% + %\debuggerinfo{\m!fonts}{not defined #5#1#2}% \else - \debuggerinfo{\m!fonts}{#5#1#2 replaced by #5#1\c!tf}% + %\debuggerinfo{\m!fonts}{#5#1#2 replaced by #5#1\c!tf}% \csname#5#1\c!tf\endcsname% activate font \@EA#4\csname#3\s!fam\endcsname\csname#5#1\c!tf\endcsname \fi \else - \debuggerinfo{\m!fonts}{defined #5#1#2}% + %\debuggerinfo{\m!fonts}{defined #5#1#2}% \csname#5#1#2\endcsname% activate font \@EA#4\csname#3\s!fam\endcsname\csname#5#1#2\endcsname \fi \else - \debuggerinfo{\m!fonts}{#5#1#2 overruled by #5\c!mm#2}% + %\debuggerinfo{\m!fonts}{#5#1#2 overruled by #5\c!mm#2}% \csname#5\c!mm#2\endcsname % activate font \@EA#4\csname#3\s!fam\endcsname\csname#5\c!mm#2\endcsname \fi} @@ -1707,19 +1816,19 @@ \def\dosettextfamily#1#2#3#4#5% {\ifcsname#5\c!mm#2\endcsname - \debuggerinfo{\m!fonts}{#5#1#2 overruled by #5\c!mm#2}% + %\debuggerinfo{\m!fonts}{#5#1#2 overruled by #5\c!mm#2}% \csname#5\c!mm#2\endcsname % activate font \@EA#4\csname#3\s!fam\endcsname\csname#5\c!mm#2\endcsname \else\ifcsname#5#1#2\endcsname - \debuggerinfo{\m!fonts}{defined #5#1#2}% + %\debuggerinfo{\m!fonts}{defined #5#1#2}% \csname#5#1#2\endcsname% activate font \@EA#4\csname#3\s!fam\endcsname\csname#5#1#2\endcsname \else\ifcsname#5#1\c!tf\endcsname - \debuggerinfo{\m!fonts}{#5#1#2 replaced by #5#1\c!tf}% + %\debuggerinfo{\m!fonts}{#5#1#2 replaced by #5#1\c!tf}% \csname#5#1\c!tf\endcsname% activate font \@EA#4\csname#3\s!fam\endcsname\csname#5#1\c!tf\endcsname \else - \debuggerinfo{\m!fonts}{not defined #5#1#2}% + %\debuggerinfo{\m!fonts}{not defined #5#1#2}% \fi\fi\fi} \endETEX @@ -1751,10 +1860,10 @@ \def\dodefinefontstyle[#1][#2]% {\rawdoifinsetelse{#2}{\stylelist} - {\debuggerinfo{\m!fonts}{unknown style #2}} + {}%\debuggerinfo{\m!fonts}{unknown style #2}} {\addtocommalist{#2}\stylelist \showmessage{\m!fonts}{8}{#2 (#1)}}% -\unexpanded\setvalue{#2}{\setfontstyle{#2}{#2}}% + \unexpanded\setvalue{#2}{\setfontstyle{#2}{#2}}% \setvalue{#2\c!x}% {\getvalue{#2}\getvalue{\c!tf\c!x}}% \setvalue{#2\c!xx}% @@ -1994,7 +2103,7 @@ \let\globalfontstyle=\fontstyle \the\everybodyfont}} -\unexpanded\def\switchtobodyfont[#1]% +\unexpanded\def\switchtobodyfont[#1]% {\doifsomething{#1} {\doifdefinedelse{\??ft\normalizedbodyfontsize\interfaced{#1}} {\doswitchpoints[\getvalue{\??ft\normalizedbodyfontsize\interfaced{#1}}]% @@ -2024,8 +2133,9 @@ \def\dosettypeface#1#2% {\doifdefinedelse{@\normalizedbodyfontsize#1#2@} % the definition bound one - {\edef\characterencoding{\getvalue{@\normalizedbodyfontsize#1#2@}}} - {\let\characterencoding=\nocharacterencoding}% +% {\edef\characterencoding{\getvalue{@\normalizedbodyfontsize#1#2@}}} + {\enablecoding[\getvalue{@\normalizedbodyfontsize#1#2@}]} + {\enablecoding[\s!default]}% \edef\fontalternative{#2}% \unexpanded\def\tx% {\dosetxtypeface{#2\fontsize}}% @@ -2037,10 +2147,11 @@ \getvalue{#1#2}% \ifcase\currentxfontsize\or\tx\or\txx\fi \doifdefined{\purefontname\font\s!encoding} % the file bound one - {\edef\characterencoding{@\getvalue{\purefontname\font\s!encoding}@}}% + {\enablecoding[\getvalue{\purefontname\font\s!encoding}]}% \doifdefinedelse{\purefontname\font\s!mapping} % the file bound one - {\edef\charactermapping{@\getvalue{\purefontname\font\s!mapping}@}}% - {\let\charactermapping\characterencoding}} + {\enablemapping[\getvalue{\purefontname\font\s!mapping}]}% + {\doifdefined{\purefontname\font\s!encoding} + {\enablemapping[\getvalue{\purefontname\font\s!encoding}]}}} %D The next auxilliary macro is an alternative to \type %D {\fontname}. @@ -2082,7 +2193,7 @@ \definefontsynonym[OldStyle][Serif] %D \macros -%D {frac, goth, cal} +%D {frak, goth, cal} %D %D On behalf of {\frac Tobias Burnus}, we define some more of %D these: @@ -2095,6 +2206,15 @@ \definefontsynonym [Gothic] [Serif] \definefontsynonym [Caligraphic] [Serif] +%D \macros +%D {fraktur, gothic, caligraphic} +%D +%D For Tobias and friends: + +\def\fraktur #1{\ifmmode\hbox\fi{\frak#1}} +\def\gothic #1{\ifmmode\hbox\fi{\goth#1}} +\def\caligraphic#1{\ifmmode\hbox\fi{\cal #1}} + %D In \type {font-cmr} we will link these to real file names. %D \macros @@ -2580,10 +2700,17 @@ %D \getglyph{fontname}{character} %D \stoptypen %D -%D This macro is used in for instance the symbol modules. +%D This macro is used in for instance the symbol modules and +%D as one can see, it does obey the small and even smaller +%D sizes. \def\getglyph#1#2% - {{\font\temp=\truefontname{#1} at \bodyfontsize\temp#2\relax}} + {{\ifcase\currentxfontsize\or + \bodyfontsize=\getvalue{\??ft\normalizedbodyfontsize\c!x}% + \else + \bodyfontsize=\getvalue{\??ft\normalizedbodyfontsize\c!xx}% + \fi + \font\temp=\truefontname{#1} at \bodyfontsize \temp#2\relax}} %D Fonts can only be used when loaded. In \CONTEXT\ we %D postpone the loading of fonts, even when we load \PLAIN. @@ -2893,6 +3020,41 @@ \definebodyfontswitch [viii] [\!!eightpoint] \definebodyfontswitch [vii] [\!!sevenpoint] \definebodyfontswitch [vi] [\!!sixpoint] + +%D Well, why not define a few more big ones. Nowadays memory +%D is not so much a problem any more. + +\definebodyfontenvironment + [14.4pt] + [ \s!text=14.4pt, + \s!script=11pt, + \s!scriptscript=9pt, + \c!x=12pt, + \c!xx=10pt, + \c!groot=17.3pt, + \c!klein=12pt] + +\definebodyfontenvironment + [17.3pt] + [ \s!text=17.3pt, + \s!script=12pt, + \s!scriptscript=10pt, + \c!x=14.4pt, + \c!xx=12pt, + \c!groot=20.7pt, + \c!klein=14.4pt] + +\definebodyfontenvironment + [20.7pt] + [ \s!text=20.7pt, + \s!script=14.4pt, + \s!scriptscript=12pt, + \c!x=17.3pt, + \c!xx=14.4pt, + \c!groot=20.7pt, % !!!! + \c!klein=17.3pt] + +%D So far. \definefontstyle [\c!rm,\v!roman,\v!serif,\v!regular] [\c!rm] \definefontstyle [\c!ss,\v!sansserif,\v!sans,\v!support] [\c!ss] @@ -2916,10 +3078,26 @@ \definealternativestyle [\v!kleinvetitalic,\v!kleinitalicvet] [\bix] [] %D We treat {\sc Small Caps} and \kap {Pseudo Caps} a bit -%D different. +%D different. We also provide an \WOORD {uppercase} style. \definealternativestyle [\v!kap,\v!kapitaal] [\normalkap] [\normalkap] \definealternativestyle [\v!smallcaps] [\sc] [\sc] +\definealternativestyle [\v!WOORD] [\WORD] [\WORD] + +%D \macros +%D {fontstylesuffix} +%D +%D The next macro is used to map non latin fontnames on +%D fonts. See \type {font-uni} for an example of its use. + +\def\fontstylesuffix% + {\ifnum\fam=\tffam \s!Regular \else + \ifnum\fam=\bffam \s!Bold \else + \ifnum\fam=\slfam \s!Slanted \else + \ifnum\fam=\itfam \s!Italic \else + \ifnum\fam=\bsfam \s!BoldSlanted \else + \ifnum\fam=\bifam \s!BoldItalic \else + \s!Regular \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}% %D We still have to take care of \type{\xi}, so: @@ -2935,3 +3113,16 @@ \protect \endinput + +%D Some unused left||overs: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\doiffontpresentelse#1#2#3% +%D {\bgroup +%D \batchmode\font\dummy=\truefontname{#1}\errorstopmode +%D \edef\lastfontname{\fontname\dummy}% +%D \ifx\lastfontname\nullfontname\egroup#3\else\egroup#2\fi} +%D +%D \def\abortiffontnotfound#1% +%D {\doiffontpresentelse{#1}{}{\showmessage{\m!fonts}{10}{\truefontname{#1}}\endinput}} +%D \stoptypen diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-lbr.tex b/tex/context/base/font-lbr.tex index d0e9810f0..a6d76f3e5 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/font-lbr.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/font-lbr.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. %D The Lucida Bright fonts are both good looking and and @@ -65,9 +65,6 @@ [hw,cg] [default] -%D Defining the larger alternatives takes only a few -%D commands, thanks to \type{sa}. - %D The Lucida Bright TeleType font does not contain \TEX's %D visual space. The next definition offers an alternative. diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-map.tex b/tex/context/base/font-map.tex index a124f63b9..fcdeca0d8 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/font-map.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/font-map.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright=NTG Maps] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \startnotmode[localfonts] diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-pcr.tex b/tex/context/base/font-pcr.tex index 7c81b22a0..1dbe06f10 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/font-pcr.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/font-pcr.tex @@ -8,17 +8,17 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. %D This module defines the Standard Adobe Courier fonts. \definefontsynonym [Mono] [Courier] -\definefontsynonym [MonoBold] [Courier] +\definefontsynonym [MonoBold] [Courier-Bold] \definefontsynonym [MonoItalic] [Courier-Oblique] \definefontsynonym [MonoSlanted] [Courier-Oblique] -\definefontsynonym [MonoBoldItalic] [Courier] -\definefontsynonym [MonoBoldSlanted] [Courier] +\definefontsynonym [MonoBoldItalic] [Courier-BoldOblique] +\definefontsynonym [MonoBoldSlanted] [Courier-BoldOblique] \definefontsynonym [MonoCaps] [Courier] \definebodyfont [14.4pt,12pt,11pt,10pt,9pt,8pt,7pt,6pt,5pt] [tt] [default] diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-phv.tex b/tex/context/base/font-phv.tex index 4c96ad035..7a4a3c899 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/font-phv.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/font-phv.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. %D This module defines the Standard Adobe Helvetica fonts. diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-plr.tex b/tex/context/base/font-plr.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3f4b2306d --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/font-plr.tex @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=font-plr, +%D version=1999.08.28, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Font Macros, +%D subtitle=Computer Modern Polish, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. + +% \definefontsynonym [Serif] [plr10] [encoding=pl0] +% \definefontsynonym [SerifBold] [plbx10] [encoding=pl0] +% \definefontsynonym [SerifItalic] [plti10] [encoding=pl0] +% \definefontsynonym [SerifSlanted] [plsl10] [encoding=pl0] +% \definefontsynonym [SerifBoldItalic] [plbxti10] [encoding=pl0] +% \definefontsynonym [SerifBoldSlanted] [plbxsl10] [encoding=pl0] +% \definefontsynonym [SerifCaps] [plr10] [encoding=pl0] +% +% \definefontsynonym [Sans] [plss10] [encoding=pl0] +% \definefontsynonym [SansBold] [plssbx10] [encoding=pl0] +% \definefontsynonym [SansItalic] [plssi10] [encoding=pl0] +% \definefontsynonym [SansSlanted] [plssi10] [encoding=pl0] +% \definefontsynonym [SansBoldItalic] [plssbx10] [encoding=pl0] +% \definefontsynonym [SansBoldSlanted] [plssbx10] [encoding=pl0] +% \definefontsynonym [SansCaps] [plss10] [encoding=pl0] +% +% \definefontsynonym [Mono] [pltt10] [encoding=pl0] +% \definefontsynonym [MonoBold] [pltt10] [encoding=pl0] +% \definefontsynonym [MonoItalic] [plitt10] [encoding=pl0] +% \definefontsynonym [MonoSlanted] [plsltt10] [encoding=pl0] +% \definefontsynonym [MonoBoldItalic] [pltt10] [encoding=pl0] +% \definefontsynonym [MonoBoldSlanted] [pltt10] [encoding=pl0] +% \definefontsynonym [MonoCaps] [pltt10] [encoding=pl0] +% +% \definefontsynonym [MathRoman] [plr10] [encoding=pl0] +% \definefontsynonym [MathExtension] [cmex10] +% \definefontsynonym [MathItalic] [cmmi10] +% \definefontsynonym [MathSymbol] [cmsy10] +% +% \definefontsynonym [OldStyle] [MathItalic] +% +% \definebodyfont +% [14.4pt,12pt,11pt,10pt,9pt,8pt,7pt,6pt,5pt] +% [rm,ss,tt,mm] +% [default] + +\input font-cmr.tex + +\definefontsynonym [cmb10] [plb10] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmbsy10] [plbsy10] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmbx10] [plbx10] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmbx12] [plbx12] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmbx5] [plbx5] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmbx6] [plbx6] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmbx7] [plbx7] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmbx8] [plbx8] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmbx9] [plbx9] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmbxsl10] [plbxsl10] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmbxti10] [plbxti10] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmcsc10] [plcsc10] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmdunh10] [pldunh10] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmex10] [plex10] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmex9] [plex9] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmff10] [plff10] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmfi10] [plfi10] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmfib8] [plfib8] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cminch] [plinch] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmitt10] [plitt10] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmmi10] [plmi10] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmmi12] [plmi12] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmmi5] [plmi5] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmmi6] [plmi6] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmmi7] [plmi7] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmmi8] [plmi8] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmmi9] [plmi9] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmmib10] [plmib10] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmr10] [plr10] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmr12] [plr12] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmr17] [plr17] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmr5] [plr5] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmr6] [plr6] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmr7] [plr7] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmr8] [plr8] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmr9] [plr9] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmsl10] [plsl10] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmsl12] [plsl12] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmsl8] [plsl8] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmsl9] [plsl9] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmsltt10] [plsltt10] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmss10] [plss10] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmss12] [plss12] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmss17] [plss17] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmss8] [plss8] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmss9] [plss9] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmssbi10] [plssbi10] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmssbx10] [plssbx10] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmssdc10] [plssdc10] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmssi10] [plssi10] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmssi12] [plssi12] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmssi17] [plssi17] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmssi8] [plssi8] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmssi9] [plssi9] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmssq8] [plssq8] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmssqi8] [plssqi8] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmsy10] [plsy10] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmsy5] [plsy5] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmsy6] [plsy6] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmsy7] [plsy7] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmsy8] [plsy8] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmsy9] [plsy9] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmtcsc10] [pltcsc10] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmtex10] [pltex10] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmtex8] [pltex8] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmtex9] [pltex9] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmti10] [plti10] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmti12] [plti12] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmti7] [plti7] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmti8] [plti8] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmti9] [plti9] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmtt10] [pltt10] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmtt12] [pltt12] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmtt8] [pltt8] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmtt9] [pltt9] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmu10] [plu10] [encoding=pl0] +\definefontsynonym [cmvtt10] [plvtt10] [encoding=pl0] + +\endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-pos.tex b/tex/context/base/font-pos.tex index 1193db8fb..7894110e7 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/font-pos.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/font-pos.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright=J. Hagen] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. %D This file load the Adobe Times Roman, Helvetica and diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-ptm.tex b/tex/context/base/font-ptm.tex index 6b375a539..d5ef35dab 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/font-ptm.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/font-ptm.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. %D This module defines the Standard Adobe Times Roman. diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-uni.tex b/tex/context/base/font-uni.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8f0a0bfbd --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/font-uni.tex @@ -0,0 +1,439 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=font-uni, +%D version=1999.10.10, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Font Macros, +%D subtitle=\UNICODE\ Initialization, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Font Macros / UNICODE Support} + +%D I wrote this module when \WangLei\ asked me how to use +%D Chinese in \CONTEXT. From the samples he sent me, I deduced +%D that some mixture of one and two byte encoding was used, +%D which he confirmed. Since \TEX\ normally does not use the +%D characters $>127$, so as long as the two byte characters +%D have a first character with code $>127$, we can use active +%D characters to handle them. In an optimistic mood, I called +%D this module the \UNICODE\ font module. In the module that +%D handles Chinese, we will see that some more interpretation +%D is involved, which is why the macros handling those +%D characters look ahead. + +\startmessages dutch library: fonts + 21: het is veiliger om (pdf)eTeX te gebruiken +\stopmessages + +\startmessages english library: fonts + 21: using (pdf)eTeX is more save +\stopmessages + +\startmessages german library: fonts + 21: Verwenden von (pdf)eTeX ist sicherer +\stopmessages + +\unprotect + +%D \macros +%D {handleunicodeflowglyph, uchar, +%D handleunicodeglyph, insertunicodeglyph, +%D unicodeposition, unicodeone, unicodetwo} +%D +%D For the moment \UNICODE\ support is rather primitive but +%D nevertheless effective. The reference to \UNICODE\ is not +%D entirely correct, since in many cases one will use \quote +%D {older} mappings, but in principle, \UNICODE\ can be +%D supported. +%D +%D We expect each character to come as two eight bit +%D characters. Those doubles are handled by making all +%D characters in the range $>127$ active, so that they can +%D pick up the next one, and act upon both their values. +%D Internally only numbers are used. A first implementation +%D simply internally prefixed the second part of the \UNICODE\ +%D pair with \type {\string} or \type {\char}, but this was +%D not that handy when it came to testing those values. +%D Because in principle we are dealing with an encoding, the +%D making active is handled in \type {enco-uni}. +%D +%D There are two commands to handle unicode characters: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \handleunicodeflowglyph{number}{character} +%D \uchar{number}{number} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The first one can be assigned to an active character, the +%D second one can be used to directly access a glyph. Both +%D command call \type {\handleunicodeglyph} that in turn +%D calls \type {\insertunicodeglyph}. Both can be overruled +%D in specialized modules. The low level command \type +%D {\unicodeglyph} can best be left untouched, which is not +%D so much a problem because there is a hook into this macro: +%D \type {\unicodecharcommand}. +%D +%D In most cases one will redefine \type {\handleunicodeglyph} +%D in such a way that it identifies special situations first, +%D takes some actions next, calls \type {\insertunicodeglyph}, +%D if needed with \type {\unicodecharcommand} changed, and +%D finally does some finishing: +%D +%D \starttyping +%D \def\handleunicodeglyph% +%D {take actions based on \unicodeone-two-position cq. \nextglyph +%D redefine \unicodecharcommand if needed +%D expand \insertunicodeglyph +%D take some final actions} +%D \stoptyping + +\newcount\unicodeposition + +% \def\handleunicodeflowglyph#1#2% +% {\def\dohandleunicodeflowglyph{\dodohandleunicodeflowglyphA{#1}{#2}}% +% \futurelet\nextglyph\dohandleunicodeflowglyph} +% +% %D The first alternative (A) takes a character as second +% %D argument and is used in the primary handler introduced +% %D earlier. +% +% \def\dodohandleunicodeflowglyphA#1#2% +% {\bgroup +% \def\unicodeone{#1}% +% \edef\unicodetwo{\number\expandafter`\string#2}% takes also <128 ! +% \unicodeposition=\unicodeone\unicodetwo\relax +% \handleunicodeglyph +% \egroup} +% +% %D The second alternative (B) takes numbers and is used in +% %D the \type {\uchar} command. This command takes two +% %D decimal numbers. +% +% \def\dodohandleunicodeflowglyphB#1#2% +% {\bgroup +% \def\unicodeone{#1}% +% \def\unicodetwo{#2}% +% \unicodeposition=\unicodeone\unicodetwo\relax +% \handleunicodeglyph +% \egroup} +% +% \unexpanded\def\uchar% +% {\let\nextglyph\relax +% \dodohandleunicodeflowglyphB} + +%D The multistep approach is needed to pick up the second +%D token, since this token can have any value and any +%D catcode. + +\def\handleunicodeflowglyph#1% + {\bgroup + \edef\unicodeone{#1}% + \@EA\afterassignment\@EA\dohandleunicodeflowglyph + \@EA\chardef\@EA\nexttoken\@EA=\@EA`\string} + +\def\dohandleunicodeflowglyph% + {\futurelet\nextglyph\dodohandleunicodeflowglyph} + +\def\dodohandleunicodeflowglyph% + {\edef\unicodetwo{\the\nexttoken}% + \unicodeposition=\unicodeone\unicodetwo\relax + \handleunicodeglyph + \egroup} + +\unexpanded\def\uc#1#2% used in tricky situations + {\bgroup + \edef\unicodeone{#1}% + \afterassignment\dohandleunicodeflowglyph\chardef\nexttoken} + +\unexpanded\def\uchar#1#2% use as standalone glyph + {\bgroup + \let\nextglyph\relax + \edef\unicodeone{#1}% + \edef\unicodetwo{#2}% + \unicodeposition=\unicodeone\unicodetwo\relax + \handleunicodeglyph + \egroup} + +% Alternative, handles [char >127]{number} too. +% +% \def\handleunicodeflowglyph#1% +% {\bgroup +% \edef\unicodeone{#1}% +% \futurelet\nexttoken\dohandleunicodeflowglyph} +% +% \def\dohandleunicodeflowglyph% +% {\ifx\nexttoken\bgroup +% \expandafter\dohandleunicodeflowglyphA +% \else +% \expandafter\dohandleunicodeflowglyphB +% \fi} +% +% \def\dohandleunicodeflowglyphA#1% +% {\chardef\nexttoken=#1\relax +% \dodohandleunicodeflowglyph} +% +% \def\dohandleunicodeflowglyphB% +% {\@EA\afterassignment\@EA\dodohandleunicodeflowglyph +% \@EA\chardef\@EA\nexttoken\@EA=\@EA`\string} +% +% \def\dodohandleunicodeflowglyph% +% {\futurelet\nextglyph\dododohandleunicodeflowglyph} +% +% \def\dododohandleunicodeflowglyph% +% {\edef\unicodetwo{\the\nexttoken}% +% \unicodeposition=\unicodeone\unicodetwo\relax +% \handleunicodeglyph +% \egroup} +% +% Can be used with (the less byte hungry alternative): +% +% sub unirecode +% { my ($a,$b) = @_ ; +% if ((ord($b)<0x80)&&($b !~ /[a-zA-Z0-9]/)) +% { print "$b" ; ++$recoded ; +% #return "\\uc\{" . ord($a) . "\}\{". ord($b) . "\}" } +% return "$a\{". ord($b) . "\}" } +% else +% { return "$a$b" } } + +\def\insertunicodeglyph% + {\unicodeglyph\unicodeone\unicodetwo} + +\let\handleunicodeglyph=\insertunicodeglyph + +%D One can use the \type {\unicodeposition} in the macros +%D that handle pre and post material. + +%D \macros +%D {unicodestyle, unicodecharcommand} +%D +%D Each character pair will become one glyph. Because \TEX\ +%D cannot handle fonts with more that 256 characters, we use +%D \TFM\ files for each range. The first character of the pair +%D is appended to the name of a font, and the second is used to +%D access the glyph in that font. This means that a particular +%D font is split up in subfonts with names in the range: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D <filename>80 ... <filename>ff +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The \type {<filename>} as well as the composed name are +%D mapped ones. The next macros take care of this mapping. +%D Let us assume that the next mapping has taken place, +%D +%D \starttyping +%D \definefontsynonym [UnicodeRegular] [gbsong] +%D \stoptyping +%D +%D Let us also assume that we are dealing with the range \type +%D {b1}. Given that a font name results from: +%D +%D \starttyping +%D \truefontname{\truefontname{UnicodeRegular}b1} +%D \stoptyping +%D +%D we get \type {gbsongb1}. The outer \type {\truefontname} +%D takes care of additional mapping, so when we say: +%D +%D \starttyping +%D \definefontsynonym [gbsongb1] [gbsong-b1] +%D \stoptyping +%D +%D the filename used will be \type {gbsong-b1}. From the next +%D definition it will be clear that other fontshapes are also +%D supported. The prefix \type {Unicode} is mapped! +%D +%D The command \type {\unicodecharcommand} can be used to +%D handle special cases. At that moment \type {1em} is known. + +\def\unicodestyle% + {\truefontname\s!Unicode\fontstylesuffix} + +\let\unicodecharcommand\firstofoneargument + +\unexpanded\def\unicodeglyph#1#2% watch the double mapping + {\bgroup + \bodyfontsize=\unicodescale\bodyfontsize + \font\unicodefont=\truefontname{\truefontname\unicodestyle\lchexnumbers{#1}} + at \currentfontscale\bodyfontsize + \unicodestrut\unicodefont\unicodecharcommand{\char#2\relax}% + \egroup} + +%D \macros +%D {setunicodestrut, setunicodescale, nextglyph, +%D handleunicodeglyph, insertunicodeglyph} +%D +%D A careful analysis of the previous macros, learns that the +%D process of mapping comes down to: +%D +%D \startopsomming[opelkaar,n] +%D \som taking care of preceding material (and spacing) +%D \som defining the font at \type {\currentfontscale} $\times$ +%D \type {\unicodescale} $\times$ \type {\bodyfontsize} +%D \som inserting a \type {\unicodestrut} +%D \som inserting the character (glyph) +%D \som executing some actions afterwards +%D \stopopsomming +%D +%D The actions before and after placing the glyph, is up to +%D the user supplied handler. This handler (\type +%D {\handleunicodeglpyh}) must, at a certain moment, insert +%D the glyph using \type {\insertunicodeglyph} + +\def\setunicodescale#1% + {\def\unicodescale{#1}} + +\def\dosetunicodestrut#1#2% height depth + {\def\unicodestrut% + {\vrule + \!!width\!!zeropoint + \!!height#1\ht\strutbox + \!!depth#2\dp\strutbox + \relax}} + +\def\setunicodestrut#1#2% height depth + {\ifdim#1\ht\strutbox>\!!zeropoint + \dosetunicodestrut{#1}{#2}% + \else\ifdim#1\dp\strutbox>\!!zeropoint + \dosetunicodestrut{#1}{#2}% + \else + \let\unicodestrut\empty + \fi\fi} + +%D The additional scaling and strut default to: + +\setunicodescale{1} +\setunicodestrut{1}{1} + +%D The actual code for the additional actions as well as +%D specific spacing is handled outside these routines. The +%D character after the two that are under treatment is +%D available in \type {\nextglyph}. + +%D \macros +%D {defineunicodefont, setupunicodefont} +%D +%D Apart from this rather low level implementation, we also +%D provide a more user friendly alternative. Given that one +%D has defined: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \defineunicodefont +%D [SimChi] [SimplifiedChinese] +%D [ \c!schaal=0.85, +%D \c!hoogte=1.25, +%D \c!diepte=1.00, +%D \c!interlinie=yes, +%D \c!conversie=\chinesenumber, +%D \c!commando=\handlechineseunicodeglyph] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Together with: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \definefontsynonym [SimplifiedChineseRegular] [gbsong] +%D \definefontsynonym [SimplifiedChineseSlanted] [gbsongsl] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D we can now switch to Simplified Chinese by saying \type +%D {SimChi}. Some values can be changed afterwards with +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \setupunicodefont[SimChi][...=...] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Specific initializations can be assigned to \type +%D {commands}. + +\beginTEX + + \def\unicodeTEXwarning% + {\writeline\showmessage{\m!fonts}{21}{}\writeline + \global\let\unicodeTEXwarning\relax} + +\endTEX + + +\beginETEX \protected + + \let\unicodeTEXwarning\relax + +\endETEX + +\def\defineunicodefont% + {\dotripleempty\dodefineunicodefont} + +\def\dodefineunicodefont[#1][#2][#3]% + {\unicodeTEXwarning + \doifinstringelse{=}{#3} + {\setupunicodefont[#1][#3]} + {\copyparameters + [\??uc#1][\??uc#3] + [\c!hoogte,\c!diepte,\c!schaal,\c!commandos, + \c!interlinie,\c!commando,\c!conversie]}% + \doifelsenothing{#2} + {\setvalue{#1}{[uc font #1 undefined]}} + {\setvalue{\??uc#1\c!file}{#2}% + \doifundefined{\??ff#2\s!Bold} + {\definefontsynonym[#2\s!Bold] [#2\s!Regular]% + \definefontsynonym[#2\s!Slanted] [#2\s!Regular]% + \definefontsynonym[#2\s!Italic] [#2\s!Regular]% + \definefontsynonym[#2\s!BoldSlanted][#2\s!Slanted]% + \definefontsynonym[#2\s!BoldItalic] [#2\s!Italic]}% + \setvalue{#1}{\enableunicodefont{#1}}}} + +\def\setupunicodefont% + {\dodoubleempty\dosetupunicodefont} + +\def\dosetupunicodefont[#1][#2]% + {\doifundefined{\??uc#1\c!commando} + {\copyparameters + [\??uc#1][\??uc\s!default] + [\c!hoogte,\c!diepte,\c!schaal,\c!commandos, + \c!interlinie,\c!commando,\c!conversie]}% + \getparameters[\??uc#1][#2]} + +\def\enableunicodefont#1% + {\definefontsynonym[\s!Unicode][\getvalue{\??uc#1\c!file}]% + \def\unicodescale {\getvalue{\??uc#1\c!schaal}}% + \def\unicodeheight {\getvalue{\??uc#1\c!hoogte}}% + \def\unicodedepth {\getvalue{\??uc#1\c!diepte}}% + \def\unicodedigits {\getvalue{\??uc#1\c!conversie}}% + \def\handleunicodeglyph {\getvalue{\??uc#1\c!commando}}% + \enableregime[unicode]% + \doifvalue{\??uc#1\c!interlinie}{\v!ja} + {\stelinterliniein\relax}% + \getvalue{\??uc#1\c!commandos}\relax} + +%D \macros +%D {unicodedigits} +%D +%D For convenience we also predefine a number conversion +%D macro: + +\let\unicodedigits\number + +%D Because we cannot be sure of the pressence of all font +%D styles, we remap some by default. + +\definefontsynonym [\s!Unicode\s!Bold] [\s!Unicode\s!Regular] +\definefontsynonym [\s!Unicode\s!Slanted] [\s!Unicode\s!Regular] +\definefontsynonym [\s!Unicode\s!Italic] [\s!Unicode\s!Regular] +\definefontsynonym [\s!Unicode\s!BoldSlanted] [\s!Unicode\s!Slanted] +\definefontsynonym [\s!Unicode\s!BoldItalic] [\s!Unicode\s!Italic] + +\setupunicodefont + [\s!default] + [\c!hoogte=1, + \c!diepte=1, + \c!schaal=1, + \c!interlinie=\v!ja, + \c!commando=\insertunicodeglyph, + \c!conversie=\number] + +\protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-unk.tex b/tex/context/base/font-unk.tex index de87ec30a..3cdb226c4 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/font-unk.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/font-unk.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. %D This module is rather important, because it enables us to @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ \definefontsynonym [SerifBoldSlanted] [unknown] \definefontsynonym [SerifCaps] [unknown] -\definefontsynonym [Sans] +\definefontsynonym [Sans] [unknown] \definefontsynonym [SansBold] [unknown] \definefontsynonym [SansItalic] [unknown] \definefontsynonym [SansSlanted] [unknown] @@ -145,20 +145,20 @@ itc=SansItalic sa c, itd=SansItalic sa d, sl=SansSlanted sa 1, - ita=SansSlanted sa a, - itb=SansSlanted sa b, - itc=SansSlanted sa c, - itd=SansSlanted sa d, + sla=SansSlanted sa a, + slb=SansSlanted sa b, + slc=SansSlanted sa c, + sld=SansSlanted sa d, bi=SansBoldItalic sa 1, - ita=SansBoldItalic sa a, - itb=SansBoldItalic sa b, - itc=SansBoldItalic sa c, - itd=SansBoldItalic sa d, + bia=SansBoldItalic sa a, + bib=SansBoldItalic sa b, + bic=SansBoldItalic sa c, + bid=SansBoldItalic sa d, bs=SansBoldSlanted sa 1, - ita=SansBoldSlanted sa a, - itb=SansBoldSlanted sa b, - itc=SansBoldSlanted sa c, - itd=SansBoldSlanted sa d, + bsa=SansBoldSlanted sa a, + bsb=SansBoldSlanted sa b, + bsc=SansBoldSlanted sa c, + bsd=SansBoldSlanted sa d, sc=SansCaps sa 1, sca=SansCaps sa a, scb=SansCaps sa b, @@ -166,21 +166,41 @@ scd=SansCaps sa d] \definebodyfont [default] [tt] - [ tf=Mono sa 1, - tfa=Mono sa a, - tfb=Mono sa b, - tfc=Mono sa c, - tfd=Mono sa d, - sl=MonoSlanted sa 1, - sla=MonoSlanted sa a, - slb=MonoSlanted sa b, - slc=MonoSlanted sa c, - sld=MonoSlanted sa d, - it=MonoItalic sa 1, - ita=MonoItalic sa a, - itb=MonoItalic sa b, - itc=MonoItalic sa c, - itd=MonoItalic sa d] + [ tf=Mono sa 1, + tfa=Mono sa a, + tfb=Mono sa b, + tfc=Mono sa c, + tfd=Mono sa d, + bf=MonoBold sa 1, + bfa=MonoBold sa a, + bfb=MonoBold sa b, + bfc=MonoBold sa c, + bfd=MonoBold sa d, + it=MonoItalic sa 1, + ita=MonoItalic sa a, + itb=MonoItalic sa b, + itc=MonoItalic sa c, + itd=MonoItalic sa d, + sl=MonoSlanted sa 1, + sla=MonoSlanted sa a, + slb=MonoSlanted sa b, + slc=MonoSlanted sa c, + sld=MonoSlanted sa d, + bi=MonoBoldItalic sa 1, + bia=MonoBoldItalic sa a, + bib=MonoBoldItalic sa b, + bic=MonoBoldItalic sa c, + bid=MonoBoldItalic sa d, + bs=MonoBoldSlanted sa 1, + bsa=MonoBoldSlanted sa a, + bsb=MonoBoldSlanted sa b, + bsc=MonoBoldSlanted sa c, + bsd=MonoBoldSlanted sa d, + sc=MonoCaps sa 1, + sca=MonoCaps sa a, + scb=MonoCaps sa b, + scc=MonoCaps sa c, + scd=MonoCaps sa d] \definebodyfont [default] [mm] [mr=MathRoman sa 1, @@ -193,14 +213,14 @@ \definebodyfont [default] [hw] [ tf=Handwriting sa 1, tfa=Handwriting sa a, - tfb=Handwriting sa b + tfb=Handwriting sa b, tfc=Handwriting sa c, tfd=Handwriting sa d] \definebodyfont [default] [cg] [ tf=Calligraphy sa 1, tfa=Calligraphy sa a, - tfb=Calligraphy sa b + tfb=Calligraphy sa b, tfc=Calligraphy sa c, tfd=Calligraphy sa d] diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-vnr.tex b/tex/context/base/font-vnr.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..67bdbebe1 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/font-vnr.tex @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=font-vnr, +%D version=1999.12.12, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Font Macros, +%D subtitle=Computer Modern Vietnamese, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. + +\definefontsynonym [Serif] [vnb10] [encoding=x5] +\definefontsynonym [SerifBold] [vnb10] [encoding=x5] +\definefontsynonym [SerifItalic] [vnb10] [encoding=x5] +\definefontsynonym [SerifSlanted] [vnb10] [encoding=x5] +\definefontsynonym [SerifBoldItalic] [vnb10] [encoding=x5] +\definefontsynonym [SerifBoldSlanted] [vnb10] [encoding=x5] +\definefontsynonym [SerifCaps] [vnb10] [encoding=x5] + +\definefontsynonym [Sans] [vnb10] [encoding=x5] +\definefontsynonym [SansBold] [vnb10] [encoding=x5] +\definefontsynonym [SansItalic] [vnb10] [encoding=x5] +\definefontsynonym [SansSlanted] [vnb10] [encoding=x5] +\definefontsynonym [SansBoldItalic] [vnb10] [encoding=x5] +\definefontsynonym [SansBoldSlanted] [vnb10] [encoding=x5] +\definefontsynonym [SansCaps] [vnb10] [encoding=x5] + +\definefontsynonym [Mono] [vnb10] [encoding=x5] +\definefontsynonym [MonoBold] [vnb10] [encoding=x5] +\definefontsynonym [MonoItalic] [vnb10] [encoding=x5] +\definefontsynonym [MonoSlanted] [vnb10] [encoding=x5] +\definefontsynonym [MonoBoldItalic] [vnb10] [encoding=x5] +\definefontsynonym [MonoBoldSlanted] [vnb10] [encoding=x5] +\definefontsynonym [MonoCaps] [vnb10] [encoding=x5] + +\definefontsynonym [MathRoman] [vnb10] [encoding=x5] +\definefontsynonym [MathExtension] [cmex10] +\definefontsynonym [MathItalic] [cmmi10] +\definefontsynonym [MathSymbol] [cmsy10] + +\definefontsynonym [OldStyle] [MathItalic] + +\definebodyfont + [14.4pt,12pt,11pt,10pt,9pt,8pt,7pt,6pt,5pt] + [rm,ss,tt,mm] + [default] + +\endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/java-ans.tex b/tex/context/base/java-ans.tex index f038c8677..ab10bb2a8 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/java-ans.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/java-ans.tex @@ -2,13 +2,13 @@ %D [ file=java-ans, %D version=1998.06.01, %D title=\CONTEXT\ JavaScript Macros, -%D subtitle=Answer Analyzation, +%D subtitle=Answer Analization, %D author=Hans Hagen, %D date=\currentdate, %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \startJSpreamble{Do_Check_Answer} used later diff --git a/tex/context/base/java-fil.tex b/tex/context/base/java-fil.tex index 041eeb163..2875998dd 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/java-fil.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/java-fil.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \startJSpreamble{Auxiliary} used now @@ -19,8 +19,10 @@ return(Paths[0]) } function Print_Page_Range(From, To) % gaat mis, nog geen args mogelijk - { if ((From>0)&&(To>=From)) - { this.print(false,From,To,true) } } + { if ((Number(From)>0)&&(Number(To)>=Number(From))) + { var myFrom = Number(From)-1 ; + var myTo = Number(To)-1 ; + this.print(false,myFrom,myTo,true) } } function Print_This_Page () { this.print(false,this.pageNum,this.pageNum,true) } diff --git a/tex/context/base/java-fld.tex b/tex/context/base/java-fld.tex index 1178aaa75..d349392e8 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/java-fld.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/java-fld.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. % nu nog alles geladen, moet dus anders @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ event.value = Sanitized_TeX_String(event.value) ; \stopJScode -\startJSpreamble {Do_With_Field} +\startJSpreamble {Do_With_Field} used now var visible_field = new Array() ; % no garbage collection ! var visible_fields = 0 ; @@ -135,13 +135,16 @@ function Hide_When_Down () function Hide_Field ( Name ) { var v = this.getField(Name) ; - if (v) { v.hidden = true } } + if (v) + { % this.dirty = false ; + v.hidden = true } } function Vide_Field ( Name ) { var v = this.getField(Name) ; if (v) { ++visible_fields ; visible_field[visible_fields] = Name ; + % this.dirty = false ; v.hidden = false } } function Hide_Fields () @@ -199,31 +202,33 @@ function Flip_Fields ( Name ) \startJScode{Forget_Changes} this.dirty = false \stopJScode -\startJSpreamble {Walk_Field} used later - -function Walk_Field ( FieldSet ) - { var i = 1 ; - while (true) - { v = this.getField(FieldSet+":"+i) ; - if (v) - { if (v.value=="On") - { v.value = "Off" ; - var ii = i ; ii++ ; - v = this.getField(FieldSet+":"+ii) ; - if (!v) - { v = this.getField(FieldSet+":"+1) } - if (v) - { v.value = "On" } - break } - i++ } - else - { break } } } - -\stopJSpreamble - -\startJScode {Walk_Field} uses {Walk_Field} - Walk_Field (JS_S_1) ; -\stopJScode +\definereference[ForgetChanges][JS(Forget_Changes)] + +% \startJSpreamble {Walk_Field} used later +% +% function Walk_Field ( FieldSet ) +% { var i = 1 ; +% while (true) +% { v = this.getField(FieldSet+":"+i) ; +% if (v) +% { if (v.value=="On") +% { v.value = "Off" ; +% var ii = i ; ii++ ; +% v = this.getField(FieldSet+":"+ii) ; +% if (!v) +% { v = this.getField(FieldSet+":"+1) } +% if (v) +% { v.value = "On" } +% break } +% i++ } +% else +% { break } } } +% +% \stopJSpreamble +% +% \startJScode {Walk_Field} uses {Walk_Field} +% Walk_Field (JS_S_1) ; +% \stopJScode \startJSpreamble {Walk_Field} used later diff --git a/tex/context/base/java-ini.tex b/tex/context/base/java-ini.tex index 34e9e6a71..885292578 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/java-ini.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/java-ini.tex @@ -8,16 +8,21 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context JavaScript Macros / Initialization} +% BUG: preamble zonder used/used en split + % JavaScript support is under development. In the near future % a slightly different model will be used. The JScode stuff % will probably become just auto function inclusion and the % JS_* things will disappear. First I have to find a way to % deal with global variables so the 'uses' thing will remain. + +% ook p{ref} +% documentation should be corrected to JS( % Also, obeylines will be supported. @@ -46,6 +51,12 @@ 2: unbekannte Preamble -- \stopmessages +\startmessages czech library: javascript + title: javascript + 1: nacita se soubor skriptu -- + 2: neznama preambule -- +\stopmessages + %D \TEX\ is not the right tool to check the \JAVA\ code; the %D most we can do is reporting some passed variables: @@ -232,8 +243,9 @@ \def\docommando##1% {\doifundefinedelse{\r!java\r!java##1} {\showmessage{\m!javascript}{2}{##1}} - {\doglobal\increment\currentJSpreamble - \doglobal\addtocommalist{##1}\allJSpreambles}}% + {\useJSpreamblenow{##1}}}% +% {\doglobal\increment\currentJSpreamble +% \doglobal\addtocommalist{##1}\allJSpreambles}}% \def\do##1##2% {\xdef\JScode{\ifdirectJScode#1(\JScode)\else\JScode##2\fi}% %\xdef\JScode{JS\string_N=\the\scratchcounter;\JScode}% @@ -327,30 +339,58 @@ \newcounter\nofJSpreambles \newcounter\currentJSpreamble -\long\gdef\startJSpreamble#1 #2 - {\doifelse{#2}{used} - {\def\next{\dostartJSpreamble{#1} }} - {\def\next{\dostartJSpreamble{#1} now #2 }}% +\long\def\startJSpreamble#1 #2 % + {\bgroup % we need to restore the catcodes + \popendofline % just in case it happens while reading lists + \doifelse{#2}{used} + {\def\next{\dostartJSpreamble#1 }} + {\def\next{\dostartJSpreamble#1 now #2 }}% \next} - + \long\def\dostartJSpreamble#1 #2 #3\stopJSpreamble% - {\bgroup - \processaction + {\processaction [#2] [ later=>\chardef\JSstatus=0, now=>\chardef\JSstatus=1, \s!default=>\chardef\JSstatus=2, \s!unknown=>\chardef\JSstatus=2]% - \presetJSfunctions #3function ()\end% - \ifcase\JSstatus - \long\setgvalue{\r!java\r!java#1}{#3}% - \else - \long\setgvalue{\r!java\r!java#1}{#3}% - \doglobal\increment\currentJSpreamble - \doglobal\addtocommalist{#1}\allJSpreambles + \presetJSfunctions #3function ()\end + \long\setgvalue{\r!java\r!java#1}{#3}% + \ifcase\JSstatus \else + \useJSpreamblenow{#1}% \fi \egroup} +%D \macros +%D {setJSpreamble, addtoJSpreamble} +%D +%D In addition to the previous preamble definitions, we can +%D set a preamble \citeer {in||line} and add tokens to a +%D preamble. + +\def\setJSpreamble#1#2% + {\doifundefined{\r!java\r!java#1} + {\setgvalue{\r!java\r!java#1}{#2;}% + \doglobal\increment\currentJSpreamble + \doglobal\addtocommalist{#1}\allJSpreambles}} + +\def\addtoJSpreamble#1#2% + {\doifdefinedelse{\r!java\r!java#1} + {\edef\!!stringa{\r!java\r!java#1}% + \edef\!!stringb{\csname\!!stringa\endcsname}% + \@EA\setgvalue\@EA\!!stringa\@EA{\!!stringb #2;}} + {\setJSpreamble{#1}{#2}}} + +%D \macros +%D {useJSpreamblenow} +%D +%D The next macro can be used to force inclusion of postponed +%D \JAVASCRIPT\ preambles. + +\def\useJSpreamblenow#1% + {\doglobal\increment\currentJSpreamble + \doglobal\addtocommalist{#1}\allJSpreambles} + %D Because we want to check for valid calls, we preload the %D functions. This means that we can call them directly as %D well as indirectly when defined by \type {\startJScode} etc. @@ -390,18 +430,6 @@ \egroup \fi} -%\def\flushJSpreamble% -% {\iflocation\ifx\allJSpreambles\empty\else -% \bgroup -% \presetJSpreamble -% \expanded{\doflushJSpreamble{\allJSpreambles}}% -% \global\let\flushJSpreamble=\relax -% \global\let\allJSpreambles=\empty -% \egroup -% \fi\fi} -% -%\prependtoks \flushJSpreamble \to \everylastshipout - \def\flushJSpreamble% {\iflocation\ifx\allJSpreambles\empty\else \ifcase\nofJSpreambles\else\ifnum\nofJSpreambles=\currentJSpreamble @@ -539,7 +567,7 @@ %D The magic 500 in the next hack prevents the input stack from %D overflowing when large scripts are sanitized. -\beginTEX +%\beginTEX \def\dododoPSsanitizeJScode% {\ifcase\JSisTEX\ifcase\JScomment @@ -560,13 +588,15 @@ \aftergroup\sanitizedJScode \let\next=}} -\endTEX - -\beginETEX \aftergroup - -\let\dododoPSsanitizeJScode\relax - -\endETEX +%\endTEX +% +% Why is \aftergroup not doing what I expect? +% +% \beginETEX \aftergroup +% +% \let\dododoPSsanitizeJScode\relax +% +% \endETEX %D The macro \type{\doPSsanitizeJScode} converts its argument %D into the macro \type{\sanitizedJScode}, thereby prefixing diff --git a/tex/context/base/lang-alt.tex b/tex/context/base/lang-alt.tex index df39d7fa3..beb746f33 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/lang-alt.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/lang-alt.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. % Uigur, Uzbek @@ -57,8 +57,8 @@ \setuplabeltext [\s!tr] [\v!sub\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] \setuplabeltext [\s!tr] [\v!bijlage=] \setuplabeltext [\s!tr] [\v!deel=Fas\i l ] -\setuplabeltext [\s!tr] [\v!regel=sat\i r] -\setuplabeltext [\s!tr] [\v!regels=sat\i r..] +\setuplabeltext [\s!tr] [\v!regel=sat\i r ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!tr] [\v!regels=sat\i r ] \setuplabeltext [\s!tr] [\v!january=ocak] \setuplabeltext [\s!tr] [\v!february=\c{s}ubat] diff --git a/tex/context/base/lang-ana.tex b/tex/context/base/lang-ana.tex index 04aca1031..19fecb0c9 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/lang-ana.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/lang-ana.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \writestatus{loading}{Anatolian Languages} diff --git a/tex/context/base/lang-art.tex b/tex/context/base/lang-art.tex index db814af60..87d243a62 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/lang-art.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/lang-art.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. % Esperanto diff --git a/tex/context/base/lang-bal.tex b/tex/context/base/lang-bal.tex index 96f589572..7ef8e8e49 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/lang-bal.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/lang-bal.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. % Lettish/Latvian, Lithuanian diff --git a/tex/context/base/lang-cel.tex b/tex/context/base/lang-cel.tex index 949ca493b..b4eae8b52 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/lang-cel.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/lang-cel.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. % Breton, Welsh, Irish, Manx, Scottish Gaelic diff --git a/tex/context/base/lang-chi.tex b/tex/context/base/lang-chi.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb80bb249 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/lang-chi.tex @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=lang-chi, +%D version=1998.10.10, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Language Macros, +%D subtitle=Chinese, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D suggestions=Wang Lei, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Language Macros / Chinese} + +%D This module is coded using the \UNICODE\ support built in +%D \CONTEXT. Therefore, \type {\uchar} is used instead of latin +%D characters. + +\unprotect + +\definesystemconstant {chinese} \definesystemconstant {cn} + +\installlanguage[\s!cn][\c!status=\v!start] + +\setupheadtext [\s!cn] [\v!inhoud=\uchar{196}{191}\uchar{194}{188}] +\setupheadtext [\s!cn] [\v!tabellen=\uchar{196}{191}\uchar{177}{237}] +\setupheadtext [\s!cn] [\v!figuren=\uchar{196}{191}\uchar{205}{188}] +\setupheadtext [\s!cn] [\v!grafieken=Graphics] +\setupheadtext [\s!cn] [\v!intermezzos=Intermezzos] +\setupheadtext [\s!cn] [\v!index=\uchar{203}{247}\uchar{210}{253}] +\setupheadtext [\s!cn] [\v!afkortingen=Abbreviations] +\setupheadtext [\s!cn] [\v!logos=Logos] +\setupheadtext [\s!cn] [\v!eenheden=Units] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!cn] [\v!tabel=\uchar{177}{237} ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!cn] [\v!figuur=\uchar{205}{188} ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!cn] [\v!intermezzo=Intermezzo ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!cn] [\v!grafiek=Illustration ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!cn] [\v!bijlage=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!cn] [\v!deel={\cnencoding\cnencodedintro,\cnencoding\cnencodedpart}] +\setuplabeltext [\s!cn] [\v!hoofdstuk={\cnencoding\cnencodedintro,\cnencoding\cnencodedchapter}] +\setuplabeltext [\s!cn] [\v!paragraaf={\cnencoding\cnencodedintro,\cnencoding\cnencodedsection}] +\setuplabeltext [\s!cn] [\v!regel=line ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!cn] [\v!regels=lines ] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!cn] [\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!cn] [\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!cn] [\v!sub\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] + +%D One can specify a split labeltext, as demonstrated in +%D the definition of the \type {part} label. Unfortunately +%D the glyphs of both part depend on the encoding. Therefore, +%D we have an encoding section here. + +\def\cnencoding{\enableencoding[\chineseencoding]} % ugly and temporary + +\startencoding[gbk] + \definecommand cnencodedintro {\uchar{181}{218}} + \definecommand cnencodedpart {\uchar{178}{191}\uchar{183}{214}} + \definecommand cnencodedchapter {\uchar{213}{194}} + \definecommand cnencodedsection {\uchar{189}{218}} +\stopencoding + +\startencoding[big5] + \definecommand cnencodedintro {\uchar{178}{196}} + \definecommand cnencodedpart {\uchar{179}{161}\uchar{164}{192}} + \definecommand cnencodedchapter {\uchar{179}{185}} + \definecommand cnencodedsection {\uchar{184} {96}} +\stopencoding + +%D From this definition one can deduce that language, input +%D encoding, font encoding, and glyph meaning form a pretty +%D complex four dimensional space. + +\startlanguagespecifics[\s!cn] + +\stelsectiein[\v!sectionlevel-1][\c!conversie=\s!chinese] +\stelsectiein[\v!sectionlevel-2][\c!conversie=\s!chinese] +\stelsectiein[\v!sectionlevel-3][\c!conversie=\s!chinese] +\stelsectiein[\v!sectionlevel-4][\c!conversie=\s!chinese] +\stelsectiein[\v!sectionlevel-5][\c!conversie=\s!chinese] +\stelsectiein[\v!sectionlevel-6][\c!conversie=\s!chinese] +\stelsectiein[\v!sectionlevel-7][\c!conversie=\s!chinese] + +% \stelblokkopjesin[\c!conversie=\s!chinese] + +\stoplanguagespecifics + +\protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/lang-ger.tex b/tex/context/base/lang-ger.tex index 966c2ee62..0281c164e 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/lang-ger.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/lang-ger.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. % Danish, Faeroese, Icelandic, Norwegian, Swedish, German, Yiddish @@ -158,8 +158,6 @@ %D The next section is dedicated to Tobias Burnus. -\let\normaldoublequote=" - \startlanguagespecifics[\s!de] \installcompoundcharacter "a {\moveaccent{-.1ex}\"a\midworddiscretionary} @@ -224,11 +222,41 @@ %D An experimental hack: \startencoding[pdfdoc] - \startlanguagespecifics[de]% hm + \startlanguagespecifics[\s!de]% hm, a % is needed \defineactivecharacter " {\"} \stoplanguagespecifics \stopencoding +\startencoding[ec] + \startlanguagespecifics[\s!de]% + \installcompoundcharacter "a {\"a} + \installcompoundcharacter "e {\"e} + \installcompoundcharacter "i {\"\i} + \installcompoundcharacter "o {\"o} + \installcompoundcharacter "u {\"u} + \installcompoundcharacter "A {\"A} + \installcompoundcharacter "E {\"E} + \installcompoundcharacter "I {\"I} + \installcompoundcharacter "O {\"O} + \installcompoundcharacter "U {\"U} + \stoplanguagespecifics +\stopencoding + +\startencoding[texnansi] + \startlanguagespecifics[\s!de]% + \installcompoundcharacter "a {\"a} + \installcompoundcharacter "e {\"e} + \installcompoundcharacter "i {\"\i} + \installcompoundcharacter "o {\"o} + \installcompoundcharacter "u {\"u} + \installcompoundcharacter "A {\"A} + \installcompoundcharacter "E {\"E} + \installcompoundcharacter "I {\"I} + \installcompoundcharacter "O {\"O} + \installcompoundcharacter "U {\"U} + \stoplanguagespecifics +\stopencoding + %D This hack should be perfected. \setupheadtext [\s!en] [\v!inhoud=Contents] @@ -244,7 +272,7 @@ \setupheadtext [\s!de] [\v!tabellen=Tabellen] \setupheadtext [\s!da] [\v!tabellen=Tablen] \setupheadtext [\s!sv] [\v!tabellen=Tabellen] -\setupheadtext [\s!af] [\v!tabellen=Tabellen] +\setupheadtext [\s!af] [\v!tabellen=Tabelle] \setupheadtext [\s!no] [\v!tabellen=Tabellen] \setupheadtext [\s!en] [\v!figuren=Figures] @@ -252,7 +280,7 @@ \setupheadtext [\s!de] [\v!figuren=Abbildungen] \setupheadtext [\s!da] [\v!figuren=Figuren] \setupheadtext [\s!sv] [\v!figuren=Figuren] -\setupheadtext [\s!af] [\v!figuren=Afbeeldingen] +\setupheadtext [\s!af] [\v!figuren=Figure] \setupheadtext [\s!no] [\v!figuren=Avbildningen] \setupheadtext [\s!en] [\v!grafieken=Graphics] @@ -260,7 +288,7 @@ \setupheadtext [\s!de] [\v!grafieken=Graphiken] \setupheadtext [\s!da] [\v!grafieken=Grafiken] \setupheadtext [\s!sv] [\v!grafieken=Grafiskt] -\setupheadtext [\s!af] [\v!grafieken=Grafieken] +\setupheadtext [\s!af] [\v!grafieken=Grafieke] \setupheadtext [\s!no] [\v!grafieken=Grafikken] \setupheadtext [\s!en] [\v!intermezzos=Intermezzos] @@ -284,7 +312,7 @@ \setupheadtext [\s!de] [\v!afkortingen=Abk\"urzungen] \setupheadtext [\s!da] [\v!afkortingen=Abbreviations] \setupheadtext [\s!sv] [\v!afkortingen=F\"orkortningen] -\setupheadtext [\s!af] [\v!afkortingen=Afkortingen] +\setupheadtext [\s!af] [\v!afkortingen=Afkortings] \setupheadtext [\s!no] [\v!afkortingen=Forkortelsen] \setupheadtext [\s!en] [\v!logos=Logos] @@ -300,7 +328,7 @@ \setupheadtext [\s!de] [\v!eenheden=Einheiten] \setupheadtext [\s!da] [\v!eenheden=Enheden] \setupheadtext [\s!sv] [\v!eenheden=Enheten] -\setupheadtext [\s!af] [\v!eenheden=Eenheiden] +\setupheadtext [\s!af] [\v!eenheden=Eenhede] \setupheadtext [\s!no] [\v!eenheden=Enheten] \setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!tabel=Table ] @@ -316,7 +344,7 @@ \setuplabeltext [\s!de] [\v!figuur=Abbildung ] \setuplabeltext [\s!da] [\v!figuur=Figur ] \setuplabeltext [\s!sv] [\v!figuur=Figur ] -\setuplabeltext [\s!af] [\v!figuur=Afbeelding ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!af] [\v!figuur=Figuur ] \setuplabeltext [\s!no] [\v!figuur=Avbildning ] \setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!intermezzo=Intermezzo ] @@ -340,7 +368,7 @@ \setuplabeltext [\s!de] [\v!hoofdstuk=] \setuplabeltext [\s!da] [\v!hoofdstuk=] \setuplabeltext [\s!sv] [\v!hoofdstuk=] -\setuplabeltext [\s!af] [\v!hoofdstuk=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!af] [\v!hoofdstuk=] % [\v!hoofdstuk=hoofstuk] \setuplabeltext [\s!no] [\v!hoofdstuk=] \setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!paragraaf=] @@ -348,7 +376,7 @@ \setuplabeltext [\s!de] [\v!paragraaf=] \setuplabeltext [\s!da] [\v!paragraaf=] \setuplabeltext [\s!sv] [\v!paragraaf=] -\setuplabeltext [\s!af] [\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!af] [\v!paragraaf=] % [\v!paragraaf=paragraaf] \setuplabeltext [\s!no] [\v!paragraaf=] \setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] @@ -380,7 +408,7 @@ \setuplabeltext [\s!de] [\v!bijlage=] \setuplabeltext [\s!da] [\v!bijlage=] \setuplabeltext [\s!sv] [\v!bijlage=] -\setuplabeltext [\s!af] [\v!bijlage=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!af] [\v!bijlage=] % [\v!bijlage=bylae] \setuplabeltext [\s!no] [\v!bijlage=] \setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!deel=Part ] @@ -391,21 +419,21 @@ \setuplabeltext [\s!af] [\v!deel=Deel ] \setuplabeltext [\s!no] [\v!deel=Del ] -\setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!regel=line] -\setuplabeltext [\s!nl] [\v!regel=regel] -\setuplabeltext [\s!de] [\v!regel=Zeile] -\setuplabeltext [\s!da] [\v!regel=linie] -\setuplabeltext [\s!sv] [\v!regel=rad] -\setuplabeltext [\s!af] [\v!regel=re\"el] -\setuplabeltext [\s!no] [\v!regel=linje] - -\setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!regels=lines] -\setuplabeltext [\s!nl] [\v!regels=regels] -\setuplabeltext [\s!de] [\v!regels=Zeilen] -\setuplabeltext [\s!da] [\v!regels=linien] -\setuplabeltext [\s!sv] [\v!regels=raden] -\setuplabeltext [\s!af] [\v!regels=re\"elen] -\setuplabeltext [\s!no] [\v!regels=linjen] +\setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!regel=line ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!nl] [\v!regel=regel ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!de] [\v!regel=Zeile ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!da] [\v!regel=linie ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sv] [\v!regel=rad ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!af] [\v!regel=re\"el ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!no] [\v!regel=linje ] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!regels=lines ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!nl] [\v!regels=regels ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!de] [\v!regels=Zeilen ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!da] [\v!regels=linien ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sv] [\v!regels=raden ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!af] [\v!regels=re\"els ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!no] [\v!regels=linjen ] \setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!january=January] \setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!february=February] @@ -556,20 +584,23 @@ %D Rather new ... -\setuplabeltext [\s!nl] [\v!oppagina=op pagina] +\setuplabeltext [\s!nl] [\v!pagina=pagina ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!nl] [\v!oppagina=op pagina ] \setuplabeltext [\s!nl] [\v!hierboven=hierboven] \setuplabeltext [\s!nl] [\v!hieronder=hieronder] -\setuplabeltext [\s!nl] [\v!zie=zie] +\setuplabeltext [\s!nl] [\v!zie=zie ] -\setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!oppagina=at page] +\setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!pagina=page ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!oppagina=at page ] \setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!hierboven=as we show above] \setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!hieronder=as we show below] -\setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!zie=see] +\setuplabeltext [\s!en] [\v!zie=see ] -\setuplabeltext [\s!de] [\v!oppagina=auf Seite] +\setuplabeltext [\s!de] [\v!pagina=Seite ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!de] [\v!oppagina=auf Seite ] \setuplabeltext [\s!de] [\v!hierboven=siehe oben] \setuplabeltext [\s!de] [\v!hieronder=siehe unten] -\setuplabeltext [\s!de] [\v!zie=sieh] +\setuplabeltext [\s!de] [\v!zie=sieh ] %D ... and to be completed! @@ -578,7 +609,7 @@ %D \ShowAllLanguageValues [\s!de] [german] duitse degelijkheid %D \ShowAllLanguageValues [\s!da] [danish] deense ... %D \ShowAllLanguageValues [\s!sv] [swedish] zweedse ... -%D \ShowAllLanguageValues [\s!af] [afrikaans] afrikaanse ... +%D \ShowAllLanguageValues [\s!af] [afrikaans] afrikaanse gasvryheid %D \ShowAllLanguageValues [\s!no] [norwegian] noorse ... \protect diff --git a/tex/context/base/lang-grk.tex b/tex/context/base/lang-grk.tex index ed3bfb03d..4ecfdd95c 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/lang-grk.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/lang-grk.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. % Modern Greek diff --git a/tex/context/base/lang-hnl.tex b/tex/context/base/lang-hnl.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 5932769c3..000000000 --- a/tex/context/base/lang-hnl.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,32 +0,0 @@ -%I n=Afbreekregels -%I c=\taal,\vertaal -%I -%I Er kunnen verschillende afbreekregels worden gehanteerd. -%I Deze worden ingesteld met het commando: -%I -%I \taal[taal] -%I -%I waarbij voor taal kan worden ingevuld: -%I -%I nl nederlands -%I en engels -%I du duits -%I fa frans -%I -%I Er zijn ook verkorte commando's beschikbaar: -%I -%I \nl \en \du \fa -%P -%I Er kan automatisch van taal gewisseld worden met het -%I commando: -%I -%I \vertaal[nl=,en=,nl=,fa=,...] -%I -%I Afhankelijk van de actuele taal, wordt de toegekende tekst -%I gezet: \en this is an \vertaal[nl=voorbeeld,en=example], -%I \nl of in goed nederlands: een \vertaal. -%I -%I Als niets wordt meegegeven, dan wordt de laatst opgegeven -%I waarde gebruikt. - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/lang-ind.tex b/tex/context/base/lang-ind.tex index 9b48ecbe4..f00e6ab19 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/lang-ind.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/lang-ind.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. % 34 languages diff --git a/tex/context/base/lang-ini.tex b/tex/context/base/lang-ini.tex index b3090854b..8a15a3136 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/lang-ini.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/lang-ini.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. %D This module implements the (for the moment still simple) @@ -30,6 +30,8 @@ 6: taal -- is niet gedefinieerd 7: taal specifieke opties [--] introduceren een skip van -- 8: taal specifieke opties [--] naadloos toegevoegd + 9: taal -- is actief + 10: patronen --geladen \stopmessages \startmessages english library: linguals @@ -42,6 +44,8 @@ 6: language -- is undefined 7: language specific options [--] introduce a -- skip 8: language specific options [--] seamless appended + 9: language -- is active + 10: patterns --loaded \stopmessages \startmessages german library: linguals @@ -54,12 +58,31 @@ 6: Sprache -- ist undefiniert 7: Sprachenspezifische Option [--] fuegt eine Luecke von -- ein 8: Sprachenspezifische Option [--] nahtlos hinzugefuegt + 9: Sprache -- ist aktiv + 10: Trennmuster --geladen +\stopmessages + +% TOM: 9 and 10 + +\startmessages czech library: linguals + title: jazyky + 1: vzory -- pro -- nacteny (n=--) + 2: zadne vzory -- pro -- (n=--) + 3: deleni slov -- pro -- nacteno (n=--) + 4: zadne deleni slov -- pro -- (n=--) + 5: vzory pro -- nenacteny + 6: jazyk -- neni definovan + 7: specificke volby jazyka [--] zavadeji -- (zavlecenou) mezeru + 8: specificke volby jazyka [--] bez mezer pripojeny + 9: language -- is active + 10: vzory --nacteny \stopmessages % dutch : \lccode`\'=`\' % english : \lccode`\'=0 % german : \lccode`\'=`\' % french : \lccode`\'=`\' +% czech : \lccode`\'=`\' %D When loading hyphenation patterns, \TEX\ assign a number to %D each loaded table, starting with~0. Switching to a specific @@ -78,13 +101,17 @@ \newcounter\loadedlanguage %D \macros -%D {currentlanguage} +%D {currentlanguage, setcurrentlanguage} %D %D Instead of numbers,we are going to use symbolic names for %D the languages. The current langage is saved in the macro -%D \type{\currentlanguage}. +%D \type {\currentlanguage}. The setup macro is mainly used +%D for cosmetic purposes. + +\let\currentlanguage=\empty -\let\currentlanguage = \empty +\def\setupcurrentlanguage[#1]% + {\edef\currentlanguage{#1}} %D \macros %D {installlanguage} @@ -123,12 +150,28 @@ \expanded{\noexpand\uppercase{\noexpand\edef\noexpand\ascii{#1}}}% \doifundefined{\ascii}{\setvalue{\ascii}{\language[#2]}}} +%D \macros +%D {preloadlanguages} +%D %D We first try to load the files defined as file synonym %D for \type {lang-*.pat} and \type {lang-*.hyp}. After that we -%D fall back on those files. +%D fall back on those files. The macro \type {\preloadpatterns} +%D reports which patterns are loaded and what hyphenmin +%D values are set. + +\let\preloadedpatterns\empty + +\def\showpatterns#1% + {\getvalue{\??la#1\s!lefthyphenmin}% + -#1-% + \getvalue{\??la#1\s!righthyphenmin} } + +\def\preloadlanguages% + {\doifsomething{\preloadedpatterns} + {\showmessage{\m!linguals}{10}{\preloadedpatterns}}} \def\doinstalllanguage[#1][#2]% - {\doifinstringelse{=}{#2} + {\ConvertConstantAfter\doifinstringelse{=}{#2} {\doifdefinedelse{\??la#1\c!status} {\getparameters[\??la#1][#2]} {\setvalue{\l!prefix!#1}{#1}% @@ -172,8 +215,10 @@ \s!mapping=\languagedefault{#1}\s!mapping, \s!encoding=\languagedefault{#1}\s!encoding, #2]}}}% - \doifvalue{\??la#1\c!default}{#1} {\letvalue{\??la#1\c!default}\empty}% - \doifvalue{\??la#1\s!patterns}{#1}{\letvalue{\??la#1\c!default}\empty}% + \doifvalue{\??la#1\c!default}{#1}{\letvalue{\??la#1\c!default}\empty}% +% loop in deo +% \doifvalue{\??la#1\s!patterns}{#1}{\letvalue{\??la#1\c!default}\empty}% +% \doifelsevalue{\??la#1\c!status}{\v!start} {\doifelsevaluenothing{\??la#1\s!patterns} {\edef\languagesuffix{#1}} @@ -182,20 +227,19 @@ {\normallanguage=\loadedlanguage \letvalue{\??la\??la\languagesuffix}=\loadedlanguage \bgroup + \scratchtoks=\everyjob % we don't want additional junk put there + \let\showpatterns\relax \startencoding[\getvalue{\??la\languagesuffix\s!encoding}]% - \usemapping[\getvalue{\??la\languagesuffix\s!mapping}]% - %\readsysfile{\f!languageprefix\languagesuffix.\f!patternsextension} - % {\setxvalue{\??la#1\s!patterns}{\languagesuffix}% - % \showmessage{\m!linguals}{1}{\languagesuffix,#1,\loadedlanguage}} - % {\showmessage{\m!linguals}{2}{\languagesuffix,#1,\loadedlanguage}}% - %\readsysfile{\f!languageprefix\languagesuffix.\f!hyphensextension} - % {\showmessage{\m!linguals}{3}{\languagesuffix,#1,\loadedlanguage}} - % {\showmessage{\m!linguals}{4}{\languagesuffix,#1,\loadedlanguage}}% + \enablemapping[\getvalue{\??la\languagesuffix\s!mapping}]% +\startreadingfile +\let\dohandleaccent\donthandleaccent % no checking done \readsysfile{\truefilename{\f!languageprefix\languagesuffix.\f!patternsextension}} {\setxvalue{\??la#1\s!patterns}{\languagesuffix}% + \xdef\preloadedpatterns{\preloadedpatterns\showpatterns{\languagesuffix}}% \showmessage{\m!linguals}{1}{\languagesuffix,#1,\loadedlanguage}} {\readsysfile{\f!languageprefix\languagesuffix.\f!patternsextension} {\setxvalue{\??la#1\s!patterns}{\languagesuffix}% + \xdef\preloadedpatterns{\preloadedpatterns\showpatterns{\languagesuffix}}% \showmessage{\m!linguals}{1}{\languagesuffix,#1,\loadedlanguage}} {\showmessage{\m!linguals}{2}{\languagesuffix,#1,\loadedlanguage}}}% \readsysfile{\truefilename{\f!languageprefix\languagesuffix.\f!hyphensextension}} @@ -203,7 +247,9 @@ {\readsysfile{\f!languageprefix\languagesuffix.\f!hyphensextension} {\showmessage{\m!linguals}{3}{\languagesuffix,#1,\loadedlanguage}} {\showmessage{\m!linguals}{4}{\languagesuffix,#1,\loadedlanguage}}}% +\stopreadingfile \stopencoding + \global\everyjob=\scratchtoks \egroup \increment\loadedlanguage} {\bgroup @@ -213,7 +259,7 @@ \egroup}} {\showmessage{\m!linguals}{5}{#1}}} {\setvalue{\l!prefix!#1}{#2}% - \dodoinstalllanguage{#1}{#2}}} + \dodoinstalllanguage{#1}{#2}}} % ^^ \language[#1] gave unwanted side effect of loading language specifics @@ -314,7 +360,7 @@ \fi \edef\currentlanguage{#1}% \enablelanguagespecifics[#1]% - \usemapping[\getvalue{\??la#1\s!mapping}]% + \enablemapping[\getvalue{\??la#1\s!mapping}]% \lefthyphenmin =0\getvalue{\??la#1\s!lefthyphenmin}\relax \righthyphenmin=0\getvalue{\??la#1\s!righthyphenmin}\relax \processaction @@ -400,7 +446,7 @@ %D be sure, we check on spurious spaces. \def\languageencoding% - {\ifx\characterencoding\@plain@\else + {\ifx\characterencoding\nocharacterencoding \else \characterencoding-% \fi} @@ -415,9 +461,9 @@ \bgroup \setbox0=\hbox{\enablelanguagespecifics[##1]}% \ifdim\wd0>\!!zeropoint - \showmessage{\m!linguals}{7}{##1,\the\wd0\space}\wait + \showmessage{\m!linguals}{7}{\currentencoding-##1,\the\wd0\space}\wait \else - \showmessage{\m!linguals}{8}{##1}% + \showmessage{\m!linguals}{8}{\currentencoding-##1}% \fi \egroup \doif{##1}{\currentmainlanguage} @@ -428,12 +474,14 @@ %D define \type{\do} in such a way that \type{{ }} is removed %D and the language key is gobbled. -%\def\enablelanguagespecifics[#1]% -% {\long\def\do##1##2{##2}% -% \getvalue{\??la#1\??la}} - \def\enablelanguagespecifics[#1]% {\long\def\do##1##2{##2}% + \doifvaluesomething{\??la#1\c!default} + {\getvalue{\??la\getvalue{\??la#1\c!default}\??la}% + \getvalue{\??la\languageencoding\getvalue{\??la#1\c!default}\??la}}% + % or + %\doifvaluesomething{\??la#1\c!default} + % {\expanded{\enablelanguagespecifics[\getvalue{\??la#1\c!default}]}}% \getvalue{\??la#1\??la}% \getvalue{\??la\languageencoding#1\??la}} @@ -482,18 +530,25 @@ %D Yes I know, they are ugly: -\unexpanded\def\leftguillemot% +\def\leftguillemot% {\dontleavehmode\hbox{\raise.25ex\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\ll$}}} -\unexpanded\def\rightguillemot% +\def\rightguillemot% {\hbox{\raise.25ex\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle\gg$}}} -\unexpanded\def\leftsubguillemot% +\def\leftsubguillemot% {\dontleavehmode\hbox{\raise.25ex\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle<$}}} -\unexpanded\def\rightsubguillemot% +\def\rightsubguillemot% {\hbox{\raise.25ex\hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle>$}}} +%D We enable proper substititutions by: + +\redefinecharacter leftguillemot +\redefinecharacter rightguillemot +\redefinecharacter leftsubguillemot +\redefinecharacter rightsubguillemot + %D Just like with subsentence boundary symbols, quotes %D placement depends on the current language, therefore we show %D the defaults here. @@ -517,22 +572,23 @@ %D \stopregelcorrectie %D \blanko} %D -%D \ShowLanguageValues [nl] [dutch] nederlandse zuinigheid -%D \ShowLanguageValues [en] [english] engelse humor +%D \ShowLanguageValues [af] [afrikaans] afrikaanse ... +%D \ShowLanguageValues [cz] [czech] tjechisch tex +%D \ShowLanguageValues [cz] [slovak] slowaakse ... +%D \ShowLanguageValues [da] [danish] deense ... %D \ShowLanguageValues [de] [german] duitse degelijkheid +%D \ShowLanguageValues [en] [english] engelse humor +%D \ShowLanguageValues [fi] [finnish] finse ... %D \ShowLanguageValues [fr] [french] franse slag -%D \ShowLanguageValues [sp] [spanish] spaans benauwd %D \ShowLanguageValues [it] [italian] italiaanse ... -%D \ShowLanguageValues [da] [danish] deense ... +%D \ShowLanguageValues [la] [latin] latijnse missen +%D \ShowLanguageValues [nl] [dutch] nederlandse zuinigheid +%D \ShowLanguageValues [no] [norwegian] noorse ... +%D \ShowLanguageValues [pl] [polish] poolse ... %D \ShowLanguageValues [pt] [portuguese] portugese ... +%D \ShowLanguageValues [sp] [spanish] spaans benauwd %D \ShowLanguageValues [sv] [swedish] zweedse ... -%D \ShowLanguageValues [pl] [polish] poolse ... -%D \ShowLanguageValues [fi] [finnish] finse ... -%D \ShowLanguageValues [af] [afrikaans] afrikaanse ... -%D \ShowLanguageValues [no] [norwegian] noorse ... %D \ShowLanguageValues [tr] [turkish] turks fruit -%D \ShowLanguageValues [cz] [czech] tjechisch tex -%D \ShowLanguageValues [cz] [slovak] slowaakse ... %D We support a lot of languages. These are specified and %D loaded in separate files, according to their roots. Here @@ -565,6 +621,7 @@ %D \NC \s!fr \NC french \NC italic \NC\FR %D \NC \s!sp \NC spanish \NC italic \NC\MR %D \NC \s!it \NC italian \NC italic \NC\MR +%D \NC \s!la \NC latin \NC italic \NC\MR %D \NC \s!pt \NC portuguese \NC italic \NC\LR %D \HL %D \stoptabel @@ -607,27 +664,16 @@ %D is one of the few places outside the interface modules where %D \type{\startinterface} is used. -% \language[\s!en] \mainlanguage[\currentlanguage] - -% \startinterface dutch \appendtoks \language[\s!nl]\to \everyjob \stopinterface -% \startinterface english \appendtoks \language[\s!en]\to \everyjob \stopinterface -% \startinterface german \appendtoks \language[\s!de]\to \everyjob \stopinterface -% -% \startinterface czech \appendtoks \language[\s!cz]\to \everyjob \stopinterface -% -% \startinterface french \appendtoks \language[\s!fr]\to \everyjob \stopinterface -% \startinterface spanish \appendtoks \language[\s!sp]\to \everyjob \stopinterface -% \startinterface italian \appendtoks \language[\s!it]\to \everyjob \stopinterface -% \startinterface danish \appendtoks \language[\s!da]\to \everyjob \stopinterface -% \startinterface portuguese \appendtoks \language[\s!pt]\to \everyjob \stopinterface -% \startinterface swedish \appendtoks \language[\s!sv]\to \everyjob \stopinterface -% \startinterface polish \appendtoks \language[\s!pl]\to \everyjob \stopinterface -% \startinterface finish \appendtoks \language[\s!fi]\to \everyjob \stopinterface -% \startinterface afrikaans \appendtoks \language[\s!af]\to \everyjob \stopinterface -% \startinterface norwegian \appendtoks \language[\s!no]\to \everyjob \stopinterface -% \startinterface turkish \appendtoks \language[\s!tr]\to \everyjob \stopinterface - -% \appendtoks \mainlanguage[\currentlanguage] \to \everyjob +\let\normaldoublequote =" +\let\normalforwardslash=/ + +%D We default to english: + +\setupcurrentlanguage[\s!en] + +\appendtoks\mainlanguage[\currentlanguage]\to\everyjob + +\appendtoks\showmessage{\m!linguals}{9}{\currentlanguage}\to\everyjob \protect diff --git a/tex/context/base/lang-ita.tex b/tex/context/base/lang-ita.tex index 751cad0fe..af1f93d94 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/lang-ita.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/lang-ita.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. % Latin, Italian, Rhaeto-Romanic, Rumanian, Sardian @@ -60,6 +60,20 @@ \c!datum={\v!dag,\ ,\v!maand,\ ,\v!jaar}, \c!status=\v!stop] +\installlanguage % the same as italian + [\s!la] + [\c!spatiering=\v!opelkaar, + \c!leftsentence=---, + \c!rightsentence=---, + \c!leftsubsentence=---, + \c!rightsubsentence=---, + \c!leftquote=\upperleftsinglesixquote, + \c!rightquote=\lowerrightsingleninequote, + \c!leftquotation=\upperleftdoublesixquote, + \c!rightquotation=\lowerrightdoubleninequote, + \c!datum={\v!dag,\ ,\v!maand,\ ,\v!jaar}, + \c!status=\v!stop] + \installlanguage [\s!pt] [\c!spatiering=\v!opelkaar, @@ -81,6 +95,7 @@ \installlanguage [french] [\s!fr] \installlanguage [spanish] [\s!sp] \installlanguage [italian] [\s!it] +\installlanguage [latin] [\s!la] \installlanguage [portuguese] [\s!pt] %D Labels and header texts. @@ -88,112 +103,134 @@ \setupheadtext [\s!fr] [\v!inhoud=Table des mati\`eres] \setupheadtext [\s!sp] [\v!inhoud=\'Indice] \setupheadtext [\s!it] [\v!inhoud=Indice] +\setupheadtext [\s!la] [\v!inhoud=Quod in libro continetur] %Argumentum \setupheadtext [\s!pt] [\v!inhoud=Conte\'ud] \setupheadtext [\s!fr] [\v!tabellen=Tables] \setupheadtext [\s!sp] [\v!tabellen=Tablas] \setupheadtext [\s!it] [\v!tabellen=Tabelle] +\setupheadtext [\s!la] [\v!tabellen=Tabulae] \setupheadtext [\s!pt] [\v!tabellen=Tabelas] \setupheadtext [\s!fr] [\v!figuren=Figures] \setupheadtext [\s!sp] [\v!figuren=Ilustraci\'ons] \setupheadtext [\s!it] [\v!figuren=Illustrazioni] +\setupheadtext [\s!la] [\v!figuren=Imagines] \setupheadtext [\s!pt] [\v!figuren=Figuras] \setupheadtext [\s!fr] [\v!grafieken=Graphiques] \setupheadtext [\s!sp] [\v!grafieken=Gr\'aficos] \setupheadtext [\s!it] [\v!grafieken=Grafice] +\setupheadtext [\s!la] [\v!grafieken=Typi] \setupheadtext [\s!pt] [\v!grafieken=Gr\'aficos] \setupheadtext [\s!fr] [\v!intermezzos=Interm\`edes] \setupheadtext [\s!sp] [\v!intermezzos=intermedios] \setupheadtext [\s!it] [\v!intermezzos=Intermezzi] +\setupheadtext [\s!la] [\v!intermezzos=Intermissa] \setupheadtext [\s!pt] [\v!intermezzos=Intermezzi] \setupheadtext [\s!fr] [\v!index=Index] \setupheadtext [\s!sp] [\v!index=\'Indice] \setupheadtext [\s!it] [\v!index=Indice] +\setupheadtext [\s!la] [\v!index=Indices] \setupheadtext [\s!pt] [\v!index=\'Indice] \setupheadtext [\s!fr] [\v!afkortingen=Abr\'eviations] \setupheadtext [\s!sp] [\v!afkortingen=Abreviaci\'ons] \setupheadtext [\s!it] [\v!afkortingen=Abbreviazioni] +\setupheadtext [\s!la] [\v!afkortingen=Notae] \setupheadtext [\s!pt] [\v!afkortingen=Abreviaturas] \setupheadtext [\s!fr] [\v!logos=Logos] \setupheadtext [\s!sp] [\v!logos=Logotipos] \setupheadtext [\s!it] [\v!logos=Logotipi] +\setupheadtext [\s!la] [\v!logos=Typi negotiales] \setupheadtext [\s!pt] [\v!logos=Logotipos] \setupheadtext [\s!fr] [\v!eenheden=Unit\'es] \setupheadtext [\s!sp] [\v!eenheden=Unidads] \setupheadtext [\s!it] [\v!eenheden=Unit\`a] +\setupheadtext [\s!la] [\v!eenheden=Modi] \setupheadtext [\s!pt] [\v!eenheden=Unidades] \setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!tabel=Table ] \setuplabeltext [\s!sp] [\v!tabel=Tablas ] \setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!tabel=Tabella ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!la] [\v!tabel=Tabula ] \setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!tabel=Tabela ] \setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!figuur=Figure ] \setuplabeltext [\s!sp] [\v!figuur=Ilustraci\'on ] \setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!figuur=Illustrazione ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!la] [\v!figuur=Imago ] \setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!figuur=Figura ] \setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!intermezzo=Interm\`ede ] \setuplabeltext [\s!sp] [\v!intermezzo=intermedio ] \setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!intermezzo=Intermezzo ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!la] [\v!intermezzo=Intermissum ] \setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!intermezzo=Intermezzo ] \setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!grafiek=Illustration ] \setuplabeltext [\s!sp] [\v!grafiek=Gr\'afico ] \setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!grafiek=Grafica ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!la] [\v!grafiek=Typus ] \setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!grafiek=Gr\'afico ] \setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!hoofdstuk=] \setuplabeltext [\s!sp] [\v!hoofdstuk=] \setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!hoofdstuk=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!la] [\v!hoofdstuk=] \setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!hoofdstuk=] \setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!paragraaf=] \setuplabeltext [\s!sp] [\v!paragraaf=] \setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!la] [\v!paragraaf=] \setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!paragraaf=] \setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] \setuplabeltext [\s!sp] [\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] \setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!la] [\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] \setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] \setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] \setuplabeltext [\s!sp] [\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] \setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!la] [\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] \setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] \setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!sub\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] \setuplabeltext [\s!sp] [\v!sub\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] \setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!sub\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!la] [\v!sub\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] \setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!sub\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] \setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!bijlage=] \setuplabeltext [\s!sp] [\v!bijlage=] \setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!bijlage=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!la] [\v!bijlage=] \setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!bijlage=] \setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!deel=Section ] \setuplabeltext [\s!sp] [\v!deel=Parte ] \setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!deel=Parte ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!la] [\v!deel=Pars ] \setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!deel=Parte ] -\setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!regel=ligne] -\setuplabeltext [\s!sp] [\v!regel=l\'\i nea] -\setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!regel=riga] -\setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!regel=linha] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!regel=ligne ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sp] [\v!regel=l\'\i nea ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!regel=riga ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!la] [\v!regel=versus ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!regel=linha ] -\setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!regels=lignes] -\setuplabeltext [\s!sp] [\v!regels=l\'\i neas] -\setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!regels=rige] -\setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!regels=linhas] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!regels=lignes ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sp] [\v!regels=l\'\i neas ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!regels=rige ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!la] [\v!regels=versus ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!regels=linhas ] \setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!january=janvier] \setuplabeltext [\s!fr] [\v!february=f\'evrier] @@ -234,6 +271,19 @@ \setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!november=novembre] \setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!december=dicembre] +\setuplabeltext [\s!la] [\v!january=Ianuarius] +\setuplabeltext [\s!la] [\v!february=Februarius] +\setuplabeltext [\s!la] [\v!march=Martius] +\setuplabeltext [\s!la] [\v!april=Aprilis] +\setuplabeltext [\s!la] [\v!may=Maius] +\setuplabeltext [\s!la] [\v!june=Iunius] +\setuplabeltext [\s!la] [\v!july=Iulius] % formerly Quintilis +\setuplabeltext [\s!la] [\v!august=Augustus] % formerly Sextilis +\setuplabeltext [\s!la] [\v!september=September] +\setuplabeltext [\s!la] [\v!october=October] +\setuplabeltext [\s!la] [\v!november=November] +\setuplabeltext [\s!la] [\v!december=December] + \setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!january=janeiro] \setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!february=fevereiro] \setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!march=mar\c{c}o] @@ -271,6 +321,14 @@ \setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!friday=venerd\`\i] \setuplabeltext [\s!it] [\v!saturday=sabato] +\setuplabeltext [\s!la] [\v!sunday=Dies Solis] +\setuplabeltext [\s!la] [\v!monday=Dies Lunae] +\setuplabeltext [\s!la] [\v!tuesday=Dies Martis] +\setuplabeltext [\s!la] [\v!wednesday=Dies Mercuri] +\setuplabeltext [\s!la] [\v!thursday=Dies Iovis] +\setuplabeltext [\s!la] [\v!friday=Dies Veneris] +\setuplabeltext [\s!la] [\v!saturday=Dies Saturni] + \setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!sunday=domingo] \setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!monday=segunda-feira] \setuplabeltext [\s!pt] [\v!tuesday=ter\c{c}a-feira] @@ -282,6 +340,7 @@ %D \ShowAllLanguageValues [\s!fr] [french] franse slag %D \ShowAllLanguageValues [\s!sp] [spanish] spaans benauwd %D \ShowAllLanguageValues [\s!it] [italian] italiaanse ... +%D \ShowAllLanguageValues [\s!la] [latin] latijnse missen %D \ShowAllLanguageValues [\s!pt] [portuguese] portugese ... \protect diff --git a/tex/context/base/lang-lab.tex b/tex/context/base/lang-lab.tex index 733f5367e..714188dab 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/lang-lab.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/lang-lab.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \writestatus{loading}{Language Head and Label Texts} @@ -24,6 +24,11 @@ %D Burnus, who's extensive languages oriented library helped us %D a lot in finding the right translations. All those labels %D are collected in files that reflect their common ancestor. +%D +%D Not all languages can be satisfied with the labeling +%D mechanism as provided here. Chinese for instance put a label +%D in front as well as after a part number. This is why the +%D current implementation of labels supports two labels too. %D \macros %D {setupheadtext, setuplabeltext} @@ -38,7 +43,7 @@ %D of its use. \def\setupheadtext% - {\dosetupsometextprefix\v!kop} + {\dosetupsometextprefix\c!titel} \def\setuplabeltext% {\dosetupsometextprefix\c!label} @@ -56,14 +61,17 @@ \fi}% \dodoubleempty\dododosetupsometextprefix} +\def\doassignsometextprefix[#1][#2,#3,#4]% + {\setvalue{#1}{\handletextprefix{#2}{#3}}} + \def\dosetupsometextprefix#1% {\def\dodocommando[##1][##2=##3]% - {\setvalue{##1##2}{\handletextprefix{##3}}}% + {\doassignsometextprefix[##1##2][##3,,]}% \dodosetupsometextprefix{#1}} -%D By setting \type{\handletextprefix} to something else than -%D \type{\relax}, like \type{\uppercase}, one can influence the -%D conversion. +%D By changing the meaning of \type {\handletextprefix} we +%D can filter the left and right labeltext as well as convert +%D labels to uppercase. %D %D These commands accept all kind of inputs: %D @@ -77,7 +85,9 @@ %D The last two cases concern the current language. %D \macros -%D {headtext, labeltext, LABELTEXT} +%D {headtext, +%D labeltext, leftlabeltext, rightlabeltext, labeltexts, +%D LABELTEXT, LEFTLABELTEXT, RIGHTLABELTEXT, LABELTEXTS} %D %D Once defined, head and label texts can be called upon using: %D @@ -90,18 +100,34 @@ \def\headlanguage {\currentmainlanguage} \def\headtext% - {\dogetupsometextprefix\headlanguage\v!kop} + {\let\handletextprefix\firstoftwoarguments + \dogetupsometextprefix\headlanguage\c!titel} -\def\labeltext% - {\dogetupsometextprefix\labellanguage\c!label} +\def\leftlabeltext% + {\let\handletextprefix\firstoftwoarguments + \dogetupsometextprefix\labellanguage\c!label} -\def\LABELTEXT#1% +\def\rightlabeltext% + {\let\handletextprefix\secondoftwoarguments + \dogetupsometextprefix\labellanguage\c!label} + +\def\DOLABELTEXT#1% {\bgroup - \let\handletextprefix=\uppercase \the\everyuppercase \dogetupsometextprefix\labellanguage\c!label{#1}% not \labeltext (see \MONTH) \egroup} +\def\LEFTLABELTEXT% + {\def\handletextprefix##1##2{\uppercase{##1}}\DOLABELTEXT} + +\def\RIGHTLABELTEXT% + {\def\handletextprefix##1##2{\uppercase{##2}}\DOLABELTEXT} + +\let\labeltext \leftlabeltext +\let\LABELTEXT \LEFTLABELTEXT +\def\labeltexts#1#2{\leftlabeltext{#1}#2\rightlabeltext{#1}} +\def\LABELTEXTS#1#2{\LEFTLABELTEXT{#1}#2\RIGHTLABELTEXT{#1}} + \def\dodogetupsometextprefix#1#2#3#4% {\doifdefinedelse{#2#1#3} {\getvalue{#2#1#3}} @@ -109,12 +135,15 @@ {\getvalue{#2#3}} {#4}}} +\newif\iflabeltextdone % needs to be reset elsewhere + \unexpanded\def\dogetupsometextprefix#1#2#3% - {\dodogetupsometextprefix{#1}{#2}{#3} + {\global\labeltextdonetrue + \dodogetupsometextprefix{#1}{#2}{#3} {\dodogetupsometextprefix{\defaultlanguage{#1}}{#2}{#3} {\dodogetupsometextprefix{\s!en}{#2}{#3} {\dodogetupsometextprefix{\s!nl}{#2}{#3} - {{\tttf[#2: #3/#1]~}}}}}} + {{\tttf[#2:~#3/#1]~}}}}}} %D \macros %D {presetheadtext,presetlabeltext} @@ -126,11 +155,11 @@ \def\dopresetsometextprefix#1% {\def\dodocommando[##1][##2=##3]% {\doifundefined{##1##2} - {\setvalue{##1##2}{\handletextprefix{##3}}}}% + {\doassignsometextprefix[##1##2][##3,,]}}% \dodosetupsometextprefix{#1}} \def\presetheadtext% - {\dopresetsometextprefix\v!kop} + {\dopresetsometextprefix\c!titel} \def\presetlabeltext% {\dopresetsometextprefix\c!label} @@ -175,7 +204,6 @@ %D \macros %D {assigntranslation} -%D {} %D %D This macro is a system macro, and can be used to assign a %D translation to a macro. Its form is: diff --git a/tex/context/base/lang-sla.tex b/tex/context/base/lang-sla.tex index 1a8b6df17..83b36e2ca 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/lang-sla.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/lang-sla.tex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ %D \module %D [ file=lang-sla, -%D version=1997.09.03, +%D version=1999.09.13, % 1997.09.03 %D title=\CONTEXT\ Language Macros, %D subtitle=Slavic Languages, %D author=Hans Hagen / Tobias Burnus, @@ -8,9 +8,12 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. +%D Thanks to Grzegorz Sapijaszko for fine||tuning the Polish +%D section and Zeljko Vrba for the Croation translations. + % Belarussian, Russian, Ukrainian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, % Serbo-Croatian, Slovenian, Czech, Kushubian, % Lusatian/Sorbian/Wendish, Polish, Slovak, Albanian, @@ -27,14 +30,14 @@ \c!rightsentence=---, \c!leftsubsentence=---, \c!rightsubsentence=---, - \c!leftquote=\upperleftsinglesixquote, + \c!leftquote=\lowerleftsingleninequote, \c!rightquote=\upperrightsingleninequote, - \c!leftquotation=\upperleftdoublesixquote, + \c!leftquotation=\lowerleftdoubleninequote, \c!rightquotation=\upperrightdoubleninequote, - \c!datum={\v!jaar,\ ,\v!maand,\ ,\v!dag}, + \c!datum={\v!dag,{.},\ ,\v!maand,\ ,\v!jaar}, \c!status=\v!stop] -\installlanguage % not yet set up +\installlanguage [\s!cz] [\c!spatiering=\v!opelkaar, \c!leftsentence=---, @@ -45,10 +48,10 @@ \c!rightquote=\upperrightsingleninequote, \c!leftquotation=\upperleftdoublesixquote, \c!rightquotation=\upperrightdoubleninequote, - \c!datum={\v!jaar,\ ,\v!maand,\ ,\v!dag}, + \c!datum={\v!dag,\ ,\v!maand,\ ,\v!jaar}, \c!status=\v!stop] -\installlanguage % not yet set up +\installlanguage [\s!sk] [\c!spatiering=\v!opelkaar, \c!leftsentence=---, @@ -62,110 +65,245 @@ \c!datum={\v!jaar,\ ,\v!maand,\ ,\v!dag}, \c!status=\v!stop] -\installlanguage [polish] [\s!pl] -\installlanguage [czech] [\s!cz] -\installlanguage [slovak] [\s!sk] +\installlanguage + [\s!hr] + [\c!spatiering=\v!opelkaar, + \c!leftsentence=---, + \c!rightsentence=---, + \c!leftsubsentence=---, + \c!rightsubsentence=---, + \c!leftquote=\upperleftsinglesixquote, + \c!rightquote=\upperrightsingleninequote, + \c!leftquotation=\upperleftdoublesixquote, + \c!rightquotation=\upperrightdoubleninequote, + \c!datum={\v!dag,\ ,\v!maand,\ ,\v!jaar}, + \c!status=\v!stop] -\setupheadtext [\s!pl] [\v!inhoud=Spis rzeczy] +\installlanguage [polish] [\s!pl] +\installlanguage [czech] [\s!cz] +\installlanguage [slovak] [\s!sk] +\installlanguage [croatian] [\s!hr] + +% specifics + +\startlanguagespecifics[\s!pl] + + \installcompoundcharacter /a {\k a} + \installcompoundcharacter /c {\'c} + \installcompoundcharacter /e {\k e} + \installcompoundcharacter /l {\l} + \installcompoundcharacter /n {\'n} + \installcompoundcharacter /o {\'o} + \installcompoundcharacter /s {\'s} + \installcompoundcharacter /x {\'z} + \installcompoundcharacter /z {\.z} + \installcompoundcharacter /A {\k A} + \installcompoundcharacter /C {\'C} + \installcompoundcharacter /E {\k E} + \installcompoundcharacter /L {\L} + \installcompoundcharacter /N {\'N} + \installcompoundcharacter /O {\'O} + \installcompoundcharacter /S {\'S} + \installcompoundcharacter /X {\'Z} + \installcompoundcharacter /Z {\.Z} + +\stoplanguagespecifics + +\startlanguagespecifics[\s!pl] + + \installcompoundcharacter /, {\handlequotation\c!leftquotation} + \installcompoundcharacter /' {\handlequotation\c!rightquotation} + + \def\setupPLlanguage% + {\setuplanguage + [\s!pl] + [\c!leftsentence=\leftguillemot, + \c!rightsentence=\rightguillemot, + \c!leftsubsentence=\leftsubguillemot, + \c!rightsubsentence=\rightsubguillemot]} + + \installcompoundcharacter /< {{\setupPLlanguage|<|}} + \installcompoundcharacter /> {{\setupPLlanguage|>|}} + + \installcompoundcharacter /- {|-|} + +\stoplanguagespecifics + +\startlanguagespecifics[\s!pl] + + \definesortkey {/a}{a}{a}{\k a} + \definesortkey {/A}{a}{a}{\k a} + \definesortkey {/c}{c}{a}{\'c} + \definesortkey {/C}{c}{a}{\'c} + \definesortkey {/e}{e}{a}{\k e} + \definesortkey {/E}{e}{a}{\k e} + \definesortkey {/l}{l}{a}{\l } + \definesortkey {/L}{l}{a}{\l } + \definesortkey {/n}{n}{a}{\'n} + \definesortkey {/N}{n}{a}{\'n} + \definesortkey {/o}{o}{a}{\'o} + \definesortkey {/O}{o}{a}{\'o} + \definesortkey {/s}{s}{a}{\'s} + \definesortkey {/S}{s}{a}{\'s} + \definesortkey {/x}{z}{a}{\'x} + \definesortkey {/X}{z}{a}{\'x} + \definesortkey {/z}{z}{b}{\.z} + \definesortkey {/Z}{z}{b}{\.z} + +\stoplanguagespecifics + +\startencoding[pdfdoc] + \startlanguagespecifics[pl]% hm + \defineactivecharacter / {\simplifiedcompoundcharacter/} + \stoplanguagespecifics +\stopencoding + +% this can best be handled by \quotation and || +% +% \startlanguagespecifics[\s!hr] +% +% %\installcompoundcharacter /, {\handlequotation\c!leftquotation} +% %\installcompoundcharacter /' {\handlequotation\c!rightquotation} +% +% \def\setupHRlanguage% +% {\setuplanguage +% [\s!hr] +% [\c!leftsentence=\leftguillemot, +% \c!rightsentence=\rightguillemot, +% \c!leftsubsentence=\leftsubguillemot, +% \c!rightsubsentence=\rightsubguillemot]} +% +% \installcompoundcharacter /< {{\setupHRlanguage|<|}} +% \installcompoundcharacter /> {{\setupHRlanguage|>|}} +% +% \installcompoundcharacter /- {|-|} +% +% \stoplanguagespecifics + +% labels + +\setupheadtext [\s!pl] [\v!inhoud=Spis tre\'sci] \setupheadtext [\s!cz] [\v!inhoud=Obsah] \setupheadtext [\s!sk] [\v!inhoud=Obsah] +\setupheadtext [\s!hr] [\v!inhoud=Sadr\v{z}aj] \setupheadtext [\s!pl] [\v!tabellen=Tabele] \setupheadtext [\s!cz] [\v!tabellen=Tabulek] \setupheadtext [\s!sk] [\v!tabellen=Tabuliek] +\setupheadtext [\s!hr] [\v!tabellen=Tablice] \setupheadtext [\s!pl] [\v!figuren=Ilustracje] \setupheadtext [\s!cz] [\v!figuren=Obr\'azk\r{u}] \setupheadtext [\s!sk] [\v!figuren=Obr\'azkov] +\setupheadtext [\s!hr] [\v!figuren=Slike] \setupheadtext [\s!pl] [\v!grafieken=Grafika] \setupheadtext [\s!cz] [\v!grafieken=...] \setupheadtext [\s!sk] [\v!grafieken=...] +\setupheadtext [\s!hr] [\v!grafieken=Slike] -\setupheadtext [\s!pl] [\v!intermezzos=Intermezzi] +\setupheadtext [\s!pl] [\v!intermezzos=Intermezza] \setupheadtext [\s!cz] [\v!intermezzos=...] \setupheadtext [\s!sk] [\v!intermezzos=...] +\setupheadtext [\s!hr] [\v!intermezzos=Intermezza] \setupheadtext [\s!pl] [\v!index=Indeks] \setupheadtext [\s!cz] [\v!index=Rejst\v{r}\'{\i}k] \setupheadtext [\s!sk] [\v!index=Zoznam] +\setupheadtext [\s!hr] [\v!index=Indeks] \setupheadtext [\s!pl] [\v!afkortingen=Skr\'ocenie] \setupheadtext [\s!cz] [\v!afkortingen=...] \setupheadtext [\s!sk] [\v!afkortingen=...] +\setupheadtext [\s!hr] [\v!afkortingen=Kratice] -\setupheadtext [\s!pl] [\v!logos=Snaki] +\setupheadtext [\s!pl] [\v!logos=Znaki] \setupheadtext [\s!cz] [\v!logos=...] \setupheadtext [\s!sk] [\v!logos=...] +\setupheadtext [\s!hr] [\v!logos=Znakovi] \setupheadtext [\s!pl] [\v!eenheden=Jednostki] \setupheadtext [\s!cz] [\v!eenheden=...] \setupheadtext [\s!sk] [\v!eenheden=...] +\setupheadtext [\s!hr] [\v!eenheden=Jednostki] \setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!tabel=Tabela ] \setuplabeltext [\s!cz] [\v!tabel=Tabulka ] \setuplabeltext [\s!sk] [\v!tabel=Tabu\v{l}ka ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!hr] [\v!tabel=Tablica ] \setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!figuur=Ilustracja ] \setuplabeltext [\s!cz] [\v!figuur=Obr\'azek ] \setuplabeltext [\s!sk] [\v!figuur=... ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!hr] [\v!figuur=Slika ] \setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!intermezzo=Intermezzo ] \setuplabeltext [\s!cz] [\v!intermezzo=... ] \setuplabeltext [\s!sk] [\v!intermezzo=... ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!hr] [\v!intermezzo=Intermezzo ] \setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!grafiek=Grafika ] \setuplabeltext [\s!cz] [\v!grafiek=... ] \setuplabeltext [\s!sk] [\v!grafiek=... ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!hr] [\v!grafiek=Slika ] -\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!hoofdstuk=] -\setuplabeltext [\s!cz] [\v!hoofdstuk=Kapitola] -\setuplabeltext [\s!sk] [\v!hoofdstuk=Kapitola] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!hoofdstuk=] % Rozdzia\l +\setuplabeltext [\s!cz] [\v!hoofdstuk=] % Kapitola +\setuplabeltext [\s!sk] [\v!hoofdstuk=] % Kapitola +\setuplabeltext [\s!hr] [\v!hoofdstuk=] % Rozdzia\l -\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!paragraaf=] % Podrozdzia\l \setuplabeltext [\s!cz] [\v!paragraaf=] \setuplabeltext [\s!sk] [\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!hr] [\v!paragraaf=] % Podrozdzia\l \setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] \setuplabeltext [\s!cz] [\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] \setuplabeltext [\s!sk] [\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!hr] [\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] \setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] \setuplabeltext [\s!cz] [\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] \setuplabeltext [\s!sk] [\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!hr] [\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] \setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!sub\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] \setuplabeltext [\s!cz] [\v!sub\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] \setuplabeltext [\s!sk] [\v!sub\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!hr] [\v!sub\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] -\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!bijlage=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!bijlage=] % Dodatek \setuplabeltext [\s!cz] [\v!bijlage=] \setuplabeltext [\s!sk] [\v!bijlage=] +\setuplabeltext [\s!hr] [\v!bijlage=Dodatak ] \setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!deel=Ust\c{e}p] \setuplabeltext [\s!cz] [\v!deel=\v{C}\'ast] \setuplabeltext [\s!sk] [\v!deel=\v{C}as\v{t}] - -\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!regel=wiersz] -\setuplabeltext [\s!cz] [\v!regel=...] -\setuplabeltext [\s!sk] [\v!regel=...] - -\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!regels=wiersze] -\setuplabeltext [\s!cz] [\v!regels=...] -\setuplabeltext [\s!sk] [\v!regels=...] - -\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!january=stycze\'n] -\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!february=luty] -\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!march=marzec] -\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!april=kwiecie\'n] -\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!may=maj] -\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!june=czerwcowy] -\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!july=lipiec] -\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!august=sierpie\'n] -\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!september=wrzesie\'n] -\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!october=pa\'zdziernik] -\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!november=listopad] -\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!december=grudzie\'n] +\setuplabeltext [\s!hr] [\v!deel=Dio] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!regel=wiersz ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!cz] [\v!regel=... ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sk] [\v!regel=... ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!hr] [\v!regel=red ] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!regels=wiersze ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!cz] [\v!regels=... ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!sk] [\v!regels=... ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!hr] [\v!regels=redovi ] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!january=stycznia] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!february=lutego] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!march=marca] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!april=kwietnia] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!may=maja] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!june=czerwca] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!july=lipca] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!august=sierpnia] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!september=wrze\'snia] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!october=pa\'zdziernika] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!november=listopada] +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!december=grudnia] \setuplabeltext [\s!cz] [\v!january=ledna] \setuplabeltext [\s!cz] [\v!february=\'unora] @@ -193,17 +331,39 @@ \setuplabeltext [\s!sk] [\v!november=novembra] \setuplabeltext [\s!sk] [\v!december=decembra] +\setuplabeltext [\s!hr] [\v!january=sije\v{c}anj] +\setuplabeltext [\s!hr] [\v!february=velja\v{c}a] +\setuplabeltext [\s!hr] [\v!march=o\v{z}ujak] +\setuplabeltext [\s!hr] [\v!april=travanj] +\setuplabeltext [\s!hr] [\v!may=svibanj] +\setuplabeltext [\s!hr] [\v!june=lipanj] +\setuplabeltext [\s!hr] [\v!july=srpanj] +\setuplabeltext [\s!hr] [\v!august=kolovoz] +\setuplabeltext [\s!hr] [\v!september=rujan] +\setuplabeltext [\s!hr] [\v!october=listopad] +\setuplabeltext [\s!hr] [\v!november=studeni] +\setuplabeltext [\s!hr] [\v!december=prosinac] + \setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!sunday=niedziela] \setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!monday=poniedzia\l ek] \setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!tuesday=wtorek] \setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!wednesday=\'sroda] \setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!thursday=czwartek] -\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!friday=pi\c{a}tek] %%% NOTE: Below the a should be something which looks rather like |_ than like _| (\c{c}edile), suggestions? +\setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!friday=pi\k{a}tek] \setuplabeltext [\s!pl] [\v!saturday=sobota] +\setuplabeltext [\s!hr] [\v!sunday=nedjelja] +\setuplabeltext [\s!hr] [\v!monday=ponedjeljak] +\setuplabeltext [\s!hr] [\v!tuesday=utorak] +\setuplabeltext [\s!hr] [\v!wednesday=srijeda] +\setuplabeltext [\s!hr] [\v!thursday=\v{c}etvrtak] +\setuplabeltext [\s!hr] [\v!friday=petak] +\setuplabeltext [\s!hr] [\v!saturday=subota] + %D \ShowAllLanguageValues [\s!pl] [polish] poolse ... %D \ShowAllLanguageValues [\s!cz] [czech] tsjechische ... %D \ShowAllLanguageValues [\s!sk] [slovak] slovaakse ... +%D \ShowAllLanguageValues [\s!hr] [croatian] croatian ... \protect diff --git a/tex/context/base/lang-ura.tex b/tex/context/base/lang-ura.tex index 6caf89041..8ec95b5e3 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/lang-ura.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/lang-ura.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. % Cheremiss, Estonian, Finnish, Karelian, Laap, Mordvinian, @@ -55,8 +55,8 @@ \setuplabeltext [\s!fi] [\v!sub\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] \setuplabeltext [\s!fi] [\v!bijlage=] \setuplabeltext [\s!fi] [\v!deel=Osa ] -\setuplabeltext [\s!fi] [\v!regel=rivi] -\setuplabeltext [\s!fi] [\v!regels=rivie] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fi] [\v!regel=rivi ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!fi] [\v!regels=rivie ] \setuplabeltext [\s!fi] [\v!january=tammikuu] \setuplabeltext [\s!fi] [\v!february=helmikuu] diff --git a/tex/context/base/lang-vn.tex b/tex/context/base/lang-vn.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..78866750e --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/lang-vn.tex @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=lang-vn, +%D version=1999.12.12, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Language Macros, +%D subtitle=Vietnamese, +%D author={Hans Hagen \& Han The Thanh}, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. + +\unprotect + +\definesystemconstant {vietnamese} \definesystemconstant {vn} + +\installlanguage + [\s!vn] + [\c!spatiering=\v!opelkaar, + \c!leftsentence=---, + \c!rightsentence=---, + \c!leftsubsentence=---, + \c!rightsubsentence=---, + \c!leftquote=\lowerleftsingleninequote, + \c!rightquote=\upperrightsingleninequote, + \c!leftquotation=\lowerleftdoubleninequote, + \c!rightquotation=\upperrightdoubleninequote, + \c!datum={{Ng\`ay },dd,{ th\'ang },\v!maand,{ n\u a m },yy}, + \c!status=\v!stop] + +\installlanguage [vietnamese] [\s!vn] + +\installlanguage [\s!vn] [\c!status=\v!start] + +\setupheadtext [\s!vn] [\v!inhoud=M\d{u}c l\d{u}c] +\setupheadtext [\s!vn] [\v!tabellen=Danh s\'ach b\h{a}ng] +\setupheadtext [\s!vn] [\v!figuren=Danh s\'ach h\`inh v\~e] +\setupheadtext [\s!vn] [\v!grafieken=Graphics] +\setupheadtext [\s!vn] [\v!intermezzos=Intermezzos] +\setupheadtext [\s!vn] [\v!index=Ch\h{i} s\'{^o}] +\setupheadtext [\s!vn] [\v!afkortingen=Abbreviations] +\setupheadtext [\s!vn] [\v!logos=Logos] +\setupheadtext [\s!vn] [\v!eenheden=Units] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!vn] [\v!tabel=B\h{a}ng] +\setuplabeltext [\s!vn] [\v!figuur=H\`inh] +\setuplabeltext [\s!vn] [\v!intermezzo=intermezzo] +\setuplabeltext [\s!vn] [\v!grafiek=graphic] +\setuplabeltext [\s!vn] [\v!hoofdstuk=chapter] +\setuplabeltext [\s!vn] [\v!paragraaf=] % not set +\setuplabeltext [\s!vn] [\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] % not set +\setuplabeltext [\s!vn] [\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] % not set +\setuplabeltext [\s!vn] [\v!sub\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf=] % not set +\setuplabeltext [\s!vn] [\v!bijlage=] % not set +\setuplabeltext [\s!vn] [\v!deel=Ph\`{^a} n ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!vn] [\v!regel=line ] +\setuplabeltext [\s!vn] [\v!regels=lines ] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!vn] [\v!sunday=Sunday] +\setuplabeltext [\s!vn] [\v!monday=Monday] +\setuplabeltext [\s!vn] [\v!tuesday=Tuesday] +\setuplabeltext [\s!vn] [\v!wednesday=Wednesday] +\setuplabeltext [\s!vn] [\v!thursday=Thursday] +\setuplabeltext [\s!vn] [\v!friday=Friday] +\setuplabeltext [\s!vn] [\v!saturday=Saturday] + +\setuplabeltext [\s!vn] [\v!january=gi\^e ng] +\setuplabeltext [\s!vn] [\v!february=hai] +\setuplabeltext [\s!vn] [\v!march=ba] +\setuplabeltext [\s!vn] [\v!april=t\h{u}] +\setuplabeltext [\s!vn] [\v!may=n\u a m] +\setuplabeltext [\s!vn] [\v!june=s\'au] +\setuplabeltext [\s!vn] [\v!july=b\h{a}y] +\setuplabeltext [\s!vn] [\v!august=t\'am] +\setuplabeltext [\s!vn] [\v!september=ch\'in] +\setuplabeltext [\s!vn] [\v!october=m\h{u}\`{ho}i] +\setuplabeltext [\s!vn] [\v!november=m\h{u}\`{ho}im\d{^o}t] +\setuplabeltext [\s!vn] [\v!december=m\h{u}\`{ho}ihai] + +\protect + +\endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/m-chart.tex b/tex/context/base/m-chart.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..481368416 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/m-chart.tex @@ -0,0 +1,939 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=m-chart, +%D version=1998.10.10, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Modules, +%D subtitle=Flow Charts, +%D author={Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. + +%D This is an experimental module. Pieces of code will be moved +%D to other modules. More features are possible but will be +%D interfaces later. +%D +%D When finished this module will be documented. The main macro +%D is a rather big one. I'm not sure if splitting it up is wise. + +% The 1pt offset is due to 'error' in pdftex form placement, +% version 14a+ will be ok. This needs checking. + +% arrow, dash +% crossing +% \goto -> \normalgoto +% class -> class:name (ref prefix) +% c, automatisch geen overlap zoeken +% eind eerder chart connecties +% relateren aan korps +% check op bestaan naam, bestaan shape +% auto als extern figuur +% subchart +% pijlen +% focus +% ook nog \MPmessage +% areapath -> krappe vlak +% clippath -> gehele vlak +% +% offset : clip offset +% breedte : breedte cel +% hoogte : hoogte cel +% dx : halve afstand in breedte (grid breedte = breedte + 2dx) +% dy : halve afstand in hoogte (grid hoogte = hoogte + 2dy) +% x : x offset (clipping) +% y : y offset (clipping) +% nx : minimaal aantal cellen horizontaal +% ny : minimaal aantal cellen vertikaal + +% kaderkleur achtergrondkleur +% lijnkleur lijndikte +% focus focuskaderkleur focusachtergrondkleur +% richting +% +% focus koppelen aan kleur + +\unprotect + +\def\setFLOWname#1#2% + {\bgroup + \lccode`0=`a\lccode`1=`b\lccode`2=`c\lccode`3=`d\lccode`4=`e% + \lccode`5=`f\lccode`6=`g\lccode`7=`h\lccode`8=`i\lccode`9=`j% + \lccode` =`\_\lccode`-=`\_\lccode`_=`\_% + \lowercase{\gdef#1{#2}}% + \egroup} + +\def\resetFLOWcell% + {\global\let\FLOWname \empty + \global\let\FLOWalign \empty + \global\let\FLOWshape \empty + \global\let\FLOWlocation \empty + \global\let\FLOWtext \empty + \global\let\FLOWhelp \empty + \global\let\FLOWdestination\empty + \global\let\FLOWoverlay \empty + \global\let\FLOWfocus \empty + \global\let\tFLOWlabel \empty + \global\let\bFLOWlabel \empty + \global\let\bcFLOWlabel \empty + \global\let\lFLOWlabel \empty + \global\let\rFLOWlabel \empty + \def\name ##1{\def\FLOWcell{##1}\setFLOWname\FLOWname{name_##1}\ignorespaces}% + \def\shape ##1{\gdef\FLOWshape{##1}\ignorespaces}% + \def\destination ##1{\gdef\FLOWdestination{##1}\ignorespaces}% + \def\location ##1{\setFLOWlocation##1\end\ignorespaces}% + \def\focus ##1{\gdef\FLOWfocus{##1}\ignorespaces}% + \def\overlay ##1{\gdef\FLOWoverlay{##1}\ignorespaces}% + \def\figure ##1{\defineoverlay + [dummy] + [{\externalfigure + [##1] + [\c!breedte=\overlaywidth, + \c!hoogte=\overlayheight]}]% + \overlay{dummy}}% + \def\dotext [##1]##2{\gdef\FLOWalign{##1}\gdef\FLOWtext{##2}}% + \def\text {\dosingleempty\dotext}% + \def\comment [##1]##2{\ignorespaces\dogobblesingleempty}% + \def\label [##1]##2{\setgvalue{##1FLOWlabel}{##2}\ignorespaces}% + \def\help ##1{\gdef\FLOWhelp{##1}\ignorespaces}% + \def\connection[##1]##2{\ignorespaces}% + \def\connect {\connection}% + \def\locate {\location}} + +\def\startFLOWchart% + {\bgroup + \let\stopFLOWchart\egroup + \obeylines % lelijk, buffers nog eens fatsoeneren + \dodoubleempty\dostartFLOWchart} + +\def\dostartFLOWchart[#1][#2]% + {\doglobal\increment\nofFLOWcharts + \setxvalue{FLOW-#1}% + {\noexpand\dosetFLOWchart[\nofFLOWcharts][#2]}% + \dostartbuffer[flw-\nofFLOWcharts][startFLOWchart][stopFLOWchart]} + +\def\setupFLOWcharts% + {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[@@FLOW]} + +\def\setupFLOWlines% + {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[@@FLOL]} + +\def\setupFLOWshapes% + {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[@@FLOS]} + +\def\setupFLOWfocus% + {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[@@FLOF]} + +\setupFLOWcharts + [\c!optie=, + \c!punt=, % private option + \c!breedte=12\bodyfontsize, + \c!hoogte=7\bodyfontsize, + \c!maxbreedte=, + \c!maxhoogte=, + \c!offset=0pt, % auto offset: .5\bodyfontsize, + \c!dx=2\bodyfontsize, + \c!dy=2\bodyfontsize, + \c!nx=0, % 1, + \c!ny=0, % 1, + \c!x=1, + \c!y=1, + \c!autofocus=, + \c!focus=, + \c!achtergrond=, % \v!kleur, + \c!achtergrondkleur=white, + \c!kader=\v!uit, + \c!kaderkleur=] + +\setupFLOWlines + [\c!hoek=\v!rond, + \c!pijl=\v!ja, + \c!streep=\v!nee, + \c!straal=.375\bodyfontsize, % 2.5\c!lijndikte + \c!kleur=FLOWlinecolor, + \c!lijndikte=.15\bodyfontsize, % 2pt, + \c!offset=\v!geen] + +\setupFLOWshapes + [\c!default=action, + \c!kaderkleur=FLOWframecolor, + \c!achtergrond=\v!kleur, + \c!achtergrondkleur=FLOWbackgroundcolor, + \c!achtergrondraster=\@@rsraster, + \c!lijndikte=.15\bodyfontsize, % 2pt, + \c!offset=.5\bodyfontsize] + +\setupFLOWfocus + [\c!kaderkleur=FLOWfocuscolor, + \c!achtergrond=\@@FLOSachtergrond, + \c!achtergrondkleur=\@@FLOSachtergrondkleur, + \c!achtergrondraster=\@@FLOSachtergrondraster, + \c!lijndikte=\@@FLOSlijndikte, + \c!offset=\@@FLOSoffset] + +\definecolor[FLOWfocuscolor] [s=.2] +\definecolor[FLOWlinecolor] [s=.5] +\definecolor[FLOWframecolor] [s=.7] +\definecolor[FLOWbackgroundcolor] [s=.9] + +\newcounter\includeFLOWx +\newcounter\includeFLOWy + +\def\includeFLOWchart% + {\dodoubleempty\doincludeFLOWchart} + +\def\doincludeFLOWchart[#1][#2]% + {\pushmacro\includeFLOWx + \pushmacro\includeFLOWy + \getparameters[FLOWi][x=1,y=1,#2]% + \increment(\includeFLOWx,0\FLOWix)% + \decrement(\includeFLOWx,1)% + \increment(\includeFLOWy,0\FLOWiy)% + \decrement(\includeFLOWy,1)% + \def\dodoincludeFLOWchart##1% + {\doifdefined{FLOW-##1} + {\pushmacro\dosetFLOWchart + \def\dosetFLOWchart[####1][####2]% + {\popmacro\dosetFLOWchart + \haalbuffer[flw-####1]}% + \getvalue{FLOW-##1}}}% + \processcommalist[#1]\dodoincludeFLOWchart + \popmacro\includeFLOWx + \popmacro\includeFLOWy} + +\def\setFLOWlocation#1,#2\end% + {\scratchcounter=0#1\advance\scratchcounter\includeFLOWx + \xdef\FLOWlocation{\the\scratchcounter}% + \scratchcounter=0#2\advance\scratchcounter\includeFLOWy + \xdef\FLOWlocation{\FLOWlocation,\the\scratchcounter}} + +\def\FLOWshapes% + {node, action, procedure, product, decision, archive, + loop, wait, subprocedure, singledocument, multidocument, + sub procedure, single document, multi document, up, down, + left, right} + +\def\FLOWlines% + {up, down, left, right} + +\def\FLOWsetconnect#1% + {\donefalse + \let\cFLOWfrom\empty + \let\cFLOWto\empty + \def\zFLOWfrom{0}% + \def\zFLOWto{0}% + \handletokens#1\with\doFLOWsetconnect + \ifx\cFLOWto\empty\let\cFLOWfrom\empty\fi} + +\def\doFLOWsetconnect#1% + {\ifx #1p% + \ifdone\def\zFLOWto{+1}\else\def\zFLOWfrom{+1}\fi + \else\ifx#1+% + \ifdone\def\zFLOWto{+1}\else\def\zFLOWfrom{+1}\fi + \else\ifx#1n% + \ifdone\def\zFLOWto{-1}\else\def\zFLOWfrom{-1}\fi + \else\ifx#1-% + \ifdone\def\zFLOWto{-1}\else\def\zFLOWfrom{-1}\fi + \else\ifdone + \edef\cFLOWto{\FLOWconnector#1}% + \else + \edef\cFLOWfrom{\FLOWconnector#1}% + \donetrue + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} + +\def\FLOWconnector#1% + {\if#1bbottom\else\if#1ttop\else\if#1lleft\else\if#1rright\fi\fi\fi\fi} + +\newif\ifFLOWscaling \FLOWscalingtrue + +\def\getFLOWchart% + {\dodoubleempty\dogetFLOWchart} + +\def\dogetFLOWchart[#1][#2]% + {\doifundefinedelse{FLOW-#1} + {\writestatus{FLOW}{unknown chart #1}% + \framed + [\c!breedte=12\bodyfontsize,\c!hoogte=8\bodyfontsize] + {\tttf [chart #1]}} + {\dodogetFLOWchart[#1][#2]}} + +\def\dodogetFLOWchart[#1][#2]% + {\bgroup +\forgetall +\offinterlineskip + \def\dosetFLOWchart[##1][##2]% + {\def\currentFLOWnumber{##1}% + \getparameters[@@FLOW][##2]}% + \getvalue{FLOW-#1}% + \getparameters[@@FLOW][#2]% dubbelop ? + \doifsomething{\@@FLOWautofocus} + {\def\@@FLOWminx{100}\let\@@FLOWminy\@@FLOWminx + \def\@@FLOWmaxx {0}\let\@@FLOWmaxy\@@FLOWmaxx + \def\@@FLOWabsx {0}\let\@@FLOWabsy\@@FLOWabsx + \def\startFLOWcell% + {\resetFLOWcell}% + \def\dodolocation##1##2##3##4% + {\ifnum##1##2##4\relax + \!!counta=##1\advance\!!counta by ##31\relax + \edef##4{\ifnum\!!counta<1 1\else\the\!!counta\fi}% + \fi}% + \def\dolocation##1,##2\end% + {\ifnum##1>\@@FLOWabsx\def\@@FLOWabsx{##1}\fi + \ifnum##2>\@@FLOWabsy\def\@@FLOWabsy{##2}\fi + \ExpandBothAfter\doifinset{\FLOWcell}{\@@FLOWautofocus} + {\dodolocation{##1}<-\@@FLOWminx + \dodolocation{##1}>+\@@FLOWmaxx + \dodolocation{##2}<-\@@FLOWminy + \dodolocation{##2}>+\@@FLOWmaxy}}% + \def\stopFLOWcell% + {\expandafter\dolocation\FLOWlocation\end}% + \haalbuffer[flw-\currentFLOWnumber]% + %\message{AUTOSHAPE 1: (\@@FLOWminx,\@@FLOWminy)->(\@@FLOWmaxx,\@@FLOWmaxy)}% + \ifnum\@@FLOWabsx<\@@FLOWmaxx\let\@@FLOWmaxx\@@FLOWabsx\fi + \ifnum\@@FLOWabsy<\@@FLOWmaxy\let\@@FLOWmaxy\@@FLOWabsy\fi + %\message{AUTOSHAPE 2: (\@@FLOWminx,\@@FLOWminy)->(\@@FLOWmaxx,\@@FLOWmaxy)}% + \donetrue + \ifnum\@@FLOWminx=100 \donefalse\fi + \ifnum\@@FLOWminy=100 \donefalse\fi + \ifnum\@@FLOWmaxx=0 \donefalse\fi + \ifnum\@@FLOWmaxy=0 \donefalse\fi + \def\do##1##2##3##4% + {\ifdone + \let##1=##2% + \!!counta=##3% + \advance\!!counta 1\advance\!!counta -##2\relax + \ifnum\!!counta<1 \!!counta=1 \fi + \edef##4{\the\!!counta}% + \else + \def##1{1}\def##4{0}% {1}% + \fi}% + \do\@@FLOWx\@@FLOWminx\@@FLOWmaxx\@@FLOWnx + \do\@@FLOWy\@@FLOWminy\@@FLOWmaxy\@@FLOWny}% + %\message{AUTOSHAPE 3: (\@@FLOWx,\@@FLOWy)->(\@@FLOWnx,\@@FLOWny)}\wait + \let\FLOWwidth \@@FLOWnx + \let\FLOWheight\@@FLOWny + \def\getFLOWlocation##1,##2\end% + {\ifnum0##1>\FLOWwidth \edef\FLOWwidth {##1}\fi + \ifnum0##2>\FLOWheight\edef\FLOWheight{##2}\fi}% + \long\def\startFLOWcell##1\stopFLOWcell% + {\resetFLOWcell + \ignorespaces##1\unskip + \expandafter\getFLOWlocation\FLOWlocation\end + \ignorespaces}% + \haalbuffer[flw-\currentFLOWnumber]% + \ifcase\@@FLOWnx\relax + \let\@@FLOWnx\FLOWwidth + \fi + \ifcase\@@FLOWny\relax + \let\@@FLOWny\FLOWheight + \fi + \doifnothing{\@@FLOWmaxbreedte\@@FLOWmaxhoogte}{\FLOWscalingfalse}% + \ifFLOWscaling + \doifnothing{\@@FLOWmaxbreedte}{\let\@@FLOWmaxbreedte\maxdimen}% + \doifnothing{\@@FLOWmaxhoogte} {\let\@@FLOWmaxhoogte \maxdimen}% + \scratchcounter=\bodyfontpoints + \doloop % NOG FONTSWITCH OM EX EN EM TE LATEN WERKEN + {\ifnum\scratchcounter>1 % NU DIMENSIONS IN TERMS OF BODYFONTSIZE + \bodyfontsize=\the\scratchcounter pt + \dimen0=\@@FLOWmaxbreedte + \dimen2=\@@FLOWbreedte + \dimen4=\@@FLOWdx + \advance\dimen2 by 2\dimen4 + \dimen2=\@@FLOWnx\dimen2 + \advance\dimen2 by 2\dimen4 + \ifdim\dimen2>\dimen0 + \advance\scratchcounter by -1 + \else + \dimen0=\@@FLOWmaxhoogte + \dimen2=\@@FLOWhoogte + \dimen4=\@@FLOWdy + \advance\dimen2 by 2\dimen4 + \dimen2=\@@FLOWny\dimen2 + \advance\dimen2 by 2\dimen4 + \ifdim\dimen2>\dimen0 + \advance\scratchcounter by -1 + \else + \exitloop + \fi + \fi + \else + \exitloop + \fi}% + \expanded{\switchtobodyfont[\the\scratchcounter pt]}% + \forgetall + \offinterlineskip + \fi + \global\let\FLOWcells\empty + \dimen0=\@@FLOWbreedte + \edef\FLOWshapewidth{\the\dimen0}% + \dimen2=\@@FLOWdx + \advance\dimen0 by 2\dimen2 + \edef\FLOWgridwidth{\the\dimen0}% + \dimen0=\@@FLOWhoogte + \edef\FLOWshapeheight{\the\dimen0}% + \dimen2=\@@FLOWdy + \advance\dimen0 by 2\dimen2 + \edef\FLOWgridheight{\the\dimen0}% + \scratchdimen=\@@FLOSlijndikte + \edef\@@FLOSlijndikte{\the\scratchdimen}% + \scratchdimen=\@@FLOFlijndikte + \edef\@@FLOFlijndikte{\the\scratchdimen}% + \scratchdimen=\@@FLOLlijndikte + \edef\@@FLOLlijndikte{\the\scratchdimen}% + \ifdim\@@FLOLstraal<2.5\scratchdimen + \scratchdimen=2.5\scratchdimen + \edef\@@FLOLstraal{\the\scratchdimen}% + \ifdim\@@FLOLstraal>\@@FLOWdx + \scratchdimen=\@@FLOWdx + \edef\@@FLOLstraal{\the\scratchdimen}% + \fi + \ifdim\@@FLOLstraal>\@@FLOWdy + \scratchdimen=\@@FLOWdy + \edef\@@FLOLstraal{\the\scratchdimen}% + \fi + \else + \scratchdimen=\@@FLOLstraal + \edef\@@FLOLstraal{\the\scratchdimen}% + \fi + \ifdim\@@FLOWoffset=\!!zeropoint + \edef\@@FLOWoffset{\the\scratchdimen}% + \else + \scratchdimen=\@@FLOWoffset + \edef\@@FLOWoffset{\the\scratchdimen}% + \fi + \forgetall + \offinterlineskip + \resetMPdrawing + \doglobal\newcounter\FLOWcomment + \startMPdrawing + input mp-chart.mp ; + grid_width := \FLOWgridwidth ; + grid_height := \FLOWgridheight ; + shape_width := \FLOWshapewidth ; + shape_height := \FLOWshapeheight ; + connection_line_width := \@@FLOLlijndikte ; + connection_smooth_size := \@@FLOLstraal ; % 2.5connection_line_width ; + connection_arrow_size := \@@FLOLstraal ; % 2.5connection_line_width ; + connection_dash_size := \@@FLOLstraal ; % 2.5connection_line_width ; + \stopMPdrawing +% \def\getFLOWlocation##1,##2\end% +% {\ifnum0##1>\FLOWwidth \edef\FLOWwidth {##1}\fi +% \ifnum0##2>\FLOWheight\edef\FLOWheight{##2}\fi}% +% \long\def\startFLOWcell##1\stopFLOWcell% +% {\resetFLOWcell +% \ignorespaces##1\unskip +% \expandafter\getFLOWlocation\FLOWlocation\end +% \ignorespaces}% +% \haalbuffer[flw-\currentFLOWnumber]% +% \ifnum\@@FLOWnx\@@FLOWny=11 % listig +% \let\@@FLOWnx\FLOWwidth +% \let\@@FLOWny\FLOWheight +% \fi + \startMPdrawing + begin_chart(0,\FLOWwidth,\FLOWheight); + reverse_y := true ; + chart_offset := \@@FLOWoffset ; + \stopMPdrawing + \doifelsenothing{\@@FLOWachtergrondkleur} + {\startMPdrawing + chart_background_color := white ; + \stopMPdrawing} + {\startMPdrawing + chart_background_color := \MPcolor{\@@FLOWachtergrondkleur} ; + \stopMPdrawing}% + \doif{\@@FLOWoptie}{\v!test} + {\startMPdrawing + show_con_points := true ; + show_mid_points := true ; + show_all_points := true ; + \stopMPdrawing} + \processaction % private + [\@@FLOWpunt] + [ \v!ja=>\startMPdrawing + show_con_points := true ; + show_mid_points := true ; + show_all_points := true ; + \stopMPdrawing, + \s!unknown=>\startMPdrawing + show_\@@FLOWpunt_points := true ; + \stopMPdrawing]% + \long\def\startFLOWcell##1\stopFLOWcell% + {\resetFLOWcell + \ignorespaces##1\unskip + \setxvalue{FLOW-loc-\FLOWname}{\FLOWlocation}% + \ifx\FLOWshape\empty + \global\let\FLOWshape\@@FLOSdefault + \fi + \ifx\FLOWshape\v!geen \else + \ExpandBothAfter\doifinsetelse{\FLOWshape}{\FLOWshapes} + {\edef\FLOWshapetag{shape_\FLOWshape}% + \@EA\setFLOWname\@EA\FLOWshapetag\@EA{\FLOWshapetag}} + {\doifnumberelse{\FLOWshape} + {\let\FLOWshapetag\FLOWshape} + {\let\FLOWshapetag\empty}}% + \ifx\FLOWshapetag\empty \else + \ExpandBothAfter\doifinsetelse{\FLOWshape}{\FLOWlines} + {\chardef\FLOWstate=0 } + {\ExpandBothAfter\doifcommonelse{\FLOWcell,\FLOWfocus}{\@@FLOWfocus} + {\chardef\FLOWstate=1 } + {\chardef\FLOWstate=2 }}% + \startMPdrawing + begin_sub_chart ; + \ifcase\FLOWstate + shape_line_color := \MPcolor{\@@FLOLkleur} ; + shape_fill_color := \MPcolor{\@@FLOLkleur} ; + shape_line_width := \@@FLOLlijndikte ; + \or + shape_line_color := \MPcolor{\@@FLOFkaderkleur} ; + shape_fill_color := \MPcolor{\@@FLOFachtergrondkleur} ; + shape_line_width := \@@FLOFlijndikte ; + \or + shape_line_color := \MPcolor{\@@FLOSkaderkleur} ; + shape_fill_color := \MPcolor{\@@FLOSachtergrondkleur} ; + shape_line_width := \@@FLOSlijndikte ; + \fi + \ifx\FLOWoverlay\empty + peepshape := false ; + \else + peepshape := true ; + \fi + new_shape(\FLOWlocation,\FLOWshapetag) ; + end_sub_chart ; + \stopMPdrawing + \fi + \fi + \ignorespaces}% + \haalbuffer[flw-\currentFLOWnumber]% + \long\def\startFLOWcell##1\stopFLOWcell% + {\resetFLOWcell + \def\connection[####1]####2% + {\doglobal\increment\FLOWcomment + \setFLOWname\otherFLOWname{name_####2}% + \doifdefinedelse{FLOW-loc-\FLOWname} + {\edef\FLOWfrom{\getvalue{FLOW-loc-\FLOWname}}} + {\edef\FLOWfrom{0,0}}% + \doifdefinedelse{FLOW-loc-\otherFLOWname} + {\edef\FLOWto {\getvalue{FLOW-loc-\otherFLOWname}}} + {\edef\FLOWto {0,0}}% + \FLOWsetconnect{####1}% + \ifx\cFLOWfrom\empty\else + \doifelse{\@@FLOLhoek}{\v!rond} + {\startMPdrawing smooth := true ; \stopMPdrawing} + {\startMPdrawing smooth := false ; \stopMPdrawing}% + \doifelse{\@@FLOLstreep}{\v!ja} + {\startMPdrawing dashline := true ; \stopMPdrawing} + {\startMPdrawing dashline := false ; \stopMPdrawing}% + \doifelse{\@@FLOLpijl}{\v!ja} + {\startMPdrawing arrowtip := true ; \stopMPdrawing} + {\startMPdrawing arrowtip := false ; \stopMPdrawing}% + \doifelse{\@@FLOLoffset}{\v!geen} + {\startMPdrawing touchshape := true ; \stopMPdrawing} + {\startMPdrawing touchshape := false ; \stopMPdrawing}% + \startMPdrawing + connection_line_color := \MPcolor{\@@FLOLkleur} ; + connection_line_width := \@@FLOLlijndikte ; + connect_\cFLOWfrom_\cFLOWto (\FLOWfrom,\zFLOWfrom) (\FLOWto,\zFLOWto) ; + \stopMPdrawing + \fi + \ignorespaces}% + \ignorespaces##1\unskip}% + \haalbuffer[flw-\currentFLOWnumber]% + \startMPdrawing + clip_chart(\@@FLOWx,\@@FLOWy,\@@FLOWnx,\@@FLOWny) ; + end_chart ; + \stopMPdrawing + \MPdrawingdonetrue + \setbox0=\hbox{\MPshiftdrawingfalse\getMPdrawing}% + \def\MPmessage##1% + {\writestatus{MP charts}{##1}}% + \def\MPposition##1##2##3% + {\setvalue{MPx##1}{##2}\setvalue{MPy##1}{##3}}% + \def\MPclippath##1##2##3##4% + {\def\clipMPllx{##1bp}\def\clipMPlly{##2bp}% + \def\clipMPurx{##3bp}\def\clipMPury{##4bp}}% + \def\MPareapath##1##2##3##4% + {\def\areaMPllx{##1bp}\def\areaMPlly{##2bp}% + \def\areaMPurx{##3bp}\def\areaMPury{##4bp}}% + \readfile{mpgraph.tmp}{}{}% + \doglobal\newcounter\FLOWcomment + \long\def\startFLOWcell##1\stopFLOWcell% + {\resetFLOWcell + \ignorespaces##1\unskip + \def\doprocessFLOWcell####1,####2\end % kan ook met area + {\!!counta=####1\relax + \!!countb=####2\relax + \!!countc=\@@FLOWx + \!!countd=\@@FLOWy + \advance\!!countc \@@FLOWnx + \advance\!!countd \@@FLOWny + \advance\!!countc -1 + \advance\!!countd -1 + \ifnum\!!counta<\@@FLOWx\relax + \donefalse + \else\ifnum\!!counta>\!!countc + \donefalse + \else\ifnum\!!countb<\@@FLOWy\relax + \donefalse + \else\ifnum\!!countb>\!!countd + \donefalse + \else + \donetrue + \doglobal\addtocommalist\FLOWcell\FLOWcells + \advance\!!counta by -\@@FLOWx\advance\!!counta by 1 + \advance\!!countb by -\@@FLOWy\advance\!!countb by 1 + \dimen0=\FLOWgridwidth\dimen0=\!!counta\dimen0 + \advance\dimen0 by -\FLOWgridwidth + \dimen4=\FLOWgridwidth\advance\dimen4 by -\FLOWshapewidth + \advance\dimen0 by .5\dimen4 + \dimen2=\FLOWgridheight\dimen2=\!!countb\dimen2 + \dimen4=\FLOWgridheight\advance\dimen4 by -\FLOWshapeheight + \advance\dimen2 by -.5\dimen4 + \setbox0=\hbox + {\ifx\FLOWalign\empty\else + \setupframed + [\c!uitlijnen=\v!normaal,\c!onder=\vfill,\c!boven=\vfill]% + \@EA\processallactionsinset\@EA + [\FLOWalign] + [t=>{\setupframed[\c!onder=\vfill,\c!boven=]}, + b=>{\setupframed[\c!onder=,\c!boven=\vfill]}, + l=>{\setupframed[\c!uitlijnen=\v!rechts]}, + r=>{\setupframed[\c!uitlijnen=\v!links]}, + m=>{\setupframed[\c!uitlijnen=\v!midden]}, + c=>{\setupframed[\c!uitlijnen=\v!midden]}]% + \fi + \ifx\FLOWshape\v!geen + \setupframed[\c!offset=\v!overlay]% + \else + \setupframed[\c!offset=.5\bodyfontsize]% + \fi + \framed + [\c!kader=\v!uit,\c!breedte=\FLOWshapewidth,\c!hoogte=\FLOWshapeheight] + {\FLOWtext}}% + \showFLOWhelp0 + \ifx\FLOWdestination\empty\else + \setbox0=\hbox + {\setupinteraction[\c!kleur=,\c!contrastkleur=]% + \naarbox{\box0}[\FLOWdestination]}% + \fi + \edef\FLOWdx{\the\dimen0}% + \edef\FLOWdy{\the\dimen2}% + \def\positionFLOWzero% + {\setbox0=\hbox{\hskip\FLOWdx\lower\FLOWdy\box0}% + \smashbox0 + \box0} % + \positionFLOWzero + \dimen0=\FLOWshapewidth \dimen2=.5\dimen0 + \dimen4=\FLOWshapeheight\dimen6=.5\dimen4 + \boxoffset=.5\bodyfontsize + \setbox0=\hbox{\hskip\dimen2\raise\dimen4 + \hbox{\righttopbox{\strut\tFLOWlabel}}}% + \positionFLOWzero + \setbox0=\hbox{\hskip\dimen2 + \hbox{\rightbottombox{\strut\bFLOWlabel}}}% + \positionFLOWzero + \setbox0=\hbox{\raise\dimen6 + \hbox{\lefttopbox {\strut\lFLOWlabel}}}% + \positionFLOWzero + \setbox0=\hbox{\hskip\dimen0\raise\dimen6 + \hbox{\righttopbox{\strut\rFLOWlabel}}}% + \positionFLOWzero + \setbox0=\hbox{\hskip\dimen2 % for me only + \hbox{\bottombox{\strut\bcFLOWlabel}}}% + \positionFLOWzero + \fi\fi\fi\fi}% + \expandafter\doprocessFLOWcell\FLOWlocation\end + \def\connection[####1]####2% + {\doglobal\increment\FLOWcomment + \ignorespaces}% + \def\comment[####1]####2% + {\bgroup + \let\FLOW \middlebox + \let\FLOWb \bottombox + \let\FLOWbl\bottomleftbox + \let\FLOWbr\bottomrightbox + \let\FLOWt \topbox + \let\FLOWtl\topleftbox + \let\FLOWtr\toprightbox + \let\FLOWl \leftbox + \let\FLOWlt\lefttopbox + \let\FLOWlb\leftbottombox + \let\FLOWr \rightbox + \let\FLOWrt\righttopbox + \let\FLOWrb\rightbottombox + \let\FLOWc \middlebox + \ifcase0\getvalue{MPx\FLOWcomment}\getvalue{MPy\FLOWcomment}\relax + \else + \ifdim\getvalue{MPx\FLOWcomment}bp<\areaMPllx\relax\else + \ifdim\getvalue{MPx\FLOWcomment}bp>\areaMPurx\relax\else + \ifdim\getvalue{MPy\FLOWcomment}bp<\areaMPlly\relax\else + \ifdim\getvalue{MPy\FLOWcomment}bp>\areaMPury\relax\else + \dimen0=\getvalue{MPx\FLOWcomment}bp + \advance\dimen0 by -\@@FLOWoffset + \advance\dimen0 by -\clipMPllx + \dimen2=\clipMPury + \advance\dimen2 by -\@@FLOWoffset + \advance\dimen2 by -\getvalue{MPy\FLOWcomment}bp + \setbox0=\hbox{\strut####2}% + \boxoffset=.5\bodyfontsize + \setbox0=\hbox + {\hskip\dimen0\lower\dimen2\getvalue{FLOW####1}{\box0}}% + \wd0=\!!zeropoint\ht0=\!!zeropoint\dp0=\!!zeropoint + \box0 + \fi + \fi + \fi + \fi + \fi + \egroup + \ignorespaces}% + \ignorespaces##1\unskip + \ignorespaces}% + \setbox2=\vbox to \ht0 + {\forgetall%%%\offinterlineskip + \haalbuffer[flw-\currentFLOWnumber]\vss}% + \setbox2=\hbox + {\hskip\@@FLOWoffset\lower\@@FLOWoffset\box2}% + \wd2=\wd0\ht2=\ht0\dp2=\dp0 + %%%%%%%% + \long\def\startFLOWcell##1\stopFLOWcell% + {\resetFLOWcell + \ignorespaces##1\unskip + \def\doprocessFLOWcell####1,####2\end % redundant + {\ifx\FLOWoverlay\empty \else + \!!counta=####1\relax + \!!countb=####2\relax + \!!countc=\@@FLOWx + \!!countd=\@@FLOWy + \advance\!!countc \@@FLOWnx + \advance\!!countd \@@FLOWny + \advance\!!countc -1 + \advance\!!countd -1 + \ifnum\!!counta<\@@FLOWx\relax + \donefalse + \else\ifnum\!!counta>\!!countc + \donefalse + \else\ifnum\!!countb<\@@FLOWy\relax + \donefalse + \else\ifnum\!!countb>\!!countd + \donefalse + \else + \donetrue + \fi\fi\fi\fi + \ifdone + \advance\!!counta by -\@@FLOWx\advance\!!counta by 1 + \advance\!!countb by -\@@FLOWy\advance\!!countb by 1 + \dimen0=\FLOWgridwidth\dimen0=\!!counta\dimen0 + \advance\dimen0 by -\FLOWgridwidth + \dimen4=\FLOWgridwidth\advance\dimen4 by -\FLOWshapewidth + \advance\dimen0 by .5\dimen4 + \dimen2=\FLOWgridheight\dimen2=\!!countb\dimen2 + \dimen4=\FLOWgridheight\advance\dimen4 by -\FLOWshapeheight + \advance\dimen2 by -.5\dimen4 + \edef\FLOWdx{\the\dimen0}% + \edef\FLOWdy{\the\dimen2}% + \setbox0=\hbox + {\framed + [\c!kader=\v!uit, + \c!achtergrond={\@@FLOWachtergrond,\FLOWoverlay}, + \c!achtergrondkleur=\@@FLOSachtergrondkleur, + \c!breedte=\FLOWshapewidth,\c!hoogte=\FLOWshapeheight] + {}}% + \setbox0=\hbox{\hskip\FLOWdx\lower\FLOWdy\box0}% + \smashbox0 + \box0 + \fi + \fi}% + \expandafter\doprocessFLOWcell\FLOWlocation\end}% + \setbox4=\vbox to \ht0 + {\forgetall%%%\offinterlineskip + \haalbuffer[flw-\currentFLOWnumber]\vss}% + \setbox4=\hbox + {\hskip\@@FLOWoffset\lower\@@FLOWoffset\box4}% + \wd4=\wd0\ht4=\ht0\dp4=\dp0 + %%%%%%%% + \doifelse{\@@FLOWoptie}{\v!test} + {\setbox6=\vbox + {\forgetall + \vskip\@@FLOWoffset + \hskip\@@FLOWoffset + \rooster + [\c!x=\@@FLOWx,\c!nx=\@@FLOWnx,\c!dx=\withoutpt\FLOWgridwidth, + \c!y=\@@FLOWy,\c!ny=\@@FLOWny,\c!dy=\withoutpt\FLOWgridheight, + \c!xstap=1,\c!ystap=1, + \c!eenheid=pt,\c!plaats=\v!midden]}% + \wd6=\wd0\ht6=\ht0\dp6=\dp0 + \setbox8=\vbox + {\forgetall\offinterlineskip + \vskip\@@FLOWoffset + \dostepwiserecurse{\@@FLOWy}{\@@FLOWny}{1} + {\vbox to \FLOWgridheight + {\vfill + \hskip\@@FLOWoffset + \hbox + {\dostepwiserecurse{\@@FLOWx}{\@@FLOWnx}{1} + {\hbox to \FLOWgridwidth + {\hfill + \framed + [\c!kaderkleur=red, + \c!breedte=\FLOWshapewidth, + \c!hoogte=\FLOWshapeheight] + {}% + \hfill}}} + \vfill}}}% + \wd8=\wd0\ht8=\ht0\dp8=\dp0 + \framed + [\c!offset=\v!overlay,\c!kaderkleur=green] + {\hbox{\box4\hskip-\wd0 \raise1pt \box0\hskip-\wd2\box2\hskip-\wd6\box6\hskip-\wd8\box8}}} + {\framed + [\c!offset=\v!overlay, + \c!kader=\@@FLOWkader, + \c!kaderkleur=\@@FLOWkaderkleur, + \c!achtergrond=\@@FLOWachtergrond, + \c!achtergrondkleur=\@@FLOWachtergrondkleur] +% {\hbox{\box4\hskip-\wd0 \raise1pt \box0\hskip-\wd2\box2}}}% raise is a bug + {\hbox{\box4\hskip-\wd0 \box0\hskip-\wd2\box2}}}% + %\message{[\FLOWcells]}\wait + \egroup} + +% \useFLOWchart[name][parent][setting,setting][additional settings] +% \useFLOWchart[name][parent][additional settings] + +\def\useFLOWchart + {\doquadrupleempty\douseFLOWchart} + +\def\douseFLOWchart[#1][#2][#3][#4]% name parent sets mainsettings + {\iffourthargument + \setvalue{FLOW--#1}[##1]{\setgetFLOWchart[#2][#3][#4,##1]}% + \else + \checkparameters[#3]% + \ifparameters + \setvalue{FLOW--#1}[##1]{\setgetFLOWchart[#2][][#3,##1]}% + \else + \setvalue{FLOW--#1}[##1]{\setgetFLOWchart[#2][#3][##1]}% + \fi + \fi} + +\def\setgetFLOWchart[#1][#2][#3]% + {\def\docommando##1% + {}% cell line focus + \processcommalist[#2]\docommando + \getFLOWchart[#1][#3]} + +\def\doFLOWchart[#1][#2]% + {\hbox\bgroup\vbox\bgroup % vmode suppresses spaces + \doifundefinedelse{FLOW--#1} + {\getFLOWchart[#1][#2]} + {\getvalue{FLOW--#1}[#2]}% + \egroup\egroup} + +\def\FLOWchart% + {\dodoubleempty\doFLOWchart} + +%D A hook into the help system. + +\def\showFLOWhelp#1% + {\doifhelpinfo{\FLOWhelp} + {\setbox#1=\hbox + {\setbox\scratchbox=\hbox{\lower\@@FLOWdy\hbox + {\helpbutton + [\c!breedte=\wd0,\c!kleur=,\c!hoogte=\@@FLOWdy,\c!kader=\v!nee] + [\FLOWhelp]}}% + \smashbox\scratchbox + \setbox#1=\vbox + {\forgetall\offinterlineskip\box#1\box\scratchbox}% + \box#1}}} + +%D The next section is dedicated to splitting up charts. + +\def\getFLOWsize[#1]% + {\bgroup\let\dodogetFLOWchart\dogetFLOWsize\FLOWchart[#1]\egroup} + +\def\dogetFLOWsize[#1][#2]% + {\setbox\scratchbox=\vbox + {\xdef\FLOWmaxwidth {0}% + \xdef\FLOWmaxheight{0}% + \def\getFLOWlocation##1,##2\end% + {\ifnum0##1>\FLOWmaxwidth \xdef\FLOWmaxwidth {##1}\fi + \ifnum0##2>\FLOWmaxheight\xdef\FLOWmaxheight{##2}\fi}% + \long\def\startFLOWcell##1\stopFLOWcell% + {\resetFLOWcell##1\expandafter\getFLOWlocation\FLOWlocation\end}% + \def\dosetFLOWchart[##1][##2]% + {\haalbuffer[flw-##1]}% + \getvalue{FLOW-#1}}} + +\def\setupFLOWsplit% + {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[@@FLOT]} + +\setupFLOWsplit% + [\c!nx=3,\c!ny=3, + \c!dx=1,\c!dy=1, + \c!commando=, + \c!markering=\v!aan, + \c!voor=,\c!na=] + +\def\FLOWcharts% + {\dodoubleempty\doFLOWcharts} + +\def\doFLOWcharts[#1][#2]% + {\bgroup + \getFLOWsize[#1]% + \def\@@FLOTx{1}% + \doloop + {\def\@@FLOTy{1}% + \doloop + {\bgroup + \scratchcounter=\FLOWmaxwidth + \advance\scratchcounter by -\@@FLOTx + \advance\scratchcounter by 1 + \ifnum\scratchcounter<\@@FLOTnx\edef\@@FLOTnx{\the\scratchcounter}\fi + \scratchcounter=\FLOWmaxheight + \advance\scratchcounter by -\@@FLOTy + \advance\scratchcounter by 1 + \ifnum\scratchcounter<\@@FLOTny\edef\@@FLOTny{\the\scratchcounter}\fi + \doifnot{\@@FLOTmarkering}{\v!aan}{\let\cuthbox\relax}% + \@@FLOTvoor + \cuthbox + {\@@FLOTcommando + {\FLOWchart[#1][#2, + \c!x=\@@FLOTx,\c!nx=\@@FLOTnx, + \c!y=\@@FLOTy,\c!ny=\@@FLOTny]}}% + \@@FLOTna + \egroup + \increment(\@@FLOTy,\@@FLOTny)% + \ifnum\@@FLOTy>\FLOWmaxheight + \exitloop + \else + \decrement(\@@FLOTy,\@@FLOTdy)% + \fi}% + \increment(\@@FLOTx,\@@FLOTnx)% + \ifnum\@@FLOTx>\FLOWmaxwidth + \exitloop + \else + \decrement(\@@FLOTx,\@@FLOTdx)% + \fi}% + \egroup} + +%D An example of splitting is given below: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \setupFLOWsplit +%D [nx=5,ny=10, +%D dx=0,dy=0, +%D before=, +%D after=\pagina] +%D +%D \FLOWcharts[mybigflow] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Or, one can say: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \splitsplaatsblok +%D {\plaatsfiguur{What a big flowchart this is!}} +%D {\FLOWcharts[mybigflow]} +%D \stoptypen + +\protect + +\endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/m-chemic.tex b/tex/context/base/m-chemic.tex index 600521f23..f03dc4260 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/m-chemic.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/m-chemic.tex @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ %D suggestions={Tobias Burnus, Dirk Kuypers \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \ifx\beginpicture\undefined diff --git a/tex/context/base/m-pictex.tex b/tex/context/base/m-pictex.tex index 6f97c551f..182cdc027 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/m-pictex.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/m-pictex.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. %D This module is one big hack. This hack is not needed when diff --git a/tex/context/base/m-pstric.tex b/tex/context/base/m-pstric.tex index 0e5c49845..c093cc7fa 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/m-pstric.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/m-pstric.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \edef\oldbarcode{\the\catcode`\|} % \chardef diff --git a/tex/context/base/m-units.tex b/tex/context/base/m-units.tex index 5699f0de7..f0f13c48f 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/m-units.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/m-units.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. %D Scientific units can be typeset in math mode pretty well, diff --git a/tex/context/base/mult-com.tex b/tex/context/base/mult-com.tex index 6c693222b..e2664de00 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/mult-com.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/mult-com.tex @@ -19,6 +19,9 @@ %D {\em Because the original interface to \CONTEXT\ is dutch, %D the words left of the \type{:} are in dutch. In the near %D future english will be the core language.} +%D +%D The German translations were provided by Tobias Burnus, +%D and the Czech ones by Tom Hudec. \writestatus{loading}{Context Multilingual Macros / Commands} @@ -36,1224 +39,1238 @@ %D \startcompressdefinitions \startcommands dutch english - german + german czech language: taal language - sprache + sprache jazyk mainlanguage: hoofdtaal mainlanguage - hauptsprache + hauptsprache hlavnijazyk translate: vertaal translate - uebersetzten + uebersetzten prelozit installlanguage: installeertaal installlanguage - installieresprache + installieresprache jazykinstalace setuplanguage: steltaalin setuplanguage - stellespracheein + stellespracheein nastavjazyk showmakeup: toonopmaak showmakeup - zeigeumbruch + zeigeumbruch ukazupravu useencoding: usecodering useencoding - benutzekodierung + benutzekodierung uzijkodovani usespecials: gebruikspecials usespecials - benutzespezielles + benutzespezielles uzijspeciality defineoutput: definieeruitvoer defineoutput - defineoutput + defineoutput definujvystup setupoutput: steluitvoerin setupoutput - stelleausgabeein + stelleausgabeein nastavvystup % system redefineaccent: herdefinieeraccent redefineaccent -% redefiniereakzent +% redefiniereakzent redefinujakcent % system redefinecharacter: herdefinieerkarakter redefinecharacter -% redefinierezeichen +% redefinierezeichen redefinujznak % system redefinecommand: herdefinieercommando redefinecommand -% redefinierbefehl +% redefinierbefehl redefinujprikaz defineaccent: definieeraccent defineaccent - definiereakzent + definiereakzent definujakcent definecharacter: definieerkarakter definecharacter - definierezeichen + definierezeichen definujznak definecommand: definieercommando definecommand - definierebefehl + definierebefehl definujprikaz startcoding: startcodering startcoding - startkodierung + startkodierung startkodovani stopcoding: stopcodering stopcoding - stopkodierung + stopkodierung stopkodovani definebodyfontenvironment: definieerkorpsomgeving definebodyfontenvironment - definierefliesstextumgebung + definierefliesstextumgebung definujzakladnifont setupbodyfontenvironment: stelkorpsomgevingin setupbodyfontenvironment - stellefliesstextumgebungein + stellefliesstextumgebungein nastavprostredizakladnihofont definebodyfont: definieerkorps definebodyfont - definierefliesstext + definierefliesstext definujzakladnifont definefont: definieerfont definefont - definiereschrift + definiereschrift definujfont definefontsynonym: definieerfontsynoniem definefontsynonym - defineschriftsynonym + defineschriftsynonym definujsynonumumfontu definestyle: definieerletter definestyle - definierestil + definierestil definujstyl definefontstyle: definieerfontstijl definefontstyle - definierefontstil % tobias + definiereschriftstil definujstylfontu setuptype: steltypein setuptype - stelletipein + stelletipein nastavtype type: type type - tippen + tippen type typ: typ typ - tip + tip typ arg: arg arg - arg + arg arg tex: tex tex - tex + tex tex definetyping: definieertypen definetyping - definieretippen + definieretippen definujopis setuptyping: steltypenin setuptyping - stelletippenein + stelletippenein nastavopis % generated starttyping: starttypen starttyping -% starttippen +% starttippen startopis % generated stoptyping: stoptypen stoptyping -% stoptippen +% stoptippen stopopis typefile: typefile typefile - tippedatei + tippedatei typesoubor setupfootnotes: stelvoetnotenin setupfootnotes - stellefussnotenein + stellefussnotenein nastavpoznamkypodcarou setupfootnotedefinition: stelvoetnootdefinitiein setupfootnotedefinition - stellefussnotendefinitionein + stellefussnotendefinitionein nastavdefinicipoznamekpodcarou note: noot note - notiz + notiz poznamka footnote: voetnoot footnote - fussnote + fussnote poznamkapodcarou startlocalfootnotes: startlokalevoetnoten startlocalfootnotes - startlokalefussnoten + startlokalefussnoten startlokalnipoznamkypodcarou stoplocalfootnotes: stoplokalevoetnoten stoplocalfootnotes - stoplokalefussnoten + stoplokalefussnoten stoplokalnipoznamkypodcarou placelocalfootnotes: plaatslokalevoetnoten placelocalfootnotes - platzierelokalefussnoten + platzierelokalefussnoten umistilokalnipoznamkypodcarou placefootnotes: plaatsvoetnoten placefootnotes - platzierefussnoten + platzierefussnoten umistipoznamkypodcarou currentdate: huidigedatum currentdate - heutigesdatum + heutigesdatum aktualnidatum date: datum date - datum + datum datum weekday: weekdag weekday - wochentag + wochentag vsedniden WEEKDAY: WEEKDAG WEEKDAY - WOCHENTAG + WOCHENTAG VSEDNIDEN month: maand month - monat + monat mesic MONTH: MAAND MONTH - MONAT + MONAT MESIC Numbers: Cijfers Numbers - Ziffern + Ziffern Cisla numbers: cijfers numbers - ziffern + ziffern cisla romannumerals: romeins romannumerals - roemischezahlen + roemischezahlen rimskecislice Romannumerals: Romeins Romannumerals - Roemischezahlen + Roemischezahlen Rimskecislice character: letter character - buchstabe + buchstabe znak Character: Letter Character - Buchstabe + Buchstabe Znak characters: letters characters - buchstaben + buchstaben znaky Characters: Letters Characters - Buchstaben + Buchstaben Znaky unknown: onbekend unknown - unbekant + unbekant neznamo definesymbol: definieersymbool definesymbol - definieresymbol + definieresymbol definujsymbol definefiguresymbol: definieerfiguursymbool definefiguresymbol - definiereabbsymbol + definiereabbsymbol definujobrazeksymbol symbol: symbool symbol - symbol + symbol symbol setupsymbolset: stelsymboolsetin setupsymbolset - stellesymbolsetein + stellesymbolsetein nastavsadusymbolu showsymbolset: toonsymboolset showsymbolset - showsymbolset + showsymbolset ukazsadusymbolu startsymbolset: startsymboolset startsymbolset - startsymbolset + startsymbolset startsadasymbolu usesymbols: gebruiksymbolen usesymbols - verwendesymbole + verwendesymbole uzijsymbol defineconversion: definieerconversie defineconversion - definierekonversion + definierekonversion definujkonverzi convertnumber: converteernummer convertnumber - konvertierezahl + konvertierezahl konvertujcislo setupcapitals: stelkapitalenin setupcapitals - setupversalien % TOBIAS + stelleversalienein nastavverzalky kap: kap kap - kap + kap kap KAP: KAP CAP - KAP + KAP KAP nokap: nokap nocap - nokap + nokap nokap Kap: Kap Cap - Kap + Kap Kap Kaps: Kaps Caps - Kaps + Kaps Kaps WORD: WOORD WORD - WORT + WORT SLOVO WORDS: WOORDEN WORDS - WOERTER + WOERTER SLOVA Word: Woord Word - Wort + Wort Slovo Words: Woorden Words - Woerter + Woerter Slova stretched: uitgerekt stretched - gestreckt + gestreckt roztazene overstrike: doorstreep overstrike - durchgestrichen + durchgestrichen preskrtnuto overstrikes: doorstrepen overstrikes - durchstreichen + durchstreichen preskrtnuti overbar: overstreep overbar - ueberstrichen + ueberstrichen nadtrzeno overbars: overstrepen overbars - ueberstreichen + ueberstreichen nadtrzeni underbar: onderstreep underbar - unterstrichen + unterstrichen podtrzeno underbars: onderstrepen underbars - unterstreichen + unterstreichen podtrzeni setupunderbar: stelonderstrepenin setupunderbar - stelleunterstreichenein + stelleunterstreichenein nastavpodtrzeni setupbodyfont: stelkorpsin setupbodyfont - stellefliesstextein + stellefliesstextein nastavzakladnifont switchtobodyfont: switchnaarkorps switchtobodyfont - wechselezumfliesstext + wechselezumfliesstext prepninazakladnifont showbodyfont: toonkorps showbodyfont - zeigefliesstext + zeigefliesstext ukazzakladnifont showbodyfontenvironment: toonkorpsomgeving showbodyfontenvironment - zeigefliesstextumgebung + zeigefliesstextumgebung ukazpostredizakladnihofont headtext: koptekst headtext - ueberschrift + ueberschrifttext texthlavicky labeltext: labeltekst labeltext - labeltext + labeltext textpopisku LABELTEXT: LABELTEKST LABELTEXT - LABELTEXT + LABELTEXT TEXTPOPISKU setupheadtext: stelkoptekstin setupheadtext - stelleueberschriftein + stelleueberschrifttextein nastavtexthlavicky setuplabeltext: stellabeltekstin setuplabeltext - stellelabeltextein + stellelabeltextein nastavtextpopisku marginrule: kantlijn marginrule - marginallinie + marginallinie marginalnilinka startmarginrule: startkantlijn startmarginrule - startmarginallinie + startmarginallinie startmarginalnilinka stopmarginrule: stopkantlijn stopmarginrule - stopmarginallinie + stopmarginallinie stopmarginalnilinka setupmarginrules: stelkantlijnin setupmarginrules - stellemarginallinieein + stellemarginallinieein nastavmarginalnilinky blackrule: blokje blackrule - rechteck + rechteck cernalinka blackrules: blokjes blackrules - rechtecke + rechtecke cernelinky setupblackrules: stelblokjesin setupblackrules - stellerechteckein + stellerechteckein nastavcernelinky setupscreens: stelrastersin setupscreens - stellerasterein + stellerasterein nastavrastr framed: omlijnd framed - umrahmt + umrahmt oramovani inframed: inlijnd inframed - imumriss + imumriss zaramovani mframed: wilijnd maframed - maframed + maframed mazaramovani setupframed: stelomlijndin setupframed - stelleumrahmtein + stelleumrahmtein nastavoramovani % setuprules: stellijnenin setuprules -% stelleumrissein +% stelleumrissein nastavobrys setuplinewidth: stellijndiktein setuplinewidth - stellelinienbreiteein + stellelinienbreiteein nastavsirkucary setupthinrules: steldunnelijnenin setupthinrules - stelleduennerumrissein + stelleduennerumrissein nastavtenkelinky thinrule: dunnelijn thinrule - duennelinie + duennelinie tenkalinka thinrules: dunnelijnen thinrules - duennerumriss + duennerumriss tenkelinky hairline: haarlijn hairline - haarlinie + haarlinie vlasovalinka vl: vl vl - vl + vl vl hl: hl hl - hl + hl hl defineframed: definieeromlijnd defineframed - definiereumrahmt + definiereumrahmt definujoramovani defineframedtext: definieerkadertekst defineframedtext - definiereumrahmtertext + definiereumrahmtertext definujoramovanytext % startframedtext: startkadertekst startframedtext -% startumrahmtertext +% startumrahmtertext startoramovanytext % stopframedtext: stopkadertekst stopframedtext -% stopumrahmtertext +% stopumrahmtertext stoporamovanytext setupframedtexts: stelkadertekstenin setupframedtexts - stelleumrahmtetexteein + stelleumrahmtetexteein nastavoramovanetexty defineoverlay: definieeroverlay defineoverlay - definiereoverlay + definiereoverlay definujprekryv background: achtergrond background - hintergrund + hintergrund pozadi startbackground: startachtergrond startbackground - starthintergrund + starthintergrund startpozadi stopbackground: stopachtergrond stopbackground - stophintergrund + stophintergrund stoppozadi setupbackground: stelachtergrondin setupbackground - stellehintergrundein + stellehintergrundein nastavpozadi fillinrules: invullijnen fillinrules - gefuelltesrechteck + gefuelltesrechteck vyplnovelinky % ve formulari setupfillinrules: stelinvullijnenin setupfillinrules - stellegefuelltesrechteckein + stellegefuelltesrechteckein nastavvyplnovelinky fillintext: invultekst fillintext - ausfuelltext + ausfuelltext vyplnenytext setupfillinlines: stelinvulregelsin setupfillinlines - stellegefuelltezeileein + stellegefuelltezeileein nastavvyplnoveradky fillinline: invulregel fillinline - gefuelltezeile + gefuelltezeile vyplnovyradek setuptextrules: steltekstlijnenin setuptextrules - stelletextumrissein + stelletextumrissein nastavtextovelinky textrule: tekstlijn textrule - textlinie + textlinie textovalinka starttextrule: starttekstlijn starttextrule - starttextlinie + starttextlinie starttextovalinka stoptextrule: stoptekstlijn stoptextrule - stoptextlinie + stoptextlinie stoptextovalinka usemodule: gebruikmodule usemodule - verwendemodul + verwendemodul uzijmodul usemodules: gebruikmodules usemodules - verwendemodule + verwendemodule uzijmoduly starttekst: starttekst starttext - starttext + starttext starttext stoptekst: stoptekst stoptext - stoptext + stoptext stoptext margetitel: margetitel margintitle - marginaltitel + marginaltitel marginalninadpis margewoord: margewoord marginword - marginalwort + marginalwort marginalnislovo % dit wordt: margetekst: margetekst margintext - marginaltext + marginaltext marginalnitext inlinker: inlinker inleft - imlinken + imlinken vlevo inmarge: inmarge inmargin - inmarginalie + inmarginalie naokraj inanderemarge: inanderemarge inothermargin - inanderermarginale + inanderermarginale nadruhyokraj inrechter: inrechter inright - imrechten + imrechten vpravo startmargeblok: startmargeblok startmarginblock - startmarginalblock + startmarginalblock startmarginalniblok stopmargeblok: stopmargeblok stopmarginblock - stopmarginalblock + stopmarginalblock stopmarginalniblok stelinmargein: stelinmargein setupinmargin - stelleinmarginalieein + stelleinmarginalieein nastavmarginalie stelmargeblokkenin: stelmargeblokkenin setupmarginblocks - stellemarginalblockein + stellemarginalblockein nastavmarginalniblok inleftside: inlinkerrand inleftside - imlinkenrand + imlinkenrand nalevo inleftmargin: inlinkermarge inleftmargin - inlinkermarginale + inlinkermarginale nalevyokraj inrightmargin: inrechtermarge inrightmargin - inrechtermarginale + inrechtermarginale napravyokraj inrightside: inrechterrand inrightside - imrechtenrand + imrechtenrand napravo woordrechts: woordrechts wordright - wortrechts + wortrechts slovovpravo definieerblanko: definieerblanko defineblank - definiereblanko + definiereblanko definujbilemisto blanko: blanko blank - blanko + blanko bilemisto stelblankoin: stelblankoin setupblank - stelleblankoein + stelleblankoein nastavbilemisto corrigeerwitruimte: corrigeerwitruimte correctwhitespace - korrigierezwischenraum + korrigierezwischenraum korekcebilehomista fixedspaces: vastespaties fixedspaces - festesspatium % TOBIAS + festesspatium tvrdemezery fixedspace: vastespatie fixedspace - festesspatium % TOBIAS + festesspatium tvrdamezera nospace: geenspatie nospace - keinspatium + keinspatium zadnamezera space: spatie space - spatium + spatium mezera geenwitruimte: geenwitruimte nowhitespace - keinzwischenraum + keinzwischenraum zadnebilemisto opelkaar: opelkaar packed - kleinerdurchschuss + kleinerdurchschuss zhustene startopelkaar: startopelkaar startpacked - startkleinerdurchschuss + startkleinerdurchschuss startzhustene stopopelkaar: stopopelkaar stoppacked - stopkleinerdurchschuss + stopkleinerdurchschuss stopzhustene startvanelkaar: startvanelkaar startunpacked - startgrosserdurchschuss + startgrosserdurchschuss startnezhustene stopvanelkaar: stopvanelkaar stopunpacked - stopgrosserdurchschuss + stopgrosserdurchschuss stopnezhustene startregelcorrectie: startregelcorrectie startlinecorrection - startzeilenkorrektur + startzeilenkorrektur startkorekceradku stopregelcorrectie: stopregelcorrectie stoplinecorrection - stopzeilenkorrektur + stopzeilenkorrektur stopkorekceradku omlaag: omlaag godown - nachunten + nachunten jdidolu witruimte: witruimte whitespace - zwischenraum + zwischenraum bilemisto nietinspringen: nietinspringen noindenting - nichteinziehen + nichteinziehen zadneodsazovani inspringen: inspringen indenting - einziehen + einziehen odsazovani stelinspringenin: stelinspringenin setupindenting - stelleeinziehenein + stelleeinziehenein nastavodsazovani startuitlijnen: startuitlijnen startalignment - startausrichtung + startausrichtung startzarovnavani stopuitlijnen: stopuitlijnen stopalignment - stopausrichtung + stopausrichtung stopzarovnavani startregels: startregels startlines - startzeilen + startzeilen startradky stopregels: stopregels stoplines - stopzeilen + stopzeilen stopradky stelregelnummerenin: stelregelnummerenin setuplinenumbering - stellezeilennummerierungein + stellezeilennummerierungein nastavcislovaniradku startregelnummeren: startregelnummeren startlinenumbering - startzeilennummerierung + startzeilennummerierung startcislovaniradku stopregelnummeren: stopregelnummeren stoplinenumbering - stopzeilennummerierung + stopzeilennummerierung stopcislovaniradku startregel: startregel startline - startzeile + startzeile startradek stopregel: stopregel stopline - stopzeile + stopzeile stopradek eenregel: eenregel someline - einezeile + einezeile nejakyradek inregel: inregel inline - inzeile + inzeile vradku crlf: crlf crlf - crlf + crlf crlf stelregelsin: stelregelsin setuplines - stellezeilenein + stellezeilenein nastavradky startsmaller: startsmaller startnarrower - startenger + startenger startzuzeni stopsmaller: stopsmaller stopnarrower - stopenger + stopenger stopzuzeni stelsmallerin: stelsmallerin setupnarrower - stelleengerein + stelleengerein nastavzuzeni definetabulate: definieertabulatie definetabulate - definieretabulator + definieretabulator definujtabelaci setuptabulate: steltabulatiein setuptabulate - stelletabulatorein + stelletabulatorein nastavtabelaci starttabel: starttabel starttable - starttabelle + starttabelle starttabulka stoptabel: stoptabel stoptable - stoptabelle + stoptabelle stoptabulka starttabellen: starttabellen starttables - starttabellen + starttabellen starttabulky stoptabellen: stoptabellen stoptables - stoptabellen + stoptabellen stoptabulky steltabellenin: steltabellenin setuptables - stelletabellenein + stelletabellenein nastavtabulky definetabletemplate: definieertabelvorm definetabletemplate - definetabletemplate - + definieretabellenvorlage definujsablonutabulky + pagina: pagina page - seite + seite strana koppelpagina: koppelpagina couplepage - doppelseite + doppelseite parovastrana soortpagina: soortpagina pagetype - seitentyp + seitentyp typstrany verwerkpagina: verwerkpagina processpage - bearbeiteseite + bearbeiteseite zpracujstranu koppelpapier: koppelpapier couplepaper - doppelseitigespapier + doppelseitigespapier dvoustrannypapir selecteerpapier: selecteerpapier selectpaper - waehlepapieraus + waehlepapieraus vyberpapir scherm: scherm screen - bildschirm + bildschirm obrazovka definieersectie: definieersectie definesection - definiereabschnitt + definiereabschnitt definujsekci definieersectieblok: definieersectieblok definesectionblock - definiereabschnittsblock + definiereabschnittsblock definujbloksekce stelsectieblokin: stelsectieblokin setupsectionblock - stelleabschnittsblockein + stelleabschnittsblockein nastavbloksekce stelsectiein: stelsectiein setupsection - stelleabschnittein + stelleabschnittein nastavsekci geenbovenenonderregels: geenbovenenonderregels notopandbottomlines - keinzeilenobenundunten + keinzeilenobenundunten zadnehorniadolniradky geenhoofdenvoetregels: geenhoofdenvoetregels noheaderandfooterlines - keinekopfundfusszeilen + keinekopfundfusszeilen zadnezahlaviaupati stelbovenin: stelbovenin setuptop - stellenobenein + stellenobenein nastavhorejsek stelboventekstenin: stelboventekstenin setuptoptexts - stelletextobenein + stelletextobenein nastavhornitexty stelhoofdin: stelhoofdin setupheader - stellekopfzeileein + stellekopfzeileein nastavzahlavi stelhoofdtekstenin: stelhoofdtekstenin setupheadertexts - stellekopfzeilentextein + stellekopfzeilentextein nastavtextyzahlavi stelnummeringin: stelnummeringin setuppagenumbering - stelleseitennummeriernungein + stelleseitennummeriernungein nastavcislovanistran stelonderin: stelonderin setupbottom - stelleuntenein + stelleuntenein nastavspodek stelondertekstenin: stelondertekstenin setupbottomtexts - stelletextuntenein + stelletextuntenein nastavdolnitexty stelvoetin: stelvoetin setupfooter - stellefusszeileein + stellefusszeileein nastavupati stelvoettekstenin: stelvoettekstenin setupfootertexts - stellefusszeilentextein + stellefusszeilentextein nastavtextyupati stelpaginanummerin: stelpaginanummerin setuppagenumber - stelleseitennummerein + stelleseitennummerein nastavcislostrany stelsubpaginanummerin: stelsubpaginanummerin setupsubpagenumber - stelleunterseitennummerein + stelleunterseitennummerein nastavpodcislostrany steltekstin: steltekstin setuptext - stelletextein + stelletextein nastavtext stelteksttekstenin: stelteksttekstenin setuptexttexts - stelletexttexteein + stelletexttexteein nastavtexttexty definieertekst: definieertekst definetext - definieretext + definieretext definujtext pagenumber: paginanummer pagenumber - seitenummer + seitenummer cislostrany items: items items - posten + posten polozky stelitemsin: stelitemsin setupitems - stellepostenein + stellepostenein nastavpolozky regellinks: regellinks leftaligned - linksbuendig + linksbuendig zarovnanovlevo regelmidden: regelmidden midaligned - zentriert + zentriert zarovnanonastred regelrechts: regelrechts rightaligned - rechtsbuendig + rechtsbuendig zarovnanovpravo startkolommen: startkolommen startcolumns - startspalten + startspalten startsloupce stopkolommen: stopkolommen stopcolumns - stopspalten + stopspalten stopsloupce stelkolommenin: stelkolommenin setupcolumns - stellespaltenein + stellespaltenein nastavsloupce kolom: kolom column - spalte + spalte sloupec kop: kop head - kopf + kopf nadpis but: but but - but + but spodek % bottom som: som item - pos + pos polozka nop: nop nop - nop + nop nop mar: mar mar - mar + mar okr % okraj sym: sym sym - sym + sym sym its: its its - its + its pol % abbr. of polozka (item) ran: ran ran - ran + ran ran startopsomming: startopsomming startitemize - startaufzaehlung + startaufzaehlung startvycet stelopsommingenin: stelopsommingenin setupitemizations - stelleaufzaehlungeein % Tobias, plural + stelleaufzaehlungenein nastavvycty stelopsommingin: stelopsommingin setupitemize - stelleaufzaehlungein + stelleaufzaehlungein nastavvycet stopopsomming: stopopsomming stopitemize - stopaufzaehlung + stopaufzaehlung stopvycet definieerkop: definieerkop definehead - definiereueberschrift + definiereueberschrift definujnadpis stelkopin: stelkopin setuphead - stelleueberschriftein + stelleueberschriftein nastavnadpis stelkoppenin: stelkoppenin setupheads - stelleueberschriftenein + stelleueberschriftenein nastavnadpisy stelkopnummerin: stelkopnummerin setupheadnumber - stellekopfzahlein + stellekopfzahlein nastavcislonadpisu kopnummer: kopnummer headnumber - kopfnummer + kopfnummer cislonadpisu huidigekopnummer: huidigekopnummer currentheadnumber - heutigeskopfnummer % TOBIAS + heutigeskopfnummer aktualnicislonadpisu bepaalkopnummer: bepaalkopnummer determineheadnumber - bestimmekopfnummer % TOBIAS + bestimmekopfnummer stanovcislonadpisu resetmarkering: resetmarkering resetmarking - ruecksetztenbeschriftung + ruecksetztenbeschriftung resetznaceni stelmarkeringin: stelmarkeringin setupmarking - stellebeschriftungein + stellebeschriftungein nastavznaceni definieermarkering: definieermarkering definemarking - definierebeschriftung + definierebeschriftung definujznaceni geenmarkering: geenmarkering nomarking - keinebeschriftung + keinebeschriftung zadneznaceni marking: markeer marking - beschriftung + beschriftung znaceni ontkoppelmarkering: ontkoppelmarkering decouplemarking - entknuepfebeschriftung + entknuepfebeschriftung rozpojeneznaceni koppelmarkering: koppelmarkering couplemarking - verknuepfebeschriftung + verknuepfebeschriftung propojeneznaceni haalmarkering: haalmarkering getmarking - holebeschriftung + holebeschriftung ziskejznaceni stellayoutin: stellayoutin setuplayout - stellelayoutein + stellelayoutein nastavvzhled paslayoutaan: paslayoutaan adaptlayout - passelayoutan + passelayoutan prizpusobvzhled steloffsetin: steloffsetin setupoffset - stelleoffsetein + stelleoffsetein nastavoffset plaatsopgrid: plaatsopgrid placeongrid - amgitterausrichten + amgitterausrichten umistinamrizku verplaatsopgrid: verplaatsopgrid moveongrid - amgitterneuausrichten + amgitterneuausrichten premistinamrizku tooninstellingen: tooninstellingen showsetups - zeigeeinstellungen + zeigeeinstellungen ukaznastaveni toonkader: toonkader showframe - zeigerahmen + zeigerahmen ukazramecek toongrid: toongrid showgrid - zeigegitter + zeigegitter ukazmrizku toonopbouw: toonopbouw showbuildup - zeigeaufbau + zeigeaufbau ukazstrukturu toonlayout: toonlayout showlayout - zeigelayout + zeigelayout ukazvzhled toonprint: toonprint showprint - zeigedruck + zeigedruck ukazvytisk toonstruts: toonstruts showstruts - zeigestruts + zeigestruts ukazpodpery definieerpapierformaat: definieerpapierformaat definepapersize - definierepapierformat + definierepapierformat definujvelikostpapiru stelpapierformaatin: stelpapierformaatin setuppapersize - stellepapierformatin + stellepapierformatein nastavvelikostpapiru stelarrangerenin: stelarrangerenin setuparranging - stelleanordnenein + stelleanordnenein nastavusporadani versie: versie version - version + version verze stelachtergrondenin: stelachtergrondenin setupbackgrounds - stellehintergruendeein + stellehintergruendeein nastavpozadi steluitlijnenin: steluitlijnenin setupalign - stelleausrichtungein + stelleausrichtungein nastavzarovnani stelwitruimtein: stelwitruimtein setupwhitespace - stellezwischenraumein + stellezwischenraumein nastavbilamista - stelinteractiein: stelinteractiein setupinteraction - stelleinteraktionein + setupinteraction: stelinteractiein setupinteraction + stelleinteraktionein nastavinterakci stelinteractiemenuin: stelinteractiemenuin setupinteractionmenu - stelleinteraktionsmenueein + stelleinteraktionsmenueein nastavinterakcnimenu definieerinteractiemenu: definieerinteractiemenu defineinteractionmenu - definiereinteraktionsmenue + definiereinteraktionsmenue definujinterakcnimenu % startinteractiemenu: startinteractiemenu startinteractionmenu -% startinteraktionsmenue +% startinteraktionsmenue startinterakcnimenu blokkeerinteractiemenu: blokkeerinteractiemenu disableinteractionmenu - inaktiviereinteraktionsmenue + inaktiviereinteraktionsmenue zablokujinterakcnimenu interactiebuttons: interactiebuttons interactionbuttons - interaktionsknopfe + interaktionsknopfe interakcnitlacitka interactiebalk: interactiebalk interactionbar - interaktionsbalken + interaktionsbalken interakcnilista stelinteractiebalkin: stelinteractiebalkin setupinteractionbar - stelleinteraktionsbalkenein + stelleinteraktionsbalkenein nastavinterakcnilistu stelinteractieschermin: stelinteractieschermin setupinteractionscreen - stelleinteraktionsbildschirmein + stelleinteraktionsbildschirmein nastavinterakcniobrazovku placebookmarks: plaatsbookmarks placebookmarks - platzierebookmarks + platzierebookmarks umistizalozky bookmark: bookmark bookmark - bookmark + bookmark zalozka definieerbeeldmerk: definieerbeeldmerk definelogo - definierelogo + definierelogo definujlogo plaatsbeeldmerken: plaatsbeeldmerken placelogos - platzierelogo + platzierelogo umistiloga definecolor: definieerkleur definecolor - definierefarbe + definierefarbe definujbarvu definecolorgroup: definieerkleurgroep definecolorgroup - definierefarbengruppe + definierefarbengruppe definujskupinubarev definepalet: definieerpalet definepalet - definierepalette + definierepalette definujpaletu graycolor: grijskleur graycolor - graufarbe + graufarbe sedabarva color: kleur color - farbe + farbe barva startcolor: startkleur startcolor - startfarbe + startfarbe startbarva stopcolor: stopkleur stopcolor - stopfarbe + stopfarbe stopbarva setupcolors: stelkleurenin setupcolors - stellefarbenein + stellefarbenein nastavbarvy setupcolor: stelkleurin setupcolor - stellefarbeein + stellefarbeein nastavbarvu setuppalet: stelpaletin setuppalet - stellepaletteein + stellepaletteein nastavpaletu showcolor: toonkleur showcolor - zeigefarbe + zeigefarbe ukazbarvu showcolorgroup: toonkleurgroep showcolorgroup - zeigefarbengruppe + zeigefarbengruppe ukazskupinubarev showpalet: toonpalet showpalet - zeigepalette + zeigepalette ukazpaletu comparecolorgroup: vergelijkkleurgroep comparecolorgroup - vergleichefarbengruppe + vergleichefarbengruppe porovnejskupinubarev comparepalet: vergelijkpalet comparepalet - vergleichepalette + vergleichepalette porovnejpaletu colorvalue: kleurwaarde colorvalue - farbewert + farbewert hodnotabarvy greyvalue: grijswaarde greyvalue - grauwert + grauwert hodnotasedi startraster: startraster startraster - startraster + startraster startrastr stopraster: stopraster stopraster - stopraster + stopraster stoprastr definieerblok: definieerblok defineblock - definiereblock + definiereblock definujblok stelblokin: stelblokin setupblock - stelleblockein + stelleblockein nastavblok gebruikblokken: gebruikblokken useblocks - verwendebloecke + verwendebloecke uzijbloky verwerkblokken: verwerkblokken processblocks - bearbeitebloecke + bearbeitebloecke zpracujbloky handhaafblokken: handhaafblokken keepblocks - behaltebloecke + behaltebloecke zachovejbloky selecteerblokken: selecteerblokken selectblocks - waehlebloeckeaus + waehlebloeckeaus vyberbloky verbergblokken: verbergblokken hideblocks - verbergebloecke + verbergebloecke schovejbloky geenblokkenmeer: geenblokkenmeer nomoreblocks - keinebloeckemehr + keinebloeckemehr zadnedalsibloky definieerlijst: definieerlijst definelist - definiereliste + definiereliste definujseznam definieersamengesteldelijst: definieersamengesteldelijst definecombinedlist - definierezusammengestellteliste + definierezusammengestellteliste definujkombinovanyseznam plaatslijst: plaatslijst placelist - platziereliste + platziereliste umistiseznam plaatssamengesteldelijst: plaatssamengesteldelijst placecombinedlist - platzierezusammengestellteliste + platzierezusammengestellteliste umistikombinovanyseznam schrijfnaarlijst: schrijfnaarlijst writetolist - schreibezurliste + schreibezurliste zapisdoseznamu schrijftussenlijst: schrijftussenlijst writebetweenlist - schreibezwischenliste + schreibezwischenliste zapismeziseznam stellijstin: stellijstin setuplist - stellelisteein + stellelisteein nastavseznam stelsamengesteldelijstin: stelsamengesteldelijstin setupcombinedlist - stellezusammengestelltelisteein + stellezusammengestelltelisteein nastavkombinovanyseznam bepaallijstkenmerken: bepaallijstkenmerken determinelistcharacteristics - bestimmelistencharakeristika + bestimmelistencharakeristika stanovcharakteristickuseznamu lijstlengte: lijstlengte listlength - listlength % TOBIAS + listenlaenge delkaseznamu lijstbreedte: lijstbreedte listwidth - listwidth % TOBIAS + listenbreite sirkaseznamu lijsthoogte: lijsthoogte listheight - listheight % TOBIAS + listenhoehe vyskaseznamu geenlijst: geenlijst nolist - keineliste % TOBIAS + keineliste zadnyseznam % zal vervallen definieerreferentielijst: definieerreferentielijst definereferencelist - definierereferenzliste + definierereferenzliste definujseznamodkazu plaatsreferentielijst: plaatsreferentielijst placereferencelist - platzierereferenzliste + platzierereferenzliste umistiseznamodkazu schrijfnaarreferentielijst: schrijfnaarreferentielijst writetoreferencelist - schreibezurreferenzliste + schreibezurreferenzliste zapisdoseznamuodkazu stelreferentielijstin: stelreferentielijstin setupreferencelist - stellereferenzlisteein + stellereferenzlisteein nastavseznamodkazu definieerplaatsblok: definieerplaatsblok definefloat - definieregleitobjekt + definieregleitobjekt definujplvouciobjekt stelplaatsblokin: stelplaatsblokin setupfloat - stellegleitobjektein + stellegleitobjektein nastavplvouciobjekt stelplaatsblokkenin: stelplaatsblokkenin setupfloats - stellegleitobjekteein + stellegleitobjekteein nastavplvouciobjekty splitsplaatsblok: splitsplaatsblok splitfloat - teilegleitobjekt + teilegleitobjekt rozdelplvouciobjekt stelplaatsblokkensplitsenin: stelplaatsblokkensplitsenin setupfloatsplitting - stelleplatziegeteiltegleitobjekteein + stelleplatziegeteiltegleitobjekteein nastavdeleniplvoucichobjektu startcombinatie: startcombinatie startcombination - startkombination + startkombination startspojeni stopcombinatie: stopcombinatie stopcombination - stopkombination + stopkombination stopspojeni plaatsnaastelkaar: plaatsnaastelkaar placesidebyside - platzierenebeneinander + platzierenebeneinander umistivedlesebe plaatsonderelkaar: plaatsonderelkaar placeontopofeachother - platziereuntereinander + platziereuntereinander umistinadsebe stelblokkopjein: stelblokkopjein setupcaption - stellebildunterschriftein + stellebildunterschriftein nastavpopisek stelblokkopjesin: stelblokkopjesin setupcaptions - stellebilderunterschriftein + stellebilderunterschriftein nastavpopisky stelcombinatiesin: stelcombinatiesin setupcombinations - stellekombinationein + stellekombinationein nastavspojeni startoverlay: startoverlay startoverlay - startoverlay + startoverlay startprekryv stopoverlay: stopoverlay stopoverlay - stopoverlay + stopoverlay stopprekryv definieerregister: definieerregister defineregister - definiereregister + definiereregister definujrejstrik koppelregister: koppelregister coupleregister - verknuepfregister + verknuepfregister propojenyrejstrik stelregisterin: stelregisterin setupregister - stelleregisterein + stelleregisterein nastavrejstrik schrijfnaarregister: schrijfnaarregister writetoregister - schreibezumregister + schreibezumregister zapisdorejstriku plaatsregister: plaatsregister placeregister - platziereregister + platziereregister umistirejstrik bepaalregisterkenmerken: bepaalregisterkenmerken determineregistercharacteristics - bestimmeregistercharakteristika + bestimmeregistercharakteristika urcicharakteristikurejstriku definieersorteren: definieersorteren definesorting - definieresortieren + definieresortieren definujtrideni definieersynoniemen: definieersynoniemen definesynonyms - definieresynonyme + definieresynonyme definujsynonyma stelsorterenin: stelsorterenin setupsorting - stellesortierenein + stellesortierenein nastavtrideni stelsynoniemenin: stelsynoniemenin setupsynonyms - stellesynonymein + stellesynonymein nastavsynonyma startsynchronisatie: startsynchronisatie startsynchronization - startsynchronisation + startsynchronisation startsynchronizace stopsynchronisatie: stopsynchronisatie stopsynchronization - stopsynchronisation + stopsynchronisation stopsynchronizace stelsynchronisatiebalkin: stelsynchronisatiebalkin setupsynchronizationbar - stellesynchronisationsbalkenein + stellesynchronisationsbalkenein nastavsynchronizacnilistu stelsynchronisatiein: stelsynchronisatiein setupsynchronization - stellesynchronisationein + stellesynchronisationein nastavsynchronizaci synchronisatiebalk: synchronisatiebalk synchronizationbar - synchronisationsbalken + synchronisationsbalken synchronizacnilista synchroniseer: synchroniseer synchronize - synchronisieren + synchronisieren synchronizovat gebruikexterndocument: gebruikexterndocument useexternaldocument - verwendeexteresdokument + verwendeexteresdokument uzijexternidokument gebruikURL: gebruikURL useURL - verwendeURL + verwendeURL uzijURL gebruikurl: gebruikurl useurl - verwendeurl + verwendeurl uzijurl setupurl: stelurlin setupurl - stelleurlein + stelleurlein nastavurl coupledocument: koppeldocument coupledocument - verknuepfedokument + verknuepfedokument propojenydokument stelprogrammasin: stelprogrammasin setupprograms - stelleprogrammein + stelleprogrammein nastavprogramy definieerprogramma: definieerprogramma defineprogram - definiereprogramme + definiereprogramme definujprogram programma: programma program - programm + programm program stelpaginaovergangenin: stelpaginaovergangenin setuppagetransitions - stelleseitenuebergangein + stelleseitenuebergangein nastavprechodstrany definieerprofiel: definieerprofiel defineprofile - definiereprofil + definiereprofil definujprofil definieerversie: definieerversie defineversion - definiereversion + definiereversion definujverzi markeerversie: markeerversie markversion - beschrifteversion + beschrifteversion oznacverzi selecteerversie: selecteerversie selectversion - waehleversionaus + waehleversionaus vyberverzi startprofiel: startprofiel startprofile - startprofil + startprofil startprofil startversie: startversie startversion - startversion + startversion startverze stelprofielenin: stelprofielenin setupprofiles - stelleprofilein + stelleprofilein nastavprofily stelversiesin: stelversiesin setupversions - stelleversionein + stelleversionein nastavverze stopprofiel: stopprofiel stopprofile - stopprofil + stopprofil stopprofil stopversie: stopversie stopversion - stopversion + stopversion stopverze volgprofiel: volgprofiel followprofile - folgeprofil + folgeprofil dodrzujprofil volgprofielversie: volgprofielversie followprofileversion - folgeprofilversion + folgeprofilversion dodrzujverziprofilu volgversie: volgversie followversion - folgeversion + folgeversion dodrzujverzi doordefinieren: doordefinieren definedescription - definierebeschreibung + definierebeschreibung definujpopis doorlabelen: doorlabelen definelabel - definierelabel + definierelabel definujpopisek doornummeren: doornummeren defineenumeration - definierenummerierung + definierenummerierung definujvycet doorspringen: doorspringen defineindenting - definiereeinzug + definiereeinzug definujodsazovani steldoordefinierenin: steldoordefinierenin setupdescriptions - definierebeschreibungen + definierebeschreibungen nastavpopisy steldoornummerenin: steldoornummerenin setupenumerations - stellebeschreibungein + stellebeschreibungein nastavvycty steldoorspringenin: steldoorspringenin setupindentations - stelleeinzuegein + stelleeinzuegein nastavodsazovani steltabin: steltabin setuptab - stelletabein + stelletabein nastavtab tab: tab tab - tab + tab tab setupexternalfigures: stelexternefigurenin setupexternalfigures - stelleexterneabbildungenein + stelleexterneabbildungenein nastavexterniobrazy showexternalfigures: toonexternefiguren showexternalfigures - zeigeexterneabbildungen + zeigeexterneabbildungen ukazexterniobrazy externalfigure: externfiguur externalfigure - externeabbildung + externeabbildung externiobraz % showexternalfigure: toonexternfiguur showexternalfigure -% zeigeexterneabbildung +% zeigeexterneabbildung ukazexterniobrazy useexternalfigure: gebruikexternfiguur useexternalfigure - verwendeexterneabbildung + verwendeexterneabbildung uzijexterniobraz startfigure: startfiguur startfigure - startabbildung + startabbildung startobraz % stopfigure: stopfiguur stopfigure -% stopabbildung +% stopabbildung stopobraz referring: refereer referring - referieren + referieren odkazujici % marking: markeer marking -% beschriftung +% beschriftung oznacujici remark: toelichting remark - bemerkung + bemerkung poznamka colorbar: kleurenbalk colorbar - farbbalken + farbbalken barevnalista rooster: rooster grid - gitter + gitter mrizka button: button button - knopf + knopf tlacitko menubutton: menubutton menubutton - menueknopf + menueknopf tlacitkomenu stelbuttonsin: stelbuttonsin setupbuttons - stelleknopfein + stelleknopfein nastavtlacitka usereferences: gebruikreferenties usereferences - verwendereferenzen + verwendereferenzen uzijodkazy reflijst: reflijst reflist - refliste + refliste seznamodkazu stelreferentielijstin: stelreferentielijstin setupreferencelist - stellereferenzlisteein + stellereferenzlisteein nastavseznamodkazu setupreferencing: stelrefererenin setupreferencing - stellereferenzierenein + stellereferenzierenein nastavodkazovani textreference: tekstreferentie textreference - textreferenz + textreferenz odkaznatext pagereference: paginareferentie pagereference - seitenreferenz + seitenreferenz odkaznastranu reference: referentie reference - referenz + referenz odkaz definereference: definieerreferentie definereference - definierereferenz + definierereferenz definujodkaz useJSscripts: gebruikJSscripts useJSscripts - verwendeJSscript + verwendeJSscript uzijJSscripts uit: uit from - von + von z in: in in - in + in v op: op at - bei + bei v over: over about - euber + euber o naar: naar goto - zu + zu jdina atpage: oppagina atpage - atpage % TOBIAS + aufseite nastrane somewhere: ergens somewhere - irgendwo + irgendwo nekde ref: ref ref - ref + ref odkaz naarbox: naarbox gotobox - zurbox + zurbox jdinabox naarpagina: naarpagina gotopage - zurseite % - old but forgotten + zurseite jdinastranu +% zurseite % - old but forgotten % startformule: startformule startformula -% startformel +% startformel startrovnice % stopformule: stopformule stopformula -% stopformel +% stopformel stoprovnice plaatsformule: plaatsformule placeformula - platziereformel + platziereformel umistirovnici plaatssubformule: plaatssubformule placesubformula - platziereunterformel + platziereunterformel umistipodrovnici stelformulesin: stelformulesin setupformulae - stelleformelnein + stelleformelnein nastavrovnice % startgegeven: startgegeven startfact -% startgegeben +% startgegeben startfakt % stopgegeven: stopgegeven stopfact -% stopgegeben +% stopgegeben stopfakt % startlegenda: startlegenda startlegend -% startlegende +% startlegende startlegenda % stoplegenda: stoplegenda stoplegend -% stoplegende +% stoplegende stoplegenda leg: leg leg - leg + leg leg geg: geg fact - geg + geg fakt mathematics: wiskunde mathematics - mathematik + mathematik matematika dimension: dimensie dimension - dimension + dimension rozmer nodimension: geendimensie nodimension - keindimension + keindimension zadnyrozmer startomgeving: startomgeving startenvironment - startumgebung + startumgebung startprostredi stopomgeving: stopomgeving stopenvironment - stopumgebung + stopumgebung stopprostredi startdeelomgeving: startdeelomgeving startlocalenvironment - startlokaleumgebung + startlokaleumgebung startlokalnihoprostredi startonderdeel: startonderdeel startcomponent - startkomponente + startkomponente startkomponenta stoponderdeel: stoponderdeel stopcomponent - stopkomponente + stopkomponente stopkomponenta startprodukt: startprodukt startproduct - startprodukt + startprodukt startprodukt stopprodukt: stopprodukt stopproduct - stopprodukt + stopprodukt stopprodukt startproject: startproject startproject - startprojekt + startprojekt startprojekt stopproject: stopproject stopproject - stopprojekt + stopprojekt stopprojekt setups: instellingen setups - einstellungen + einstellungen nastaveni project: project project - projekt + projekt projekt onderdeel: onderdeel component - komponente + komponente komponenta produkt: produkt product - produkt + produkt produkt omgeving: omgeving environment - umgebung + umgebung prostredi geenfilesmeer: geenfilesmeer nomorefiles - keinedateienmehr + keinedateienmehr zadnedalsisoubory haalbuffer: haalbuffer getbuffer - holepuffer + holepuffer ziskejbuffer % startbuffer: startbuffer startbuffer -% startbuffer +% startbuffer startbuffer % stopbuffer: stopbuffer stopbuffer -% stopbuffer +% stopbuffer stopbuffer stelbufferin: stelbufferin setupbuffer - stellepufferein + stellepufferein nastavbuffer typebuffer: typebuffer typebuffer - tippepuffer + tippepuffer typebuffer definieerbuffer: definieerbuffer definebuffer - definierepuffer % TOBIAS + definierepuffer definujbuffer betekenis: betekenis unitmeaning - bedeutung + bedeutung vyznam voluit: voluit infull - volleswort + volleswort plnezneni citaat: citaat quotation - zitat + zitat citace citeer: citeer quote - zitieren + zitieren citovat startcitaat: startcitaat startquotation - startzitat + startzitat startcitace stopcitaat: stopcitaat stopquotation - stopzitat + stopzitat stopcitace stelciterenin: stelciterenin setupquote - stellezitierenein + stellezitierenein nastavcitaci definieer: definieer define - definieren + definieren definuj herhaal: herhaal redo - wiederholen + wiederholen opakovat gebruikcommandos: gebruikcommandos usecommands - verwendebefehl + verwendebefehl uzijprikazy definieerstartstop: definieerstartstop definestartstop - definierestartstop + definierestartstop definujstartstop startlocal: startlokaal startlocal - startlokal + startlokal startlokalni stoplocal: stoplokaal stoplocal - stoplokal + stoplokal stoplokalni startglobal: startglobaal startglobal - startglobal + startglobal startglobalni stopglobal: stopglobaal stopglobal - stopglobal + stopglobal stopglobalni naam: naam name - name + name jmeno definieeropmaak: definieeropmaak definemakeup - definiereumbruch + definiereumbruch definujupravu stelopmaakin: stelopmaakin setupmakeup - stelleumbruchein + stelleumbruchein nastavupravu startopmaak: startopmaak startmakeup - startumbruch + startumbruch startuprava stopopmaak: stopopmaak stopmakeup - stopumbruch + stopumbruch stopuprava gebruikexternefile: gebruikexternefile useexternalfile - verwendeexternedatei + verwendeexternedatei uzijexternisoubor gebruikexternefiles: gebruikexternefiles useexternalfiles - verwendeexternedateien + verwendeexternedateien uzijexternisoubory kenmerk: kenmerk referral - verweis + verweis odkaz kenmerkdatum: kenmerkdatum referraldate - verweisdatum + verweisdatum odkaznadatum hoog: hoog high - hoch + hoch vysoky laho: laho lohi - hoti + hoti nivy laag: laag low - tief + tief nizky % startuitstellen: startuitstellen startpostponing -% startverschieben +% startverschieben startodsunuti % stopuitstellen: stopuitstellen stoppostponing -% stopverschieben +% stopverschieben stopodsunuti % startverbergen: startverbergen starthiding -% startverbergen +% startverbergen startukryti % stopverbergen: stopverbergen stophiding -% stopverbergen +% stopverbergen stopukryti breuk: breuk fraction - bruch + bruch zlomek chem: chem chem - chem + chem chem startnaast: startnaast startopposite - startgegenueber + startgegenueber startprotejsek stopnaast: stopnaast stopopposite - stopgegenueber + stopgegenueber stopprotejsek stelnaastplaatsenin: stelnaastplaatsenin setupoppositeplacing - stellegegenueberplatzierenein + stellegegenueberplatzierenein nastavumisteniprotejsku startpositioneren: startpositioneren startpositioning - startpositionieren + startpositionieren startumistovani stoppositioneren: stoppositioneren stoppositioning - stoppositionieren + stoppositionieren stopumistovani positioneer: positioneer position - position + position pozice stelpositionerenin: stelpositionerenin setuppositioning - stellepositionierenein + stellepositionierenein nastavumistovani roteer: roteer rotate - drehen + drehen otocit stelroterenin: stelroterenin setuprotate - stelledrehenein + stelledrehenein nastavotoceni spiegel: spiegel mirror - spiegeln + spiegeln zrcadlit schaal: schaal scale - format + format meritko stelnummerenin: stelnummerenin setupnumbering - stellenummerierungein + stellenummerierungein nastavcislovani reset: reset reset - ruecksetzten + ruecksetzten reset stelpublicatiesin: stelpublicatiesin setuppublications - stellepublikationein + stellepublikationein nastavpublikace publicatie: publicatie publication - publikation + publikation publikace definieerhbox: definieerhbox definehbox - definierehbox + definierehbox definujhbox toevoegen: toevoegen adding - zusatz + zusatz scitani punten: punten periods - punkt + punkt tecky stelkoppeltekenin: stelkoppeltekenin setuphyphenmark - stellebindestrichein + stellebindestrichein nastavdelitko stelinterliniein: stelinterliniein setupinterlinespace - stellezeilenabstandein + stellezeilenabstandein nastavmeziradkovoumezeru stelspatieringin: stelspatieringin setupspacing - stellespatiumein + stellespatiumein nastavradkovani steltolerantiein: steltolerantiein setuptolerance - stelletoleranzein + stelletoleranzein nastavtoleranci setupsystem: stelsysteemin setupsystem - stellesystemein + stellesystemein nastavsystem usepath: gebruikgebied usepath - usepath % TOBIAS + benutzepfad uzijcestu definieeralineas: definieeralineas defineparagraphs - definiereabsaetze + definiereabsaetze definujodstavce stelalineasin: stelalineasin setupparagraphs - stelleabsaetzeein + stelleabsaetzeein nastavodstavce geentest: geentest donttest - keintest + keintest zadnytest stelcommentaarin: stelcommentaarin setupcomment - stellekommentarein + stellekommentarein nastavkomentar commentaar: commentaar comment - kommentar + kommentar komentar definefield: definieerveld definefield - definierefeld + definierefeld definujpole definemainfield: definieerhoofdveld definemainfield - definemainfield % TOBIAS + definierehauptfeld definujhlavnipole definesubfield: definieersubveld definesubfield - definieresubfeld + definieresubfeld definujpodpole clonefield: kloonveld clonefield - klonierefeld + klonierefeld klonujpole copyfield: copieerveld copyfield - kopierefeld + kopierefeld kopirujpole setupfield: stelveldin setupfield - stellefeldein + stellefeldein nastavpole setupfields: stelveldenin setupfields - stellefelderin + stellefelderin nastavvsechnapole field: veld field - feld + feld pole fitfield: passendveld fitfield - passendfeld + passendfeld prizpusobivepole % or vhodnepole ? logfields: registreervelden logfields - registrierefelder + registrierefelder zaznamovepole showfields: toonvelden showfields - zeigefelder + zeigefelder ukazpole tooltip: suggestie tooltip - tooltip + tooltip bublinkovanapoveda fillinfield: invulveld fillinfield - ausfuellfeld + ausfuellfeld vyplnovepole % or vyplnenepole ? definefieldstack: definieerveldstapel definefieldstack - definierefeldstapel + definierefeldstapel definujzasobnikpoli fieldstack: veldstapel fieldstack - feldstapel + feldstapel zasobnikpoli + + setupclipping: stelclipin setupclipping + stelleausschnittein setupclipping % TOM + clip: clip clip + ausschnitt clip % TOM + + placelegend: plaatslegenda placelegend + platzierelegende placelegend % TOM + setuplegend: stellegendain setuplegend + stellelegendeein setuplegend % TOM + + setuppagecomment: stelpaginacommentaarin setuppagecomment + setuppagecomment setuppagecomment % TOBIAS % TOM \stopcommands @@ -1266,78 +1283,78 @@ %D \startcompressdefinitions \startcommands dutch english - german + german czech bovenhoogte: bovenhoogte topheight - hoeheoben + hoeheoben vyskahorejsku bovenafstand: bovenafstand topdistance - abstandoben + abstandoben vzdalenosthorejsku hoofdhoogte: hoofdhoogte headerheight - kopfzeilenhoehe + kopfzeilenhoehe vyskazahlavi hoofdafstand: hoofdafstand headerdistance - kopfzeilenabstand + kopfzeilenabstand vzdalenostzahlavi teksthoogte: teksthoogte textheight - texthoehe + texthoehe vyskatextu voetafstand: voetafstand footerdistance - fusszeileabstand + fusszeileabstand vzdalenostupati voethoogte: voethoogte footerheight - fusszeilenhoehe + fusszeilenhoehe vyskaupati onderafstand: onderafstand bottomdistance - abstandunten + abstandunten vzdalenostspodku onderhoogte: onderhoogte bottomheight - hoeheunten + hoeheunten vyskaspodku margebreedte: margebreedte marginwidth - marginalbreite + marginalbreite sirkamarginalie linkermargebreedte: linkermargebreedte leftmarginwidth - linkemarginalbreite + linkemarginalbreite sirkalevemarginalie rechtermargebreedte: rechtermargebreedte rightmarginwidth - rechtemarginalbreite + rechtemarginalbreite sirkapravemarginalie margeafstand: margeafstand margindistance - marginalafstand + marginalafstand vzdalenostmarginalie linkermargeafstand: linkermargeafstand leftmargindistance - linkemarginalafstand + linkemarginalafstand vzdalenostlevemarginalie rechtermargeafstand: rechtermargeafstand rightmargindistance - rechtemarginalafstand + rechtemarginalafstand vzdalenostpravemarginalie randbreedte: randbreedte edgewidth - randbreite + randbreite sirkaokraje linkerrandbreedte: linkerrandbreedte leftedgewidth - breitelinkerrand + breitelinkerrand sirkalevehookraje rechterrandbreedte: rechterrandbreedte rightedgewidth - breiterechterrand + breiterechterrand sirkapravehookraje randafstand: randafstand edgedistance - randabstand + randabstand vzdalenostokraje linkerrandafstand: linkerrandafstand leftedgedistance - abstandlinkerrand + abstandlinkerrand vzdalenostlevehookraje rechterrandafstand: rechterrandafstand rightedgedistance - abstandrechterrand + abstandrechterrand vzdalenostpravehookraje tekstbreedte: tekstbreedte textwidth - textbreite + textbreite sirkatextu zetbreedte: zetbreedte makeupwidth - satzbreite + satzbreite sirkasazby zethoogte: zethoogte makeupheight - satzhoehe + satzhoehe vyskasazby kopwit: kopwit topspace - kopfweite + kopfweite hornimezera rugwit: rugwit backspace - rumpfweite + rumpfweite spodnimezera papierbreedte: papierbreedte paperwidth - papierbreite + papierbreite sirkapapiru papierhoogte: papierhoogte paperheight - papierhoehe + papierhoehe vyskapapiru printpapierbreedte: printpapierbreedte printpaperwidth - printpapierbreite + printpapierbreite sirkatiskpapiru printpapierhoogte: printpapierhoogte printpaperheight - printpapierhoehe + printpapierhoehe vyskatiskpapiru kopniveau: kopniveau headlevel - kopfniveau + kopfniveau hlavniuroven linewidth: lijndikte linethickness - liniendicke + liniendicke tloustkacary totaalaantalpaginas: totaalaantalpaginas totalnumberofpages - gesamtseitenanzahl + gesamtseitenanzahl celkovypocetstran \stopcommands @@ -1350,34 +1367,34 @@ %D \startcompressdefinitions \startcommands dutch english - german + german czech startdocument: startdocument startdocument - startdokument + startdokument startdokument stopdocument: stopdocument stopdocument - stopdokument + stopdokument stopdokument startoverzicht: startoverzicht startoverview - startueberblick + startueberblick startprehled stopoverzicht: stopoverzicht stopoverview - stopueberblick + stopueberblick stopprehled stelbrievenin: stelbrievenin setupcorrespondence - stellekorrespondenzein + stellekorrespondenzein nastavkorespondenci brieven: brieven letters - briefe + briefe dopisy brief: brief letter - brief + brief dopis label: label label - label + label poppisek sheet: sheet sheet - blatt + blatt list stelstickersin: stelstickersin setupstickers - stellestickerein + stellestickerein nastavetikety stelsheetsin: stelsheetsin setupsheets - stelleblattein + stelleblattein nastavlisty labels: labels labels - labels + labels popisky woonplaats: woonplaats domicile - wohnort + wohnort bydliste \stopcommands diff --git a/tex/context/base/mult-con.tex b/tex/context/base/mult-con.tex index aaf2f0683..03b370db8 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/mult-con.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/mult-con.tex @@ -8,11 +8,14 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. %D In this rather large definition file we are going to tell %D \CONTEXT\ which constants, variables and elements we use. +%D +%D The German translations were provided by Tobias Burnus, +%D and the Czech ones by Tom Hudec. \writestatus{loading}{Context Multilingual Macros / Constants} @@ -23,13 +26,13 @@ %D \startcompressdefinitions -\startvariables dutch english german +\startvariables dutch english german czech - een: een one eins - twee: twee two zwei - drie: drie three drei - vier: vier four vier - vijf: vijf five fuenf + een: een one eins jedna + twee: twee two zwei dve + drie: drie three drei tri + vier: vier four vier ctyri + vijf: vijf five fuenf pet \stopvariables @@ -39,42 +42,42 @@ %D \startcompressdefinitions -\startvariables dutch english german +\startvariables dutch english german czech - sunday: zondag sunday sonntag - monday: maandag monday montag - tuesday: dinsdag tuesday dienstag - wednesday: woensdag wednesday mittwoch - thursday: donderdag thursday donnerstag - friday: vrijdag friday freitag - saturday: zaterdag saturday samstag + sunday: zondag sunday sonntag nedele + monday: maandag monday montag pondeli + tuesday: dinsdag tuesday dienstag utery + wednesday: woensdag wednesday mittwoch streda + thursday: donderdag thursday donnerstag ctvrtek + friday: vrijdag friday freitag patek + saturday: zaterdag saturday samstag sobota \stopvariables -\startvariables dutch english german - - january: januari January Januar - february: februari February Februar - march: maart March Maerz - april: april April April - may: mei May Mai - june: juni June Juni - july: juli July Juli - august: augustus August August - september: september September September - october: oktober October Oktober - november: november November November - december: december December Dezember +\startvariables dutch english german czech + + january: januari January Januar leden + february: februari February Februar unor + march: maart March Maerz brezen + april: april April April duben + may: mei May Mai kveten + june: juni June Juni cerven + july: juli July Juli cervenec + august: augustus August August srpen + september: september September September zari + october: oktober October Oktober rijen + november: november November November listopad + december: december December Dezember prosinec \stopvariables %D Next we introduce some general label bound variables: -\startvariables dutch english german +\startvariables dutch english german czech - oppagina: oppagina atpage aufseite - hierboven: hierboven hencefore vorher - hieronder: hieronder hereafter nachher + oppagina: oppagina atpage aufseite nastrane + hierboven: hierboven hencefore vorher vyse + hieronder: hieronder hereafter nachher nize \stopvariables @@ -87,37 +90,62 @@ %D \startcompressdefinitions \startvariables dutch english german + czech sectionlevel: sectie section abschnitt + oddil deel: deel part teil + cast hoofdstuk: hoofdstuk chapter kapitel + kapitola onderwerp: onderwerp subject thema + tema paragraaf: paragraaf section absatz + sekce titel: titel title titel + titul + + margetitel: margetitel margintitle marginaltitel + margetitel % TOM inhoud: inhoud content inhalt + obsah inhouden: inhouden contents inhalte + obsah bijlage: bijlage appendix anhang + dodatek bijlagen: bijlagen appendices anhaenge + dodatky hoofdtekst: hoofdtekst bodypart haupttext + hlavnicast hoofdteksten: hoofdteksten bodymatter haupttexte + hlavnicasti inleiding: inleiding frontpart einleitung + prednicast inleidingen: inleidingen frontmatter einleitungen + prednicasti uitleiding: uitleiding backpart epilog + epilog uitleidingen: uitleidingen backmatter epiloge + epilogy voetnoot: voetnoot footnote fussnote + poznamkapodcarou systeem: systeem system systeme + system \stopvariables \startvariables dutch english german + czech typen: typen typing tippen + typing file: file file datei + soubor \stopvariables @@ -130,33 +158,55 @@ %D \startcompressdefinitions \startvariables dutch english german + czech formule: formule formula formel + rovnice formules: formules formulae formeln + rovnice figuur: figuur figure abbildung + obrazek figuren: figuren figures abbildungen + obrazky tabel: tabel table tabelle + tabulka tabellen: tabellen tables tabellen + tabulky grafiek: grafiek graphic grafik + graf grafieken: grafieken graphics grafiken + grafy intermezzo: intermezzo intermezzo intermezzo + intermezzo intermezzos: intermezzos intermezzi intermezzi + intermezzi index: index index index + rejstrik indices: indices indices indizies + rejstriky afkorting: afkorting abbreviation abkuerzung + zkratka afkortingen: afkortingen abbreviations abkuerzungen + zkratky logo: logo logo logo + logo logos: logos logos logos + loga eenheid: eenheid unit einheit + jednotka eenheden: eenheden units einheiten + jednotky regel: regel line zeile + radek regels: regels lines zeilen + radky framedtext: kadertekst framedtext umrahmtertext + oramovanytext \stopvariables @@ -170,298 +220,609 @@ %D \startcompressdefinitions \startconstants dutch english german + czech leftquotation: linkercitaat leftquotation linkerzitat + citacevlevo rightquotation: rechtercitaat rightquotation rechterzitat + citacevpravo leftquote: linkerciteer leftquote linkerzitieren + citovatvlevo rightquote: rechterciteer rightquote rechterzitieren + citovatvpravo leftsentence: linkerzin leftsentence linkersatz + vetavlevo rightsentence: rechterzin rightsentence rechtersatz + vetavpravo leftsubsentence: linkersubzin leftsubsentence linkersubsatz + podvetavlevo rightsubsentence: rechtersubzin rightsubsentence rechtersubsatz + podvetavpravo datum: datum date datum + datum voorwit: voorwit spacebefore vorspatium + mezerapred nawit: nawit spaceafter nachspatium + mezeraza zijvoorwit: zijvoorwit sidespacebefore nebenvorspatium + bocnimezerapred zijnawit: zijnawit sidespaceafter nebennachspatium + bocnimezeraza aan: aan to zu + na aanduiding: aanduiding indicator indikator + indikator achtergrond: achtergrond background hintergrund + pozadi achtergronddiepte: achtergronddiepte backgrounddepth hintergrundtiefe + hloubkapozadi achtergrondhoek: achtergrondhoek backgroundcorner hintergrundwinkel + rohpozadi achtergrondkleur: achtergrondkleur backgroundcolor hintergrundfarbe + barvapozadi achtergrondoffset: achtergrondoffset backgroundoffset hintergrundoffset + offsetpozadi achtergrondraster: achtergrondraster backgroundscreen hintergrundraster + rastrpozadi achtergrondstraal: achtergrondstraal backgroundradius hintergrundradius + polomerpozadi adres: adres address adresse + adresa afsluiter: afsluiter stopper abschnitttrenner + predel afstand: afstand distance abstand + vzdalenost assenstelsel: assenstelsel axis achsen + osa auteur: auteur author autor + autor balanceren: balanceren balance ausgleichen + rovnovaha bfactor: bfactor wfactor bfaktor + sfaktor binnen: binnen inner innen + vnitrni blanko: blanko blank blanko + prazdny blokkade: blokkade obstruction gesperrt + prekazka blokwijze: blokwijze blockway blockauf + dobloku boven: boven top oben + vrsek bovenafstand: bovenafstand topdistance obenabstand + vzdalenostvrsku bovenkader: bovenkader topframe obenrahmen + vrchniramecek bovenoffset: bovenoffset topoffset obenoffset + offsetvrsku bovenstatus: bovenstatus topstate statusoben + statusvrsku breedte: breedte width breite - maxbreedte: maxbreedte maxwidth maxbreite + sirka + maxbreedte: maxbreedte maxwidth maxbreite + maxsirka bron: bron source quelle + zdroj commando: commando command befehl + prikaz commandos: commandos commands befehle + prikazy contrastkleur: contrastkleur contrastcolor kontrastfarbe + kontrastnibarva conversie: conversie conversion konversion + konverze criterium: criterium criterium kriterium + kriterium datum: datum date datum - default: default default norm + datum + default: default default default + implicitni diepte: diepte depth tiefe + hloubka dieptecorrectie: dieptecorrectie depthcorrection tiefekorrektur + korekcehloubky dikte: dikte thickness dicke + tloustka doorgaan: doorgaan continue fortsetzen + pokracovat dubbelzijdig: dubbelzijdig doublesided doppelseitig + dvoustranny dummy: dummy dummy dummy + dummy eenheid: eenheid unit einheit + jednotka eigennummer: eigennummer ownnumber eigenenummer + vlastnicislo evenmarge: evenmarge evenmargin geraderand + sudamarginalie expansie: expansie expansion expansion + expanzen factor: factor factor faktor + faktor + converteerfile: converteerfile convertfile konvertieredatei + converteerfile % TOM file: file file datei + soubor formaat: formaat size groesse - autofocus: autofocus autofocus autofocus - focus: focus focus focus + velikost + autofocus: autofocus autofocus autofocus + autoostreni + focus: focus focus focus + zaostreni gebied: gebied directory verzeichnis + adresar grid: grid grid gritter - groot: groot big gross + mrizka + groot: groot big gross velky haal: haal get hole + ziskat hang: hang hang haengend + viset + herhaal: herhaal repeat wiederholen + opakovat hfactor: hfactor hfactor hfaktor + vfaktor hoek: hoek corner winkel + roh hoffset: hoffset hoffset hoffset + hoffset hokjes: hokjes frames umrahmen + ramecky hoofd: hoofd header kopfzeile + zahlavi hoofdafstand: hoofdafstand headerdistance kopfzeilenabstand + vzdalenostzahlavi hoofdstatus: hoofdstatus headerstate kopfzeilenstatus + statuszahlavi hoogte: hoogte height hoehe + vyska maxhoogte: maxhoogte maxheight maxhoehe + maxvyska huidige: huidige current aktuell + aktualni in: in in in + v inspringen: inspringen indenting einziehen + odsazovani interactie: interactie interaction interaktion + interakce interlinie: interlinie interlinespace zeilenabstande + meziradkovamezera items: items items posten + polozky kader: kader frame rahmen + ramecek kaderdiepte: kaderdiepte framedepth rahmentiefe + hloubkaramecku kaderhoek: kaderhoek framecorner rahmenwinkel + rohramecku kaderkleur: kaderkleur framecolor rahmenfarbe + barvaramecku kaderoffset: kaderoffset frameoffset rahmenoffset + offsetramecku kaderstraal: kaderstraal frameradius rahmenradius + polomerramecku kantlijn: kantlijn marginedge marginalkante + textovahrana kantlijntekst: kantlijntekst marginedgetext marginalkantetext + textmarginalnihookraje klein: klein small klein + male kleur: kleur color farbe + barva kolom: kolom column spalte + sloupec kolomafstand: kolomafstand columndistance spaltenabstand + vzdalenostsloupcu kopkleur: kopkleur headcolor kopffarbe + barvahlavy kopletter: kopletter headstyle kopfstil + stylhlavy kopna: kopna afterhead nachkopf + pohlave kopoffset: kopoffset veroffset kopfoffset + offsethlavy koppeling: koppeling coupling verknuepfung + propojeni + koppelwijze: koppelwijze couplingway verkopplungsart + zpusobpropojeni kopvoor: kopvoor beforehead vorkopf + predhlavou kopwit: kopwit topspace kopfspatium + svrchnimezera korps: korps bodyfont fliesstext + zakladnifont label: label label label + popisek leeg: leeg empty leer + prazdne letter: letter style stil + pismeno lijn: lijn rule linie + linka lijndikte: lijndikte rulethickness liniendicke + tloustkalinky lijnkleur: lijnkleur rulecolor linienfarbe + barvalinky lijst: lijst list liste + seznam linkerbreedte: linkerbreedte leftwidth linkerbreite + sirkavlevo linkerkader: linkerkader leftframe linkerrahmen + ramecekvlevo linkerkleur: linkerkleur leftcolor linkerfarbe + barvavlevo linkerletter: linkerletter leftstyle linkerstil + stylvlevo linkermarge: linkermarge leftmargin linkerrand + levyokraj linkermargeafstand: linkermargeafstand leftmargindistance linkerrandabstand + vzdalenostlevehookraje linkeroffset: linkeroffset leftoffset linkeroffset + levyoffset linkerrand: linkerrand leftedge linkekante + levahrana linkerrandafstand: linkerrandafstand leftedgedistance linkerkantenabstand + vzdalenostlevehrany linkertekst: linkertekst lefttext linkertext + textvlevo links: links left links + vlevo logo: logo logo logo + logo logos: logos logos logos + loga lokaal: lokaal local lokal + lokalni marge: marge margin marginalie + marginalie margeafstand: margeafstand margindistance marginalabstand + vzdalenostokraje margetekst: margetekst margintext marginaltext + margetekst % TOM: must be unique markering: markering marking beschriftung + znaceni markleur: markleur marcolor beschrfarbe + barvaznacky marletter: marletter marstyle beschrstil + stylsnacky menu: menu menu menue + menu methode: methode method methode + metoda midden: midden middle mittig + stredni middentekst: middentekst middletext mittigertext + strednitext min: min min min + min monster: monster sample muster + vzor na: na after nach + po naam: naam name name + jmeno nacommando: nacommando commandafter zumbefehl + prikazpo nboven: nboven ntop noben + nvrsek niveau: niveau level niveau + uroven niveaus: niveaus levels niveaus + urovne nonder: nonder nbottom nunten + nspodek norm: norm norm norm + norm nregels: nregels nlines zzeile + nradky nummer: nummer number nummer + cislo nummercommando: nummercommando numbercommand nummerbefehl + ciselnyprikaz nummeren: nummeren numbering nummerierung + cislovani nummerkleur: nummerkleur numbercolor nummernfarbe + barvacisla nummerletter: nummerletter numberstyle nummernstil + stylcisla nummerscheider: nummerscheider numberseparator nummernseperator + oddelovaccisla object: object object objekt + objekt offset: offset offset offset + offset onder: onder bottom unten + spodek onderafstand: onderafstand bottomdistance abstandunten + vzdalenostspodku onderkader: onderkader bottomframe untenrahmen + ramecekspodku onderoffset: onderoffset bottomoffset untenoffset + offsetspodku onderstatus: onderstatus bottomstate untenstatus + statusspodku onevenmarge: onevenmarge oddmargin ungeraderand + lichyokraj op: op at bei + op % TOM: not 'na', since that's already taken by aan: optie: optie option option + volba pagina: pagina page seite + strana paginacommando: paginacommando pagecommand seitenbefehl + strankovyprikaz paginakleur: paginakleur pagecolor seitenfarbe + barvastrany paginaletter: paginaletter pagestyle seitenstil + stylstrany paginanummer: paginanummer pagenumber seitennummer + cislostrany paginaovergangen: paginaovergangen pageboundaries seitenbegrenzung + hranicestrany palet: palet palet palette + paleta papier: papier paper papier + papir plaats: plaats location platz + misto plaatsafsluiter: plaatsafsluiter placestopper setzetrenner + predelmista plaatsen: plaatsen place platziere + plaatsen % TOM: must be unique, 'to place' or 'place it' plaatskop: plaatskop placehead setzekopf + hlavamista prefix: prefix prefix prefix + prefix preset: preset preset voreinstellung - preview: preview preview preview + prednastaveni + preview: preview preview vorschau + nahled punt: punt dot punkt - pijl: pijl arrow arrow % TOBIAS + tecka + pijl: pijl arrow pfeil + sipka rand: rand edge kante + hrana randafstand: randafstand edgedistance kantenabstand + vzdalenosthrany raster: raster screen raster + rastr rechterbreedte: rechterbreedte rightwidth rechterbreite + sirkavpravo rechterkader: rechterkader rightframe rechterrahmen + ramecekvpravo rechterkleur: rechterkleur rightcolor rechterfarbe + barvavpravo rechterletter: rechterletter rightstyle rechterstil + stylvpravo rechtermarge: rechtermarge rightmargin rechterrand + pravyokraj rechtermargeafstand: rechtermargeafstand rightmargindistance rechterrandabstand + vzdalenostpravehookraje rechteroffset: rechteroffset rightoffset rechterabstand + pravyoffset rechterrand: rechterrand rightedge rechtekante + pravahrana rechterrandafstand: rechterrandafstand rightedgedistance rechterkantenabstand + vzdalenostpravehrany rechtertekst: rechtertekst righttext rechtertext + textvpravo rechts: rechts right rechts + vpravo reductie: reductie reduction reduktion + redukce refereren: refereren referencing referieren + odkazujici regel: regel line zeile + radek regelcorrectie: regelcorrectie linecorrection zeilekorrektur + korekceradku regels: regels lines zeilen + radky resolutie: resolutie resolution aufloesung + rozliseni rotatie: rotatie rotation rotation + rotace rugoffset: rugoffset horoffset rumpfabstand + horoffset rugwit: rugwit backspace rumpfspatium + zpetnamezera + richting: richting direction richtung + richting % TOM schaal: schaal scale format + meritko scheider: scheider separator seperator + oddelovac scherm: scherm display bildschirm + obrazovka scope: scope scope bereich + rozsah sectie: sectie section abschnitt + oddil sectienummer: sectienummer sectionnumber abschnittsnummer + cislooddilu soort: soort family familie + rodina spatie: spatie space spatium + mezera spatiering: spatiering spacing spatiumausgleich + mezerovani springvolgendein: springvolgendein indentnext ziehefolgendeein + odsadpristi stap: stap step schritt + krok start: start start start + start status: status state status + status stop: stop stop stop + stop straal: straal radius radius - streep: streep dash dash % TOBIAS + polomer + streep: streep dash strich + pomlcka sub: sub sub unter + pod subtitel: subtitel subtitle untertitel + podtitulek symbool: symbool symbol symbol - symboolset: symboolset symbolset symbolset + symbol + symboolset: symboolset symbolset symbolset + sadasymbolu symkleur: symkleur symcolor symfarbe + barvasymbolu symletter: symletter symstyle symstil + stylsymboly synoniem: synoniem synonym synonym + synonymum synoniemkleur: synoniemkleur synonymcolor synonymfarbe - synoniemletter: synoniemletter synonymstyle synonymstil + barvasynonyma + synoniemletter: synoniemletter synonymstyle synonymstil stylsynonyma tab: tab tab tab + tab teken: teken sign zeichen + znak tekst: tekst text text + text tekstcommando: tekstcommando textcommand textbefehl + textovyprikaz tekstformaat: tekstformaat textsize textgroesse + velikosttextu tekstkleur: tekstkleur textcolor textfarbe + barvatextu tekstletter: tekstletter textstyle textstil + styltextu tekstscheider: tekstscheider textseparator textseparator + oddelovactextu tekststatus: tekststatus textstate textstatus + statustextu titel: titel title titel + titul titeluitlijnen: titeluitlijnen aligntitle titelausrichten + zarovnejtitul tolerantie: tolerantie tolerance toleranz + tolerance tussen: tussen inbetween zwischen + mezi type: type type typ + type uitlijnen: uitlijnen align ausrichtung + zarovnani urlspatie: urlspatie urlspace urlspatium + prostorurl urlvariant: urlvariant urlalternative urlalternative + urlalternativa van: van from von + z variant: variant alternative alternative + alternativa verhoog: verhoog increment erhoehen + zvysit verhoognummer: verhoognummer incrementnumber nummererhoehen + zvysujicicislo verwijzing: verwijzing reference referenz + odkaz onbekendeverwijzing: onbekendeverwijzing unknownreference unbekantereferenz + neznamyodkaz voet: voet footer fusszeile + upati voetafstand: voetafstand footerdistance fusszeilenabstand + vzdalenostupati voetstatus: voetstatus footerstate fusszeilenstatus + statusupati voffset: voffset voffset voffset + voffset volgende: volgende next folgende + dalsi voor: voor before vor + pred voorcommando: voorcommando commandbefore vorbefehl + predchoziprikaz vorige: vorige previous vorige + predchozi vorigenummer: vorigenummer previousnumber vorigenummer + predchozicislo + wachttijd: wachttijd delay wartezeit + wachttijd % TOM wijze: wijze way art + zpusob + willekeur: willekeur random zufaellig + willekeur % TOM wit: wit white weiss + bily xfactor: xfactor xfactor xfaktor + xfaktor xmax: xmax xmax xmax + xmax xoffset: xoffset xoffset xoffset + xoffset xschaal: xschaal xscale xformat + xmeritko xstap: xstap xstep xschritt + xkrok yfactor: yfactor yfactor yfaktor + yfaktor ymax: ymax ymax ymax + ymax yoffset: yoffset yoffset yoffset + yoffset yschaal: yschaal yscale yformat + ymeritko ystap: ystap ystep yschritt + ykrok zelfdepagina: zelfdepagina samepage selbeseite + stejnastrana zij: zij side objektabstand + zij % TOM: was strana must be unique, see pagina: veldachtergrondkleur: veldachtergrondkleur fieldbackgroundcolor feldhintergrundfarbe + barvapozadipole veldkaderkleur: veldkaderkleur fieldframecolor feldrahmenfarbe + barvarameckupole veldoffset: veldoffset fieldoffset feldoffset + offsetpole - openactie: openactie openaction oeffenaktion + openactie: openactie openaction oeffenaktion + otevriakci sluitactie: sluitactie closeaction schliessenaktion + zavriakci + + openpaginaactie: openpaginaactie openpageaction openpageaction + openpageaction % TOBIAS % TOM + sluitpaginaactie: sluitpaginaactie closepageaction closepageaction + closepageaction % TOBIAS % TOM klikin: klikin clickin klickin + klikuvnitr klikuit: klikuit clickout klickaus + klikvne gebiedin: gebiedin regionin regionin + oblastuvnitr gebieduit: gebieduit regionout regionaus + oblastvne natoets: natoets afterkey nachtaste + klavesapo formatteer: formatteer format formatieren + formatovat valideer: valideer validate validieren + validovat bereken: bereken calculate berechnen + pocitat + + klik: klik click klick + klik % TOM + + vcommando: vcommando vcommand vbefehl + vcommando % TOM + icommando: icommando icommand ibefehl + icommando % TOM + ccommando: ccommando ccommand cbefehl + ccommando % TOM \stopconstants @@ -474,230 +835,480 @@ veldachtergrondkleur: veldachtergrondkleur fieldbackgroundcolor feldhintergrund %D \startcompressdefinitions \startvariables dutch english german + czech aan: aan on an + na aanelkaar: aanelkaar serried kleinerabstand + semknuto aansluitend: aansluitend joinedup keinabstand + spojeno absoluut: absoluut absolute absolut + absolutni achtergrond: achtergrond background hintergrund + pozadi achteruit: achteruit backward rueckwaerts + zpet actie: actie action aktion + akce afsluiter: afsluiter stopper trenner + predel + alinea: alinea paragraph absaetze + odstavce % TOBIAS % TOM -> singular alles: alles all alles + vse altijd: altijd always immer + vzdy autointro: autointro autointro autointro + autouvod beide: beide both beide + obe binnen: binnen inner innen + vnitrni blanko: blanko blank blanko + prazdny blokkeer: blokkeer disable sperren + zablokovat boven: boven top oben + vrsek breed: breed wide breit + siroky breedte: breedte width breite + sirka + buffer: buffer buffer puffer + buffer buiten: buiten outer aussen + vnejsi cijfers: cijfers numbers ziffern + cisla Cijfers: Cijfers Numbers Ziffern + Cisla commando: commando command befehl + prikaz commandos: commandos commands befehle + prikazy concept: concept concept konzept + koncept dag: dag day tag + den datum: datum date datum + datum default: default default default + implicitni definitief: definitief final endfassung + finalni diepte: diepte depth tiefe + hloubka dubbelzijdig: dubbelzijdig doublesided doppelseitig + dvoustranny eerste: eerste first erste + prvni elk: elk each jede + kazdy enkelzijdig: enkelzijdig singlesided einzelseitig + jednostranny ergens: ergens somewhere irgendwo + nekde nergens: nergens nowhere nirgens + nikde even: even even gerade + sude extern: extern external extern + externi file: file file datei + soubor flexibel: flexibel flexible flexibel + prizpusobivy forceer: forceer force zwinge + sila gebruikt: gebruikt used verwende + uzito geen: geen none kein + zadny geenmarkering: geenmarkering nomarking keinebeschriftung + zadneznaceni geenwit: geenwit nowhite keinweiss + zadnabila geroteerd: geroteerd rotated gedreht + otoceno gespiegeld: gespiegeld mirrored gespiegelt + zrcadleno globaal: globaal global global + globalni grid: grid grid gritter + mrizka groot: groot big gross + velky grotevoorkeur: grotevoorkeur bigpreference grosszuegig + velkaprednost grijs: grijs gray grau + seda halveregel: halveregel halfline halbezeile + pulradku handhaaf: handhaaf keep behalte + drzet hangend: hangend hanging haengend + visici herhaal: herhaal repeat wiederholen + opakovat herstel: herstel fix stellewiederher + fixuj hier: hier here hier + zde hoofd: hoofd header kopfzeile + zahlavi hoog: hoog high hoch + vysoko hoogte: hoogte height hoehe + vyska horizontaal: horizontaal horizontal horizontal + horizontalni huidige: huidige current aktuell - italic: italic italic italic + aktualni + italic: italic italic italic + kurziva inlinker: inlinker inleft imlinken + vlevo inmarge: inmarge inmargin imrand + naokraji inrechter: inrechter inright imrechten + vpravo intekst: intekst intext imtext + dotextu intro: intro intro intro + uvod its: its its its + pol ja: ja yes ja + ano jaar: jaar year jahr + rok kader: kader frame rahmen + ramecek kantlijn: kantlijn marginedge marginalkante + textovahrana kap: kap cap kap + kap kapitaal: kapitaal capital versalien + verzalky kenmerk: kenmerk referral merkmal + znacka klein: klein small klein + male kleinnormaal: kleinnormaal smallnormal kleinnormal + malenormalni kleinschuin: kleinschuin smallslanted kleingeneigt + malesklonene kleinschuinvet: kleinschuinvet smallslantedbold kleingeneigtfett + malesklonenetucne kleinitalic: kleinitalic smallitalic kleinitalic + malekurzivni kleinitalicvet: kleinitalicvet smallitalicbold kleinitalicfett + malekurzivnitucne kleintype: kleintype smalltype kleintippen + maletype kleinvet: kleinvet smallbold kleinfett + maletucne kleinvetschuin: kleinvetschuin smallboldslanted kleinfettgeneigt + maletucnesklonene kleinvetitalic: kleinvetitalic smallbolditalic kleinfettitalic + maletucnekurzivni kleur: kleur color farbe + barva kolommen: kolommen columns spalten + sloupce kop: kop head kopf + hlava laag: laag low tief + nizko laatste: laatste last letzte + posledni label: label label label + popisek lang: lang tall lang + vysoky leeg: leeg empty leer + prazdne Letter: Letter Character Buchstabe + Pismeno letter: letter character buchstabe + pismeno Letters: Letters Characters Buchstaben + Pismena letters: letters characters buchstaben + pismena liggend: liggend landscape querformat + nasirku lijn: lijn rule linie + linka linkermarge: linkermarge leftmargin linkerrand + levyokraj linkerpagina: linkerpagina leftpage linkerseite + levastrana linkerrand: linkerrand leftedge linkekante + levahrana links: links left links + vlevo lokaal: lokaal local lokal + lokalni + nieuw: nieuw new neu + nieuw % TOM MAAND: MAAND MONTH MONAT + MESIC maand: maand month monat + mesic mar: mar mar mar + mar marge: marge margin marginalie + marginalie max: max max max + max mediaeval: mediaeval mediaeval mittelalterlich + stredoveky middel: middel medium mittel + stredni midden: midden middle mittig + stredni na: na after nach + po naam: naam name name + jmeno naast: naast opposite gegenueber + opacny nee: nee no nein + ne negatief: negatief negative negativ + negativ niet: niet not nicht + ne nooit: nooit never nie + nikdy normaal: normaal normal normal + normalni nummer: nummer number nummer + cislo offset: offset offset offset + offset onbekend: onbekend unknown unbekannt + neznamy onder: onder bottom unten + spodek oneven: oneven odd ungerade + liche opelkaar: opelkaar packed gepackt + zhustene + vanelkaar: vanelkaar unpacked ungepackt + vanelkaar % TOM opmaak: opmaak markup umbruch + zlom opmarge: opmarge atmargin amrand + naokraji overlay: overlay overlay overlay + prekryv pagina: pagina page seite + strana paginanummer: paginanummer pagenumber seitennummer + cislostrany papier: papier paper papier + papir scherm: scherm display bildschirm + obrazovka passend: passend fit passend + prizpusobivy per: per by pro + skrz postscript: postscript postscript postscript + postscript + preview: preview preview vorschau + nahled programma: programma program programm + program punt: punt dot punkt + tecka ran: ran ran ran + rozsah rand: rand edge kante + hrana raster: raster screen raster - recht: recht rectangular rechteckig + rastr + recht: recht rectangular rechteckig + pravouhly rechtermarge: rechtermarge rightmargin rechterrand + pravyokraj rechterpagina: rechterpagina rightpage rechterseite + pravastrana rechterrand: rechterrand rightedge rechterkante + pravahrana rechts: rechts right rechts + vpravo regel: regel line zeile + radek relatief: relatief relative relativ + relativni reset: reset reset zuruecksetzten + reset Romeins: Romeins Romannumerals Roemischezahlen + Rimskecislice romeins: romeins romannumerals roemischezahlen - grieks: grieks greek greek - Grieks: Grieks Greek Greek + rimskecislice + grieks: grieks greek griechisch + recky + Grieks: Grieks Greek Griechisch + Recky rond: rond round rund + kolo roteer: roteer rotate drehe + otoc + rek: rek stretch strecken + rek % TOM ruim: ruim broad breit + siroky schuin: schuin slanted geneigt + sklonene schuinvet: schuinvet slantedbold geneigtfett + sklonenetucne italicvet: italicvet italicbold italicfett + kurzivnitucne sectienummer: sectienummer sectionnumber abschnittsnummer + cislooddilu smal: smal narrow schmall + uzky soepel: soepel tolerant tolerant + tolerantni standaard: standaard standard standard + standardni start: start start start + start stop: stop stop stop + stop streng: streng strict streng + striktni + strut: strut strut strut + strut sub: sub sub unter + pod sym: sym sym sym + sym symbool: symbool symbol symbol + symbol tekst: tekst text text + text back: terug back zurueck + zpet test: test test test + test tussen: tussen inbetween zwischen + mezi type: type type tippen + type uit: uit off aus + pryc url: url url url + url URL: URL URL URL + URL vast: vast fixed fest - los: los loose lose + fixne + los: los loose lose + uvolnene verder: verder continue fortsetzten + pokracovat vertikaal: vertikaal vertical vertikal + vertikalne vet: vet bold fett + tucne vetschuin: vetschuin boldslanted fettgeneigt + tucnesklonene vetitalic: vetitalic bolditalic fettitalic + tucnekurzivni viertal: viertal quadruple viertel + ctyrnasobny voet: voet footer fusszeile + upati volgende: volgende next folgende + dalsi voor: voor before vor + pred + voorgrond: voorgrond foreground vordergrund + voorgrond % TOM voorkeur: voorkeur preference einstellung + nastaveni voorlopig: voorlopig temporary temporaer + docasny vooruit: vooruit forward vorwaerts + vpred vorige: vorige previous vorig + predchozi waarde: waarde value wert + hodnota week: week week woche + tyden weekdag: weekdag weekday wochentag + vsedniden WEEKDAG: WEEKDAG WEEKDAY WOCHENTAG + VSEDNIDEN willekeurig: willekeurig random zufaellig + nahodny wit: wit white weiss + bily zeer: zeer very sehr + velmi zeersoepel: zeersoepel verytolerant sehrtolerant + velmitolerantni zeerstreng: zeerstreng verystrict sehrstreng + velmistriktni zie: zie see sieh + viz - smallcaps: smallcaps smallcaps smallcaps + smallcaps: smallcaps smallcaps smallcaps + maleverzalky + WOORD: WOORD WORD WORT + WOORD % TOM eerstepagina: eerstepagina firstpage ersteseite + prvnistrana vorigepagina: vorigepagina previouspage vorigeseite + predchozistrana volgendepagina: volgendepagina nextpage folgendeseite + dalsistrana laatstepagina: laatstepagina lastpage letzteseite + poslednistrana eerstesubpagina: eerstesubpagina firstsubpage ersteunterseite + prvnipodstrana vorigesubpagina: vorigesubpagina previoussubpage vorigeunterseite + predchozipodstrana volgendesubpagina: volgendesubpagina nextsubpage folgendeunterseite + dalsipodstrana laatstesubpagina: laatstesubpagina lastsubpage letzteunterseite + poslaednipodstrana + + volgendeevenpagina: volgendeevenpagina nextevenpage naechstegeradeseite + volgendeevenpagina % TOM +volgendeonevenpagina: volgendeonevenpagina nextoddpage naechsteungeradeseite + volgendeonevenpagina % TOM + vorigeevenpagina: vorigeevenpagina previousevenpage vorigegeradeseite + vorigeevenpagina % TOM + vorigeonevenpagina: vorigeonevenpagina previousoddpage vorigeungeradeseite + vorigeonevenpagina % TOM alleenleesbaar: alleenleesbaar readonly nurlesbar + pouzeprocteni verplicht: verplicht required obligatorisch + pozadovane beschermd: beschermd protected geschuetzt + chranene gesorteerd: gesorteerd sorted sortiert + tridene nietbeschikbaar: nietbeschikbaar unavailable nichtverfuegbar + nedostupne verborgen: verborgen hidden versteckt + skryte printbaar: printbaar printable druckbar - + tisknutelne + + bookmark: bookmark bookmark bookmark + bookmark + \stopvariables %D \stopcompressdefinitions @@ -736,20 +1347,32 @@ veldachtergrondkleur: veldachtergrondkleur fieldbackgroundcolor feldhintergrund %D \startcompressdefinitions \startvariables dutch english german + czech calligraphic: calligrafie calligraphic kalligraphie + krasopisne handwritten: handschrift handwritten handschrift + rukopisne sansserif: schreefloos sansserif grotesk + bezserifu roman: romaan roman antiqua + antikva teletype: teletype teletype fernschreiber + dalnopis type: type type tippen + type - serif: serif serif serif - regular: regular regular regular + serif: serif serif serif + serif + regular: regular regular regular + radne support: support support support - sans: sans sans sans + podpora + sans: sans sans sans + sans mono: mono mono mono + mono \stopvariables @@ -764,23 +1387,40 @@ veldachtergrondkleur: veldachtergrondkleur fieldbackgroundcolor feldhintergrund %D \startcompressdefinitions \startsetupvariables dutch english german + czech doornummering: doornummering enumeration nummerierung + vycet doordefinitie: doordefinitie description beschreibung + popis doorsprong: doorsprong indentation einzug + odsazovani doorlabel: doorlabel labeling beschriften + oznacovani samengesteldelijst: samengesteldelijst combinedlist kombiniereliste + kombinovanyseznam sectie: sectie section abschnitt + oddil register: register register register + rejstrik synoniem: synoniem synonym synonym + synonymum synoniemen: synoniemen synonyms synonyme + synonyma sorteer: sorteer sort sortiere + trid sorteren: sorteren sorts sortieren + tridit naam: naam name name + jmeno blok: blok block block + blok blokken: blokken blocks bloecke - alinea: alinea paragraphs absaetze + bloky + alinea: alinea paragraph absaetze + odstavce % TOBIAS % TOM -> singular framedtext: kadertekst framedtext umrahmtertext + oramovanytext \stopsetupvariables @@ -793,47 +1433,93 @@ veldachtergrondkleur: veldachtergrondkleur fieldbackgroundcolor feldhintergrund %D \startcompressdefinitions \startelements dutch english german + czech beginvan: beginvan begin anfang + zacatek buffer: buffer buffer puffer + buffer commentaar: commentaar comment kommentar + komentar eindvan: eindvan end ende + konec formule: formule formula formel + rovnice gekoppelde: gekoppelde coupled verknuepft + propojeny haal: haal get get + ziskat huidigelokale: huidigelokale currentlocal aktuelllokal + aktualnelokalni in: in - ein + v % TOM needed? instellingen: instellingen setups einstellungen + nastaveni interactiemenu: interactiemenu interactionmenu interaktionsmenue + interaktivnimenu laad: laad load laden + nacist leeg: leeg empty leer + prazdne lege: lege empty leer -% TOBIAS, what does this auf in auflisten mean? + prazdne lijst: lijst list auflisten + seznam lijstmet: lijstmet listof auflistenvon + seznam lokale: lokale local lokal + lokalni opmaak: opmaak makeup umbruch + zlom plaats: plaats place platziere + misto reserveer: reserveer reserve reservieren + rezervovat start: start start start + start stel: stel setup stelle + nastaveni stop: stop stop stop + stop tabelkop: tabelkop tablehead tabellenueberschrift + zahlavitabulky tabelstaart: tabelstaart tabletail tabellenende + konectabulky tabulate: tabulatie tabulate tabulator + tabelator tekst: tekst text text + text type: type type type + type uitstellen: uitstellen postponing verschieben + odlozit verbergen: verbergen hiding verbergen + skryt verhoog: verhoog increment erhoehen + zvysit volgende: volgende next folgende + dalsi volledige: volledige complete vollende + uplny vorige: vorige previous vorige + predchozi vorigelokale: vorigelokale previouslocal voriglokal + predchozilokalni zie: zie see sieh + viz + register: register register register + rejstrik gegeven: gegeven fact gegeben + fakt legenda: legenda legend legende + legenda + + helptext: helptekst helptext hilfetext + helptekst % TOM + + pagecomment: paginacommentaar pagecomment pagecomment + pagecomment % TOBIAS % TOM \stopelements @@ -846,34 +1532,82 @@ veldachtergrondkleur: veldachtergrondkleur fieldbackgroundcolor feldhintergrund %D \startcompressdefinitions \startvariables dutch english german + czech FirstPage: EerstePagina FirstPage ErsteSeite + PrvniStrana PreviousPage: VorigePagina PreviousPage VorigeSeite + PredchoziStrana NextPage: VolgendePagina NextPage FolgendeSeite + DalsiStrana LastPage: LaatstePagina LastPage LetzteSeite + PosledniStrana PreviousJump: VorigeSprong PreviousJump VorigerSprung + PredchoziSkok NextJump: VolgendeSprong NextJump NaechsterSprung + DalsiSkok SwapViewer: WisselViewer SwapViewer WechseleViewer + ZamenitProhlizec ExitViewer: VerlaatViewer ExitViewer BeendeViewer + SkoncitProhlizec CloseDocument: SluitDocument CloseDocument SchliesseDokument + ZavritDokument SaveDocument: BewaarDocument SaveDocument SpeichereDokument + UlozitDokument ViewerHelp: ViewerHelp ViewerHelp ViewerHilfe + NapovedaProhlizece PrintDocument: PrintDocument PrintDocument DruckeDokument + VytisknoutDokument SearchDocument: DoorzoekDocument SearchDocument DokumentDurchsuchen + ProhledatDokument SearchAgain: HerhaalZoeken SearchAgain WeiterSuchen + HledatZnovu + GotoPage: GaNaarPagina GotoPage GotoPage % Tobias + GaNaarPagina % TOM StartMovie: StartFilm StartMovie StartFilm + SpustitFilmu StopMovie: StopFilm StopMovie StopFilm + ZastavitFilm PauseMovie: PauzeerFilm PauseMovie PauseFilm + PozastavitFilm ResumeMovie: HervatFilm ResumeMovie FortsetzenFilm + PokracovatVeFilmu SaveForm: BewaarFormulier SaveForm SpeicheFormular + UlozitFormular LoadForm: LaadFormulier LoadForm LadeFormular + NacistFormular ResetForm: ResetFormulier ResetForm ZuruecksetzenFormular + ResetFormulare SubmitForm: VerzendFormulier SubmitForm VersendeFormular + PoslatFormular HideField: VerbergVeld HideField VerbergeFeld + SkryjPole ShowField: ToonVeld ShowField ZeigeFeld + UkazPole + +\stopvariables + +%D Here are some symbol names. We capitalize them because they are +%D viewer specific. + +\startvariables dutch english german + czech + + New: Nieuw New Neu + Nieuw % TOM + Balloon: Ballon Balloon Ballon + Ballon % TOM + Addition: Toevoeging Addition Zusatz + Toevoeging % TOM + Help: Help Help Hilfe + Help % TOM + Paragraph: Paragraaf Paragraph Absatz + Paragraaf % TOM + Key: Sleutel Key Schluessel + Sleutel % TOM \stopvariables diff --git a/tex/context/base/mult-ini.tex b/tex/context/base/mult-ini.tex index 40ca10e23..ffdd61f85 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/mult-ini.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/mult-ini.tex @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. %D This module implements the multi||lingual interface to %D \CONTEXT. These capabilities concern messages, commands and @@ -21,8 +21,7 @@ %D \macros %D [constanten,variabelen,commandos] -%D {v!,c!,s!,e!,m!,l!,r!,f!,p!,x!,y!} -%D {} +%D {v!,c!,k!,s!,e!,m!,l!,r!,f!,p!,x!,y!} %D %D In the system modules we introduced some prefixed constants, %D variables (both macros) and registers. Apart from a @@ -36,19 +35,20 @@ %D \startregelcorrectie %D \starttabel[|c|c|c|] %D \HL -%D \NC \bf prefix \NC \bf meaning \NC \bf application \NC\SR +%D \NC \bf prefix \NC \bf meaning \NC \bf application \NC\SR %D \HL -%D \NC \type{\v!prefix!} \NC v! \NC variable \NC\FR -%D \NC \type{\c!prefix!} \NC c! \NC constant \NC\MR -%D \NC \type{\s!prefix!} \NC s! \NC system \NC\MR -%D \NC \type{\e!prefix!} \NC e! \NC element \NC\MR -%D \NC \type{\m!prefix!} \NC m! \NC message \NC\MR -%D \NC \type{\l!prefix!} \NC l! \NC language \NC\MR -%D \NC \type{\r!prefix!} \NC r! \NC reference \NC\MR -%D \NC \type{\f!prefix!} \NC f! \NC file \NC\MR -%D \NC \type{\p!prefix!} \NC p! \NC procedure \NC\MR -%D \NC \type{\x!prefix!} \NC x! \NC setup constant \NC\MR -%D \NC \type{\y!prefix!} \NC y! \NC setup variable \NC\LR +%D \NC \type{\c!prefix!} \NC c! \NC constant (direct) \NC\FR +%D \NC \type{\e!prefix!} \NC e! \NC element \NC\MR +%D \NC \type{\f!prefix!} \NC f! \NC file \NC\MR +%D \NC \type{\k!prefix!} \NC k! \NC constant (indirect) \NC\MR +%D \NC \type{\l!prefix!} \NC l! \NC language \NC\MR +%D \NC \type{\m!prefix!} \NC m! \NC message \NC\MR +%D \NC \type{\p!prefix!} \NC p! \NC procedure \NC\MR +%D \NC \type{\r!prefix!} \NC r! \NC reference \NC\MR +%D \NC \type{\s!prefix!} \NC s! \NC system \NC\MR +%D \NC \type{\v!prefix!} \NC v! \NC variable \NC\MR +%D \NC \type{\x!prefix!} \NC x! \NC setup constant \NC\MR +%D \NC \type{\y!prefix!} \NC y! \NC setup variable \NC\LR %D \HL %D \stoptabel %D \stopregelcorrectie @@ -56,28 +56,27 @@ %D In the single||lingual version we used \type{!}, \type{!!}, %D \type{!!!} and \type{!!!!}. -\def\v!prefix!{v!} \def\c!prefix!{c!} \def\s!prefix!{s!} -\def\e!prefix!{e!} \def\m!prefix!{m!} \def\r!prefix!{r!} -\def\f!prefix!{f!} \def\p!prefix!{p!} \def\x!prefix!{x!} -\def\y!prefix!{y!} \def\l!prefix!{l!} +\def\c!prefix!{c!} \def\e!prefix!{e!} \def\f!prefix!{f!} +\def\k!prefix!{k!} \def\l!prefix!{l!} \def\m!prefix!{m!} +\def\p!prefix!{p!} \def\r!prefix!{r!} \def\s!prefix!{s!} +\def\v!prefix!{v!} \def\x!prefix!{x!} \def\y!prefix!{y!} %D \macros %D [constants,variables,commands] %D {@@,??} -%D {} %D %D Variables generated by the system can be recognized on their %D prefix \type{@@}. They are composed of a command (class) %D specific tag, which can be recognized on \type{??}, and a -%D system constant, which has the prefix \type{c!}. We'll se -%D some more of this. +%D system constant, which has the prefix \type{c!}. We'll se +%D some more of this. \def\??prefix {??} \def\@@prefix {@@} -%D Just to be complete we repeat some of the already defined -%D system constants here. Maybe their prefix \type{\s!} now -%D falls into place. +%D Just to be complete we repeat some of the already defined +%D system constants here. Maybe their prefix \type{\s!} now +%D falls into place. \def\s!next {next} \def\s!default {default} \def\s!dummy {dummy} \def\s!unknown {unknown} @@ -100,7 +99,6 @@ %D definemessageconstant, %D definereferenceconstant, %D definefileconstant} -%D {} %D %D The first part of this module is dedicated to dealing with %D multi||lingual constants and variables. When \CONTEXT\ grew @@ -147,8 +145,8 @@ %D And finaly we have the one argument, space saving constants %D %D \starttypen -%D \definesystemconstant {name} -%D \definemessageconstant {name} +%D \definesystemconstant {name} +%D \definemessageconstant {name} %D \stoptypen \def\definesystemconstant #1{\setvalue{\s!prefix!#1}{#1}} @@ -160,25 +158,27 @@ %D with: %D %D \starttypen -%D \definesystemvariable {name} +%D \definesystemvariable {name} %D \stoptypen \def\definesystemvariable #1{\setevalue{\??prefix#1}{\@@prefix#1}} + +\definesystemvariable {ms} %D \macros -%D {selectinterface, +%D {selectinterface, %D defaultinterface, currentinterface, currentresponses} %D %D With \type{\selectinterface} we specify the language we are %D going to use. The system asks for the language wanted, and %D defaults to \type{\currentinterface} when we just give -%D \type{enter}. By default the message system uses the +%D \type{enter}. By default the message system uses the %D current interface language, but \type{\currentresponses} -%D can specify another language too. +%D can specify another language too. %D -%D Because we want to generate formats directly too, we do -%D not ask for interface specifications when these are already -%D defined (like in cont-nl.tex and alike). +%D Because we want to generate formats directly too, we do +%D not ask for interface specifications when these are already +%D defined (like in cont-nl.tex and alike). \ifx\defaultinterface\undefined @@ -229,20 +229,19 @@ %D \stopinterface %D \stoptypen -\def\startinterface #1 +\def\startinterface #1 {\doifinsetelse{\currentinterface}{#1} {\let\next\relax} {\long\def\next##1\stopinterface{}}% \next} -\let\stopinterface=\relax +\let\stopinterface=\relax %D \macros %D {startmessages, %D getmessage, %D showmessage, %D makemessage} -%D {} %D %D A package as large as \CONTEXT\ can hardly function without %D a decent message mechanism. Due to its multi||lingual @@ -319,12 +318,16 @@ %D Because we want to check for duplicate tags, the macros %D are a bit more complicated than neccessary. The \NEWLINE\ %D token is used as message separator. +%D +%D For internal purposes one can use \type {\dogetmessage}, +%D which puts the message text asked for in \type +%D {\currentmessagetext}. \def\findinterfacemessage#1#2% {\let#2\empty \def\dofindinterfacemessage##1 #1: ##2\relax##3\end% {\def#2{##2}}% - \edef\!!stringa{\getvalue{@@ms\currentmessagelibrary} #1: \relax}% + \edef\!!stringa{\getvalue{\??ms\currentmessagelibrary} #1: \relax}% \expandafter\dofindinterfacemessage\!!stringa\end} \def\composemessagetext#1--#2--#3--#4--#5--#6\\% @@ -332,6 +335,10 @@ {\edef\currentmessagetext{#1##1#2##2#3##3#4##4#5##5}}% \docomposemessagetext} +\def\dogetmessage#1#2% + {\def\currentmessagelibrary{#1}% + \findinterfacemessage{#2}\currentmessagetext} + \unexpanded\def\getmessage#1#2% {\def\currentmessagelibrary{#1}% \findinterfacemessage{#2}\currentmessagetext @@ -347,16 +354,18 @@ {\def\currentmessagelibrary{#1}% \findinterfacemessage{#2}\currentmessagetext \findinterfacemessage{title}\currentmessagetitle - \doifelse{\currentmessagetext}{} - {\def\currentmessagetext{<unknown message #2>}} - {\@EA\composemessagetext\currentmessagetext----------\\#3,,,,,\\}% + \ifx\currentmessagetext\empty + \def\currentmessagetext{<unknown message #2>}% + \else + \@EA\composemessagetext\currentmessagetext----------\\#3,,,,,\\% + \fi \@EA\writestatus\@EA{\currentmessagetitle}{\currentmessagetext}} \def\doaddinterfacemessage#1#2% {\findinterfacemessage{#1}\currentmessagetext \doifelse{\currentmessagetext}{} - {\setxvalue{@@ms\currentmessagelibrary}% - {\getvalue{@@ms\currentmessagelibrary} #1: #2\relax}} + {\setxvalue{\??ms\currentmessagelibrary}% + {\getvalue{\??ms\currentmessagelibrary} #1: #2\relax}} {\debuggerinfotrue % we consider this an important error \debuggerinfo {message} @@ -380,14 +389,14 @@ \next} \gdef\startmessages #1 library: #2 - {\definemessageconstant{#2}% handy for modules + {\definemessageconstant{#2}% handy for modules \bgroup \obeylines \doifinsetelse{#1}{\currentresponses,all} {\def\next% {\def\currentmessagelibrary{#2}% - \doifundefined{@@ms\currentmessagelibrary} - {\setgvalue{@@ms\currentmessagelibrary}{}}% + \doifundefined{\??ms\currentmessagelibrary} + {\setgvalue{\??ms\currentmessagelibrary}{}}% \futurelet\next\getinterfacemessage}} {\long\def\next##1\stopmessages{\egroup}}% \next} @@ -395,17 +404,17 @@ %D \macros %D {ifshowwarnings, ifshowmessages} %D -%D Sometimes displaying message can slow down processing -%D considerably. We therefore introduce warnings. Users can +%D Sometimes displaying message can slow down processing +%D considerably. We therefore introduce warnings. Users can %D turn of warnings and messages by saying: -%D +%D %D \starttypen %D \showwarningstrue %D \showmessagestrue %D \stoptypen -%D -%D Turning off messages also turns off warnings, which is -%D quote logical because they are less important. +%D +%D Turning off messages also turns off warnings, which is +%D quote logical because they are less important. \newif\ifshowwarnings \showwarningstrue \newif\ifshowmessages \showmessagestrue @@ -427,15 +436,13 @@ \fi} %D \macros -%D {dosetvalue,dosetevalue,docopyvalue,doresetvalue, -%D dogetvalue} -%D {} +%D {dosetvalue,dosetevalue,docopyvalue,doresetvalue} % dogetvalue %D %D We already defined these auxiliary macros in the system %D modules. Starting with this module however, we have to take %D multi||linguality a bit more serious. %D -%D First we show a well||defined alternative: +%D First we show a well||defined (simplified) alternative: %D %D \starttypen %D \def\dosetvalue#1#2#3% @@ -449,56 +456,62 @@ %D {\getvalue{#2\getvalue{\c!prefix!#3}}}} %D {\setvalue{#1#3}% %D {\getvalue{#2#3}}}} -%D -%D \def\dogetvalue#1#2% -%D {\getvalue{#1\getvalue{\c!prefix!#2}}} %D \stoptypen %D -%D These macros are called upon quite often and so we optimized -%D them a bit. +%D These macros are called upon quite often and so we optimized +%D them a bit. -\def\dosetvalue#1#2#3% - {\p!doifundefined{\c!prefix!#2}% +\def\dosetvalue#1#2#3% + {\let\c!internal!\c!internal!n + \p!doifundefined{\k!prefix!#2}% + \let\c!internal!\c!internal!y \let\donottest\doprocesstest \@EA\def\csname#1#2\endcsname{#3}% \else + \let\c!internal!\c!internal!y \let\donottest\doprocesstest - \@EA\def\csname#1\csname\c!prefix!#2\endcsname\endcsname{#3}% + \@EA\def\csname#1\csname\k!prefix!#2\endcsname\endcsname{#3}% \fi} -\def\dosetevalue#1#2#3% - {\p!doifundefined{\c!prefix!#2}% +\def\dosetevalue#1#2#3% + {\let\c!internal!\c!internal!n + \p!doifundefined{\k!prefix!#2}% + \let\c!internal!\c!internal!y \let\donottest\doprocesstest \@EA\edef\csname#1#2\endcsname{#3}% \else + \let\c!internal!\c!internal!y \let\donottest\doprocesstest - \@EA\edef\csname#1\csname\c!prefix!#2\endcsname\endcsname{#3}% + \@EA\edef\csname#1\csname\k!prefix!#2\endcsname\endcsname{#3}% \fi} -\def\docopyvalue#1#2#3% - {\p!doifundefined{\c!prefix!#3}% +\def\docopyvalue#1#2#3% + {\let\c!internal!\c!internal!n + \p!doifundefined{\k!prefix!#3}% + \let\c!internal!\c!internal!y \let\donottest\doprocesstest \@EA\def\csname#1#3\endcsname% {\csname#2#3\endcsname}% \else + \let\c!internal!\c!internal!y \let\donottest\doprocesstest - \@EA\def\csname#1\csname\c!prefix!#3\endcsname\endcsname% - {\csname#2\csname\c!prefix!#3\endcsname\endcsname}% + \@EA\def\csname#1\csname\k!prefix!#3\endcsname\endcsname% + {\csname#2\csname\k!prefix!#3\endcsname\endcsname}% \fi} \def\doresetvalue#1#2% {\dosetvalue{#1}{#2}{}} -\def\dogetvalue#1#2% - {\csname#1\csname\c!prefix!#2\endcsname\endcsname} +%\def\dogetvalue#1#2% +% {\csname#1\csname\k!prefix!#2\endcsname\endcsname} %D Although maybe not clearly visible, there is a %D considerable profit in further optimalization. By expanding -%D the embedded \type{\csname} we can reduce the format file +%D the embedded \type {\csname} we can reduce the format file %D by about 5\% (60~KB out of 1.9~MB). -\def\docopyvalue#1#2#3% - {\p!doifundefined{\c!prefix!#3}% +\def\docopyvalue#1#2#3% c -> k + {\p!doifundefined{\k!prefix!#3}% \let\donottest\doprocesstest \@EA\@EA\@EA\def\@EA \csname\@EA#1\@EA#3\@EA @@ -506,74 +519,92 @@ \else \let\donottest\doprocesstest \@EA\@EA\@EA\def\@EA - \csname\@EA#1\@EA\csname\@EA\c!prefix!\@EA#3\@EA\endcsname\@EA - \endcsname\@EA{\csname#2\csname\c!prefix!#3\endcsname\endcsname}% + \csname\@EA#1\@EA\csname\@EA\k!prefix!\@EA#3\@EA\endcsname\@EA + \endcsname\@EA{\csname#2\csname\k!prefix!#3\endcsname\endcsname}% \fi} -%D A slightly faster alternative: +%D The next alternatives are slightly faster. \beginTEX -\def\dosetvalue#1#2#3% - {\@EA\ifx\csname\c!prefix!#2\endcsname\relax +\def\dosetvalue#1#2#3% + {\let\c!internal!\c!internal!n + \@EA\ifx\csname\k!prefix!#2\endcsname\relax + \let\c!internal!\c!internal!y \@EA\def\csname#1#2\endcsname{#3}% \else - \@EA\def\csname#1\csname\c!prefix!#2\endcsname\endcsname{#3}% + \let\c!internal!\c!internal!y + \@EA\def\csname#1\csname\k!prefix!#2\endcsname\endcsname{#3}% \fi} -\def\dosetevalue#1#2#3% - {\@EA\ifx\csname\c!prefix!#2\endcsname\relax +\def\dosetevalue#1#2#3% + {\let\c!internal!\c!internal!n + \@EA\ifx\csname\k!prefix!#2\endcsname\relax + \let\c!internal!\c!internal!y \@EA\edef\csname#1#2\endcsname{#3}% \else - \@EA\edef\csname#1\csname\c!prefix!#2\endcsname\endcsname{#3}% + \let\c!internal!\c!internal!y + \@EA\edef\csname#1\csname\k!prefix!#2\endcsname\endcsname{#3}% \fi} -\def\docopyvalue#1#2#3% - {\@EA\ifx\csname\c!prefix!#3\endcsname\relax +\def\docopyvalue#1#2#3% + {\let\c!internal!\c!internal!n + \@EA\ifx\csname\k!prefix!#3\endcsname\relax + \let\c!internal!\c!internal!y \@EA\@EA\@EA\def\@EA \csname\@EA#1\@EA#3\@EA \endcsname\@EA{\csname#2#3\endcsname}% \else + \let\c!internal!\c!internal!y \@EA\@EA\@EA\def\@EA - \csname\@EA#1\@EA\csname\@EA\c!prefix!\@EA#3\@EA\endcsname\@EA - \endcsname\@EA{\csname#2\csname\c!prefix!#3\endcsname\endcsname}% + \csname\@EA#1\@EA\csname\@EA\k!prefix!\@EA#3\@EA\endcsname\@EA + \endcsname\@EA{\csname#2\csname\k!prefix!#3\endcsname\endcsname}% \fi} \endTEX \beginETEX \protected -\def\dosetvalue#1#2#3% - {\ifcsname\c!prefix!#2\endcsname - \@EA\def\csname#1\csname\c!prefix!#2\endcsname\endcsname{#3}% +\def\dosetvalue#1#2#3% + {\let\c!internal!\c!internal!n + \ifcsname\k!prefix!#2\endcsname + \let\c!internal!\c!internal!y + \@EA\def\csname#1\csname\k!prefix!#2\endcsname\endcsname{#3}% \else + \let\c!internal!\c!internal!y \@EA\def\csname#1#2\endcsname{#3}% \fi} -\def\dosetevalue#1#2#3% - {\ifcsname\c!prefix!#2\endcsname - \@EA\edef\csname#1\csname\c!prefix!#2\endcsname\endcsname{#3}% +\def\dosetevalue#1#2#3% + {\let\c!internal!\c!internal!n + \ifcsname\k!prefix!#2\endcsname + \let\c!internal!\c!internal!y + \@EA\edef\csname#1\csname\k!prefix!#2\endcsname\endcsname{#3}% \else + \let\c!internal!\c!internal!y \@EA\edef\csname#1#2\endcsname{#3}% \fi} -\def\docopyvalue#1#2#3% - {\ifcsname\c!prefix!#3\endcsname +\def\docopyvalue#1#2#3% + {\let\c!internal!\c!internal!n + \ifcsname\k!prefix!#3\endcsname + \let\c!internal!\c!internal!y \@EA\@EA\@EA\def\@EA - \csname\@EA#1\@EA\csname\@EA\c!prefix!\@EA#3\@EA\endcsname\@EA - \endcsname\@EA{\csname#2\csname\c!prefix!#3\endcsname\endcsname}% + \csname\@EA#1\@EA\csname\@EA\k!prefix!\@EA#3\@EA\endcsname\@EA + \endcsname\@EA{\csname#2\csname\k!prefix!#3\endcsname\endcsname}% \else + \let\c!internal!\c!internal!y \@EA\@EA\@EA\def\@EA - \csname\@EA#1\@EA#3\@EA - \endcsname\@EA{\csname#2#3\endcsname}% + \csname\@EA#1\@EA#3\@EA + \endcsname\@EA{\csname#2#3\endcsname}% \fi} \endETEX %D We take this opportunity of redefining to adapt an %D assignment macro. The change has to do with the fact that the -%D generated error message must be multi||lingual. We can not -%D define the message yet, because we still have to select the +%D generated error message must be multi||lingual. We can not +%D define the message yet, because we still have to select the %D interface language. %\def\p!doassign#1[#2][#3=#4=#5]% @@ -606,9 +637,9 @@ \let\expectedarguments\noexpectedarguments #4\dodogetargument#1#2}} -\def\dogetgroupargument#1#2% +\def\dogetgroupargument#1#2% {\def\nextnextargument% - {\ifx\nextargument\bgroup + {\ifx\nextargument\bgroup \let\expectedarguments\noexpectedarguments \def\nextargument{#1\dodogetargument}% %\else\ifx\nextargument\lineending % this can be an option @@ -624,7 +655,7 @@ \fi%\fi\fi % so let's get rid of it \nextargument}% \futurelet\nextargument\nextnextargument} - + \def\checkdefined#1#2#3% {\doifdefined{#3} {\showmessage{check}{3}{#2,#3}}} @@ -881,7 +912,6 @@ %D \macros %D {startconstants,startvariables} -%D {} %D %D It's time to introduce the macro's that are responsible for %D this translations process, but first we show how constants @@ -914,21 +944,21 @@ %D less free format. All setups accept the keyword \type{all} %D which equals every language. -%D The next few macros come into action when we generate -%D interface log files: +%D The next few macros come into action when we generate +%D interface log files: \ifx\undefined\scratchwrite \newwrite\scratchwrite \fi -\newif\iflogginginterface +\newif\iflogginginterface \def\flushinterfaceelementline% - {\iflogginginterface + {\iflogginginterface \immediate\write\scratchwrite{\interfaceelementline}% \let\interfaceelementline\empty \fi} \def\saveinterfaceelementline#1% - {\iflogginginterface + {\iflogginginterface \edef\interfaceelementline{\interfaceelementline#1\space}% \fi} @@ -938,16 +968,16 @@ \immediate\openout\scratchwrite=./#1\relax} \def\stoplogginginterface% - {\flushinterfaceelementline + {\flushinterfaceelementline \immediate\closeout\scratchwrite \logginginterfacefalse} -%D By default we don't log at all. +%D By default we don't log at all. \def\startlogginginterface #1 {} \def\stoplogginginterface {} -%D These logging commands are used in the next macros. +%D These logging commands are used in the next macros. \def\nointerfaceobject{-} @@ -1016,17 +1046,21 @@ %D those reference cards for each language without further %D interference. +\let\c!internal!y \string +\def\c!internal!n {-} +\let\c!internal! \c!internal!y + \def\setinterfaceconstant#1#2% - {\setvalue{\c!prefix!#1}{#1}% + {\setvalue{\c!prefix!#1}{\c!internal!#1}% \doifelse{#2}{\nointerfaceobject} - {\debuggerinfo{constant}{#1 defined as #1 by default}} + {\debuggerinfo{constant}{#1 defined as #1 by default}% + \setvalue{\k!prefix!#2}{#1}} {\debuggerinfo{constant}{#1 defined as #2}% \ifinterfacetranslation \setvalue{\x!prefix!#1}{#2}% \fi - \doifnot{#1}{#2} - {\checksetvalue{\c!prefix!#2}{#1}% - \setvalue{\c!prefix!#2}{#1}}}} + \checksetvalue{\k!prefix!#2}{#1}% + \setvalue{\k!prefix!#2}{#1}}} \def\setinterfacevariable#1#2% {\doifelse{#2}{\nointerfaceobject} @@ -1038,9 +1072,8 @@ \setvalue{\v!prefix!#1}{#2}}} \def\checksetvalue#1#2% - {\doifdefined{#1}{\doifvaluesomething{#1}{\doifnotvalue{#1}{#2} - {\writestatus{problems}{set #1 to #2 overloads \getvalue{#1}}% - \wait}}}} + {\doifdefined{#1}{\doifvaluesomething{#1}{\doifnotvalue{#1}{#2} + {\writestatus{problems}{set #1 to #2 overloads \getvalue{#1}}}}}} \def\startvariables% {\startinterfaceobjects\setinterfacevariable\stopvariables} @@ -1051,9 +1084,9 @@ %D \macros %D {defineinterfaceconstant} %D -%D Next we redefine a previously defined macro to take care of -%D interface translation too. It's a bit redundant, because -%D in thise situations we could use the c||version, but for +%D Next we redefine a previously defined macro to take care of +%D interface translation too. It's a bit redundant, because +%D in these situations we could use the c||version, but for %D documentation purposes the x||alternative comes in handy. \def\defineinterfaceconstant#1#2% @@ -1064,7 +1097,6 @@ %D \macros %D {startinterfacesetupconstant} -%D {} %D %D The next command, \type{\startinterfacesetupconstant}, which %D behavior also depends on the boolean, is used for constants @@ -1225,7 +1257,6 @@ %D \macros %D {interfaced} -%D {} %D %D The setup commands translate the constants automatically. %D When we want to translate 'by hand' we can use the simple @@ -1236,24 +1267,25 @@ %D \stoptypen %D %D Giving \type{\interfaced{breedte}} results in \type{width} -%D or, when not defined, in \type{breedte} itself. +%D or, when not defined, in \type{breedte} itself. This +%D macro is used in the font switching mechanism. \beginTEX -\def\interfaced#1% - {\expandafter\ifx\csname\c!prefix!#1\endcsname\relax +\def\interfaced#1% + {\expandafter\ifx\csname\k!prefix!#1\endcsname\relax #1% \else - \csname\c!prefix!#1\endcsname + \csname\k!prefix!#1\endcsname \fi} \endTEX \beginETEX \ifcsname -\def\interfaced#1% - {\ifcsname\c!prefix!#1\endcsname - \csname\c!prefix!#1\endcsname +\def\interfaced#1% + {\ifcsname\k!prefix!#1\endcsname + \csname\k!prefix!#1\endcsname \else #1% \fi} @@ -1264,29 +1296,33 @@ %D macro's can be enhanced with more testing facilities, but %D for the moment they suffice. -%D Out of convenience we define the banners here. +%D Out of convenience we define the banners here. -\def\contextbanner% - {ConTeXt - ver: \contextversion \space - fmt: \formatversion \space - int: \currentinterface\space - mes: \currentresponses} +\edef\contextbanner% + {ConTeXt \space + ver: \noexpand \contextversion \space \space + fmt: \noexpand \formatversion \space \space + int: \noexpand \currentinterface \space \space + mes: \noexpand \currentresponses} \def\showcontextbanner% {\writeline\writestring{\contextbanner}\writeline} -\edef\formatversion% +\edef\formatversion% {\ifx\normalyear \undefined\the\year \else\the\normalyear \fi.% \ifx\normalmonth\undefined\the\month\else\the\normalmonth\fi.% \ifx\normalday \undefined\the\day \else\the\normalday \fi} \ifx\contextversion\undefined \def\contextversion{unknown} \fi -\ifx\undefined\normaldump - \let\normaldump\dump \def\dump{\showcontextbanner\normaldump} +\ifx\undefined\normaldump + \newtoks\everydump + \let\normaldump\dump + \def\dump{\the\everydump\normaldump} \fi +\appendtoks \showcontextbanner \to \everydump + \protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/mult-sys.tex b/tex/context/base/mult-sys.tex index c57021d0a..4203fda89 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/mult-sys.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/mult-sys.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. %D In boring module we define a lot of obscure but useful @@ -32,24 +32,38 @@ %D First we define some system constants used for both the %D multi||lingual interface and multi||linguag typesetting. +\definesystemconstant {afrikaans} \definesystemconstant {af} +\definesystemconstant {chinese} \definesystemconstant {cn} +\definesystemconstant {czech} \definesystemconstant {cz} +\definesystemconstant {danish} \definesystemconstant {da} \definesystemconstant {dutch} \definesystemconstant {nl} -\definesystemconstant {usenglish} \definesystemconstant {us} -\definesystemconstant {ukenglish} \definesystemconstant {uk} \definesystemconstant {english} \definesystemconstant {en} +\definesystemconstant {finish} \definesystemconstant {fi} \definesystemconstant {french} \definesystemconstant {fr} \definesystemconstant {german} \definesystemconstant {de} -\definesystemconstant {spanish} \definesystemconstant {sp} \definesystemconstant {italian} \definesystemconstant {it} -\definesystemconstant {danish} \definesystemconstant {da} +\definesystemconstant {latin} \definesystemconstant {la} +\definesystemconstant {norwegian} \definesystemconstant {no} +\definesystemconstant {polish} \definesystemconstant {pl} \definesystemconstant {portuguese} \definesystemconstant {pt} +\definesystemconstant {slovak} \definesystemconstant {sk} +\definesystemconstant {spanish} \definesystemconstant {sp} \definesystemconstant {swedish} \definesystemconstant {sv} -\definesystemconstant {polish} \definesystemconstant {pl} -\definesystemconstant {finish} \definesystemconstant {fi} -\definesystemconstant {afrikaans} \definesystemconstant {af} -\definesystemconstant {norwegian} \definesystemconstant {no} \definesystemconstant {turkish} \definesystemconstant {tr} -\definesystemconstant {czech} \definesystemconstant {cz} -\definesystemconstant {slovak} \definesystemconstant {sk} +\definesystemconstant {ukenglish} \definesystemconstant {uk} +\definesystemconstant {usenglish} \definesystemconstant {us} +\definesystemconstant {croation} \definesystemconstant {hr} + +%D For proper \UNICODE\ support we need a few font related +%D constants. + +\definesystemconstant {Unicode} +\definesystemconstant {Regular} +\definesystemconstant {Bold} +\definesystemconstant {Slanted} +\definesystemconstant {Italic} +\definesystemconstant {BoldSlanted} +\definesystemconstant {BoldItalic} %D As the name of their define command states, the next set of %D constants is used in the message macro's. @@ -316,6 +330,7 @@ \definesystemvariable {ci} % CItaat \definesystemvariable {cl} % kleur (CoLor setup) \definesystemvariable {co} % COmbinaties +\definesystemvariable {cp} % CliP \definesystemvariable {cr} % kleur (ColoR) \definesystemvariable {cv} % ConVersie \definesystemvariable {da} % DAte @@ -345,6 +360,7 @@ \definesystemvariable {il} % stelInvulRegelsin \definesystemvariable {im} % InMarge \definesystemvariable {in} % INspringen +\definesystemvariable {ip} % InsertPages \definesystemvariable {is} % Items \definesystemvariable {it} % stelInTerliniein \definesystemvariable {iv} % stelInvulLijnenin @@ -361,6 +377,7 @@ \definesystemvariable {kw} % KontaktWaarde \definesystemvariable {la} % LAnguage \definesystemvariable {lg} % taal (LanGuage) +\definesystemvariable {ld} % LegenDa \definesystemvariable {li} % LIjst \definesystemvariable {ln} % LijNen \definesystemvariable {lo} % LOgos @@ -380,6 +397,7 @@ \definesystemvariable {os} % OffSet \definesystemvariable {pa} % PAlet \definesystemvariable {pb} % PuBlicatie +\definesystemvariable {pc} % PageComment \definesystemvariable {pf} % ProFiel \definesystemvariable {pg} % KoppelPagina \definesystemvariable {pl} % PLaats @@ -413,16 +431,19 @@ \definesystemvariable {sy} % SYnchronisatie \definesystemvariable {ta} % TAb \definesystemvariable {tb} % TekstBlokken +\definesystemvariable {te} % TEmplate \definesystemvariable {ti} % TabelInstellingen \definesystemvariable {tk} % Teksten \definesystemvariable {tl} % TekstLijnen \definesystemvariable {tp} % TyPen \definesystemvariable {tt} % TabulaTe \definesystemvariable {ty} % TYpe +\definesystemvariable {uc} % Unicode \definesystemvariable {ui} % UItvoer \definesystemvariable {ur} % URl \definesystemvariable {ve} % VErsie \definesystemvariable {vn} % VoetNoten +\definesystemvariable {vt} % VerTical \definesystemvariable {wr} % WitRuimte \definesystemvariable {xy} % schaal \definesystemvariable {za} % ZetspiegelAanpassing @@ -467,6 +488,10 @@ \defineinterfacevariable {s} {s} +\defineinterfacevariable {a} {a} +\defineinterfacevariable {b} {b} +\defineinterfacevariable {c} {c} + %D The names of files and their extensions are fixed. %D \CONTEXT\ uses as less files as possible. Utility files can %D be recognized by the first two characters of the extension: @@ -477,7 +502,8 @@ \definefileconstant {blockextension} {tub} \definefileconstant {figureextension} {tuf} \definefileconstant {inputextension} {tui} -\definefileconstant {outputextension} {tuo} +\definefileconstant {outputextension} {tuo} % tup for previous run +\definefileconstant {optionextension} {top} \definefileconstant {temporaryextension} {tmp} \definefileconstant {patternsextension} {pat} \definefileconstant {hyphensextension} {hyp} @@ -491,7 +517,12 @@ \definefileconstant {oldfilename} {cont-old} \definefileconstant {newfilename} {cont-new} \definefileconstant {filfilename} {cont-fil} -\definefileconstant {optfilename} {cont-opt} + +%D The next two files specify user settings as well as +%D \TEXEXEC\ settings when generating a format. + +\definefileconstant {usrfilename} {cont-usr} +\definefileconstant {fmtfilename} {cont-fmt} %D The setup files for the language, font, color and special %D subsystems have a common prefix. This means that we have at @@ -512,6 +543,7 @@ %D The macros that are responsible for this 'clever' searching %D make use of two (very important) path specifiers. +\definefileconstant {pathseparator} {/} \definefileconstant {currentpath} {.} \definefileconstant {parentpath} {..} @@ -596,6 +628,13 @@ 3: -- -- ersetzt ein Makro, verwende VERSALIEN! \stopmessages +\startmessages czech library: check + title: kontrola + 1: postradam '=' po '--' na radku -- + 2: ocekavam -- argument(y) na radku -- + 3: -- -- nahrazuje makro, uzijte VERZALKY! +\stopmessages + \fi %D Ok, here are some more, because we've got ouselves some diff --git a/tex/context/base/ppchtex.tex b/tex/context/base/ppchtex.tex index 1e33953d7..4d7de633e 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/ppchtex.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/ppchtex.tex @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ %D suggestions={Tobias Burnus, Dirk Kuypers \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. % Deze module ondersteunt het zetten van chemische @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ % \gebruikextras[chemie]. Daarbij wordt een passende melding % getoont. Buiten Context genereren we een melding: -\doifundefined{gebruikextras} +\doifundefined{usemodule} {\writestatus{loading}{Context Chemical Macro's / 1996.3.1}} % Er kan gebruik worden gemaakt van PiCTeX of PStricks. Een @@ -2125,17 +2125,35 @@ \doresetsubscripts}% \chemicalspace} +%\def\chemicaloutermolecule#1#2#3% +% {\chemicalspace +% \setbox0=\hbox % else the font is reset +% {\dosetsubscripts +% \hbox{$\@@chemicalletter{\strut#1}$}% +% \doresetsubscripts}% +% \mathop{\box0}% +% \doifnot{#2}{} +% {_{\@@chemicalletter{\strut\ifthirdargument#3\else#2\fi}}}% +% \doifnot{#3}{} +% {^{\@@chemicalletter{\strut\ifthirdargument#2\else#3\fi}}}% +% \chemicalspace} + \def\chemicaloutermolecule#1#2#3% {\chemicalspace - \setbox0=\hbox % else the font is reset + \setbox0=\hbox % else the font is reset {\dosetsubscripts \hbox{$\@@chemicalletter{\strut#1}$}% \doresetsubscripts}% \mathop{\box0}% - \doifnot{#2}{} - {_{\@@chemicalletter{\strut\ifthirdargument#3\else#2\fi}}}% - \doifnot{#3}{} - {^{\@@chemicalletter{\strut\ifthirdargument#2\else#3\fi}}}% + \ifthirdargument + \doifnot{#2}{} + {^{\@@chemicalletter{\strut#2}}}% + \doifnot{#3}{} + {_{\@@chemicalletter{\strut#3}}}% + \else + \doifnot{#2}{} + {_{\@@chemicalletter{\strut#2}}}% + \fi \chemicalspace} \def\chemicalsinglepicturearrow#1% diff --git a/tex/context/base/s-abr-01.tex b/tex/context/base/s-abr-01.tex index 9ba92d90f..d11fd3633 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/s-abr-01.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/s-abr-01.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \unprotect @@ -25,12 +25,15 @@ \logo [ANSI] {ansi} \logo [ASCIITEX] {ascii\TeX} \logo [ASCII] {ascii} +\logo [BIBTEX] {bib\TeX} +\logo [CDROM] {cdrom} \logo [CMR] {cmr} \logo [CMYK] {cmyk} \logo [CONTEXT] {\ConTeXt} \logo [CTAN] {ctan} \logo [CWEB] {cweb} \logo [DISTILLER] {distiller} +\logo [DTK] {dtk} \logo [DVIPSONE] {dvipsone} \logo [DVIPS] {dvips} \logo [DVISCR] {dviscr} @@ -41,8 +44,10 @@ \logo [EMTEX] {em\TeX} \logo [EPS] {eps} \logo [ETEX] {\eTeX} +\logo [FPTEX] {fp\TeX} \logo [FDF] {fdf} \logo [FGBBS] {fgbbs} +\logo [GUST] {Gust} \logo [GNU] {gnu} \logo [GHOSTSCRIPT]{GhostScript} \logo [GHOSTVIEW] {GhostView} @@ -57,7 +62,9 @@ \logo [LATEXTE] {\LaTeX2e} \logo [LATEXTN] {\LaTeX2.09} \logo [LATEX] {\LaTeX} +\logo [LISP] {Lisp} \logo [MAPS] {Maps} +\logo [MIKTEX] {Mik\TeX} \logo [METAFONT] {\MetaFont} \logo [METAPOST] {\MetaPost} \logo [MODULA] {Modula} @@ -73,7 +80,7 @@ \logo [PERL] {Perl} \logo [PERLTK] {Perl/Tk} \logo [PICTEX] {\PiCTeX} -\logo [PLAIN] {\kap{PLAIN}} +\logo [PLAIN] {Plain} \logo [PNG] {png} \logo [POSTSCRIPT] {PostScript} \logo [PPCHTEX] {\PPCHTeX} @@ -86,6 +93,7 @@ \logo [PS] {PostScript} \logo [RGB] {rgb} \logo [SGML] {sgml} +\logo [SQL] {sql} \logo [SI] {si} \logo [TABLE] {\TaBlE} \logo [TEXMF] {texmf} @@ -93,9 +101,11 @@ \logo [TEXADRES] {\TeX adress} \logo [TEXBASE] {\TeX base} \logo [TEXEDIT] {\TeX edit} +\logo [TEXWORK] {\TeX work} \logo [TEXEXEC] {\TeX exec} \logo [TEXFORM] {\TeX form} -\logo [TEXNL] {\kap{TEX-NL}} +\logo [TEXSHOW] {\TeX show} +\logo [TEXNL] {TEX-NL} \logo [TEXSPELL] {\TeX spell} \logo [TEXUTIL] {\TeX util} \logo [TEX] {\TeX} @@ -112,13 +122,18 @@ \logo [URI] {uri} \logo [URL] {url} \logo [USA] {usa} +\logo [UNICODE] {Unicode} \logo [UNIX] {unix} +\logo [LINUX] {linux} \logo [WEBC] {web2c} \logo [WDT] {wdt} \logo [WWW] {www} \logo [XML] {xml} +\logo [XDVI] {Xdvi} \logo [XINDY] {Xindy} \logo [YandY] {y\&y} +\logo [WINNX] {Win9x} +\logo [WINNT] {WinNT} \def\SystemSpecialA#1{$\langle\it#1\rangle$} \def\SystemSpecialB#1{{\tttf<#1>}} @@ -151,4 +166,6 @@ \def\NEWPAGE {\SystemSpecialB{newpage}} \def\NEWLINE {\SystemSpecialB{newline}} +\def\THANH {H\`an Th\^e\llap{\raise 0.5ex\hbox{\'{}}} Th\`anh} + \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/s-abr-02.tex b/tex/context/base/s-abr-02.tex index 82dfe6d73..1e99dbe00 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/s-abr-02.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/s-abr-02.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \usemodule[abr-01] diff --git a/tex/context/base/s-abr-03.tex b/tex/context/base/s-abr-03.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3dfe080d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/s-abr-03.tex @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=s-abr-03, +%D version=1998.8.10, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Style File, +%D subtitle=General Abbreviations 3, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. + +\usemodule[abr-01] + +\unprotect + +\stelsorterenin[logo][\c!letter=\v!WOORD] + +\protect + +\endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/s-dtk-01.tex b/tex/context/base/s-dtk-01.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e98d17c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/s-dtk-01.tex @@ -0,0 +1,257 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=s-dtk-01, +%D version=1999.08.15, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Style File, +%D subtitle=\DTK\ basis stijl, +%D author=Hans Hagen \& Taco Hoekwater, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright=PRAGMA] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. + +%D Preliminary. Still dutch and english intermixed. + +\unprotect + +%D Temp hack. + +\def\doverbatimgoodbreak{} + +%D Fonts. + +\definebodyfontenvironment + [8pt] + [\c!interlinie=9pt, + \c!groot=9pt, + \c!klein=7pt] + +\definebodyfontenvironment + [9pt] + [\c!interlinie=11pt, + \c!groot=10pt, + \c!klein=8pt] + +\definebodyfontenvironment + [10pt] + [\c!interlinie=12pt, + \c!groot=12pt, + \c!klein=8pt] + +\definebodyfontenvironment + [12pt] + [\c!interlinie=14pt, + \c!groot=14.4pt, + \c!klein=10pt] + +\definebodyfontenvironment + [14.4pt] + [\c!interlinie=18pt, + \c!groot=14.4pt, + \c!klein=12pt] + +\setupbodyfont + [10pt,cmx,ams] + +%D Color. + +\setupcolors + [\c!conversie=\v!altijd] + +%D Default language. + +\mainlanguage[en] \language[en] + +%D Paper size and layout. The Dante style depends on the +%D driver to sort out the margins. Therefore we are not +%D really typesetting in A5, but on something larger. + +\definieerpapierformaat + [DanteA5] + [breedte=486.54pt] + +\stelpapierformaatin + [DanteA5][A4] + +\stellayoutin % w=342pt h=484pt + [\c!rugwit=1in, + \c!kopwit=1in, + \c!plaats=\v!enkelzijdig, + \c!breedte=342pt, + \c!hoogte=548pt, + \c!hoofd=17pt, + \c!hoofdafstand=17pt, + \c!voetafstand=17pt, + \c!voet=17pt] + +%D Headers and footers. + +\stelhoofdin [\c!voor=\vfill,\c!na=] +\stelvoetin [\c!voor=\vfill,\c!na=] + +%D Numbering. + +\stelnummeringin + [\c!plaats=, + \c!variant=\v!dubbelzijdig] + +%D Spacing. + +\stelwitruimtein [\v!halveregel] +\stelblankoin [\v!halveregel] + +%D Itemize. + +\stelopsommingin [\v!elk] [\c!afstand=0pt,\c!marge=.5em] +\stelopsommingin [1] [\c!breedte=1.0em,\c!symbool=circle] +\stelopsommingin [2] [\c!breedte=0.9em,\c!symbool=triangle] +\stelopsommingin [3] [\c!breedte=0.8em,\c!symbool=diamond] +\stelopsommingin [4] [\c!breedte=0.7em,\c!symbool=dash] + +\stelopsommingin [1] [\v!opelkaar] + +%D Verbatim. + +\setuptyping [\c!optie=,\c!blanko=halveregel] + +%D Footnotes. + +\def\VoetNootLijn% + {\hrule width 5pc height .4pt} + +\setupfootnotes + [\c!korps=8pt, + \c!lijn=\VoetNootLijn, + \c!voor=\vskip24pt, + \c!nummercommando=] + +\setupfootnotedefinition + [\c!plaats=\v!aansluitend, + \c!breedte=\v!passend, + \c!kopletter=\v!normaal, + \c!afstand=.5em] + +% Abbreviations and logos. + +\usemodule[abr-03] + + +%D Some real macros: + +\def\startAbstract% + {\dostartbuffer[abstract][startAbstract][stopAbstract]} + +%D And some dummies (for \MAPS\ style compatibility): + +\def\startKeywords#1\stopKeywords + {} + +\def\Keywords#1% + {} + +%D We will pick up some user settings. + +\def\DTKTypering[#1]% + {\getparameters + [DTK] + [Jaar=1998, + Volume=19, + Nummer=3, + Pagina=99, + Titel=Publish or Perish, + Subtitel=, + Auteur=D.T.K. Auteur, + Adres=PRAGMA Advanced Document Engineering \\ + Ridderstraat 27 \\ 8061GH Hasselt NL, + Email=pragma@wxs.nl, + #1]} + +\DTKTypering[] + +%D Some of those are shown in headers and footers. + +\def\DTKFooter% + {Die \TeX nische Kom\"odie \DTKVolume/\DTKJaar + \space---\space + Proceedings of the \DTKJaar\ Euro\TeX\ Meeting} + +\stelhoofdin[\c!linkerletter=\ss\sl,\c!rechterletter=\ss] +\stelvoetin [\c!letter={\switchtobodyfont[9pt]\ss\sl}] + +\stelhoofdtekstenin [\DTKTitel] [\pagenumber] +\stelvoettekstenin [\DTKFooter] [] + +%D It all starts here: + +\def\dostartBijdrage[#1]% + {\pagina + \DTKTypering[#1] + \stelhoofdin[\c!status=\v!leeg] + \stelpaginanummerin[\c!nummer=\DTKPagina] + \bgroup + \stelwitruimtein[\v!geen] + \bgroup + \switchtobodyfont[14.4pt,ss] + \steluitlijnenin[\v!rechts] + \let\\=\par + \DTKTitel\par + \doifsomething{\DTKSubtitel} + {\bgroup + \vskip3pt + \switchtobodyfont[12pt,ss] + \DTKSubtitel\par + \egroup} + \egroup + \vskip12pt + \bgroup + \switchtobodyfont[12pt,ss] + \def\\{\unskip\space\ignorespaces} + \DTKAuteur + \par + \egroup + \vskip12pt + \bgroup + \switchtobodyfont[9pt] + \stelsmallerin[voor=,na=] + \startsmaller[.05\hsize] + \stelwitruimtein[\v!halveregel] + \haalbuffer[abstract] + \stopsmaller + \egroup + \vskip20pt + \egroup} + +\def\startBijdrage% + {\starttekst + \dosingleempty\dostartBijdrage} + +\def\stopBijdrage% + {\stoptekst} + +%D Sectioning. + +\stelkopin + [\v!paragraaf] + [\c!letter={\ss\bfa}, + \c!uitlijnen=\v!rechts, + \c!voor={\blanko[\v!regel,\v!halveregel]}, + \c!na={\blanko[\v!halveregel]}] + +\stelkopin + [\v!sub\v!paragraaf] + [\c!letter=\ss, + \c!uitlijnen=\v!rechts, + \c!voor={\blanko[\v!halveregel]}, + \c!na={\blanko[\v!halveregel]}] + +\stelkopin + [\v!sub\v!sub\v!paragraaf] + [\c!letter=\ss, + \c!variant=\v!tekst, + \c!voor=, + \c!na=] + +%D Done. + +\endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/s-faq-00.tex b/tex/context/base/s-faq-00.tex index b8816f13e..db03f666f 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/s-faq-00.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/s-faq-00.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \usemodule[abr-01] diff --git a/tex/context/base/s-faq-01.tex b/tex/context/base/s-faq-01.tex index e3fe2bf9c..41618a375 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/s-faq-01.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/s-faq-01.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \usemodule[faq-00] @@ -35,25 +35,37 @@ \setupinteraction [state=start, page=yes, - color=red, + color=darkred, + contrastcolor=black, menu=on] \setupcolors [state=start] \setupbackgrounds + [state=repeat] + +\setupbackgrounds [page] [offset=3pt] \setupbackgrounds - [text,bottom] + [text] + [text] + [background={screen,go-on}] + +\setupbackgrounds + [bottom] [text] [background=screen] \setupframedtexts - [background=color, + [background=MyFrame, backgroundcolor=white, - framecolor=red] + framecolor=darkred, + frame=overlay] + +\defineoverlay[go-on][\overlaybutton{forward}] \useexternaldocument [paperfaq] @@ -62,7 +74,8 @@ \setupregister [index] - [coupling=yes] + [coupling=yes, + interaction=text] \coupleregister [index] @@ -72,12 +85,15 @@ \setupinteractionmenu [bottom, bottom 1, bottom 2] - [background=color, + [background=MyFrame, backgroundcolor=white, color=black, - framecolor=red, + contrastcolor=black, + frame=overlay, + framecolor=darkred, dummy=yes, middle=\hskip1em, + height=\bottomheight, distance=overlay] \setupinteractionmenu @@ -116,8 +132,9 @@ \bgroup \tfx\setstrut \framed - [framecolor=red, - background=color, + [frame=overlay, + framecolor=darkred, + background=MyFrame, backgroundcolor=white] {\AuthorOfFAQ} \egroup} @@ -133,7 +150,7 @@ \blank[3*big] \midaligned{\tta \ListOfFAQ} \vfill - \midaligned{\tta pragma@pi.net} + \midaligned{\tta pragma@wxs.nl} \blank[3*big] \stopstandardmakeup} @@ -163,7 +180,7 @@ \def\EndFAQ% {\stopframedtext \egroup - \button[frame=off,offset=overlay]{\copy0}[faq:\CurrentNOfFAQ] + \button[color=,contrastcolor=,frame=overlay,offset=overlay]{\copy0}[faq:\CurrentNOfFAQ] \vskip6pt} \def\AllFAQs% @@ -175,4 +192,15 @@ \pagereference[faqs] \useblocks[question]} +\def\MyFrame% + {\startreusableMPgraphic{Frame:\overlaywidth:\overlayheight} + path p ; p := unitsquare xscaled \overlaywidth yscaled \overlayheight ; + pickup pencircle scaled 2pt ; + fill p withcolor \MPcolor{\overlaycolor} ; + draw p withcolor \MPcolor{\overlaylinecolor} ; + \stopreusableMPgraphic + \reuseMPgraphic{Frame:\overlaywidth:\overlayheight}} + +\defineoverlay[MyFrame][\MyFrame] + \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/s-faq-02.tex b/tex/context/base/s-faq-02.tex index 49d153c0a..7247ee6a1 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/s-faq-02.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/s-faq-02.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \usemodule[faq-00] @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ \blank[3*big] \midaligned{\tta \ListOfFAQ} \vfill - \midaligned{\tta pragma@pi.net} + \midaligned{\tta pragma@wxs.nl} \blank[3*big] \stopstandardmakeup} diff --git a/tex/context/base/s-faq-03.tex b/tex/context/base/s-faq-03.tex index 498da0c0e..7d4b5edc4 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/s-faq-03.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/s-faq-03.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \def\PDFscreenFAQ \name #1 \tag #2 \language #3 \hyphenation #4 \list #5 diff --git a/tex/context/base/s-map-01.tex b/tex/context/base/s-map-01.tex index 26be67bcf..13923377c 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/s-map-01.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/s-map-01.tex @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ %D \module -%D [ file=s-map-01, +%D [ file=s-map-01, %D version=1998.05.05, %D title=\CONTEXT\ Style File, %D subtitle=\MAPS\ basis stijl, @@ -8,9 +8,13 @@ %D copyright={NTG / MAPS}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. +%D The \MAPS\ layout is designed by Taco Hoekwater and Siep +%D Kroonenberg, who on behalf of the \MAPS/\NTG\ own the +%D copyright to the design. + %D In deze file wordt zowel de dubbelzijdig als de enkelzijdige %D layout van de \MAPS\ gedefinieerd. Naast deze file %D zijn|/|komen wat aanvullende stijlen voor specifieke @@ -435,7 +439,11 @@ \bgroup \forgetall \kern 7.5pt - \ifMapsInKolommen \steluitlijnenin[\v!links] \fi + \ifMapsInKolommen + \steluitlijnenin[\v!links] + \else + \steluitlijnenin[\v!rechts] + \fi {\bf\MapsTitel\par} {\bfx\MapsSubtitel\par} \blanko[\v!regel] diff --git a/tex/context/base/s-pre-00.tex b/tex/context/base/s-pre-00.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b04a80e6f --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/s-pre-00.tex @@ -0,0 +1,169 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=s-pre-01, +%D version=1997.07.22, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Style File, +%D subtitle=Presentation Environment 0, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. + +%D This module provides some non core functionality that can +%D be used in the presentations styles. This module contains +%D experimental macros. +%D +%D The presentation environments are independent of each other. +%D Although they have much in common, and in many cases can be +%D exchanged, the common components are not collected in this +%D file. That way they can serve as examples of style +%D definitions. + +\unprotect + +\newbox \presentationstack +\newcounter \presentationcounter +\newdimen \presentationheight + +\appendtoks\doglobal\newcounter\presentationcounter\to\everyshipout + +\defineframedtext + [presentationshield] + +\setupframedtexts + [presentationshield] + [\c!achtergrond=\v!kleur, + \c!achtergrondkleur=StepColor, + \c!offset=\v!overlay, + \c!kader=\v!uit] + +\definecolor[StepColor][white] + +\def\enablepresentationstep% + {\let\enablepresentationstep\relax + \useJSpreamblenow{presentation}% + \stelteksttekstenin + [\vbox to \teksthoogte + {\dopresentationstep1\box\presentationstack\vfill}]} + +\def\presentationstep% + {\dopresentationstep0} + +\def\dopresentationstep#1% + {\global\setbox\presentationstack=\vbox + {\ifnum\presentationcounter=0 + \global\presentationheight=\!!zeropoint + \fi + \ifcase#1\relax + \scratchdimen=\pagetotal + \else + \scratchdimen=\textheight + \fi + \advance\scratchdimen by -\presentationheight + \global\presentationheight=\pagetotal + \forgetall + \offinterlineskip + \mindermeldingen + \box\presentationstack + \doglobal\increment\presentationcounter + \scratchcounter=\realpageno \multiply\scratchcounter by 100 + \advance\scratchcounter by \presentationcounter + \edef\presentationtag{presentation:\the\scratchcounter} + \setupfield + [presentation] + [\c!breedte=\v!passend,\c!hoogte=\v!passend,\c!offset=\v!overlay, + \c!strut=\v!nee,\c!kader=\v!uit,\c!optie={\v!alleenleesbaar}] + \definesymbol + [\presentationtag] + [\presentationshade] + \def\presentationshade% + {\presentationshield + [\c!breedte=\tekstbreedte,\c!hoogte=\scratchdimen]{}} + \definefield[\presentationtag][check][presentation][\presentationtag][\presentationtag] + \fitfield[\presentationtag]}} + +\startJSpreamble {presentation} used later + var presentation = new Array() ; + for (i=1;i<=\lastpage;i++) + { presentation[i] = 0 } + this.dirty = false ; + function NextPresentation (pagenumber) + { % ++presentation[pagenumber] ; + presentation[pagenumber] = presentation[pagenumber] + 1 ; + var dummy = 100*pagenumber + presentation[pagenumber] ; + var v = this.getField("presentation:"+dummy) ; + if (v) + { v.hidden = true } + else + { ++pagenumber ; + if (pagenumber<=\lastpage) + { presentation[pagenumber] = presentation[pagenumber] + 1 ; + dummy = 100*(pagenumber) + presentation[pagenumber] ; + v = this.getField("presentation:"+dummy) ; + if (v) { v.hidden = true } + ++this.pageNum } } + this.dirty = false } +\stopJSpreamble + +\definereference[NextStep][JS(NextPresentation{\realfolio})] + +%D \macros +%D {presentationstep} +%D +%D The macro \type {\presentationstep} provides a basic slide +%D show functionality. It sort of records pieces of the page +%D that will show up stepwise. It can be used like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \startitemize +%D \item eerste +%D \item tweede +%D \stopitemize +%D +%D \presentationstep +%D +%D \startformula +%D ax^2+bx+c +%D \stopformula +%D +%D \presentationstep +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D When the document is opened, the two text fragments are +%D covered by a shield. Each page has its own shield stack. The +%D logical reference \type {NextStep} can be used to hide the +%D shield. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \setupfootertexts[{\button{Show Up}[NextStep]}] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Special effects can be reached with: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \setupframedtexts +%D [presentationshield] +%D [background=color,backgroundcolor=red] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D There is also: +%D +%D \autopresentationsteptrue +%D +%D One can enable this feature as \type {step} mode. + +\newif\ifautopresentationstep + +\appendtoks \ifautopresentationstep\presentationstep\fi \to \everypar + +\doifmode{step}{\enablepresentationstep} + +%D When in \type {comment} mode, embedded page comments are +%D processed and put below the page. The default space of +%D 5cm should be adequate but can of course be changed. + +\doifmode{comment}{\setuppagecomment[state=start,location=bottom]} + +\protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/s-pre-01.tex b/tex/context/base/s-pre-01.tex index 8cc3a906d..982c2b93f 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/s-pre-01.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/s-pre-01.tex @@ -8,13 +8,15 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. %D This environment can be used to typeset interactive %D presentations. This module was first used at the 1997 \TUG\ %D meeting. +\usemodule[pre-general] % mode=step + %D \macros %D {language} %D @@ -59,7 +61,7 @@ %D the width and height of the page and start up full screen. \setuppapersize - [S6] + [S6][S6] \setuplayout [topspace=12pt, @@ -142,7 +144,7 @@ \framed [framecolor=white,linethickness=1pt, height=\bottomheight,strut=no] - {\interactionbar[alternative=f,width=.5\textwidth,height=1ex]} + {\interactionbar[alternative=f,width=.5\makeupwidth,height=1ex]} \fi} %D \macros @@ -188,7 +190,7 @@ \def\StartTitlePage% {\startstandardmakeup - \bfd + \bfd\setupinterlinespace \setupalign[middle] \vfil \let\\=\vfil} @@ -236,9 +238,11 @@ %D \macros %D {setuphead} %D -%D We use our own command for typesetting the titles. We hide -%D sectionnumbers from viewing. Each topic is followed by a -%D list of subjects that belong to the topic. +%D Because chapters and sections do not make sense in +%D presentations, we use our own command for typesetting the +%D titles. Sectionnumbers are of course hidden from viewing. +%D Each topic is followed by a list of subjects that belong +%D to the topic. \setuphead [Topic, Nopic, Subject] @@ -261,7 +265,7 @@ %D %D The command used to typeset the head lines is rather simple. %D We just center the framed title. The frame macro optimizes -%D the alignment and at the same time enables us to typset a +%D the alignment and at the same time enables us to typeset a %D nice colored rule. \def\HeadLine#1#2% @@ -289,7 +293,9 @@ %D {\midaligned{#2}} %D \stoptypen %D -%D But why should we complicate things when we can say: +%D But why should we complicate things when we can use +%D alternative~\type{g}. The test is only needed if one +%D does not automatically goes a new page with each subject. \def\PlaceSubjectList% {\blank @@ -340,18 +346,19 @@ %D %D Because topic lines can be rather long, so we use \type %D {\limitatetext} to limit their length to the width of the -%D right edge. This macro is part of the support macros. +%D right edge. When needed, some dots are added (\unknown). +%D This macro is part of the collection of low level support +%D macros. \def\TopicLine#1#2#3% - {\limitatetext{#2}{\rightedgewidth}{...} - \par} + {\limitatetext{#2}{\rightedgewidth}{\unknown}\par} %D \macros %D {setuptexttexts, button} %D %D During a presentation, we want to use the cursor to point to %D parts of the text. Furthermore we want to be able to jump to -%D the next page, without too much positioning on buttons. +%D the next page, without the need to move the cursor on buttons. %D Therefore we make the text part of the screen into an %D invisible button. @@ -365,7 +372,8 @@ %D {setupsubpagenumber} %D %D The left bottom navigation bar shows the subpages, which will -%D be counted by topic. +%D be counted by text. One can change this in the preentation +%D itself by saying \type {[way=byTopic]}. \setupsubpagenumber [way=bytext, % Topic, diff --git a/tex/context/base/s-pre-02.tex b/tex/context/base/s-pre-02.tex index f5c4e7381..865a9fb08 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/s-pre-02.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/s-pre-02.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. %D This environment can be used to typeset interactive @@ -16,6 +16,8 @@ %D publishers conference of the European Portable Document %D Association. +\usemodule[pre-general] % mode=step + %D \macros %D {setupbodyfont, switchtobodyfont, setuplayout} %D @@ -36,7 +38,7 @@ %D have navigational tools at the bottom of the screen. \setuppapersize - [S6] + [S6][S6] \setuplayout [backspace=1cm, @@ -108,9 +110,19 @@ %D %D The navigational elements and the backgrounds are %D provided by \METAPOST. The next few macros are meant for the -%D more experienced \CONTEXT\ user. +%D more experienced \CONTEXT\ user. When, as demonstrated +%D here, we make the dimensions part of the name, we can be +%D sure that new ones are generated when we change the page +%D size in between. +%D +%D When \METAPOST\ is used, it makes sense to generate the +%D graphics at runtime. This is supported when one enables +%D system calls in the local \type {texmf.cnf} file and add the +%D switch \type {\runMPgraphicstrue} to the local file \type +%D {cont-sys.tex}. When direct processing is disabled or not +%D supported, \TEXEXEC\ will tke care of graphic generation. -\MPinclusions{input mp-tool} +\MPinclusions{input mp-tool} \def\MPpagebackground#1#2#3% {\startreusableMPgraphic{pb:#1#2#3} @@ -138,6 +150,17 @@ %D {setuptexttexts} %D %D By clicking on the text area, one goes to the next page. +%D We could also have use the overlay mechanism, but this +%D takes more settings and requires to generate the backgounds +%D each page. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \defineoverlay[BackgroundButton][\BackgroundButton] +%D \setupbackgrounds[text][text][background=BackgroundButton] +%D \setupbackgrounds[state=repeat] +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D We go for the fast one. \def\MPtextbackground#1#2#3% {\startreusableMPgraphic{tx:#1#2#3} @@ -177,7 +200,7 @@ z2 = (#1, .5y3) ; z3 = ( 0, #2) ; path p ; p := z1--z2--z3--cycle; - lw = #2/5 ; pickup pencircle scaled lw; + lw := #2/5 ; pickup pencircle scaled lw; filldraw p withcolor \MPcolor{Backgrounds} ; set_outer_boundingbox currentpicture; \stopreusableMPgraphic @@ -189,7 +212,7 @@ z2 = ( 0, .5y3) ; z3 = (#1, #2) ; path p ; p := z1--z2--z3--cycle; - lw = #2/5 ; pickup pencircle scaled lw; + lw := #2/5 ; pickup pencircle scaled lw; filldraw p withcolor \MPcolor{Backgrounds} ; set_outer_boundingbox currentpicture; \stopreusableMPgraphic @@ -197,9 +220,9 @@ \def\MPcircle#1#2% {\startreusableMPgraphic{ci:#1#2} - rx = #1; ry = #2; + rx := #1; ry := #2; path p ; p := fullcircle xscaled rx yscaled ry; - lw = #2/5 ; pickup pencircle scaled lw; + lw := #2/5 ; pickup pencircle scaled lw; filldraw p withcolor \MPcolor{Backgrounds} ; set_outer_boundingbox currentpicture; \stopreusableMPgraphic @@ -211,24 +234,24 @@ z2 = ( #1, 0) ; z3 = (.5x2, #2) ; path p ; p := z1--z2--z3--cycle; - lw = #2/5 ; pickup pencircle scaled lw; + lw := #2/5 ; pickup pencircle scaled lw; filldraw p withcolor \MPcolor{Backgrounds} ; set_outer_boundingbox currentpicture; \stopreusableMPgraphic \reuseMPgraphic{wh:#1#2}} \unexpanded\def\BackwardButton% - {\naarbox{\MPleft{\the\bottomheight}{\the\bottomheight}}[previouspage]} + {\gotobox{\MPleft{\the\bottomheight}{\the\bottomheight}}[previouspage]} \unexpanded\def\ForwardButton% - {\naarbox{\MPright{\the\bottomheight}{\the\bottomheight}}[nextpage]} + {\gotobox{\MPright{\the\bottomheight}{\the\bottomheight}}[nextpage]} \unexpanded\def\ExitButton% - {\naarbox{\MPcircle{\the\bottomheight}{\the\bottomheight}}[CloseDocument]} + {\gotobox{\MPcircle{\the\bottomheight}{\the\bottomheight}}[CloseDocument]} \unexpanded\def\WhateverButton% {\doifreferencefoundelse{Whatever} - {\naarbox{\MPwhat{\the\bottomheight}{\the\bottomheight}}[Whatever]} + {\gotobox{\MPwhat{\the\bottomheight}{\the\bottomheight}}[Whatever]} {}} \def\BottomButton% @@ -248,7 +271,27 @@ \kern.5\bottomheight \ForwardButton \kern.5\bottomheight] - [] + [] % redundant + +% an alternative way: +% +% \setupinteractionmenu[bottom][state=start] +% +% \setupinteraction[menu=on] +% +% \startinteractionmenu[bottom] +% \button[frame=off,height=\bottomheight,width=.3\textwidth]{}[Topics] +% \hfill +% \doifreferencefoundelse{Whatever} +% {\gotobox{\MPwhat{\the\bottomheight}{\the\bottomheight}}[Whatever]}{}% +% \kern2\bottomheight +% \gotobox{\MPleft{\the\bottomheight}{\the\bottomheight}}[previouspage]% +% \kern.5\bottomheight +% \gotobox{\MPcircle{\the\bottomheight}{\the\bottomheight}}[CloseDocument]% +% \kern.5\bottomheight +% \gotobox{\MPright{\the\bottomheight}{\the\bottomheight}}[nextpage]% +% \kern.5\bottomheight +% \stopinteractionmenu %D \macros %D {TitlePage, Topics, Topic, Subject} @@ -281,7 +324,7 @@ %D \StopTitlepage %D \stoptypen %D -%D or more straightforward: +%D or as one||liner: %D %D \starttypen %D \TitlePage{text\\text\\text} @@ -292,7 +335,7 @@ \def\StartTitlePage% {\startstandardmakeup - \bfd + \bfd\setupinterlinespace \setupalign[middle] \vfil \let\\=\vfil} @@ -339,25 +382,13 @@ continue=no, style=\tfa] +%D The next piece of code is new. + %D \macros %D {setuplist} %D -%D The subject list is automatically placed. We center each -%D subject line by using one of the default alternatives (g). We -%D could have said: -%D -%D \starttypen -%D \setuplist -%D [Subject] -%D [alternative=none, -%D command=\SubjectListLine, -%D interaction=all] -%D -%D \def\SubjectListLine#1#2#3% -%D {\midaligned{#2}} -%D \stoptypen -%D -%D But why should we complicate things when we can say: +%D When found, the subject list is automatically placed +%D after the topic head. \setuplist [Topic,Subject] @@ -376,6 +407,13 @@ \fi} \def\Subjects% - {\placelist[Subject]} + {\determinelistcharacteristics[Subject][criterium=Topic] + \ifcase\utilitylistlength\else + \placelist[Subject][criterium=Topic] + \fi} + +\setuphead + [Topic] + [after={\blank[3*medium]\Subjects}] \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/s-pre-03.tex b/tex/context/base/s-pre-03.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6eae357cb --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/s-pre-03.tex @@ -0,0 +1,200 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=s-pre-03, +%D version=1998.09.06, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Style File, +%D subtitle=Presentation Environment 3, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. + +%D This is the third environment for typesetting interactive +%D presentations. I used this style for a talk on \TEX\ and +%D \JAVASCRIPT\ at \TUG98, mainly because I didn't want to +%D use the same style three times. Therefore this is a rather +%D simple, silly style. + +\usemodule[pre-general] % mode=step + +%D \macros +%D {setupbodyfont} +%D +%D We use a large bodyfont. Combined with the fancy +%D background, this does not leave that much room for text, but +%D presentations should use much text anyway. + +\setupbodyfont + [lbr,14.4pt] + +%D \macros +%D {setuppapersize,setuplayout,setupinteractionscreen} +%D +%D The page dimensions are set to size \type {S6}, being +%D 600pt by 450pt. We use wide margins and discard headers +%D and footers. We also launch the document full screen. + +\setuppapersize + [S6][S6] + +\setuplayout + [width=middle, + height=middle, + topspace=75pt, + backspace=100pt, + header=0pt, + footer=0pt] + +\setupinteractionscreen + [option=max] + +%D \macros +%D {setupcolors,definecolor} +%D +%D Next, color support is turned on and a dark red color is +%D defined. Other red shades will be derived from this one +%D color. + +\setupcolors + [state=start] + +\definecolor + [DarkRed][r=.5] + +%D \macros +%D {setupinteraction} +%D +%D We turn on interaction mode and use the same color for +%D hyperlinks and redundant hyperlinks (the ones that point +%D to the current page). + +\setupinteraction + [state=start, + contrastcolor=DarkRed, + color=DarkRed] + +%D \macros +%D {defineoverlay, setupbackgrounds} +%D +%D The joke in this presentation is the elliptical shape of +%D which the bottom part includes a page indication. + +\defineoverlay + [PageShape][\useMPgraphic{PageShape}] + +\startuseMPgraphic{PageShape} + input mp-tool ; + color fillcolor ; fillcolor := .85white ; + color drawcolor ; drawcolor := .75red ; + color backcolor ; backcolor := black ; + color pagecolor ; pagecolor := .50red ; + lin := 20pt ; off := .75lin ; + wid := \overlaywidth ; hei := \overlayheight ; + pos := \currentpage ; tot := \lastpage ; + path bb; bb := unitsquare xscaled wid yscaled hei ; + filldraw bb withcolor backcolor ; + pickup pencircle xscaled .5lin yscaled lin rotated 45 ; + pair r, t, l, b ; + r := (wid-off,.5hei) ; t := (.5wid,hei-off) ; + l := (off,.5hei) ; b := (.5wid,off) ; + path p; p := superellipse(r,t,l,b,.8) ; + fill p withcolor fillcolor ; + draw p withcolor drawcolor ; + if (pos>0) and (tot>0): + pair pa ; pa := point 5 of p ; + pair pb ; pb := point 7 of p ; + draw pa withcolor pagecolor ; + draw pb withcolor pagecolor ; + len := 2/tot ; + pair pa ; pa := point (5+len*pos) of p ; + pair pb ; pb := point (5+len*(pos-1)) of p ; + p := p cutafter pa ; + p := p cutbefore pb ; + draw p withcolor pagecolor; + fi ; + setbounds currentpicture to bb ; +\stopuseMPgraphic + +%D We use the viewer provided feature to go to the previous or +%D next page. + +\defineoverlay[PrevButton][\overlaybutton{PreviousPage}] +\defineoverlay[NextButton][\overlaybutton{NextPage}] + +\setupbackgrounds + [page][background={PageShape,PrevButton}] + +\setupbackgrounds + [text][text][background=NextButton] + +% \setupbackgrounds +% [state=repeat] + +%D \macros +%D {definehead, setuphead} +%D +%D Like the other presentation styles, we use \type {\Topic} +%D instead of \type {\chapters}. This time we don't provide +%D an additional sectioning. So we have: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \TitlePage{How nice} +%D +%D \Topics{This is about ...} +%D +%D \Topic{The first one} +%D +%D \Topic{Another one} +%D \stoptypen + +\definehead [Topic] [chapter] +\definehead [Nopic] [title] + +\setuphead + [Topic,Nopic] + [after={\blank[3*medium]}, + number=no, + style=\tfb, + page=yes, + alternative=middle] + +\setuplist + [Topic] + [alternative=g, + interaction=all, + before=, + after=] + +%D The tables of contents is associated with \type +%D {\Topics}. + +\def\Topics#1% + {\Nopic[Topics]{#1} + \placelist[Topic][criterium=all]} + +%D Instead of \type {\TitlePage}, one can use the pair +%D \type {\StartTitlePage} -- \type {\StopTitlePage}: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \StartTitlePage +%D A Self Made Title +%D \StopTitlePage +%D \stoptypen + +\def\StartTitlePage% + {\startstandardmakeup + \bfd\setupinterlinespace + \setupalign[middle] + \vfil + \def\\{\vfil\bfb\setupinterlinespace}} + +\def\StopTitlePage% + {\vfil\vfil\vfil + \stopstandardmakeup} + +\def\TitlePage#1% + {\StartTitlePage#1\StopTitlePage} + +\endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/s-pre-04.tex b/tex/context/base/s-pre-04.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..da4865e80 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/s-pre-04.tex @@ -0,0 +1,376 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=s-pre-04, +%D version=1998.09.06, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Style File, +%D subtitle=Presentation Environment 4, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. + +\usemodule[pre-general] % mode=step + +%D \macros +%D {setupbodyfont} +%D +%D This is just another environment for typesetting interactive +%D presentations. I wrote this module on behalf of a course I +%D gave for the United Kingdom \TeX\ users group. + +\setupbodyfont + [ams,pos,14.4pt] + +%D \macros +%D {setupcolors,definecolor} +%D +%D I started using dark blue for the navigational elements. In +%D that context, dark red is a logical choice for the contrast +%D color. While playing around with the navigational elements +%D I decided to use the not so dominant color yellow for the +%D status bar. +%D +%D A few days before I wrote this style, the recent acquisition +%D of Mondriaans last painting by the Dutch governement was a +%D hot topic in the dutch news scenary. Therefore I decided to +%D replace the rather dull title page by something more +%D colorful, in mondriaan colors, but far more random than any +%D of his paintings. For consistence we remap the already +%D defined primary colors. + +\setupcolors [state=start] + +\definecolor [NoneColor] [s=.6] +\definecolor [GotoColor] [b=.6] \definecolor[blue] [GotoColor] +\definecolor [ExitColor] [r=.6] \definecolor[red] [ExitColor] +\definecolor [JumpColor] [s=.6] +\definecolor [UserColor] [g=.6] \definecolor[green] [UserColor] +\definecolor [StepColor] [r=.6,g=.6] \definecolor[yellow][StepColor] + +\definecolor [PageColor] [s=.80] \definecolor[gray] [PageColor] +\definecolor [TextColor] [s=.90] + +%D \macros +%D {setuppapersize} +%D +%D As usual, we take a screen oriented paper size: + +\setuppapersize + [S6][S6] + +%D \macros +%D {setuplayout,setupinteractionscreen} +%D +%D The layout definition fits into this $600\times450$ point +%D area, but the dimensions are somewhat diffused by the text +%D background offset. + +\setuplayout + [width=530pt, + height=400pt, + header=0pt, + footer=0pt, + backspace=15pt, + topspace=15pt, + bottomdistance=15pt, + bottom=10pt, + margin=0pt, + rightedgedistance=15pt, + rightedge=30pt] + +\setupinteractionscreen + [option=max] + +%D \macros +%D {setupbackgrounds} +%D +%D Both the page and the text area have a gray background. +%D The \type {[text,text]} area also has an offset. Later we +%D will see that we have to compensate for that in the +%D navigational areas. + +\setupbackgrounds + [page] + [background=color, + backgroundcolor=PageColor] + +\setupbackgrounds + [text][text] + [background=color, + backgroundcolor=TextColor, + backgroundoffset=5pt] + +%D \macros +%D {setupinteraction} +%D +%D For convenient navigation, we turn on interaction. + +\setupinteraction + [state=start, + menu=on, + color=UserColor, + contrastcolor=NoneColor] + +%D \macros +%D {setupsubpagenumber} +%D +%D When navigating the document, we keep the title page out +%D of sight, therefore we use sub page numbers. + +\setupsubpagenumber + [state=start, + way=bytext] + +%D \macros +%D {setupinteractionmenu} +%D +%D There is only one interaction menu, located in the right +%D edge of the screen. Both offsets enlarge the edge by the +%D same amount as the text background offset. + +\setupinteractionmenu + [right] + [state=start, + frame=off, + strut=no, + offset=0pt, + inbetween=, + bottomoffset=-5pt, + topoffset=-5pt] + +%D \macros +%D {startinteractionmenu} +%D +%D The menu itself is not that spectacular. We use the +%D start||stop alternative for setting the content. The macro +%D \type {\interactioncolor} expands into either the +%D interaction color or the contrast color, the latter only +%D when no jump is possible. + +\startinteractionmenu[right] + \setupinteraction[color=GotoColor] + \but [previoussubpage] \MPup \framedwidth \interactioncolor \\ + \vskip10pt + \but [nextsubpage] \MPdown \framedwidth \interactioncolor \\ + \vfill + \but [PreviousJump] \MPleft \framedwidth {NoneColor} \\ + \vskip-5pt + \but [NextJump] \MPright \framedwidth {NoneColor} \\ +\stopinteractionmenu + +%D \macros +%D {setupinteractionbar} +%D +%D The interaction bar at the bottom is also larger than the +%D normal width of the bottom area. + +\setupinteractionbar + [alternative=f, + width=540pt, + height=10pt, + distance=10pt, + color=NoneColor, + contrastcolor=StepColor] + +%D \macros +%D {setupbottomtexts} +%D +%D The bar is centered in the middle. + +\setupbottomtexts + [\interactionbar] + +%D We can exit viewing with a close button, located on the +%D rightmost bottom area. + +\def\CloseButton + {\button + [width=\hsize,height=10pt,offset=overlay, + background=color,backgroundcolor=ExitColor,frame=off] + {}% + [CloseDocument]} + +\setupbottomtexts + [edge][][\CloseButton] + +%D \macros +%D {definesymbol,setupitemize} +%D +%D Because some prominent things are rectangular or triangular, +%D we prefer some different symbols in itemizations: + +\definesymbol[1][$\blacktriangleright$] +\definesymbol[2][$\blacktriangledown$] +\definesymbol[3][$\blacktriangleright$] +\definesymbol[4][$\blacktriangledown$] + +\setupitemize[each][color=NoneColor] + +%D \macros +%D {TitlePage,defineoverlay,button,setupalign, +%D setupbackgrounds,setupinteraction,setupinteractionbar, +%D startstandardmakeup,switchtobodyfont,setupinterlinespace} +%D +%D Now the main layout and navigational definitions are +%D done, it makes sense to define and tune some structuring +%D commands. First we build the titlepage. + +\defineoverlay [TitleGraphic] [\TitleGraphic] +\defineoverlay [NextPage] [\NextPageButton] + +\def\NextPageButton% + {\button + [width=\overlaywidth,height=\overlayheight,frame=off] + {}[nextpage]} + +\def\StartTitlePage% + {\setupbackgrounds[page][background={color,TitleGraphic,NextPage}] + \setupbackgrounds[text][text][background=] + \setupinteraction[menu=off] + \setupinteractionbar[state=stop] + \startstandardmakeup + \switchtobodyfont[24pt] + \bfd\setupinterlinespace + \setupalign[middle] + \vfil + \let\\=\vfil} + +\def\StopTitlePage% + {\vfil\vfil\vfil + \stopstandardmakeup + \setupinteraction[menu=on] + \setupinteractionbar[state=start] + \setupbackgrounds[page][background=color] + \setupbackgrounds[text][text][background=color] + \setupsubpagenumber[reset]} + +\def\TitlePage#1% + {\StartTitlePage#1\StopTitlePage} + +%D \macros +%D {Topic, Nopic, Subject, +%D definehead, setuphead} +%D +%D We use \type {\Topic} and \type {\Subject} instead of +%D chapters and sections. The \type {\Nopic} alternative is +%D meant for internal use. + +\definehead [Topic] [chapter] +\definehead [Nopic] [title] +\definehead [Subject] [section] + +\setuphead + [Topic, Nopic] + [after={\blank[3*medium]}, + number=no, + style=\tfb, + page=yes, + alternative=middle] + +\setuphead + [Subject] + [after=\blank, + number=no, + page=yes, + continue=no, + style=\tfa] + +%D \macros +%D {Topics, Subjects, +%D setuplist, placelist, startcolumns} +%D +%D This style is meant for the more large presentations, and +%D therefore provided for a list of topics as well as local +%D lists of subjects. When many topics are introduces, the +%D list is typeset in columns. + +\setuplist + [Topic,Subject] + [alternative=g, + interaction=all, + before=, + after=] + +\def\Topics#1% + {\determinelistcharacteristics[Topic] + \ifnum\utilitylistlength>0 + \Nopic[Topics]{#1} + \ifnum\utilitylistlength>12 + \startcolumns + \placelist[Topic][criterium=all] + \stopcolumns + \else + \placelist[Topic][criterium=all] + \fi + \fi} + +\def\Subjects% + {\placelist[Subject]} + +%D Last we define the overlays. Look at the way colors are +%D linked into the macros. + +\startMPinclusions + input mp-tool ; + def triangle (expr wid,rot)(text col) = + x1 := x3 := y1 := 0 ; + x2 := y3 := wid ; + y2 := .5y3 ; + fill (z1--z2--z3--cycle) rotated rot withcolor col ; + scale_currentpicture (wid,wid) ; + enddef ; +\stopMPinclusions + +\def\MPright#1#2% + {\startreusableMPgraphic{r:#1:#2} + triangle (#1, 0, \MPcolor{#2} ) ; + \stopreusableMPgraphic + \reuseMPgraphic{r:#1:#2}} + +\def\MPleft#1#2% + {\startreusableMPgraphic{l:#1:#2} + triangle (#1, 180, \MPcolor{#2} ) ; + \stopreusableMPgraphic + \reuseMPgraphic{l:#1:#2}} + +\def\MPup#1#2% + {\startreusableMPgraphic{u:#1:#2} + triangle (#1, 90, \MPcolor{#2} ) ; + \stopreusableMPgraphic + \reuseMPgraphic{u:#1:#2}} + +\def\MPdown#1#2% + {\startreusableMPgraphic{d:#1:#2} + triangle (#1, 270, \MPcolor{#2} ) ; + \stopreusableMPgraphic + \reuseMPgraphic{d:#1:#2}} + +\def\TitleGraphic% + {\startuseMPgraphic{title} + color c ; + path p ; + for i=1 upto 250 : + x0 := uniformdeviate \overlaywidth ; + y0 := uniformdeviate \overlayheight ; + sx := uniformdeviate 20 ; + sy := uniformdeviate 20 ; + cc := round(uniformdeviate 2) ; + if cc=0 : c := \MPcolor{GotoColor} fi ; + if cc=1 : c := \MPcolor{ExitColor} fi ; + if cc=2 : c := \MPcolor{StepColor} fi ; + qq := round(uniformdeviate 1) ; + if qq=0 : + p := unitsquare xscaled sx yscaled sy ; + else : + rr := round(uniformdeviate 3) * 90 ; + x1 := x3 := y1 := 0 ; x2 := y3 := sx; y2 := .5y3 ; + p := (z1--z2--z3--cycle) rotated rr ; + fi ; + fill p shifted z0 withcolor c ; + endfor ; + \stopuseMPgraphic + \useMPgraphic{title}} + +\endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/s-pre-05.tex b/tex/context/base/s-pre-05.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ec4c6e372 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/s-pre-05.tex @@ -0,0 +1,214 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=s-pre-05, +%D version=1998.12.12, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Style File, +%D subtitle=Presentation Environment 5, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. + +\usemodule[pre-general] % mdode=step + +%D Yet undocumented, mostly copied from s-pre-04; much can be +%D moved to s-pre-00! + +\setupbodyfont + [lbr,14.4pt] + +\setupcolors [state=start] + +\definecolor [FrameColor] [r=.6,g=.7,b=.8] +\definecolor [BackgroundColor] [s=.95] +\definecolor [GotoColor] [FrameColor] +\definecolor [NoneColor] [blank] + +\setuppapersize + [S6] + +\setuplayout + [width=430pt, + height=400pt, + header=0pt, + footer=0pt, + margin=0pt, + backspace=25pt, + topspace=25pt, + rightedgedistance=20pt, + rightedge=110pt] + +\setupinteractionscreen + [option=max, + width=600pt, % fit + height=450pt] % fit + +\setupbackgrounds + [state=repeat] + +\setupbackgrounds + [text][text] + [background={HashFrameA,NextPage}, + backgroundoffset=20pt] + +\defineoverlay + [HashFrameA] + [\HashFrame\overlaywidth\overlayheight{15pt}] + +\defineoverlay + [HashFrameB] + [\HashFrame\overlaywidth\overlayheight{5pt}] + +\setupinteraction + [state=start, + menu=on, + color=GotoColor, + contrastcolor=NoneColor] + +\startinteractionmenu[right] + \setupbuttons + [background=HashFrameB, + frame=off, + offset=10pt, + height=30pt, + width=\rightedgewidth] + \placelist + [Topic] + [criterium=all, + alternative=e, + background=HashFrameB, + frame=off, + offset=10pt, + % align=middle, % this is a nice alternative + width=\rightedgewidth, + interaction=all, + textcommand=\TopicLine, + before=, + after=] + \vfill + \button{Close}[CloseDocument] +\stopinteractionmenu + +%D \macros +%D {TitlePage} +%D +%D Now the main layout and navigational definitions are +%D done, it makes sense to define and tune some structuring +%D commands. First we build the titlepage. + +\defineoverlay [TitleGraphic] [\TitleGraphic\overlaywidth\overlayheight] +\defineoverlay [NextPage] [\NextPageButton] + +\def\NextPageButton% + {\button + [width=\overlaywidth,height=\overlayheight,frame=off] + {}[forward]} + +\def\StartTitlePage% + {\setupbackgrounds[page][background={TitleGraphic,NextPage}] + \setupbackgrounds[text][text][background=] + \setupinteraction[menu=off] + \setupinteractionbar[state=stop] + \setuplayout[width=550pt,rightedge=0pt] + \startstandardmakeup + \switchtobodyfont[24pt] + \bfd\stelinterliniein + \setupalign[middle] + \vfil + \let\\=\vfil} + +\def\StopTitlePage% + {\vfil\vfil\vfil + \stopstandardmakeup + \setuplayout[width=430pt,rightedge=110pt] + \setupinteraction[menu=on] + \setupinteractionbar[state=start] + \setupbackgrounds[page][background=] + \setupbackgrounds[text][text][background={HashFrameA,NextPage}]} + +\def\TitlePage#1% + {\StartTitlePage#1\StopTitlePage} + +%D \macros +%D {Topics} +%D +%D ... + +\def\Topics#1{} + +%D \macros +%D {Topic, Nopic, Subject} +%D +%D ... + +\definehead [Topic] [chapter] +\definehead [Nopic] [title] +\definehead [Subject] [section] + +\setuphead + [Topic, Nopic] + [after={\blank[3*medium]}, + number=no, + style=\tfb, + page=yes, + alternative=middle] + +\setuphead + [Subject] + [after=\blank, + number=no, + page=yes, + continue=no, + style=\tfa] + +\def\TopicLine#1% + {\limitatetext{#1}{80pt}{...}} + +\startMPinclusions + input mp-tool ; + + def random_hash_frame (expr width, height, offset, linewidth ) = + + def delta = ((uniformdeviate .5offset) + .25offset) enddef ; + x1 := offset ; y1 := offset ; x2 := width-offset ; y2 := height-offset ; + + drawoptions(withpen pencircle scaled linewidth withcolor \MPcolor{BackgroundColor}) ; + fill z1--(x2,y1)--z2--(x1,y2)--cycle ; + + drawoptions(withpen pencircle scaled linewidth withcolor \MPcolor{FrameColor}) ; + draw (x1-delta,y1)--(x2+delta,y1) ; + draw (x2,y1-delta)--(x2,y2+delta) ; + draw (x2+delta,y2)--(x1-delta,y2) ; + draw (x1,y2+delta)--(x1,y1-delta) ; + + setbounds currentpicture to unitsquare xscaled width yscaled height ; + enddef ; +\stopMPinclusions + +\def\HashFrame#1#2#3% + {\startuseMPgraphic{HashFrame} + random_hash_frame(#1,#2,#3,2pt) ; + \stopuseMPgraphic + \useMPgraphic{HashFrame}} + +\def\TitleGraphic#1#2% + {\startuseMPgraphic{title} + picture savedpicture ; + savedpicture := nullpicture ; + def MakeOne = + offset := uniformdeviate 10pt ; + width := 2*offset + 30pt + uniformdeviate 30pt ; + height := 2*offset + 10pt + uniformdeviate 10pt ; + random_hash_frame(width,height,offset,1pt) ; + addto savedpicture also (currentpicture shifted + (uniformdeviate #1, uniformdeviate #2)) ; + currentpicture := nullpicture ; + enddef ; + for i=1 upto 300 : MakeOne ; endfor ; + currentpicture := savedpicture ; + \stopuseMPgraphic + \useMPgraphic{title}} + +\endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/s-pre-06.tex b/tex/context/base/s-pre-06.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..03817cc8d --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/s-pre-06.tex @@ -0,0 +1,294 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=s-pre-06, +%D version=1999.04.28, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Style File, +%D subtitle=Presentation Environment 6, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. + +%D I wrote this sixth presentation style on behalf of a +%D presentation at Bachotek~'99. The joke in this style is +%D (ab)using the Antikwa Torunska, a rather Polish font. When I +%D was first confronted with this font, the backward slant +%D stoke me as very characteristic. +%D +%D Each page has a slightly different background consisting of +%D three O's. Although \TEX\ could do the randomization, +%D scaling and placement, I prefered to use \METAPOST. The +%D backward slant is also reflected in the stepwise increasing +%D left margin. Due to this characteristic and the trick used, +%D this style is only suited for simple presentations, using +%D itemizations. + +\usemodule[pre-general] % mode=step + +%D \macros +%D {setupbodyfont} +%D +%D As said, we will use the Antikwa Torunska, and because we +%D want it to show up well, we use it large. + +\setupbodyfont + [ant,14.4pt] + +%D \macros +%D {definecolor, setupcolors} +%D +%D Thus style only uses gray scales, but nevertheless we turn +%D on color. We only use a few logical color names. + +\setupcolors + [state=start] + +\definecolor [InteractionColor] [s=.6] +\definecolor [PrimaryColor] [s=.8] +\definecolor [SecondaryColor] [s=.9] + +%D \macros +%D {setuppapersize} +%D +%D As (nearly) always, we use a 600 pt times 450 pt screen +%D width, mapped on ditto paper dimensions. + +\setuppapersize + [S6][S6] + +%D \macros +%D {setuplayout} +%D +%D The layout is rather symmetrical. We don't use headers and +%D footers, and thereby automatically turn off the page +%D numbering: no room, no number. We use the bottom to present +%D a rather trivial menu. + +\setuplayout + [backspace=2cm, + topspace=2cm, + width=middle, + header=0pt, + height=middle, + footer=0pt, + bottomdistance=.5cm, + bottom=1cm] + +%D \macros +%D {setupinteractionmenu,startinteractionmenu} +%D +%D This menu is slighly moved to the right because that looks +%D better. The menu itself has one goto (\type {\got}) entry, +%D which is forced to the right. + +\setupinteractionmenu + [bottom] + [rightoffset=-1cm] + +\startinteractionmenu[bottom] + \hfill \got [CloseDocument] \bfd Quit \\ +\stopinteractionmenu + +%D \macros +%D {setupbackgrounds} +%D +%D Page background are calculated at each page, opposite to the +%D other backgrounds, that are reused and only calculated when +%D \CONTEXT\ is explictly told to do so. There are three +%D overlays: a gray fill, the graphic, and a button that +%D circulates the pages. + +\setupbackgrounds + [page] + [background={color,Joke,GoAround}, + backgroundcolor=PrimaryColor] + +%D \macros +%D {defineoverlay} +%D +%D The \type {forward} reference action circulates over the +%D pages, so, at the last page, we are led back to the first. + +\defineoverlay [GoAround] [\overlaybutton{forward}] + +%D The joke is a simple \METAPOST\ routine. The picture is +%D actually larger than the screen, but is clipped of when +%D included. + +\defineoverlay [Joke] [\useMPgraphic{background}] + +\startuseMPgraphic{background} + input mp-tool ; + width := \overlaywidth ; + height := \overlayheight ; + picture p ; p := char 79 infont "\truefontname{Regular}" scaled 1 ; + pwidth := xpart urcorner bbox p - xpart llcorner bbox p ; + pheight := ypart urcorner bbox p - ypart llcorner bbox p ; + def do (expr r) = + addto currentpicture also p shifted - center p scaled r + xscaled (width/pwidth) yscaled (height/pheight) + withcolor \MPcolor{SecondaryColor} ; + enddef ; + do (0.9+uniformdeviate0.1) ; + do (1.4+uniformdeviate0.1) ; + do (1.9+uniformdeviate0.1) ; +\stopuseMPgraphic + +%D \macros +%D {setupinteraction,setupinteractionscreen} +%D +%D We did not yet turn on the interaction, so let's do that +%D now. When opened, the document will fil the screen. + +\setupinteraction + [state=start, + color=InteractionColor, + menu=on] + +\setupinteractionscreen + [option=max] + +%D \macros +%D {TitlePage, Topics, Topic} +%D +%D A presentation normally consists of a title page, a list of +%D topics, and the content itself. In this style, a further +%D subdivision does not make sense, but because we want to be +%D compatible with the other styles, they are added. A +%D presentation looks like: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \usemodule[pre-antikwa] +%D +%D \startext +%D +%D \TitlePage{The Title} +%D +%D \Topics{Contents} +%D +%D \Topic{Some Topic} +%D +%D \startitemize +%D \item first +%D \item second +%D \stopitemize +%D +%D \Topic{Some Topic} +%D +%D ... +%D +%D \stoptext +%D \stoptypen + +%D \macros +%D {definehead, Topic, Subject} +%D +%D We use dedicated sectioning commands. + +\definehead [Topic] [chapter] +\definehead [Subject] [section] + +\definehead [Nopic] [title] + +%D \macros +%D {setuphead} +%D +%D We turn of numbering. The assignment to \type {after} takes +%D care of the increasing indentation. This indentation is the +%D only low level \TEX\ code needed. Including this +%D functionality in the core of \CONTEXT\ is not that useful +%D and I would forget about this feature being present anyway. + +\setuphead + [Topic, Nopic, Subject] + [number=no, + after={\blank[2*big]\ToTheLeft\everypar{\ToTheRight}}] + +%D After section titles we set the \type {\leftskip} to a value +%D that suits the Antikwa slant. + +\def\ToTheLeft% + {\gdef\LeftSkip{30}% + \rightskip0pt\relax + \leftskip30pt\relax} + +%D Each new paragraph adds to the \type {\leftskip}. + +\def\ToTheRight% + {\doglobal\increment(\LeftSkip,20)% + \leftskip=\LeftSkip pt\relax} + +%D \macros +%D {Topics} +%D +%D The \type {\Topics} command uses a bot of low level +%D \CONTEXT. We could have done with: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\Topics#1% +%D {\Nopic[Topics]{#1} +%D \placelist[Topic][criterium=all]} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D but the next alternative sort of ignores this command when +%D no list is found. + +\def\Topics#1% + {\determinelistcharacteristics[Topic] + \ifcase\utilitylistlength\else + \Nopic[Topics]{#1} + \placelist[Topic][criterium=all] + \fi} + +%D \macros +%D {setuplist} +%D +%D We use the single item command to achieve a result similar +%D to the itemizations. + +\setuplist + [Topic] + [alternative=command, + command=\TopicListCommand] + +\def\TopicListCommand#1#2#3% + {\item#2\par} + +%D A dummy command, needed to be compatible with the other +%D presentation styles. + +\def\Subjects% + {} + +%D \macros +%D {StartTitlePage} +%D +%D We use a nested \type {\everypar}; everything in there +%D will be put in front of each paragraph. The nesting prevents +%D the first paragraph from indenting. The struts give the +%D lines a decent height, which looks better inrelation to the +%D next pages. + +\def\StartTitlePage% + {\startstandardmakeup + \bfd\setupinterlinespace + \everypar{\everypar{\advance\leftskip30pt\relax}} + \let\\=\blank + \begstrut} + +\def\StopTitlePage% + {\endstrut + \vfill + \stopstandardmakeup} + +%D \macros +%D {TitlePage} +%D +%D The title page can be generated with one command: + +\def\TitlePage#1% + {\StartTitlePage#1\StopTitlePage} + +\endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/spec-dvi.tex b/tex/context/base/spec-dvi.tex index 0d190bd2e..4266b36c4 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/spec-dvi.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/spec-dvi.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \unprotect @@ -17,7 +17,6 @@ %D {dostartobject, %D dostopobject, %D doinsertobject} -%D {} %D %D Reuse of object is not supported by the \DVI\ format. We %D therefore just duplicate them using boxes. diff --git a/tex/context/base/spec-fdf.tex b/tex/context/base/spec-fdf.tex index f71e623f3..e1482d397 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/spec-fdf.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/spec-fdf.tex @@ -2,26 +2,26 @@ %D [ file=spec-fdf, %D version=1998.05.18, %D title=\CONTEXT\ \PDF\ Macros, -%D subtitle=Adobe \PDF/\FDF\ version 2.1, +%D subtitle=Adobe \PDF/\FDF\ version 2.1, %D author=Hans Hagen, %D date=\currentdate, %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for -%C details. +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. \unprotect -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {setPDFdestination} -%D -%D \PDF\ destinations should obey the specifications laid down -%D in the \PDF\ reference manual. The next macro strips illegal -%D characters from the destination name. -%D +%D +%D \PDF\ destinations should obey the specifications laid down +%D in the \PDF\ reference manual. The next macro strips illegal +%D characters from the destination name. +%D %D The \ACROBAT\ programs are not bug free. By setting the next -%D switch, we will at least try to prevent problems. +%D switch, we will at least try to prevent problems. \newif\ifovercomePDFbugs \overcomePDFbugstrue @@ -38,14 +38,14 @@ %D \macros %D {sanitizePDFstring} %D -%D This macro at least tries to convert a arbitrary string -%D into a sequence of characters valid for \PDF\ bookmarks and -%D alike. It's a slow one, that uses \type{\lccode}'s to -%D change the glyph as well as converts sensisitve ones into a +%D This macro at least tries to convert a arbitrary string +%D into a sequence of characters valid for \PDF\ bookmarks and +%D alike. It's a slow one, that uses \type{\lccode}'s to +%D change the glyph as well as converts sensisitve ones into a %D \PDF\ command sequence, so \type{(} becomes \type{\(}. In -%D fact we translate the string to lowercase inactive and non -%D special characters, limit their number and finaly convert -%D some of the characters to save ones. +%D fact we translate the string to lowercase inactive and non +%D special characters, limit their number and finaly convert +%D some of the characters to save ones. \chardef\maxPDFstringsize=60 @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ \lccode`\\=1 \lccode`/ =1 \lowercase{\convertargument#1\to\ascii}% % by integrating the split in the loop below - % \splitofftokens\maxPDFstringsize\from\ascii\to\ascii + % \splitofftokens\maxPDFstringsize\from\ascii\to\ascii % we diminish the processing time considerably \scratchcounter=\maxPDFstringsize \def\docommando##1% @@ -72,38 +72,36 @@ \xdef#2{#2##1}% \fi \fi}% - %\global\let#2=\empty + %\global\let#2=\empty % or to permit #2 to be \ascii too: \@EA\global\@EA\let\@EA#2\@EA\empty \@EA\handletokens\ascii\with\docommando \egroup} -%D \macros -%D {doPDFdestination, -%D doPDFaction, -%D doPDFannotation, -%D doPDFtextannotation, -%D doPDFannotationobject, -%D doPDFdictionaryobject, -%D doPDFarrayobject, -%D doPDFaddtocatalog, -%D doPDFpageattribute, -%D doPDFpagesattribute, -%D doPDFbookmark, +%D \macros +%D {doPDFdestination, +%D doPDFaction, +%D doPDFannotation, +%D doPDFannotationobject, +%D doPDFdictionaryobject, +%D doPDFarrayobject, +%D doPDFaddtocatalog, +%D doPDFpageattribute, +%D doPDFpagesattribute, +%D doPDFbookmark, %D defaultobjectreference, %D doPDFgetobjectreference} -%D +%D %D This module deals with \PDF\ support, including fill||in %D forms. Before we present the largely unreadable bunch of %D macros, we introduce the here||not||defined low level %D interface macros. These must be provided by the special -%D drivers \type{pdf} (\ACROBAT) and \type{tpd} (\PDFTEX). -%D +%D drivers \type{pdf} (\ACROBAT) and \type{tpd} (\PDFTEX). +%D %D \starttypen %D \doPDFdestination name #1 %D \doPDFaction width #1 height #2 action #3 -%D \doPDFannotation width #1 height #2 data #3 % 'negative' -%D \doPDFtextannotation width #1 height #2 data #3 % 'positive' +%D \doPDFannotation width #1 height #2 data #3 %D \doPDFannotationobject class #1 name #2 width #3 height #4 data #5 %D \doPDFdictionaryobject class #1 name #2 data #3 %D \doPDFarrayobject class #1 name #2 data #3 @@ -112,17 +110,17 @@ %D \doPDFpagesattribute #1 %D \doPDFbookmark level #1 n #2 text #3 page #4 open #5 %D -%D \defaultobjectreference #1#2 % class name -%D \doPDFgetobjectreference #1#2#3 % class name \PDFobjectreference +%D \defaultobjectreference #1#2 % class name +%D \doPDFgetobjectreference #1#2#3 % class name \PDFobjectreference %D \stoptypen %D %D The keywords reflect their use. For the moment we stick to -%D keywords, because that way at we get an indication of what -%D we're doing. +%D keywords, because that way at we get an indication of what +%D we're doing. \startspecials[fdf] -%D Due to the fact that \PDFTEX\ has a different concept of +%D Due to the fact that \PDFTEX\ has a different concept of %D page attributes, we need: \let\doPDFresetpageattributes=\relax @@ -137,42 +135,38 @@ \fi \fi -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {doPDFsetupscreen} -%D +%D %D Opposite to \DVI\ drivers, \PDF\ ones must know which what -%D page dimensions they are dealing. We also use the -%D opportunity to launch full screen. +%D page dimensions they are dealing. We also use the +%D opportunity to launch full screen (1) or show bookmarks (2). -\def\doPDFsetupscreen#1#2#3#4#5#6% watch the extra argument +\def\doPDFsetupscreen#1#2#3#4#5#6% watch the extra argument {\bgroup \!!widtha=#4sp \advance\!!widtha by #2sp \!!heighta=-#5sp - \!!heightb=#1% extra argument + \!!heightb=#1% extra argument \advance\!!heightb by -#3sp \advance\!!heighta by \!!heightb \ScaledPointsToWholeBigPoints{#2}\left \ScaledPointsToWholeBigPoints{\number\!!heighta}\bottom - \ScaledPointsToWholeBigPoints{\number\!!widtha}\width + \ScaledPointsToWholeBigPoints{\number\!!widtha }\width \ScaledPointsToWholeBigPoints{\number\!!heightb}\height \doPDFpagesattribute {/CropBox [\left\space\bottom\space\width\space\height]}% \doPDFaddtocatalog - {/PageMode \ifcase#6 /UseNone \else /FullScreen\fi}% + {/PageMode \ifcase#6 /UseNone\or/FullScreen\or/UseOutlines\fi}% \egroup} -%D \macros -%D {doPDFsetupopenaction,doPDFsetupcloseaction} +%D \macros +%D {doPDFsetupopenaction,doPDFsetupcloseaction, +%D doPDFsetupopenpageaction,doPDFsetupclosepageaction} %D -%D Setting the open and close actions is kind of fuzzy -%D because action chains are derived from the reference -%D mechanism. - -% \def\doPDFsetopenaction% some day a real reference -% {\doPDFaddtocatalog -% {/OpenAction << /S /ResetForm -% /Next << /S /GoTo /D [0\PDFpageviewwrd] >> >>}} +%D Setting the open and close actions is kind of fuzzy +%D because action chains are derived from the reference +%D mechanism. \let\lastPDFaction\empty @@ -182,14 +176,37 @@ \def\doPDFsetupcloseaction% {\doPDFaddtocatalog{/CloseAction \lastPDFaction}} +\let\PDFopenpageaction \empty +\let\PDFclosepageaction\empty + +\def\doPDFsetupopenpageaction% + {\global\let\PDFopenpageaction\lastPDFaction} + +\def\doPDFsetupclosepageaction% + {\global\let\PDFclosepageaction\lastPDFaction} + +\def\checkPDFpageactions% + {\donefalse + \ifx\PDFopenpageaction \empty\!!doneafalse\else\donetrue\!!doneatrue\fi + \ifx\PDFclosepageaction\empty\!!donebfalse\else\donetrue\!!donebtrue\fi + \ifdone + \doPDFpageattribute + {/AA <<\if!!donea/O \PDFopenpageaction \fi + \if!!doneb/C \PDFclosepageaction\fi>>}% + \fi + \global\let\PDFopenpageaction \empty + \global\let\PDFclosepageaction\empty} + +\appendtoks \checkPDFpageactions \to \everyshipout + %D \macros %D {doPDFstartthisislocation} -%D +%D %D Next we define the macros that deal with hyperreferencing, %D graphic inclusion and general document features. These are %D the olderst ones. I won't comment much because one needs %D knowledge of \PDF\ itself, and explaning \PDF\ is beyond -%D this documentation. +%D this documentation. \def\doPDFstartthisislocation#1% {\bgroup @@ -204,9 +221,9 @@ %D doPDFstartgotoJS} %D %D The goto macros use the switch \type{\ifsecondaryreference} -%D to determine if actions should be linked. +%D to determine if actions should be linked. -\def\doPDFstartgotolocation#1#2#3#4#5#6% +\def\doPDFstartgotolocation#1#2#3#4#5#6% {\bgroup \doifelsenothing{#3} {\setPDFdestination{#5}% @@ -216,25 +233,26 @@ {\let\PDFfile\empty} {\doifparentfileelse{#4} {\let\PDFfile\empty} - {\uppercasestring R /F (#4.pdf)\to\PDFfile}}% /GotoR + {\setreferencefilename R /F (#4.pdf)\to\PDFfile + \ifgotonewwindow\edef\PDFfile{\PDFfile\space/NewWindow true}\fi}}% \edef\action% {/S /GoTo\PDFfile\space /D (\PDFdestination)}}} {\doifelsenothing{#4} {\let\PDFfile\empty \let\PDFdestination\empty} - {\uppercasestring/#4\to\PDFfile + {\setreferencefilename/#4\to\PDFfile \setPDFdestination{#5}% \doifsomething{\PDFdestination} {\edef\PDFdestination{\URLhash\PDFdestination}}}% - \edef\action + \edef\action% {/S /URI /URI (#3\PDFfile\PDFdestination)}}% \ifx\action\empty\else \ifsecondaryreference \savesecondaryPDFreference\action \else \getsecondaryPDFreferences - \doPDFaction - width #1 height #2 + \doPDFaction + width #1 height #2 action {\action \secondaryPDFreferences}% \fi \fi @@ -251,16 +269,17 @@ {\let\PDFfile\empty} {\doifparentfileelse{#4} {\let\PDFfile\empty} - {\uppercasestring R /F (#4.pdf)\to\PDFfile}}% /GotoR + {\setreferencefilename R /F (#4.pdf)\to\PDFfile % becomes /GotoR + \ifgotonewwindow\edef\PDFfile{\PDFfile\space/NewWindow true}\fi}}% \edef\action% - {/S /GoTo\PDFfile\space + {/S /GoTo\PDFfile\space /D [\PDFdestination\PDFpageviewwrd]}% \else \let\action\empty \fi} {\doifelsenothing{#4} {\let\PDFfile\empty} - {\uppercasestring/#4\to\PDFfile}% + {\setreferencefilename/#4\to\PDFfile}% \edef\action% {/S /URI /URI (#3\PDFfile)}}% \ifx\action\empty\else @@ -268,8 +287,8 @@ \savesecondaryPDFreference\action \else \getsecondaryPDFreferences - \doPDFaction - width #1 height #2 + \doPDFaction + width #1 height #2 action {\action \secondaryPDFreferences}% \fi \fi @@ -277,15 +296,15 @@ \def\doPDFstartgotoJS#1#2#3% {\bgroup - \doPSsanitizeJScode#3\to\sanitizedJScode + \doPSsanitizeJScode#3\to\sanitizedJScode \edef\action% {/S /JavaScript /JS (\sanitizedJScode)}% \ifsecondaryreference \savesecondaryPDFreference\action \else \getsecondaryPDFreferences - \doPDFaction - width #1 height #2 + \doPDFaction + width #1 height #2 action {\action \secondaryPDFreferences}% \fi \egroup} @@ -293,13 +312,13 @@ %D \macros %D {doPDFstartexecutecommand} %D -%D At the cost of much auxiliary placeholders, we can pretty -%D fast convert the command asked for. This is how \PDF\ -%D looks like. +%D At the cost of much auxiliary placeholders, we can pretty +%D fast convert the command asked for. This is how the \PDF\ +%D code looks like. \def\PDFmoviecode% - {/Movie - /T (movie \ifx\argumentA\empty\currentmovie\else\argumentA\fi) + {/Movie + /T (movie \ifx\argumentA\empty\currentmovie\else\argumentA\fi) /Operation\space} \def\PDFexecutestart {\PDFmoviecode /Play} @@ -308,18 +327,18 @@ \def\PDFexecuteresume {\PDFmoviecode /Resume} \def\PDFformcode#1% - {\doFDFiffieldset{#1}/Fields [\doFDFgetfieldset{#1}]\fi} + {\doFDFiffieldset{#1}{/Field [\doFDFgetfieldset{#1}]}} -\chardef\PDFsubmitformat=0 % 0=FDF 1=HTML +\chardef\PDFsubmitformat=1 % 0=FDF 1=HTML \def\PDFexecuteimport {/Named /N /AcroForm:ImportFDF} \def\PDFexecuteexport {/Named /N /AcroForm:ExportFDF} \def\PDFexecutereset {/ResetForm \PDFformcode\argumentA} -\def\PDFexecutesubmit {/SubmitForm \PDFformcode\argumentB - /F (\argumentA) - /Flags \ifnum\PDFsubmitformat=1 12\fi} - %/Flags \ifnum\PDFsubmitformat=1 4\fi} - +\def\PDFexecutesubmit {/SubmitForm \PDFformcode\argumentB + %/Flags \ifnum\PDFsubmitformat=1 12\fi + %/Flags \ifnum\PDFsubmitformat=1 4\fi + /F (\argumentA)} + \def\PDFexecutehide {/Hide /T (\argumentA) /H true} \def\PDFexecuteshow {/Hide /T (\argumentA) /H false} @@ -337,6 +356,7 @@ \def\PDFexecuteswap {/Named /N /FullScreen} \def\PDFexecutesearch {/Named /N /Find} \def\PDFexecutesearchagain {/Named /N /FindAgain} +\def\PDFexecutegotopage {/Named /N /GoToPage} \def\doPDFstartexecutecommand#1#2#3#4% {\doifdefined{PDFexecute#3} @@ -350,8 +370,8 @@ \savesecondaryPDFreference\action \else \getsecondaryPDFreferences - \doPDFaction - width #1 height #2 + \doPDFaction + width #1 height #2 action {\action \secondaryPDFreferences}% \fi \egroup}} @@ -360,7 +380,7 @@ %D {doPDFstartrunprogram} %D %D Running programs is possible, but rather non portable, and -%D therefore ill advized. +%D therefore ill advized. \def\doPDFstartrunprogram#1#2#3% {\bgroup @@ -373,18 +393,18 @@ \savesecondaryPDFreference\action \else \getsecondaryPDFreferences - \doPDFaction - width #1 height #2 + \doPDFaction + width #1 height #2 action {\action \secondaryPDFreferences}% \fi \egroup} -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {doPDFstartgotoprofile} %D %D Far from perfect, but nevertheless present, is the profile -%D handler. We want to misuse article threads for reder -%D profiles. +%D handler. We want to misuse article threads for reder +%D profiles. \def\doPDFstartgotoprofile#1#2#3% to be done: file {\bgroup @@ -396,8 +416,8 @@ \savesecondaryPDFreference\action \else \getsecondaryPDFreferences - \doPDFaction - width #1 height #2 + \doPDFaction + width #1 height #2 action {\action \secondaryPDFreferences}% \fi}% \egroup} @@ -405,12 +425,12 @@ %D \macros %D {doPDFsetpagetransition} %D -%D This array holds a reasonable selection of transitions -%D (watch out: \type{replace} is not in this list). Most of +%D This array holds a reasonable selection of transitions +%D (watch out: \type{replace} is not in this list). Most of %D the transitions look awful anyway. By the way, \CONTEXT\ is -%D able to select transitions randomly. +%D able to select transitions randomly. -\def\pagetransitions +\def\pagetransitions {{split,in,vertical},{split,in,horizontal}, {split,out,vertical},{split,out,horizontal}, {blinds,horizontal},{blinds,vertical}, @@ -419,14 +439,14 @@ dissolve, {glitter,east},{glitter,south}} -%D Again, we use macros as placeholders for \PDF\ key||value -%D pairs. +%D Again, we use macros as placeholders for \PDF\ key||value +%D pairs. -\def\PDFpagesplit {/S /Split } +\def\PDFpagesplit {/S /Split } \def\PDFpageblinds {/S /Blinds } \def\PDFpagebox {/S /Box } -\def\PDFpagewipe {/S /Wipe } -\def\PDFpagedissolve {/S /Dissolve } +\def\PDFpagewipe {/S /Wipe } +\def\PDFpagedissolve {/S /Dissolve } \def\PDFpageglitter {/S /Glitter } \def\PDFpagereplace {/S /R } @@ -443,30 +463,37 @@ {\doifdefined{PDFpage#1} {\edef\PDFpagetransitions{\PDFpagetransitions\getvalue{PDFpage#1}}}} -\def\doPDFsetpagetransition#1% +\def\doPDFsetpagetransition#1#2% {\let\PDFpagetransitions\empty \processcommalist[#1]\dodoPDFsetpagetransition - \doPDFpageattribute{/Trans <<\PDFpagetransitions>>}} + \doPDFpageattribute + %{\ifnum#2>0 /Dur #2 \fi + {\ifnum0<0#2 /Dur #2 \fi + \ifx\PDFpagetransitions\empty\else/Trans <<\PDFpagetransitions>>\fi}} %D \macros %D {doPDFinsertmov} %D -%D Most of the annotations we use here are of type {\em +%D Most of the annotations we use here are of type {\em %D link}, but here is another one: the {\em movie} annotation. -%D The driver module must implement \type {setcurrentmovie}. +%D The driver module must implement \type {setcurrentmovie}. \def\doPDFinsertmov#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9% {\bgroup \setcurrentmovie{#1}% \ScaledPointsToBigPoints{#7}\width \ScaledPointsToBigPoints{#8}\height - \edef\pdf@@posterize{\ifcase#9 \or/Poster true\fi}% - \doPDFannotation width #7 height #8 data + \let\pdf@@options\empty + \def\pdf@@actions{/ShowControls false }% + \@EA\processallactionsinset\@EA + [#9] + [\v!herhaal=>\edef\pdf@@actions{\pdf@@actions /Mode /Repeat }, + \v!preview=>\edef\pdf@@options{\pdf@@options /Poster true }]% + \doPDFannotation width #7 height #8 data {/Subtype /Movie /T (movie \currentmovie) - /Movie << /F (#1) - /Aspect [\width\space \height] \pdf@@posterize >> - /A << /ShowControls false >>} + /Movie << /F (#1) /Aspect [\width\space\height] \pdf@@options >> + /A << \pdf@@actions>>} \egroup} %D \macros @@ -474,25 +501,25 @@ %D %D Well, here is the dreadfull bookmark, rather useless because %D only standard encoding is possible, no typography is done, -%D and a maximum of 32~characters is advized. +%D and a maximum of 32~characters is advized. \def\doPDFinsertbookmark#1#2#3#4#5% level sublevels text page open=1 - {\bgroup + {\bgroup \sanitizePDFdocencoding#3\to\bookmarktext % uses scratchcounter \scratchcounter=#4% - \advance\scratchcounter by -1 + \advance\scratchcounter by -1 %\sanitizePDFstring#3\to\bookmarktext - \doPDFbookmark level #1 n #2 text {\bookmarktext} - page {\the\scratchcounter} open #5 + \doPDFbookmark level #1 n #2 text {\bookmarktext} + page {\the\scratchcounter} open #5 \egroup} -%D The next section of this module is dedicated to form -%D support. These macros are complicated by the fact that -%D cloning is possible. +%D The next section of this module is dedicated to form +%D support. These macros are complicated by the fact that +%D cloning is possible. %D \macros %D {FDFflag...,FDFplus...} -%D +%D %D The \type{/FT} key determines the type of field: text, %D button or choice. The latter two come in several disguises, %D which are set by flipping bits in the \type{/Ff}. Other bits @@ -507,25 +534,25 @@ \def\FDFflagEdit {262144} % 19 %D The next bits (watch how strange the bits are organized) -%D take care of the states: +%D take care of the states: -\def\FDFflagReadOnly {1} % 1 -\def\FDFflagRequired {2} % 2 -\def\FDFflagNoExport {4} % 3 -\def\FDFflagPassword {8192} % 14 -\def\FDFflagSort {524288} % 20 +\def\FDFflagReadOnly {1} % 1 +\def\FDFflagRequired {2} % 2 +\def\FDFflagNoExport {4} % 3 +\def\FDFflagPassword {8192} % 14 +\def\FDFflagSort {524288} % 20 -%D There is a second, again bitset oriented, \type{/F} flag: +%D There is a second, again bitset oriented, \type{/F} flag: \def\FDFplusInvisible {1} % 1 -\def\FDFplusHidden {2} % 2 -\def\FDFplusPrintable {4} % 3 +\def\FDFplusHidden {2} % 2 +\def\FDFplusPrintable {4} % 3 %D \macros %D {setFDFswitches} %D -%D The non||type bits are mapped onto user||interface -%D swithes, to be used later on: +%D The non||type bits are mapped onto user||interface +%D swithes, to be used later on: \def\@@FDFflag{FDFflag} \def\@@FDFplus{FDFplus} @@ -539,16 +566,16 @@ \letvalue {\@@FDFplus\v!verborgen}=\FDFplusHidden \letvalue {\@@FDFplus\v!printbaar}=\FDFplusPrintable -%D A set of switches is collected into the flags we mentioned -%D before by the next macro (we don't handle negations yet, +%D A set of switches is collected into the flags we mentioned +%D before by the next macro (we don't handle negations yet, %D but do take care of redundancy): \def\FDFflag{0} \def\FDFplus{0} \def\setFDFswitches[#1]% - {\bgroup - \!!counta=0 + {\bgroup + \!!counta=0 \!!countb=0 \def\docommando##1% {\doifsomething{##1} @@ -564,7 +591,7 @@ %D \macros %D {setFDFvalues} %D -%D Menu items are passed as an array of \type{(string)}'s and +%D Menu items are passed as an array of \type{(string)}'s and %D the content of this array is build with: \let\FDFvalues\empty @@ -580,12 +607,12 @@ \@EA\processcommalist\@EA[#1]\docommando} %D This macro accepts comma separated \type{visual=>result} -%D pairs. +%D pairs. %D \macros %D {setFDFalignment} -%D -%D Text and line fields can be entered and showed in three +%D +%D Text and line fields can be entered and showed in three %D alternative alingments, indicated by a digit: \def\FDFalign{0} @@ -593,22 +620,22 @@ \def\setFDFalignment[#1]% {\processaction [#1] - [ \v!links=>\edef\FDFalign{2}, % raggedleft - \v!midden=>\edef\FDFalign{1}, % raggedcenter + [ \v!links=>\edef\FDFalign{2}, % raggedleft + \v!midden=>\edef\FDFalign{1}, % raggedcenter \v!rechts=>\edef\FDFalign{0}]} % raggedright %D \macros %D {setFDFattributes} -%D +%D %D The weak part of (at least version 2.1 \PDF) is that only %D default fonts are handled well. Another restriction is that %D the encoding vector must be the standard \PDF\ document one. %D Although the \PDF\ reference explictly states that one could -%D use the normal text operators, leading is not yet handled. +%D use the normal text operators, leading is not yet handled. %D -%D For the moment the current \CONTEXT\ font is mapped onto -%D one best suitable default font. The color attribute is -%D less problematic and is directly derived from the \CONTEXT\ +%D For the moment the current \CONTEXT\ font is mapped onto +%D one best suitable default font. The color attribute is +%D less problematic and is directly derived from the \CONTEXT\ %D color. \def\FDFattributes{/Helv 12 Tf 0 g 14.4 TL} @@ -634,7 +661,7 @@ {\doifdefinedelse{FDF\fontstyle} {\xdef\FDFattributes{\getvalue{FDF\fontstyle}}} {\xdef\FDFattributes{\FDFrm}}}% - \doglobal\addtocommalist\FDFattributes\FDFusedfonts + \doglobal\addtocommalist\FDFattributes\FDFusedfonts \xdef\FDFattributes% move up with "x.y Ts" {/\FDFattributes\space\size\space Tf\space\PDFcolor{#2}}% \doifelsenothing{#3} @@ -650,10 +677,10 @@ %D \macros %D {setFDFactions} -%D +%D %D Depending on the type of the field, one can assign %D \JAVASCRIPT\ code to a mouse event or keystroke. The next -%D preparation macro shows what events are handled. +%D preparation macro shows what events are handled. \let\FDFactions\empty @@ -671,11 +698,11 @@ \fi \setFDFaction A#2}% mouseup % becomes U ! -%D The event handler becomes something: -%D +%D The event handler becomes something: +%D %D \starttypen -%D /AA << /D << /S ... >> ... /C << /S ... >> -%D /A << /S /JavaScript /JS (...) >> +%D /AA << /D << /S ... >> ... /C << /S ... >> +%D /A << /S /JavaScript /JS (...) >> %D \stoptypen \def\setFDFaction#1#2% @@ -691,7 +718,7 @@ \xdef\sanitizedJScode{\sanitizedJScode\space\JScode}} {\invalidreference{##1}}} {\unknownreference{##1}}}% - \@EA\processcommalist\@EA[#2]\setFDFaction % one level expansion + \@EA\processcommalist\@EA[#2]\setFDFaction % one level expansion \ifx\sanitizedJScode\empty \else \xdef\FDFactions% {\FDFactions /#1 << /S /JavaScript /JS (\sanitizedJScode) >> }% @@ -701,15 +728,15 @@ %D \macros %D {testFDFactions} %D -%D This rather confusion prone series of script can be tested +%D This rather confusion prone series of script can be tested %D with: -%D +%D %D \starttypen %D \testFDFactions %D \stoptypen -%D -%D which simply redefined the previous macro to one that prints -%D a message to the console. +%D +%D which simply redefined the previous macro to one that prints +%D a message to the console. \def\testFDFactions% {\def\setFDFaction##1##2% @@ -718,27 +745,39 @@ \edef\FDFactions% {\FDFactions /##1 << /S /JavaScript /JS (\sanitizedJScode) >> }}} -%D \macros +%D \macros +%D {doFDFregistercalculationset} +%D +%D There is at most one calculation order list, which defines +%D the order in which fields are calculated. + +\let\PDFcalculationset\empty + +\def\doFDFregistercalculationset#1% + {\def\PDFcalculationset{#1}} + +%D \macros %D {registerFDFobject,everylastshipout} %D -%D Officially one needs to embed some general datastructures -%D that tell the viewer what fields are present in the file, as +%D Officially one needs to embed some general datastructures +%D that tell the viewer what fields are present in the file, as %D well as what resources they use. The next mechanism does that -%D job automatically when one registers the field. +%D job automatically when one registers the field. \def\flushFDFnames% {\ifbuildFDFdictionary \ifx\FDFcollection\empty\else - \ifbuildFDFencodingvector - \doPDFdictionaryobject class FDF name local:encodingvector data + \ifbuildFDFencodingvector + \doPDFdictionaryobject class FDF name local:encodingvector data \FDFencodingvector \fi \defineFDFfonts \doPDFarrayobject class FDF name local:fields data \FDFcollection \doPDFgetobjectreference{FDF}{local:fields}\PDFobjectreference - \doPDFdictionaryobject class FDF name local:acroform data + \doPDFdictionaryobject class FDF name local:acroform data {/Fields \PDFobjectreference\space - /DR << /Font << \FDFfonts >> >> + \doFDFiffieldset\PDFcalculationset{/CO [\doFDFgetfieldset\PDFcalculationset]} + /DR << /Font << \FDFfonts >> >> /DA (/Helv 10 Tf 0 g)}% \doPDFgetobjectreference{FDF}{local:acroform}\PDFobjectreference \doPDFaddtocatalog @@ -767,8 +806,8 @@ %D ifbuildFDFdictionary, %D ifbuildFDFencodingvector} %D -%D Another datastruture concerns the fonts used. We only -%D define the fonts we use. +%D Another datastruture concerns the fonts used. We only +%D define the fonts we use. \newif\ifbuildFDFdictionary \buildFDFdictionarytrue \newif\ifbuildFDFencodingvector \buildFDFencodingvectortrue @@ -778,15 +817,15 @@ \processcommacommand[\FDFusedfonts]\defineFDFfont} \def\defineFDFfont#1% - {\ifbuildFDFencodingvector + {\ifbuildFDFencodingvector \doPDFgetobjectreference{FDF}{local:encodingvector}\PDFobjectreference \fi - \doPDFdictionaryobject class FDF name local:#1 data - {/Type /Font - /Subtype /Type1 + \doPDFdictionaryobject class FDF name local:#1 data + {/Type /Font + /Subtype /Type1 /Name /#1 \ifbuildFDFencodingvector /Encoding \PDFobjectreference\space\fi - /BaseFont /\getvalue{FDFname#1}}% + /BaseFont /\getvalue{FDFname#1}}% \doPDFgetobjectreference{FDF}{local:#1}\PDFobjectreference \edef\FDFfonts{\FDFfonts \space/#1 \PDFobjectreference}} @@ -803,56 +842,56 @@ \def\FDFnameCour {Courier} \def\FDFnameCoBo {Courier-Bold} \def\FDFnameCoOb {Courier-Oblique} -\def\FDFnameCoBO {Courier-BoldOblique} +\def\FDFnameCoBO {Courier-BoldOblique} %D And a big one: \def\FDFencodingvector - {/Type /Encoding - /Differences - [ 24 /breve /caron /circumflex /dotaccent /hungarumlaut /ogonek - /ring /tilde - 39 /quotesingle - 96 /grave - 128 /bullet /dagger /daggerdbl /ellipsis /emdash /endash /florin - /fraction /guilsinglleft /guilsinglright /minus /perthousand + {/Type /Encoding + /Differences + [ 24 /breve /caron /circumflex /dotaccent /hungarumlaut /ogonek + /ring /tilde + 39 /quotesingle + 96 /grave + 128 /bullet /dagger /daggerdbl /ellipsis /emdash /endash /florin + /fraction /guilsinglleft /guilsinglright /minus /perthousand /quotedblbase /quotedblleft /quotedblright /quoteleft - /quoteright /quotesinglbase /trademark /fi /fl /Lslash /OE - /Scaron /Ydieresis /Zcaron /dotlessi /lslash /oe /scaron - /zcaron + /quoteright /quotesinglbase /trademark /fi /fl /Lslash /OE + /Scaron /Ydieresis /Zcaron /dotlessi /lslash /oe /scaron + /zcaron 164 /currency - 166 /brokenbar + 166 /brokenbar 168 /dieresis /copyright /ordfeminine - 172 /logicalnot /.notdef /registered /macron /degree /plusminus - /twosuperior /threesuperior /acute /mu + 172 /logicalnot /.notdef /registered /macron /degree /plusminus + /twosuperior /threesuperior /acute /mu 183 /periodcentered /cedilla /onesuperior /ordmasculine - 188 /onequarter /onehalf /threequarters 192 /Agrave /Aacute - /Acircumflex /Atilde /Adieresis /Aring /AE /Ccedilla /Egrave - /Eacute /Ecircumflex /Edieresis /Igrave /Iacute /Icircumflex - /Idieresis /Eth /Ntilde /Ograve /Oacute /Ocircumflex /Otilde - /Odieresis /multiply /Oslash /Ugrave /Uacute /Ucircumflex - /Udieresis /Yacute /Thorn /germandbls /agrave /aacute - /acircumflex /atilde /adieresis /aring /ae /ccedilla /egrave + 188 /onequarter /onehalf /threequarters 192 /Agrave /Aacute + /Acircumflex /Atilde /Adieresis /Aring /AE /Ccedilla /Egrave + /Eacute /Ecircumflex /Edieresis /Igrave /Iacute /Icircumflex + /Idieresis /Eth /Ntilde /Ograve /Oacute /Ocircumflex /Otilde + /Odieresis /multiply /Oslash /Ugrave /Uacute /Ucircumflex + /Udieresis /Yacute /Thorn /germandbls /agrave /aacute + /acircumflex /atilde /adieresis /aring /ae /ccedilla /egrave /eacute /ecircumflex /edieresis /igrave /iacute /icircumflex /idieresis /eth /ntilde /ograve /oacute /ocircumflex /otilde - /odieresis /divide /oslash /ugrave /uacute /ucircumflex + /odieresis /divide /oslash /ugrave /uacute /ucircumflex /udieresis /yacute /thorn /ydieresis ]} -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {currentFDFmode,currentFDFparent,currentFDFkids,currenrFDFroot} %D -%D There are three more quasi global interfacing variables -%D that need to be set. +%D There are three more quasi global interfacing variables +%D that need to be set. \let\currentFDFmode =\fieldlonermode -\let\currentFDFkids =\empty -\let\currentFDFparent=\empty -\let\currentFDFroot =\empty +\let\currentFDFkids =\empty +\let\currentFDFparent=\empty +\let\currentFDFroot =\empty %D \macros %D {dosetfieldstatus} %D -%D And here comes the special that deals with them. +%D And here comes the special that deals with them. \definespecial\dosetfieldstatus#1#2#3#4% {\chardef\currentFDFmode=#1% @@ -863,38 +902,38 @@ %D \macros %D {dosetuppageview} %D -%D Because this command will seldom be called, we can permit -%D slow action processing. We need three settings, one for -%D direct \PDF\ inclusion, the other as \PDFTEX\ keyword, an -%D a last one for form. All determine in what way the -%D screen is adapted when going to a destination. Watch the -%D space. +%D Because this command will seldom be called, we can permit +%D slow action processing. We need three settings, one for +%D direct \PDF\ inclusion, the other as \PDFTEX\ keyword, an +%D a last one for form. All determine in what way the +%D screen is adapted when going to a destination. Watch the +%D space. \def\PDFpageviewkey{ fit} \def\PDFpageviewwrd{ /Fit} -\def\PDFpageview {/View [\PDFpageviewwrd] } +\def\PDFpageview {/View [\PDFpageviewwrd] } \definespecial\dosetuppageview#1% {%\processaction % [#1] % [\v!passend=>\def\PDFpageviewkey{ fit}% % \def\PDFpageviewwrd{ /Fit}, - % \v!breedte=>\def\PDFpageviewkey{ fith}% % watch the v-h + % \v!breedte=>\def\PDFpageviewkey{ fith}% % watch the v-h % \def\PDFpageviewwrd{ /FitH}, % swapping here - % \v!hoogte=>\def\PDFpageviewkey{ fitv}% % and here and + % \v!hoogte=>\def\PDFpageviewkey{ fitv}% % and here and % \def\PDFpageviewwrd{ /FitV}, % here too % \v!geen=>\def\PDFpageviewkey{ xyz}% % \def\PDFpageviewwrd{ /XYZ 0 0 0}, % \s!unknown=>\def\PDFpageviewkey{ fitv}% - % \def\PDFpageviewwrd{ /FitV}]% - }%\edef\PDFpageview{/View [\PDFpageviewwrd] }} + % \def\PDFpageviewwrd{ /FitV}]% + }%\edef\PDFpageview{/View [\PDFpageviewwrd] }} -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {setFDFkids} %D -%D Clones as well as radiofields (which themselves can have -%D cloned components) need a list fo kids. The next macro -%D builds one. +%D Clones as well as radiofields (which themselves can have +%D cloned components) need a list fo kids. The next macro +%D builds one. \def\setFDFkids[#1][#2]% tag commalist {\let\FDFkids\empty @@ -903,15 +942,15 @@ \edef\FDFkids{\FDFkids\PDFobjectreference\space}}% \@EA\processcommalist\@EA[#2]\docommando} -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {doFDFpresetlinefield,doFDFpresettextfield, %D doFDFpresetchoicefield,doFDFpresetpopupfield,doFDFpresetcombofield, %D doFDFpresetpushfield,doFDFpresetcheckfield, %D doFDFpresetradiofield,doFDFpresetradiorecord} -%D +%D %D I would say: read the \PDF\ reference manual first and see %D what happens here next. Lucky us that they have so much in -%D common. +%D common. \def\doFDFpresetlinefield#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9% {\bgroup @@ -921,7 +960,7 @@ \setFDFactions[#9]% \ifcase\currentFDFmode \doPDFannotationobject class FDF name #1 width #2 height #3 data - {/Subtype /Widget /T (#1) /FT /Tx + {/Subtype /Widget /T (#1) /FT /Tx /MaxLen \ifcase0#5 1000 \else#5 \fi /DV (#4) /V () /Ff \FDFflag\space @@ -934,7 +973,7 @@ \or \setFDFkids[kids:][\currentFDFkids]% \doPDFdictionaryobject class FDF name #1 data - {/T (#1) /FT /Tx + {/T (#1) /FT /Tx /MaxLen \ifcase0#5 1000 \else#5 \fi /Kids [\FDFkids] /DV (#4) /V () @@ -949,7 +988,7 @@ \doPDFgetobjectreference{FDF}{\currentFDFparent}\PDFobjectreference \global\objectreferencingtrue \doPDFannotationobject class FDF name kids:#1 width #2 height #3 data - {/Subtype /Widget + {/Subtype /Widget /Parent \PDFobjectreference /Ff \FDFflag\space /F \FDFplus\space @@ -961,7 +1000,7 @@ \doPDFgetobjectreference{FDF}{\currentFDFparent}\PDFobjectreference \global\objectreferencingtrue \doPDFannotationobject class FDF name kids:#1 width #2 height #3 data - {/Subtype /Widget + {/Subtype /Widget /Parent \PDFobjectreference /F \FDFplus}% \fi @@ -978,8 +1017,8 @@ \setFDFactions[#8]% \ifcase\currentFDFmode \doPDFannotationobject class FDF name #1 width #2 height #3 data - {/Subtype /Widget - /T (#1) /FT /Ch + {/Subtype /Widget + /T (#1) /FT /Ch /DV (#4) /V () /Ff \FDFflag\space /F \FDFplus\space @@ -991,7 +1030,7 @@ \or \setFDFkids[kids:][\currentFDFkids]% \doPDFdictionaryobject class FDF name #1 data - {/T (#1) /FT /Ch + {/T (#1) /FT /Ch /Kids [\FDFkids] /DV (#4) /V () /Ff \FDFflag\space @@ -1005,7 +1044,7 @@ \doPDFgetobjectreference{FDF}{\currentFDFparent}\PDFobjectreference \global\objectreferencingtrue \doPDFannotationobject class FDF name kids:#1 width #2 height #3 data - {/Subtype /Widget + {/Subtype /Widget /Parent \PDFobjectreference /Ff \FDFflag\space /F \FDFplus\space @@ -1016,7 +1055,7 @@ \doPDFgetobjectreference{FDF}{\currentFDFparent}\PDFobjectreference \global\objectreferencingtrue \doPDFannotationobject class FDF name kids:#1 width #2 height #3 data - {/Subtype /Widget + {/Subtype /Widget /Parent \PDFobjectreference /F \FDFplus}% \fi @@ -1038,18 +1077,18 @@ \doFDFappearance{On}{#6}% \doFDFdefault{#6}{#4}% \doPDFannotationobject class FDF name #1 width #2 height #3 data - {/Subtype /Widget /T (#1) /FT /Btn + {/Subtype /Widget /T (#1) /FT /Btn \ifFDFvalues /DV (\FDFdefault) /V ()\fi /Ff \FDFflag\space /F \FDFplus\space \FDFappearance\space \FDFactions}% \registerFDFobject{#1}% - \or + \or \doFDFdefault{#6}{#4}% \setFDFkids[kids:][\currentFDFkids]% \doPDFdictionaryobject class FDF name #1 data - {/T (#1) /FT /Btn + {/T (#1) /FT /Btn /Kids [\FDFkids] \ifFDFvalues /DV (\FDFdefault) /V ()\fi /Ff \FDFflag\space @@ -1062,7 +1101,7 @@ \doPDFgetobjectreference{FDF}{\currentFDFparent}\PDFobjectreference \global\objectreferencingtrue \doPDFannotationobject class FDF name kids:#1 width #2 height #3 data - {/Subtype /Widget + {/Subtype /Widget /Parent \PDFobjectreference\space /Ff \FDFflag\space /F \FDFplus\space @@ -1074,7 +1113,7 @@ \doPDFgetobjectreference{FDF}{\currentFDFparent}\PDFobjectreference \global\objectreferencingtrue \doPDFannotationobject class FDF name kids:#1 width #2 height #3 data - {/Subtype /Widget + {/Subtype /Widget /Parent \PDFobjectreference\space /F \FDFplus\space \FDFappearance}% @@ -1091,6 +1130,7 @@ \def\doFDFpresetradiofield#1#2#3#4#5#6#7% {\bgroup + \FDFvaluestrue \setFDFswitches[#4]% \setFDFactions[#7]% \ifcase\currentFDFmode @@ -1117,7 +1157,7 @@ \doPDFgetobjectreference{FDF}{\currentFDFparent}\PDFobjectreference \global\objectreferencingtrue \doPDFannotationobject class FDF name kids:#1 width #2 height #3 data - {/Subtype /Widget + {/Subtype /Widget /Parent \PDFobjectreference\space /F \FDFplus\space \FDFappearance\space @@ -1127,22 +1167,22 @@ \doPDFgetobjectreference{FDF}{\currentFDFparent}\PDFobjectreference \global\objectreferencingtrue \doPDFannotationobject class FDF name kids:#1 width #2 height #3 data - {/Subtype /Widget + {/Subtype /Widget /Parent \PDFobjectreference\space /F \FDFplus\space \FDFappearance\space} \fi \egroup} -\def\doFDFpresetradiorecord#1#2#3#4#5% +\def\doFDFpresetradiorecord#1#2#3#4#5% {\bgroup \setFDFswitches[Radio,NoToggleToOff,#3]% \setFDFkids[][#4]% \setFDFactions[#5]% \doPDFdictionaryobject class FDF name #1 data - {/Subtype /Widget /FT /Btn /T (#1) /Rect [0 0 0 0] + {/Subtype /Widget /FT /Btn /T (#1) /Rect [0 0 0 0] /DV /#2 % /V () - /H /N + /H /N /Ff \FDFflag\space /F \FDFplus\space /Kids [\FDFkids] \FDFactions}% \egroup} @@ -1150,77 +1190,76 @@ %D At the cost of some more references, we can save bytes, %D by sharing appearance dictionaries. Surprise: -\def\dodoFDFappearance#1#2% +\def\dodoFDFappearance#1#2% {\ifx#2\empty\else \dogetcommacommandelement1\from#2\to\commalistelement \ifx\commalistelement\empty\else \doPDFgetobjectreference{SYM}\commalistelement\PDFobjectreference - \edef\N{\N /#1 \PDFobjectreference\space}% + \edef\N{\ifFDFvalues\N /#1 \fi\PDFobjectreference\space}% \fi \dogetcommacommandelement2\from#2\to\commalistelement \ifx\commalistelement\empty\else \doPDFgetobjectreference{SYM}\commalistelement\PDFobjectreference - \edef\R{\R /#1 \PDFobjectreference\space}% + \edef\R{\ifFDFvalues\R /#1 \fi\PDFobjectreference\space}% \fi \dogetcommacommandelement3\from#2\to\commalistelement \ifx\commalistelement\empty\else \doPDFgetobjectreference{SYM}\commalistelement\PDFobjectreference - \edef\D{\D /#1 \PDFobjectreference\space}% + \edef\D{\ifFDFvalues\D /#1 \fi\PDFobjectreference\space}% \def\FDFappearance{/H /P}% \fi \fi} -\def\redoFDFappearance#1% +\def\redoFDFappearance#1% {\ifx#1\empty\else - \dogetcommacommandelement1\from#1\to\commalistelement - \dogetcommacommandelement3\from\commalistelement\to\commalistelement + \dogetcommacommandelement3\from#1\to\commalistelement \ifx\commalistelement\empty\else \def\FDFappearance{/H /P}% \fi \fi} -\def\doFDFappearance#1#2% +\def\doFDFappearance#1#2% {\dogetcommacommandelement1\from#2,\to\yes \dogetcommacommandelement2\from#2,\to\no \def\FDFappearance{/H /N}% - \doifobjectfoundelse{FDF}{ap:#1:\yes:\no} + \doifobjectfoundelse{FDF}{ap:#1:\yes:\no} {\redoFDFappearance\yes \redoFDFappearance\no} - {\presetobject{FDF}{ap:#1:\yes:\no}% funny hack + {\presetobject{FDF}{ap:#1:\yes:\no}% funny hack \let\N\empty\let\R\empty\let\D\empty \dodoFDFappearance{#1}\yes \dodoFDFappearance{Off}\no - \doPDFdictionaryobject class FDF name {ap:#1:\yes:\no} data - {\ifx\N\empty\else /N <<\N>>\fi - \ifx\R\empty\else /R <<\R>>\fi - \ifx\D\empty\else /D <<\D>>\fi}}% + \doPDFdictionaryobject class FDF name {ap:#1:\yes:\no} data + {\ifx\N\empty\else/N \ifFDFvalues<<\N>>\else\N\fi\fi + \ifx\R\empty\else/R \ifFDFvalues<<\R>>\else\R\fi\fi + \ifx\D\empty\else/D \ifFDFvalues<<\D>>\else\D\fi\fi}}% \doPDFgetobjectreference{FDF}{ap:#1:\yes:\no}\PDFobjectreference \edef\FDFappearance{\FDFappearance /AP \PDFobjectreference}} -\def\doFDFdefault#1#2% +\def\doFDFdefault#1#2% {\dogetcommacommandelement1\from#1,\to\commalistelement \dogetcommacommandelement1\from\commalistelement\to\commalistelement \doifelse{\commalistelement}{#2} % kan ook met \ifx {\def\FDFdefault{On}}{\def\FDFdefault{Off}}} -%D The three appearances {\em normal}, \type{roll over} and -%D \type{push down} are passed as comma separated triplets, +%D The three appearances {\em normal}, \type{roll over} and +%D \type{push down} are passed as comma separated triplets, %D that is, the second argument can look like: -%D +%D %D \starttypen %D {yes,ok,fine},{no,rubish,awful} %D \stoptypen %D \macros %D {doFDFdefinefieldset,doFDFgetfieldset,doFDFiffieldset} -%D -%D Field sets, the ones we use in submitting and resetting +%D +%D Field sets, the ones we use in submitting and resetting %D fields, are implemented using the next low level specials: -%D +%D %D \starttypen %D \doFDFdefinefieldset{TAG}{name,name,...} %D \doFDFgetfieldset{TAG} -%D \doFDFiffieldset{TAG} +%D \doFDFiffieldset{TAG}{sequence} %D \stoptypen \def\doFDFdefinefieldset#1#2% tag commalist @@ -1228,14 +1267,14 @@ \def\docommando##1% {\doPDFgetobjectreference{FDF}{##1}\PDFobjectreference \edef\FDFfieldset{\FDFfieldset\PDFobjectreference\space}}% - \processcommacommand[#2]\docommando % nb: command + \processcommacommand[#2]\docommando % nb: command \setevalue{FDF:set:#1}{\FDFfieldset}} \def\doFDFgetfieldset#1% {\getvalue{FDF:set:#1}} -\def\doFDFiffieldset#1% - {\ifundefined{FDF:set:#1}\else} +\def\doFDFiffieldset#1#2% + {\ifundefined{FDF:set:#1}\else#2\fi} %D In the goto specials we took care of secondary references. %D Here we define the macros used. @@ -1262,58 +1301,58 @@ %D {loadFDFfields, showFDFfields, %D getFDFfield, setFDFfield} %D -%D Once filled in, we can export or submit the field in the +%D Once filled in, we can export or submit the field in the %D \FDF\ file format. Such a file can be loaded by %D %D \starttypen %D \loadFDFfields{fiel-ini} %D \stoptypen %D -%D or inspected by +%D or inspected by %D %D \starttypen %D \showFDFfields{fiel-ini} %D \stoptypen %D -%D After both commands, one can use +%D After both commands, one can use %D %D \starttypen %D \getFDFfield{name} %D \setFDFfield{name}{value} %D \stoptypen %D -%D to inspect and overrule the data. -%D +%D to inspect and overrule the data. +%D %D By default \CONTEXT\ calls the perl script \type{fdf2tex}. %D This script reads the \type{fdf} file and produces a file %D named \type{filename.fdt}. If one disables the call to this -%D script, by saying: -%D +%D script, by saying: +%D %D \starttypen %D \runFDFconverterfalse %D \stoptypen -%D -%D or when \CONTEXT\ cannot find the \type{fdt} file, it tries -%D to interpret the \type{fdf} file directly. Both mechanisms -%D are rather crude. +%D +%D or when \CONTEXT\ cannot find the \type{fdt} file, it tries +%D to interpret the \type{fdf} file directly. Both mechanisms +%D are rather crude. \newif\ifrunFDFconverter \runFDFconvertertrue %D The \PERL\ script produces a file formatted as: -%D +%D %D \starttypen %D \beginFDFobject -%D \beginFDFdata +%D \beginFDFdata %D \beginFDFfields %D \FDFfield[name=,value=] %D \endFDFfields -%D \endFDFdata +%D \endFDFdata %D \endFDFobject %D \stoptypen %D -%D One reason for using key value pairs is that we cannot be -%D sure or the order in which the name and value are given -%D (actually the reverse). +%D One reason for using key value pairs is that we cannot be +%D sure or the order in which the name and value are given +%D (actually the reverse). \def\PERLloadFDFfields#1% {\bgroup @@ -1332,48 +1371,48 @@ \egroup} %D The next macro does the same job, but now in the \TEX\ way -%D of doing things. Easy eh? +%D of doing things. Easy eh? \bgroup -\catcode`\/=\@@other +\catcode`\/=\@@other \global\let\normalslash=/ -\catcode`\/=\@@escape +\catcode`\/=\@@escape \gdef\TEXloadFDFfields#1% {\bgroup \setbox0=\hbox {\global\let\allFDFfields\empty - \scratchcounter=0 + \scratchcounter=0 \escapechar=-1 - \catcode`\/=\@@escape + \catcode`\/=\@@escape \catcode`\(=\@@begingroup \catcode`\)=\@@endgroup \catcode`\%=\@@letter \let/A =\relax \let/AS =\relax \let/Kids=\relax \let/Fields=\relax \let/F =\relax \let/ID =\relax \let/SetF=\relax \let/setFf =\relax - \let/Ff=\relax \let/Opt=\relax \let/ClrF=\relax \let/ClrFf =\relax + \let/Ff=\relax \let/Opt=\relax \let/ClrF=\relax \let/ClrFf =\relax \let/AP=\relax \let/FDF=\relax \let/Root=\relax - \def/T##1{\check\Title{##1}} + \def/T##1{\check\Title{##1}} \def/V{\bgroup\catcode`\/=\@@other\futurelet\next/doV} \def/doV{\ifx\next\normalslash\@EA/doVb\else\@EA/doVa\fi} \def/doVa##1{\egroup\check\Value{##1}} \def/doVb##1##2 {\egroup\check\Value{##2}} % watch the space \def\check##1##2% {\def##1{##2} - \advance\scratchcounter by 1 + \advance\scratchcounter by 1 \ifodd\scratchcounter \else \convertcommand\Title\to\asciiA \global\setFDFfield{\asciiA}{\Value} \doglobal\addtocommalist\Title\allFDFfields - \fi} + \fi} \ReadFile{#1.fdf}}% \egroup} \egroup -%D Whatever mechanism is used, the next macros can be used to -%D fetch the values. +%D Whatever mechanism is used, the next macros can be used to +%D fetch the values. \def\getFDFfield#1% {\getvalue{FDFfield::#1}} @@ -1381,7 +1420,7 @@ \def\setFDFfield#1#2% {\setevalue{FDFfield::#1}{#2}} -%D Of course the fields are only present when the file is +%D Of course the fields are only present when the file is %D loaded. \def\loadFDFfields#1% @@ -1397,18 +1436,19 @@ \processcommacommand[\allFDFfields]\docommando \egroup} -%D \macros +%D \macros %D {sanitizePDFdocencoding} %D %D We already dealt with the encoding vector. Conversion from %D \TEX\ \ASCII\ encoding to the other one, is accomplished by -%D the next few macros. Wach out: we don't group here. +%D the next few macros. Wach out: we don't group here. -%D This will be reimplemented using the mapping mechsnism. +%D This will be reimplemented using the mapping mechanism. \long\def\sanitizePDFdocencoding#1\to#2% {\enablePDFcrlf \enablePDFdocencoding +\honorunexpanded \edef#2{#1}} \bgroup @@ -1416,76 +1456,34 @@ \gdef\enablePDFcrlf% {\def\\{\string\r}% \def\par{\\\\}% - \catcode`\^^M=\@@active + \catcode`\^^M=\@@active% \let^^M=\\} \egroup -% \def\enablePDFdocencoding% -% {\def\"##1{\if##1A\string ^^c4\else\if##1a\string ^^e4\else -% \if##1E\string ^^cb\else\if##1e\string ^^eb\else -% \if##1I\string ^^cf\else\if##1i\string ^^ef\else -% \if##1O\string ^^d6\else\if##1o\string ^^f6\else -% \if##1U\string ^^dc\else\if##1u\string ^^fc\else -% \if##1y\string ^^ff\else -% \string\"##1% -% \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}% -% \def\'##1{\if##1A\string ^^c1\else\if##1a\string ^^e1\else -% \if##1E\string ^^c9\else\if##1e\string ^^e9\else -% \if##1I\string ^^cd\else\if##1i\string ^^ed\else -% \if##1O\string ^^d3\else\if##1o\string ^^f3\else -% \if##1U\string ^^da\else\if##1u\string ^^fa\else -% \if##1Y\string ^^dd\else\if##1y\string ^^fd\else -% \string\'##1% -% \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}% -% \def\^##1{\if##1A\string ^^c2\else\if##1a\string ^^e2\else -% \if##1E\string ^^ca\else\if##1e\string ^^ea\else -% \if##1I\string ^^ce\else\if##1i\string ^^ee\else -% \if##1O\string ^^d4\else\if##1o\string ^^f4\else -% \if##1U\string ^^db\else\if##1u\string ^^fb\else -% \string\^##1% -% \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}% -% \def\`##1{\if##1A\string ^^c0\else\if##1a\string ^^e0\else -% \if##1E\string ^^c8\else\if##1e\string ^^e8\else -% \if##1I\string ^^cc\else\if##1i\string ^^ec\else -% \if##1O\string ^^d2\else\if##1o\string ^^f2\else -% \if##1U\string ^^d9\else\if##1u\string ^^f9\else -% \string\`##1% -% \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}% -% \def\~##1{\if##1A\string ^^c3\else\if##1a\string ^^e3\else -% \if##1N\string ^^d1\else\if##1n\string ^^f1\else -% \if##1O\string ^^d5\else\if##1o\string ^^f5\else -% \string\~##1%\string -% \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}% -% \def\,##1{\if##1C\string ^^c7\else\if##1c\string ^^e7\else -% \string\,##1% -% \fi\fi}% -% \def\<##1{\if##1<\string ^^ab\else -% \string\<##1% -% \fi}% -% \def\>##1{\if##1>\string ^^bb\else -% \string\>##1% -% \fi}% -% \def\AE{\string ^^c6}\def\ae{\string ^^e6}% -% \def\oA{\string ^^c5}\def\oa{\string ^^e5}% -% \def\oe{\string ^^9c}\def\ss{\string ^^df}}% - -\def\enablePDFdocencoding% - {\setencoding[pdfdoc]\simplifycommands} +\def\enablePDFdocencoding% + {\reducetocoding[pdfdoc]\simplifycommands} %D A bit out of place, but useful: -\newevery\everysetfield\relax +\newevery\everysetfield\relax -\appendtoks \enablePDFcrlf \to \everysetfield \appendtoks \enablePDFdocencoding \to \everysetfield +\appendtoks \enablePDFcrlf \to \everysetfield %D \macros %D {doPDFinsertcomment} -%D -%D An example its use is the next special, one that deals with -%D text annotations. +%D +%D An example its use is the next special, one that deals with +%D text annotations. -\long\def\doPDFinsertcomment#1#2#3#4#5#6% title width height color open data +\def\PDFcommentNew {/Insert} +\def\PDFcommentBalloon {/Comment} +\def\PDFcommentAddition {/NewParagraph} +\def\PDFcommentHelp {/Help} +\def\PDFcommentParagraph {/Paragraph} +\def\PDFcommentKey {/Key } + +\long\def\doPDFinsertcomment#1#2#3#4#5#6#7% title width height color open data {\bgroup \doifelsenothing{#1} {\let\PDFidentifier\empty} @@ -1493,36 +1491,46 @@ \doifelsenothing{#4} {\let\PDFattributes\empty} {\def\PDFattributes{/C \FDFcolor{#4}}}% - \sanitizePDFdocencoding#6\to\PDFdata - \doPDFtextannotation width #2 height #3 data - {/Subtype /Text - \ifcase#5 \else/Open false\fi - /Contents (\PDFdata) - \PDFidentifier - \PDFattributes}% + \doifundefinedelse{PDFcomment#6} + {\let\PDFcomment\empty} + {\def\PDFcomment{/Name \getvalue{PDFcomment#6} }}% + \sanitizePDFdocencoding#7\to\PDFdata + \setbox\scratchbox=\vbox to #3sp + {\vfill + \doPDFannotation width #2 height #3 data + {/Subtype /Text + \ifcase#5 \else/Open false\fi + /Contents (\PDFdata) + \PDFcomment + \PDFidentifier + \PDFattributes}}% + \wd\scratchbox=\!!zeropoint + \ht\scratchbox=\!!zeropoint + \dp\scratchbox=\!!zeropoint + \box\scratchbox \egroup} -%D Hooked into \CONTEXT, this special supports -%D +%D Hooked into \CONTEXT, this special supports +%D %D \starttypen %D \startcomment %D hello beautiful\\world %D \stopcomment -%D +%D %D \startcomment[hello] %D de \'e\'erste keer -%D the f\'irst time +%D the f\'irst time %D \stopcommen -%D +%D %D \startcommentaar[hallo][kleur=groen,breedte=4cm,hoogte=3cm] -%D first -%D +%D first +%D %D second %D \stopcommentaar %D \stoptypen -%D +%D %D So, special characters, forced linebreaks using \type{\\} -%D and \type{\par} are handled in the appropriate way. +%D and \type{\par} are handled in the appropriate way. %D \macros %D {doPDFovalbox} @@ -1539,12 +1547,12 @@ \def\doPDFovalbox#1#2#3#4#5#6#7% {\bgroup \dimen0=#4sp\divide\dimen0 by 2 - \doPDFovalcalc{0} {+\dimen0}\xmin + \doPDFovalcalc{0}{+\dimen0}\xmin \doPDFovalcalc{#1}{-\dimen0}\xmax \doPDFovalcalc{#2}{-\dimen0}\ymax \doPDFovalcalc{-#3}{+\dimen0}\ymin \advance\dimen0 by #5sp - \doPDFovalcalc{0} {+\dimen0}\xxmin + \doPDFovalcalc{0}{+\dimen0}\xxmin \doPDFovalcalc{#1}{-\dimen0}\xxmax \doPDFovalcalc{#2}{-\dimen0}\yymax \doPDFovalcalc{-#3}{+\dimen0}\yymin @@ -1554,6 +1562,9 @@ \edef\dofill{#7}% \setbox0=\hbox {\ifnum\dostroke\dofill>0 + \ifPDFstrokecolor\else\ifnum\dostroke=1 + \writestatus{\m!colors}{pdf stroke color will fail}\wait + \fi\fi \PDFcode {q \stroke\space w @@ -1581,25 +1592,29 @@ %D In \PDF\ there are two color states, one for strokes and one %D for fills. This means that we have to set the color in a %D rather redundant looking way. Unfortunately this makes the -%D \PDF\ file much larger than needed. +%D \PDF\ file much larger than needed. We can save few bytes +%D by not setting the stroke color. Due to zip compression we +%D only save a few percent. + +% \newif\ifPDFstrokecolor \PDFstrokecolortrue \def\doPDFstartgraymode#1% - {\PDFcode{#1 g #1 G}} + {\PDFcode{#1 g\ifPDFstrokecolor\space#1 G\fi}} \def\doPDFstopgraymode% - {\PDFcode{0 g 0 G}} + {\PDFcode{0 g\ifPDFstrokecolor\space0 G\fi}} \def\doPDFstartrgbcolormode#1#2#3% - {\PDFcode{#1 #2 #3 rg #1 #2 #3 RG}} + {\PDFcode{#1 #2 #3 rg\ifPDFstrokecolor\space#1 #2 #3 RG\fi}} \def\doPDFstartcmykcolormode#1#2#3#4% - {\PDFcode{#1 #2 #3 #4 k #1 #2 #3 #4 K}} + {\PDFcode{#1 #2 #3 #4 k\ifPDFstrokecolor\space#1 #2 #3 #4 K\fi}} \def\doPDFstartgraycolormode#1% - {\PDFcode{#1 g #1 G}} + {\PDFcode{#1 g\ifPDFstrokecolor\space#1 G\fi}} \def\doPDFstopcolormode% - {\PDFcode{0 g 0 G}} + {\PDFcode{0 g\ifPDFstrokecolor\space0 G\fi}} %D \macros %D {doPDFstartrotation,doPDFstoprotation} @@ -1647,14 +1662,19 @@ %D %D When producing output for an image setter, sometimes negative %D output is needed. - + \def\doPDFstartnegative% - {\writestatus{system}{negative not yet supported}} + {\ifx\initializePDFnegative\undefined\else + \initializePDFnegative + \PDFcode{/GSnegative gs}% + \fi} \def\doPDFstopnegative% - {} + {\ifx\initializePDFnegative\undefined\else + \PDFcode{/GSpositive gs}% + \fi} -%D And that was all. +%D And that was all. \stopspecials diff --git a/tex/context/base/spec-ini.tex b/tex/context/base/spec-ini.tex index aa54c63c0..8117cb8fc 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/spec-ini.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/spec-ini.tex @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +% \dogetfiguresize will be a special ! + %D \module %D [ file=spec-ini, %D version=1996.01.25, @@ -8,7 +10,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. %D Specials are \TEX's channel to the outside world. They make @@ -55,6 +57,17 @@ 7: unbekante Driver -- \stopmessages +\startmessages czech library: specials + title: speciality + 1: -- nacteno + 2: neni dovoleno hlubsi zanoreni -- + 3: -- je resetovano + 4: prikaz -- neexistuje + 5: nacita se definicni soubor -- + 6: zanoreni neni dovoleno + 7: neznamy ovladac (driver) -- +\stopmessages + \startmessages dutch library: interactions 21: -- code tussengevoegd \stopmessages @@ -67,6 +80,10 @@ 21: -- Code eingefuegt \stopmessages +\startmessages czech library: interactions + 21: -- kod vlozen +\stopmessages + %D \macros %D {everyresetspecials} %D @@ -174,7 +191,6 @@ %D \macros %D {preloadspecials} -%D {} %D %D The following command can be used to show the loaded list %D of specials. @@ -185,7 +201,6 @@ %D \macros %D {startspecials} -%D {} %D %D Every library has a unique name, which is given as the first %D argument to \type{\startspecials}. When another library is @@ -230,7 +245,7 @@ {\let\currentspecial\s!unknown} {\def\currentspecial{#1}}% \unprotect - \addtocommalist{\currentspecial}\preloadedspecials} + \addtocommalist\currentspecial\preloadedspecials} \def\startspecials% {\pushmacro\currentspecial @@ -243,7 +258,6 @@ %D \macros %D {installspecial, %D resetspecials} -%D {} %D %D We have to install specials before we can define and use %D them. The command itself is defined as a call to another @@ -313,7 +327,6 @@ %D \macros %D {usespecials} -%D {} %D %D We use \type{\usespecials} to load a specific library. %D This command is only permitted outside de definition part. @@ -338,7 +351,6 @@ %D \macros %D {executespecials} -%D {} %D %D The command \type{\executespecials} is used to execute the %D defined specials. Once a special is installed, the special @@ -567,7 +579,6 @@ %D \macros %D {dostartgraymode,dostopgraymode, %D dostartrgbcolormode,dostartcmykcolormode,dostartgraycolormode,dostopcolormode} -%D {} %D %D We start with the installation of color and grayscale %D specials. The values are in the range 0..1 (e.g. 0.25). @@ -594,7 +605,6 @@ %D \macros %D {doinsertfile} -%D {} %D %D Probably the most problematic special is the following %D one. Because we want to be able to support different @@ -611,7 +621,7 @@ %D %D The special is implemented as \type{or}. Because %D \DVIPSONE\ understands them all, a chain of alternatives -%D would generate multiple courrences of the same +%D would generate multiple occurrences of the same %D illustration. %D %D When option 1 is passed, the viewers is asked to present a @@ -620,9 +630,25 @@ \installspecial [\doinsertfile] [or] [9] %D \macros +%D {dogetnofinsertpages} +%D +%D Some file formats support more than one page, like \PDF, +%D and for special applications, one may want to have access +%D to the total number of pages. +%D +%D \starttyping +%D \dogetnofinsertpages\nofinsertpages +%D \stoptyping +%D +%D The number is available after the insert is placed, +%D since inclusion may take place immediate when an insert is +%D called upon. + +\installspecial [\dogetnofinsertpages] [or] [1] + +%D \macros %D {dostartrotation, %D dostoprotation} -%D {} %D %D We support rotation with the special: %D @@ -639,7 +665,6 @@ %D \macros %D {dostartscaling, %D dostopscaling} -%D {} %D %D Scaling is also supported: %D @@ -656,7 +681,6 @@ %D \macros %D {dostartmirroring, %D dostopmirroring} -%D {} %D %D And indeed, mirroring is there too: %D @@ -672,7 +696,6 @@ %D \macros %D {dostartnegative, %D dostopnegative} -%D {} %D %D When producing output for an image setter, negating the %D page comes into view. Here are the tools: @@ -683,7 +706,6 @@ %D \macros %D {doselectfirstpaperbin, %D doselectsecondpaperbin} -%D {} %D %D Here are some very printer||specific ones. No further %D comment. @@ -693,7 +715,6 @@ %D \macros %D {doovalbox} -%D {} %D %D When we look at the implementation, this is a complicated %D one. There are seven arguments. @@ -709,9 +730,24 @@ \installspecial [\doovalbox] [or] [7] +%D \macros +%D {dostartclipping,dostopclipping} +%D +%D Clipping is implemented in such a way that an arbitrary +%D can be fed. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \dostartclipping {pathname}{width} {height} +%D \dostopclipping +%D \stoptyping +%D +%D + +\installspecial [\dostartclipping] [or] [3] +\installspecial [\dostopclipping] [or] [0] + %D \macros %D {dosetupidentity} -%D {} %D %D We can declare some characteristics of the document with %D @@ -725,7 +761,6 @@ %D \macros %D {dosetuppaper} -%D {} %D %D This special can be used to tell the driver what page size %D to use. The special takes three arguments. @@ -741,7 +776,6 @@ %D \macros %D {dosetupprinter} -%D {} %D %D Some drivers enable the user to specify the paper type %D used and/or page dimensions to be taken into account. @@ -759,10 +793,10 @@ %D \macros %D {% dosetuppage, %D dosetupopenaction, dosetupclosaction, +%D dosetupopenpageaction, dosetupclospageaction, %D dosetupinteraction, %D dosetupscreen, %D dosetupviewmode} -%D {} %D %D Here come some obscure interactive commands. Probably the %D specs will change with the development of the macros that @@ -801,16 +835,17 @@ %D %D For the moment we only support \type{fit}. -\installspecial [\dosetupinteraction] [and] [0] -\installspecial [\dosetupopenaction] [and] [0] -\installspecial [\dosetupcloseaction] [and] [0] -\installspecial [\dosetupscreen] [and] [5] -\installspecial [\dosetuppageview] [and] [1] +\installspecial [\dosetupinteraction] [and] [0] +\installspecial [\dosetupopenaction] [and] [0] +\installspecial [\dosetupcloseaction] [and] [0] +\installspecial [\dosetupopenpageaction] [and] [0] +\installspecial [\dosetupclosepageaction] [and] [0] +\installspecial [\dosetupscreen] [and] [5] +\installspecial [\dosetuppageview] [and] [1] %D \macros %D {dostarthide, %D dostophide} -%D {} %D %D Not every part of the screen is suitable for paper. Menus %D for instance have no meaning on an non||interactive medium. @@ -821,13 +856,12 @@ %D \dostophide %D \stoptypen -\installspecial [\dostarthide] [or] [0] -\installspecial [\dostophide] [or] [0] +\installspecial [\dostarthide] [or] [0] +\installspecial [\dostophide] [or] [0] %D \macros %D {dostartgotolocation, dostopgotolocation, %D dostartgotorealpage, dostopgotorealpage} -%D {} %D %D The interactive real work is done by the following four %D specials. The reason for providing the first one with both @@ -882,7 +916,6 @@ %D \macros %D {dostartthisislocation, dostopthisislocation, %D dostartthisisrealpage, dostopthisisrealpage} -%D {} %D %D The opposite commands of \type{\dogotosomething} have only %D one argument: @@ -907,7 +940,7 @@ \installspecial [\dostartthisisrealpage] [and] [1] \installspecial [\dostopthisisrealpage] [and] [0] -%D \macro +%D \macros %D {doresetgotowhereever} %D %D These and others need: @@ -978,6 +1011,19 @@ \installspecial [\dostopobject] [or] [0] \installspecial [\doinsertobject] [or] [2] +%D \macros +%D {doregisterfigure} +%D +%D Images can be objects as well and it's up to the driver to +%D handle this. Alternative images are also up to the driver, +%D and the next macro tells the driver that the previous image +%D is somehow followed by another and that both have to be +%D handled together. This is a rather fuzzy model, but for the +%D moment it suits its purpose: low res screen versions combined +%D with high res printable ones. + +\installspecial [\doregisterfigure][or] [2] + % %D \macros % %D {dogetobjectreference} % %D @@ -994,7 +1040,6 @@ %D dostartgotoprofile, dostopgotoprofile, %D dobeginofprofile, %D doendofprofile} -%D {} %D %D These specials are still experimental. They are not yet %D supported by the programs the way they should be. @@ -1034,13 +1079,14 @@ %D previous one, this special is very \PDF. %D %D \starttypen -%D \dosetpagetransition{dissolve} +%D \dosetpagetransition{dissolve}{0} %D \stoptypen %D %D Transitions have symbolic names, like dissolve, box, split, -%D blinds, wipe and glitter. +%D blinds, wipe and glitter. The second argument determines +%D the wait time (unless zero). -\installspecial [\dosetpagetransition] [or] [1] +\installspecial [\dosetpagetransition] [or] [2] %D \macros %D {dopresettextfield,dopresetlinefield, @@ -1096,7 +1142,7 @@ \installspecial [\dodefinefieldset] [or] [2] \installspecial [\dogetfieldset] [or] [1] -\installspecial [\doiffieldset] [or] [1] +\installspecial [\doiffieldset] [or] [2] %D \macros %D {dosetfieldstatus} @@ -1118,6 +1164,17 @@ \def\fieldcopymode {3} % no \chardef here %D \macros +%D {doregistercalculationset} +%D +%D We can define a calculation order list with: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \doregistercalculationset {set identifier} +%D \stoptypen + +\installspecial [\doregistercalculationset] [or] [1] + +%D \macros %D {doinsertcomment} %D %D Not so much out ot need, but to be complete, we also @@ -1125,10 +1182,10 @@ %D %D \starttypen %D \doinsertcomment -%D {title} {width} {height} {color} {open} {data} +%D {title} {width} {height} {color} {open} {symbol} {data} %D \stoptypen -\installspecial[\doinsertcomment] [and] [6] +\installspecial[\doinsertcomment] [and] [7] %D So far for the installation. For quite some time the %D \CONTEXT\ way of specifying the output format has been: @@ -1183,6 +1240,7 @@ \defineoutput [dviwindo] [dvi,ps,yy,win] \defineoutput [dvips] [dvi,ps,tr] \defineoutput [dviview] [dvi,ps,tr,dv] +\defineoutput [dvipdfm] [dpm] \defineoutput [pdftex] [tpd] \defineoutput [pdf] [tpd] \defineoutput [acrobat] [pdf,ps,tr] % use: [acrobat,dvipsone] diff --git a/tex/context/base/spec-mis.tex b/tex/context/base/spec-mis.tex index 224a3c85b..2722ee686 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/spec-mis.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/spec-mis.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. %D Quite some modules in this group are dedicated to supporting @@ -44,6 +44,34 @@ \newif\ifusepagedestinations %D \macros +%D {ifhighlighthyperlinks} +%D +%D The next switch can be used to make user hyperlinks are +%D not highlighted when clicked on. + +\newif\ifhighlighthyperlinks + +%D \macros +%D {ifgotonewwindow} +%D +%D To make the {\em goto previous jump} feature more +%D convenient when using more than one file, it makes sense +%D to force the viewer to open a new window for each file +%D opened. + +\newif\ifgotonewwindow + +%D \macros +%D {ifPDFstrokecolor} +%D +%D We can reduce the filesize a bit by setting the next switch +%D to false. The amount of reduction depends on the use of +%D color, but don't expect more than a few percent. Zip +%D compression is already rather efficient in itself. + +\newif\ifPDFstrokecolor \PDFstrokecolortrue + +%D \macros %D {dodoinsertfile,dofileinsertion, %D definefileinsertion,doiffileinsertionsupported} %D @@ -84,6 +112,15 @@ %D second argument is a \type{{type,method}} pair and the %D third the filename. +%D Just in case this one is undefined (which can happen if +%D this module is used outside \CONTEXT): + +\ifx\setreferencefilename\undefined + + \def\setreferencefilename#1\to#2{\edef#2{#1}} + +\fi + \protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/spec-pdf.tex b/tex/context/base/spec-pdf.tex index cbc5fafcb..21080bac7 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/spec-pdf.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/spec-pdf.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. % funny things: mail to yeny: "please geen auto-crlf in special" @@ -184,6 +184,8 @@ %D \POSTSCRIPT\ drivers. We just link the movie annotation %D handled to the file inclusion system. +\let\currentmovie\s!unknown + \def\setcurrentmovie{\xdef\currentmovie} \definefileinsertion{yy}{mov}{\doPDFinsertmov} @@ -285,6 +287,13 @@ \definespecial\doiffieldset {\doFDFiffieldset} %D \macros +%D {doregistercalculationset} +%D +%D The calculation order is defined using: + +\definespecial\doregistercalculationset{\doFDFregistercalculationset} + +%D \macros %D {doPDFdestination} %D %D Last we implement the low level pdfmark macros. The @@ -365,6 +374,7 @@ [ /Action \lastPDFaction\space /Rect [0 0 \width\space \height] /Border [0 0 0] + \ifhighlighthyperlinks \else /H /N \fi /Subtype /Link /ANN pdfmark}% @@ -382,8 +392,6 @@ pdfmark}% \egroup} -\let\doPDFtextannotation=\doPDFannotation - \def\doPDFannotationobject class #1 name #2 width #3 height #4 data #5% {\bgroup \ScaledPointsToBigPoints{#3}\width diff --git a/tex/context/base/spec-ps.tex b/tex/context/base/spec-ps.tex index 648a11c36..2906f0e6b 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/spec-ps.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/spec-ps.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. %D \macros @@ -192,6 +192,23 @@ \definespecial\doovalbox% {\dosomeovalbox} +%D \macros +%D {dostartclipping,dostopclipping} +%D +%D These two specials are not yet working as expected. + +\definespecial\dostartclipping#1#2#3% + {\ScaledPointsToBigPoints{#2}\width + \ScaledPointsToBigPoints{#3}\height + \grabMPclippath{#1}{0}{\width}{\height} + {0 0 moveto \width 0 lineto \width \height lineto 0 \height\space lineto}% + \special + {\@@insertpostscriptliteral\space + save newpath \MPclippath\space closepath clip}} + +\definespecial\dostopclipping% + {\special{\@@insertpostscriptliteral\space restore}} + \stopspecials \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/spec-tpd.tex b/tex/context/base/spec-tpd.tex index 47fedb47e..77a097cc7 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/spec-tpd.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/spec-tpd.tex @@ -8,12 +8,9 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. -% funny things: negative height by \pdfannot -% immediate versus deferred - %D \macros %D {jobsuffix} %D @@ -40,26 +37,37 @@ %D \PDFTEX\ primitives are permitted. If no primitives are %D available, we just stop reading any further. -\ifx\pdftexversion\undefined \endinput \else \unprotect \fi +\unprotect -%D For the time being \type {\pdfimage} is redefined in -%D versions older than 12s. In the new syntax, the filename -%D is surrounded by braces. +\ifx\pdftexversion\undefined + \writestatus{\m!systems}{you should use pdfTeX binaries}\wait + \protect\expandafter\endinput +\fi \ifnum\pdftexversion<13 - \let\normalpdfimage\pdfimage - \def\grabpdfimage#1#2{\normalpdfimage#1 #2\relax} - \def\pdfimage#1#{\grabpdfimage{#1}} + \writestatus{\m!systems}{your pdfTeX version is much too old}\wait + \protect\expandafter\endinput +\fi + +\ifnum\pdftexversion<14 + \writestatus{\m!systems}{please update your pdfTeX binaries} \fi %D We default to 300 dots per inch image resolution. -\ifx\pdfimageresolution\undefined % < version 14 +\ifx\pdfimageresolution\undefined \newcount\pdfimageresolution \fi \pdfimageresolution=300 +% %D Why are the Acrobat viewers so buggy? To prevent font cache +% %D mismatches, we say: +% +% \ifx\pdfuniqueresname\undefined \else +% \pdfuniqueresname=1 +% \fi + %D Once we are sure that we're indeed supporting \PDFTEX, we %D force \PDF\ output at the highest compression. For debugging %D purposes one can set the compresslevel to~0. We also have to @@ -90,14 +98,11 @@ %D Some more internal settings. -\appendtoks \pdfoutput=0 \to \everyresetspecials +\appendtoks \pdfoutput=0 \to \everyresetspecials \pdfoutput =1 % we reset that one with \everyresetspecials \pdfcompresslevel=9 % apart from debugging, no reason for value 0 -% \pdfthreadhoffset=\maxdimen -% \pdfthreadvoffset=\maxdimen - %D Just in case we mimmick specials, we have to make sure no %D default specials end up in the process. @@ -118,7 +123,7 @@ \global\pdfpageheight=#3\relax} %D \macros -%D {doinsertfile} +%D {doinsertfile,dogetnofinsertpages} %D %D Graphics are not part of \TEX\ and therefore not part of the %D \DVI\ standard. \PDF\ on the other hand has several graphic @@ -143,6 +148,12 @@ \dodoinsertfile{tpd}{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}{#7}{#8}{#9}% \egroup} +%D The number of pages in (for instance an \PDF) insert +%D file, can be asked for using: + +\definespecial\dogetnofinsertpages#1% global ! + {\global\let#1\PDFimagenofpages} + %D Currently we support \type{pdf} for \PDF\ files, \type{mps} %D for \METAPOST\ graphics, \type{png} and \type{jpg} for %D bitmap graphics. @@ -164,12 +175,12 @@ %D \convertPDFtoPDF{\filename.pdf}\xscale\yscale{#5sp}{#6sp}{#7sp}{#8sp}} %D \stoptypen %D -%D superseded by +%D superseded by the next macros. -\definefileinsertion{tpd}{pdf}{\dopdfimage} -\definefileinsertion{tpd}{png}{\dopdfimage} -\definefileinsertion{tpd}{jpg}{\dopdfimage} -% \definefileinsertion{tpd}{tif}{\dopdfimage} % unstable +\definefileinsertion{tpd}{pdf}{\handlepdfimage} +\definefileinsertion{tpd}{png}{\handlepdfimage} +\definefileinsertion{tpd}{jpg}{\handlepdfimage} +%definefileinsertion{tpd}{tif}{\handlepdfimage} % unstable %D The main file insertion macro is as follows. Because %D \PDFTEX\ does not support arbitrary suffixes, we double @@ -177,27 +188,64 @@ %D on unknown suffixes. \def\doifvalidpdfimagefileelse#1% - {\edef\filesuffix{#1}% - \doloop - {\@EA\aftersplitstring\filesuffix\at.\to\temp - \ifx\temp\empty - \exitloop - \else - \let\filesuffix\temp - \fi}% + {\doiffileelse{#1} + {\edef\filesuffix{#1}% + \doloop + {\@EA\aftersplitstring\filesuffix\at.\to\temp + \ifx\temp\empty + \exitloop + \else + \let\filesuffix\temp + % a temporary hack + \doif{\filesuffix}{PDF}{\pdfimageresolution=72}% + \doif{\filesuffix}{pdf}{\pdfimageresolution=72}% + % because pdfTeX scales back + \fi}} + {\let\filesuffix\s!unknown}% \doiffileinsertionsupportedelse{\filesuffix}} -\def\dopdfimage#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9% - {\doiffileelse{#1} - {\bgroup - \doifvalidpdfimagefileelse{#1} - {\pdfimage - \ifcase#7 \else \!!width #7sp\fi - \ifcase#8 \else \!!height #8sp\fi - {#1}} - {\framed[\c!breedte=#7sp,\c!hoogte=#8sp]{#1}}% - \egroup} - {\framed[\c!breedte=#7sp,\c!hoogte=#8sp]{#1}}} +\ifx\pdflastximagepages\undefined \chardef\pdflastximagepages=1 \fi + +\ifnum\pdftexversion>13 + +\def\checkpdfimagepagenumber#1% + {\let\pdfimagepagenumber\empty + \getfromcommacommand[#1][1]% + \doifnumberelse{\commalistelement} + {\ifcase\commalistelement\else + \edef\pdfimagepagenumber{page \commalistelement}% + \message{(pdf image page \pdfimagepagenumber)}% + \fi} + {}} + +\def\handlepdfimage#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9% + {\bgroup + \doifvalidpdfimagefileelse{#1} + {\checkpdfimagepagenumber{#9}% + \immediate\pdfximage + \ifcase#7 \else \!!width #7sp\fi + \ifcase#8 \else \!!height #8sp\fi + \pdfimagepagenumber + {#1}% + \xdef\PDFimagereference{\the\pdflastximage}% + \xdef\PDFimagenofpages{\the\pdflastximagepages}% + \pdfrefximage\pdflastximage} + {\framed[\c!breedte=#7sp,\c!hoogte=#8sp]{#1}}% + \egroup} + +\else + +\def\handlepdfimage#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9% + {\bgroup + \doifvalidpdfimagefileelse{#1} + {\pdfimage + \ifcase#7 \else \!!width #7sp\fi + \ifcase#8 \else \!!height #8sp\fi + {#1}}% + {\framed[\c!breedte=#7sp,\c!hoogte=#8sp]{#1}}% + \egroup} + +\fi %D As we will see now, \PDFTEX\ not only directly supports %D \type{mps}, \type{png}, \type{pdf}, \type{jpg} but also @@ -205,6 +253,8 @@ %D similar to figure inclusion. The next macro calls the %D general \PDF\ one. +\newcounter\currentmovie + \def\setcurrentmovie#1% {\doglobal\increment\currentmovie} @@ -219,20 +269,74 @@ \newif\ifmeasureTPDfiguresize \measureTPDfiguresizetrue -\def\dogetTPDfiguresize#1#2#3#4#5#6% - {\ifmeasureTPDfiguresize - #3=\!!zeropoint - #4=\!!zeropoint - \doifvalidpdfimagefileelse{#2} - {\global\setbox\foundexternalfigure=\vbox{\pdfimage{#2}}% - #5=\wd\foundexternalfigure - #6=\ht\foundexternalfigure} - {#5=\!!zeropoint - #6=\!!zeropoint}% +%D For the moment we don't test for alternatives that +%D themselves have alternatives, especially cylcic +%D dependencies. + +\ifnum\pdftexversion>13 + +\def\checkpdfimageattributes% + {\ifx\PDFfigurereference\empty + \global\let\pdfimageattributes\empty \else - #1{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}% \normaldogetfiguresize... + \immediate\pdfobj% + {[ << /Image \PDFfigurereference\space0 R + /DefaultForPrinting true >> ]}% + \xdef\pdfimageattributes% + {attr {/Alternates \the\pdflastobj\space0 R}}% \fi} +\def\dogetTPDfiguresize#1#2#3#4#5#6#7% + {\ifmeasureTPDfiguresize + #4=\!!zeropoint + #5=\!!zeropoint + \doifvalidpdfimagefileelse{#2} + {\ifvoid\foundexternalfigure + \donetrue + \else\ifx\PDFfigurereference\empty + \donetrue + \else + \doifinstringelse{\filesuffix}{\c!png,\c!jpg}\donetrue\donefalse + \fi\fi} + {\donefalse}% + \ifdone + \checkpdfimagepagenumber{#3}% + \checkpdfimageattributes + \global\setbox\foundexternalfigure=\vbox + {\immediate\pdfximage \pdfimageattributes \pdfimagepagenumber{#2}% + \xdef\PDFimagereference{\the\pdflastximage}% + \xdef\PDFimagenofpages{\the\pdflastximagepages}% + \pdfrefximage\pdflastximage}% + #6=\wd\foundexternalfigure + #7=\ht\foundexternalfigure + \global\let\PDFfigurereference\empty + \global\let\PDFimageattributes\empty + \else + #6=\!!zeropoint + #7=\!!zeropoint + \fi + \else + #1{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}{#7}% \normaldogetfiguresize... + \fi} + +\else + +\def\dogetTPDfiguresize#1#2#3#4#5#6#7% + {\ifmeasureTPDfiguresize + #4=\!!zeropoint + #5=\!!zeropoint + \doifvalidpdfimagefileelse{#2} + {\global\setbox\foundexternalfigure=\vbox{\pdfimage{#2}}% + #6=\wd\foundexternalfigure + #7=\ht\foundexternalfigure} + {#6=\!!zeropoint + #7=\!!zeropoint}% + \else + #1{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}{#7}% \normaldogetfiguresize... + \fi} + +\fi + \let\normaldogetfiguresizepdf=\dogetfiguresizepdf \let\normaldogetfiguresizepng=\dogetfiguresizepng \let\normaldogetfiguresizetif=\dogetfiguresizetif @@ -244,6 +348,22 @@ \def\dogetfiguresizejpg{\dogetTPDfiguresize\normaldogetfiguresizejpg} %D \macros +%D {doregisterfigure} +%D +%D Here is the fuzzy, very special dependant figure +%D registration special. We need to refer to the innermost +%D object (ximage). + +\ifnum\pdftexversion>13 + + \definespecial\doregisterfigure#1#2% + {\doifundefined{IM::#1::#2} + {\setxvalue{IM::#1::#2}{\the\pdflastximage}}% + \xdef\PDFfigurereference{\getvalue{IM::#1::#2}}} + +\fi + +%D \macros %D {doovalbox} %D %D Drawing frames with round corners is inherited from the @@ -278,6 +398,23 @@ \definespecial\dostartnegative {\doPDFstartnegative} \definespecial\dostopnegative {\doPDFstopnegative} +%D \macros +%D {dostartclipping,dostopclipping} +%D +%D Clipping in \PDFTEX\ is rather trivial. We can even hook +%D in \METAPOST\ without problems. + +\definespecial\dostartclipping#1#2#3% + {\ScaledPointsToBigPoints{#2}\width + \ScaledPointsToBigPoints{#3}\height + \grabMPclippath{#1}{1}{\width}{\height} + {0 0 m \width\space 0 l \width \height l 0 \height l}% + \pdfliteral + {q 0 w \MPclippath\space W n}} + +\definespecial\dostopclipping% + {\pdfliteral{Q}} + %D \macros %D {dosetupinteraction, %D dosetupopenaction,dosetupcloseaction} @@ -330,11 +467,11 @@ \def\docommando##1% {\edef\sanitizedJScode{\getJSpreamble{##1}}% \@EA\doPSsanitizeJScode\sanitizedJScode\to\sanitizedJScode - \pdfobj {<< /S /JavaScript /JS (\sanitizedJScode) >>}% + \immediate\pdfobj {<< /S /JavaScript /JS (\sanitizedJScode) >>}% \edef\compositeJScode% {\compositeJScode\space (##1) \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}}% \processcommalist[#1]\docommando - \pdfobj{<< /Names [ \compositeJScode ] >>}% + \immediate\pdfobj{<< /Names [ \compositeJScode ] >>}% \pdfnames{/JavaScript \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}% \egroup} @@ -379,11 +516,11 @@ {\bgroup \enablePDFdocencoding \pdfinfo - {/Title (#1) + {%Producer (pdfTeX) % already there + /Title (#1) /Subject (#2) /Author (#3) - /Creator (#4) - /Producer (pdfTeX)}% + /Creator (#4)}% \egroup} %D \macros @@ -408,13 +545,20 @@ %D Some day, I'll reimplement threading in a useful way. %D Currently the viewers handle threads rather diffuse. +\ifnum\pdftexversion>13 + \definespecial\dobeginofprofile#1#2#3#4% {\setPDFdestination{#1}% \doifsomething{\PDFdestination} - {\pdfthread name {\PDFdestination}}} + {\pdfthread + width #2sp height #3sp + attr {/Title (\PDFdestination)} % can be omitted + name {\PDFdestination}}} \definespecial\doendofprofile% - {\pdfendthread} + {} + +\fi %D \macros %D {doinsertbookmark} @@ -436,28 +580,82 @@ %D reuse objects. These can be compared with \TEX's boxes. The %D \TEX\ counterpart is defined in the module \type{spec-dvi}. %D We don't use the dimensions here. - -% Forms can interfere with page dimension settings. Therefore -% calling macros can best postpone flushing. - -\definespecial\dostartobject#1#2#3#4#5% - {\bgroup - \setbox\nextbox=\vbox\bgroup +%D +%D The next solution is not that beautiful. Because objects are +%D containers for whatever kind of content, graphics can be +%D part of this content, and a graphic object can be part of +%D the more general type. In practice this means that an ximage +%D would be embedded in an xform, which in itself is not that +%D big a problem, apart from a few bytes overhead. However, for +%D reasons unknown to me alternative images must be pure +%D ximages |<|indeed, somehow one cannot use a vector graphic +%D as alternative|>| that are not embedded into forms, so this +%D is why the object handler treats them different. This +%D implies knowledge of the calling routines, especially the +%D \type{FIG} trigger, that signals that we just embedded an +%D image. Alternatively I could have introduced a dual object +%D system, but the overhead in duplicate specials is currently +%D not what we want. I'd rather implement a more mature +%D object support system from scratch. + +\let\currentPDFresources\empty +\let\PDFimageattributes \empty +\let\PDFfigurereference \empty +\let\PDFimagereference \empty + +\ifnum\pdftexversion>13 + + \definespecial\dostartobject#1#2#3#4#5% + {\bgroup + \setbox\nextbox=\vbox\bgroup + \def\dodostopobject% + {\egroup + \ifx\PDFimagereference\empty + \immediate\pdfxform resources {\currentPDFresources}\nextbox + \global\let\currentPDFresources\empty + \dosetobjectreference{#1}{#2}{\the\pdflastxform}% + \else + \dosetobjectreference{#1}{#2}{-\PDFimagereference}% + \global\let\PDFimagereference\empty + \fi}} + + \definespecial\dostopobject% + {\dodostopobject + \egroup} + + \definespecial\doinsertobject#1#2% + {\bgroup + \doifobjectreferencefoundelse{#1}{#2} + {\dogetobjectreference{#1}{#2}\PDFobjectreference + \ifnum\PDFobjectreference<0 + \@EA\@EA\@EA\pdfrefximage\@EA\gobbleoneargument\PDFobjectreference + \else + \pdfrefxform\PDFobjectreference + \fi}% + {}% + \egroup} + +\else + + \definespecial\dostartobject#1#2#3#4#5% + {\bgroup + \setbox\nextbox=\vbox\bgroup \def\dodostopobject% {\egroup - %\immediate \pdfform\nextbox - \dosetobjectreference{#1}{#2}{\the\pdflastform}}}% - -\definespecial\dostopobject% - {\dodostopobject - \egroup} + \dosetobjectreference{#1}{#2}{\the\pdflastform}}} + + \definespecial\dostopobject% + {\dodostopobject + \egroup} + + \definespecial\doinsertobject#1#2% + {\bgroup + \dogetobjectreference{#1}{#2}\PDFobjectreference + \pdfrefform\PDFobjectreference + \egroup} -\definespecial\doinsertobject#1#2% - {\bgroup - \dogetobjectreference{#1}{#2}\PDFobjectreference - \pdfrefform\PDFobjectreference - \egroup} +\fi %D \macros %D {dosetpagetransition} @@ -511,6 +709,13 @@ \definespecial\dogetfieldset {\doFDFgetfieldset} \definespecial\doiffieldset {\doFDFiffieldset} +%D \macros +%D {doregistercalculationset} +%D +%D The calculation order is defined using: + +\definespecial\doregistercalculationset{\doFDFregistercalculationset} + %D \macros %D {doPDFdestination} %D @@ -521,8 +726,7 @@ {\pdfdest name {#1}\PDFpageviewkey} %D \macros -%D {doPDFaction,doPDFannotation,doPDFtextannotation, -%D ifsharePDFactions} +%D {doPDFaction,doPDFannotation,ifsharePDFactions} %D %D Next we handle annotations. All link annotations are %D implemented using the action dictionary. This enables us to @@ -531,45 +735,71 @@ \newif\ifsharePDFactions \sharePDFactionstrue -% \def\doPDFaction width #1 height #2 action #3% -% {\ifnum\similarreference=1 -% \ifsharePDFactions -% \pdfobj{<<#3>>}\xdef\ lastPDFaction{\the\pdflastobj\space0 R}% -% \else -% \xdef\lastPDFaction{<<#3>>}% -% \fi -% \fi -% \pdfannotlink -% width #1sp height #2sp depth 0sp -% user {/Subtype /Link -% /Border [0 0 0] -% /A \ifcase\similarreference<<#3>>\else\lastPDFaction\fi}% -% \pdfendlink} - -\def\doPDFaction width #1 height #2 action #3% - {\ifcase\similarreference\relax - \xdef\lastPDFaction{<<#3>>}% - \or - \ifsharePDFactions - \pdfobj{<<#3>>}\xdef\lastPDFaction{\the\pdflastobj\space0 R}% - \else +\ifnum\pdftexversion>13 + + \def\doPDFaction width #1 height #2 action #3% + {\ifcase\similarreference\relax \xdef\lastPDFaction{<<#3>>}% + \or + \ifsharePDFactions + \immediate\pdfobj{<<#3>>}% + \xdef\lastPDFaction{\the\pdflastobj\space0 R}% + \else + \xdef\lastPDFaction{<<#3>>}% + \fi \fi - \fi - \ifcollectreferenceactions \else - \pdfannotlink - width #1sp height #2sp depth 0sp - user {/Subtype /Link - /Border [0 0 0] - /A \lastPDFaction}% - \pdfendlink - \fi} + \ifcollectreferenceactions \else + \pdfannot + width #1sp height #2sp depth 0sp + {/Subtype /Link + /Border [0 0 0] + \ifhighlighthyperlinks \else /H /N \fi + /A \lastPDFaction}% + \fi} + +\else + + \def\doPDFaction width #1 height #2 action #3% + {\ifcase\similarreference\relax + \xdef\lastPDFaction{<<#3>>}% + \or + \ifsharePDFactions + \immediate\pdfobj{<<#3>>}\xdef\lastPDFaction{\the\pdflastobj\space0 R}% + \else + \xdef\lastPDFaction{<<#3>>}% + \fi + \fi + \ifcollectreferenceactions \else + \pdfannotlink % could be \pdfannot if not the - problem was there + width #1sp height #2sp depth 0sp + user {/Subtype /Link + /Border [0 0 0] + \ifhighlighthyperlinks \else /H /N \fi + /A \lastPDFaction}% + \pdfendlink + \fi} + +\fi + +% pdftex and viewers give problems with this one (printing forms) +% +%\def\doPDFannotation width #1 height #2 data #3% +% {\pdfannot width #1sp height -#2sp depth 0sp {#3}} +% +% This is corrected in version 14. When this version is wide +% spread, this will be cleaned up. + +\ifnum\pdftexversion>13 -\def\doPDFannotation width #1 height #2 data #3% - {\pdfannot width #1sp height -#2sp depth 0sp {#3}} + \def\doPDFannotation width #1 height #2 data #3% + {\pdfannot width #1sp height #2sp depth 0sp {#3}} -\def\doPDFtextannotation width #1 height #2 data #3% - {\pdfannot width #1sp height #2sp depth 0sp {#3}} +\else + + \def\doPDFannotation width #1 height #2 data #3% + {\hbox{\raise#2sp\hbox{\pdfannot width #1sp height #2sp depth 0sp {#3}}}} + +\fi %D \macros %D {doPDFannotationobject} @@ -579,8 +809,12 @@ %D the last annotation object number directly), we take the %D save route. +%\def\doPDFannotationobject class #1 name #2 width #3 height #4 data #5% +% {\pdfannot width #3sp height -#4sp depth 0sp {#5}% +% \dosetobjectreference{#1}{#2}{\the\pdflastannot}} + \def\doPDFannotationobject class #1 name #2 width #3 height #4 data #5% - {\pdfannot width #3sp height -#4sp depth 0sp {#5}% + {\doPDFannotation width #3 height #4 data {#5}% \dosetobjectreference{#1}{#2}{\the\pdflastannot}} %D \macros @@ -599,8 +833,9 @@ {\expanded{\global\pdfpagesattr{\the\pdfpagesattr#1}}} \def\doPDFresetattributes% - {\global\pdfpageattr{}% - \global\pdfpagesattr{}} + {\global\pdfpageattr{}} + +% \global\pdfpagesattr{}} \appendtoks\doPDFresetattributes\to\everyaftershipout @@ -632,11 +867,11 @@ \def\doPDFdictionaryobject class #1 name #2 data #3% {\flushatshipout - {\pdfobj{<< #3 >>}\dosetobjectreference{#1}{#2}{\the\pdflastobj}}} + {\immediate\pdfobj{<< #3 >>}\dosetobjectreference{#1}{#2}{\the\pdflastobj}}} \def\doPDFarrayobject class #1 name #2 data #3% {\flushatshipout - {\pdfobj{[ #3 ]}\dosetobjectreference{#1}{#2}{\the\pdflastobj}}} + {\immediate\pdfobj{[ #3 ]}\dosetobjectreference{#1}{#2}{\the\pdflastobj}}} %D \macros %D {defaultobjectreference,doPDFgetobjectreference} @@ -652,6 +887,26 @@ {\dogetobjectreference{#1}{#2}#3% \edef#3{\ifx#3\empty null\else#3\space0 R\fi}} +%D \macros +%D {initializePDFnegative} +%D +%D Here follow some rather obscure macros. They will only +%D come into action when one wants negated output. + +\let\PDFextgstates\empty + +\def\initializePDFnegative% + {\bgroup + \pdfcompresslevel=0 + \immediate\pdfobj attr {/FunctionType 4 /Range [0 1] /Domain [0 1]} stream {{1 exch sub}} + \immediate\pdfobj{<</Type /ExtGState /TR \the\pdflastobj\space0 R>>} + \xdef\PDFextgstates{\PDFextgstates/GSnegative \the\pdflastobj\space0 R} + \immediate\pdfobj{<</Type /ExtGState /TR /Identity>>} + \xdef\PDFextgstates{\PDFextgstates/GSpositive \the\pdflastobj\space0 R} + \global\let\initializePDFnegative\relax + \egroup + \expanded{\pdfpageresources{/ExtGState <<\PDFextgstates>>}}} + %D Now we can finish this module. \stopspecials diff --git a/tex/context/base/spec-tr.tex b/tex/context/base/spec-tr.tex index 7d6708765..5a29ed1e0 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/spec-tr.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/spec-tr.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. %D Especially the rotation proved to be incompatible with diff --git a/tex/context/base/spec-win.tex b/tex/context/base/spec-win.tex index ba25de527..caa9df149 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/spec-win.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/spec-win.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \unprotect @@ -43,11 +43,12 @@ {\!!doneafalse} {\!!doneatrue}}% %\hsmash{[l:#5]}% + \setreferencefilename#4\to\DVIfile \special {button: #1 #2 \if!!donea - file: #4, + file: \DVIfile, \fi "#5"}} {}% nog uri afhandelen @@ -62,11 +63,12 @@ {\!!doneafalse} {\!!doneatrue}}% %\hsmash{[p:#5]}% + \setreferencefilename#4\to\DVIfile \special {button: #1 #2 \if!!donea - file: #4, + file: \DVIfile, \fi \ifnum0#5=0 \else page: #5 diff --git a/tex/context/base/spec-yy.tex b/tex/context/base/spec-yy.tex index 551ad2e63..31360dc24 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/spec-yy.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/spec-yy.tex @@ -8,14 +8,13 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. %D \macros %D {dostartgraymode,dostopgraymode, %D dostartrgbcolormode,dostartcmykcolormode,dostartgraycolormode,dostopcolormode, %D doinsertfile} -%D {} %D %D We implement a nice and simple figure||insertion special %D and make use of \YandY's color specials. Otherwise \DVIWINDO\ diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-box.tex b/tex/context/base/supp-box.tex index 4f4c6720d..3e85c3940 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/supp-box.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/supp-box.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. %D This module implements some box manipulation macros. Some @@ -57,7 +57,6 @@ %D \macros %D {hsmash,vsmash, %D hsmashed,vsmashed} -%D {} %D %D While the previous macros expected a \BOX, the next act on a %D content. They are some subtle differences betreen the smash @@ -144,8 +143,7 @@ {\doiftextelse{#1}{#2}{}} %D \macros -%D {dowithnextbox, -%D nextbox} +%D {dowithnextbox,nextbox} %D %D Sometimes we want a macro to grab a box and do something %D on the content. One could pass an argument to a box, but @@ -171,7 +169,7 @@ %D \dowithnextbox\handlefloat\vbox} %D \stoptypen %D -%D in stead of: +%D instead of: %D %D \starttypen %D \def\getfloat#1% @@ -826,8 +824,6 @@ %D the first two lines would have ended up in the text. This %D macro can be useful when building complicated menus, headers %D and footers and|/|or margin material. -%D -%D {\em This macro still needs some improvement.} \def\sbox% in handleiding, voorbeeld \inlinker{xx} \extern.. {\dowithnextbox @@ -892,7 +888,7 @@ \bgroup \mindermeldingen \forgetall - \setbox0=\hbox{\vrule\!!width\!!zeropoint#1}% + \setbox0=\hbox{\vrule\!!width \!!zeropoint#1}% \setbox2=\vbox{\hrule\!!height\!!zeropoint#1}% \advance\vsize by \ht2 \advance\hsize by \wd0 @@ -975,7 +971,7 @@ %D footnotes. %D %D Men kan het proces van breken enigzins beinvloeden met de -%D volgende twee swithes: +%D volgende twee switches: \newif\ifalignrigidcolumns \newif\ifstretchrigidcolumns @@ -984,7 +980,8 @@ %D individuele kolommen op naar \type{\vsize}. \def\setrigidcolumnhsize#1#2#3% - {\hsize=#1\relax + {\xdef\savedrigidhsize{\the\hsize}% + \hsize=#1\relax \global\chardef\rigidcolumns=#3\relax \scratchdimen=-#2\relax \multiply\scratchdimen by #3\relax @@ -997,28 +994,35 @@ \ifnum\rigidcolumns=1 \ifinner\ifhmode\box\else\unvbox\fi\else\unvbox\fi\rigidcolumnbox \else - \line + \hbox to \savedrigidhsize % was \hsize {\vbadness=10000 \tabskip\!!zeropoint + \setbox\rigidcolumnbox=\vbox + {\unvbox\rigidcolumnbox + \unpenalty\removelastskip}% get rid of \blank's \splittopskip=\openstrutheight - %\scratchdimen=\ht\rigidcolumnbox % sensitive for overflow - %\divide\scratchdimen by \rigidcolumns % therefore we need the hack: - \scratchdimen=1pt + %\scratchdimen=\ht\rigidcolumnbox % sensitive for overflow + %\divide\scratchdimen by \rigidcolumns % therefore we need the hack: + \scratchdimen=1pt \divide\scratchdimen by \rigidcolumns \expanded{\scratchdimen=\withoutpt{\the\scratchdimen}\ht\rigidcolumnbox}% - \advance\scratchdimen by \ht\strutbox + \advance\scratchdimen by \ht\strutbox \valign{##\vfill\cr\dorigidcolumnsplits}}% \fi} \def\dorigidcolumnsplits% {\ifnum\rigidcolumns>0 \setbox\scratchbox=\vsplit\rigidcolumnbox to \scratchdimen - \ifalignrigidcolumns - \vbox to \ifstretchrigidcolumns\vsize\else\scratchdimen\fi - {\unvbox\scratchbox}% - \else - \vbox{\unvbox\scratchbox}% - \fi + \hbox to \hsize + \bgroup + \ifalignrigidcolumns + \vbox to \ifstretchrigidcolumns\vsize\else\scratchdimen\fi + {\unvbox\scratchbox}% + \else + \vbox{\unvbox\scratchbox}% + \fi + \hss + \egroup \doglobal\decrement\rigidcolumns \cr \ifnum\rigidcolumns>0\noalign{\hfil}\fi @@ -1056,7 +1060,7 @@ \multiply\dimen0 by 1024 \else \message{cropping \baselineskip to 16pt}% - \baselineskip=\maxdimen + \dimen0=\maxdimen \fi \divide\dimen0 by \hsize \multiply\dimen0 by 64 @@ -1075,6 +1079,33 @@ \box0 \egroup} +% % to be done: start halfway a line combined with one line +% % extra to start with (skip) and one line less than counted. +% +% \def\stopvboxtohbox% +% {\egroup +% \setbox2=\vbox +% {\forgetall\unhcopy0\par\xdef\globalvhlines{\the\prevgraf}}% +% \setbox2=\vbox +% {\unvbox2 +% \setbox2=\lastbox +% \setbox2=\hbox{\unhbox2}% +% \xdef\globalvhwidth{\the\wd2}}% +% \decrement\globalvhlines +% \dimen0=\globalvhwidth +% \dimen0=\vboxtohboxfactor\dimen0 +% \advance\dimen0 by \globalvhlines\lineheight +% \dp0=\!!zeropoint +% \ht0=\dimen0 +% %\writestatus{guessed size} +% % {w:\the\wd0\space\space +% % b:\the\baselineskip\space +% % l:\globalvhlines\space +% % e:\globalvhwidth\space +% % h:\the\dimen0}% +% \box0 +% \egroup} + \def\convertvboxtohbox% {\setvboxtohbox \makehboxofhboxes @@ -1443,6 +1474,38 @@ \box\nextbox \egroup} \hbox} + +%D \macros +%D {boxofsize} +%D +%D Sometimes we need to construct a box with a height or +%D width made up of several dimensions. Instead of cumbersome +%D additions, we can use: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \boxofsize \vbox 10cm 3cm -5cm {the text to be typeset} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This example demonstrates that one can use positive and +%D negative values. Dimension registers are also accepted. + +\newdimen\sizeofbox + +\def\boxofsize#1% + {\bgroup + \sizeofbox\!!zeropoint + \scratchdimen\!!zeropoint + \def\docommando% + {\advance\sizeofbox\scratchdimen + \futurelet\next\dodocommando}% + \def\dodocommando% + {\ifx\next\bgroup + \expanded{\egroup#1 to \the\sizeofbox}% + \else + \@EA\afterassignment\@EA\docommando\@EA\scratchdimen + \fi}% + \docommando} + %D Some new, still undocumented features: @@ -1482,12 +1545,97 @@ \egroup} \vbox} -% Handy: +%D Some more undocumented macros (used in m-chart). + +\newif\iftraceboxplacement % \traceboxplacementtrue + +\def\boxcursor% + {\iftraceboxplacement + \bgroup + \setbox0=\hbox + {\hskip-1pt\vrule\!!width2pt\!!height2pt\!!depth2pt}% + \wd0=\!!zeropoint\ht0=\!!zeropoint\dp0=\!!zeropoint\box0 + \egroup + \else + \hbox + {\vrule\!!width\!!zeropoint\!!height\!!zeropoint\!!depth\!!zeropoint}% + \fi} + +\def\placedbox% + {\iftraceboxplacement\ruledhbox\else\hbox\fi} + +\newdimen\boxoffset + +\def\rightbox#1% + {\hbox + {\setbox0=\placedbox{#1}% + \dimen0=.5\ht0\advance\dimen0 by -.5\dp0 + \boxcursor\hskip\boxoffset\lower\dimen0\box0}} + +\def\leftbox#1% + {\hbox + {\setbox0=\placedbox{#1}% + \dimen0=.5\ht0\advance\dimen0 by -.5\dp0 + \boxcursor\hskip-\wd0\hskip-\boxoffset\lower\dimen0\box0}} + +\def\topbox#1% + {\hbox + {\setbox0=\placedbox{#1}% + \dimen0=\boxoffset\advance\dimen0 by \dp0 + \boxcursor\hskip-.5\wd0\raise\dimen0\box0}} + +\def\bottombox#1% + {\hbox + {\setbox0=\placedbox{#1}% + \dimen0=\boxoffset\advance\dimen0 by \ht0 + \boxcursor\hskip-.5\wd0\lower\dimen0\box0}} + +\def\lefttopbox#1% + {\hbox + {\setbox0=\placedbox{#1}% + \dimen0=\boxoffset\advance\dimen0 by \dp0 + \advance\boxoffset\wd0 + \boxcursor\hskip-\boxoffset\raise\dimen0\box0}} + +\def\righttopbox#1% + {\hbox + {\setbox0=\placedbox{#1}% + \dimen0=\boxoffset\advance\dimen0 by \dp0 + \boxcursor\hskip\boxoffset\raise\dimen0\box0}} + +\def\leftbottombox#1% + {\hbox + {\setbox0=\placedbox{#1}% + \dimen0=\boxoffset\advance\dimen0 by \ht0 + \advance\boxoffset\wd0 + \boxcursor\hskip-\boxoffset\lower\dimen0\box0}} + +\def\rightbottombox#1% + {\hbox + {\setbox0=\placedbox{#1}% + \dimen0=\boxoffset\advance\dimen0 by \ht0 + \boxcursor\hskip\boxoffset\lower\dimen0\box0}} + +\let\topleftbox \lefttopbox +\let\toprightbox \righttopbox +\let\bottomleftbox \leftbottombox +\let\bottomrightbox\rightbottombox + +\def\middlebox#1% + {\hbox{\setbox0=\placedbox{#1}\boxoffset=-.5\wd0\rightbox{\box0}}} + +%D \macros +%D {removedepth, obeydepth} +%D +%D While \type {\removedepth} removes the preceding depth, +%D \type {\obeydepth} makes sure we have depth. Both macros +%D leave the \type {\prevdepth} untouched. \def\removedepth% - {\ifvmode\ifdim\prevdepth>\!!zeropoint - \kern-\prevdepth - \fi\fi} + {\ifvmode \ifdim\prevdepth>\!!zeropoint \kern-\prevdepth \fi \fi} + +\def\obeydepth% + {\par \removedepth \ifvmode \kern\dp\strutbox \fi} % maybe some day we need this % diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-eps.tex b/tex/context/base/supp-eps.tex index 65581ee7f..24e9da14c 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/supp-eps.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/supp-eps.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \ifx \undefined \writestatus \input supp-mis.tex \relax \fi @@ -48,6 +48,11 @@ %D are typesetting sources and putting eps coded logos into %D a heading. Temporary restoring the \CATCODES\ is done in %D the calling routine. +%D +%D The creator as well as external support for specials are +%D analyzed as well and their status is available in \type +%D {\EPScreator} and \type {\EPSshading}. The boundingbox +%D components are available in \type {\EPSllx} etc. \unprotect @@ -56,10 +61,13 @@ \let\EPSurx\!!zeropoint \let\MPurx\EPSurx % in fast mode we set \let\EPSury\!!zeropoint \let\MPury\EPSury % them to 0pt. +\chardef\EPSfound=0 \chardef\EPScreator=0 \chardef\EPSspecial=0 + \def\dogetEPSboundingbox#1#2#3#4#5% {\bgroup \global\chardef\EPSfound=0 \global\chardef\EPScreator=0 + \global\chardef\EPSspecial=0 \uncatcodespecials \def\doprocessEPSline% {\expandafter\checkEPSboundingbox\fileline:. \end}% @@ -90,6 +98,7 @@ \gdef\EPSexactboundingboxtag{%ExactBoundingBox} \gdef\EPScreatortag {%Creator} \gdef\EPSmetaposttag { MetaPost :. } +\gdef\EPSmetapostspecialtag {%MetaPostSpecial} \egroup \long\def\checkEPSboundingbox#1#2:#3\end% @@ -109,7 +118,9 @@ \expandafter \getEPSboundingbox #3 . . . \end \global\chardef\EPSfound=2 \dofinishfile - \fi\fi\fi\fi + \else\ifx\!!stringa\EPSmetapostspecialtag % only before finish! + \global\chardef\EPSspecial=1 + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \else\ifnum\EPSfound>0 \dofinishfile \fi\fi} diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-fil.tex b/tex/context/base/supp-fil.tex index 5c6c7057e..94fb6ed8c 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/supp-fil.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/supp-fil.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. %D \TEX\ operates on files, so one wouldn't wonder that there @@ -41,7 +41,6 @@ %D \macros %D {pushendofline,popendofline} -%D {} %D %D When we are loading files in the middle of the typesetting %D process, for instance when we load references, we have to be @@ -59,6 +58,8 @@ %D Just to be sure, we save the current meaning of \type{^^M} %D in \type{\poppedendofline}. +\chardef\poppedendofline=\the\catcode`\^^M + \def\pushendofline {\chardef\poppedendofline=\the\catcode`\^^M\relax \catcode`\^^M=\@@comment\relax} @@ -68,7 +69,6 @@ %D \macros %D {scratchread, scratchwrite} -%D {} %D %D We define a scratch file for reading. Keep in mind that %D the number of files is limited to~16, so use this one when @@ -76,6 +76,17 @@ \ifx\undefined\scratchread \newread \scratchread \fi \ifx\undefined\scratchwrite \newwrite\scratchwrite \fi + +%D \macros +%D {unlinkfile} +%D +%D Sometimes we want to make sure a file is deleted, so here +%D is a macro that does the job. It's named after the \PERL\ +%D one. + +\def\unlinkfile#1% + {\immediate\openout\scratchwrite=#1\immediate\closeout\scratchwrite} + %D \macros %D {doprocessfile,fileline,fileprocessedtrue,dofinishfile} @@ -95,6 +106,8 @@ \newif\iffileprocessed +\let\fileline\empty + \def\doprocessfile#1#2#3% {\openin#1=#2\relax \ifeof#1% @@ -117,7 +130,7 @@ \fi} %D \macros -%D {pathplusfile} +%D {pathplusfile,sanitizefilename} %D %D Use \type{\pathplusfile} to compose a full file name, like %D in: @@ -128,7 +141,23 @@ %D %D By default, this expands into {\tt \pathplusfile{path}{file}}. -\def\pathplusfile#1#2{#1/#2} +\def\pathplusfile#1#2{#1\f!pathseparator#2} + +%D For the moment, we limit sanitizing to taking care of +%D active \type {/}. + +\bgroup + +\catcode`\/=\@@active + +\gdef\sanitizefilename#1\to#2% + {\bgroup + \let/=\f!pathseparator + \expanded{\xdef\noexpand\sanitizedfilename{#1}}% + \egroup + \let#2\sanitizedfilename} + +\egroup %D \macros %D {readfile,ReadFile,maxreadlevel, @@ -160,7 +189,7 @@ %D When some \TEX\ implementation starts looking for a file, it %D normally first looks in the current directory. When no file %D is found, \TEX\ starts searching on the path where format -%D and/or style files are stored. Depending on the implementation +%D and|/|or style files are stored. Depending on the implementation %D this can considerably slow down processing speed. %D %D In \CONTEXT, we support a project||wise ordening of files. @@ -189,10 +218,11 @@ \let\normalinput=\input -\def\maxreadlevel {3} +\def\maxreadlevel{3} \def\doreadfile#1#2#3% - {\immediate\openin\scratchread=#1\relax + {\sanitizefilename#1\to\readfilename + \immediate\openin\scratchread=\readfilename\relax \ifeof\scratchread \immediate\closein\scratchread \decrement\readlevel @@ -204,7 +234,7 @@ \else \immediate\closein\scratchread #2% - \normalinput #1\relax + \normalinput\readfilename\relax \fi} \def\readfile#1% @@ -421,12 +451,14 @@ \catcode`#1=\@@other \fi} -\def\startreadingfile% +\def\startreadingfile% beter een every {\doglobal\increment\readingfilelevel \setxvalue{popfilecharacters::\readingfilelevel}% - {\noexpand\popfilecharacter{"}{\the\catcode`"}% + {\noexpand\popfilecharacter{/}{\the\catcode`/}% + \noexpand\popfilecharacter{"}{\the\catcode`"}% \noexpand\popfilecharacter{<}{\the\catcode`<}% \noexpand\popfilecharacter{>}{\the\catcode`>}}% + \pushfilecharacter{/}% \pushfilecharacter{"}% \pushfilecharacter{<}% \pushfilecharacter{>}} diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-fun.tex b/tex/context/base/supp-fun.tex index 61bceef76..769ec848f 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/supp-fun.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/supp-fun.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \unprotect diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-ini.tex b/tex/context/base/supp-ini.tex index 134a6381d..4eca9b051 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/supp-ini.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/supp-ini.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Support Macros / Initializations} diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-lan.tex b/tex/context/base/supp-lan.tex index 83c0a49fd..94918583a 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/supp-lan.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/supp-lan.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. %D \gdef\starttest% @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ %D {\let\nextnextnext=\egroup %D \ifx |\next %D \checkafterdiscretionary -%D \prewordbreak\hbox{\compoundhyphen\nextnext}\allowbreak +%D \prewordbreak\hbox{\compoundhyphen\nextnext}\allowbreak\postwordbreak %D \else\ifx=\next %D \prewordbreak\compoundhyphen %D \else\ifx~\next @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ %D \prewordbreak\discretionary{-}{}{'}\postwordbreak %D \else %D \checkafterdiscretionary -%D \prewordbreak\hbox{\betweendiscretionaries\nextnext}\allowbreak +%D \prewordbreak\hbox{\betweendiscretionaries\nextnext}\allowbreak\postwordbreak %D \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi %D \nextnextnext} %D @@ -350,31 +350,45 @@ %D In \type {lang-ger.tex} we define some language specific %D commands for german input, like: %D -%D \starttyping +%D \starttypen %D \startlanguagespecifics[de] %D \installcompoundcharacter "a {\moveaccent{-.1ex}\"a\midworddiscretionary} %D \stoplanguagespecifics -%D \stoptyping +%D \stoptypen %D %D Occasionally we have to redefine such an active character, %D like in: %D -%D \starttyping +%D \starttypen %D \startencoding[pdfdoc] %D \startlanguagespecifics[de] %D \defineactivecharacter " {\"} %D \stoplanguagespecifics %D \stopencoding -%D \stoptyping +%D \stoptypen %D %D Here is the command we used: +% \def\next{#2}% \unexpanded\def\next is wrong in non||etex +% \uppercase{\let~\next}% + \def\defineactivecharacter #1 #2% {\catcode`#1=\@@active \scratchcounter=\the\uccode`~ \uccode`~=`#1\relax - \def\next{#2}% - \uppercase{\let~\next}% + \uppercase{\def\next{~}}% + \expandafter\unexpanded\expandafter\def\next{#2}% + \uccode`~=\scratchcounter} + +%D The next alternative also supports character numbers: + +\def\defineactivecharacter #1 #2% + {\scratchcounter=\the\uccode`~ + \expandafter\doifnumberelse\expandafter{\string#1} + {\catcode #1=\@@active \uccode`~= #1\relax} + {\catcode`#1=\@@active \uccode`~=`#1\relax}% + \uppercase{\def\next{~}}% + \expandafter\unexpanded\expandafter\def\next{#2}% \uccode`~=\scratchcounter} %D Although adapting character codes and making characters @@ -405,7 +419,7 @@ \checkafterdiscretionary \bgroup \checkbeforediscretionary - \prewordbreak\hbox{\textmodediscretionary\nextnext}\allowbreak + \prewordbreak\hbox{\textmodediscretionary\nextnext}\allowbreak\postwordbreak \egroup \else\ifx=\next \prewordbreak\textmodediscretionary @@ -436,10 +450,9 @@ \checkafterdiscretionary \bgroup \checkbeforediscretionary - %\prewordbreak\hbox{\betweendiscretionary\nextnext}\allowbreak \prewordbreak \discretionary{\hbox{\betweendiscretionary}}{}{\hbox{\betweendiscretionary}}% - \postwordbreak + \allowbreak\postwordbreak \egroup \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \nextnextnext} @@ -550,7 +563,7 @@ \checkafterdiscretionary \bgroup \checkbeforediscretionary - \prewordbreak\hbox{\textmodediscretionary\nextnext}\allowbreak + \prewordbreak\hbox{\textmodediscretionary\nextnext}\allowbreak\postwordbreak \egroup \else\ifnum\uccode`==\nextuccode \prewordbreak\textmodediscretionary @@ -584,7 +597,7 @@ %\prewordbreak\hbox{\betweendiscretionary\nextnext}\allowbreak \prewordbreak \discretionary{\hbox{\betweendiscretionary}}{}{\hbox{\betweendiscretionary}}% - \postwordbreak + \allowbreak\postwordbreak \egroup \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \nextnextnext} @@ -725,7 +738,8 @@ \long\def\handlecompoundcharacterone#1#2% {\ifx#1#2% - \def\next{\getvalue{\@nc@\string#1}\getvalue{\@nc@\string#2}}% + %\def\next{\getvalue{\@nc@\string#1}\getvalue{\@nc@\string#2}}% + \def\next{\getvalue{\@nc@\string#1}}% \else\expandafter\ifx\csname\@cc@\string#1\string#2\endcsname\relax \def\next{\getvalue{\@nc@\string#1}#2}% \else @@ -735,7 +749,8 @@ \long\def\handlecompoundcharactertwo#1#2#3% {\ifx#1#2% - \def\next{\getvalue{\@nc@\string#1}\getvalue{\@nc@\string#2}#3}% + %\def\next{\getvalue{\@nc@\string#1}\getvalue{\@nc@\string#2}#3}% + \def\next{\getvalue{\@nc@\string#1}#3}% \else\@EA\ifx\csname\@cs@\string#1\string#2\string#3\endcsname\relax \expandafter\ifx\csname\@cc@\string#1\string#2\endcsname\relax \def\next{\getvalue{\@nc@\string#1}#2#3}% @@ -753,7 +768,8 @@ \long\def\handlecompoundcharacterone#1#2% {\ifx#1#2% - \def\next{\getvalue{\@nc@\string#1}\getvalue{\@nc@\string#2}}% + %\def\next{\getvalue{\@nc@\string#1}\getvalue{\@nc@\string#2}}% + \def\next{\getvalue{\@nc@\string#1}}% \else\ifcsname\@cc@\string#1\string#2\endcsname \def\next{\getvalue{\@cc@\string#1\string#2}}% \else @@ -763,7 +779,8 @@ \long\def\handlecompoundcharactertwo#1#2#3% {\ifx#1#2% - \def\next{\getvalue{\@nc@\string#1}\getvalue{\@nc@\string#2}#3}% + %\def\next{\getvalue{\@nc@\string#1}\getvalue{\@nc@\string#2}#3}% + \def\next{\getvalue{\@nc@\string#1}#3}% \else\ifcsname\@cs@\string#1\string#2\string#3\endcsname \def\next{\getvalue{\@cs@\string#1\string#2\string#3}}% \else\ifcsname\@cc@\string#1\string#2\endcsname @@ -775,6 +792,34 @@ \endETEX +%D For very obscure applications (see for an application \type +%D {lang-sla.tex}) we provide: + +\def\dosimplifiedcompoundcharacter#1% + {#1} + +\beginTEX + +\def\simplifiedcompoundcharacter#1#2% + {\@EA\ifx\csname\@cc@\string#1\string#2\endcsname\relax + #2% + \else + \@EA\@EA\@EA\dosimplifiedcompoundcharacter\csname\@cc@\string#1\string#2\endcsname + \fi} + +\endTEX + +\beginETEX \ifcsname + +\def\simplifiedcompoundcharacter#1#2% + {\ifcsname\@cc@\string#1\string#2\endcsname + \@EA\@EA\@EA\dosimplifiedcompoundcharacter\csname\@cc@\string#1\string#2\endcsname + \else + #2% + \fi} + +\endETEX + %D \macros %D {midworddiscretionary} %D @@ -808,7 +853,7 @@ %D which breaks at the appropriate places. Watch the \type{#} %D hack. %D -%D When passed as argument, lik ein \type {\goto}, one needs +%D When passed as argument, like in \type {\goto}, one needs %D to substitute a \type {\\} for each \type{#}. %D %D \startbuffer @@ -826,7 +871,20 @@ % 2 => alles na % 3 => alles voor -\unexpanded\def\hyphenatedurl#1% +\bgroup +\catcode`\&=12\gdef\ampercentletter {&} +\catcode`\#=12\gdef\hashletter {#} +\catcode`\_=12\gdef\underscoreletter {_} +\catcode`\~=12\gdef\tildeletter {~} +\catcode`\%=12\gdef\percentletter {%} +\catcode`\?=12\gdef\questionmarkletter{?} +\catcode`\@=12\gdef\atletter {@} +\catcode`\/=12\gdef\slashletter {/} +\egroup + +\bgroup \catcode`\~=\active \catcode`\/=\active + +\unexpanded\gdef\hyphenatedurl#1% {}{} handles accents {\bgroup \obeyhyphens \def\splitbefore##1% @@ -842,49 +900,45 @@ \fi}% \def\splitafter##1% {\ifcase\urlsplitmode - ##1% + ##1{}{}% \or - \prewordbreak\discretionary{##1}{}{##1}\prewordbreak + \prewordbreak\discretionary{##1{}{}}{}{##1{}{}}\prewordbreak \or - \prewordbreak\discretionary{##1}{}{##1}\prewordbreak + \prewordbreak\discretionary{##1{}{}}{}{##1{}{}}\prewordbreak \else - \prewordbreak\discretionary{}{##1}{##1}\prewordbreak + \prewordbreak\discretionary{}{##1{}{}}{##1{}{}}\prewordbreak \fi}% \def\flushurl% {\savedurl\let\savedurl\empty}% \def\\% {\spliturl\#}% - \let~\~% + \let\~=\tildeletter \let~=\~% + \let\/=\slashletter \let/=\/% \let\savedurl\empty \handletokens#1\with\scanurl \egroup} -\bgroup -\catcode`\#=12\gdef\hashletter {#} -\catcode`\_=12\gdef\underscoreletter {_} -\catcode`\~=12\gdef\tildeletter {~} -\catcode`\%=12\gdef\percentletter {%} -\catcode`\?=12\gdef\questionmarkletter{?} -\catcode`\@=12\gdef\atletter {@} \egroup \def\scanurl#1% {\ifx#1\~% - \flushurl\splitbefore{\~{}}% + \flushurl\splitbefore\~% \else\ifx#1\#% - \flushurl\splitbefore\#% + \flushurl\splitbefore\#% \else\ifx#1\&% - \flushurl\splitbefore\&% + \flushurl\splitbefore\&% \else\ifx#1\%% - \flushurl\splitbefore\%% + \flushurl\splitbefore\%% \else\ifx#1\_% - \flushurl\splitbefore\_% + \flushurl\splitbefore\_% \else\if\noexpand#1\relax #1% \else\ifnum\catcode`#1=8 - \flushurl\splitbefore\_% + \flushurl\splitbefore\_% \else\ifnum\catcode`#1=6 - \flushurl\splitbefore\#% + \flushurl\splitbefore\#% + \else\ifnum\catcode`#1=4 + \flushurl\splitbefore\&% \else\if#1\tildeletter \flushurl\splitbefore\~% \else\if#1\percentletter @@ -895,21 +949,21 @@ \flushurl\splitafter\questionmarkletter \else\if#1\atletter \flushurl\splitafter\atletter + \else\if#1\slashletter + \edef\savedurl{\savedurl\slashletter}% \else\if#1+% \flushurl\splitafter+% \else\if#1:% \flushurl\splitafter:% \else\if#1.% \flushurl\splitafter.% - \else\if#1/% - \edef\savedurl{\savedurl/}% \else \ifx\savedurl\empty\else \splitbefore\savedurl \let\savedurl\empty \fi #1% - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} %D \macros %D {hyphenatedfile} diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-mat.tex b/tex/context/base/supp-mat.tex index 58613ca33..810b71c02 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/supp-mat.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/supp-mat.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. %D For practical reasons, I decided to move some math things to diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-mis.tex b/tex/context/base/supp-mis.tex index 8eb0e68ba..c8071bf55 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/supp-mis.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/supp-mis.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. %D Some support modules are more or less independant. This diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-mps.tex b/tex/context/base/supp-mps.tex index c7c920e21..51ea39dea 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/supp-mps.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/supp-mps.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. % E-tex : a primitive that tells us that \write18 works @@ -154,7 +154,11 @@ %D process the \METAPOST\ file \type{mpgraph} between two %D succesive \TEX\ runs. -\def\MPgraphicfile{mp\ifMPrun run\else graph\fi} +\ifx\MPgraphicfile\undefined + + \def\MPgraphicfile{mp\ifMPrun run\else graph\fi} + +\fi %D \macros %D {MPgraphic} @@ -182,23 +186,30 @@ %D implement both schemes. %D \macros -%D {MPinclusions, startMPinclusions} +%D {MPinclusions, startMPinclusions, MPinitializations} %D %D One can include for instance common input commands by %D passing them to \type{\MPinclusions}: %D %D \starttypen -%D \MPinclusions{input tools} +%D \MPinclusions{input mp-mine} %D \stoptypen +%D +%D The token register type {\MPinitializations} is expanded +%D before all other inclusions. -\let\theMPinclusions=\empty +\newtoks \MPinitializations \long\def\startMPinclusions#1\stopMPinclusions% - {\long\def\theMPinclusions{\writeMPgraphic{#1}}} + {\long\def\theMPinclusions% + {\@EA\expanded\@EA{\@EA\writeMPgraphic\@EA{\the\MPinitializations;}}% + \writeMPgraphic{#1}}} \long\def\MPinclusions#1% {\startMPinclusions#1\stopMPinclusions} +\startMPinclusions \stopMPinclusions + %D \macros %D {iflongMPlines} %D @@ -211,8 +222,15 @@ \newif\iflongMPlines +\ifx \overlaywidth \undefined \def \overlaywidth {4cm} \fi +\ifx \overlayheight \undefined \def \overlayheight {3cm} \fi +\ifx \overlaylinewidth \undefined \def \overlaylinewidth {0pt} \fi + \long\def\writeMPgraphic#1% {\bgroup + \edef\overlaywidth {\overlaywidth \space}% + \edef\overlayheight {\overlayheight \space}% + \edef\overlaylinewidth {\overlaylinewidth\space}% \iflongMPlines \let\par=\empty \long\def\flush##1##2\par% @@ -224,20 +242,22 @@ \else \long\def\flush##1##2;% {\ifx##1\relax \else - \dowriteMPgraphicline##1##2btex\relax etex\MPend + \dowriteMPgraphicline##1##2tex \relax etex\MPend \expandafter\flush \fi}% \flush#1\empty;\relax;% \fi \egroup} -%D The \type{;} aware method (the \type{\else} branch) also -%D takes care of \type{btex}||\type{etex} bound data. +%D The \type {;} aware method (the \type {\else} branch) also +%D takes care of \type {btex}||\type {etex}, \type +%D {verbatimtex}||\type {etex}. The space after \type {tex} +%D is essential, since it protects \type {text}. \def\dowriteMPgraphicline% {\futurelet\next\dodowriteMPgraphicline} -\long\def\dodowriteMPgraphicline#1btex#2#3etex#4\MPend% +\long\def\dodowriteMPgraphicline#1tex #2#3etex#4\MPend% {\ifx\next\empty\else\ifx\next\relax\else \bgroup \let\par=\empty @@ -246,9 +266,9 @@ \egroup \else \convertargument#2#3\to\ascii - \immediate\write\MPwrite{#1btex \ascii etex;}% + \immediate\write\MPwrite{#1tex \ascii etex}% \egroup - \dowriteMPgraphicline#4btex\relax etex\MPend + \dowriteMPgraphicline#4tex \relax etex\MPend \fi \fi\fi} @@ -257,22 +277,37 @@ %D can handle this and users may consider it being a sort %D of error prevention bonus. +%D \macros +%D {everyMPgraphic} +%D +%D Because some graphics interact with \TEX\ (i.e.\ \CONTEXT), we +%D provide a hook for additional actions: \type {\everyMPgraphic}. + +\bgroup +\catcode`\%=12\gdef\percentletter{%} +\egroup + +\newtoks\everyMPgraphic + \def\writeMPgraph% {\immediate\write\MPwrite{mpgraph:=\the\currentMPgraphic;}} \def\startwritingMPgraphic% {\ifMPrun \else - \global\advance\currentMPgraphic by 1 + \allocateMPslot\currentMPgraphic \fi \ifrunMPgraphics + \the\everyMPgraphic \xdef\MPgraphic{\the\currentMPgraphic}% \immediate\openout\MPwrite=\MPgraphicfile.mp + \immediate\write\MPwrite{\percentletter\space runtime generated graphic}% \writeMPgraph \setMPrandomseed \theMPinclusions \else \xdef\MPgraphic{\the\currentMPgraphic}% \ifnum\currentMPgraphic=1 + \the\everyMPgraphic \immediate\openout\MPwrite=\MPgraphicfile.mp \writeMPgraph \setMPrandomseed @@ -311,6 +346,11 @@ \let\stopwritingMPgraphic=\relax \let\flushMPgraphics =\relax +%D By default each graphic gets its own slot (number): + +\def \allocateMPslot#1{\global\advance#1 by 1 } +\def\deallocateMPslot#1{} + %D \macros %D {setMPrandomseed} %D @@ -394,6 +434,7 @@ \vbox {\forgetall \loadMPgraphic{\MPgraphicfile.\the\currentMPgraphic}{}% + \deallocateMPslot\currentMPgraphic \placeMPgraphic}% \setgvalue{#1}% {\getobject{MP}{#1}}} @@ -418,17 +459,30 @@ % \nouseMPbox{MP:#1}% % \fi}} +%\long\def\startreusableMPgraphic#1#2\stopreusableMPgraphic% +% {\doifundefined{MP:#1} +% {\long\setgvalue{MP:#1}% +% {\startMPgraphic#2\stopMPgraphic +% \doifobjectssupportedelse{}{\useMPboxfalse}% +% \ifuseMPbox +% \douseMPbox{MP:#1}% +% \else +% \nouseMPbox{MP:#1}% +% \fi +% \getvalue{MP:#1}}}} + \long\def\startreusableMPgraphic#1#2\stopreusableMPgraphic% - {\doifundefined{MP:#1} - {\setgvalue{MP:#1}% - {\startMPgraphic#2\stopMPgraphic - \doifobjectssupportedelse{}{\useMPboxfalse}% - \ifuseMPbox - \douseMPbox{MP:#1}% - \else - \nouseMPbox{MP:#1}% - \fi - \getvalue{MP:#1}}}} + {\ifundefined{MP:#1}% + \long\setgvalue{MP:#1}% + {\startMPgraphic#2\stopMPgraphic + \doifobjectssupportedelse{}{\useMPboxfalse}% + \ifuseMPbox + \douseMPbox{MP:#1}% + \else + \nouseMPbox{MP:#1}% + \fi + \getvalue{MP:#1}}% + \fi} \def\reuseMPgraphic#1% {\getvalue{MP:#1}} @@ -443,7 +497,8 @@ {%\reuseMPgraphicstrue \long\setgvalue{MP:#1}% {\startMPgraphic#2\stopMPgraphic - \loadcurrentMPgraphic{}% + \loadMPgraphic{\MPgraphicfile.\the\currentMPgraphic}{}% + \deallocateMPslot\currentMPgraphic \placeMPgraphic}} \let\useMPgraphic=\reuseMPgraphic @@ -796,7 +851,7 @@ %D because MP can generate them anew. \def\convertMPcolorpath{} -\def\convertMPcolorfile{metacmyk.eps} +\def\convertMPcolorfile{metacmyk.tmp} \def\convertMPcolors#1% {\bgroup @@ -1038,7 +1093,8 @@ \setbox0=\hbox {\expandafter\startMPgraphic\MPdrawingdata\stopMPgraphic \loadcurrentMPgraphic\empty - \placeMPgraphic}% +%\deallocateMPslot\currentMPgraphic + \placeMPgraphic}% \ifMPshiftdrawing \dimen0=\MPllx bp \dimen2=\MPlly bp @@ -1075,6 +1131,63 @@ \def\dodoMPdivtenE #1#2{#1.#2} \def\dodoMPdivtenF #1{.#1} +%D \macros +%D {startMPclip,grabMPclippath} +%D +%D We can use \METAPOST\ to calculate arbitrary clipping +%D paths. Such a path is defined by (for instance): +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \startMPclip{window} +%D clip currentpicture to fullcircle xscaled \width yscaled \height ; +%D \stopMPclip +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Such a path can be extracted (processed) by: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \grabMPpath{window}{method}{width}{height}{default path} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Currently only method 1 makes sense; it produces \PDF\ +%D code. This macro only makes sense when hooked into a +%D special routine. + +\long\def\startMPclip#1#2\stopMPclip% + {\long\setgvalue{MPC:#1}% + {\startMPgraphic#2\stopMPgraphic\dograbMPclippath}} + +\def\grabMPclippath#1#2#3#4#5% + {\bgroup + \edef\width {#3\space}\let\overlaywidth \width + \edef\height{#4\space}\let\overlayheight\height + \doifdefinedelse{MPC:#1} + {\getvalue{MPC:#1}% + \setxvalue{MPC:#1}{\noexpand\xdef\noexpand\MPclippath{\MPclippath}}}% + {\xdef\MPclippath{#5}}% + \ifcase#2\else + \doglobal\stripcharacter urveto\from\MPclippath\to\MPclippath + \doglobal\stripcharacter oveto\from\MPclippath\to\MPclippath + \doglobal\stripcharacter ineto\from\MPclippath\to\MPclippath + \fi + \egroup} + +%D We pose some restrictions to the \METAPOST\ code and pickup +%D the last path in the file. + +\bgroup +\catcode`\%=\@@active +\catcode`\/=\@@comment +\gdef\dograbMPclippath/ / the slash is now comment + {\setbox\scratchbox=\hbox\bgroup/ / the box grabs spaces + \catcode`\%=\@@active / the % token is a trigger + \obeylines\let\obeyedline\space / lines are ignores + \def%##1newpath##2closepath##3showpage/ we only need the path + {\xdef\MPclippath{##2}\endinput}/ / and can ignore the rest + \readfile{\MPgraphicfile.\the\currentMPgraphic}{}{}/ + \egroup} +\egroup + \protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-mrk.tex b/tex/context/base/supp-mrk.tex index 1f3a16bf1..e8144b778 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/supp-mrk.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/supp-mrk.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. %D Remark: due to the lack of \type {\clearmark}, the \ETEX\ @@ -409,48 +409,82 @@ %D %D However, I prefer the less \type{\cs} hungry ones. Beware, %D these ones (and the next) do no longer support direct marks. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \newif\ifexpandmarks \expandmarkstrue +%D +%D \let\newmark \newmarks +%D \let\gettopmark \topmarks +%D \let\getbottommark \botmarks +%D \let\getfirstmark \firstmarks +%D \let\getsplitbottommark\splitbotmarks +%D \let\getsplitfirstmark \splitfirstmarks +%D +%D \let\getbotmark \botmarks +%D \let\getsplitbotmark \splitbotmarks +%D \let\getsplittopmark \splitfirstmarks +%D +%D \long\def\setmark#1#2% +%D {\ifexpandmarks +%D \expanded{\normalmarks#1{#2}}% +%D \else +%D \normalmarks#1{#2}% +%D \fi} +%D \stoptypen + +%D Resetting marks in not compatible with the old method. +%D Here a node is inserted, which can interfere badly. In +%D fact, a real \type {\clearmarks\name} is needed. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\resetmark#1% +%D {\marks#1{}} +%D \stoptypen -\newif\ifexpandmarks \expandmarkstrue +%D A possible macro solution is presented here. When discussing +%D \type {\clearmarks} on the \ETEX\ discussion list, Chris +%D Rowley suggested to use a reset flag. Although suitable, a +%D more natural low level solution would be better. So, for the +%D moment, we could end up with a solution similar to the macro +%D based multiple marks as implemented before. Alas, this +%D alternative is useless too, because it does not synchronize +%D well with previous values. -\let\newmark \newmarks -\let\gettopmark \topmarks -\let\getbottommark \botmarks -\let\getfirstmark \firstmarks -\let\getsplitbottommark\splitbotmarks -\let\getsplitfirstmark \splitfirstmarks +\def\@m@{@m@} -\let\getbotmark \botmarks -\let\getsplitbotmark \splitbotmarks -\let\getsplittopmark \splitfirstmarks +\def\newmark#1% + {\newmarks#1% + \expandafter\gdef\csname\@m@\number#1\endcsname{0}} \long\def\setmark#1#2% - {\ifexpandmarks + {\expandafter\gdef\csname\@m@\number#1\endcsname{1}% + \ifexpandmarks \expanded{\normalmarks#1{#2}}% \else \normalmarks#1{#2}% \fi} -%D Resetting marks in not compatible with the old method. -%D Here a node is inserted, which can interfere badly. In -%D fact, a real \type {\clearmarks\name} is needed. +\def\gettopmark {\getsomemark\topmarks} +\def\getbottommark {\getsomemark\botmarks} +\def\getfirstmark {\getsomemark\firstmarks} +\def\getsplitbottommark{\getsomemark\splitbotmarks} +\def\getsplitfirstmark {\getsomemark\splitfirstmarks} -\def\resetmark#1% interferes ! test this one on the big manual footers - {\marks#1{}} +\def\getsomemark#1#2% + {\ifnum\csname\@m@\number#2\endcsname=1 #1#2\fi} -%D What a hack! - -\newcount\resettedmarks - -\def\clearmarks#1% a rather memory hungry alternative - {\edef\rubish{\topmarks#1\botmarks#1\firstmarks#1}% - \ifx\rubish\empty\else - %\global\advance\resettedmarks by 1 \message{(m:\the\resettedmarks)}% - \newmarks#1% - \fi} +\def\clearmarks#1% + {\expandafter\gdef\csname\@m@\number#1\endcsname{0}} \def\resetmark% {\clearmarks} +\let\getbotmark \getbottommark +\let\getsplitbotmark \getsplitbottommark +\let\getsplittopmark \getsplitfirstmark + +%D Hm. + \def\noninterferingmarks% {\let\savedsetmark\setmark \let\noninterferingmarks\relax diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-num.tex b/tex/context/base/supp-num.tex index b5f347f52..d0d72a191 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/supp-num.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/supp-num.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Support Macros / Number (Digit) Handling} diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-pdf.tex b/tex/context/base/supp-pdf.tex index 9d56fb47d..972a4b02a 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/supp-pdf.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/supp-pdf.tex @@ -8,19 +8,22 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. %D These macros are written as generic as possible. Some %D general support macro's are loaded from a small module %D especially made for non \CONTEXT\ use. In this module I %D use a matrix transformation macro written by Tanmoy -%D Bhattacharya. Thanks to extensive testing of Sebastian +%D Bhattacharya. Thanks to extensive testing by Sebastian %D Ratz I was able to complete this module within reasonable -%D time. First we take care of non||\CONTEXT\ use: +%D time. This module has support for \METAPOST\ extensions +%D built in. -\ifx \undefined \writestatus \input supp-mis.tex \relax \fi -\ifx \undefined \convertPDFtoPDF \else \expandafter \endinput \fi +%D First we take care of non||\CONTEXT\ use: + +\ifx \undefined \writestatus \input supp-mis.tex \relax \fi +\ifx \undefined \convertMPtoPDF \else \expandafter \endinput \fi %D This module handles some \PDF\ conversion and insertions %D topics. By default, the macros use the \PDFTEX\ primitive @@ -36,6 +39,54 @@ \let\PDFcode=\pdfliteral \fi +%D \macros +%D {pdfimage,pdfimages} +%D +%D Starting with pdftex version 14, images are included more +%D natural to the form embedding. This enables alternative +%D images to be embedded. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \pdfimage <optional dimensions> {file} +%D \pdfimages <optional dimensions> {high res file} {low res file} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D The first one replaces the pre||version||14 original, +%D while the latter provides alternative images. + +\ifx\pdftexversion\undefined + + \writestatus{\m!systems}{Why not use pdf(e)TeX binaries?} + +\else\ifnum\pdftexversion>13 + + \def\pdfimage#1#% + {\dopdfimage{#1}} + + \def\dopdfimage#1#2% + {\immediate\pdfximage#1{#2}% + \pdfrefximage\pdflastximage} + + \def\pdfimages#1#% + {\dopdfimages{#1}} + + \def\dopdfimages#1#2#3% + {\immediate\pdfximage#1{#2}% + \immediate\pdfobj + {[ << /Image \the\pdflastximage\space0 R + /DefaultForPrinting true >> ]}% + \immediate\pdfximage#1 + attr {/Alternates \the\pdflastobj\space0 R}{#3}% + \pdfrefximage\pdflastximage} + +%D For old times sake: + + \let\pdfform =\pdfxform + \let\pdflastform=\pdflastxform + \let\pdfrefform =\pdfrefxform + +\fi\fi + %D \macros %D {convertPDFtoPDF} %D @@ -274,11 +325,13 @@ \def \PSconcat {concat} \def \PSdtransform {dtransform} -\def \PSnfont {nfont} - +\def \PSnfont {nfont} % was needed for TUG98 proceedings +\def \PSspecial {special} % extensions to MetaPost + \def \PSBoundingBox {BoundingBox:} \def \PSHiResBoundingBox {HiResBoundingBox:} \def \PSExactBoundingBox {ExactBoundingBox:} +\def \PSMetaPostSpecial {MetaPostSpecial:} \def \PSPage {Page:} %D By the way, the \type {setcmykcolor} operator is not @@ -367,12 +420,17 @@ %D When we reset the stack, we can assume that all further %D comment is to be ignored as well as handled in strings. %D By redefining the reset macro after the first call, we -%D save some run time. +%D save some run time. Only use this macro after all +%D comments are processed and use the simple alternative +%D when dealing with comments. + +\def\doresetMPstack% + {\nofMParguments=0 } \def\resetMPstack% {\catcode`\%=\@@active \let\handleMPgraphic=\handleMPendgraphic - \def\resetMPstack{\nofMParguments=0 }% + \let\resetMPstack\doresetMPstack \resetMPstack} %D The arguments are saved with the preceding command @@ -480,59 +538,62 @@ \ifx\somestring\PSmoveto \edef\lastMPmoveX{\gMPa1}% \edef\lastMPmoveY{\gMPa2}% - \pdfliteral{\!MP{\gMPa1} \!MP{\gMPa2} m}% + \PDFcode{\!MP{\gMPa1} \!MP{\gMPa2} m}% \resetMPstack \else\ifx\somestring\PSnewpath \let\handleMPsequence=\handleMPpath \else\ifx\somestring\PSgsave - \pdfliteral{q}% + \PDFcode{q}% \resetMPstack \else\ifx\somestring\PSgrestore - \pdfliteral{Q}% + \PDFcode{Q}% \resetMPstack \else\ifx\somestring\PSdtransform % == setlinewidth \let\handleMPsequence=\handleMPdtransform \else\ifx\somestring\PSconcat - \pdfliteral{\gMPa1 \gMPa2 \gMPa3 \gMPa4 \gMPa5 \gMPa6 cm}% + \PDFcode{\gMPa1 \gMPa2 \gMPa3 \gMPa4 \gMPa5 \gMPa6 cm}% \resetMPstack \else\ifx\somestring\PSsetrgbcolor - \pdfliteral{\!MP{\gMPa1} \!MP{\gMPa2} \!MP{\gMPa3} rg + \PDFcode{\!MP{\gMPa1} \!MP{\gMPa2} \!MP{\gMPa3} rg \!MP{\gMPa1} \!MP{\gMPa2} \!MP{\gMPa3} RG}% \resetMPstack \else\ifx\somestring\PSsetcmykcolor - \pdfliteral{\!MP{\gMPa1} \!MP{\gMPa2} \!MP{\gMPa3} \!MP{\gMPa4} k + \PDFcode{\!MP{\gMPa1} \!MP{\gMPa2} \!MP{\gMPa3} \!MP{\gMPa4} k \!MP{\gMPa1} \!MP{\gMPa2} \!MP{\gMPa3} \!MP{\gMPa4} K}% \resetMPstack \else\ifx\somestring\PSsetgray - \pdfliteral{\!MP{\gMPa1} g \!MP{\gMPa1} G}% + \PDFcode{\!MP{\gMPa1} g \!MP{\gMPa1} G}% \resetMPstack \else\ifx\somestring\PStranslate - \pdfliteral{1 0 0 1 \gMPa1 \gMPa2 cm}% + \PDFcode{1 0 0 1 \gMPa1 \gMPa2 cm}% \resetMPstack \else\ifx\somestring\PSsetdash \handleMPsetdash \resetMPstack \else\ifx\somestring\PSsetlinejoin - \pdfliteral{\gMPa1 j}% + \PDFcode{\gMPa1 j}% \resetMPstack \else\ifx\somestring\PSsetmiterlimit - \pdfliteral{\gMPa1 M}% + \PDFcode{\gMPa1 M}% \resetMPstack \else\ifx\somestring\PSfshow \handleMPfshow \resetMPstack \else\ifx\somestring\PSsetlinecap - \pdfliteral{\gMPa1 J}% + \PDFcode{\gMPa1 J}% \resetMPstack \else\ifx\somestring\PSrlineto - \pdfliteral{\!MP{\lastMPmoveX} \!MP{\lastMPmoveY} l S}% + \PDFcode{\!MP{\lastMPmoveX} \!MP{\lastMPmoveY} l S}% \resetMPstack \else\ifx\somestring\PSscale - \pdfliteral{\gMPa1 0 0 \gMPa2 0 0 cm}% + \PDFcode{\gMPa1 0 0 \gMPa2 0 0 cm}% + \resetMPstack + \else\ifx\somestring\PSspecial + \handleMPspecialcommand \resetMPstack \else \handleMPgraphic{#1#2}% - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi \fi \else \edef\somestring{#1#2}% @@ -562,9 +623,11 @@ \let\handleMPsequence=\finishMPgraphic \else\ifx\somestring\PSPage \let\handleMPsequence=\handleMPpage + \else\ifx\somestring\PSMetaPostSpecial + \let\handleMPsequence=\handleMPspecialcomment \else \setMPargument{#1}% kan weg - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} \let\handleMPgraphic=\handleMPbegingraphic @@ -602,7 +665,7 @@ \xdef\MPheight{\the\dimen2}% \chardef\currentMPboundingbox=#1\relax \fi - \nofMParguments=0 + \doresetMPstack \let\handleMPsequence=\dohandleMPsequence \let\next=\handleMPsequence \ifskipemptyMPgraphic @@ -612,15 +675,29 @@ \fi \next} +%D Unless defined otherwise, we simply ignore specialcomments. + +\def\handleMPspecialcomment% + {\doresetMPstack + \let\handleMPsequence=\dohandleMPsequence + \handleMPsequence} + %D We use the \type{page} comment as a signal that %D stackbuilding can be started. \def\handleMPpage #1 #2 - {\nofMParguments=0 + {\doresetMPstack \donetrue \let\handleMPsequence=\dohandleMPsequence \handleMPsequence} +%D The same applies to the special extensions. + +\def\handleMPspecialcommand + {\doresetMPstack + \let\handleMPsequence=\dohandleMPsequence + \handleMPsequence} + %D \METAPOST\ draws it dots by moving to a location and %D invoking \type{0 0 rlineto}. This operator is not %D available in \PDF. Our solution is straightforward: we draw @@ -790,15 +867,15 @@ \nofMPsegments=1 \loop \expandafter\ifcase\getMPkeyword{\the\nofMPsegments}\relax - \pdfliteral{\!MP{\gMPs1} \!MP{\gMPs2} l}% + \PDFcode{\!MP{\gMPs1} \!MP{\gMPs2} l}% \or - \pdfliteral{\!MP{\gMPs1} \!MP{\gMPs2} \!MP{\gMPs3} \!MP{\gMPs4} \!MP{\gMPs5} \!MP{\gMPs6} c}% + \PDFcode{\!MP{\gMPs1} \!MP{\gMPs2} \!MP{\gMPs3} \!MP{\gMPs4} \!MP{\gMPs5} \!MP{\gMPs6} c}% \or - \pdfliteral{\!MP{\lastMPmoveX} \!MP{\lastMPmoveY} l S}% + \PDFcode{\!MP{\lastMPmoveX} \!MP{\lastMPmoveY} l S}% \or \edef\lastMPmoveX{\gMPs1}% \edef\lastMPmoveY{\gMPs2}% - \pdfliteral{\!MP{\lastMPmoveX} \!MP{\lastMPmoveY} m}% + \PDFcode{\!MP{\lastMPmoveX} \!MP{\lastMPmoveY} m}% \fi \advance\nofMPsegments by 1\relax \ifnum\nofMPsegments<\scratchcounter @@ -810,23 +887,23 @@ \loop \expandafter\ifcase\getMPkeyword{\the\nofMPsegments}\relax \doMPconcat{\gMPs1}\a{\gMPs2}\b% - \pdfliteral{\!MP{\a} \!MP{\b} l}% + \PDFcode{\!MP{\a} \!MP{\b} l}% \or \doMPconcat{\gMPs1}\a{\gMPs2}\b% \doMPconcat{\gMPs3}\c{\gMPs4}\d% \doMPconcat{\gMPs5}\e{\gMPs6}\f% - \pdfliteral{\!MP{\a} \!MP{\b} \!MP{\c} \!MP{\d} \!MP{\e} \!MP{\f} c}% + \PDFcode{\!MP{\a} \!MP{\b} \!MP{\c} \!MP{\d} \!MP{\e} \!MP{\f} c}% \or \bgroup \noMPtranslate \doMPconcat\lastMPmoveX\a\lastMPmoveY\b% - \pdfliteral{\!MP{\a} \!MP{\b} l S}% + \PDFcode{\!MP{\a} \!MP{\b} l S}% \egroup \or \edef\lastMPmoveX{\gMPs1}% \edef\lastMPmoveY{\gMPs2}% \doMPconcat\lastMPmoveX\a\lastMPmoveY\b% - \pdfliteral{\!MP{\a} \!MP{\b} m}% + \PDFcode{\!MP{\a} \!MP{\b} m}% \fi \advance\nofMPsegments by 1\relax \ifnum\nofMPsegments<\scratchcounter @@ -1155,10 +1232,13 @@ %D The path is output using the values saved on the stack. If %D needed, all coordinates are recalculated. +\def\finishMPpath% + {\PDFcode{\ifcase\finiMPpath W n\or S\or f\or B\fi}} + \def\processMPpath% {\flushMPpath \closeMPpath - \PDFcode{\ifcase\finiMPpath W n\or S\or f\or B\fi}% + \finishMPpath \let\handleMPsequence=\dohandleMPsequence \resetMPstack \nofMPsegments=0 @@ -1235,15 +1315,38 @@ %D \convertMPtoPDF{mp-pra-1.eps}{.5}{.5} %D \stoptypen +%D \macros +%D {makeMPintoPDFobject,lastPDFMPobject} +%D +%D For experts there are a few more options. When attributes +%D are to be added, the code muts be embedded in an object +%D accompanied with the appropriate directives. One can +%D influence this process with \type {\makeMPintoPDFobject}. +%D +%D This option defaults to~0, because \CONTEXT\ takes care +%D of objects at another level, which saves some bytes. +%D +%D \starttabulatie[|l|l|p|] +%D \NC 0 \NC never \NC don't use an object \NC\NR +%D \NC 1 \NC always \NC always use an object \NC\NR +%D \NC 2 \NC optional \NC use object when needed \NC\NR +%D \stoptabulatie +%D +%D The last object number used is avaliable in the macro +%D \type {\lastPDFMPobject}. + +\chardef\makeMPintoPDFobject=0 \def\lastPDFMPobject{0} + +%D The additional code needed can be made available in the +%D (global) macro \type {\currentPDFresources}. + +\let\currentPDFresources\empty + \def\processMPtoPDFfile% file xscale yscale {\bgroup \let\finishMPgraphic=\egroup \doprocessMPtoPDFfile} -\ifx\deleteMPgraphic\undefined - \def\deleteMPgraphic#1{} -\fi - \def\doprocessMPtoPDFfile#1#2#3% file xscale yscale {\setMPspecials \catcode`\^^M=\@@endofline @@ -1263,12 +1366,22 @@ \forgetall \offinterlineskip \PDFcode{q}% + \startMPresources \doprocessMPtoPDFfile{#1}{#2}{#3}} \def\finishMPgraphic% - {\PDFcode{Q}% + {\stopMPresources + \PDFcode{Q}% \egroup \wd0=\MPwidth + \ifx\pdftexversion\undefined\else\ifnum\pdftexversion<14 % for the moment + \chardef\makeMPintoPDFobject=0 + \fi\fi + \ifcase\makeMPintoPDFobject\or + \setbox0= + \or\ifx\currentPDFresources\empty\else + \chardef\makeMPintoPDFobject=1 \setbox0= + \fi\fi \vbox to \MPheight {\forgetall \vfill @@ -1276,8 +1389,30 @@ \MPxoffset\space \MPyoffset\space cm}% \box0 \PDFcode{Q}}% + \ifcase\makeMPintoPDFobject\or + \immediate\pdfxform attr{\currentPDFresources}0% + \xdef\lastPDFMPobject{\the\pdflastxform}% + \pdfrefxform\lastPDFMPobject + \global\let\currentPDFresources\empty + \fi \egroup} +%D \macros +%D {deleteMPgraphic, +%D startMPresources, +%D stopMPresources} +%D +%D Here are a few hooks for \CONTEXT\ specific things. + +\ifx\deleteMPgraphic\undefined + \def\deleteMPgraphic#1{} +\fi + +\ifx\startMPresources\undefined + \let\startMPresources\relax + \let\stopMPresources\relax +\fi + %D \macros %D {twodigitMPoutput} %D diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-ran.tex b/tex/context/base/supp-ran.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..efac4fa94 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/supp-ran.tex @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=supp-ran, +%D version=1998.01.21, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Support Macros, +%D subtitle=Random Number Generation, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. + +\writestatus{loading}{Third Party Macros / Random Number Generation} + +%D \macros +%D {getrandomcount, getrandomdimen, +%D getrandomfloat, getrandomnumber, +%D setrandomseed} +%D +%D This module load Donald Arseneau's generic file +%D \type{random.tex}. A small shell is needed because we +%D redefine some \TEX\ primitives. We also use different names +%D for the two generators and add an extra one. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \getrandomcount \countregister {minimum} {maximum} +%D \getrandomdimen \dimenregister {minimum} {maximum} +%D \getrandomnumber \macroname {minimum} {maximum} +%D \getrandomfloat \macroname {minimum} {maximum} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Of course the file \type{random.tex} needs to be present. +%D To prevent name clashes, the \CONTEXT\ distribution +%D contains a copy in \type {thrd-ran.tex}. +%D +%D The randomseed can be set by: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \setrandomseed{number>0] +%D \stoptypen + + +\ifx\nextrandom\undefined + + \readfile{random.tex} + {\writestatus{loading}{Donald Arseneau's 'random.tex' (found)}} + {\writestatus{loading}{Donald Arseneau's 'random.tex' (not found)}} + +\fi + +\ifx\nextrandom\undefined + + \def\setrannum#1#2#3{#1=1 } + \def\setrandim#1#2#3{#1=1pt} + +\else + + \let\normalnextrandom=\nextrandom + + \def\nextrandom% + {\bgroup + \let\time =\normaltime + \let\day =\normalday + \let\month=\normalmonth + \let\year =\normalyear + \normalnextrandom + \global\let\nextrandom=\normalnextrandom + \egroup} + +\fi + +\let\getrandomcount = \setrannum +\let\getrandomdimen = \setrandim + +\def\getrandomnumber#1#2#3% + {\getrandomcount{\scratchcounter}{#2}{#3}% + \edef#1{\the\scratchcounter}} + +\def\getrandomfloat#1#2#3% + {\getrandomdimen{\scratchdimen}{#2pt}{#3pt}% + \edef#1{\withoutpt\the\scratchdimen}} + +\def\setrandomseed#1% + {\randomi=#1\relax} + +\endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-spe.tex b/tex/context/base/supp-spe.tex index 405ccaf6d..1e68478f2 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/supp-spe.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/supp-spe.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. %D This module implements some \type{\special} manipulation diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-tpi.tex b/tex/context/base/supp-tpi.tex index cfc50e87b..47bb4d5b5 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/supp-tpi.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/supp-tpi.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. %D This modules implements the conversion of graphic \TPIC\ @@ -125,8 +125,8 @@ %D reflect the current \METAPOST\ picture, stored in the system %D variable {\it currentpicture}, around the $x$-axis. -\def\stopTPICspecials% - {\writeMPgraphic +\def\stopTPICspecials% needs to be adapted to direct run -> \useMPgraphic + {\writeMPgraphic % otherwise \flushMPgraphics interferes {currentpicture:=currentpicture reflectedabout ((0,0),(4095,0));}% \stopwritingMPgraphic \flushMPgraphics diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-vis.tex b/tex/context/base/supp-vis.tex index cf6320d62..8d0a41d07 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/supp-vis.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/supp-vis.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. %D \gdef\ShowBufferedExample% private typeseting macro diff --git a/tex/context/base/symb-ini.tex b/tex/context/base/symb-ini.tex index a204ff2bf..b58a496d2 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/symb-ini.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/symb-ini.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. %D The macros described here used to be part of the \type @@ -32,10 +32,15 @@ \stopmessages \startmessages german library: symbols - title: symbole + title: Symbole 1: Lade Symboldatei -- \stopmessages +\startmessages czech library: symbols + title: symboly + 1: nacita se soubor symbolu -- +\stopmessages + %D \macros %D {definesymbol, symbol} %D @@ -224,24 +229,16 @@ %D We predefine some common symbols and conversions that will %D be understood by many commands. -% \definesymbol [1] [$\bullet$] -% \definesymbol [2] [$-$] -% \definesymbol [3] [$\star$] -% \definesymbol [4] [$\triangleright$] -% \definesymbol [5] [$\circ$] -% \definesymbol [6] [\hbox{\setsmallbodyfont\raise\!!onepoint\hbox{$\bigcirc$}}] -% \definesymbol [7] [$\bigcirc$] -% \definesymbol [8] [\hbox{\hsmash{$\sqcup$}$\sqcap$}] - \definesymbol [\v!geen] [] -\definesymbol [bullet] [$\bullet$] -\definesymbol [dash] [$-$] -\definesymbol [star] [$\star$] -\definesymbol [triangle] [$\triangleright$] -\definesymbol [circle] [$\circ$] +\definesymbol [bullet] [\mathematics{\bullet}] +\definesymbol [dash] [\mathematics{-}] +\definesymbol [star] [\mathematics{\star}] +\definesymbol [triangle] [\mathematics{\triangleright}] +\definesymbol [circle] [\mathematics{\circ}] \definesymbol [medcircle] [\hbox{\setsmallbodyfont\raise\!!onepoint\hbox{$\bigcirc$}}] -\definesymbol [bigcircle] [$\bigcirc$] +\definesymbol [bigcircle] [\mathematics{\bigcirc}] \definesymbol [square] [\hbox{\hsmash{$\sqcup$}$\sqcap$}] +\definesymbol [diamond] [\mathematics{\diamond}] \definesymbol [1] [{\symbol[bullet]}] \definesymbol [2] [{\symbol[dash]}] @@ -288,10 +285,10 @@ \def\gotobegincharacter% {\hbox {\dogotocharacter\blacktriangleleft - {\setbox0=\hbox{$\triangleleft$}% + {\setbox0=\hbox{\mathematics{\triangleleft}}% \vrule\!!width.085ex\!!height1.075\ht0\!!depth\dp0 \kern-.11ex\box0} - {\setbox0=\hbox{$\blacktriangleleft$}% + {\setbox0=\hbox{\mathematics{\blacktriangleleft}}% \setbox2=\hbox{\vrule\!!height\ht0\!!depth\dp0\!!width.25ex}% \hbox{\lower.03ex\box2\kern-.35ex\box0}}}} @@ -301,7 +298,7 @@ {\setbox0=\hbox{\mathematics{\triangleright}}% \copy0\kern-.11ex \vrule\!!width.085ex\!!height1.075\ht0\!!depth\dp0} - {\setbox0=\hbox{$\blacktriangleright$}% + {\setbox0=\hbox{\mathematics{\blacktriangleright}}% \setbox2=\hbox{\vrule\!!height\ht0\!!depth\dp0\!!width.25ex}% \hbox{\box0\kern-.35ex\lower.03ex\box2}}}} @@ -309,7 +306,7 @@ {\mathematics{\dogotocharacter\blacktriangleright\triangleleft\blacktriangleleft}} \def\goforwardcharacter% - {\mathematics{\dogotocharacter\blacktriangleleft\triangleright\blacktriangleright}} + {\mathematics{\dogotocharacter\blacktriangleright\triangleright\blacktriangleright}} \def\gonowherecharacter% {\mathematics{\bullet}} diff --git a/tex/context/base/symb-nav.tex b/tex/context/base/symb-nav.tex index bb2caaa80..3e59ef5da 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/symb-nav.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/symb-nav.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \unprotect diff --git a/tex/context/base/syst-ext.tex b/tex/context/base/syst-ext.tex index 51d7c36e7..1c8ad40e0 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/syst-ext.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/syst-ext.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context System Macro's / Extras} @@ -129,7 +129,6 @@ %D \macros %D {newcounter, %D increment,decrement} -%D {} %D %D Unfortunately the number of \COUNTERS\ in \TEX\ is limited, %D but fortunately we can store numbers in a macro. We can @@ -273,7 +272,6 @@ %D \macros %D {strippedcsname} -%D {} %D %D The next macro can be very useful when using \type{\csname} %D like in: @@ -291,7 +289,6 @@ %D {newconditional, %D settrue, setfalse, %D ifconditional} -%D {} %D %D \TEX's lacks boolean variables, although the \PLAIN\ format %D implements \type{\newif}. The main disadvantage of this @@ -391,15 +388,15 @@ \def\recursedepth% {\the\outerrecurse} +\let\nextrecurse\relax + \long\def\dostepwiserecurse#1#2#3#4% - {\ifcase#2\relax + {%\let\nextrecurse\relax + \ifcase#2\relax \let\recurselevel\zerocountervalue - \let\next\relax + \let\nextrecurse\relax \else \global\advance\outerrecurse by 1 -% \innerrecurse=#1\setevalue{\@@irecurse\recursedepth}{\the\innerrecurse}% -% \innerrecurse=#2\setevalue{\@@nrecurse\recursedepth}{\the\innerrecurse}% -% \innerrecurse=#3\setevalue{\@@srecurse\recursedepth}{\the\innerrecurse}% \setevalue{\@@irecurse\recursedepth}{\number#1}% \setevalue{\@@nrecurse\recursedepth}{\number#2}% \setevalue{\@@srecurse\recursedepth}{\number#3}% @@ -407,16 +404,16 @@ \else \setevalue{\@@drecurse\recursedepth}{>}% \long\setvalue{\@@arecurse\recursedepth}{#4}% - \let\next\dodorecurse + \let\nextrecurse\dodorecurse \fi\fi \ifnum#3<0\relax\ifnum#1<#2\relax \else \setevalue{\@@drecurse\recursedepth}{<}% \long\setvalue{\@@arecurse\recursedepth}{#4}% - \let\next\dodorecurse + \let\nextrecurse\dodorecurse \fi\fi \fi - \next} + \nextrecurse} \def\donorecurse% {} @@ -424,7 +421,7 @@ \def\dododorecurse% {\edef\recurselevel{\getvalue{\@@irecurse\recursedepth}}% \getvalue{\@@arecurse\recursedepth}% -\edef\recurselevel{\getvalue{\@@irecurse\recursedepth}}% + \edef\recurselevel{\getvalue{\@@irecurse\recursedepth}}% \innerrecurse=\recurselevel \advance\innerrecurse by \getvalue{\@@srecurse\recursedepth}\relax \setevalue{\@@irecurse\recursedepth}{\the\innerrecurse}% @@ -582,7 +579,6 @@ %D \macros %D {newevery,everyline,EveryLine,EveryPar} -%D {} %D %D Lets skip to something quite different. It's common use %D to use \type{\everypar} for special purposes. In \CONTEXT\ @@ -770,7 +766,6 @@ %D \macros %D {ExpandFirstAfter,ExpandSecondAfter,ExpandBothAfter} -%D {} %D %D These three commands support expansion of arguments before %D executing the commands that uses them. We can best @@ -834,7 +829,6 @@ %D \macros %D {ConvertToConstant,ConvertConstantAfter} -%D {} %D %D When comparing arguments with a constant, we can get into %D trouble when this argument consists of tricky expandable @@ -1143,7 +1137,7 @@ %D %D \starttypen %D \kleur[groen] -%D {as gras} +%D {as grass} %D \stoptypen %D %D was not interpreted as one would expect. This is due to the @@ -1177,7 +1171,6 @@ %D \macros %D {checkdefined} -%D {} %D %D The bigger the system, the greater the change that %D user defined commands collide with those that are part of @@ -1199,7 +1192,6 @@ %D \macros %D {GotoPar,GetPar} -%D {} %D %D Typesetting a paragraph in a special way can be done by %D first grabbing the contents of the paragraph and processing @@ -1255,6 +1247,8 @@ \newtoks\BeforePar \newtoks\AfterPar +\let\endoflinetoken=^^M + \def\doGotoPar% {\ifx\nextchar\blankspace \let\donext\GotoPar @@ -1292,7 +1286,6 @@ %D \macros %D {dowithpargument,dowithwargument} -%D {} %D %D The next macros are a variation on \type{\GetPar}. When %D macros expect an argument, it interprets a grouped sequence @@ -1410,7 +1403,6 @@ %D \macros %D {dorepeat,dorepeatwithcommand} -%D {} %D %D When doing repetitive tasks, we stromgly advice to use %D \type{\dorecurse}. The next alternative however, suits @@ -1558,7 +1550,6 @@ %D \macros %D {makecounter,pluscounter,minuscounter, %D resetcounter,setcounter,countervalue} -%D {} %D %D Declaring, setting and resetting \COUNTERS\ can be doen %D with the next set of commands. @@ -1642,14 +1633,13 @@ %D values. Only one level is saved. \def\savecounter#1% - {\expanded{\setgvalue{!#1}{\getvalue{#1}}}} + {{\scratchcounter=\getvalue {#1}\setxvalue{!#1}{\the\scratchcounter}}} \def\restorecounter#1% - {\expanded{\setgvalue{#1}{\getvalue{!#1}}}} + {{\scratchcounter=\getvalue{!#1}\setxvalue {#1}{\the\scratchcounter}}} %D \macros %D {beforesplitstring,aftersplitstring} -%D {} %D %D These both commands split a string at a given point in two %D parts, so \type{x.y} becomes \type{x} or \type{y}. @@ -1677,7 +1667,6 @@ %D \macros %D {removesubstring} -%D {} %D %D A first application of the two routines defined above is: %D @@ -1697,8 +1686,7 @@ \next} %D \macros -%D {addtocommalist,removefromcommalist} -%D {} +%D {appendtocommalist,addtocommalist,removefromcommalist} %D %D When working with comma separated lists, one sooner or %D later want the tools to append or remove items from such a @@ -1706,10 +1694,10 @@ %D there. This means that every item in the list is unique. %D %D \starttypen -%D \addtocommalist {alfa} \naam -%D \addtocommalist {beta} \naam -%D \addtocommalist {gamma} \naam -%D \removefromcommalist {beta} \naam +%D \addtocommalist {alfa} \name +%D \addtocommalist {beta} \name +%D \addtocommalist {gamma} \name +%D \removefromcommalist {beta} \name %D \stoptypen %D %D These commands can be prefixed with \type{\doglobal}. The @@ -1725,6 +1713,20 @@ %D \stoptypen %D %D Removing an item takes more time than adding one. +%D +%D A fast appending alternative, without any testing, is +%D also provided: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \appendtocommalist {something} \name +%D \stoptypen + +\def\appendtocommalist#1#2% + {\ifx#2\empty + \dodoglobal\edef#2{#1}% + \else % no test on empty + \dodoglobal\edef#2{#2,#1}% + \fi} \def\addtocommalist#1#2% {\doifelse{#2}{} @@ -1764,6 +1766,61 @@ \dodoglobal\edef#2{#2}} %D \macros +%D {replaceincommalist} +%D +%D The next macro can be used to replace an indexed element +%D in a commalist: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \replaceincommalist\MyList{2} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Element~2 will be replaced by the current meaning of the macro +%D \type {\newcommalistelement}. The old meaning is saved in +%D \type {\commalistelement}. The replacement honors grouped items, +%D like in: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\MyList{a,b,c,d,e,f} \replaceincommalist\MyList{3} +%D \def\MyList{a,b,c,d,e,f} \replaceincommalist\MyList{3} +%D \def\MyList{a,{b,c},d,e,f} \replaceincommalist\MyList{3} +%D \def\MyList{a,b,c,{d,e,f}} \replaceincommalist\MyList{3} +%D \stoptypen + +\let\newcommalistelement\empty + +\def\replaceincommalist#1#2% #1 = commalistelement #2 = position starts at 1 + {\def\doreplaceincommalist##1% + {\ifnum\commalistcounter=#2\relax + \ifnum\commalistcounter=1 + \let\newcommalist\newcommalistelement + \else + \@EA\@EA\@EA\def\@EA\@EA\@EA\newcommalist\@EA\@EA\@EA{\@EA\newcommalist\@EA,\newcommalistelement}% + \fi + \def\commalistelement{##1}% + \else + \ifnum\commalistcounter=1 + \ifx\nexttoken\bgroup % is known -) + \def\newcommalist{{##1}}% + \else + \def\newcommalist{##1}% + \fi + \else + \ifx\nexttoken\bgroup % is known -) + \@EA\def\@EA\newcommalist\@EA{\newcommalist,{##1}}% + \else + \@EA\def\@EA\newcommalist\@EA{\newcommalist,##1}% + \fi + \fi + \fi + \advance\commalistcounter by 1 }% + \let\commalistelement\empty + \let\newcommalist\empty + \commalistcounter=1 + \@EA\processcommalist\@EA[#1]\doreplaceincommalist + \dodoglobal\let#1\newcommalist} + +%D \macros %D {globalprocesscommalist} %D %D The commalist processing commands are characterized by the @@ -1858,7 +1915,6 @@ %D \macros %D {swapdimens,swapmacros} -%D {} %D %D Simple but effective are the next two macros. There name %D exactly states their purpose. The \type{\scratchdimen} and @@ -1995,7 +2051,6 @@ %D {doifvalue,doifnotvalue,doifelsevalue, %D doifnothing,doifsomething,doifelsenothing, %D doifvaluenothing,doifvaluesomething,doifelsevaluenothing} -%D {} %D %D These long named \type{\if} commands can be used to access %D macros (or variables) that are normally accessed by using @@ -2003,32 +2058,53 @@ %D tokens per call. Anyone familiar with the not||values %D ones, can derive their meaning from the definitions. - \def\doifvalue#1{\doif{\getvalue{#1}}} - \def\doifnotvalue#1{\doifnot{\getvalue{#1}}} - \def\doifelsevalue#1{\doifelse{\getvalue{#1}}} + \def\doifvalue#1{\doif {\csname#1\endcsname}} + \def\doifnotvalue#1{\doifnot {\csname#1\endcsname}} + \def\doifelsevalue#1{\doifelse{\csname#1\endcsname}} - \def\doifnothing#1{\doif{#1}{}} - \def\doifsomething#1{\doifnot{#1}{}} + \def\doifnothing#1{\doif {#1}{}} + \def\doifsomething#1{\doifnot {#1}{}} \def\doifelsenothing#1{\doifelse{#1}{}} - \def\doifvaluenothing#1{\doif{\getvalue{#1}}{}} - \def\doifvaluesomething#1{\doifnot{\getvalue{#1}}{}} -\def\doifelsevaluenothing#1{\doifelse{\getvalue{#1}}{}} + \def\doifvaluenothing#1{\doif {\csname#1\endcsname}{}} + \def\doifvaluesomething#1{\doifnot {\csname#1\endcsname}{}} +\def\doifelsevaluenothing#1{\doifelse{\csname#1\endcsname}{}} + +%D Faster but spoiling inheritance (copying parameters): +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\doifelsevaluesomething#1#2#3% +%D {\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\empty#3\else#2\fi} +%D +%D \def\doifvaluesomething#1#2% +%D {\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\empty\else#2\fi} +%D +%D \def\doifvaluenothing#1#2% +%D {\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\empty#2\fi} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Slightly more efficient: + + \def\doifnothing{\doif {}} + \def\doifsomething{\doifnot {}} +\def\doifelsenothing{\doifelse{}} -%D Faster: +%D \macros +%D {doifemptyelsevalue, doifemptyvalue, doifnotemptyvalue} +%D +%D Also handy: -\def\doifelsevaluesomething#1#2#3% - {\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\empty#3\else#2\fi} +\long\def\doifemptyelsevalue#1#2#3% + {\@EA\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\empty#2\else#3\fi} -\def\doifvaluesomething#1#2% - {\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\empty\else#2\fi} +\long\def\doifemptyvalue#1#2% + {\@EA\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\empty#2\fi} -\def\doifvaluenothing#1#2% - {\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\empty#2\fi} +\long\def\doifnotemptyvalue#1#2% + {\@EA\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\empty\else#2\fi} %D \macros %D {DOIF,DOIFELSE,DOIFNOT} -%D {} %D %D \TEX\ is case sensitive. When comparing arguments, this %D feature sometimes is less desirable, for instance when we @@ -2076,7 +2152,6 @@ %D \macros %D {stripcharacters,stripspaces} -%D {} %D %D The next command was needed first when we implemented %D the \CONTEXT\ interactivity macros. When we use labeled @@ -2110,14 +2185,13 @@ \let\!!strippedstring=\empty \edef\!!stringa{#2}% \@EA\dostripcharacter\!!stringa#1\end - \let#3=\!!strippedstring} + \dodoglobal\let#3=\!!strippedstring} \def\stripspaces\from#1\to#2% {\stripcharacter{ }\from#1\to#2} %D \macros %D {executeifdefined} -%D {} %D %D \CONTEXT\ uses one auxiliary file for all data concerning %D tables of contents, references, two||pass optimizations, @@ -2173,7 +2247,6 @@ %D \macros %D {doifsomespaceelse} -%D {} %D %D The next command checks a string on the presence of a space %D and executed a command accordingly. @@ -2197,7 +2270,6 @@ %D \macros %D {adaptdimension,balancedimensions} -%D {} %D %D Again we introduce some macros that are closely related to %D an interface aspect of \CONTEXT. The first command can be @@ -2247,7 +2319,6 @@ %D \macros %D {processconcanatedlist} -%D {} %D %D Maybe a bit late, but here is a more general version of the %D \type{\processcommalist} command. This time we don't handle @@ -2281,7 +2352,6 @@ %D \macros %D {processassignlist} -%D {} %D %D Is possible to combine an assignment list with one %D containing keywords. Assignments are treated accordingly, @@ -2303,7 +2373,6 @@ %D \macros %D {DoAfterFi,DoAfterFiFi} -%D {} %D %D Sometimes \type{\fi}'s can get into the way. We can reach %D over such a troublemaker with: @@ -2411,6 +2480,7 @@ \def\dontleavehmode{\ifmmode\else$ $\fi} + %D \macros %D {uppercasestring,lowercasestring} %D @@ -2697,6 +2767,188 @@ % %\endETEX +%D \macros +%D {dogobblesingleempty, dogobbledoubleempty} +%D +%D These two macros savely grab and dispose two arguments. + +\def\dogobblesingleempty% + {\dosingleempty\dodogobblesingleempty} + +\def\dogobbledoubleempty% + {\dodoubleempty\dodogobbledoubleempty} + +\def\dodogobblesingleempty [#1]{} +\def\dodogobbledoubleempty[#1][#2]{} + +%D \macros +%D {sortcommalist,sortcommacommand, +%D donumericcompare,comparedresult} +%D +%D Sometimes we need to sort a commalist, so here is Taco's +%D solution. This will in many cases be a list that is stored +%D in a \type{\csname}, so both commalist and commacommands are +%D supported. The sorting algorithm is very simple, so the list +%D should not be too long or sorting will be very slow. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \sortcommalist[10,2,4,5,6,1,2,3,4,10,20]\donumericcompare +%D +%D \def\test{10,2,4,5,6,1,2,3,4,10,20} +%D +%D \sortcommacommand[\test]\donumericcompare +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D In both cases, the result is available in the macro \type +%D {\sortedcommalist}. +%D +%D Parameter \type{#2} is a macro that should accept two +%D parameters, and it has to decide which one is larger, by +%D setting the counter \type{\comparedresult} to~0 (for equal), +%D 1~(if it's first argument is larger), or~2 (if it's second +%D argument is larger). +%D +%D As said, these macro are largely written by Taco, and are +%D (maybe therefore) also the first application of \type +%D {\replaceincommalist}. + +\newcount\comparedresult + +\def\sortcommacommand[#1]% + {\@EA\sortcommalist\@EA[#1]} + +\def\sortcommalist[#1]#2% + {\getcommalistsize[#1]% + \let\sortedcommalist\empty + \ifnum\commalistsize>1 + \let\comparecommand#2% + \processcommalist[#1]\dosortcommacommand + \fi} + +\def\dosortcommacommand#1% + {\ifx\sortedcommalist\empty + \def\sortedcommalist{#1}% + \else + \def\!!tempa{#1}% + \ifx\!!tempa\empty\else + \scratchcounter=1 + \@EA\getcommalistsize\@EA[\sortedcommalist]% + \@EA\processcommalist\@EA[\sortedcommalist]\docompareitems + \fi + \fi} + +%D All those \type{\expandafter}'s are there because I do not +%D want to use \type{\edef}. + +\def\docompareitems#1% + {\doifnotempty{#1} + {\@EA\comparecommand\@EA{\!!tempa}{#1}\relax + %\ifcase\compareresult % equal + \ifnum\comparedresult<2 + \ifnum\scratchcounter=\commalistsize + \@EA\@EA\@EA\def\@EA\@EA\@EA\sortedcommalist + \@EA\@EA\@EA{\@EA\sortedcommalist\@EA,\!!tempa}% + \fi + %\or % new element larger + % \ifnum\scratchcounter=\commalistsize + % \@EA\@EA\@EA\def\@EA\@EA\@EA\sortedcommalist + % \@EA\@EA\@EA{\@EA\sortedcommalist\@EA,\!!tempa}% + % \fi + \else % old element larger + \@EA\def\@EA\newcommalistelement\@EA{\!!tempa,#1}% + \replaceincommalist\sortedcommalist\scratchcounter + \quitcommalist + \fi}% + \advance\scratchcounter 1 } + +%D The macro \type{\donumericcompare} considers everything +%D that is not a number to be larger than any number. + +\def\donumericcompare#1#2% + {\doifnumberelse{#1} + {\doifnumberelse{#2} + {\ifnum#1>#2\relax + \comparedresult=1 % #1 is larger + \else\ifnum#1<#2\relax + \comparedresult=2 % #2 is larger + \else + \comparedresult=0 % both are equal + \fi\fi} + {\comparedresult=2 }} + {\comparedresult=1 }} + +%D \macros +%D {firstofoneargument, firstoftwoarguments, firstofthreearguments +%D secondoftwoarguments, secondofthreearguments, +%D thirdofthreearguments} +%D +%D The next six macros (dedicated to Taco) can conveniently +%D used to select arguments. Their names explain their +%D functionality. + +\def\firstofoneargument #1{#1} +\def\firstoftwoarguments #1#2{#1} +\def\firstofthreearguments #1#2#3{#1} +\def\secondoftwoarguments #1#2{#2} +\def\secondofthreearguments#1#2#3{#2} +\def\thirdofthreearguments #1#2#3{#3} + +%D \macros +%D {@saveprimitive} +%D +%D The next definition originates in the \type {amsgen} package. In +%D case some preceding package redefined a primitive that we also +%D want to redefine, we had better do some checking to make sure +%D that we are able to save the primitive meaning for internal use. +%D Primitive control sequences can be distinguished by the fact that +%D \type {\string} and \type {\meaning} return the same information. + +\def\@saveprimitive#1#2% + {\begingroup + \edef\@tempa{\string#1}% + \edef\@tempb{\meaning#1}% + \ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \global\let#2#1% + \debuggerinfo{prim}{Saving \string#1 as \string#2}% + \else + \edef\@tempb{\meaning#2}% + \ifx\@tempa\@tempb + \debuggerinfo{prim}{Saving \string#1 as \string#2}% + \else + \debuggerinfo{prim}{Can't define \string#2 properly; + primitive \noexpand#1 is no longer primitive}% + \fi + \fi + \endgroup} + +\def\saveprimitive#1% + {\begingroup + \@EA\edef\@EA\@tempa\@EA{\@EA\gobbleoneargument\string#1}% + \@EA\let\csname normal\@tempa\endcsname\relax + \@EA\@saveprimitive\@EA#1\csname normal\@tempa\endcsname + \endgroup } + +%D In this macro, the message only shows up when the debugging +%D is turned on. + +%D \macros +%D {emptytoks} +%D +%D Constant empty token register, analogous to \type {\empty}. + +\newtoks\emptytoks + +%D \macros +%D {@True, @False, @Not, @And} +%D +%D Some predicate logic functions, used in for instance the +%D math module. + +\def\@True {00} +\def\@False {01} +\def\@Not #1{0\ifcase#11 \or\@EA 1\else \@EA 0\fi} +\def\@And #1#2{0\ifcase#1#2 \@EA 0\else \@EA 1\fi} + \protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/syst-gen.tex b/tex/context/base/syst-gen.tex index 277ad5616..83879d0fa 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/syst-gen.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/syst-gen.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. % nagaan : \ifinstringelse in syst-ext.tex @@ -348,12 +348,9 @@ %D \doifnextcharelse {karakter} {then ...} {else ...} %D \stoptypen %D -%D This macro differs from the original in testing on -%D \type{\endoflinetoken}, which of course we have to define -%D first. We also use \type{\localnext} because we don't want -%D clashes with \type{\next}. - -\let\endoflinetoken=^^M +%D This macro differs from the original in the use of \type +%D {\localnext} because we don't want clashes with \type +%D {\next}. \long\def\doifnextcharelse#1#2#3% {\let\charactertoken=#1% @@ -364,15 +361,20 @@ \def\inspectnextcharacter% {\ifx\nexttoken\blankspace \let\localnext\reinspectnextcharacter - \else\ifx\!!stringc\endoflinetoken - \let\localnext\reinspectnextcharacter + %\else\ifx\nexttoken\endoflinetoken + % \let\localnext\reinspectaftercharacter \else\ifx\nexttoken\charactertoken \let\localnext\!!stringa \else \let\localnext\!!stringb - \fi\fi\fi + \fi\fi%\fi \localnext} +%\let\endoflinetoken=^^M +% +%\long\def\reinspectaftercharacter#1% +% {\futurelet\nexttoken\inspectnextcharacter} + %D This macro uses some auxiliary macros. Although we were able %D to program quite complicated things, I only understood these %D after rereading the \TEX book. The trick is in using a @@ -499,6 +501,9 @@ %D process the test, we have to remove the braces and %D therefore explictly gobble \type{#1}. +%D \macros +%D {honorunexpanded} +%D %D The fact that many macros have the same prefix, could have %D a negative impact on searching in the hash table. Because %D some simple testing does not show differences, we just use: @@ -509,14 +514,18 @@ %D \@EA#1\csname\s!do\string#2\endcsname} %D \stoptypen %D -%D Well, in fact we use the bit more versatile alternative: +%D Well, in fact we use the bit more versatile alternative. The +%D \type {\honorunexpanded} can be used to \type {\string} +%D the protected command, which by the way is seldom needed +%D in \CONTEXT. \beginTEX \def\dosetunexpanded#1#2% {\@EA#1\@EA{\@EA#2\@EA}% \@EA{\@EA\donottest\csname\s!do\@EA\string\csname#2\endcsname\endcsname}% - \@EA#1{\s!do\@EA\string\csname#2\endcsname}} +% \@EA#1{\s!do\@EA\string\csname#2\endcsname}} + \@EA#1\@EA{\@EA\s!do\@EA\string\csname#2\endcsname}} \def\docomunexpanded#1#2% {\@EA#1\@EA#2\@EA{\@EA\donottest\csname\s!do\string#2\endcsname}% @@ -531,11 +540,15 @@ \fi#1}% \futurelet\next\dounexpanded} +\def\honorunexpanded% + {\def\donottest##1{\expandafter\gobblethreearguments\string##1}} + \endTEX \beginETEX \protected -\let\unexpanded\normalprotected +\let \unexpanded \normalprotected +\let \honorunexpanded \relax \endETEX @@ -746,6 +759,9 @@ \endETEX +%D Beware, being \type {\undefined} in \ETEX\ means that the macro +%D {\em is} defined! + %D Before we start using this variant, we used another one, %D which is even a bit faster. This one looked like: %D @@ -2360,7 +2376,7 @@ \commalistcounter=#3\relax \processcommalist[#1]\p!dogetfromcommalist} -\def\getfromcommacommand[#1]% +\def\getfromcommacommand[#1]% why so complicated, still needed? {\edef\commacommand{#1}% \toks0=\expandafter{\expandafter[\commacommand]}% \expandafter\getfromcommalist\the\toks0 } @@ -2368,21 +2384,27 @@ %D Because 0, 1 and~2 are often asked for, we optimize this %D macro for those cases. The indirect call however slows %D down the other cases. - -\def\p!dogetfirstfromcommalist [#1,#2]{\def\commalistelement{#1}} -\def\p!dogetsecondfromcommalist[#1,#2,#3]{\def\commalistelement{#2}} -\let\p!dogetotherfromcommalist=\getfromcommalist - -\def\getfromcommalist[#1]#2[#3]% optimized for 0,1,2 - {\ifcase#3\relax - \let\commalistelement\empty - \or - \p!dogetfirstfromcommalist[#1,]% - \or - \p!dogetsecondfromcommalist[#1,,]% - \else - \p!dogetotherfromcommalist[#1][#3]% - \fi} +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \def\p!dogetfirstfromcommalist [#1,#2]{\def\commalistelement{#1}} +%D \def\p!dogetsecondfromcommalist[#1,#2,#3]{\def\commalistelement{#2}} +%D \let\p!dogetotherfromcommalist=\getfromcommalist +%D +%D \def\getfromcommalist[#1]#2[#3]% optimized for 0,1,2 +%D {\ifcase#3\relax +%D \let\commalistelement\empty +%D \or +%D \p!dogetfirstfromcommalist[#1,]% +%D \or +%D \p!dogetsecondfromcommalist[#1,,]% +%D \else +%D \p!dogetotherfromcommalist[#1][#3]% +%D \fi} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D Even worse, this alternative does not strip preceding +%D spaces, which is what we want. So, we stick to the slow +%D alternative. %D Watertight (and efficient) solutions are hard to find, due %D to the handling of braces during parameters passing and @@ -2420,9 +2442,15 @@ \def\dodogetcommalistelement#1\from#2,#3,#4,#5,#6,#7,#8\to#9% {\edef#9{\ifcase#1\relax\or#2\or#3\or#4\or#5\or#6\or#7\or#8\fi}} +% maybe better: +% +% {\@EA\edef\@EA#9\@EA{\ifcase#1\relax\or#2\or#3\or#4\or#5\or#6\or#7\or#8\fi}} + \def\dogetcommalistelement#1\from#2\to% {\dodogetcommalistelement#1\from#2,,,,,,\to} +% check sources + \def\dogetcommacommandelement#1\from#2\to% {\@EA\dodogetcommalistelement\@EA#1\@EA\from#2,,,,,,\to} @@ -2480,33 +2508,13 @@ %D us to do some checking, we reimplemented the non||empty %D ones. -\def\dosingleargument% - {\chardef\expectedarguments=1 - \dosingleempty} - -\def\dodoubleargument% - {\chardef\expectedarguments=2 - \dodoubleempty} - -\def\dotripleargument% - {\chardef\expectedarguments=3 - \dotripleempty} - -\def\doquadrupleargument% - {\chardef\expectedarguments=4 - \doquadrupleempty} - -\def\doquintupleargument% - {\chardef\expectedarguments=5 - \doquintupleempty} - -\def\dosixtupleargument% - {\chardef\expectedarguments=6 - \dosixtupleempty} - -\def\doseventupleargument% - {\chardef\expectedarguments=7 - \doseventupleempty} +\def\dosingleargument {\chardef\expectedarguments=1 \dosingleempty } +\def\dodoubleargument {\chardef\expectedarguments=2 \dodoubleempty } +\def\dotripleargument {\chardef\expectedarguments=3 \dotripleempty } +\def\doquadrupleargument {\chardef\expectedarguments=4 \doquadrupleempty } +\def\doquintupleargument {\chardef\expectedarguments=5 \doquintupleempty } +\def\dosixtupleargument {\chardef\expectedarguments=6 \dosixtupleempty } +\def\doseventupleargument{\chardef\expectedarguments=7 \doseventupleempty} %D \macros %D {iffirstagument,ifsecondargument,ifthirdargument, diff --git a/tex/context/base/syst-new.tex b/tex/context/base/syst-new.tex index ab5765a79..419dcbe97 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/syst-new.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/syst-new.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \unprotect @@ -187,6 +187,39 @@ \featuretest=-1 \dotestfeature \message{feature test done}\wait} +%D \macros +%D {adddimenregister,adddimenmacro} +%D +%D Instead of using numerous \type {\advance}'s, one can use +%D the next macros to add|/|subtract a series of dimensions +%D to a register or macro. +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \adddimenregister 10pt 5pt \papierbreedte \to \somedimen +%D \adddimenmacro 10pt 5pt \papierbreedte \to \bagger +%D \stoptypen + +\newdimen\dimentoaddto + +\def\adddimenregister#1\to#2% + {\bgroup + #2=\!!zeropoint + \dimentoaddto\!!zeropoint + \def\docommando% + {\advance#2 by \dimentoaddto + \futurelet\next\dodocommando}% + \def\dodocommando% + {\ifx\next\relax + \expanded{\egroup#2=\the#2}% + \else + \@EA\afterassignment\@EA\docommando\@EA\dimentoaddto + \fi}% + \docommando#1\relax} + +\def\adddimenmacro#1\to#2% + {\adddimenregister#1\to\scratchdimen + \edef#2{\the\scratchdimen}} + \protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/syst-tex.tex b/tex/context/base/syst-tex.tex index 5817f9a39..de41c84f5 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/syst-tex.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/syst-tex.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. %D We've build \CONTEXT\ on top of \PLAIN\ \TEX. Because we @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ \egroup %D Well, this redefintion of \type {\input} fails on \ETEX, -%D because of some \type {\cs\fi} construts. So now we use: +%D because of some \type {\cs\fi} constructs. So now we use: \beginETEX etex.src etexdefs.lib @@ -185,6 +185,8 @@ \let\fmtversion\normalfmtversion + \savinghyphcodes=1 + \endETEX \let\normalprotected = \protected @@ -263,4 +265,14 @@ \tracingstats=1 +%D To circumvent dependencies, we can postpone certain +%D initializations to dumping time, by appending them to the +%D \type {\everydump} token register. + +\newtoks \everydump + +\let\normaldump \dump + +\def\dump{\the\everydump\normaldump} + \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/thrd-ran.tex b/tex/context/base/thrd-ran.tex index 9372de5a1..ee3a7f6ac 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/thrd-ran.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/thrd-ran.tex @@ -1,70 +1,95 @@ -%D \module -%D [ file=thrd-ran, -%D version=1998.01.21, -%D title=\CONTEXT\ Support Macros, -%D subtitle=Random Number Generation, -%D author=Hans Hagen, -%D date=\currentdate, -%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] -%C -%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for -%C details. +% RANDOM.TEX v.1 (Donald Arseneau) +% Generating "random" numbers in TeX. +% +% Random integers are generated in the range 1 to 2147483646 by the +% macro \nextrandom. The result is returned in the counter \randomi. +% Do not change \randomi except, perhaps, to initialize it at some +% random value. If you do not initialize it, it will be initialized +% using the time and date. (This is a sparse initialization, giving +% fewer than a million different starting values, but you should use +% other sources of numbers if they are available--just remember that +% most of the numbers available to TeX are not at all random.) +% +% The \nextrandom command is not very useful by itself, unless you +% have exactly 2147483646 things to choose from. Much more useful +% is the \setrannum command which sets a given counter to a random +% value within a specified range. There are three parameters: +% \setrannum {<counter>} {<minimum>} {<maximum>}. For example, to +% simulate a die-roll: \setrannum{\die}{1}{6} \ifcase\die... . +% +% If you need random numbers that are not integers, you will have to +% use dimen registers and \setrandimen. For example, to set a random +% page width: \setrandimen \hsize{3in}{6.5in}. The "\pointless" macro +% will remove the "pt" that TeX gives so you can use the dimensions +% as pure `real' numbers. In that case, specify the range in pt units. +% For example, +% +% \setrandimen\answer{2.71828pt}{3.14159pt} +% The answer is \pointless\answer. +% +% The random number generator is the one by Lewis, Goodman, and Miller +% (1969) and used as "ran0" in "Numerical Recipies" using Schrage's +% method for avoiding overflows. The multiplier is 16807 (7^5), the +% added constant is 0, and the modulus is 2147483647 (2^{31}-1). The +% range of integers generated is 1 - 2147483646. A smaller range would +% reduce the complexity of the macros a bit, but not much--most of the +% code deals with initialization and type-conversion. On the other hand, +% the large range may be wasted due to the sparse seed initialization. -\writestatus{loading}{Third Party Macros / Random Number Generation} +\newcount\randomi % the random number seed (while executing) +\global\randomi\catcode`\@ % scratch variable during definitions +\catcode`\@=11 -%D \macros -%D {getrandomcount, getrandomdimen, -%D getrandomfloat, getrandomnumber} -%D -%D This module load Donald Arseneau's generic file -%D \type{random.tex}. A small shell is needed because we -%D redefine some \TEX\ primitives. We also use different names -%D for the two generators and add an extra one. -%D -%D \starttypen -%D \getrandomcount \countregister {minimum} {maximum} -%D \getrandomdimen \dimenregister {minimum} {maximum} -%D \getrandomnumber \macroname {minimum} {maximum} -%D \getrandomfloat \macroname {minimum} {maximum} -%D \stoptypen -%D -%D Of course the file \type{random.tex} needs to be present. +\def\nextrandom{\begingroup + \ifnum\randomi<\@ne % then initialize with time + \global\randomi\time + \global\multiply\randomi388 \global\advance\randomi\year + \global\multiply\randomi31 \global\advance\randomi\day + \global\multiply\randomi97 \global\advance\randomi\month + \message{Randomizer initialized to \the\randomi.}% + \nextrandom \nextrandom \nextrandom + \fi + \count@ii\randomi + \divide\count@ii 127773 % modulus = multiplier * 127773 + 2836 + \count@\count@ii + \multiply\count@ii 127773 + \global\advance\randomi-\count@ii % random mod 127773 + \global\multiply\randomi 16807 + \multiply\count@ 2836 + \global\advance\randomi-\count@ + \ifnum\randomi<\z@ \global\advance\randomi 2147483647\relax\fi + \endgroup +} -\readfile{random.tex} - {\writestatus{loading}{Donald Arseneau's 'random.tex' (found)}} - {\writestatus{loading}{Donald Arseneau's 'random.tex' (not found)}} +\countdef\count@ii=2 % use only in boxes! +\ifx\@tempcnta\undefined \csname newcount\endcsname \@tempcnta \fi +\ifx\@tempcntb\undefined \csname newcount\endcsname \@tempcntb \fi -\ifx\nextrandom\undefined +\def\setrannum#1#2#3{% count register, minimum, maximum + \@tempcnta#3\advance\@tempcnta-#2\advance\@tempcnta\@ne + \@tempcntb 2147483645 % = m - 2 = 2^{31} - 3 + \divide\@tempcntb\@tempcnta + \getr@nval + \advance\ranval#2\relax + #1\ranval +} - \def\setrannum#1#2#3{#1=1 } - \def\setrandim#1#2#3{#1=1pt} +\def\setrandim#1#2#3{% dimen register, minimum length, maximum length + \dimen@#2\dimen@ii#3\relax + \setrannum\ranval\dimen@\dimen@ii + #1\ranval sp\relax +} -\else +\def\getr@nval{% The values in \@tempcnta and \@tempcntb are parameters + \nextrandom + \ranval\randomi \advance\ranval\m@ne \divide\ranval\@tempcntb + \ifnum\ranval<\@tempcnta\else \expandafter\getr@nval \fi +} - \let\normalnextrandom=\nextrandom +\def\pointless{\expandafter\PoinTless\the} +{\catcode`p=12 \catcode`t=12 +\gdef\PoinTless#1pt{#1}} - \def\nextrandom% - {\bgroup - \let\time =\normaltime - \let\day =\normalday - \let\month=\normalmonth - \let\year =\normalyear - \normalnextrandom - \global\let\nextrandom=\normalnextrandom - \egroup} - -\fi - -\let\getrandomcount = \setrannum -\let\getrandomdimen = \setrandim - -\def\getrandomnumber#1#2#3% - {\getrandomcount{\scratchcounter}{#2}{#3}% - \edef#1{\the\scratchcounter}} - -\def\getrandomfloat#1#2#3% - {\getrandomdimen{\scratchdimen}{#2pt}{#3pt}% - \edef#1{\withoutpt\the\scratchdimen}} - -\endinput +\catcode`\@=\randomi +\global\randomi=0 +\newcount\ranval diff --git a/tex/context/base/verb-ini.tex b/tex/context/base/verb-ini.tex index 1e7a4edd7..e9ac25290 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/verb-ini.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/verb-ini.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. %D Because this module is quite independant of system macros, @@ -86,7 +86,6 @@ %D \macros %D {verbatimfont} -%D {} %D %D When we are typesetting verbatim we use a non||proportional %D (mono spaced) font. Normally this font is available by @@ -98,7 +97,6 @@ %D \macros %D {obeyedspace, obeyedtab, obeyedline, obeyedpage} -%D {} %D %D We have followed Knuth in naming macros that make \SPACE, %D \NEWLINE\ and \NEWPAGE\ active and assigning them @@ -127,7 +125,6 @@ %D \macros %D {obeytabs, obeylines, obeypages, %D ignoretabs, ignorelines, ignorepages} -%D {} %D %D Next we take care of \NEWLINE\ and \NEWPAGE\ and because we %D want to be able to typeset listings that contain \TAB, we @@ -168,7 +165,6 @@ %D \macros %D {settabskips} -%D {} %D %D The macro \type{\settabskip} can be used to enable tab %D handling. Processing tabs is sometimes needed when one @@ -188,7 +184,6 @@ %D \macros %D {processinlineverbatim} -%D {} %D %D Although the inline verbatim commands presented here will be %D extended and embedded in the core modules of \CONTEXT, @@ -223,7 +218,7 @@ %D construction to keep the closing command local. \def\setupinlineverbatim% - {\verbatimfont + {\verbatimfont \spaceskip=.5em \xspaceskip=\spaceskip \let\obeytabs=\ignoretabs \let\obeylines=\ignorelines \let\obeypages=\ignorepages @@ -255,7 +250,6 @@ %D \macros %D {processingverbatim} -%D {} %D %D Typesetting a file in most cases results in more than one %D page. Because we don't want problems with files that are @@ -406,7 +400,6 @@ %D \macros %D {processdisplayverbatim} -%D {} %D %D We can define a display verbatim environment with the %D command \type{\processdisplayverbatim} in the following way: @@ -452,7 +445,7 @@ \expandafter\let\csname\verbatimname\endcsname=\relax \edef\endofverbatimcommand{\csname\verbatimname\endcsname}% \edef\endofverbatimcommand{\meaning\endofverbatimcommand}% - \verbatimfont + \verbatimfont \spaceskip=.5em \xspaceskip=\spaceskip \setupcopyverbatim \initializeverbatimline \copyverbatimline} @@ -483,7 +476,6 @@ %D setcatcodes,uncatcodespecials, %D uncatcodecharacters, %D setnaturalcatcodes} -%D {} %D %D As its name says, \type{\uncatcodecharacters} resets the %D \CATCODE\ of characters. When we use an upper bound of @@ -543,7 +535,6 @@ %D {localcatcodes, %D restorecatcodes, %D beginrestorecatcodes,endrestorecatcodes} -%D {} %D %D We're not finished dealing \CATCODES\ yet. In \CONTEXT\ we %D use only one auxiliary file, which deals with tables of @@ -645,7 +636,6 @@ %D \macros %D {iflinepar} -%D {} %D %D A careful reader will see that \type{\linepar} is reset. %D This boolean can be used to determine if the current line is @@ -666,6 +656,9 @@ % \global\lineparfalse % \obeyedline\par} +\let\beginverbatimline\relax +\let\endverbatimline \relax + \long\def\dodoverbatimline#1% we don't want to group {\bgroup % due to pretty status \iflinepar\else\EveryPar{}\fi @@ -680,13 +673,24 @@ \dokeepverbatimlinedata \doopenupverbatimline \the\everyline\strut - \processverbatimline{#1\relax}% + \beginverbatimline + \processverbatimline{#1\relax\flushrestofverbatimline}% + \endverbatimline \global\lineparfalse \obeyedline\par} %D \macros +%D {flushrestofverbatimline} +%D +%D Some pretty drivers will collect tokens for the sake of +%D testing on keywords. This collected string needs to be +%D flushed. The \type {\relax} can serve as signal that there +%D is nothing more to be interpreted. + +\let\flushrestofverbatimline\empty + +%D \macros %D {obeyemptylines,verbatimbaselineskip} -%D {} %D %D Empty lines in verbatim can lead to white space on top of %D a new page. Because this is not what we want, we turn @@ -728,7 +732,6 @@ %D \macros %D {EveryPar, EveryLine} -%D {} %D %D In this module we've reserved \type{\everypar} for the %D things to be done with paragraphs and \type{\everyline} for @@ -816,7 +819,7 @@ \processingverbatimtrue \global\linepartrue \uncatcodecharacters - \verbatimfont + \verbatimfont \spaceskip=.5em \xspaceskip=\spaceskip \frenchspacing \obeyspaces \obeytabs @@ -1001,10 +1004,18 @@ %D %D We'll show some more examples: %D +%D \startbuffer[pretty] +%D \installnewpretty R \red +%D \installnewpretty G \green +%D \installnewpretty B \blue +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \haalbuffer[pretty] +%D %D \startbuffer -%D %%\R{Red -%D %%\G\Green -%D %%\B[Blue +%D %%\ R{Red +%D %%\ G\Green +%D %%\ B[Blue %D \stopbuffer %D %D {\newprettytrue\typebuffer} @@ -1013,6 +1024,10 @@ %D %D \typebuffer %D +%D along with: +%D +%D \typebuffer[pretty] +%D %D When needed, one can use grouping. %D %D \startbuffer @@ -1024,7 +1039,8 @@ %D %D \typebuffer %D -%D This leads to: +%D Here we tell the visualizer that the \type +{+ should be +%D treated like a \type +[+ so we get: %D %D {\newprettytrue\typebuffer} %D @@ -1078,8 +1094,56 @@ \installnewpretty P \setupprettyPLtype \installnewpretty T \setupprettyTEXtype +%D \macros +%D {ifnaturaltextext} +%D +%D When one uses \ETEX, switching to normal \TEX\ is possible +%D too. We also introduce a switch that can be used in the +%D drivers and set in higher level shell macros. + +\newif\ifnaturaltextext + +\beginETEX \scantokens + +%\def\naturaltextext#1#2\relax% +% {\bgroup\prettynaturalfont{\restorecatcodes\scantokens{\ignorespaces#2}}\egroup} + +\def\naturaltextext#1\relax% + {\bgroup + \prettynaturalfont{\restorecatcodes\scantokens{\ignorespaces#1}}% + \egroup} + +\endETEX + +\beginTEX + +%\def\naturaltextext#1% +% {\disableprettynow} + +\def\naturaltextext% + {\disableprettynow} + +\endTEX + +\installnewpretty N \naturaltextext + +%D When seen in action this gives: +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \startTEX +%D \def\mathematics#1% %%\ N usage: \type {\mathematics{x^2}} +%D {\ifmmode#1\else$#1$\fi} %%\ N becomes: \mathematics{X^2} +%D \stopTEX +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \haalbuffer +%D +%D This is keyed in as: +%D +%D \typebuffer + %D This means that when the interpreter modules support this -%D mechanism, by default we have four options at available. +%D mechanism, by default we have some keys already available. \def\newpretty#1% {\getprettydata{#1}% @@ -1217,7 +1281,7 @@ {\doifincsnameelse{\space#1\space}} %D \macros -%D {prettyidentifierfont,prettyvariablefont} +%D {prettyidentifierfont,prettyvariablefont,prettynaturalfont} %D %D When one want to typeset identifiers and system variables %D in a different typeface, one has to set the next two @@ -1225,6 +1289,7 @@ \let\prettyidentifierfont=\relax \let\prettyvariablefont =\relax +\let\prettynaturalfont =\relax %D The interpreter macros are loaded at run time. The main %D reason lays in the fact that we don't want to have the @@ -1240,10 +1305,59 @@ %D \stoptypen %D %D In \CONTEXT\ we follow a different thread, and therefore all -%D macros in the additional modules use \type{\gdef}'s and -%D \type{\doglobal}'s. Manipulating \type{\globaldef} is +%D macros in the additional modules use \type {\gdef}'s and +%D \type {\doglobal}'s. Manipulating \type {\globaldef} is %D possible but leads to fuzzy situations. +%D \macros +%D {ifdisablepretty,disablepretynow,disableprettyafterwards} +%D +%D Although for pretty printing \PERL\ and \JAVASCRIPT\ code +%D one has to implement a bit more clever mechanism, the next +%D switches can be used to turn off prety printing. The +%D boolean turns on this feature. + +\newif\ifdisablepretty \disableprettyfalse +\newif\ifprettydisabled \prettydisabledfalse + +\def\disableprettynow% + {\ifdisablepretty\ifprettydisabled\else + \let\prettyidentifierfont\relax + \let\prettyvariablefont\relax + \let\prettycomment\relax + \def\beginofpretty[##1]{}% + \let\endofpretty\relax + \prettydisabledtrue + \fi\fi} + +\def\disableprettyafterwards% + {\ifdisablepretty\ifprettydisabled\else + \def\endofpretty{\normalendofpretty\disableprettynow}% + \fi\fi} + +\def\enableprettynow% + {\prettydisabledfalse + \let\prettyidentifierfont\normalprettyidentifierfont + \let\prettyvariablefont \normalprettyvariablefont + \let\prettynaturalfont \normalprettynaturalfont + \let\beginofpretty \normalbeginofpretty + \let\endofpretty \normalendofpretty} + +%D This feature is hooked into the verbatim line handling +%D routine with: + +\def\beginverbatimline% + {\prettydisabledfalse + \ifnewpretty\else\let\handlenewpretty\empty\fi % moved + \let\normalprettyidentifierfont\prettyidentifierfont + \let\normalprettyvariablefont \prettyvariablefont + \let\normalprettynaturalfont \prettynaturalfont + \let\normalbeginofpretty \beginofpretty + \let\normalendofpretty \endofpretty} + +\def\endverbatimline% + {\enableprettynow} + %D The rest of this module is dedicated to non \CONTEXT\ users %D and shows an example of an verbatim environment based on the %D previous macros. @@ -1295,6 +1409,8 @@ \def\type% {\bgroup + \def\_{\string_}% + \def\^{\string^}% \presettyping \processinlineverbatim{\egroup}} @@ -1339,6 +1455,7 @@ \input verb-mp \input verb-pl \input verb-jv + \input verb-sql \def\startTEX% {\bgroup \everypar{}% @@ -1360,10 +1477,16 @@ \let\obeycharacters=\setupprettyJVtype \processdisplayverbatim{\stopJV}} + \def\startSQL% + {\bgroup \everypar{}% + \let\obeycharacters=\setupprettySQLtype + \processdisplayverbatim{\stopSQL}} + \let\stopTEX=\egroup \let\stopMP =\egroup \let\stopPL =\egroup \let\stopJV =\egroup + \let\stopSQL=\egroup \fi @@ -1585,7 +1708,7 @@ \expandafter\let\csname\verbatimname\endcsname=\relax \expandafter\convertargument\csname\verbatimname\endcsname \to\endofverbatimcommand - \verbatimfont + \verbatimfont \spaceskip=.5em \xspaceskip=\spaceskip \setupcopyverbatim \initializeverbatimline \copyverbatimline} diff --git a/tex/context/base/verb-jv.tex b/tex/context/base/verb-jv.tex index 2ab40223b..4de1a92b3 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/verb-jv.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/verb-jv.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Support Macros / Pretty JavaScript Verbatim} @@ -69,12 +69,11 @@ \gdef\JVsetcontrols% {\PLsetcontrols - \def\obeyedline% + \def\flushrestofverbatimline% {\endPLtypesix \ifcase\JVcommentlevel \inPLcommentfalse \fi \PLverbosefalse - \PLverboseskipped=0 - \oldobeyedline}} + \PLverboseskipped=0}} \gdef\JVsetvariables {\PLsetvariables @@ -122,9 +121,6 @@ {\endPLtypesix \handlenextnextpretty\dododoJVtypefourthree\dodododoPLtypefourthree} -% \gdef\dododoJVtypefourthree% -% {\handlenewpretty\dodododoPLtypefourthree} - \gdef\dododoJVtypefourthree% {\ifnewpretty\expandafter\handlenewpretty\fi\dodododoJVtypefourthree} @@ -134,7 +130,12 @@ \else \global\inPLcommenttrue \PLverbosecorrection - \beginofpretty[\!!prettyone]\getpretties{#1}{#2}\endofpretty + \ifnaturaltextext + \let\next\naturaltextext + \else + \def\next{\beginofpretty[\!!prettyone]\getpretties{#1}{#2}\endofpretty}% + \fi + \expandafter\next \fi} \gdef\JVtypefourfour% @@ -147,7 +148,9 @@ \global\advance\JVcommentlevel by -1 \ifcase\JVcommentlevel \global\inPLcommentfalse \fi \else - \beginofpretty[\!!prettyfour]#1\endofpretty\expandafter#2% + \endPLtypesix + \beginofpretty[\!!prettyfour]\getpretty{#1}\endofpretty + \expandafter#2% \fi} %D We need different (less) reserved words. This list replaces diff --git a/tex/context/base/verb-mp.tex b/tex/context/base/verb-mp.tex index f7e13c0fd..7a5c788a7 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/verb-mp.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/verb-mp.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Support Macros / Pretty METAPOST Verbatim} @@ -48,19 +48,12 @@ \gdef\MPsetcontrols% {\saveprettycontrols \everyprettyend - {\global\inMPcommentfalse - \endMPtypesix}% + {\endMPtypesix}% \def\obeyedspace% {\endMPtypesix \oldobeyedspace}% - \def\obeyedline% - {\endMPtypesix - \global\inMPcommentfalse - \oldobeyedline}% - \def\obeyedpage% - {\endMPtypesix - \global\inMPcommentfalse - \oldobeyedpage}% + \def\flushrestofverbatimline% + {\endMPtypesix}% \let\obeytabs=\ignoretabs} \gdef\setupprettyMPtype% @@ -70,12 +63,10 @@ \MPsethandlers \MPsetspecials} -\doglobal\newif\ifinMPcomment \doglobal\newif\ifinMPtexmode \gdef\MPsetvariables% - {\global\inMPcommentfalse - \global\inMPtexmodefalse + {\global\inMPtexmodefalse \global\let\MPsequence=\empty} \gdef\MPsetspecials% @@ -127,21 +118,20 @@ \gdef\MPtypeone#1% {\endMPtypesix - \ifinMPcomment - \getpretty{#1}% - \else\ifinMPtexmode + \ifinMPtexmode \getpretty{#1}% \else \beginofpretty[\!!prettyone]\getpretty{#1}\endofpretty% - \fi\fi} + \fi} \gdef\doMPtypetwo#1% - {\ifinMPcomment - \getpretty{#1}% + {\ifnaturaltextext + \let\next\naturaltextext \else - \global\inMPcommenttrue - \beginofpretty[\!!prettyfour]\getpretty{#1}\endofpretty - \fi} + \disableprettytrue\disableprettyafterwards + \def\next{\beginofpretty[\!!prettyfour]\getpretty{#1}\endofpretty}% + \fi + \next} \gdef\MPtypetwo% {\endMPtypesix @@ -149,43 +139,35 @@ \gdef\MPtypethreeA#1% {\endMPtypesix - \ifinMPcomment - \getpretty{#1}% - \else\ifinMPtexmode + \ifinMPtexmode \getpretty{#1}% \else \beginofpretty[\!!prettythree]\getpretty{#1}\endofpretty - \fi\fi} + \fi} \gdef\MPtypethreeB#1% {\endMPtypesix - \ifinMPcomment - \getpretty{#1}% - \else\ifinMPtexmode + \ifinMPtexmode \getpretty{#1}% \else \beginofpretty[\!!prettyone]\getpretty{#1}\endofpretty - \fi\fi} + \fi} \gdef\MPtypefour#1% {\endMPtypesix - \ifinMPcomment - \getpretty{#1}% - \else\ifinMPtexmode + \ifinMPtexmode \getpretty{#1}% \else \beginofpretty[\!!prettyfour]\getpretty{#1}\endofpretty - \fi\fi} + \fi} \gdef\MPtypefive#1% {\endMPtypesix - \ifinMPcomment - \getpretty{#1}% - \else\ifinMPtexmode + \ifinMPtexmode \getpretty{#1}% \else \beginofpretty[\!!prettytwo]\getpretty{#1}\endofpretty - \fi\fi} + \fi} \gdef\endMPtypesix% {\ifx\MPsequence\empty\else @@ -219,51 +201,39 @@ \getpretty} \gdef\MPtypesixtwo#1% - {\ifinMPcomment - \getpretty{#1}% - \else - \xdef\MPsequence{\MPsequence\getpretty{#1}}% - \fi} + {\xdef\MPsequence{\MPsequence\getpretty{#1}}} \gdef\MPtypeseven#1% {\endMPtypesix - \ifinMPcomment - \getpretty{#1}% - \else\ifinMPtexmode + \ifinMPtexmode \getpretty{#1}% \else \beginofpretty[\!!prettyfour]\getpretty{#1}\endofpretty - \fi\fi} + \fi} \gdef\MPtypeeightone#1% {\endMPtypesix - \ifinMPcomment - \getpretty{#1}% - \else\ifinMPtexmode% + \ifinMPtexmode% \getpretty{#1}% \else \beginofpretty[\!!prettythree]\getpretty{#1}\endofpretty - \fi\fi} + \fi} \gdef\MPtypeeighttwo#1% {\endMPtypesix - \ifinMPcomment - \getpretty{#1}% - \else\ifinMPtexmode + \ifinMPtexmode \getpretty{#1}% \else \beginofpretty[\!!prettythree]\getpretty{#1}\endofpretty - \fi\fi} + \fi} \gdef\MPtypenine#1% {\endMPtypesix - \ifinMPcomment - \getpretty{#1}% - \else\ifinMPtexmode + \ifinMPtexmode \getpretty{#1}% \else \getpretty{#1}% - \fi\fi} + \fi} %D \METAPOST\ \TEX||ies: @@ -331,13 +301,13 @@ \useprettyidentifiers \MPvariables \MPsetspecials cutdraw draw drawarrow drawdblarrow fill filldraw loggingall pickup tracingall tracingnone undraw unfill - unfilldraw + unfilldraw drawdot %D \METAPOST\ macro||like functions: \useprettyidentifiers \MPvariables \MPsetspecials buildcycle dashpattern decr dotlabel dotlabels drawoptions - incr label labels max min thelabel z + incr label labels max min thelabel z %D More \METAPOST: diff --git a/tex/context/base/verb-pl.tex b/tex/context/base/verb-pl.tex index bdc5ba7da..9ac354c7c 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/verb-pl.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/verb-pl.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Support Macros / Pretty PERL Verbatim} @@ -66,18 +66,24 @@ \else \oldobeyedspace \fi}% - \def\obeyedline% + \def\flushrestofverbatimline% {\endPLtypesix - \global\inPLcommentfalse - \PLverbosefalse + \global\inPLcommentfalse}% + \def\obeyedline% + {\PLverbosefalse \PLverboseskipped=0 \oldobeyedline}% - \def\obeyedpage% - {\endPLtypesix - \global\inPLcommentfalse - \oldobeyedpage}% \let\obeytabs=\ignoretabs} +\gdef\JVsetcontrols% + {\PLsetcontrols + {\endPLtypesix + \ifcase\JVcommentlevel \inPLcommentfalse \fi + \PLverbosefalse + \PLverboseskipped=0}} + + + \gdef\setupprettyPLtype% {\def\prettyidentifier{PL}% \PLsetvariables @@ -367,10 +373,6 @@ \beginofpretty[\!!prettyone]\getpretty{#1}\endofpretty \fi\fi\fi} -% \gdef\PLtypezero% -% {\endPLtypesix -% \handlenewpretty\doPLtypezero} - \gdef\PLtypezero% {\endPLtypesix \ifnewpretty\expandafter\handlenewpretty\fi\doPLtypezero} @@ -381,7 +383,12 @@ \else \global\inPLcommenttrue \PLverbosecorrection - \beginofpretty[\!!prettythree]\getpretty{#1}\endofpretty + \ifnaturaltextext % non tested yet + \let\next\naturaltextext + \else + \def\next{\beginofpretty[\!!prettythree]\getpretty{#1}\endofpretty}% + \fi + \expandafter\next \fi} \gdef\doreportprettyPLtype#1#2#3#4% diff --git a/tex/context/base/verb-sql.tex b/tex/context/base/verb-sql.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7efd0127a --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/verb-sql.tex @@ -0,0 +1,218 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=verb-sql, +%D version=1999.06.08, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Verbatim Macros, +%D subtitle=Pretty \SQL\ Verbatim, +%D author={Berend de Boer, Hans Hagen}, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={Berend de Boer, Hans Hagen}] +%C + +\writestatus{loading}{Context Support Macros / Pretty SQL Verbatim} + +%D \citaat {He, I want pretty pretting too!}, Berend cried out +%D one day, \citaat {But now for \SQL.}. This query language +%D shows code like: +%D +%D \startbuffer +%D \startSQL +%D select * -- some comment +%D from tableA +%D where 1 = 2 +%D \stopSQL +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer +%D +%D and this should become something pretty like: +%D +%D \haalbuffer +%D +%D or, with Berend's preferences: +%D +%D \startbuffer[setup] +%D \steltypenin +%D [SQL] +%D [tekst=ja,palet=,icommando=\bf,vcommando=,ccommando=\it] +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \haalbuffer[setup] +%D \haalbuffer +%D +%D This kind of pretty printing is accomplished by: +%D +%D \typebuffer + +%D Like we did with the \JAVASCRIPT\ driver, we will borrow +%D most of the macros from the \PERL\ driver. + +\ifx\undefined\setupprettyPLtype \input verb-pl \relax \fi + +\unprotect + +%D \SQL\ has the one line comment sequence \type{--} and the +%D multi line comment delimiters \type{/*} and \type{*/}. The +%D next counter keeps track of multi line comment nesting. + +\newcount\SQLcommentlevel + +%D We need to handle \type{%}, \type{#} and \type{-} a bit +%D different than in the \PERL\ driver. Compared to the +%D \JAVASCRIPT\ driver |<|we copied most of the code from +%D that one|>|, we now also have type~45. + +\gdef\SQLsetspecials% + {\PLsetspecials + \setpretty`\#=32 + \setpretty`\%=41 + \setpretty`\/=43 + \setpretty`\*=44 + \setpretty`\-=45 } + +%D We need three additional handlers: + +\gdef\SQLsethandlers% + {\PLsethandlers + \installprettyhandler 43 \SQLtypefourthree + \installprettyhandler 44 \SQLtypefourfour + \installprettyhandler 45 \SQLtypefourfive } + +%D Next we have to do some general housekeeping. + +\gdef\SQLsetcontrols% + {\PLsetcontrols + \def\flushrestofverbatimline% + {\endPLtypesix + \ifcase\SQLcommentlevel \inPLcommentfalse \fi + \PLverbosefalse + \PLverboseskipped=0}} + +\gdef\SQLsetvariables + {\PLsetvariables + \global\SQLcommentlevel=0 } + +\gdef\setupprettySQLtype% + {\def\prettyidentifier{SQL}% + \let\PLidentifiers=\SQLidentifiers + \let\PLvariables=\SQLvariables + \SQLsetvariables + \SQLsetcontrols + \SQLsethandlers + \SQLsetspecials + \PLsetdiagnostics} + +%D We have to look upto four characters ahead. If you don't +%D grab the picture, just skip reading these macros. + +\gdef\SQLtypefourthree% + {\handlenextnextpretty\doSQLtypefourthree\PLtypefourtwo} + +\gdef\doSQLtypefourthree#1#2% + {\getprettydata{#2}% + \ifnum\prettytype=43 + \let\next=\dodoSQLtypefourthree + \else\ifnum\prettytype=44 + \global\advance\SQLcommentlevel by 1 + \global\inPLcommenttrue + \PLverbosecorrection + \let\next=\SQLtogglecomment + \else + \let\next=\PLtypefourtwo + \fi\fi + \next{#1}#2} + +\gdef\SQLtogglecomment#1#2% + {\ifnum\SQLcommentlevel=1 + \beginofpretty[\!!prettyone]\getpretties{#1}{#2}\endofpretty + \else + \getpretties{#1}{#2}% + \fi} + +\gdef\dodoSQLtypefourthree% #1% + {\endPLtypesix + \handlenextnextpretty\dododoSQLtypefourthree\dodododoPLtypefourthree} + +\gdef\dododoSQLtypefourthree% + {\ifnewpretty\expandafter\handlenewpretty\fi\dodododoSQLtypefourthree} + +\gdef\dodododoSQLtypefourthree#1#2% + {\ifinPLcomment + \getpretties{#1}{#2}% + \else + \global\inPLcommenttrue + \PLverbosecorrection + \beginofpretty[\!!prettyone]\getpretties{#1}{#2}\endofpretty + \fi} + +\gdef\SQLtypefourfour% + {\handlenextnextpretty\doSQLtypefourfour\PLtypefourtwo} + +\gdef\doSQLtypefourfour#1#2% + {\getprettydata{#2}% + \ifnum\prettytype=43 + \SQLtogglecomment{#1}#2% + \global\advance\SQLcommentlevel by -1 + \ifcase\SQLcommentlevel \global\inPLcommentfalse \fi + \else + \endPLtypesix + \beginofpretty[\!!prettyfour]\getpretty{#1}\endofpretty + \expandafter#2% + \fi} + +%D Much of the indirect calls (\type {dodo..}) is due to +%D looking ahead as well as midway pretty print changing. + +\gdef\SQLtypefourfive% + {\handlenextnextpretty\doSQLtypefourfive\PLtypefourtwo} + +\gdef\doSQLtypefourfive#1#2% + {\getprettydata{#2}% + \ifnum\prettytype=45 + \let\next=\dodoSQLtypefourfive + \else + \let\next=\PLtypefourtwo + \fi + \next{#1}#2} + +\gdef\dodoSQLtypefourfive% #1% + {\endPLtypesix + \handlenextnextpretty\dododoSQLtypefourfive\dodododoPLtypefourfive} + +\gdef\dododoSQLtypefourfive% + {\ifnewpretty\expandafter\handlenewpretty\fi\dodododoSQLtypefourfive} + +\gdef\dodododoSQLtypefourfive#1#2% + {\ifinPLcomment + \getpretties{#1}{#2}% + \else + \global\inPLcommenttrue + \PLverbosecorrection + \ifnaturaltextext + \let\next\naturaltextext + \else + \def\next{\beginofpretty[\!!prettyone]\getpretties{#1}{#2}\endofpretty}% + \fi + \expandafter\next + \fi} + +%D We need a different list of reserved words. This list +%D replaces the \PERL\ one. + +\useprettyidentifiers \SQLidentifiers \SQLsetspecials + add all alter and any as asc avg begin between break + browse bulk by cascade case check close clustered coalesce + column commit constraint contains count create cross + cursor database default delete desc distinct drop else end + exec execute exists exit fetch for foreign from grant + group having if in index inner insert into is join key + left like max min nocheck nonclustered not null of on open + or order outer over plan prepare proc procedure public + references return revoce right rollback rule select set + sum table then to tran transaction trigger truncate + uncommited union unique update use values varying view + when where while with work + +\useprettyidentifiers \SQLvariables \SQLsetspecials + not-yet-defined + +\protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/verb-tex.tex b/tex/context/base/verb-tex.tex index 6d53ac9fd..a7366a9ca 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/verb-tex.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/verb-tex.tex @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ %D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] %C %C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. \writestatus{loading}{Context Support Macros / Pretty TEX Verbatim} @@ -29,7 +29,6 @@ %D \macros %D {ifsplitTEXparameters} -%D {} %D %D The mechanism described here, is meant to be used with %D color. It is nevertheless possible to use different fonts @@ -42,7 +41,6 @@ %D \macros %D {ifsplitTEXcontrols} -%D {} %D %D With \type{\splittexcontrols} we can influence the way %D control characters are processed in macro names. By default, @@ -95,14 +93,9 @@ {\TEXendofcommand \TEXendofparameter \oldobeyedspace}% - \def\obeyedline% + \def\flushrestofverbatimline% {\TEXendofcommand - \TEXendofparameter - \oldobeyedline}% - \def\obeyedpage% - {\TEXendofcommand - \TEXendofparameter - \oldobeyedpage}% + \TEXendofparameter}% \let\obeytabs=\ignoretabs} \gdef\TEXsetspecials% @@ -131,7 +124,6 @@ \setpretty`\u=9 \setpretty`\v=9 \setpretty`\w=9 \setpretty`\x=9 \setpretty`\y=9 \setpretty`\z=9 \setpretty`\?=9 \setpretty`\!=9 \setpretty`\@=9 - %\setpretty`\%=\ifnewpretty 0 \else 3 \fi} \setpretty`\%=0 } \gdef\TEXsethandlers% @@ -276,11 +268,34 @@ \global\firstinTEXcommandfalse \getpretty} -% \gdef\TEXtypezero% -% {\handlenewpretty\TEXtypethree} +%\gdef\TEXtypezero% +% {\disableprettyafterwards % only when enabled of course +% \ifnewpretty\expandafter\handlenewpretty\fi\TEXtypethree} + +\bgroup +\catcode`\%=\@@other +\xdef\texcommentsymbol{%} +\egroup + +\beginETEX \scantokens + +\long\gdef\naturalTEXtext#1#2\relax% local alternative for \naturaltextext + {\convertargument#2\to\ascii + \doifinstringelse{\texcommentsymbol}{\ascii} + {\long\def\next{\TEXtypethree{#1}#2\relax}} + %{\long\def\next{\bgroup\prettynaturalfont\restorecatcodes\scantokens{\ignorespaces#2}\egroup}}% + {\long\def\next{\bgroup\prettynaturalfont{\restorecatcodes\scantokens{\ignorespaces#2}}\egroup}}% + \next} + +\endETEX \gdef\TEXtypezero% - {\ifnewpretty\expandafter\handlenewpretty\fi\TEXtypethree} + {\ifnaturaltextext + \expandafter\naturalTEXtext + \else + \disableprettyafterwards % only when enabled of course + \expandafter\handlenewpretty\expandafter\TEXtypethree + \fi} \protect diff --git a/tex/context/config/cont-usr.tex b/tex/context/config/cont-usr.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..db2526542 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/config/cont-usr.tex @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=cont-usr, +%D version=1997.10.05, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ User Format Specifications, +%D subtitle=System Specific Setups, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. + +%D In this file users can specify what hyphenation patterns +%D they want to load into the format file. Normally, when +%D using the \type {cont-..} files, this file can best be +%D left unchanged. The default language and font settings +%D done in the \type {cont-.} files take precedence! This file +%D is subject to changes. + +\unprotect + +%D Hyphenation patterns are normally sought in filed named +%D \type {lang-xx.pat}. When present on the system, those +%D patterns take precedence. (The next list is inspired on +%D Thomas Esser's \TETEX\ distribution.) This list will be +%D adapted to the actual situation. + +\definefilesynonym [lang-cz.pat] [czhyph.tex] +\definefilesynonym [lang-da.pat] [dkhyph.tex] +\definefilesynonym [lang-de.pat] [dehyphn.tex] +\definefilesynonym [lang-en.pat] [ushyph1.tex] +\definefilesynonym [lang-fi.pat] [fihyph.tex] +\definefilesynonym [lang-fr.pat] [frhyph.tex] +\definefilesynonym [lang-it.pat] [ithyph.tex] +\definefilesynonym [lang-la.pat] [lahyph7.tex] +\definefilesynonym [lang-nl.pat] [nehyph.tex] +\definefilesynonym [lang-no.pat] [nohyph.tex] +\definefilesynonym [lang-pl.pat] [plhyph.tex] +\definefilesynonym [lang-pt.pat] [pthyph.tex] +\definefilesynonym [lang-sk.pat] [skhyph.tex] +\definefilesynonym [lang-sp.pat] [sphyph.tex] +\definefilesynonym [lang-sv.pat] [sehyph.tex] +\definefilesynonym [lang-hr.pat] [hrhyph.tex] +\definefilesynonym [lang-tr.pat] [trhyph.tex] +\definefilesynonym [lang-uk.pat] [ukhyphen.tex] +\definefilesynonym [lang-us.pat] [ushyph1.tex] + +%D Pattern files are (can be) encoded! And, alas, not all +%D pattern files are self contained, which is why (for the +%D moment) we specify encodings here. + +\installlanguage [\s!cz] [\s!mapping=il2,\s!encoding=il2] +\installlanguage [\s!sk] [\s!mapping=il2,\s!encoding=il2] +\installlanguage [\s!pl] [\s!mapping=pl0,\s!encoding=pl0] +\installlanguage [\s!hr] [\s!mapping=il2,\s!encoding=il2] % ans ? + +%D Sometimes these are not wanted: + +%\definefilesynonym [lang-deo.pat] [dehypht.tex] % old patterns +%\definefilesynonym [lang-nlx.pat] [dutch96.pat] % new patterns + +%D Additional languages can be defined here. Beware of +%D encoding incompatibilities. Please take a look at the +%D \type {cont-en.tex}, \type {cont-nl.tex}, enz.\ files +%D first. Normally you don't have to change a byte. + +% \installlanguage [\s!af] [\c!status=\v!start] % afrikaans +% \installlanguage [\s!da] [\c!status=\v!start] % danish +% \installlanguage [\s!de] [\c!status=\v!start] % german +% \installlanguage [\s!en] [\c!status=\v!start] % english us +% \installlanguage [\s!fi] [\c!status=\v!start] % finnish +% \installlanguage [\s!fr] [\c!status=\v!start] % french +% \installlanguage [\s!it] [\c!status=\v!start] % italian +% \installlanguage [\s!la] [\c!status=\v!start] % latin +% \installlanguage [\s!nl] [\c!status=\v!start] % dutch +% \installlanguage [\s!no] [\c!status=\v!start] % norwegian +% \installlanguage [\s!pl] [\c!status=\v!start] % polish +% \installlanguage [\s!pt] [\c!status=\v!start] % portuguese +% \installlanguage [\s!sp] [\c!status=\v!start] % spanish +% \installlanguage [\s!sv] [\c!status=\v!start] % swedish +% \installlanguage [\s!tr] [\c!status=\v!start] % turkish +% \installlanguage [\s!uk] [\c!status=\v!start] % english uk +% \installlanguage [\s!hr] [\c!status=\v!start] % croatian + +\installlanguage [deo] [\c!status=\v!start] % old german +% \installlanguage [nlx] [\c!status=\v!start] % dutch 8 bit + +%D The next lines can be used for setting the language to be +%D used at startup time. + +% \setupcurrentlanguage[\s!af] +% \setupcurrentlanguage[\s!cz] +% \setupcurrentlanguage[\s!da] +% \setupcurrentlanguage[\s!de] +% \setupcurrentlanguage[\s!en] +% \setupcurrentlanguage[\s!fi] +% \setupcurrentlanguage[\s!fr] +% \setupcurrentlanguage[\s!it] +% \setupcurrentlanguage[\s!la] +% \setupcurrentlanguage[\s!nl] +% \setupcurrentlanguage[\s!no] +% \setupcurrentlanguage[\s!pl] +% \setupcurrentlanguage[\s!pt] +% \setupcurrentlanguage[\s!sk] +% \setupcurrentlanguage[\s!sp] +% \setupcurrentlanguage[\s!sv] +% \setupcurrentlanguage[\s!tr] +% \setupcurrentlanguage[\s!hr] + +%D Local font settings can go here. Normally suitable +%D defaults are already preloaded, almost certainly the +%D Computer Modern Roman typefaces or some derivate. So, the +%D next line is only meant as sample, take a look at the +%D format related files first. + +% \definefilesynonym [font-cmr] [font-csr] +% \definefilesynonym [font-cmr] [font-plr] + +%D Don't remove the next few lines. + +\protect diff --git a/tex/generic/context/m-ch-de.tex b/tex/generic/context/m-ch-de.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..467cdc670 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/generic/context/m-ch-de.tex @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +% name : PPCHTEX / german interface +% version : 1997.03.05 +% author : J. Hagen +% copyright : J. Hagen, A.F. Otten + +\chardef\interfacenumber=2 + +\input ppchtex.noc + +\endinput diff --git a/tex/generic/context/m-ch-en.tex b/tex/generic/context/m-ch-en.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8c55a5669 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/generic/context/m-ch-en.tex @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +% name : PPCHTEX / english interface +% version : 1997.03.05 +% author : J. Hagen +% copyright : J. Hagen, A.F. Otten + +\chardef\interfacenumber=0 + +\input ppchtex.noc + +\endinput diff --git a/tex/generic/context/m-ch-nl.tex b/tex/generic/context/m-ch-nl.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c9d77733a --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/generic/context/m-ch-nl.tex @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +% name : PPCHTEX / english interface +% version : 1997.03.05 +% author : J. Hagen +% copyright : J. Hagen, A.F. Otten + +\chardef\interfacenumber=1 + +\input ppchtex.noc + +\endinput diff --git a/tex/generic/context/m-metapo.tex b/tex/generic/context/m-metapo.tex new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6c2fa6fee --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/generic/context/m-metapo.tex @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=m-metapo, +%D version=1999.03.26, +%D title=\LATEX\ Modules, +%D subtitle=\METAPOST\ Inclusion, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ distribution and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. + +%D We quit when \CONTEXT\ is found and use some deep down +%D macro to trigger this: + +\ifx\undefined\dodoplaceexternalfigure \else \expandafter \endinput \fi + +%D \macros +%D {includeMPgraphics} +%D +%D This rather small \LATEX\ module is dedicated to David +%D Arnold. It takes care of including the fonts used in +%D \METAPOST\ graphics in the file. This hack is needed when +%D one uses another \DVI\ driver than \DVIPS. This module +%D falls back on the generic \CONTEXT\ support module: + +\ifx\undefined\includeMPfonts \input supp-mps.tex \relax \fi + +%D Instead of using \type {\includegraphics}, one should use its +%D little brother \type {\includeMPgraphics}. This macro takes +%D the same arguments. + +\def\includeMPgraphics#1#% + {\leavevmode\vbox\bgroup\hbox\bgroup + \def\includeMPgraphics##1% + {\includeMPfonts{##1}% + \includegraphics#1{##1}% + \egroup\egroup}% + \includeMPgraphics} + +%D An example of using this module is given below: +%D +%D \starttypen +%D \documentclass[10pt]{article} +%D +%D \usepackage{graphicx} +%D \usepackage{m-metapo} +%D +%D \begin{document} +%D \includeMPgraphics{somefile.1} +%D \includeMPgraphics[angle=90]{somefile.2} +%D \end{document} +%D \stoptypen +%D +%D This module needs \type {supp-mps} and \type {supp-mis}, +%D that both are present in the \CONTEXT\ path. +%D +%D Pleas do not forget to say \type {prologues:=2} at the +%D top of the metapost file! +%D +%D For non \LATEX\ (and \CONTEXT) users we provide an +%D alternative inclusion macro. This one has no optional +%D arguments. + +\ifx\includegraphics\undefined + + \ifx\undefined\dogetEPSboundingbox \input supp-eps.tex \relax \fi + + \def\includeMPgraphics#1% + {\hbox\bgroup + \includeMPfonts{#1}% + \dogetEPSboundingbox{#1}{\dimen2}{\dimen4}{\dimen6}{\dimen8}% + \vbox to \dimen8 + {\forgetall + \hsize\dimen6 + \vfill + \hbox to \hsize + {\special + {PSfile="#1"\space + llx=\EPSllx\space + lly=\EPSlly\space + urx=\EPSurx\space + ury=\EPSury\space}}}% + \egroup} + +\fi + +\endinput diff --git a/tex/generic/context/ppchtex.noc b/tex/generic/context/ppchtex.noc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7e47e1563 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/generic/context/ppchtex.noc @@ -0,0 +1,205 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=ppchtex (m-chemie), +%D version=1997.03.19, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Extra Modules, +%D subtitle=\PPCHTEX\ (Plain Pictex Context cHemie \TEX), +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\huidigedatum, +%D copyright={PRAGMA / Hans Hagen \& Ton Otten}, +%D suggestions={Tobias Burnus, Dirk Kuypers \& Ton Otten}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See licen-en.pdf for +%C details. + +%D This module facilitates the use of \PPCHTEX\ in macro +%D packages other than \CONTEXT. One of the features of +%D \CONTEXT\ is that the user interface can be in any +%D language. This language is defined at loading time. +%D +%D This module is indeed a surrogate one and is only a poor +%D man's alternative to the more extensive \type{mult-***} +%D modules of \CONTEXT. The extra overhead in terms of macros +%D and functionality that these modules offer is only useful +%D in \CONTEXT. +%D +%D Two interfaces are supported here, but others can easily be +%D defined. This module expects the general system macros to be +%D loaded as wel as a interface switch \type{\ifalternativeinterface} +%D to be set. + +%D First we load some auxiliary macro's: + +\input supp-mis.tex \let\writestatus\undefined +\input syst-gen.tex + +%D after which we can go on with: + +\unprotect + +%D 0 = english +%D 1 = dutch +%D 2 = german + +\ifx\interfacenumber\undefined + \chardef\interfacenumber=0 +\fi + +\def\definesystemvariable #1 % + {\setvalue{??#1}{@@#1}} + +\def\definesystemconstant #1 % + {\setvalue{s!#1}{#1}} + +\def\definevariable #1 #2 #3 % + {\ifcase\interfacenumber + \setvalue{v!#2}{#1} + \or + \setvalue{v!#2}{#2} + \or + \setvalue{v!#2}{#3} + \fi} + +\def\defineconstant #1 #2 #3 % + {\ifcase\interfacenumber + \setvalue{c!#2}{#2} + \setvalue{c!#1}{#2} + \or + \setvalue{c!#2}{#2} + \or + \setvalue{c!#2}{#2} + \setvalue{c!#3}{#2} + \fi} + +\def\definecommand #1 #2 #3 % + {\ifcase\interfacenumber + % core commands are english + \or + \doifnot{#1}{#2}{\setvalue{#2}{\getvalue{#1}}} + \or + \doifnot{#1}{#3}{\setvalue{#3}{\getvalue{#1}}} + \fi} + +\long\def\startcommands#1\stopcommands% + {} + +\def\dosetvalue#1#2#3% + {\p!doifundefined{\c!prefix!#2}% + \let\donottest=\doprocesstest + \@EA\def\csname#1#2\endcsname{#3}% + \else + \let\donottest=\doprocesstest + \@EA\def\csname#1\csname\c!prefix!#2\endcsname\endcsname{#3}% + \fi} + +\def\dosetevalue#1#2#3% + {\p!doifundefined{\c!prefix!#2}% + \let\donottest=\doprocesstest + \@EA\edef\csname#1#2\endcsname{#3}% + \else + \let\donottest=\doprocesstest + \@EA\edef\csname#1\csname\c!prefix!#2\endcsname\endcsname{#3}% + \fi} + +\def\docopyvalue#1#2#3% + {\p!doifundefined{\c!prefix!#3}% + \let\donottest=\doprocesstest + \@EA\def\csname#1#3\endcsname% + {\csname#2#3\endcsname}% + \else + \let\donottest=\doprocesstest + \@EA\def\csname#1\csname\c!prefix!#3\endcsname\endcsname% + {\csname#2\csname\c!prefix!#3\endcsname\endcsname}% + \fi} + +\def\doresetvalue#1#2% + {\dosetvalue{#1}{#2}{}} + +\def\dogetvalue#1#2% + {\csname#1\csname\c!prefix!#2\endcsname\endcsname} + +\defineconstant axis assenstelsel achsen +\defineconstant top boven oben +\defineconstant width breedte breite +\defineconstant size formaat groesse +\defineconstant number getal nummer +\defineconstant height hoogte hoehe +\defineconstant frame kader rahmen +\defineconstant bodyfont korps fliesstext +\defineconstant style letter schriftstil +\defineconstant left links links +\defineconstant offset offset offset +\defineconstant bottom onder unten +\defineconstant option optie option +\defineconstant location plaats platz +\defineconstant right rechts rechts +\defineconstant resolution resolutie aufloesung +\defineconstant scale schaal format +\defineconstant status status status +\defineconstant text tekst text +\defineconstant textsize tekstformaat textgroesse +\defineconstant alternative variant alternative +\defineconstant x x x +\defineconstant y y y + +\definevariable on aan an +\definevariable big groot gross +\definevariable intext intekst imtext +\definevariable small klein klein +\definevariable medium middel mittel +\definevariable fit passend passend +\definevariable start start start +\definevariable stop stop stop +\definevariable test test test +\definevariable off uit aus + +\definecommand definechemical definieerchemie definierechemie +\definecommand setupchemical stelchemiein stellechemieein +\definecommand chemical chemie chemie +\definecommand tochemical naarchemie zurchemie +\definecommand startchemical startchemie startchemie +\definecommand stopchemical stopchemie stopchemie +\definecommand toptext boventekst textueber +\definecommand bottext ondertekst textunter +\definecommand midtext middentekst textmitte + +\protect + +%D After those definitions we actually load \PPCHTEX: + +\input ppchtex.tex + +%D We also change some setup values. Let's hope that the next +%D setups forever suits \LATEX. + +\unprotect + +\ifx\bodyfontsize\undefined + \ifx\f@size\undefined + \ifx\@ptsize\undefined + \setupchemical[\c!korps=11pt] + \else + \setupchemical[\c!korps=1\@ptsize pt] + \fi + \else + \setupchemical[\c!korps=\f@size pt] + \fi +\else + \setupchemical[\c!korps=\bodyfontsize] +\fi + +\ifx\mathrm\undefined + \setupchemical[\c!letter=\rm] +\else + \setupchemical[\c!letter=\mathrm] +\fi + +\ifx\outputresolution\undefined + \setupchemical[\c!resolutie=300] +\else + \setupchemical[\c!resolutie=\outputresolution] +\fi + +\protect + +\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/context/m-ch-de.sty b/tex/latex/context/m-ch-de.sty new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d52078728 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/latex/context/m-ch-de.sty @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +\input m-ch-de.tex \relax \endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/context/m-ch-en.sty b/tex/latex/context/m-ch-en.sty new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ba5a5e16c --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/latex/context/m-ch-en.sty @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +\input m-ch-en.tex \relax \endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/context/m-ch-nl.sty b/tex/latex/context/m-ch-nl.sty new file mode 100644 index 000000000..492f5efd3 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/latex/context/m-ch-nl.sty @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +\input m-ch-nl.tex \relax \endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/context/m-metapo.sty b/tex/latex/context/m-metapo.sty new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1df781eae --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/latex/context/m-metapo.sty @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +\input m-metapo.tex \relax \endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/context/m-pictex.sty b/tex/latex/context/m-pictex.sty new file mode 100644 index 000000000..da9c18ed7 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/latex/context/m-pictex.sty @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +\input m-pictex.tex \relax \endinput |